+ Py Be i ‘te ; eIMRULL EL i : ingh bates oH ee oe Be Ocenia My ip Rane i é ‘ raeigin aati i ait tas heiyesat ‘ ; rant re rartit Oe is i : alte ia Tees eee tar gh 7 ete® i “ AY aa . ed ' an 3 ' Peat i i i | a pas) anh ; ; 3 ante i ; at | ti ti i oo fH 4 4 ; rine f Hi i . i 3 fe sista : at) i | ay r i fat ee i. H ant ae ve | im | | ata ne a Alia} Mi at ' ; F 1 tia ie i | son it 1 ; welt ie Meret ad fin we hots . ot i eran a we rai ne \ {iit rwuwediea § | ripkey pap ibiel # | rey Pleven era ¥ cia bepiy | dite ste: ‘ abaya peas ae ‘ aie aia rie Bodie yoeet wee . Miatitate oie! ert Sielatve t ; . i we Wa Cay : i ‘ n ‘ ’ 3 ' rd wat “ : i. : odes dige Tava tee 4 bss di aGeaens evi it hale i ' ati! ante bh A i aid as] Aire Abbie 1 heer A alibethe y 4 At 4h Pag pete ‘ 1! Pat Of ot LEA bia : a) ” Seta) f Sie | ihe oH | hye oe . cae | 4 ne : ee aed nde Hut Mant at rt i The js i ie ta REBOUND /958 Hibrary of the Museum COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY, AT HARVARD COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE, MASS. Founded by private subscription, in 1861. SUaUatatatatet alata: NOD. Si Sage SULLY 3, 1E 03 — AY, SO, 1709 Pity, igivele es relay ‘yr ) THE ANNALS Late ps AND LWithS CA Pry {\ {} MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, | ' \ es INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GHOLOGY. (BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITI LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’) CONDUCTED BY ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S., WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.L.S. VOL. XIJT.—SEVENTH SERIES. a oa aad } ‘TLONDON: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD, ; BAILLIERE, PARIS: HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN ; AND ASHER, BERLIN, 1903. 73570 “Omnes res !created sunt divine sapientiz et potenti testes, divitiz felicitatis humanz :—ex harum usu Gonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ; ex cecénomiad in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet. . Harum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper sstimata ; a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—Linnavs. ‘Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor- tent toutes ses opérations.’—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden, 1767. oe eee eee ee ~~. Lhe sylvan powers Obey our summons; from their deepest dells The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, But scatter round ten thousand forms minute Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, All, all to us unlock their secret stores And pay their cheerful tribute. J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818, O AUERE § YFLAMMAM, CONTENTS OF VOL. XII. — [SEVENTH SERIES. ] NUMBER LXVII. Page I. Report on the Copepoda obtained by Mr. George Murray, F.R.S., during the Cruise of the ‘Oceana’ in 1898. By Isaac ©. Hxonspson, Fsbias. » (Ptates [L—VIL.) siti... eb sete esee ce ceeess Eee | IL. On a Collection of Fishes from the Cameroon containing new Species. By Dr. Ernar LOnnBERG, C.M.ZS. &e. ......-. RSS Ol III. On the Hymenoptera collected by Mr. W. L. Distant in the Transvaal, South Africa, with Descriptions of supposed new Species. iPyeiuicut.-Colonel O21. BINGHAM loos cece toes teste c nctee ese s 46 IV. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of New Zealand Weleepienie By Capt... BROUN, FEES. jeeue swe ee eee ves 69 V. Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark. By Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L,, LL.D., F.RS., F.L.S. (Plates VII. LE LSS) 6 ota clo oi Ra ceeeuoentin aif, Ribineen GiGi Gein iacron acini nin irae 87 VI. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.— No. XXV. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &e. (Plates PREM ame mite rit te Sess LAMA ake suk 0.0.6 OS UR POMC Oe PALO 128 VII. On some Points in connexion with the ordinary Develop- ment of Vaucheria Resting-spores. By H. CHARLTON BasTIAN, Dileep EID IS I Nespaltd Dash ae ad bite. INe) - arene secanoon oom cob 166 VIII. On the Relations between certain Diatoms and the Fission- products of a Parasitic Alga (Chlorochytriuwm). By H. CoarLTon ySemrAn MAL. DEA) RES he Ses (Ielatee Xe.) ctusasss netics 175 IX. Descriptions of Three new Batrachians from Tonkin. By RE Nee TS ORT UTENT GEE OE Eee Shore” 3 trae ds cated gett sls coctroh as fy oieuates o/h wosien 9, « Perens 186 X. On Two new Muride from Smyrna. By OLpFIELD THomas. 188 New Book:—The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Published under the Authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council. Edited by W. T. BLranrorp.— Hymenoptera, Vol. IJ. Ants and Cuckoo-Wasps. By Wient.-Colonel C2 he BINGHAM.) acess heard a. eee 190 lV CONTENTS. NUMBER LXVIII. Page XI. Descriptions of new Eastern Moths. By Colonel C. Swrynor, McA. PALS 5 &¢. eau cou cs aes cob tui melons a. a ee 193 XII. New American Hymenoptera, mostly of the Genus Nomada. By 2D sAS Cockerant Gn remarry tei eet SaSo0008 <0 ee 200 XIII. On a Collection of Batrachians and Reptiles from the Interior of Cape Colony. By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S8. (Plates EXAVED FOG ONO WILLS) ceive cod ees oii ee ere ae 6 oie bisa waa Seen 215 XIV. Descriptions of Two new Fishes discovered by Major C. Delmé Radcliffe in the Victoria Nyanza. By G. A. BouLENGER, BRIS S co hdg. ats 2 gece rene ein eh Sanita aoe Ree a irik eee 218 XV. On a new Frog from Upper Burma and Siam. By G. A. BOULENGER, ERIS.” 2 oc Rell eae cnn sete ao a2 eke 219 XVI. Descriptions of some new Species of Lepidoptera from Tropical South America and one from North Australia. By HERBERT DRUG, WG. O6Cs 955 wa weeps eainid sie eee tet een 220 XVII. Report on the Isopoda and Amphipoda collected by Mr. George Murray, F.R.S., during the Cruise of the ‘Oceana’ in November 1898. By AtFrep O. WALKER. (Plates XVIII. Se PRIOR) Bi rat tue iets teas wielave slelase ole also cha ta''n e\Gakele la elobeln ist tele ta neat 223 XVIII. Notes on Neotropical Mammals of the Genera Felis, Hapale, Oryzomys, Akodon, and Ctenomys, with Descriptions of new Species. By OLDFIELD THOMAS ........eeeeeee seen ree 234 XIX. Report on a Collection of Echinoderms from the Neigh- bourhood of Zanzibar.—Part I. By F. Jerrnny Brry, M.A. .... 244 XX. Rhynchotal Notes—XVIII. Heteroptera. By W. L. Dis- MAINT: eroleje we Ce NG es iis ae fot FR DAR OW CMEC he 248 XXI. Note on a Fossil Eel from the Scandinavian Chalk. By A, SmitH WoopwarD, LL.D., FRB. 1... cece eee ete teens 254 XXII. Notes on Hippoboscide (Diptera Pupipara) in the Collec- tion of the British Museum. By Ernest HE. AUSTEN .......... 255 XXIII. On some new Genera and Species of Parasitic Hymeno- ptera from the Khasia Hills, Assam. By P. CAMERON ........+. 266 XXIV. Notes on Blattide &c., with Descriptions of new Genera and Species in the Collection of the British Museum, South Ken- sington.—No. II. By W. F. Kirpy, F.L.S., F.ES. ...........: 273 XXV. Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark. By Canon A.M. Norman, M.A.,-D.0:L., LL.D; ER:S., EGS. .:... senna 280 New Book :—The Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Part II. Simarubacee to Leguminose (Papilionacee). Part III. [Legu- minos@| Cesalpinee to Rubiacee. By Turopore Cooks, Ca Ses Bet aah cate ais olen sighaldaiepie ee > tas ae ae te 286 Proceedings of the Geological Society... 0.0... cc cscs essen eeeees 287 A Matter of Nomenclature, by Edgar R. Waite ...ccsseeereeues 288 CONTENTS. v NUMBER LXIX. : Page XXVI. Descriptions of Sixty-eight new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and North Arabian Sea, dredged by Mr. F. W. Townsend, of the Indo-European Telegraph Service, 1901-1903. By James Cosmo Mrtvixt, M.A., F.LS., F.Z.8., and RoBERT STANDEN, Assistant Keeper, Manchester Museum. (Plates PRM NONGNNE en seca ees Gath a Pag STOR POD odas Fh de oD 289 XXVII. On new Species of Lycenide from West Africa. By CroncH l BrrnuNn-DAKER, DEAS ZS... sence 0dene ees 324 XXVIII. On the Distribution of Mid-water Chetognatha in the North Atlantic during the Month of November. By R. T. GUNTHER, Ves eeprom (nl aitic cNONC Vira: sbehoyavaller otal < siallete ns ale o2ohe)pncho suavelone)s 304. XXIX. List of the Ostracoda collected by Mr. George Murray, F.R.8., during the Cruise of the ‘Oceana’ in 1898. By Dr. GzorGE SRL ME ISON PES AD VANE, EMSS « classaiens. sie 0! sales ale oo ive! Pais wrerepe Soapses 307 XXX. New African Mammalia of the Genera Petrodrumus, Den- dromys, Mus, and Lepus. By OLDFIELD THOMAS ...........+.. 339 XXXI. On a Collection of Fishes from the Azores. By C. Tarr IREGAN,. B.A. i035 Be wRAR seh ae pater meee eee Wake nts 344 XXXII. On the Genus Lichia of Cuvier. By C. Tate Raean, 1B AC ee Soe 'd Obed NOES COO OMOCN Dee CCn Apa mee Crmereem he 348 XXXII. Descriptions of new Snakes in the Collection of the rch) Museum, By G. A. BouLENGER, BLR.S. . 6c. cece ons: 300 XXXIV. List of the African Species of the Cyprinid Genus Labeo, with a Key to their Identification, By G. A. BouULENGER, F.R.S. 3855 XXXV. Description of a new Silurid Fish of the Genus Clarias from British Central Africa. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. .... 362 XXXVI. On some new Genera and Species of Parasitic Hymeno- ptera from the Khasia Hills, Assam, By P. CAMERON .......... 363 New Books:—A Manual of Palearctic Birds. By H. E. Dresser, F.LS., F.Z.S. Part I—The Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes. Part I. Vol. I... 371, 372 NUMBER Lxx. XXXVII. Notes on Blattide &c., with Descriptions of new Genera and Species in the Collection of the British Museum, South Ken- singtou.—No. HIT, . By W..F. Kirpy, PLLS., PES. ee es 373 XXXVIII. On the Origin of Bacteria and their Allies by Hetero- genesis. By H. CHarLion Basrian, M.A., M.D., F.R.S. (Plates oY CGS. SGN 0 ER er eee Peanvare Samves sare sik alayes ccoqatesce ome BETS 381 XXXIX. Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark. By Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D. F.RS., F.LS. BEDE OMA LNs). P55) vaca ate! o afer anaatep aba iraces we) ayant eratecar set acy is ehale ole als » 406 vi CONTENTS. XL. On new Species of Histertde and Notices of others. By GG atlGRNVIS; EOL Siiciteemcnmnns vib 0 ¥ slain RG ee auc ae ART XLI. Descriptions of new Lizards in the Collection of the British Museum. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S...........00- 2 wes tele eee XLII. Descriptions of new Freshwater Fishes from Southern Cameroon. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. .......... PR wees 400 XLII. North-American Bees, and a new Homopteron. By T. D. A. COCKERELL........ Sad amiGidio Nanton Vise or a).a oe eae, 442 XLIV. Notes on South-American Monkeys, Bats, Carnivores, and Rodents, with Descriptions of new Species. By OLpFreLp ‘THOMAS XLV. A new Mungoose from Namaqualand. By OLpFreLp THHOANUAS) PEARS 2 hts eicte on tens Attala ons Menon PP te eee 465 New Bovk :—Geological Survey of Canada. (Dr. R. Bell, Acting Director.)—Annual Report (New Series), vol. xii. Reports A, 13H Oy Er, ISSIR US Oy lia TS) eran Siemans 28 bis e = poelare eee ke eee 466 NUMBER LXXI. XLVI. Rhynchotal Notes—XIX. By W. L. Distanr...... .. 469 XLVII. A Revision of the Genera of the ARANEZ or Spiders, with Reference to their Type Species. By F. Pickarp-CaMBRIDGE, BEA EAS See Se ee 481 XLVIII. Descriptions of Fourteen new Species of Marine Mol- lusca from Japan. By G. B. SowERBY, FLAS, 0.0... e sec e eens 496 XLIX. Three new Species of Nyctinomus. By OLDFIELD AIONGAS 1255 sta teleterateiel eye olelelel> tape fete le (oh sie iets nialetaltems L. Notes on Irish Species of Fylais. By J.N.Harpert ...... 505 LI. Remarks upon the Morphology and Systematics of certain Chilognathous Diplopods, By R. I. Pocock ................000 515 LI. Diagnceses of Four new Species of Barbus from the Nile. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. LIII. On the Classification of the Thalassmidea. By L. A. BorRaDAILE, M.A., Lecturer in Natural Sciences at Selwyn College, @aprbrid ge: ois +6 wie ails eles te = al tole tole eile ate le fo7s ofa cists tele cee 584 LIV. Descriptions of new Batrachians in the British Museum. By G. A. Boctencer, F.RS........ sci ste cles sy since eae 552 CONTENTS. vil Page LV. On Haddonella Topsenti, gen. et sp. n., the Structure and _ Development of its Pithed Fibres. By I@mrna Souzas. (Plates OGY XOXTX. J. see eee ee nes te Gis De IIE Re ree a AOE 557 LVI. Description of a new Genus of Heteromerous Coleoptera. POA OL WATERHOUSE EB, gaise vslsie.o stl] veed vie va vce es .. 963 NUMBER LXXII. LVII. On some new Genera and Species of Parasitic Hymeno- ptera from the Khasia Hills, Assam. By P. CAMERON ......... . 565 LVIIT. On the Occurrence of Gobius capito, C. & V., in Cornwall. By Freperick Pickarp-Camsrip@s, B.A., F.Z.S. (Plate XXX.) 584 LIX. On a new Species of Helictis. By J. Lewis Bonnors, M.A. 592 LX. Description of a new West-African Fish of the Genus PACED, Cre AY, DOULENGER, ESO. a0 vis «oes cc's 0 0 ne cle oie ats . O04 LXI. Descriptions of Thirty-one Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mol- lusea from South Africa. By James Cosmo Metvitt, M.A., F.L.S., and JoHN Henry Ponsonsy, F.Z.S. (Plates XXXI. & XXXII.).. 595 LXIL. New Hymenoptera Aculeata taken by the Swedish Zoolo- gical Expedition to Egypt and the White Nile in the Spring of 1901, ide TPS 1D AlWoveiren ol aR 8) SiS Ba ep RIND nt ani iret nine cans 610 LXIII. Notes on some Medusee from Japan. By R. Kirx- RENEE Aes. (esate UX KOMI, esl ais geese esa eis sans ocoreie 4a onal 615 LXIV. Descriptions of new South-American Fishes in the Col- lection of the British Museum, By C. Tare Reaan, B.A......... 621 LXV. Notes on Scapholeberis aurita (S. Fischer), a Cladoceran new to Britain. By Ropertr Gurney, B.A., Sutton Broad Labo- PDIORY pot dossn ape soocpEeudoe Dec 6 Cond DO Sm POU corn one oocrcicr LXVI. Three new Bats from the Cameroons, discovered by Mr. Goi, Bates: By OrprirupD THOMAS. 2.2... - 0... ee oMnerorece 633 LXVIL. Description of a new Species cf African Hespervine. By PamEETON: He DRucE, B.S BoBIS. son ceo d soeteraieiss wisest sie amenae OSG New Books:—J.H. Fasre. Souvenirs Entomologiques (Huitiéme Série) : Etudes sur l’Instinct et les Mceurs des Insectes.—Index Animalium, 1758-1800. A Caroto Davirs SHERBORN con- POC EUSMMM ar aisccl shay ste tv efeharehe! ool acer sich abe! otha: «Ge leew! vjeistal iste! ofa 637, 638 On the Classification of the Thalassinidea, by L. A. Borradaile, IL AUS Spee pelaglo 025 oc tic EMO OO OD a0 Cclnodn Cig One mrcmmay: 638 Index B78) 0:'0 0 1S (01.0 0.8: eooreeeeeveeort eee eer eveveseeeeeer eer eeevreeeeoevee eee 639 PLATES IN VOL. XII. Prats’ 1. pais S aibk eae Copepoda collected during the cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ Vv “vt | “vi snyagae sO Xe Y XE : as “xz ( Species of Eunicide. Xd, “XIV. Development of Vaucheria resting-spores. “XV. Fission-products of Chlorochytrium Knyanum. “XVI. Bufo Granti. * XVII. Testudo Seimundi. : “XVIII. Munnopsis Murrayi and Cyphocaris anonyx. VY XIX. Hyperioides longipes. ¥ XXI.( Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and North ¥X XII. Arabian Sea. Polyzoa from East Finmark. ¥ XXIII. “XXIV. Distribution of mid-water Chetognatha in the North Atlantic. ee ole Development of Bacteria by heterogenesis. “XXVII. Echinodermata from East Finmark. Vee Haddonella Topsenti. “ XXX. Gobius capito. ; Free South-African Mollusca. ’ XXXII. “XXXII. Japanese Medusee. 42 4 | # as ey Vol.12. §=§ SEVENTH SERIES. de | ues TRE CANN AES ay ny ' ‘\S S*] a AND a ; ie ( n OGY) MAGAZINE OF NATURAL BISTORY, INCLUDING | ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY. No. LXVII, JULY 1903, Je ni | ae “fff j } CONDUCTED BY ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S., WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., : AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, gun., F.LS. BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE € ANNALS cf COMBINED WITH MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” WITH FIFTEEN PLATES. LONDON: TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld. ; Bailliére, Paris: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin. | | Double Number. Price Five Shillings. Medium 8vo, price 10s. Parr III. y dia hi THE PRESIDENCY OF BOMBAY. eed (byt 'HEODORE COOKE, C.LE., MAL, LL.D., F.L.8., F.Z.8., &C. FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND DIRECTOR OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA, _ CHSALPINEA to RUBIACEZ. Published under the authority of the Secretary of State — for India in Council. Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E. ¢. THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA, -INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA. — P ublished under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in sluts Edited by W. T. Branrorp, Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous illustrations, MAMMALIA. Price £1. By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S. FISHES.—2 Vols. Price £1 each. By FRANCIS DAY, C.1.E., LL.D. BIRDS.—Vol. L., £1: Vol. IL, 15s. By E. W. OATES, F.Z.S. P VOLS. III. and IV., 15s. each. By W. T. BLANFORD, BRS. REPTILIA and BATRACHIA. Price £1. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete. Price £1 each, By Sir G. F. HAMPSON, Barr. HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I. Wasps and Bees. Price £1. With 4 coloured plates. . Vol. II, Ants and Cuckoo-Wasps. Price £1. With 1 coloured plate. By Lieut.-Col. C. T. BINGHAM, F.Z.8. ARACHNIDA. Price 10s. By R. I. POCOCK. RHYNCHOTA.—Vol. I. Heteroptera. Price £1. By W. L, DISTANT. TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, EC. JUL 31 140993 THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SEVENTH SERIES.] Co or qnoannecocteo per litora spargite muscum, Naiades, et circttm vitreos considite fontes: Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores: Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum. At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ; Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo. N. Partheniit Giannettasi, Ecl, 1. No. 67. JULY 1903. | I.—Report on the Copepoda obtained by Mr. George Murray, F.R.S., during the Cruise of the ‘Oceana’ in 1898. By Isaac C. THompson, F.L.S. [Plates I—-VIT.] COPEPODA. Tux Copepoda from the ‘Oceana’ collection were enclosed in forty bottles, each representing a separate station. They were all taken by tow-net at depths varying from the surface to 1770 fathoms, and were at once preserved in formalin (5 per cent. solution). The collection contained in all 89 species, divided into families as follows :— @alaundee os sc <4, '. es a0 Species: Centropagidee:: gaia Fwy ay 20290, \,, Pontellidze siete Mormonillidz Cyclopide Harpacticidee Onexide 3s. Sapphirinide . . Cory crite eis. (i. S | No} ©9 Go CO CO HY on Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 1 2 Mr. I, C. Thompson on the Copepoda Of these, four species are new to science, viz, :— Eucheta oceana. Xanthocalanus Giesbrechti. Scolecithrix chelifer. Isocheta longisetosus. The males of several species of which the females only were hitherto known have been found, but many of them unfortu- nately only in an immaturestage. The known geographical range of a considerable number of species has been largely in- creased through this collection. The tow-nets used were open ones and were lowered to ascertained depths and then trailed at the depth indicated and brought open to the surface. There- fore some surface or near surface and intermediate forms may probably have been captured during the descent and ascent of the nets, and should be subtracted from the total catch of the deeper nets. Mr. Murray’s method of using the tow-nets during the ‘Oceana’ cruise is described in a paper by him entitled “Exploration of the Intermediate Depths of the Ocean” (Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, vol. xi. p. 297, 1899). Some valuable particulars as to the distribution of life at various depths are thus recorded. On p. 6 a table is given showing the depth at each station and also the number of species found. From this it appears generally that the smallest number of species existed at or near the surface, and the largest variety at a depth of 1070 fathoms. Between that and 1510 fathoms the numbers are rather less, but average fairly ; while below that, possibly as a coincidence, the numbers decline until the greatest depth of 1770 fathoms was reached. Throughout the paper I have mainly followed the excellent classification and nomenclature of Dr. Giesbrecht, to whom I desire to express my sincere obligations for much help; and | am also greatly indebted to the works of my friends Dr. Brady, F.R.S., and Messrs. T. and A. Scott for valued assistance. List of Species and Stations of Occurrence. Family CaLanipZ. Calanus finmarchicus, G'unner.—2 b, 2d, 2e, 2f,4a,4d, 4f,49, 4h, 4), eee 56, 5c, 5d, 5e, 5f, 5g, 5h, 57, 5k, 51, Ga, 6e, 6d, GF, IG; d. eristatus, K7vdyer.—5 h, 5k, 6 g. gracilis, Dana.—2 c,4¢, 4h, 5e, 57, 59. —— tenuicornis, Dana.—6 h. Eucalanus elongatus, Dana.—b5 e, 5f, 59, 5h, 57, 5k, 51, 6g. attenuatus, Dana.—2f, 2g,4a,4d,4f, 4h, 4k, 56, 5c, 5d, 5e, 54, Dike, Oil, . obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ 3 Rhincalanus nasutus, Giesb—4 a, 4d, 4f, 4h, 47, 4%, 5d, 5e, df, 5h, 57, 5k, 51, ‘ cornutus, Dana.— h, 4j,4h, 50, 5d, 5e, 59,57, 5k, 6g. Mecynocera Clausi, Thompson.—2 g, 5 6, 5 d, 5g. Pseudocalanus elongatus, Boeck.—l a, 2a, 16, le, 26, 2d, 4c, 4d, 49, Ak, 5a,56, 5¢, 66, 6d, 6e, 6h. Spinocalanus abyssalis, G'vesb.—4). AMtideus armatus, Brady.—2 9, 4h, 47, 4k, 5 e, 66. Bradyidius armatus, Vanhéffen.—4.j, 4 k, 5b. Gaétanus miles, Giiesb.—2 f, 29,44, 4d, 4f, th, 56, 5c, 5e, of, 5g, oh, 57, Ok, OF, 6g, Gh. ; armiger, Giesb.—4 h, 5c, 5d, 5e, 5g, 5h, 57. Gaidius pungens, G'tesb.—5 g. Euchirella pulchra, Lubbock.—4 c, 4 g. rostrata, Brady.—4g, 69. ceurticauda, Giesb.— 4, 5c, 50, 5f, 5h, 57, 51, OF, 6g. Eucheeta marina, Prestand.—2c,2d, 4c, 4d, 4h, 4j, 4k, 41, 5e, od, 5e,59, 5h, 57, 5k, 51, 6f, 6g. acuta, Giesb.—4 f. Hessei, Brady.—A4 g. — oceana, sp. n.—4h, 5f, 5 k. spinosa, Giesh.—d d, 5 e. Scolecithrix Dane, Lubbock.—47. Bradyi, Giesb.—5 f, 5h. —— auropecten, (G'tesb.—5 2. major, 7. Scott.—4 a. — persecans, G'zesb.— h. —— securifrons, T. Scott. d, 5 f, Of, 6g. frontalis, Giesb.—4 d, 5e, 5, 6g. — cristata, Gresb.— e. — chelifer, sp. n.—5e,5/f. Xanthocalanus Giesbrechti, sp. n.—57. Phaénna spinifera, Claus.—2 c, 2e, 2f,4a,5¢, 5h, 5k. Family CENTROPAGID A. Centropages typicus, Krdyer.—2 a, 2d, 2e,2f, 4k. Chierchiz, Giesb.—] a. hamatus, Zzdlj.—1 a, 2a, 2b, 2c. Metridia longa, Lubbock.—1 c, 2c, 2d, 2¢,2f,29, 4b, 4c, 4d, 4f, 49, 4h, 47, 4k, 41, 5a, 5b, 5e, 5d, 5e, Sf, 5g, dh, 57, 5K, 51 66, 6c, 6d, 6Ff, 6g, 6h. —— venusta, Giiesb.— 47. princeps, Giesb.d h, 5 k. Pleuromamma abdominalis, Giesb,—2 c, 2d, 2e, 2f,29,46, 4¢, 4d, 4f, 4g,4h,4j,4h, 41,56, 5¢,5d,5¢ 57,59, 5h, 57, 5k, 51, 6d, , 69. gracilis, Claws.—4 7. Lucicutia longicornis, Gvesb.—5 e. flavicornis, Claus.—4 f, 47, 4h, 5c,5d, 5f, 5g, 57, 51, 6g. longiserrata, Giesb.—4 f. — Clausi, Giesb.—6 f. Isocheta longisetosus, sp. n.—6 9. Heterorhabdus spinifrons, Claws.—4h, 47,4h, 41, 5d, 5e, Sf, 5g, 5h, 57, 51, 6d, 6 Ff. —— papilliger, Claus,—6 7. —— abyssalis, Giesh—4 ce, 5e, 5f. 1* 4 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda Heterorhabdus Clausi, Gesb.—5 h. —— vipera, Gitesb.—5 d, 5h. longicornis, Giesb.—5 7. Haloptilus longicornis, Claus.—2f,4f, 49, 41. ornatus, Giesb— 4k, 5c. spiniceps, Giesb.—d 6. Augaptilus filigerus, Claus.—4 d, 4 f. palumboi, Gzesb.—5 e. Rattrayi, T. Scott.—de. hecticus, Gesb.—4 f. longicaudatus, Claus.—5e, 57. Arietellus setosus, Giesb.—5 6, 5 g. Phyllopus bidentatus, Brady.—6 9. Family PoNTELLIDZ. Anomalocera Patersoni, Templeton.—] a. Acartia Clausi, Giesb.—1 b, 2b, 2c, 2d, 2¢,2f,29,4k, 5a, 5b, 66, 6e, 6f, 6g, 6h. —— longiremis, Lillj.—l a, 2a, 1e. discaudata, Gzesb.—2 d. — centrura, Giesb.—5 c. Family MoRMONILLID. Mormonilla phasma, Giesb.—4 f, 4j, 4k, 5c, 5d, 5e, 5h, 57, Ok. Family CycLopip2. Oithona similis, Claus.—1 a, 2a,16, 1e,26,2¢,2d,2¢e,2f, 29,44, 4}, 4c,4d,4f,49,4h, 4), 4h, 41, 5a, 56, 5c, 5d, 5e, Sf, 5g, dh, 57, 5k, 51, 6b, 6e, 6e, 6f, 69, 6h. nana, Giesb.—5 k. Thorellia brunnea, Boeck.—2 6. Family HarPacticip&. Microsetella atlantica, Brady § Robertson.—2 b, 2c, 2d, 2e, 2f,29, 46, 4c,4d,4f,49,4h, 47, 4h, 5c, 5d, 5e,5f,59, 5h, 57, 5k, 5, 6a, 6b, 6e, 6d, 6h. rosea, Dana.—47, 4k, 56, 5¢, 5d, 5e, 5f, 5g, 5h, 57, 6a, 6b, Ce 6d, Gf 64, 6%. DE) NG) IMs f,59, 5h, 5j, 6a, 6b, Ce, Setella gracilis, Dana.—4 d, 4h. Euterpe acutifrons, Dana.—d d. Delavalia palustris, Brady.—5 e. Clytemnestra scutellata, Dana.— d. ARgisthus mucronatus, Giesb.—2 f, 29, 4f, 4h, 47, 6d, 6f, 69. aculeatus, Gesb.—4 0. Family OncmIDzZ. Onceea mediterranea, Claus.—4 d, 4f, 49, 4h, 47, 4h, 5b, Be, 5f, 5g, 5h, 57, 5k, 51. : minuta, Giesh.—4 d, 4 f, 6h. Coneea rapax, Giesb.—2.d, 2c, 2f,29,40e,4d, 4f, 4g, 4h, 47, 4h, 54, 5d,5¢,5f,59, 5h, 5), 5k, 51, 6a, 6b, 6, 6d, 6F, 6g, 6h. obtained during the Crutse of the ‘ Oceana.’ Family SAPPHIRINID#. Sapphirina salpe, Claus.— c. Lichomolgus liber, Brady § Robertson.—2 6. Family CorycmID#. Corina granulosa, Gvesb.—d b. Coryceus venustus, Dana.—2 f, 2 9. — anglicus, Lubbock.—2 b, 2 d. Index to Genera and Species, Acartia, Dana. centrura, Guesbrecht .... Clausi, Giesbrecht discaudata, Gresbrecht .. longiremis, Leldj. Agisthus, Gresbrecht. aculeatus, Giesbrecht.... mucronatus, Gesbrecht . . Adtideus, Brady. armatus, Brady ........ Anomalocera, Templeton. Patersoni, Templeton.... Arietellus, Gesbrecht. setosus, Giesbrecht...... Augaptilus, Gresbrecht. filigerus, Claus .......- hecticus, Giesbrecht .... longicaudatus, Claus.... palumboi, Gresbrecht.... Rattrayi, T. Scott Bradyidius, G'esbrecht. armatus, Vanhdoffen .... Calanus, Leach. cristatus, Kroyer finmarchicus, Gunner CXACMIS ANG oe 2 aa. tenuicornis, Dana Centropages, Kroyer. Chierchiz, Giesbrecht .. Leas tey 1 SPW S011) Brann nee typicus, Kroyer Clytemnestra, Dana. scutellata, Dana Conea, Giesbrecht. rapax, Giesbrecht Corina, Guesbrecht. granulosa, Gresbrecht.... Coryceus, Dana. anglicus, Lubbock venustus, Dana Delavalia, Brady. palustris, Brady....... : eee sew eee eeeoe see eee oer eee one Page ol 30 31 31 33 390 16 30 29 28 29 29 28 29 16 16 15 15 15 23 23 23 33 34 34 35 19) 33 D Page Kucalanus, Dana. attenuatus, Dana ...... 15 elongatus, Dana ...... 16 Kucheta, Philippi. acuta, Giesbrecht ...... 18 Elesseie5 206 ear rari 18 Hessel, var. similis, 7, COLE cropGh a faba eectes 18 marina, Prestand....... 18 oceana, Sp. M........... 19 spinosa, Giesbrecht...... 19 Kuchirella, Giesbrecht. curticauda, Gresbrecht .. 18 pulchra, Lubbock ..... sane rostrata, Claus ........ 18 Kuterpe, Dana. acutifrons, Dana ...... 32 Gaétanus, Giesbrecht. armiger, Gresbrecht .... 17 miles, Giiesbrecht ...... Ike Gaidius, Gresbrecht. pungens, Giesbrecht .... 17 Haloptilus, Giesbrecht. longicornis, Claus ...... 28 ornatus, Giesbrecht - 28 spiniceps, Gresbrecht ..., 28 Heterorhabdus, Giesbrecht. abyssalis, Giesbrecht .... 27 Clausi, Giesbrecht ...... 27 longicornis, Gvesbrecht ., 27 papilliger, Claus........ 27 spinifrons, Claus ...... 27 vipera, Giesbrecht ...... 27 Isocheeta, Giesbrecht. longisetosus, sp.n....... 26 Lichomolgus, Thorell. liber, Brady § Robertson. 34 Lucicutia, Claus. Clausi, Giesbrecht ...... 26 flavicornis, Claus ...... 25 longicornis, Giesbrecht .. 25 longiserrata, Gtesbrecht,, 25 6 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda Page Mecynocera, Thompson. Clausi, Thompson ...... Metridia, Boeck. longa, Lubbock princeps, Giesbrecht .... venusta, Gesbrecht .... Microsetella, Brady § Roberts. atlantica, Brady § Roberts. HOSED, SOON re er cptane Mormonilla, Giesbrecht. phasma, Giesbrecht Oithona, Bard. nana, Guesbrecht........ similis. Clacsie eres ele Onceea, Philippi. mediterranea, Claus .... minuta, Gesbrecht...... Phaénna, Claus. spinifera, Claus ........ Pleuromamma, Claus. abdominalis, Lubbock gracilis, Claus ........ Pseudocalanus, Boeck. elongatus, Boeck ...... Table of Stations, Depths, and number of Species found at cach. : f Number of Specie Station. Depth (fathoms). FO SE OnE | la. Surface. 6 | 2a. do. 5 | 16. 20 ; ise 50 ; 2b, 270. 5 2c. 270 9 2d. 374 12 Oe 464 9 2 f. 620 14 Oy 650 12 Aa. Surface. 6 4a. 1170 12 4b, 790 5 de, 920 10 4d. 1065 at 4f 1275 au Agel 1370 12 ah 1470 16 Mg 1570 22 Teh | 1670 24 Ath 1770 | 6 Page Phyllopus, Brady. 16 bidentatus, Brady...... 29 Rhinealanus, Dana. 24 cornutus, Dana ...... ae 5, 24 nasutus, Gesbrecht 16 24 | Sapphirina, Thompson. salpee, Claus ..... oe 2 Be. 2 | Scolecithrix, Brady. 32 auropecten, Gresbrecht .. 20 Bradyi, Giesbrecht...... 20 31 chelifer, sp. Ni =: jean 21 cristata, Giesbrecht .... 21 32 Dane, Lubbock ........ 20 32 frontalis, Gresbrecht .... 21 major, 7. Scott “oases 20 34 persecans, Giesbrecht.... 20 34 securifrons, 7. Scott .... 20 Setella gracilis, Dana ...... 33 23 | Spinocalanus, Gresbrecht. abyssalis, Giesbrecht .... 16 25 | Thorellia, Boeck. 25 brunnea, Boeck ........ 32 Xanthocalanus, Gresbrecht. 16 Giesbrechti, sp.n....... 22 obtained during the Cruise of the * Oceana.’ ; Number of Species Station. Depth (fathoms). eat 5a. Surface. 5 Db, 500 i de. 810 | 5 d. 950 ae ies 1070 32 Bf 1190 21 5g. 1300 19 5h. 1410 24 5. 1510 25 5h. 1610 20 5. 1710 14 6a. 150 4 6 6. 230 8 ae 310 7 ery. 375 9 Ge. 440 2 6h 510 16 6g. 560 20 Gh. 610 Ty O ', la Station ce cee W. \ Surface. Nov. 19, 1898. Anomalocera Patersoni, Acartia longiremis, Oithona similis. Pseudocalanus elongatus. Centropages hamatus. — Chierchie. Bye Ve jm : 2a SratTIon Tae ee ee \ Surface. Nov. 19, 1898. Acartia longiremis. Pseudocalanus elongatus. Oithona similis. Centropages hamatus. typicus. (Lat, 52° 4"5 N. LB Sramon | ory. 11° 201 w.} 20 fath. Noy. 19, 1898. Pseudocalanus elongatus. Oithona similis. to} Acartia Clausi. 1c Srarion {Tene 12 ay ws 50 fath. - Noy. 19, 1898. Pseudocalanus elongatus. Acartia longiremis. Metridia longa. Oithona similis. OG EATiGs Lat. 52° 45 N. Calanus finmarchicus. Pseudocalanus elongatus. Centropages hamatus. Acartia Clausi. Oithona similis. | Da Sues Lat. 52° 45 N. Calanus gracilis. Eucheta marina. Phaénna spinifera. Centropages hamatus. Metridia longa. | oO Lik ena Lat. 52° 4"°°5 N. Long. 12° 27’ W. { Calanus finmarchicus. Pseudocalanus elongatus. Eucheeta marina. Centropages typicus. Metridia longa. Pleuromamma abdominalis. Lat. 52° 4-5 N. Long. 12° 27' W. Calanus finmarchicus. Phaénna spinifera. Centropages typicus. Metridia longa. Pleuromamma abdominalis. 2e¢ Sration Lat. 52° 4°°5 N. Long. 12° 27’ W. Calanus finmarchicus. Eucalanus attenuatus, Gaétanus miles. Phaénna spinifera. Centropages typicus. Haloptilus longicornis. Metridia longa. 2f Station — Lat. 52° 4"°5 N. Long. 12° 27' W. Eucalanus attenuatus. Mecynocera Clausi. Astideus armatus. Gaétanus miles. Metridia longa. Pleuromamma abdominalis. 2 g STATION Long. 12° 27' W. Long. 12° 27' W. Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda \ 270 fath. Noy. 19, 1898. Thorellia brunnea. Microsetella atlantica. Coryczeus anglicus. - Lichomolgus liber. \ 270 fath. Nov. 19, 1898. Pleuromamma abdominalis. Acartia Clausi. Oithona similis. Microsetella atlantica. | 374 fath. Nov. 19, 1898. Acartia Clausi. discaudata, Oithona similis. Microsetella atlantica. Coryczeus anglicus. Conzea rapax. \ 464 fath. Nov. 19, 1898. Acartia Clausi. Oithona similis. Microsetella atlantica. Conzea rapax, \ 620 fath. Nov. 19, 1898. Pleuromamma abdominalis, Acartia Clausi. Oithona similis. Microsetella atlantica. AXigisthus mucronatus. Coryceeus venustus. Coneea rapax. \ 650 fath, Nov. 19, 1898. Oithona similis. Acartia Clausi. AXgisthus mucronatus. Microsetella atlantica. Conzea rapax. Coryceeus venustus, obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana, Lat. 52° 27'-6 N. Long. 15° 40-0 W. Calanus finmarchicus. Mecynocera, Clausi. Pseudocalanus elongatus. Lat. 52° 27'-6 N. Long. 15° 40':0 W. Calanus finmarchicus. | Phaénna spinifera. ‘4a Station \ Surface. Nov. 20, 1898. Centropages hamatus. Pleuromamma abdominalis. Oithona similis. 4 a Sration \ 1170 fath. Noy. 20, 1898. Eucalanus attenuatus. Metridia longa. Rhincalanus nasutus. Pleuromamma abdominalis. Gaétanus miles. = Oithona similis. Eucheeta marina. Conzea rapax. Scolecithrix major. Microsetella atlantica. Lat, 52° 27"6 N. Long. 15° 40'-0 W. Adgisthus aculeatus. Microsetella atlantica. 2) Sama } 790 fath. Nov. 20, 1898. Metridia longa. Pleuromamma abdominalis. Oithona similis. Be 2G IN dp Su Pie ecu wt 920 fath. Nov. 20, 1898. Calanus gracilis. Pleuromamma abdominalis, Pseudocalanus elongatus. Heterorhabdus abyssalis, Euchirella pulchra. Oithona similis. Eucheta marina. Coneea rapax. Metridia longa. | Microsetella atlantica. Lat. 52° 27'-6 N. Long. 15° 400 wt 1065 fath. . Nov. 20, 1898. 4 d Station Pleuromamma abdominalis. Augaptilus filigerus. Oithona similis, Conza rapax. Onczea mediterranea. —— minuta. Microsetella atlantica. Setella gracilis. Calanus finmarchicus. Eucalanus attenuatus. Rhinealanus nasutus. Pseudocalanus elongatus, Gaétanus miles. armiger. Eucheta marina. Scolecithrix frontalis, Metridia longa. SS Lat, 52° 27'-6 N. 4f Sramon | TO a5 4070 ws 1275 fath. Nov. 20, 1898. Calanus finmarchicus. Eucalanus attenuatus. Rhincalanus nasutus. Gaétanus miles. Eucheta acuta. Metridia longa. Pleuromamma abdominalis. Lucicutia flavicornis. longiserrata. Haloptilus longicornis. Augaptilus hecticus, filigerus. Oithona similis. AXgisthus mucronatus. Onceea minuta. —— mediterranea. Conzea rapax. Microsetella atlantica. rosea, Mormonilla phasma, a 10 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda Lat. 52° 276 N. Lo ong. 15° AQ’: 0 W. \ 1370 fath. Nov. 20, 1898. 4g Sration { Pseudocalanus elongatus. Euchirella pulchra. rostrata. | Calanus finmarchicus. | Eucheta Hessei. Metridia longa. go 4 h Station Lat. 52° 27" Calanus finmarchicus. evacilis. Eucalanus attenuatus. Rhinealanus nasutus. cornutus. Adtideus armatus. Gaétanus armiger. Eucheeta marina. 47 Station Calanus finmarchicus. Rhincalanus nasutus. cornutus. Spinocalanus abyssalis. /iitideus armatus. Bradyidius armatus. Euchirella curticauda. Eucheeta marina. Scolecithrix Dane. Metridia longa. venusta, Lat. 52° 27'-6 N. Long. 15° 40"0 W. 4k Sration Calanus finmarchicus. Eucalanus attenuatus. thincalanus nasutus. cornutus. Pseudocalanus elongatus. Gaétanus miles. Bradyidius armatus. /Ktideus armatus. Eucheeta oceana, sp. n. marina. Centropages typicus. Metridia longa, 41 Srarion ee a Eucheta marina. Metridia longa. Pleuromamma abdominalis. Long. 15° es W. Lat. 52° 27'-6 N. Long. 15° 40"0 W. | Long. 15° 40-0 W. Pleuromamma abdominalis. Haloptilus longicornis. Oithona similis. Conzea rapax. Oneczea mediterranea. Microsetella atlantica. wy, p 1470 fat, Nov. 20, 1898. Metridia longa. Pleuromamma abdominalis. Heterorhabdus spinifrons. Oithona similis. A®egisthus mucronatus, Conzea rapax. Onczea mediterranea. Microsetella atlantica, } 1570 fath. Nov. 20, 1898. Pleuromamma abdominalis. eracilis. Lucicutia flavicornis. Heterorhabdus spinifrons. Mormonilla phasma. Oithona similis. Microsetella atlantica. rosea. Onczea mediterranea. /Xgisthus mucronatus. Conzea rapax. } 1670 fath. Nov. 20, 1898. Pleuromamma abdominalis. Leucicutia flavicornis. Heterorhabdus spinifrons. Haloptilus ornatus. Acartia Clausi. Mormonilla phasma. Oithona similis. Microsetella atlantica. rosea. Setella gracilis. Onceea mediterranea. Conzea rapax. i 1770 fath. Nov. 20, 1898. Haloptilus longicornis. Heterorhabdus spinifrons, Oithona similis. obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ 11 Lat. 52° 18-1 N. 5 a STATION { Long. 15° 53-9 W. \ Surface. Nov. 21, 1898. Acartia Clausi. Oithona similis. Calanus finmarchicus. Pseudocalanus elongatus. Metridia longa. Lat, 52° 18"1 N. : 5b Stanton | 2 a3l.g wt 500 fath. Nov. 21, 1898. Calanus finmarchicus. Haloptilus spiniceps. Eucalanus attenuatus. Arietellus setosus. Mecynocera Clausi. Acartia Clausi. Bradyidius armatus. Oithona similis. Pseudocalanus elongatus. Microsetella rosea. Gaétanus miles. Onczea mediterranea. Metridia longa. Conezea rapax. Pleuromamma abdominalis. Corina granulosa. Lat. 52° 18'-1 N. Bele lero { lone 10 Bars wf 810 fath. Nov. 21, 1898. Calanus finmarchicus. Haloptilus ornatus. Eucalanus attenuatus. Acartia centrura. Rhincalanus cornutus. Lucicutia flavicornis. Pseudocalanus elongatus. Mormonilla phasma. Gaétanus miles. Oithona similis. armiger. Microsetella atlantica. Euchirella curticauda. rosea. Eucheta marina. Onecza mediterranea. Metridia longa. Sapphirina salpee. Pleuromamma abdominalis. Tite 522 USN 1) 5d Sxatsos | Pore. 15° 501-9 w} 950 fath. Nov. 21, 1898, Calanus finmarchicus. Lucicutia flavicornis. Eucalanus attenuatus. Heterorhabdus spinifrons. Rhincalanus nasutus. vipera. cornutus. Mormonilla phasma. Mecynocera Clausi. Oithona spinifrons. Gaétanus armiger. Microsetella atlantica. Eucheta marina. rosea. spinosa. Euterpe acutifrons, Scolecithrix securifrons. Clytemnestra scutellata. Metridia longa. Coneea rapax. Pleuromamma abdominalis. Lat. 52° 18-1 N. Be Sramon ) yor 59 53°9 w} 1070 fath. Nov. 21, 1898. Calanus finmarchicus. Adtideus armatus. gracilis. Gaétanus miles. Eucalanus attenuatus. armiger. elongatus. Euchirella curticauda. Rhincalanus nasutus, Eucheta marina, , cornutus, —— spinosa. 12 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda Scolecithrix frontalis. Heterorhabdus spinifrons. —— auropecten. Augaptilus longicaudatus. cristata. palumboi. chelifer. Rattrayi. Phaénna spinifera. Mormonilla phasma. Metridia longa. Oithona similis. Pleuromamma abdominalis. Microsetella atlantica. Lucicutia longicornis. rosea. Heterorhabdus abyssalis. Conzea rapax. longicornis. Delavalia palustris. Lat. 52° 18-1 N. = bf Sao | po a5? aa wt 1190 fath. Nov. 21, 1898. Calanus finmarchicus. Metridia longa. gracilis. Pleuromamma abdominalis, Eucalanus elongatus. Lucicutia flavicornis. Rhinealanus nasutus. Heterorhabdus spinifrons. Gaétanus miles. —— abyssalis. Euchirella curticauda. Oithona similis. Eucheta oceana. Microsetella atlantica. Scolecithrix Bradyi. —— rosea. auropecten. Onceea mediterranea. securifrons, Conzea rapax. —— chelifer. Lat. 52° 18"-1 N. 5g STATI0n Te saoeakG wt 1300 fath. Noy. 21, 1898. Calanus finmarchicus. Pleuromamma abdominalis. gracilis. Heterorhabdus spinifrons, Eucalanus elongatus. Lucicutia flavicornis. Rhincalanus cornutus. Arietellus setosus. Mecynocera Clausi. Oithona similis. Gaétanus miles. Microsetella atlantica. armiger. rosea. Gaidius pungens. Onceea mediterranea. Eucheeta marina. Coneea rapax. Metridia longa. Lat. 52° 18"1 N. 5h SEATION | Lone. os ws 1410 fath, Nov. 21, 1898. Calanus finmarchicus. Metridia longa. cristatus. princeps. Eucalanus elongatus. Pleuromamma abdominalis, Rhincalanus nasutus. Heterorhabdus spinifrons. Euchirella curticauda. Clausi. Eucheta marina, vipera. Hessei, var. similis. Mormonilla phasma. Gaétanus miles. Oithona similis. armiger. Microsetella atlantica. Scolecithrix persecans. rosea, Bradyi. Onczea mediterranea. Phaénna spinifera. Coneea rapax. obtatned during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ 13 le) is 5 j Srarion {ie 52° 18°1 N Long. 15° 53'-9 wt 1510 fath. Nov. 21, 1898. Calanus finmarchicus. Eucalanus elongatus. attenuatus. Rhincalanus nasutus. cornutus. Gaétanus miles. armiger. Euchirella curticauda. Eucheeta marina. Scolecithrix frontalis. auropecten. Xanthoealanus Giesbrechti. Metridia longa. Toren cron Vas 52° 18"1 N. Pleuromamma abdominalis. Lucicutia flavicornis. Heterorhabdus spinifrons. longicornis. papillig er. Augaptilus longicaudatus. Mormonilla phasma. Oithona similis. Microsetella atlantica. rosea. Onczea mediterranea. Conzea rapax. Long. 15° 53'-9 ws 1610 fath. Nov. 21, 1898. Calanus finmarchicus. cristatus. Eucalanus elongatus. attenuatus. Rhinealanus nasutus. cornutus. Gaétanus miles. Eucheta marina. —— oceana. Phaénna spinifera. 5 1 Srarion Calanus finmarchicus. Eucalanus attenuatus, elongatus. Rhincalanus nasutus. Euchirella curticauda. Eucheta marina. Metridia longa. 6 a Station Calanus finmarchicus. Microsetella atlantica. 6 6 Srarion Pseudocalanus elongatus, /Etideus armatus. Metridia longa. Acartia Clausi. atwole TSialh Ne Long. 15° 53/9 Ww. 1710 fath. Nov. 21, 1898. Lat. 52° 20’ N Long. 15° 7'-9 W. Lat. 52° 20’ N. Long. 15° 7'-9 W. Metridia longa. princeps. Pleuromamma abdominalis. Lucicutia longicornis. Mormonilla phasma. Oithona similis. nana. Microsetella atlantica. Oncza mediterranea. Conzea rapax. Pleuromamma abdominalis. Heterorhabdus spinifrons, Lucicutia flavicornis. Oithona similis. Microsetella atlantica. | Onezea mediterranea. Conzea rapax. \ 150 fath. Noy. 22, 1898, Microsetella rosea. Conzea rapax. \ 230 fath. Nov. 22, 1898, Oithona similis, Microsetella atlantica, rosea. Coneea rapax, 14 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda 6 g anton { Lab. 52° 20' N. ceria Long. 15° 7"9 W. Calanus finmarchicus. Metridia longa. Acartia Clausi. Oithona similis. 6 d Station Lat, 52° 20° N Long. 15° 7'-9 W. Calanus finmarchicus. Pseudocalanus elongatus. Metridia longa. \ 310 fath. Nov. 22, 1898. Microsetella atlantica. rosea. Conzea rapax. \ 375 fath. Nov. 22, 1898. Microsetella atlantica. rosea. AXgisthus mucronatus. Pleuromamma abdominalis. Conzea rapax. Heterorhabdus spinifrons. ats 2220 GN. 6 ¢ Station Long. 15° 7/-9 W. \ 440 fath. Nov. 22, 1898. Pseudocalanus elongatus. | Oithona similis. _ { Lat, 52° 20' N. 6 f Santon { Peco } 510 fath. Nov. 22, 1898. Calanus finmarchicus. Eucalanus attenuatus. Gaétanus miles. Eucheeta marina. Euchirella curticauda. Scolecithrix securifrons. Metridia longa. Lucicutia Clausi. Heterorhabdus spinifrons. Acartia Clausi. Oithona similis. Microsetella rosea. Adgisthus mucronatus. Conzea rapax. Pleuromamma abdominalis. O ! 6 g STATION tee 4 se a 560 fath. Nov. 22, 1898. Calanus finmarchicus. cristatus. Eucalanus elongatus. Rhinealanus cornutus. Gaétanus miles. Euchirella curticauda. rostrata. Eucheta marina. Scolecithrix frontalis. securifrons. 6 A Srarion Lat. 52° 20' N. Long. 15° 7-9 W. Calanus finmarchicus. tenuicornis. Pseudocalanus elongatus. Gaétanus miles. Metridia longa. Acartia Clausi. Metridia longa. Pleurcomamma abdominalis. Lucicutia flavicornis. Jsocheeta longisetosus. Phyllopus bidentatus. Acartia Clausi. Oithona similis. Microsetella rosea. A‘gisthus mucronatus. Conzea rapax. \ 610 fath. Nov. 22, 1898. Oithona similis. Microsetella rosea. atlantica. Onczea minuta. Conea rapax. obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ 15 Calanus finmarchicus, Gunner. 1765. Monoculus finmarchicus, Gunner, Skr. Kjébenh. Selsk. vol. x. p. 175, figs. 20-23. This, probably the most abundant and widely distributed of all known Copepoda, occurred in twenty-five of the forty stations and at all depths from the surface to 1710 fathoms. Calanus cristatus, Kroyer. 1848. Calanus cristatus, Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr. n. ser. vol. ii. pp. 547, 553, 607. . Three specimens only of this little-known species occurred in three separate gatherings at depths from 560 to 1510 fathoms. All appeared to be immature females, which, as Giesbrecht points out, is the only form known. Calanus gracilis, Dana. 1849. Calanus gracilis, Dana, P. Amer. Ac. vol. ii. pp. 18, 24. Its long graceful antenne easily distinguish this species from all other Calani. It was sparingly found at six stations at depths of from 270 to 13800 fathoms. Calanus tenuicornis, Dana. 1849. Calanus tenuicornis, Dana, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 15. One specimen was found at 6” Station at a depth of 610 fathoms, and two others at greater depth, the latter in an immature state. Eucalanus elongatus, Dana. 1849, Calanus (part.), Dana, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 10. This large and easily recognized species occurred at seven stations at from 560 to 1710 fathoms. Eucalanus attenuatus, Dana. 1849. Calanus attenuatus, Dana, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 18. Similar in appearance to LE. elongatus, but readily distin- guishable from the latter by its three-jointed abdomen, that species having four joints. It occurred at fifteen stations, only two of them, however, being those where HH. elongatus was found, although at similar depths—920 to 1710 fathoms. 16 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda Rhincalanus nasutus, Giesbrecht. 1888. Rhincalanus nasutus, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 334, One of the largest of known Copepoda. It was very plentiful at the thirteen stations in which it occurred. Rhincalanus cornutus, Dana. 1849. Calanus cornutus+ C. rostrifrons, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 19. Less plentiful than R. nasutus, occurring at ten stations and at similar depth to the latter—from 560 to 1710 fathoms. Mecynocera Clausi, Thompson. 1888. Mecynocera Clausi, Thompson, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx. p. 150 A few specimens of this species, easily recognized by its long delicate antennz, were found at four stations at depths from 500 to 1300 fathoms. Pseudocalanus elongatus, Boeck. 1864. Clausia elongata, Boeck, Forh. Selsk. Christian. p. 10. One of the commonest species round our own shores. It was present in nearly half the bottles of this collection, and at all depths from the surface to 1710 fathoms. Spinocalanus abyssalis, Giesbrecht. (PI. I. fig. 6.) 1888. Spinocalanus abyssalis, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 235. One specimen only, an immature male, was taken at 1570 fathoms. Fig. 6 shows the rudimentary fifth feet. The male of this species has not been previously reported. . Aitideus armatus, Brady. 1883. Atidius armatus, Brady, Rep. Voy. ‘ Challenger,’ vol. viil. p. 75. Occurs at six stations at depths between 230 and 1670 fathoms. As remarked by Brady, ‘the strong curved rostrum and the remarkably elongated, spiniform, posterior thoracic segment distinguish this species at a glance from any other with which I am acquainted.” Bradyidius armatus, Vanhoften. 1878. Pseudocalanus armatus, Brady, Cop. Brit. Isl. vol. i. p. 46. The hitherto recorded area of distribution of this species obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ 17 appears to be confined to British shores and as far north as Greenland. It occurs three times in this collection at depths of from 500 to 1670 fathoms. Gaétanus miles, Giesbrecht. (Pl. I. figs. 3, 4, 5.) 1888. Gaétanus miles, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. vol. iv. p. 385. One or more of this readily recognized species occurred at 17 stations, almost all being females, and the few. males found were immature. Noticing some slight variations between my specimens and Dr. Giesbrecht’s figures, I sent some to Dr. Giesbrecht for identification, and received from him the following remarks upon them. He says :—“I believe them to be identical with Gaétanus miles. There is resemblance in alJl specific characters I made out for G. miles, only the lamella on the basal joint of the maxillipeds is of somewhat different form, and there is a greater number of spiniform setz on the inner margin of basal joint of the fourth foot in your specimen. My specimens of G. miles eame from the Pacific, yours are Atlantic, so the named differences will be geographical varieties.” Gaétanus armiger, Giesbrecht. 1888. Gaétanus arnuger, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser, 4, vol, iv. p. 335. Less plentiful than the preceding species, being found at seven stations and very sparingly. Like the preceding, it has been hitherto reported by Giesbrecht from the Pacific Ocean and by Mr. T. Scott from the Gulf of Guinea only ; so the known range of distribution of both is now widely extended. Gaidius pungens, Giesbrecht. (PI. I. fig. 7.) 1895. Gaidius pungens, Giesbrecht, Bull. Mus. Harvard, vol. xxv. p. 349, Oue specimen only was found at Station 5 y—an imma- ture male,—at a depth of 1300 fathoms. As the first male, I believe, recorded, it is unfortunate that it should be immature. Giesbrecht’s previous record is the Pacific Ocean; so here again we have a widely extended range. Euchirella pulchra, Lubbock. 1856, Undina pulchra, Lubbock, Tr. Ent. Soc. n. ser, vol. iv. p. 20. Two specimens only were found at depths of 920 and 1370 fathoms. Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 2 18 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda Euchirella rostrata, Claus. 1866. Undina rostrata, Claus, Cop. Nizza, p. 11. Two specimens were found at 560 and 1370 fathoms respectively. Euchirella curticauda, Giesbrecht. 1888. Euchirella curticauda, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 336. Comparatively common throughout the collection, occur- ring at nine stations at varymg depths from 810 to 1710 fathoms. The crested head without rostrum, coupled with the dwarfed abdomen and caudal segments, easily distinguish this species. Eucheta marina, Prestandrea. 1833. Cyclops marinus, Prestandrea, Effemeridi scientifiche e Jetterarie per la Sicilia, Palermo, vol. vi. p. 12. A very widely distributed species throughout the Mediter- ranean and the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, and occurring in the present collection at eighteen stations and at varying depths from 270 to 1770 fathoms. Eucheta acuta, Giesbrecht. 1892. Eucheta acuta, Giesbrecht, F. Fl, Neapel, vol. xix. p. 246. One specimen only, a female, was taken at 1275 fathoms. It appears not to have been before reported except from the Mediterranean. Eucheta Hessei, Brady. 1883. Eucheta Hesset, Brady, Rep. Voy. ‘ Challenger,’ vol. viii. p. 63. One specimen only apparently of this species was taken at 1370 fathoms. It had the strong prominent rostrum as described and figured by Brady, but being an immature specimen, a male, the fifth feet were not so complete as those he figures. Eucheta Hessei, var. similis, T. Scott. 1893. Eucheta Hessei, var. similis, T. Scott, Tr. Linn, Soc. ser. 2, Zool. vol. vi. p. 58, pl. vi. One specimen only, a male, was obtained at 1410 fathoms. It agreed in all respects with Scott’s description of his variety of H. Hesse. obtained during the Cruise of the * Oceana.’ 19 Eucheta spinosa, Giesbrecht. 1892. Eucheta spinosa, Giesbrecht, F. Fl. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 246. A few specimens of this species, all females, occurred at twe stations at depths of 950 and 1070 fathoms. Eucheta oceana, sp. un. (PI. II. figs. 1-9.) Length 6 millim. Cephalothorax (fig. 1) ovate, 4- jointed, first joint longer than the following three put together. Aniteriorly there is a rounded central knob be- tween the antenne. Rostrum arising dorsally and looking hke a central thorn. Eyes prominent. Anterior antennze of the male 21-jointed, the relative lengths being as follows :— 1234567 8 9 1011 12 18 14 18 16 17 18 19 20 21 are weer onlOnsn eon 4) on on 6. 6) IP 16No Sg Short sete extend along the upper surface, with long stout ones on the third, eighth, and twelfth joints. On the third to eighth joints are triangular-shaped papille (fig. 2)—two on each joint—a thin hair springing from the centre of each, the apex having a granular appearance. ‘The branches of the posterior antenne (fig. 3) are of nearly equal length. Mazxilla (fig. 4) has numerous long stout bristles. Mandible (fig. 5) altogether devoid of any biting part, as is also the case with most species of Hucheta. First pair of foot-jaws appear to be entirely absent, which is also a feature of the males of other species of this genus. The outer branch of the first four pairs of swimming-feet is 3-joiuted. Inner branch of first pair (fig. 7} 1-jointed, second pair 2-jointed, aud third and fourth pairs (fig. 8) 3-jointed. Fifth pair long and prehensile (fig. 9) ; the inner joint of each foot is 1-jointed. The right outer branch is 3-jointed, terminating in a strong spine. The left branch is 4-jointed, terminating in a strong spine, with fine sete on the inner side near the apex and a small spine. Abdomen 5-jointed, the first segment very small. Caudal segments are rather longer than the breadth, and have a pair of small rounded papille between them. Three specimens of this fine species (all males) were found in three separate bottles taken at depths of 1190 to 1670. fathoms. None appeared to be fully matured, the figures being taken from the one most fully developed. The rostrum, anterior antenne, and fifth feet are the chief distinguishing features of this species. o% 20 ’ Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda Scolecithrix Dane, Lubbock. gab rt gee Dane, Lubbock, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. n, ser. vol. iv. p. 15. The genus Scolecithrix has proved to be the best repre- sented in this collection, furnishing nine species, one of them (S. chelifer) being new to science. The species before us—S, Dane—one of the most widely diffused throughout the great oceans, occurs only once in the present collection at a depth of 1570 fathoms. Scolecithrix Bradyi, Giesbrecht. 1888, Scolecithrix Bradyi, Giesbrecht, Aiti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 337. About as widely distributed as the previous species, occurring here at two stations at depths of 1190 and 1410 fathoms. Scolecithrix auropecten, Giesbrecht. 1892. Scolecithrix auropecten, Giesbrecht, F. Fl. Neapel, yol. xix. p. 266. One specimen (a female), agreeing in all respects with Giesbrecht’s description, was found at 1510 fathoms. The male remains unknown. Scolecithrie major, T. Scott. 1893. Scolecithrix major, T. Scott, Tr. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, Zool. vol. vi. p. 52. This appears to be a very rare species, the only previous record by Mr. Scott being one specimen from the Gulf of Guinea, with which my only specimen taken at 920 fathoms agrees. Scolecithrix persecans, Giesbrecht. 1895. Meolecithrix persecans, Giesbrecht, Bull. Mus. Harvard, vol. xxy. p- Q5Q au. One specimen (a male fully matured) was taken at 1410 fathoms. Its peculiar Jong prehensile fifth feet figured by Giesbrecht are very diagnostic. The female is unknown. Giesbrecht’s specimen was from the Pacific, mine from the Atlantic, so increasing its known range. Scolecithriz securifrons, T. Scott. 1893. Scolecithriv securifrons, T. Scott, Tr. Linn. Soc. ser, 2, Zool. vol. vi. p. 47. Several specimens of this species, easily recognizable by obtained during the Cruise of the * Oceana.’ 21 its high median crested head, were found at four stations at depths from 510 to 1190 fathoms. Scolecithriz frontalis, Giesbrecht, 1895. Lophothrix frovtalis, Giesbrecht, Bull. Mus. Harvard, vol. xxv. p. 254. A few specimens were found at four stations at a depth of from 560 to 1510 fathoms. All were females, the male being unknown. It had previously only been reported from the Pacific Ocean. Scolecithrix cristata, Giesbrecht. (Pl. III. figs. 1-5.) 1893. Amallophora magna, T. Scott, Tr. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, Zool. vol. vi. p. 55. Two specimens (male and female) were found at two separate stations at depths of 950 and 1070 fathoms. As the male was hitherto unknown, its characteristic points are appended. _ Length 33 millim. Head has small but moderately long crest (fig. 1) extending to almost between the eyes. Ante- rior antenne (fig. 2) not quite so long as the cephalothorax, the relative lengths of the twenty-two joints being about as follows :— 123456789 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Hersis ssa 425 2 4°45 5 5 6 58 9 38.38 8" The two branches of the posterior antenne (fig. 3) are of nearly equallength. ‘The first four pairs of swimming-feet similar to those of the female. The fifth pair (fig. 4) two- branched, prehensile, one having a secondary club-like branch. The main branch of same has a long curved elabo- rate apical termination (fig.5). A single small spine projects from the outer side, the inner siding having first a raised wedge-shaped surface bearing short sete, then four strong teeth, and terminating in a series of transverse striations. The other branch terminates with a long and a short strong spine. Scolecithriz chelifer, sp.u. (PI. V. figs. 1-9.) Length6:0 millim. Cephalothorax (fig. 1) obtusely ovate, 4-jointed. Upper portion of head flattened, with sharp double rostrum. Anterior antenne (fig. 2) 235-joited, the proportional length of each joimt being about as follows :— 1283456789 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 pio ede 22°82 2° O° R*a ae - 5 56°59 FO 1404 +3 ° 4 °6. 22 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda Outer branch of posterior antennee (fig. 3) about 14 times as long as the inner branch. Mandible (fig. 4) consists of a large powerful rounded claw, bearing a spine on the outer edge. One of the two branches bears a long 2-jointed plumose spine, and, like the other branch, several long slender spines. Anterior foot-jaw bears five branches, the first having on the outer side nine or ten crook-shaped hairs ; the others have two to six long apical spines. Posterior foot-jaw (fig. 6) 4-jointed ; the second joint on outer side fringed with numerous short spines; the fourth joint has several apical long spines, two of them having lateral teeth on one side. Outer branch of first to fourth pair of swimming- feet 3-joimted, the inner branch of first pair 1-jomted, that of the second pair (fig. 7) 2-joimted, and of the third and fourth 3-jointed. A peculiarity of the second, third, and fourth pairs consists in their having a partial second row of tooth-lke serrations (fig. 8) on the terminal spines. The only two specimens found were immature males, the fifth pair of feet of one of them being represented (fig. 9). Each of the two branches is composed of four jomts; they are, however, asymmetrical, all the jomts of one, with the exception of the ultimates, being considerably larger than” the corresponding ones of the other branch. The terminal joints of each have three apical spines, the central the largest, and one mner lateral spine. The two specimens were found at 1070 and 1190 fathoms. I have named the species S. chelifer, on account of the remarkable claw on the mandibles: the name must not be confounded with Giesbrecht’s S. chelipes. Xanthocalanus Giesbrechti, sp.nu. (Pl. IV. figs. 1-9.) Female——Length 34 millim. Body lengthened ovate. Rostrum absent. Cephalothorax (fig. 1) 5-jointed. Anterior antenne (fig. 2) 25-jointed, the proportional lengths of the joints being about as follows :— 1234567 8 9101112131415 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 924 95 711646551067 8 9 9 111011101058 Sez RomiOlsaee Outer branch of the posterior antenne (fig. 3) about 14 times as long as the inner branch. Mandible (fig. 4) 2-branched ; basal segment has three long bristles on upperside; biting portion with long narrow palp. Maxilla very setose (fig. 5). Anterior foot-jaw (fig. 6) 5-branched, each terminating with seyeral long plumed sete. Posterior foot-jaw (fig, 7) obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ 23 6-jointed. Outer branch of first to fourth pair of swimming- feet 3-jointed. Inner branch of first pair 1-jointed, but double-lobed, as in Gaétanus. Inner branch of second pair (fig. 8) 2-joimted, and that of the third and fourth pairs 3-jomted. Fifth pair 2-branched (fig. 9), each 3-jointed, including basal joint, the apical joint of the right branch having four spines, the left three spines, the first two joints of each branch having their inner edges lined with short strong spines. Abdomen 4-joiuted, the last very small ; caudal segments somewhat quadrate, nearly twice as long as broad. One specimen only (a female) was found at 1510 fathoms, and it is with extreme pleasure that I name it after Dr. Giesbrecht of Naples, whose colossal and magnificent book, as well as his many lesser writings, and personal friendship when at Naples on various occasions, have heen of the greatest service to me. Phaénna spinifera, Claus. 1863. Phaénna spinifera, Claus, Freileb. Cop. p. 189. A fair number of this widely distributed species were taken at seven stations, at depths varying from 270 to 1610 fathoms. Centropages typicus, Kroyer. 1848. Centropages typicus, Kyoyer, Naturh. Tidsskr. n. ser, vol. ii. p- 588. This well-known British species, whose further known range is the Mediterranean and the Atlantic Ocean, occurred at five stations in this collection at depths of from 270 to 1670 fathoms. Centropages Chierchie, Giesbrecht. 1889. Centropages Chierchie, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4, vol. v. p. 811. One specimen was taken by the surface-net. Its only previous record is from the Straits of Gibraltar. Centropages hamatus, Lill). 1853. Ichthyophorba hamata, Lill}. Clad. Ostr. Cop. p. 185, Another of our common British species, also previously recorded from the Atlantic and from its first-known habitat, the Baltic. It occurs at four stations in the ‘Oceana’ collection, from the surface to 270 fathoms. 24 Mr. 1. C. Thompson on the Copepoda Metridia longa, Lubbock. 1854. Calanus longus, Lubbock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xiv. p. 127. One of the commonest species in the collection. Found in thirty-three out of the forty bottles comprising the collection, at depths from 50 to 1770 fathoms. Metridia venusta, Giesbrecht. (Pl. VI. figs. 1, 2.) 1889. Metridia venusta, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4, vol. v. p. 24. One specimen only, and fortunately a mature male, hitherto unknown, was taken at 1570 fathoms. ‘The general characters agree with those of the female as described by Giesbrecht, the anterior antennee and fifth pair of swimming- feet being the main differences between the sexes. The right anterior antenna is 26-jointed, the left 23- jointed, the latter being geniculated between the seventeenth and eighteenth joints ; both are very thin in the latter half. The proportionate lengths of the joints of the left antenna are as follows :— The fifth pair of feet (fig. 2) are very elaborate ; each is 2-branched, the outer ones are 4-jointed and terminated by strong spines, the left spine being more than double the length of the right. The inner branch of each foot is 3-jomted, each apical joint having two lateral and four terminal setz. A finely setiferous lateral lamella is attached to the basal joint of each foot. Giesbrecht’s specimens were from the Pacific; so the known range of the species is now widely extended. Metridia princeps, Giesbrecht. (Pl. VI. figs. 3, 4.) 1889. Metridia princeps, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4, vol. v. p. 24. Three specimens of this large and well-marked species were found—one, fortunately a male, hitherto unknown, at 1410 fathoms, and two females at 1610 fathoms. The important differences between the sexes, as with the last species, are in the anterior antenne and the fifth pair of swimming-feet. Male (fig. 3).—Length 650 millim, The right antenna obtained during the Cruise of the * Oceana.’ 25 is 25-jointed, that of the left 22. The comparative lengths of the joints of the latter are about as follows :— 1234567 89 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 WII SO Ses Soule 18) 6) Gllskensl en a The geniculation in the left antenna is between theseventeenth and eighteenth joints. Fifth pair of swimming-feet (fig. 4) each a single branch with four joints, the terminal joints being long, stout, blunt spines, with a minute spine at the end of each. Much less perceptibly than in MW. venusta, the right caudal segment is shorter than the left. Giesbrecht’s previous records of this species are the Pacific Ocean and the Gulf of Gascogne, so its range also is much extended. Pleuromamma abdominalis, Lubbock. 1856. Diaptomus (part.), Lubbock, Tr. Ent. Soe. vol. iv. p. 22. Very common throughout the collection, occurring at twenty-seven stations at depths from 270 to 1770 fathoms. Easily recognized by its round lateral black pigment knob. Pleuromamma gracilis, Claus. 1863. Pleuromma gracile, Claus, Freileb. Cop. p. 197. A rare species, though widely distributed throughout the world. One specimen only was found, at a depth of 1570 fathoms. Lucicutia longicornis, Giesbrecht. 1889. Leuckartia longicornis, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4, vol. v. p. 812. One specimen was found at a depth of 1070 fathoms. The only previous record of this species is the Pacific Ocean. Lucicutia flavicornis, Claus. 1863. Leuckartia flavicornis, Claus, Freileb. Cop. p. 186. A widely distributed ocean species. Occurred at ten stations at depths from 810 to 1770 fathoms, Lucicutia longiserrata, Giesbrecht. 1889. Leuckartia longiserrata, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4, vol. v. p. 818. One specimen was obtained at 1275 fathoms. Its only record hitherto is the Pacific Ocean. 26 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda Lucicutia Clausi, Giesbrecht. 1889, Leuckartia Clausii, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4, vol. v. p. 812. A few specimens of this species were taken at 510 fathoms. Its previously known range is the Mediterranean and Pacific Ocean. Isocheta longisetosus, sp.n. (Pl. VII. figs. 1-9.) Female.—Uength 3°50 millim. Cephalothorax has five segments. Rostrum appears to consist of two long, narrow, ribbon-like bodies. Anterior antennz 23-jointed, the relative lengths bemg much as follows :— 1234567891011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 91 22 98 G289299999 8 BSB B8BAAA SL 4 EBs They are sparingly setiferous. Hach antenna has a dark brown seta on last jomt, The two branches of posterior antennee (fig. 2) are of about equal length ; the outer branch 8-jointed, the fourth to seventh joints bemg a compound joint; the eighth joint nearly as long as the other seven together. From the compound joint spring a number of flat ribbon-lhke hairs, which, like the apical hairs, appear to be filled with very minute round granules. The inner branch springs from the basal joint at right angles to the outer, and termi- nates with six or eight very long ribbon-like setz, also dark brown and granular. Mandible (fig. 3) has a main branch of three joints, terminated by long, brown, flat sete, as described above. Twosmall segments, each terminated by a long slender spine, spring from the middle jot; from the basal joint arisesashort stout branch, ending with spinous sete, which appear to take the place of any biting-teeth. Maxilla (fig. 4) consists of two small 2-jointed branches proceeding from acommon base, their terminal joints ending in several of the long granular setze as described above. Anterior foot- jaws (fig. 5) long and broad, with two long spines at apex of each of two protuberances on first jomt. Three very small terminal joints are also provided.with long curved spines. Posterior foot-jaws (fig. 6) 7-jointed, long spines springing from each ; there are also several small spines on the third and fourth joimts. Abdomen 4-jointed; the first joint is nearly twice the size of any of the others; caudal setze without the dark granular coloration. Outer and inner branch of the swimming-feet (figs. 7 & 8) are all 3-jomted, with the ex- ception of the fifth pair (fig. 9), the imner branch of which is 2-jointed. ES ee obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ 27 One specimen only of this remarkable Copepod was taken at 560 fathoms. The long, brown, ribbon-like, granular setze on the ante- rior and posterior antenne, as well as on the mandible and maxilla, and the peculiar shape of the posterior antenne readily distinguish this species from any other known to me. Heterorhabdus spinifrons, Claus. 1863. Heterocheta spinifrons, Claus, Freileb. Cop. p. 182. One of the most widely distributed species throughout the collection, having been taken at fourteen stations in fair abundance at depths from 375 to 1770 fathoms. It has been reported from the Mediterranean and from both Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. Heterorhabdus papilliger, Claus. 1863. Heterocheta papilligera, Claus, Freileb. Cop. p. 182. One specimen only, found at 1510 fathoms. Not before reported from the Atlantic Ocean. Heterorhabdus abyssalis, Giesbrecht. 1889, Heterocheta abyssalis, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4, vol, v. p. 812. Several specimens, all males (the female being still un- known), were found at three stations at depths of from 950 to 1190 fathoms. Giesbrecht’s record was the Atlantic, but at the great depth of 4000 metres. Heterorhabdus Clausi, Giesbrecht. 1889. Heterocheta Clausti, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4, vol. v. p. 812. Found at one station only at 1410 fathoms. Its only previous record was from the Pacific. Heterorhabdus vipera, Giesbrecht. 1889. Heterocheta vipera, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4, vol. y. p. 812. A few specimens occurred at two stations at depths of 950 and 1410 fathoms. The Atlantic and Pacific are its known range of distribution. Heterorhabdus longicornis, Giesbrecht. 1889. Heterocheta longicornis, Giesbrecht. One specimen only (a female) was found at 1710 fathoms. 28 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda Its very long slender antennz, taken in conjunction with its still longer caudal sete, easily distinguish it. The Atlantic and Pacific Oceans are its recorded habitats. The male remains unknown. Haloptilus longicornis, Claus. 1863. Hemicalanus longicornis, Claus, Freileb. Cop. p. 179. Fairly common at three stations at depths from 620 to 1770 fathoms. Recorded from the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans and the Mediterranean. Haloptilus ornatus, Giesbrecht. 1892. Hemicalanus ornatus, Giesbrecht, F. Fl. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 84. Found at two stations at 810 and 1670 fathoms. Pre- viously known only from the Mediterranean. A strong hooked spine and plumose hairs from the other lobes of the anterior foot-jaws serve to distinguish this species, Haloptilus spiniceps, Giesbrecht. 1892. Hemicalanus spiniceps, Giesbrecht, F. F1. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 384. One specimen only from a depth of 500 fathoms was found. Its only previous record is the Mediterranean. Augaptilus fiigerus, Claus. 1863. Hemicalanus filigerus, Claus, Freileb. Cop. p. 179. A few specimens of this species were found at two stations at depths of 1065 and 1270 fathoms. Like the last species, its only previous record is the Mediterranean. Augaptilus palumboi, Giesbrecht, (Pl. I. figs. 1, 2.) 1889. Augaptilus palumbu, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4, vol. v. p. 813. The only specimen found (fig. 1) was taken at 1070 fathoms, and fortunately proved to be a male, hitherto unknown. The chief differences between the male and female are in the anterior antenne and the fifth feet ; the latter, however, in this specimen (fig. 2) are unfortunately immature. The right and left anterior antenne vary considerably (fig. 1). The right is 14-jointed, the third, fourth, and fitth joints being short and swollen ; the left is 19-joimted, the joints 2 to 6 being short and swollen. Waving sete are numerous throughout the length of both antennz. Length of male 4 yillim. Its only previous record is the Pacific Ocean. Eo obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana? 29 Augaptilus Rattrayt, T. Scott. ee. perganelus Rattrayi, T. Scott, Tr. Linn. Soe. ser. 2, Zool. vol. vi. p. 36. One specimen only of this rare species, hitherto only known through Mr. Scott’s excellent report on “ Entomostraca from the Gulf of Guinea,” was taken at 1070 fathoms. The short, crescent-shaped, flat-topped filaments which adorn the maxille and foot-jaws are quite diagnostic of this species. Augaptilus hecticus, Giesbrecht. 1889. Augaptilus hecticus, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. ser. 4, vol. v. p. 814. A single male of this species was found at 1275 fathoms. The elegant plumes near the extremity of the anterior antenne and on the caudal sete, as shown by Giesbrecht, were not present, probably lost. Previously known from the Mediterranean, Gulf of Guinea, and Pacific Ocean. Augaptilus longicaudatus, Claus. 1868. Hemicalanus longicaudatus, Claus, Freileb. Cop. p. 129. A few specimens were found at 1070 and 1670 fathoms. This species is easily recognized by the flat-topped button- like filaments attached to the sete of the foot-jaws, similar to those of A. Rattrayi, which, as before referred to, are crescent-shaped. Its hitherto known areas of distribution are the Mediter- ranean, Gulf of Guinea, and Pacific Ocean. Arietellus setosus, Giesbrecht. 1892. Arietellus setosus, Giesbrecht, F. Fl. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 415. A male and female of this very handsome species were taken at 500 and 1300 fathoms respectively. The beautiful yellow coloured plumose caudal setz at once distinguish both sexes. The Mediterranean and Gulf of Guinea are its hitherto known range. Phyllopus bidentatus, Brady. (Pl. III. figs. 6-9.) 1885. Phyllopus bidentatus, Brady, Rep. Voy. Chall. vol. viii. p. 78. This species is known only from three specimens—first, a female described by Brady from the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition taken down to 2650 fathoms in the South Atlantic; the second, also a female, by Giesbrecht at 1800 metres, from the Pacific; and now the third, a male from the North Atlantic at 560 fathoms, in the present ‘ Oceana’ collection. 30 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda The general agreement of my specimen with Giesbrecht’s description and drawings clearly demonstrates it to be P. bidentatus. The differmg characters of the male are as under. Brady supposed his specimen to be a male, but, as Giesbrecht points out, it certainly is a female. The latter authority failed to find the “stout bidentate process” as described by Brady as existing, produced ventrally, on the last thoracic segment. My specimen certainly has this process, though not so pronounced as in Brady’s drawings, and only on the right side. The left side termination, however, is not clearly defined, so the “ process” may have been lost. Length 2°75 millim. (fig. 6). Right anterior antenna (fig. 2) 24-jointed, the left (fig. 38) 20- “jointed, the latter having a geniculation between the sixteenth and seventeenth joints. In the right the joints after the twelfth are less than half the width of the previous ones. The relative lengths of the joints are in about the following proportions :— Right. 123456789 10 11 12 18 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 93 24 164 4644433 3°33 4°6' 678 10 12 1416 2a Left. 1923456 7.8 990 1h 1213 14 15 16 17 le eee 2016161616 6 8493 ows ee i Once: The fifth pair of swimming-feet (fig. 4) consists of two branches, each 3-jointed, with one common basal joint. A lamellated process projects from the inner side of the first joint on the right, and a smaller one from the inner side of the second joint on the left. The terminal joint of the right consists of a strongly muscular chelate organ, that of the left being rather smaller and apically obtuse and also very rouscular. Anomalocera Patersoni, Templeton. 1837. Anomalocera Patersonii, Templeton, Tr. Ent. Soc. vol. ii. p. 34. It was rather surprising to find only one specimen of this large brilliantly coloured species, well known as occurring often in dense shoals round our coasts, and known also in the Mediterranean and in the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. It was taken by the surface-net. Acartia Clausi, Giesbrecht. 1863. Dias longiremis (part.), Claus, Freileb. Cop. p. 193. One of our commonest British species. Well known in obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ al the Mediterranean and Atlantic Ocean, and reported from Puget Sound in the Pacific. It was found at fifteen stations in this collection, from the surface to 1670 fathoms. As ouly careful examination can readily determine this species from the next, A. longiremis, some not so examined may belong to the latter species. Acartia longiremis, Lill. 1853. Dias longiremis, Lillj. Clad. Ostr. Cop. p. 181. Considerably rarer than the last species, A. Clausi, being hitherto known only round our own coasts and in the Baltic and North Sea south of Greenland. The presence of a few small spmes on the ahdomen and a difference in the fifth pair of feet of this species constitute the chief difference between this species and the preceding, 4d. Clausi. They were formerly included as one species. Acartia discaudata, Giesbrecht. 1881. Dias discaudutus, Giesbrecht, Zool. Anz. vol. iv. p. 257. A few specimens were found at a depth of 374 fathoms. Tt differs from the last two species in appearance by its rounded short furcal segments. The Baltic, North Sea, and our own shores have been hitherto its recorded habitats. Acartia centrura, Giesbrecht. 1889. Acartia centrura, Giesbrecht, Atti Acc. Lincei Rend. vol. v. p. 25. One specimen of this rare species was taken at 810 fathoms. Its small terminal spines lateral to the cephalothorax easily distinguish it from the three preceding species. Its only previous record is the Red Sea. Mormonilla phasma, Giesbrecht. 1891. Mormonilla phasma, Giesbrecht, F. FI. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 532. One of the more common species of the collection, occur- ring at nine stations in fair quantity at depths from 810 to 1610 fathoms; and previously known only from a few specimens reported by Giesbrecht from the Pacific, and by T. Scott from the Gulf of Guinea. Its long, transparent, slender form and thin, 5-jointed, setose antenne easily distinguish it from any other known species. C 32 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the Copepoda Oithona similis, Claus. 1863. Otthona helgolandica, Claus, Freileben Cop. p. 104. One of the commonest species in the collection, occurrmg plentifully at twenty-eight stations at depths from the surface to 1710 fathoms. It is abundant throughout the northern seas, extending to the Mediterranean and the Canary Islands and Atlantic Ocean. Oithona nana, Giesbrecht. 1862. Oithona nana, Giesbrecht, F. Fl. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 549. Only one specimen, from 1610 fathoms, was noticed, though, possessing no strong mark for recognition, others may have been passed over. Its blunt broad head is its distinctive feature. Thorellia brunnea, Boeck. 1864. Thorellia brunnea, Boeck, Oversigt over de ved Norges Kyster iagt. Cop. p. 26. A northern species occasionally found in British seas, but apparently not hitherto recorded further south. One specimen was found at 270 fathoms. Microsetella atlantica, Brady & Robertson. 1873. Microsetella atluntica, Brady & Robertson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xii. p. 180. Common throughout the collection, occurring at twenty- eight stations at depths from 270 to 1710 fathoms. It is common in our own seas, and I’. Scott reports it as plentiful about the Gulf of Guinea. Microsetellu rosea, Dana. 1847. Canthocamptus roseus, Dana, Proc. Amer. Acad. Boston, vol. i. p. 150. © Although not so widely distributed throughout the collec- tion as the preceding species, it was plentiful at seventeen stations. Dana reported it from the Sulu Sea, Giesbrecht found it in the Eastern Pacific, and T. Scott in the Gulf of Guinea. Euterpe acutifrons, Dana. 1847. Euterpe acutifrons, Dana, Proc. Amer. Acad. Boston, vol. i. p. 150. One specimen of this species, not uncommon round our British shores, was taken at 950 fathoms. Dana’s habitat obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana. 3d was Rio Negro, and it has been reported from the Mediter- ranean, North Sea, Canary Islands, &c. ; so it has a widely distributed range. Setella gracilis, Dana. 1852. Setella gracilis, Dana, Crust. U.S. Expl. Exped. p. 1198, pl. lxxxy. This well-defined species occurred plentifully in two gatherings, taken at 1065 and 1670 fathoms respectively. Delavalia palustris, Brady. 1868. Delavalia palustris, Brady, Tr. Nat. Hist. Sec. Northumberland and Durham, vol. iii. p. 134. A fairly common species round our coasts in shallow rock- pools, but seemingly out of place in this collection! A single specimen was found at 1070 fathoms. Clytemnestra scutellata, Dana. 1847. Clytemnestra scutellata, Dana, Proc. Amer. Acad. Boston, vol. i. p. 150 The only specimen found was at 950 fathoms. This species has a wide range. Dana obtained it in the China Sea, Poppe in the Java Sea, and I have found it near Malta in the Mediterranean. Agisthus mucronatus, Giesbrecht. 1891. Algisthus mucronatus, Giesbrecht, I’. Fl, Neapel, Cop. vol. xix. p- 573. Several specimens of this species were obtained from eight stations at depths of from 375 to 1570 fathoms. One specimen was found by Giesbrecht in the Pacific Ocean near the Galapagos Islands. ‘T’. Scott, in his excellent monograph “ Hntomostraca from the Gulf of Guinea,” describes his 44. longirostris, which, from his description and drawings, I believe to be 4. mucronatus, Giesbrecht (the species before us). Scott says “they do not agree with 4. aculeatus, Giesbrecht,” but he appears to have overlooked 44. mucro- natus! Its long pointed rostrum is very diagnostic. Abgisthus aculeatus, Giesbrecht. 1891. Ayisthus aculeatus, Giesbrecht, F, Fl, Neapel, vol. xix. p. 572. Evidently much less common in the district traversed for this collection, one specimen only having been obtained. Giesbrecht’s two specimens were taken along with 4. mucro- natus, from which the present species is easily distinguished by its small sharp rostrum. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 3 34 Mr. 1. C. Thompson on the Copepoda Oncea mediterranea, Claus. 1863. Antaria mediterranea, Claus, Die freileb. Cop. p. 159. This appears to be a common and widely distributed species, its range extending from Spitzbergen to the Medi-— terranean, and to the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. It oceurred at fifteen stations im fair quantity at depths from 500 to 1710 fathoms. It is brilliantly coloured during life. Oncea minuta, Giesbrecht. 1892. Oneeu minuta, Giesbrecht, F. Fl. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 591. Much rarer than the last species. It occurred at three stations at depths from 610 to 1275 fathoms. Its small size is a distinguishing feature. The male appears to be unknown. Conea rapax, Giesbrecht. 1891. Conea rapax, Giesbrecht, F. Fl. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 608. A common species throughout the collection, occurring at twenty-eight stations. Giesbrecht found a few specimens in the Pacific, west of the Galapagos Islands ; but I do not find other records. Its known range is therefore now widely extended. Sapphirina salpe, Claus. 1849, Sapphirina iris, Dana, Proc. Amer. Acad. Boston, vol. ii. p. 8. One specimen only of this species, and the only specimen of the large genus Sapphirina, was taken at 810 fathoms. Its known range extends over the Mediterranean and the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. Lichomolgus liber, Brady & Robertson. 1875. Lichomolyus liber, Brady & Robertson, Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1875, p. 197. One specimen, probably a stray one, was found at 270 fathoms. Iam not aware that it has been previously reported outside our British coasts. Corina granulosa, Giesbrecht. 1891. Corma granulosa, Giesbrecht, F. Fl. Neapel, vol. xix. p. 645. A rare species, closely allied to the genus Coryceus, but differing in its abdominal segments. Only one specimen (a female) occurred, at 500 fathoms. Giesbrecht also had only one specimen (also a female). His was from the South Pacific, mine from the Atlantic. a , obtained during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ 35 Coryceus venustus, Dana. 1849. Coryceus venustus, Dana, Proc. Amer. Acad. Boston, vol. ii. p. 8. A few specimens of this species were found at three stations, extending in depth from the surface to 630 fathoms. Dana’s habitat was Kingsmill Island, Brady obtained it in the South Atlantic, and I have found it in the Mediterranean and about the Canary Islands. Coryceus anglicus, Lubbock. 1857. Coryceus anglicus, Lubbock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. p. 401. One of the smallest in size of the genus. Hitherto chiefly known from Heligoland and about the western coasts of Britain. It occurs at three stations in this collection at from 270 to 374 fathoms. I have found it plentiful at times about the surface off the south-west of Ireiand. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Pate I. Augaptilus palumboi, Giesbrecht. Fig. 1. Male. Fig. 2. Fifth pair of feet of immature male. Gaétanus miles, Giesbrecht. Fig. 3. Posterior foot-jaw of male. Fig. 4. Last joint of cephalothorax, and abdomen with caudal ap- pendages of male. Fig. 5. Fifth pair of feet of immature male. Spinocalanus abyssalis, Giesbrecht. Fig. 6. Fifth pair of feet of immature male. Gaidius pungens, Giesbrecht. Fig. 7. Fifth pair of feet of immature male. PLATE II. Hucheta oceana, sp. 2. 1. Male, dorsal view. Fig. 2. Third to sixth joints of anterior antenna, showing papille. . 3. Posterior antenna, Fig. 4. Maxilla. Fig. 5. Mandible. , Fig. 6. Posterior foot-jaw. Fig.7. Foot of first pair. Fig. 8. Fourth pair of feet. Fig. 9. Fifth pair of feet. - 36 Mr. I. C. Thompson on the ‘ Oceana’ Copepoda. PuaTE III. Fig. 1. Scolecithrix cristata, Giesbrecht. Male. Fig. 2. Anterior antenna. Fig. 3. Posterior antenna. Fig. 4. Fifth pair of feet. Fig. 5. Termination of one of the fifth feet, highly magnified, Fig. 6. Phyllopus bidentatus. Male. Fvg. 7, Anterior antenna, right. Fig. 8. Anterior antenna, left. Fig. 9. Fifth pair of feet. Puate LV. Fig. 1. Xanthocalanus Giesbrechti, sp.n. Female. Fvg. 2. Anterior antenna. Fig. 3. Posterior antenna. Fig. 4. Mandible. Fig. 5. Maxilla. Fig. 6. Anterior foot-jaw. Fig. 7. Posterior foot-jaw. Fig. 8. Second pair of feet. Fig. 9. Fifth pair of feet. PLATE Y. Fig. 1. Scolecithrix chelifer, sp.n. Male. Fig. 2. Anterior antenna. Fig. 3. Posterior antenna. Fig. 4. Mandible. Fig. 5. Anterior foot-jaw. Fig. 6. Posterior foot-jaw. Fig. 7. Second pair of feet. Fig. 8. Terminal spine of ditto. Fig. 9. Fifth pair of feet, immature. PuaTE VI. Fig. 1. Metridia venusta, Giesbrecht. Male. Fig. 2. Fifth pair of feet. Fig. 3. Metridia princeps, Giesbrecht. Male. Fig. 4. Fifth pair of feet. PuateE VII. Fig. 1. Isocheta longisetosus, sp.n. Female. Fig. 2. Posterior antenna. Fig. 3. Mandible. ig. 4. Maxilla. Fig. 5. Anterior foot-jaw. Fig. 6. Posterior foot-jaw. Fig. 7. Fourth pair of feet. Fig. 8. Terminal spine of same. Fig. 9. Fifth pair of feet. On Fishes from the Cameroon. 37 II.—On a Collection of Fishes from the Cameroon con- taining new Species. By Dr. Hrnar LONNBERG, C.M.Z.8. &e. Some time ago I received from my friend Mr. Gunnar Linnell a collection of freshwater fishes brought together from three different localities of the Cameroon territory, viz. :— 1. The river at Sanye (also spelt Suny?), not far from the sea, but above the influence of the salt water. 2. Meme River, far inland. 3. Elephant Lake at the station Johann Albrechtshéhe. This collection is not large, but as it contains several species new to the territory and also some quite new to science I venture to describe it here. Isichthys Henry?, Gall. Four specimens from the river at Sanye, the largest about 200 millim. Although known from Liberia to Mayumba, French Congo*, this species does not seem to have been recorded from the Cameroons before. Marcusenius brachyhistius, Gill. A single specimen from the river at Sanye. Alestes nurse (Riippell). Dorsal originating above ventrals. Sq. 25-26 2 1. AL lO lGa, Wa 10: Height of body 3-3} times in total length f. Length of head nearly 4 times in total length. Head longer than high. Snout longer than eye. Hye 32 in length of head. Inter- orbital space 2}—-2} in length of head. Adipose eyelids present. Mouth broader than eye, but the posterior end of maxillary well in front of the vertical through the anterior border of the eye. Height of caudal peduncle about 4 of its length. ‘There are 16 teeth in the upper jaw, arranged as follows :— 8 form an inner continuous series; the 8 outer ones are remote from each other, and 6 are placed just at the outer margin of the jaw, viz. the 2 most median and the 2 most lateral * See Boulenger, “ Revision of the Genera and Species of Fishes of the Family Mormyridz,” Proc. Zool, Soc. London, 1898, + Without caudal. 38 Dr. E. Lénnberg on or posterior on either side, the remaining 2 being situated a little further inwards in the interspace between the median and lateral pairs. The 8 outer teeth are tricuspid, the 8 inner of the uninterrupted series are much larger. Hach tooth of the latter series has two transverse rows of cusps, the outer usually consisting of two cusps and the inner of three or more. The cusps of the inner row are larger, espe- cially the middle one. All teeth are brownish. ‘There are $ pluri- (5-7-) cuspid teeth in an uninterrupted series in the lower jaw, and behind these a pair of conical fangs. The fangs are less brown than the large middle cusps of the pluricuspid mandibular teeth. The second infraorbital is longer than the diameter of the eye. The pectorals are longer than the ventrals. The tips of the pectorals are about as far from the base of the ventrals as the tips of the latter are from the anus—that is, about 14 centim. in the largest specimens. The distance between the base of the pectorals and the snout is about half of the measurement expressing the distance between the snout and the base of ventrals. The caudal is deeply cleft, the outer rays being more than twice as long as the middle ones, or, in other words, the latter being only # of the former. The colour of the preserved fishes seems to indicate that the colour of the living fish may have been brownish olive above and golden or silvery below. ‘There might have been a dusky longitudinal band along the third row of scales counted from above; but I am very uncertain about this, as it is most con- spicuous in such places where the seales are lost, but hardly visible where the scales remain. A black blotch situated on the body behind the opercle on a level with the eye, and on a vertical line drawn between the first and second third of the pectoral, is well visible on all specimens. Caudal fin reddish orange, perhaps with dusky border. Outer half of dorsal reddish orange, its basal half probably dusky. Five specimens, measuring from 178 to 210 millim. in length, from the Meme River, far inland. J am unable to find any features by which this fish could be distinguished from Riippell’s species as it is described in the literature. It thus appears to be widely distributed, as it is known from the Nile, Lake Victoria, Lake Rudolf, Senegal, Gambia, and Niger, but hitherto not from the Cameroon. Nannethiops uniteniatus, Gthr. A specimen measuring 44 millim. in total length and Fishes from the Cameroon. 39 another strongly mutilated, both from Meme River, far inland. This species does not appear to have been previously known from the Cameroons, although recorded from Gaboon, the Gold Coast, and Ubangi. Clarias bythipogon, Sauvage. Three specimens from the river at Sanye, the largest measuring nearly 30 centim. in total length. It may thus be the largest known specimen of its kind. In his work ‘ Les Poissons du Bassin du Congo’ Boulenger has recorded 23 centim. Auchenoglanis guttatus (Lonnberg). A specimen from the Meme River, far inland. Malopterurus electricus (Gmelin). Several specimens from Sanye and the Meme River. Hlaplochilus infrafasciatus, Giinther.. Three specimens from the river at Sanye. Ophiocephalus obscurus, Giinther. A specimen from the Meme River.. Eleotris Bittikofert, Steindachner.. A young specimen from the Meme River most probably belongs to this species. Pelmatochromis Boxlengert, sp. n.* Three (or four) inner series of small and an outer series of larger teeth. Depth of body 23 to 3? times in total length, Length of head 24 to 22 times in total length. Snout broad, rounded, with straight profile much longer than eye, which is contained about 24 times in length of snout and 42 times in length of head, and nearly 14 (,%;) times in interorbital width. Maxillary reaching about halfway between nostril and anterior border of eye. Four or five series of scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle. Grull-rakers short. Dorsal XVI 10-11; spines increasing to the last, which measures ? to 3 of the length of head. Pectoral about # * I take the liberty of dedicating this new species to Mr. G. A. Boulenger, who has done more than anybody else to increase our know- ledge of the West-African fishes. 40 Dr. E. Lénnberg on length of head. Filamentous prolongation of ventral reaching beyond anus, but not quite to origin of anal. Anal III 7-8; third anal spine shorter, but stouter, than last dorsal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle deeper than long. Scales smooth, 25 in a longitudinal series; trans- verse series 32, 1. Upper lateral line 20, lower lat. line 5-10. On the smallest specimen, about 130 millim., four dusky transverse bars may be traced. All specimens have a black opercular spot near the upper end of the hind margin of the opercle. It seems as if the anal had been longitudinally banded with a distal and a basal darker band and a lighter (coloured ?) one between. Three adult specimens from the Meme River, far inland, the largest 140 millim. In three young specimens, measuring from 47 to 63 millim. in total length, the height of body equals the length of head, and both are contained 22 times in the length of head and body without caudal; but the eyes are, as usual in young fishes, comparatively larger, and are only contained 3 times in length of head, and the diameter of the eye is $ of the length of snout. In a seventh specimen, of intermediate size (80 millim.), the relative dimensions have approached those of the adult, the eye being contained 34 times in length of head and about 12 in length of snout. This species is no doubt most nearly related to Pelmato- chromis Batesit, Boulenger*, from the French Congo, but differs from that species in its relative dimensions, among other things in its longer head, longer snout, smaller eye, one spine more in the dorsal, shorter anal spines, fewer scales, and (no doubt) different coloration. In the following table some comparative measurements of different stages of development of this fish are given :— Total length without caudal fin.... 47mm. 63mm. 103mm, 110mm. Length of headin °/, of total length. 388°3 38:0 38'8 38:1 Depthsotshody crs pe wae ee = 38°83 580 42°7 41:8 Distance from snout to anal fin..., 69:1 71:4 72:8 71:8 i “5 es ventral fin.. 40-4 4) 2 43°6 42-7 Length of ventrals ..........000. 27°6 30:1 28°1 80:0 ppt BPE CHOTAIS cietatac slely ol. min 51:9 28°5 28'1 29:0 Depth of caudal peduncle ,....... 17-0 15:9 16:0 15:4 Length of ,, te ee 14:8 11:9 111 11:3 Diameter of eye in °/, of length of head aie ete hee Galerie ee 33'3 29'1 23°7 226 Length of snout ...scecsereseees 41°6 43°8 525 50 Interorbital breadth ,.:.....-..- Died 29:1 32'5 30:9 —————— SO oS * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vol, viii. (1901). Fishes from the Cameroon. Al From these measurements it will be seen that the relation between head and body is almost the same, but the height of body increases with age, which causes the distance from the snout to anal and ventral fins to be comparatively larger in the older specimens. The diameter of the eye compared with the length of head decreases a good deal, but the snout is enlarged with age *, Tilapia lata, Gthr., var. camerunensis, nov. A specimen from Meme River resembles 7. ata in almost every respect except that it has a smaller number of scales, so that only twenty-six can be counted in a longitudinal series. In this respect it resembles 7. Rangit?, Duméril, but differs on the other hand from that species in having shorter pectorals, which do not extend even to the vertical through the origin of the anal, still less beyond the same ; but the pectoral is decidedly longer thanthe head. ‘There are XVI dorsal spines and 12 soft rays. At the commencement of the soft dorsal there is, as in 7’. data, a large black spot, and behind it three blackish streaks which are nearly vertical, but above the spot they curve forward and then become more longitudinal. There is a black spot near the upper end of the posterior margin of the operele, and this is almost continued into a larger, less conspicuous, dark blotch extending downwards on the opercle. Four dusky transverse bands may be traced across the body. In other respects it agrees with the descriptions of 7. lata f. The specimen measures 128 millim. It was caught high up in the Meme River. This form seems to be intermediate between 7. lata and T. Rangit; whether it deserves specific rank or not I am unable to decide on only one specimen. Tilapia microcephala, Bleeker. Sq. 2741. Lat. lin. sup. 21; lat. lin. inf. 10-11, 1D), NOW Ee Ee ee ae Height of body contained fully twice in the total length * Since the above was in print Mr. G. A. Boulenger has described another apparently nearly related species from the Niger Delta (Proce. Zool. Soc. for Noy. 18, 1902) under the name P. Pellegrini. The latter differs in having a larger number of scales (28-29) and a different colora- tion, besides some other differences in the relative proportions, &e. + Conf. Boulenger, ‘A Rev. of the Afr, and Syr, Fishes of the Fam. Cichlide,” Proc. Zool. Soc, 1899, 42 Dr. E. Lénnberg on (without caudal). Length of head contained as nearly as can be three times in total length. Diameter of eye about two thirds the length of the snout. Interorbital space as broad as the snout is long. Diameter of eye contained nearly four times in length of head. Nineteen gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. The body is high and broad and the outline of the forehead forms an even but steep curve from the origin of the dorsal to the snout. Tilapia (Gephyrochromis) Linnellit, sp. n. Length of head longer than greatest depth of body; the former is contained about 2# times in total length (without caudal), or represents 414 °/, of the latter measurement in the female (?); but in the male (?) the length of head is con- tained about 2% times in total length, or represents more exactly 43°2 °/, of the latter. Greatest depth of body is in the female (?) contained about 22 times in total length, or represents 36°3 °/, of that measurement, while in the male (?) the corresponding figures are about 22, or 37:3°/,. This greatest depth is found at the occiput, and the depth at the origin of dorsal is about 2 millim. less. Snout and forehead are very broad, and the profile slopes in an almost straight line from occiput to end of snout. Diameter of eye is contained fully twice (male) or a little more (female) in length of snout and about five times in length of head. Inter- orbital space not quite so broad as length of snout, but twice as broad as diameter of eye in the female, not fully that in the male. Maxillary extending about midway between nostril and eye. About 100 long, conical, slightly curved teeth form the outer comb-like series in the upper jaw, and inside of this isa rather broad band of tricuspid teeth*. All teeth have brown points. Two series of large scales on the cheeks, still larger scales on the opercle. Sixteen short gill- rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV 12-13; last spine longest, which does not, however, equal a third (usually 2) of the length of head, but about two thirds of longest soft ray. Pectoral measuring about 2 of length of head and reaching beyond origin of anal. The filamentous prolongation of ventral is rather short, not reaching anus. Anal 1II 9-10; third spine longest, about equal to longest dorsal. Caudal squarely truncate. Caudal peduncle about * Although these teeth are quite plainly tricuspid, the lateral points are not so sharp as those figured by Boulenger (Trans, Zool. Soc. London, yol. xvi., 1901) from Gephyrochromis Moori. Fishes from the Cameroon. 43 as long as deep. Scales 27-28 ,~, 1; lat. lin. sup. 17-20; lat. lin. inf. 12-13. Peritoneum black. The coloration appears to have been rather dark, but more or less so in different specimens. It seems, however, probable that the back and upper parts have been blackish, perhaps bluish black. In the specimens J take to be males the lower jaw, branchiostegal and jugular portions, ventrals and anal, as well as the tract between those fins, seems to have been (bluish) black. In those which I think are females the jugular portion appears to have been orange, the ventrals being not black, but only dusky, and only the basal half of the anal being black. ‘he pectorals seem to have been light- coloured in all specimens. The upper end of the hind margin of the opercle is bordered with black in all specimens. The number of specimens is eight, and their length (with caudal) varies between 180 and 200 millim. The dentition of all these specimens is perfectly identical and of the same type as that of the fish from Lake Tan- ganyika on which Boulenger established the genus G'ephyro- chromis*, When examined with the aid of the keys elabo- rated by Boulenger +, the fish from the Elephant Lake must be referred to the genus Gephyrochromis. It happens, how- ever, now and then that members of the genus Tvlapia vary with regard to their dentition in such a way that they exhibit an outer series of simple conical teeth. Sauvage has remarked this about 7. Desfontainest, Lacép., and in his valuable book on the Congo fishes Boulenger+ observes concerning 7’. micro- lepis (also from Lake Tanganyika) that the lateral cusp of the enlarged anterior teeth is very small and sometimes absent. Certain specimens even approached FParatilapia so nearly “that they could have been referred to that genus, if one did not know that their teeth were bicuspid in a more youthful stage.” A similar change may take place during the development and growth of this species as well, because, although in all specimens on hand the outer teeth have the same general shape, there may on some few of these teeth of the youngest specimen be found some slight traces of a lateral cusp. In these circumstances the characteristic that should distinguish Gephyrochromis from Tilapia loses con- siderably in importance, and it seems almost necessary to withdraw the genus Gephyrochromis unless other characters besides the dentition are found to separate it from Tilapia. Mr. G. A. Boulenger has kindly told me that he is of * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. vii.; Trans, Zool. Soc, London, yol. xvi. pt. 3, p. 156, pl. xx. + ‘Poissons du Congo,’ Bruxelles, 1901. A4 Dr. E. Lénuberg on the same opinion. There is, however, another possibility, namely, to regard Gephyrochromis as a subgenus of Tilapia and unite under the former name such species of Tilapia which, when fully adult, acquire an outer enlarged series of simple, unicuspid, conical teeth. Iam uncertain, however, if this would be suitable, because the development of such teeth instead of the bicuspid TZi/upia-teeth is no doubt an adaptation to a certain kind of diet* that could have taken place quite independently several times, and in species of Tilapia of a rather remote kinship. If this is the case, a subgenus Gephyrochromis would include a number of fishes similar in consequence of a parallel adaptive develop- ment, but without close genetic affinity, and that would, of course, be unsatisfactory. For want of material I cannot express any certain opinion, but must leave the question open for the present. The genus Gephyrochromis, hitherto monotypic, was origi- nally established on a fish discovered by Mr. J. HE. S. Moore, and named after him G. Moor. The fish from the Hlephant Lake, Cameroon, fully agrees with regard to the dentition on which the generic diagnosis was founded, but differs in other respects a good deal from the first-mentioned type. The Cameroon fish has a larger head, longer snout, smaller eye, smaller number of dorsal spines, but larger number of soft rays, as well in dorsal as anal fins, and smaller number of scales in a longitudinal series. ‘The general outline of the two species is also different. Among the true Tilapie the fish from the Elephant Lake most nearly approaches Tilapia macrocephala. In addition to the distinguishing characteristic deduced from the dentition the following differences may be enumerated :—-Tvlapia (Gephyrochromis) Linnellit has a larger head, the length of which is much longer than the depth of the body, while in 7. macrocephala the opposite is the case. The snout of 7. Linnellit is longer when com- pared with the diameter of the eye, which latter, even in my youngest specimen, is contained fully twice in the former, but in ZT. macrocephala not more than 13 times. The eye of the former is smaller, even in the youngest contained 5 times in the length of the head, but only “4 to 43” in 7. macro- cephala. The interorbital breadth of 7. Linnell is also somewhat larger. Its last dorsal spine is the longest, but comparatively much shorter thanin 7. macrocephala. In the latter it is said to be 40 °/, (=#) of the length of the head, but in the former it varies between 27:5 and 30 °/, of the * Probably more carnivorous than that of other species of Tvlapia, Fishes from the Cameroon. 45 same measurement. The pectoral of JZ. macrocephala is decidedly longer than the head, but in 7. Linnellet a good deal shorter than the head. On the other hand, the ventrals are shorter in the latter, not reaching the anus. Tilapia (Gephyrochromis) Linnellit seems accordingly to be quite a distinct species. To allow further comparison I append a table of comparative measurements of two specimens (not the same as used for the diagnosis) :— Total length without caudal fin ............ 163 mm. 147 mm. Length of head in °/, of total leneth ........ 44-7 42:8 DEEHEGMO OCG ls siete scrsid ie fe arauilel cease asi 6s 38'0 38'°7 Distance from snout to anal fin.............. 74:8 74:8 o Fe rs VENETIAN era Wee ee 45°3 46:9 Mewoihsor pectoral. 2... Sccca deeds vetoes 06°1 36:0 ; VOUT ken Can Ree OR Ne 22°7 24-4: Mepriboimeaudal peduncle: ...5..5.2552 6s. 08 13'8 14:2 Length of ,, chm) eRe RRL O een 13:1 12:9 Diameter of eye in °/, of length of head...... 20°5 19:0 MeO GIIBONESTIOUG) ans-c0-tcrs w'cletc) 1a a -sidisie(p sare vs 42-4 39°6 Mimeroniialybreadth: wc. caine gs cee cue val cles 35°6 39'6 enotheor last dorsal spine “oss 05.5 cba ce 27-5 30'1 The specimens of Z%lapia (Gephyrochromis) Linnellit were collected in the Elephant Lake, which is situated N.N.E. from the Cameroon Mountain, 9° 22’ KE. long., 4° 39’ N. lat., and, according to Andrée’s map of 1901, 320 m. above the sea. The Swedish civil engineer P. Dusén, who has visited this lake, puts its altitude above the sea-level at 285 m., and informs us that itisa typical crater-lake*. Itis now drained by a tributary to the Mungo River; the former finds its way from the lake through the narrow Barombi cleft. In former times, however, Mr. Dusén thinks that the lake was drained through a now dry river-bed to the Meme River. The dis- tance between the Elephant Lake and the sea along the Mungo River and its tributary is probably about 90 or 100 kilo- metres. In such a case this crater-lake seems to be rather isolated, and its fauna must be of great interest from a zoogeographical point of view. Tn addition to the fishes described above, Mr. G. Linnell has sent me some Crustacea from the Hlephant Lake, namely, Potamonautes africanus (A. Milne-Edw.) and Palemon (Bithynis) jamaicensis Vollenhovent (Uerklots). Both species were represented by very large and beautiful specimens, and seem consequently to flourish very well in the Hlephant Lake. #* Geol, Foren. Forh, no, 155, Bd. xyi. (Stockholm, 1894), 46 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on Although these animals are quite interesting, especially the - shrimp, I am afraid that they are of little or no value for the explanation of the origin of the fauna of the Elephant Lake. Both species occur in other fresh waters * in the Cameroons. The crab may easily ascend a river, although its water should run somewhat swiftly, and even cataracts might be avoided by them in walking on land. The shrimp may not have the same faculty, but my friend Professor Y. Sjéstedt, who, from his two years’ stay in the Cameroons, is thoroughly ac- quainted with the prevailing conditions, has told me that the shrimps are much esteemed by the negroes, who catch and eat them, transporting them alive in baskets from one place to another. he possibility is therefore not excluded that the shrimps have been introduced into the Elephant Lake by the natives. III.—On the Hymenoptera collected by Mr. W. L. Distant an the Transvaal, South Africa, with Descriptions of sup- posed new Species. By Lieut.-Colonel C. I’. BINGHAM. [Continued from vol. x. p. 222.] Family Eumenide (cont.). Genus ODYNERUS (cont.). Odynerus (Pterochilus) insignis, Sauss. Pterochilus insignis, Sauss. Etud. Fam. Vesp. ii. (1856) p. 324, pl. xv. fig, 12, 2. A single male without locality. Described originally from the Cape. Genus Synacris, Latr. Synagris cornuta, Linn. Vespa cornuta, Linn, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. (1767) p. 951. Apis cornuta, Drury, Illustr. Nat, Hist. ii, (1778) p. 88, pl. xlviil. fig. 3. Synagrus cornuta, Latr. Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins. ii. (1802) p, 360. Synagris cornuta, Latr. Hist. Nat. Ins. xii, (1805) p. 344, One female, Isubu. * Fyom the Meme River I received at the same time specimens of the same species of shrimp, although not so large, together with examples of P. (B.) acanthurus and Olfersi. Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. Aq This species is included in the collection from the Trans- vaal, although the locality given (Isubu) is in West Africa. Synagris mirabilis, Guér. Synagrismirabilis, Guér., Lefebvre, Voy. Abyss. vi. (1848) p. 359, pl. viii. fig. 8; Sauss. Etud. Fam. Vesp. 1. (1852) p. 82. Seventeen females, nine males (typical), from Pretoria, Masil Nek, Rustenburg, and Durban (Distant), and Johannes- burg (A. Ross). Five females and four maies, Pretoria (Distant), with the apical white segments of the abdomen turning to red in certain lights. Synagris analis, Sauss. Synagris analis, Sauss. Ktud. Fam. Vesp. i. (1852) p. 86. Four females, Pretoria (Distant); Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). Synagris emarginata, Sauss. Synagris (Hypagris) abdominalis, Sauss. Five females, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). Family Vespide. Genus BELONOGASTER, Sauss. Belonogaster filiventris, Sauss. Rhaphigaster filiventris, Sauss. Etud, Fam. Vesp. ii. (1853) p. 16, pl. il. fig. 5 Belonogaster Jiliventris, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. vy. (1857) p, 194. Sixteen workers, Pretoria and Waterval-onder (Distant) ; Barberton (Rendall & Harrison) ; Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall); Durban (A. Ross). Belonogaster grisea, Fabr. Vespa grisea, Faby. Syst. Ent. (1775) p. 322; Oliv. Encycl. Méth., Ins. vi. (1791) p. 673. Vespa macilenta, Faby. Spec. Ins. i. (1781) p. 468; Guér. Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xiii. (1790) p. 2754. Belonogaster rufipennis, Sauss. Etud. Fam. Vesp. ii. (1853) p, 235. Belonogaster griseus, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. vy. (1857) p. 94. Twenty-one workers, Pretoria (Distant) ; Waterval-onder (A. Ross); Zomba (Lendal/); Delagoa Bay (Distant) ; Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall); Brak Kloof, Cape Colony (Mrs. White). 48 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on Belonogaster juncea, Fabr. Vespa juncea, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. (1781) p. 468; Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xiii. (1790) p. 2754. Rhaphigaster junceus, Sauss. Etud. Fam, Vesp. ii. (1853) p. 14, pl. ii. fig. 2. Belonogaster junceus, Gerst. Pet. Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. vy. (1862) p. 468; Magr. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xxii. (1884) p. 599. Twenty-one workers, Durban (Loss & Distant); Barberton (Distant & Rendall) ; Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). Genus IcariA, Sauss. Icaria clavata, Sauss. Icaria clavata, Sauss. Etud. Fam. Vesp. ii. (1853) p. 40, A solitary % from Durban. Icaria cincta, Lepel. Epipona cincta, Lepel. Hist. Nat. Ins. Hym. i. (1836) p. 541. Icaria cincta, Sauss. Etud. Fam. Vesp. ii. (1853) p. 39, pl. v. fig. 9; Gerst. v. d. Decken’s Reise in Ost-Afr. (1873) p. 524. A solitary rather small specimen of var. A (Saussure) of the insect from Waterval-onder (Distant). Genus Po.isres, Latr. Polistes maculipennis, Sauss. Polistes maculipennis, Sauss. Etud. Fam. Vesp. ii. (1858) p. 61, pl. vi. fie. 4. Five workers, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). Polistes marginalis, Fabr. Vespa marginalis, Faby. Syst. Ent. (1775) p. 367. Polistes marginalis, Faby. Syst. Piez. (1804) p. 272; Sauss. Etud. Fam. Vesp. ii. (1853) p. 62, pl. vi. fig. 2; Gerst. v. d. Decken’s Reise in Ost-Afr. (1873) p. 325; Grib. Amn. Mus, Ciy. Gen, xvi. (1881) p. 238. Polistes africana, Pal. Beauv. Ins. Afr. et Amér, (1821) p. 207, Hym. pl. vill. fig. 4. Hight workers, Pretoria (Distant) ; Zoutpansberg (Kess- ner) ; Durban (A. Loss). Polistes Smithi, Sauss. Polistes Smithi, Sauss. Etud. Fam. Vesp. ii. (1853) p. 60, pl. vil. fie. 3; Gerst. Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. vy. (1862) p. 470; Grib. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xxi. (1884) p. 287; Sauss. Grand. Hist. Madagase. xx. pt. i, (1891) p. 146. Three workers, Pretoria (Distant). LTymenoptera from the Transvaal. 49 Polistes fastidiosus, Sauss. Polistes fastidiosus, Sauss. Etud. Fam. Vesp. ii. (1853) p. 60; Gerst. Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. v. (1862) p. 470; Magr. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xxi. (1884) p. 607. Three workers from Cape Colony (Mrs. White & Schin- land). Tribe ANTHOPHILA. Family Colletide. Genus Prosopis, Fabr. Prosopis perniz, sp. n. ?. Black; a broad vertical line on the clypeus, a spot at the base of each mandible, the orbits of the eyes anteriorly and posteriorly, broadly interrupted at the vertex, and a broad short transverse line on the scutellum yellow; pilosity reddish yellow, long and sparse except on the sides and front of the pronotum, where it is dense and forms a broad transverse streak ; head in front closely punctured, the punctures shallow; the face round the base of the antenne slightly concave, opaque ; vertex, occiput, sides of the head behind the eyes, and thorax smooth, with a few scattered punctures ; the cordate area at base of median segment above concave and minutely rugulose; legs polished, pilosity fairly abun- dant, dense on the posterior pair of tibiz and on the tarsi, giving them a reddish appearance. Wings hyaline, slightly fuscous; nervures, stigma, and tegule brown. Abdomen slightly shining, covered somewhat thickly with small pili- gerous tubercles and punctures, the apical margins of the segments testaceous. 6. Similar in sculpture, form, and pilosity, but the man- dibles are entirely yellow ; the vertical streak on the clypeus broadens and coalesces anteriorly with the yellow on the inner orbits; no transverse yellow streak on the scutellum. Length, 2? 8-10, ¢ 7; exp., ? 16-19, ¢ 14 millim. Hab. Recorded from Durban (A. Ross). Twelve females and two males. One specimen (a female) has the disk of the apical two abdominal segments red, but in sculpture and form is identical with the rest. Prosopis sandaracata, sp. n. ?. Black, the anterior four fifths of the clypeus, the poste- rior margin of the pronotum broadly, a spot beneath the Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 4 50 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on tegule, the basal half of the scutellum, and the apices of all the femora bright yellow ; the tibia: and tarsi of all the legs, the apical margins and sides broadly of the basal two, and the disks of the remaining abdominal segments red. Wings fusco-hyaline; nervures, stigma, and tegule brownish yellow. Head posteriorly, the thorax, legs, and apical three abdominal segments with yellowish-white pilosity, the hairs soft, rather curled, and long on the back of the head and the thorax, and short, stiff, rather oblique on the legs and abdomen; head and thorax smooth and shining, with a few scattered minute punctures; abdomen transversely finely rugulose, subopaque, not shining. Length, ¢, 65 exp. 12 millim. Male unknown. Hab. Recorded from Durban (A. Koss). Nearest to P. purpurisata, Vachal, from Algeria. Prosopis gracilis, sp. n. 9. Black, the clypeus with a T-shaped yellow mark, the lateral arms of the T very short, the down stroke very broad, the yellow not reaching the upper margin of the clypeus ; head, thorax, and abdomen covered with a short, fairly dense, soft, dingy, white pilosity, longer and stiffer on the tibiz and tarsi of the posterior legs; the apical four joints of the tarsi and the claws reddish yellow, entirely smooth, polished, and shining, with a few scattered minute punctures. Head with the front slightly concave. Thorax: the mesonotum convex, with three short, longitudinally impressed, parallel lines ; cordate area at base of median segment broad, concave, and minutely rugulose within. Wings hyaline and iridescent ; nervures, stigma, and tegule yellowish brown. Abdomen strongly depressed and attenuate at base, clavate posteriorly. Length, 2, 4°53; exp. 8°5 millim. Hab. Recorded from Durban (A. Foss). Family Apide. Genus HALICTUS. Halictus jucundus, Smith. Halictus jucundus, Smith, Cat. Hym. B, M. i, (1853) p. 54; Sauss. Grandid. Hist. Madagasc. xx, (1898) p. 51. ; Four females, Pretoria (Distant) ; Durban (A. Zoss). Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. 51 Halictus albidus, Lepel. Halictus albidus, Lepel. Hist. Nat. Hym. ii. (1841) p. 281. A solitary male from Pretoria (Déstant) answering entirely to Lepeletier’s description. Halictus terminalis ?, Smith. Halictus terminalis, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. i. (1853) p. 54, 2. A single female from Durban (4. Foss). I am somewhat doubtful about the identification of this. The specimen agrees with the type in the British Museum collection, but differs from Smith’s description in having the antenne entirely black, not ‘‘ rufo-testaceous beneath,” and the sides of the anal rima also black, not “ bright ferru- ginous.” Halictus communis, Smith. Halictus communis, Smith, Descr. New Spec. Hym. Brit. Mus. (1879) p. 33. A solitary male, Pretoria (Distant). Genus Nomi, Latr. Nomia tridentata, Smith. Nomia tridentata, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. (1875) p. 64. Two males (typical) from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Len- dall). Nomia armatula, Dalla Torre. Heme ee Smith (nec Oliy.), Trans. Ent. Soc. (1875) p. 67, pl. i, Nomia armatula, Dalla Torre, Cat. Hym. x. (1896) p. 164. A single female, Pretoria (Distant). Smith described and figured the posterior leg of the male. This insect, which I take to be the female of Smith’s species, resembles the male (the type of which is in the British Mu- seum collection) in size, colour, sculpture, and pubescence, differing only in the coxe, femora, and tibiz of the legs being entirely black, and only the basal ¢wo joints of the flagellum of the antenne being fulvous beneath. Nomia crociseformis, sp. 1. 9. Black, the apical margins of the abdominal segments 1-4 with broad non-pubescent bands of bluish white above, 4% 52 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on very widely interrupted in the middle; the whole head, the pronotum posteriorly, sides of the thorax and of the median segment, the outside of the tibiz and tarsi of the four anterior legs, the femora, tibize, and tarsi of the posterior legs, and the. apical two segments of the abdomen covered mostly with rather long snow-white pubescence, turning to rusty yellow on the apical margin of the clypeus and on the underside of the tarsi; on the apical two abdominal segments it is yellowish tipped with black. Head finely and rather closely punctured, from the front circular, with the inner orbits of the eyes con- vergent anteriorly; face rather flat, with a well-marked medial carina, distinct under the pubescence, running from the anterior ocellus to the base of the clypeus. Thorax and the basal halves of all the abdominal segments finely and closely punctured ; mesonotum large, gently convex ; scutel- lum transverse, rounded and convex above, with a somewhat spoon-shaped mucro on each side; postscutellum with a broad concave double mucro at base, projecting backwards and overhanging the rest of the postscutellum and the median segment. Wings fusco-hyaline, the posterior wings clear hyaline at base; nervures dark brown, black towards the base ; tegule black. Legs black, the apical joint of the tarsi reddish brown. Abdomen massive; segments 1-4 with a deeply impressed transverse line, dividing each segment into an anterior and posterior portion, the posterior halves smooth or minutely rugulose. g. Very similar, differing only in having the femora of the posterior pair of legs incrassate, somewhat triangular in outline, and the tibize strongly flattened, broad, with the interior apical angle produced. Length, 2 12, ¢ 13; exp., 2? 25, d 28 millim. Hab. Two females from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Ren- dall); the male a solitary specimen in the British Museum collection from Abyssinia. The bluish-white lateral markings on the abdomen and the dark fore with a hyaline hind wing give this insect a very Crocisa-like appearance. ‘The neuration of the wings, the form of the clypeus and legs, however, are those of the genus Nomia. Nomia scitula, sp. n. g. Black, the scape of the antennee, the apical half of the femora, the tibiz, and tarsi of the legs pale yellow; the flagellum of the antenne red; the apical halves of the first to fifth abdominal segments yellowish or ivory white; the face with dense, the rest of the head, the thorax, and a fringe Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. 53 along the apical margins of the abdominal segments with somewhat sparse yellowish-white pubescence ; the head above, the thorax, and the basal halves of all the abdominal segments closely and not very finely punctured, opaque, the apical halves of the abdominal segments nearly smooth, very minutely transversely rugulose. Head from the front orbicular, the vertex rounded, transverse, and short; thorax short and massive; scutellum, postscutellum, and median segment roundly and steeply sloped, the postscutellum without a mucro. Wings hyaline, nervures and tegule reddish yellow. Legs: the femora of the posterior pair of legs immensely swollen, somewhat flat; the tibie very broad, with the inner angle at apex produced and acute. Abdomen massive, some- what elongate and oval. Length, ¢, 12; exp. 24 millim. Hab. A single male from* Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). Nomia zonaria, Walker (var.). Nomia zonaria, Walk. List Hym. Egypt, 1871, p. 43. Two males from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). I am a little doubtful as to whether these are identical with Walker’s insect, but they so closely resemble the type of N. zonaria in the British Museum that I prefer to consider them merely a variety of that species. They differ in having the inner angle of the enlarged and flattened tibize of the posterior pair of legs acutely but shortly produced, and not with a long curved spine. Nomia amenula, Gerst. Nomia amenula, Gerst. Arch. f. Naturg. xxxvii. i. (1870) p. 350, 3; id. v. d. Decken’s Reise in Ost-Afrika, Glied. (1873) p. 321, 3, pl. xiii. fig. 11. A male and a female from Waterval-onder (Zoss). Genus XyLocopA, Latr. Xylocopa caffra, Linn. Apis caffra, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xii. (1767) i. 2, p. 959, @. Apis olivacea, Faby. Mant. Ins. (1787) p. 800, 3. ; Aylocopa caffra, Latr. Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins. xiv. (1805) p. 62; Lepel. Hist. Nat. Hym. ii. (1841) p. 197; Smith, Trans. Ent. Soe. 1874, p. 258; Sauss. Grandid. Hist. Madagasc. xx. pt.i. (1891) p. 33. Xylocopa (Koptorthosoma) caffra, Gribodo, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. xxvi. (1894) p. 272. Nine females, three males, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). 54 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on Xylocopa inconstans, Smith. Xylocopa inconstans, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. (1874) p. 264; Radoszk. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xii. (1876) p. 128 ; Gribodo, Ann. Mus. Ciy. Gen, xvi. (1881) p. 233; Magretti, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. (1884) p. 629. Twelve females, Pretoria, Waterberg, Masil Nek (Distant) ; Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). Mr. Distant notes, under date Pretoria, August 1896, ‘‘ All procured from one old post.” The specimens from Nyasaland have the pubescence on thorax posteriorly and basal segment of abdomen yellow, not white. Xylocopa olivacea, Spin. Xylocopa olivacea (Klug), Spin. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. vii. (1838) p. 519; Smith, Trans, Ent. Soe. (1874) p. 259; Gribodo, Amn. Mus. Civ. Gen. (1881) p. 231; Sauss. Grandid. Hist. Madagasc. xx. pt. i. (1891) p. 32. Xylocopa luteola, Lepel. Hist. Nat. Hym. ii. (1841) p. 199. Three females, one male, Pretoria, Waterberg, Delagoa Bay (Distant). Sixteen females, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). Xylocopa hottentotta, Smith. Xylocopa hottentotta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. Brit. Mus, ii. (1854) p. 349 ; id. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 256; Gribodo, Ann. Mus, Civ. Gen, xxi, (1884) p. 350. Five females, Durban (Distant & A. Loss). Xylocopa Sicheli, Vach. NXylocopa Sicheli, Vach. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. [xvii. (1898) p. 92. ‘T'wo females, Pretoria (Distant) ; Barberton (Rendall). Xylocopa tarsata, Smith. Xylocopa tarsata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. Brit. Mus. ii. (1854) p. 348 ; id. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 265. A solitary female from Pretoria (Zutrzenka). Xylocopa nigrita, Fabr. Apis nigrita, Faby. Syst. Ent. (1775) p. 379. Aylocopa nigrita, Faby. Syst. Piez. (1804) p. 340; Lepel. Hist. Nat. Hym. ii. (1841) p. 179; Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 261. Xylocopa conjuncta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. Brit. Mus. ii. (1854) p. 350. Aylocopa (Koptorthosoma) nigrita, Gribodo, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. xxvi. (1894) p. 272. Five females and one male, Durban (Distant) ; Zomba and Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). a Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. a) Xylocopa modesta, Smith. Aylocopa modesta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. Brit. Mus. ii. (1854) p. 352; id. Trans. Ent. Soc. (1874) p. 255. Two females, six males, Barberton and Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). Aylocopa flavorufa, de Geer. Apis flavorufa, de Geer, Mém. Hist. Ins. vii. (1778) p. 605, pl. xlv. fio. 1. Xylecopa trepidu, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 1804, p. 340; Smith, Trans. Ent. Soe. iil. (2) 1856, Proc. p. 130. Xylocopa flavorufa, Lepel. Hist. Nat. Hym. ii. (1841) p. 177; Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. (1874) p. 254. Xylocopa (Koptorthosoma) flavorufa, Gribodo, Bull. Soe. Ent. Ital. xxvi. (1894) p. 272. Seventeen females, Waterberg (Distant); Durban (A. Ross) ; Zomba; Fort Johnston, Nyasaland; Barberton (Lendall) ; Albany. Aylocopa calens, Lepel. Aylocopa calens, Lepel. Hist. Nat. Ins. Hym. ii. (1841) p. 196, 9; Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. (1874) p. 261 ; Taschb. Zeits. f. d. ges. Naturw. lii, (1879) p. 595. Three females and ten males, Pretoria (Distant) ; Natal border (4. Ross). Xylocopa divisa, Klug. Aylocopa divisa, Klug, Mag. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin, i. (1807) p. 264; Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 259; Gribodo, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xxi. (1884) p. 281. Two females and a male, Pretoria, Durban (Distant & Ross). Genus Popa.irtius, Latr. Podalirius acraensis, Fabr. Apis acraensis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. (1793) p. 329. Anthophora acraensis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Brit. Mus. ti. (1854) p. 348 ; Gribodo, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. xxy. (1893) p. 283. Two females, Barberton and Waterberg (Distant). Podalirius plumipes, Fabr. Apis plumipes, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. (17 81) p: 480. Anthophora atrocincta, Lepel. Hist. Nat. Hym. 11. (1841) p.35; Dours, Mon. icon. Anthoph. (1869) p. 91. Anthophora plumipes, Smith, Cat. Hym. Brit. Mus. ii. (1854) p. 334, Podalirius plumipes, Dalla Torre, Cat. Hym. x. (1896) p. 282. A single female, Waterberg (Wildes). 56 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on Podalirius concinnus, Klug. Megilla concinna et crocea, Klug, Symb. Phys. dec. 5 (1845), Ins, pl. xlix. fig. 11, g, and pl.1l. fig. 1, 9 ¢. Anthophora coneinna, crocea et vestita, Cat. Brit. Mus. i. (1854) - pp. 329, 330, & 334. Anthophora concinna, Dours, Mon. icon. Anthoph. (1869) p. 180; Radoszk. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross, xii. (1876) p. 126. Nine females, two males, Pretoria (Distant); Zomba (Rendall) ; Natal border (A. Foss). Podalirius gonatus, Linn. Apis zonata, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. x. (1758) i. p. 576. Andrena zonata, Fabr. Syst. Ent. (1775) p. 377. Axthophora zonata, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. iv. (1809) p. 176; Lepel. Hist. Nat. Hym. 11. (1841) p.25; Dours, Mon. icon, Anthoph. (1869) p. 57. Two females and a male, Barberton (Hurrtson & Rendall). A beautiful variety, the transverse bands of blue scales on the abdomen so broad as to give the entire abdomen a metallic- blue appearance. Podalirius fallax, Smith. Anthophora fallax, Smith, Descr. New Spec. Hym. B. M. (1879) p. 120. One female and two males, Pretoria (Distant); Cape Colony (Mrs. White). Podalirius rapidus, Smith. Anthophora rapida, Smith, Descr. New Sp. Hym. B. M. (1879) p. 121. Three females, four males, Pretoria and Waterval-onder (Distant) ; Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). Podalirius bipartitus, Smith. Anthophora bipartita, Smith, Cat. Hym. Brit. Mus. ii. (1854) p. 333 ; Dours, Mon. icon. Anthoph. (1869) p. 81. One female, one male, Pretoria (Distant). Genus Crocisa, Jurine. Crocisa scutellaris, Fabr. Nomada scutellaris, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. (1781) p. 487. Melecta scutellaris, Latr. Hist. Nat. Fourm. (i802) p- 427. Crocisa scutellaris, Jur. Nouv. Méth. class, Hym. (1807) p. 241; Tasch. Hym. Deutscl. (1866) p. 259; Kirby, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iii. (1884) p.412; Radoszk. Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou (1898), p. 169, pl. iv. fig. 9; Friese, Bienen Eur. i. (1895) p. 174. Six females, eight males, Pretoria, Johannesburg, and Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. 57 Waterberg (Distant); Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall) ; Grahamstown. Crocisa picta, Smith. Crocisa picta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. (1854) p. 277. Two males, Barberton (Rendall) ; Durban, Natal. This species is barely distinguishable from the Oriental C. emarginata, Lepel. Genus Mscacuize, Latr. Megachile ceelocera, Smith. Megachile celocera, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. i. (1853) p. 161. Chalicodoma celocera, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. (2) iii. (1856) Proce. p. 129; id. ib. (8) di. pt. 5 (1865), p. 399, g, pl. xxi. fig. 7. Three females, Johannesburg (Cregoe); Barberton (Ren- dall) ; Durban (A. Ross). Megachile nasalis, Smith. Megachile nasalis, Smith, Descr. New Spec. Hym. B. M. (1879) p. 61. A solitary female from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). Megachile consanguinea, Smith. Megachile consanguinea, Smith, Descr. New Spec. Hym. B. M. (1879) p- 63. Three females, Pretoria and Johannesburg (Distant) ; Barberton (Rendall). Meyachile rufiventris, Guér. Megachile rufiventris, Guér. Bélang. Voy. Ind. Orient. (1834) p. 502, pl. iv. fig. 5, 9; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. i. (1858) p. 178; Sauss. Grandid. Hist. Madagasc. xx, pt. i. (1891) p. 86, 2 6, pls. ii. & i. figs. 21a & 21. Megachile larvata, Gerst. Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. (1857) p. 461, 3. Four females, four males, Pretoria (Distant); Zomba (Rendall) ; Pemba Island (és. Burtt). Megachile felina, Gerst. Megachile felina, Gerst, Monatsher. Akad. Wiss. Berl. (1857) p. 461; id. Peters’s Reise n, Mossamb., Zool. v. (1862) p. 454, pl. xxix. fig. 9, 2. Five females, Waterberg (Distant) ; Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Lendall). 58 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on Megachile cordata, Smith. Megachile cordata, Smith, Descr. New Spec. Hym. B. M. (1879) pool, 2: Four females and three males, Pretoria, Lydenburg, and Masil Nek (Distant) ; Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). Megachile maxillosa, Guér. Megachile mazillosa, Guér. Iconogr, Régn. anim. vii, Ins. (1845) p-. 449; Grib. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xxi. (1884) p. 282. Four females, one male, Pretoria (Distant); Durban (A. Loss) ; Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). Megachile ap*formis, Smith. Megachile apiformis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. i. (1853) p, 162. A female and male ? from Waterval-onder (Loss). T am somewhat doubtful whether I have rightly identified the male; a description of it is subjoined, Smith having only described the female. 3. Black, finely and closely punctured all over ; pubes- cence yellowish white on the head and abdomen, white on the thorax and legs. Head broader than long; eyes very large, their inner orbits convergent anteriorly ; mandibles rather narrow, with the apical tooth long and acute; clypeus trun- cate anteriorly, vertex broad and somewhat flat, the occiput slightly emarginate. Thorax more or less globose, convex above; the scutellum, postscutellum, and median segment with a rounded curve posteriorly. Wings hyaline ; nervures brown ; tegule black. Legs normal, the anterior tibiz not dilated ; abdomen short and broad, the sides slightly con- vergent posteriorly, the basal face of the first segment deeply concave, the remaining segments depressed at their bases, the apical segment with numerous teeth along its rounded poste- rior margin. Length, 6, 8:5; exp. 17 millim. Megachile tricarinata, sp. n. 9. Black, very closely and somewhat coarsely punctured, the punctures running into reticulations on the face in front, on the vertex of the head, and on the scutellum ; the sides of the face along the inner orbits of the eyes, the sides of the thorax beneath the wings, a transverse line at the junction of the mesonotum and scutellum, the median segment, and narrow transverse bands, slightly broadened laterally, at the base and apical margin of the first and on the apical margins Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. 59 of the second to fourth abdominal segments covered with snow-white pubescence ; pollen-brush yellowish white; the legs with scattered snow-white hairs, the tarsi with shining ferruginous pubescence. Head from the front nearly circular ; eyes large, but not prominent ; face flat in front, the inner orbits of the eyes parallel; mandibles grooved and punc- tured, armed with four teeth ; clypeus broad, slightly con- vex, truncate anteriorly, and with a well-marked medial carina, which is produced upwards nearly to the anterior ocellus ; starting one on each side of the anterior ocellus two other vertical carinz run parallel to the medial one, but terminate at the base of the clypeus. Thorax, the mesonotum gently convex ; scutellum semicircular, with a sharp poste- rior free margin overhanging the postscutellum and median segment, the latter two smooth, shining, and polished, not punctured. Wings hyaline; nervures dark brown; tegule black. Legs stout, the apical joint of the tarsi and claws deep yellowish brown. Abdomen rounded and very convex above, the basal face of the first segment concave, smooth, and shining. Length, 9,8; exp. 17 millim. flab. Pretoria (Distant). Genus ANTHIDIUM, Fabr. Anthidium modestum, sp. n. @. Black, the legs dark castaneous brown; an oblique spot on each side of the first, a transverse similar spot on each side but more to the middle on the second, and an oval larger macula on each side of the third, fourth, and fifth abdominal segments yellow, these larger spots not in the same line with the spots on the second segment, but more to the middle of the disk of the segments; pilosity long and abun- dant, whitish on the face and front, tinged with fulvous on the legs and on the abdominal brush beneath, and rufo- ferruginous on the thorax. Wings fusco-hyaline; a darker streak along the upper half of the radial cell; nervures and tegule dark brown; apical joints of the tarsi deep red. Head, thorax, and abdomen minutely but closely punctured, the former two opaque, the latter shining, the tibie on the outer side more coarsely punctured than the rest of the body. Length, ?, 11; exp. 23 millim. Hab. A single specimen recorded from Pretoria (Zutrzenka). This species very closely resembles A. nigriceps, Smith, from the Polish Ukraine. It differs, however, in being more stoutly built and in the slightly more close punctuation. he yellow markings on the abdomen are also different. 60 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on Genus SERAPIS, Smith. Serapis denticulata, Smith. Serapis denticulatus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. (1854) p. 218, 2 d, pl. vii. fig. 2. Three females, Transvaal, Natal border, and Cape Colony. One bred in the Albany Museum. Genus Eusaspis, Gerst. Eusaspis abdominalis, Fabr. Thynnus abdominalis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. (17938) p. 245. Anthophora gastrica, lig. Mag. f. Insectk. v. (1806) p. 118. Stelis rufiventris, Lepel. Encycl. Méth., Ins. x. (1825) p. 480. Anthidium abdominale et africanum, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. (1854) p. 209, 2 g, pl. vii. fig. 1. Eusaspis abdominalis, Gerst. Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. (1857) p. 461; id. Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. vy. (1862) p. 403. One female, no locality. Eusaspis rufiventris, Gerst. Eusaspis rufiventris, Gerst. Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. (1857) p. 461, @ 3; id. Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. v. (1862) p. 4538, Ole SOC be IIS Hy ass teh Gio One female, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). Genus Ca.ioxys, Latr. Colioxys penetratriz, Smith. Celioxys penetratrixz, Smith, Descr. New Spec. Hym. B. M. (1879) jh VS) Qe One male, Pretoria (Distant); one female, Barberton (Harrison). Smith described only the female. The male is similar, black, with the legs red, the scutellar spines or teeth stout, and the abdomen with narrow fascie of white pubescence on the apical margins of the segments, but the abdominal segments are strongly constricted at their bases, and the sub- apical and apical segments are armed with spines or teeth, the former with two, one each side on the apical margin laterally, the latter with six, one on each side laterally at base, four at apex, of which the upper ones are broad and dentiform. Length, ¢, 11:5 millim. Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. 61 HETEROGYNA. Family Formicidae. Subfamily Dorrziwz. Genus Dorytus, Fabr. Dorylus helvolus, Linn. Vespa helvola, Linn. Ludoy. Ulric. (1764) p. 412. Dorylus helvolus, Faby. Ent. Syst. ii. (1793) p. 565 ; Lepel. Hist. Nat. Ins. Hym. 1. (1886) p. 228; Emery, Bull. Soc, Ent, Ital. xix. (1887) p- 390, pl. xi. figs. 1-6. Six males, Pretoria (stant); Zomba, Barberton, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). As is well known, the § of Dorylus differs so greatly from the male that for a considerable time it was placed in an entirely different genus—Typhlopone, Westw. Dorylus juvenculus, Shuck. Dorylus juvenculus, Shuck. Ann. of Nat. Hist. v. (1840) p. 318; Emery, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. xix. (1887) p. 350. Typhlopone oraniensis, Lucas, Explor. Sc, Alg., Zool. iii. (1846) p. 302, pl. xvi. fig. 11. Four males, Pretoria (Distant). Dorylus attenuatus, Shuck. Dorylus attenuatus, Shuck. Ann. of Nat. Hist. v. (1840) p. 322, Two males, Pretoria (Distant). Dorylus (hogmus) fimbriatus, Shuck. Rhogmus fimbriatus, Shuck. Ann. of Nat. Hist. v. (1840) p. 325; Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. (1859) p. 4, pl. i. fig. 2; Gerst. v. d. Decken’s Ost-Afr. (1878) p. 347. Four males, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). Subfamily Myrurera. Genus CAREBARA, Westw. Carebara vidua, Smith. Carebara vidua, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. vi. (1858) p. 179. Carebara dux, Smith, /. ¢. Carebara colossus, Gerst. Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. (1858) p. 263. One male and five females, Pretoria (Zutrzenka) ; Barber- ton (Rendall). 62 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on Genus MyrmicariA, W. Saunders. 5) Myrmicaria eumenoides, Gerst. Heptacondylus eumenoides, Gerst. Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. (1858) p. 263. Physatta natalensis, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. vi. (1858) p. 172. Myrmicaria eumenoides, Mayr, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvi. (1866) p- 905. A single worker, Barberton (Zendal/). Subfamily Camuponorrm2. Genus CicorpHYLLA, Smith. Gicophylla smaragdina, Fabr. Formica smaragdina, Fabr. Syst. Ent. (1775) p. 828. Formica macra, Guér. Voy. Coq., Zool. 11. (1830) p. 202, pl. viii. fig. 1. CEcophylia smaragdina, Smith, Journ. Linn, Soc. iv. (1860) Suppl. p. 102; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. lx. (1891) p. 564 Four males, Pemba Island (Burtt). Genus Formica, Linn. Formica rufibarbis, Fabr. Formica rufibarbis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ti. (1793) p. 355; I. André, Rey. et Mag. Zool. (3) ii. (1874) p. 185; id. Spec. Hym. Hur. ii. (1882) p. 182, pl. ii. fig. 7; Forel, Bull. Soc. Vaud. sc. nat. (2) xx. (1884) p- 379, pl. xi. figs. 8, 9, & 19. Formica cunicularia, Latr. Ess. Hist. Fourm. Fr. (1798) p, 40; Smith, List Brit. Anim. B. M. pt. 6, Acul. (1851) p. 116. Three workers and a female, Pretoria (istant). Genus Camponotus, Mayr. Camponotus sylvaticus, Olivier. Formica sylvatica, Oliv. Encycl. Méth., Ins. vi. (1791) p. 491. Formica castaneipes, Leach, Zool. Journ. ii. (1825) p. 290. Camponotus sylvaticus, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeit. vi. (1862) p. 291; Emery, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen, xxiv. (1887) p. 212. Several workers, two females, Pretoria (Déstant) ; Barber- ton (Rendall). Camponotus maculatus, Fabr. Formica maculata, Faby. Spec. Ins. i. (1781) p. 491; Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. vi. (1858) p. 28. ‘ Formica thoracica, Faby. Syst. Piez. (1804) p. 397. " Camponotus maculatus, Mayr, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii. (1862) p. 654; Forel, Grandid. Hist. Madagase. xx, (1591) p. 29. Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. 63 Camponotus sylvaticus st. maculatus, Forel, Bull. Soc. Vaud. sc. nat. (2) xvi. (1879) p. 64. Several workers, males and females, Pretoria, Johannes- burg (Distant) ; Barberton (Rendall). A common and very variable species, found through a great part if not all over Africa. Camponotus cosmicus, Smith. Formica cosmica, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. vi. (1858) p. 34.0 Camponotus cosmicus, Mayr, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxvi. (1836) p. 895. Two workers, Waterval-onder (foss). Camponotus natalensis, Smith. Formica natalensis, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. vi. (1858) p. 113. Camponotus natalensis, Roger, Verz. d. Form. (1863) p. 2; Forel, Bull. Soc. Vaud. sc. nat. (2) xvi. (1879) p. 81; Mayr, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxvi. (1886) p. 355. A single worker, Pretoria (Distant). Camponotus fulvo-pilosus, de Geer. Formica fulvo-pilosa, de Geer, Mém. Hist. Ins. vii. (1778) p. 618, pl. xly. figs. 15 & 14. Camponotus fulvopilosus, Mayr, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien (1862), p- 668; Forel, Bull. Soc. Vaud. sc. nat. xvi. (1879) p. 108; Emery, Bull. Soe. Ent. Ital. xviii. (1886) p. 356. Eight worker maj., four worker min., Tulbagh, Cape Colony. A remarkably handsome and conspicuous species. Camponotus sericeus, Fabr. Formica sericea, Faby. Ent. Syst., Suppl. (1798) p. 279. Camponotus sericeus, Mayr, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii. (1862) p. 675, pl. xix. fig. 4; Forel, Bull. Soe. Vaud. sc. nat. xvi. (1879) p. 94; André, Spec. Hym. Eur. ii. pt. 18 (1882) p. 149; Forel, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxx. (1886) p. 192; id. Grandid. Hist. Madagasc. xx. (1891) p. 56, A single worker, Salisbury, Mashonaland (Marshall). Genus PoLYRHACHIS, Smith. Polyrhachis schistacea, Gerstacker. Hoplomyrmus schistaceus, Gerst. Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. (1858) Payrhackis schistacea, Gerst. v. d. Decken’s Ost-Afrika (1873) p. 342. Several workers, Pretoria (Distant); Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Lendall). 64 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on TUBULIFERA. Family Chrysidide. Genus STILBUM, Spinola. Stilbum cyanurum, Forst., var. splendidum, Fabr. Chrysis splendida, Fabr. Syst. Ent. (1775) p. 357. Chrysis spinole, Montrouzier, Ann. Soc. Linn, Lyon, (2) xi. (1864) p. 249. Stilbum variolatum, Costa, Ann. Mus. Zool. Napoli, ii. (1864) p. 67. Stilbum splendidum, Rits. Tijdschr. v. Ent. xvii. (1874) p. 181; Mocs, Monogr. Chrys. (1889) p. 193. One male, six females, Pretoria (Distant); Transvaal, Natal border (A. Ross) ; Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Zen- dall). The male is very dark, almost typical cyanurum. Chrysis lyncea, Fabr. Chrysis lincea, Faby. Syst. Ent. (1775) p. 357. Pyria armata, Lepel. Encycl. Méth., Ins. x. (1825) p. 495. Chrysis lyncea, Dahlb. Ckfvers. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Forh. vii. (1850) . 141, Cae (Hexachrysis) lyncea, Mocs. Monogr. Chrys. (1889) p. 582. Nine males and twelve females, Pretoria (Distant) ; Bar- berton and Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). A variable species. Two specimens—one from Barberton and one from Nyasaland—are of a beautiful bright golden- bronze. Chrysts modica, Dahlb. Chrysis mediocris, Dahlb. Despos. Méth., Hym. ii. (1845) p. 14 (nec Dahlb. Hym. Eur. ii. 1854, p. 162). Chrysis modica, Dahlb. Cifvers. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Forh, vii. (1850) p. 140. Chrysis (Hexachrysis) modica, Mocs. Monogr, Chrys. (1889) p. 556. One male and one female, Pretoria (Distant) ; Fort John- ston, Nyasaland (Lendall). Chrysis stilboides, Spin. Chrysis (Pyria) stilboides, Spin. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, vii. (1838) p. 446. Stilbum seadentatum, Guér. Rev. Zool. (1842) p. 145. Chrysts nobilis, Klug, Symb. Phys. pt. 5 (1845), Ins. pl. xlv. fig. 2; Dahlb. Hym. Eur. ii. (1854) p. 347. Pyria stilboides, Gerst. Pet. Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. v. (1862) p. 519. Chrysis (Hexachrysis) stilboides, Mocs. Monogr. Chrys. (1889) p. 590. Two females and one male, Pretoria (Distant) ; Transvaal, Natal border (Ross). Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. 65 Chrysts spina, Brullé. Chrysis spina, Brullé, Hist. Nat. Ins. Hym. iv. (1846) p. Chrysis abyssinica, Radoszk. Hor. Soc. Mnt. Ross. xii, (i876) p. 148, pl. iu. fig, 3, Chrysis (Pentachrysis) spina, Mocs. Monogr. Chrys. (1889) p. 521. A pair, male and female, Pretoria (Distant). SUPPLEMENTARY LIST. Since the commencement of this series of papers on the Transvaal Hymenoptera Mr. Distant has received from time to time, and kindly handed over to me for examination, several additional specimens, A list of such as came to hand too late for incorporation in the families and genera as they were worked out is appended below. Tribe FOSSORES. Family Scoliida. Genus Myzins, Latr. Myzine capitata, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iti. (1855) p. 74. Two males, Waterval-onder (Zoss). Myzine sp. A single broken specimen of an entirely black species, possibly 1 new, Waterval-onder (Zoss). Genus Scouia, Fabr. Scolia (Discolia) hottentotta, Sauss. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (3) vi. (1358) p. 206. A single female (typical), Johannesburg (A. Loss). Genus Enis, Fabr. Elis (Dielis) undulata, Smith ; vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) 1x. (1902) p. 348. A single male from Barberton. Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 7. Vol, xii. 5 66 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on Family Pompilide. Genus Pomriuus, Fabr. (sens. lat. apud Kohl). Pompilus diversus, Dhlb.; vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) ix. (1902) p. 348. A male, Waterval-onder (A. Ross). Pompilus vindicatus, Smith; vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) ix. (1902) p. 349. ~ A female, Durban (foss). Pompilus Distanti, Bingh.; vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) ix. (1902) p. 349. A female, Transvaal, Natal border. Not typical: the clypeus and the apical half of the femora, the whole of the tibiz and tarsi are reddish ; absolutely identical, however, in form and sculpture with Saussure’s type of Homonotus ceru- lans (nec Pompilus cerulans, Lep.). Pompitlus festivus?, Klug, Symb. Phys. (1834), Ins. pl. xxxviil. fig. 8. A single broken specimen of a male from Johannesburg (Ross), which, with some doubt, I refer to the above species. Genus Satus, Fabr, (sens. lat. apud Kohl). Salius (Hemipepsis) imperialis, Smith (Mygnemia), Cat. Hym. B. M. ii. (1855) p. 188. Five females, Barberton (Distant & Rendall) ; Waterval- onder and Durban (Zoss). Salius (Hemipepsis) atropos, Smith; vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) ix. (1902) p. 353. A single female without locality. Family Sphegids. Genus Liris, Fabr. Liris diabolica, Smith ; vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) x. (1902) p. 209. A single female, Barberton (Rendall). Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. 67 Genus Stizus, Latr. Stizus tenuicornis, Smith; vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) x. (1902) p. 210. A single female, Figtree Creek, Barberton (Rendall). Stizus argentifrons, Smith ; vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) x. (1902) p. 210. A fine female, in good condition, identical with the type, Johannesburg (fry). Genus CErcERIs, Latr. Cercerts albifrons, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. (1856) p. 449. A single female, Johannesburg (Fry). Identical with the type in the British Museum. Genus AMPULEX, Jurine. Ampulex compressa, Fabr.; vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) x. (1902) p. 217. A single female, Pemba Island (Burtt). Genus AMMOPHILA, Kirby. Ammophila hirsuta ?, Scop. Ent. Carn. (1763) p. 292, pl. xlii. fig. 772. A single female, Johannesburg (Ross), which seems iden- tical with European examples, except that the colours are brighter. Possibly a new species. Tribe DIPLOPTERA., Family Eumenide. Genus EUMENES. Eumenes Lepeletiert, Sauss. ; vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) x. (1902) :p. 219. A single male, Johannesburg (oss). Genus RHYNCHIUM, Spin. Rhynchium cyanopterum, Sauss.; vide Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) x. (1902) p. 221. 5k 68 On Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. Bhynchium laterale, Fabr. (Vespa) Spec. Ins. 1. (1781) p. 466. A single male, Pretoria (Donovan). A small variety, with the lateral yellow stripe along the abdomen reduced to separate spots on each segment. Genus ODYNERUS, Latr. Odynerus hottentottus, Sauss. Etud. Vesp. iii. (1856) p. 244. A single female, Johannesburg (/’ry). Odynerus ewmenoides, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. v. (1857) Os 5 A single male, Johannesburg (fry). Genus SYNAGRIS, Latr. Synagris mirabilis, Guér. ; vide supra, p. 47. Two females, Pretoria (Donovan); Pemba Island (Burtt). Synagris analis, Sauss.; vide supra, p. Ae Two females, Figtree Creek, Barberton (Rendall). Synagris emarginata, Sauss.; vide supra, p. 47. One female, Figtree Creek, Barberton (Rendall). Synagris dentata, Sauss. Htud. Vesp. i. (1852) p. 80, pl. xiii. - fig. 3. A single female without locality. Family Vespide. Genus BELONOGASTER. Belonogaster jiliventris, Sauss.; vide supra, p. 47. Genus Poxistes, Latr. Polistes fastidiosus, Sauss. ; vide supra, p. 48. A single worker, Figtree Creek, Barberton (Rendall). Genus IcariA, Sauss. Icaria clavata, Sauss.; vide supra, p. 48. A single worker, Figtree Creek, Barberton (Rendall). On new Genera and Species of Coleoptera. 69 Tribe ANTHOPHILA. Family Apide. Genus XYLOCOPA. Xylocopa olivacea, Spin. ; vide supra, p. 54. A single female, Uganda (Crabtree). ' Genus PopA.inrivs, Latr. Podalirius rapidus, Smith; vide supra, p. 56. A single female, Johannesburg (oss). Genus Crocisa, Jurine. Crocisa scutellaris, Fabr.; vide supra, p. 56. A single male, Figtree Creek, Barberton (Rendall). Genus MEGACHILE, Latr. Megachile consanguinea, Smith; vide supra, p. 57. A single male, Johannesburg (ss). 1V.—Descriptions of new Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. By Capt. T. Broun, F.E.S. [Concluded from vol. xi. p. 618.] Group Opatride. Syrphetodes simplex, sp. n. Opaque, fuscous ; sides of thorax and elytra, the legs, and antenne rufescent ; densely clothed with variegate fuscous and ochraceous setee. Antenne rather elongate and slender, club densely pubes- cent. Thorax nearly as long as broad, the anterior angles project as far as the front of the eyes, but are not widely distant from them; the broadest part is behind the middle; the sides in front are nearly straight, but they are a little sinuously narrowed towards the rectangular hind angles; there is a slight median impression in front, and the disk behind the middle is obtusely elevated. lytra ‘oblong, 70 Capt. T. Broun on new shoulders and apices rounded, nearly twice the width of the thorax; there are two elongate elevations on each near the base and one on top of the posterior declivity, besides some smaller ones ; the punctuation is coarse and irregular, but the foveiform cavities along the explanate sides are serial. Legs maculate. This does not closely resemble any other species. Its chief characteristics are the rather slender antenne and com- paratively inconspicuous nodiform elevations. Length 43, breadth 2% lines. _ Picton. Mr. J. J. Walker, during a recent collecting expedition, secured three or four specimens, one of which he placed at my disposal. Group Gdemeride. Thelyphassa fuscata, sp. N. Elongate, depressed, infuscate. Head finely punctured. Thorax longer than broad, widest near the front, gradually narrowed behind, but with the basal margin somewhat thickened and prominent ; its punctuation is similar to that of the head; near the sides there is some fine inconspicuous pubescence. Scutellum rather large. Elytra dull, elongate, with rounded apices ; they are lightly but closely punctured and have two indistinct dorsal lines on each ; they are covered with fine greyish hairs. When compared with 7. diaphana the opaque pale fuscous surface first strikes the eye. ‘The thorax lacks the impressions and raised central space. ‘The semicircular notch of the terminal joints of the male palpi is rather smaller, but deeper, and the inner margins are more swollen or angulate beyond the middle. The apical ventral segment is quite uncovered in both Sexes. Length 53-6, breadth 14-14 lines. Westport. One pair presented to me by Mr. J. J. Walker. Techmessa longicollis, sp. n. Elongate, moderately nitid ; head and thorax black ; elytra bluish black and with decumbent greyish-yellow pubescence ; antennze fuscous, but with the basal portion of each joint rufescent ; legs and palpi yellow, tarsi infuscate. Head rather broader than the thorax, coarsely punctate, Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 71 the punctures much closer behind... Epistome pallid. Thorax a little longer than broad, rather wider just before the middle than it is elsewhere, suboviform; without depressions, its punctuation moderately coarse, quite dense near the sides; on the disk there are slight irregular smooth spaces. Scutellum closely but finely sculptured. lytra elongate, parallel- sided, coarsely, moderately closely, and somewhat rugosely punctured. Underside nigrescent. fT. telephorotdes has the thorax “ distinctly wider than long”; in this species the reverse obtains. There are differ- ences in coloration, and the eyes are rather larger and more prominent. The second joint of the antenne is barely more than half the length of the third; this latter is only about one third shorter than the fourth. Length 22, breadth 3 line. Tarukenga, near Rotorua. One example in my own collection, found about eight years ago. Exocalopus antennalis, sp. n. Elongate, subdepressed ; head and thorax glossy black ; elytra dark violaceous, sparingly clothed with fine, erect, intuscate hairs; legs and antennze fuscous. Head, including the prominent eyes, broader than the thorax, obliquely narrowed behind; there is an almost diamond-shaped depression on the vertex, with slightly raised smooth borders extending towards the antenne; the rest of its surface is distinctly and rather closely punctured. Thorax transverse, strongly rounded laterally ; its whole surface is distinctly but not closely punctate and there is an uregularly formed fovea-like impression at each side. Scu- tellum punctate. lytra elongate-oblong, parallel-sided, moderately coarsely, closely, and almost rugosely punctured. Antenne almost as long as the body, with very short pubescence; basal joint pyriform, second and third casta- neous, transverse, and, conjointly, shorter than first ; joints 4-10 slender and equally elongate, each of these has a filiform appendage quite twice the length of the joint itself; the eleventh is about double the length of the preceding one. Female.—The antenne attain the middle femora or just beyond them, their second joint is bead-like; the third, though distinctly longer than the preceding, is obviously shorter than the following one; joints 4-10 are elongate and moderately serrate, the eleventh elongate-oval. ‘l'his sex is rather larger than the male; the thorax and head are more coarsely punctured and the legs are paler. 72 Capt. T. Broun on new This species is shorter than EZ. pectinatus, the head and thorax are differently sculptured and have more limited smooth areas. ‘The antennal appendages, instead of springing from the middle of the joints, as they do in the typical form, proceed from near the base and are twice as long ; the an- tennee of the male therefore are even more elegant. 6. Length 23, breadth nearly 2 line. Tarukenga, near Rotorua. I found one male and two females about eight years ago. Group Otiorhynchide. Cecyropa linerfera, sp. n. Robust, convex, opaque; densely covered with minute, circular, depressed, grey and fuscous scales; those of the latter colour occupy most of the dorsum; there are also numerous short erect sete there; legs and antenne dark ferruginous. Rostrum less than half a line long, its apical portion rufo- piceous, punctate, and nearly nude; along the middle a fine groove extends as far as the back part of the eyes. Scape slightly and very gradually incrassate; it bears grey squamze and outstanding sete. uniculus sparsely setose, second joint slightly shorter and obviously more slender than the first, seventh larger than the intermediate ones; club quadri- articulate, short-oval, finely pubescent. yes transversely oval, the space between each and the thorax equal to its own width. Thora# one third broader than long, its sides strongly curved, the base evidently wider than the apex; it has an ill-defined dorsal groove ; all other sculpture is concealed by the squamosity ; along each side there are many elongate grey sete. Hlytra broader than thorax, widest, and almost prominent, a short distance behind the obliquely rounded shoulders, much narrowed posteriorly ; three or four striz are visible on each near the suture and four or five near the apex, these have rather narrow and moderately distant punctures ; towards the sides the punctures are serial, but nowhere coarse. Legs stout, clothed with grey scales and sete ; anterior tibize flexuous, their frontal or outer dilatation overlaps the basal tarsal joint; third tarsal joint expanded to more than twice the width of the second; claws small. Metasternum and basal abdominal segment broadly impressed along the middle. Of about the same size as C. mardtima, but with a longer rostrum, more convex eyes, and quite dissimilar sculpture, Length (rostr. incl.) 33, breadth 14 lines. Westport. One example from Mr. J. J. Walker. Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 73 Cecyropa striata, sp. n. Convex, opaque, covered with minute, dull, dark grey or almost infuseate squamosity, the sides of thorax and hind body with rather short erect setee; the elytral interstices bear short, almost brassy sete ; legs and antenne rufescent. Rostrum sparsely squamose, nearly bare in front, with a well-marked linear impression nearly reaching the back part of the head. yes obliquely oval. Scape but little thick- ened apically, with a few grey squame and slender sete. Funiculus finely setose, second joint about as long as the first, but only about half as thick, seventh broader than the preceding one; club short, oval, finely pubescent. Thorax one fourth shorter than broad, its sides strongly rounded, the apex rather narrower than the base, without evident sculp- ture, but probably with punctures underneath the scales. Elytra broader than thorax at the base, shoulders oblique; the three punctated strie near the suture on each are fairly well marked throughout; the external ones almost assume the form of rather narrow serial punctures. This can be best compared with the eastern C. setigera (no. 1617); in that species, however, joints 3-7 of the funi- culus are more transverse and moniliform, the thorax is more gradually narrowed anteriorly and continues broad to within a short distance of the base, the elytral strise are less distinct and their punctures are still finer, the groove on the rostrum is quite abbreviate, and the eyes are less convex. In C. striata, moreover, the ocular lobes, though rather feeble, are certainly more apparent than they are in C. setigera. Length (rostr. incl.) 24, breadth % line. Westport. This is another of Mr. J. J. Walker’s captures during a short stay in that neighbourhood. I have seen one individual only. Brachyolus albescens, sp. n. Convex, subovate, completely covered with white and brassy squame; these occupy irregular, somewhat trans- verse areas, but do not form spots; antenne and tarsi ferru- ginous. Rostrum shorter than thorax, dark red and pilose in front, squamose behind. Scrobes open above, curvate at the sides, with a distinct squamose space between them and the eyes. Scape very gradually thickened, clothed with scales and short curled sete. Huniculus evidently longer than scape, red, with fine grey sete; basal two joints about equal in length, 3-7 almost moniliform. Club oval, infuscate. 74 Capt. T. Broun on new Eyes oblique, not prominent, just free. Thorax with well- developed ocular lobes, one fifth broader than long, widest before the middle, rounded there, slightly narrowed but straight behind; there is an ill-defined dorsal groove, an oblique impression near each side in front, and one on each side below ; the lateral margins near the base are somewhat plicate, but the punctuation is invisible from above. lyira broadly oval, shoulders so rounded that they scarcely exceed the thorax in width; the series of punctures are coarser towards the sides than those nearest the suture; the third interstices are obtusely elevated near the base, nearly plane on the disk, and end in nodosities on top of the declivity; there is a swelling of each side outside these, but no nodosity. There are a few grey sete on the thorax and on the sides of the elytra, but no regular series. Var.—2ix 1 line; this bears three fuscous spots on the base of the thorax. In B. elegans (no. 2115) the third interstices are raised throughout, the nodosities are relatively larger and situated higher up, and the suture is nodiform near the apex. The serobes are shorter. No. 2386 (B. viridescens) has stouter legs, broader tarsi, and a longer club. ‘The five species described by Dr. Sharp all differ from this. Length (rostr. incl.) 2, breadth % line. Karori and Wadestown (Mr. G. V. Hudson). Brachyolus cervalis, sp. n. Opaque, densely covered with fawn-coloured scales above, the posterior declivity with grey ; there are series of decum- bent sete on the elytral interstices and others on the front of the thorax, some of these are greyish ; antenne and legs ferruginous. re Rostrum shorter than the thorax, with a central carina, along each side of the latter there is a broad shallow groove, but the rostrum is not distinctly tricarinate. Scrobes short, almost foveiform. Funiculus with fine grey sete, basal two joints equal, the second but little more slender than the first, third also elongate yet shorter than the preceding one, fourth longer than broad. yes not contiguous with thorax, oblique, broadly oval. Thora# subquadrate, slightly broader than it is long, widest before the middle, its sides rounded there but nearly straight behind, the surface uneven but without well- marked sculpture. lytra, at the middle, nearly twice the width of the thorax, almost parallel-sided there; shoulders so narrowed as not perceptibly to exceed the breadth of the Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 75 thorax at the base, the posterior declivity much narrowed ; apices slightly divergent; dorsum rather flat, with serial punctures, the two sutural rows on each elytron are very small; the third and fifth interstices are very indistinctly elevated but terminate behind in horizontal projections, those on the third much larger than the others, the suture is a little raised at the summit of the hind declivity, and halfway down there isa crest. Legs and tarsi stout. B. posticalis is a smaller and more brightly coloured insect with scattered, but conspicuous, white sete; joints 3-7 of the funiculus are bead-like, and the whole sculpture is different. Sharp’s B. punctipennis has the elytra wider than the thorax at the base, and his B. longicollis (No. 2120) is without nodosities. Length (rostr. incl.) 22, breadth 14 lines. Karori and Pakuratahi. One example from Mr. G. V. Hudson. Aphela pictipes, sp. n. Subovaie, convex, slightly nitid, sparsely setose; pale testaceous, the tip of the rostrum, tarsi, and extremity of the tibie dark fuscous. Rostrum a little contracted towards the antennal insertion, longitudinally rugose, with irregular smooth spaces. Antenne sparingly setose; first joint of funiculus thick, second rather longer but more slender at base, joints 3 to 6 very short, seventh broadest ; club compact, finely pubescent. Thorax broader than it is long, apex truncate, base moderately rounded so as to be closely adapted to the elytra, it is widest before the middle, the sides, nevertheless, are but little curved; its surface coarsely and rugosely punctured. Hlytra slightly wider than thorax at the base, shoulders somewhat narrowed; their grooves crenate rather than coarsely punc- tate; interstices with short, erect, pallid sete, sometimes appearing as if crossed with linear impressions. Legs stout; anterior tibie expanded at the extremity. Tarsi broad, basal two joints very short and widely emar- ginate so as to be almost lunate, third deeply bilobed, fourth as long as the preceding two conjointly, stout; claws short and stout. Length (rostr. incl.) 14, breadth 2 line. Sumner. Three examples from Mr. J. J. Walker. The discovery of this species would seem to invalidate my genus Stygeopetes. ‘he eyes are rather less convex than 76 Capt. T. Broun on new these organs in Stygeopetes littoralis, so that the head seems less abruptly broader than the rostrum ; the thorax is ob- viously more transverse and its punctuation is not quite so deep and less disposed in series. The front tibize at the lower or inner extremity terminate in a short calcar. The coloration is uniformly paler and never rufescent as is sometimes the case in S. lttoralis. The dark tarsi are distinctive. Group Cylindrorhinide. Anagotus pallescens, sp. n. Opaque, black, densely covered with minute, depressed, rounded, greyish squame, and a few coarse sete of an ochra- ceous hue. Rostrum dilated in front, of the same length as the thorax, with an elevation at each side over the point of the antennal insertion, the intervening space apparently concave, and with a fine central carina extending as far as the eyes. Head narrowed anteriorly. yes slightly convex, transverse, as far apart above as they are distant trom the thorax. Thorax just as long as broad, widest near the front, narrowed, yet nearly straight-sided behind; there are two prominent elon- gate tubercles on the middle of the front, two more rounded ones close behind these, one on each side at the broadest part, and a pair of smaller ones near the base. Scutellum sub- triangular. lytra slightly wider than thorax at the base, shoulders narrow, much narrowed posteriorly, sides almost vertical but sloping inwards; each elytron with three large tubercles near the suture, a rather smaller lateral one in line with the third, which is situated at the summit of the poste- rior declivity, a small one near the apex, two series near the side, and two series of still smaller ones between these last and the suture. Scape gradually incrassate, touching the centre of the eye, and bearing depressed elongate ochraceous scales. Funiculus piceous, hispid, second joint distinctly longer than first, the seventh longer and broader than the intermediate joints ; club elongate-oval, densely and finely pubescent. Legs elongate, simple; the femora with an indistinct pale band, on each, beyond the middle. Tarsz slender, setose ; their third joint broadly excavate above, but without obvious lobes. Prosternum deeply emarginate. Ocular lobes moderately developed. Abdomen elongate, second segment hardly as long as the third and fourth conjointly. Near the tip of the rostrum there are some outstanding yellow sete. Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 77 The smaller bulk, different squamosity, &c. distinguish this from the typical species, No. 2144. Length (rostr. incl.) 8, breadth 2? lines. Te Oneroa. I am indebted to Mr. Perey Seymour for the only specimen I have seen. SARGON, gen. nov. Rostrum moderately elongate, subparallel, only slightly dilated in front. Scrobes deep in front and visible from above, they extend to the front of the eyes. Scape gradually thickened, reaching just beyond back of eye. Funiculus 7-articulate, basal two joints about equally elongate. Club elongate-oval. Hyes quite lateral, rotundate, moderately convex, not angulate below. Thorax truncate at base and apex, without distinct ocular lobes. Hlytra moderately long, rather broader than thorax. emora medially incrassate. Tibie flexuous ; anterior inwardly produced, with a short ealear; the posterior dilated at extremity, with a narrow groove between the double series of external cilia. Tars¢ normal. Prosternum only slightly emarginate at apex ; coxe con- tiguous. Intermediate come slightly separated. Basal ventral segment longer than second; third and fourth equal, each more than half the length of second. Resembles Jnophleus inuus, but the scrobes, eyes, rostrum, and abdomen differ, and as the type of Sargon is almost destitute of ocular lobes it cannot be associated with Inophleus. Sargon carinatus, sp. 0. Opaque, piceous, densely covered with small depressed greyish scales. Head and rostrum as long as the thorax; rostrum with an abbreviated central carina. Hyes moderately convex, dis- tinctly facetted, distant from thorax. Antenne nigrescent, club densely and finely pubescent. Thorax subquadrate, slightly wider before the middle than it is elsewhere, with a well-marked dorsal furrow; the squame are nearly round, and many exhibit a pinkish hue. Liytra a little rounded towards the base, which, however, is slightly wider than that of the thorax; disk nearly plane, posterior slope moderately abrupt, sides nearly vertical but inclined inwards, apices acutely rounded and divergent but not prolonged; they are striate, the third and fitth interstices are gradually raised backwards and end suddenly on the summit of the declivity 78 Capt. T. Broun on new without forming nodiform elevations; the scales are more elongate than those of the thorax. Legs stout, with elongate squamee and sete. Underside clothed like the upper surface but more rufescent, the abdomen, however, bears hair-like squamosity. Length (rostr. incl.) 7, breadth 23 lines. Wanganui. Two examples were given to me several years ago by Mr. Marshall of the Collegiate School. Group Rhyparosomide. MEMES, gen. nov. Body convex, subovate. Rostrum longer than thorax, slightly arched, parallel, very slightly expanded just before the middle. Scrodes straight, almost attaining the front of the eyes, they begin near the apex (about one third of the length of the rostrum) and at that part are open and visible — from above. yes depressed, their greatest bulk is from above downwards; they are widely separated, and not quite free from the thorax. Scape moderately incrassate at the extremity, it almost touches the eye. Funiculus rather longer than the scape, basal articulation rather larger than _ the second, both longer than broad ; joints 3-7 transverse. Club compact, oval, indistinctly articulated. Thorax about as long as it is broad, with ocular lobes. Hlytra apparently connate, humeral angles obtusely prominent, scutellar region depressed. Legs long and stout. Femora slender near the base, much dilated medially, arched above, with a strong dentiform projection underneath. ’bdw flexuous; the ante- rior deeply incurved, inwardly, near the base, broadly expanded below, and terminating in a stout curvate frontal spur. Zarsi slender, their third joint deeply excavate above, with short lobes; claws small and slender. Prosternum deeply emarginate. Front cowe contiguous, middle pair moderately, the posterior widely separated. Sternum longitudinally impressed. Abdomen with short intermediate segments. This genus should be located near Bantiades. Although the legs are similar in both genera, yet there are other material differences. Lantiades has a shorter and thicker rostrum with deep polished scrobes, the antennal insertion is subapical, the body is broader and more densely and coarsely clothed, and the shoulders are not free. Genera and Spectes of New Zealand Coleoptera. 79 Memes rufirostris, sp. 0. Fuscous, slightly shining, sparsely setose ; the rostrum, antenne, legs, and an ill-defined fascia in line with the posterior femora more or less ferruginous. Rostrum almost nude, punctate behind, its frontal sculpture linear. Scape glabrous; funiculus with some slender grey sete, club finely pubescent. Thorax truncate and somewhat rufescent in front, this portion constricted, sides moderately rounded ; there is an obscure, central, smooth space which can scarcely be termed a carina, and a few inconspicuous tubercular elevations, the rest of its surface has shallow punctures and the middle of the base is depressed. Hlytra wider than the thorax at the base, which is incurved, their sides nearly straight, slightly wider near the hind thighs, narrowed behind, shoulders reddish ; each elytron has five or six series of .coarse discoidal punctures, but the posterior sculpture assumes the form of striz; the clothing consists principally of decumbent, slender, greyish or yellowish, sete, which are somewhat concentrated near the top of the hind declivity, whilst the basal half appears as bare as the thorax. The legs bear short erect sete. Length (rostr. incl.) 23, breadth @ line. Westport. Found by Mr. J. J. Walker; one example only. Group Erirhinide. XEROSTYGNUS, gen. nov. Body moderately elongate, slightly convex, densely squa- mose. Rostrum nearly as long as the thorax, a little arched, subparallel, slightly wider in front than behind. Scrobes extend from near the apex to the eyes, well marked through- out, and at the antennal insertion are open and discernible above. Hyes transverse, distinctly facetted, fringed with sete behind, not prominent, just free from the thorax, widely separated above. Scape slender, thickened at extremity, almost touching the eye. Funiculus 7-articulate, first joint rather larger than the second, seventh a little larger than the preceding one. Club oval, three-jointed. Thorax sub- quadrate, gently narrowed anteriorly, base feebly bisinuate, apex truncate, with ocular lobes. Scutellum oviform. Hlytra oblong, gradually attenuate posteriorly, shoulders oblique, rather wider than the thorax at the base. Legs elongate. Femora medially clavate, notched and grooved below near the extremity. Tvbie somewhat flexuous, with a minute 80 Capt. T. Broun on new calcar at the outer angle. Tarsz pilose underneath, basal two joints cordiform, third bilobed; claws simple. Prosternum deeply emarginate. Front cove prominent and contiguous, the intermediate slightly separated, the posterior widely. Metasternum scarcely longer than the basal segment of the abdomen, second segment as long as the following two taken together, the apical subconical. Xerostygnus binodulus, sp. n. Elongate-ovate, opaque, fuscous; uniformly and closely covered with small, round, depressed scales of a tawny or yellowish-grey colour, and with some fine sete; legs and antenne rufescent, the tarsi sometimes piceous. Rostrum stout, with a feeble central carina, its apical por- tion nude, pitchy, and punctate. Thorax slightly narrowed towards the front; there is a smooth linear space on the middle, but the punctuation is quite concealed by the squa- mosity. Scutellum elongate, oval, squamose. Llytra broader than the thorax at the base, a little emarginate there; they are punctate-striate, the punctures, however, are not easily seen, there isa series of short greyish sete on each of the interstices, and the fifth interstices terminate below the summit of the hind slope in small nodosities, one on each. Underside clothed with squame and decumbent sete, the latter are almost confined to the abdomen and middle part of the metasternum. ‘The basal two segments are broadly impressed, and the terminal has a median depression at its apeX. ~ Length (rostr. incl.) 33, breadth 1 line. Auckland. My first specimen, much mutilated, was received from Dr. Harold Swale, and two others were afterwards given to me by Mr. J. J. Walker. All were found frequenting rushes at the margins of Lake St. John. Stephanorhynchus pygmeeus, sp. De. Opaque, nigrescent, the elytra and front of thorax reddish, scutellum grey ; sparingly clothed with depressed grey sete. Rostrum pavrallel-sided, rather shorter than the head. Funiculus somewhat shorter than the scape, second joint about half the bulk of the first, 3-7 transverse. Head elongate, much contracted behind, rather coarsely and closely punctured. Hyes large, widely separated above, placed in front of the broad anterior part of the head. Thoraz of nearly the same length and breadth, much narrowed Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 81 anteriorly, constricted there, its punctuation transverse and rugose. Llytra oblong, nearly double the width of thorax at the base, gradually narrowed backwards; they are striate- punctate, each bears a small elevation in line with the hind thighs, and another, nearer the side, near the top of the hind slope. Femora clavate, the posterior with a large angulation or tooth underneath. TJibie flexuous. Tarsi slender, the anterior with very narrow basal articulations, third joint expanded, with elongate lobes. This is a minute member of the S. Lawsonz series. it may be at once distinguished from S. nigrosparsa by its small size, the slender second joint of the tarsi, and by the entire absence of the broad groove along the middie of the head. Length (rostr. excl.) 14, breadth # line. Mount Arthur. One example from the collection made by Messrs. Cheese- man and Adams. Group Cerambycide. DROTOTELUS, gen. nov. Head \road, nearly vertical, and prolonged anteriorly, con- tracted behind so as to form a short neck. yes distinctly facetted, large, sublunate, deeply emarginate in front, their greatest bulk in front. Antenne inserted in projections close to the ocular emarginations, as long as the body; basal joint stout, curvate, its length twice the breadth, second very short, joints 3-11 filiform, third longer than first but shorter than fourth, fifth to seventh each longer than fourth. Thorax elongate, deeply constricted before and behind the obtusely dilated postmedian part of its sides. Scutellum triangular. Elytra with obtusely prominent shoulders, they taper gradu- ally backwards, apices nearly truncate. Legs slender, pilose. Tarsi setose above, anterior densely clothed underneath with squamiform sete, and fringed laterally, basal joint rather larger than second, the third cleft to the base, with long slender lobes. Front core prominent, situated at the base of the pro- sternum, almost contiguous, being separated by the thin margins of the cavities only. Metasternum convex, medially canaliculate. Abdomen elongate and narrow, basal segment hardly twice the length of the second, third and fourth de- crease, fifth about as long as the preceding one, rounded and ciliated at the extremity. This seems to be a quite isolated form, It may be dis- Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 6 82 Capt. T. Broun on new tinguished from Calliprason and its allies by its broad per- pendicular face, antennal prominences, attenuate elytra, &c. Drotus has a similarly formed thorax, but, otherwise, is essentially different. The nearest Australian genus is, perhaps, Stenoderus, but here again the disparities are important. Drototelus politus, sp. n. Elongate, almost. wholly nude, smooth and shining; head and thorax castaneo-rufous; the dilated sides of the latter, the forehead, base of femora, and hind tarsi pale yellow ; antenne infuscate; legs reddish, the two front pairs of tarsi fusco-castaneous ; elytra testaceous, irregularly stained with, reddish. Head with a deep inter-antennal channel, the parallel-sided neck finely punctate. Thorax as broad as it is long, strongly, yet obtusely, dilated at the sides just behind the middle, deeply constricted near the base and in front of the lateral prominences, apex truncate, base somewhat bisinuate ; at its widest part, on the dorsum, there is a pair of moderate obtuse elevations, the broad depression in front of these does not extend backwards. lytra nearly truncate and twice the width of the thorax at the base, humeral angles slightly raised and obtusely prominent, the sutural margins almost cariniform, lateral margins sharply defined, most distinct behind the posterior femora, apical region slightly swollen. Antenne dull, with very short pubescence, but the basal joints are nearly glabrous, finely punctate and shining. Length 44, breadth 14 line. Karori, Wellington. I am indebted to Mr. G. V. Hudson for my specimen. Group Lamiide. Flybolasius cognatus, sp. n. Variegate, rufo-piceous, with yellowish-grey pubescence ; the crests, and some patches on the hind slope, of the elytra somewhat rufescent; antenne rufo-castaneous, with infuscate hairs ; legs pitchy red, with grey villosity. Head densely sculptured, with an inter-antennal depression | and smooth frontal line. Thoraz almost as long as it is broad, lateral tubercles distinct but rather small, behind these it is constricted, the disk is a little uneven, depressed before and behind, with its surface closely rugose. Scutellum large, frmged with yellowish hairs. lytra convex, slightly attenuate posteriorly, with obtuse but prominent shoulders ; eee Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 838 near the base and suture there is a pair of strongly elevated crests, and nearly in line with these, in front of the apical slope, there is a pair of elongated swellings, between which the suture appears a little thickened and carinate; their punctuation is irregular, coarse on some parts and finer on others, but it does not extend beyond the posterior inequali- ties, the apices are reddish and strongly rounded. Femora strongly dilated; the tibia, more particularly the inter- mediate, bear short black hairs near the extremity; the tarsi are darker than the legs. Antenne rather longer than the body, basal joint strongly clavate and dark red, third rather longer than fourth, the latter somewhat curvate, the following joints differ but little. This might be looked upon as a diminutive form of H. cristus, the thorax, however, is relatively longer and narrower, the punctures on the hind body are comparatively coarser, and there are some other minor differences. Length 24, breadth 3 line. Wadestown, near Wellington. One example from Mr. G. V. Hudson. Fybolasius laticollis, sp. n. Subdepressed, oblong; thorax and basal three joints of antennz pale chestnut-red, the legs of a similar hue, but the tibiz, like the remaining joints of the antenne, are infuscate towards the extremity; elytra variegated with pale fuscous and light green, the latter colour conspicuous at the sides and base; the pubescence is rather scanty, decumbent, and greyish, but the legs and first four joints of the antenne bear outstanding, elongate, grey hairs. Head finely sculptured, with a central linear impression extending from the thorax to the muzzle, the antennal tuber- cles are flattened so that the vertex seems plane. The ninth joint of the antenne attains the apex of the elytron, their basal joint is rather long and more oviform than clavate, the third slightly exceeds the fourth in length. Thorax strongly transverse, the width being double the length, lateral tubercles small and inconspicuous; its surface is slightly uneven, with rather fine ruge, and has a minute polished nodule just behind the middle. Scutedlum medially concave. Slytra but little broader than the thorax, mode- rately coarsely punctured, the punctures are closer betore the middle than elsewhere, and become quite distant and scat- tered behind; near the base there is an obtuse rounded swelling, on each, and an elongate one halfway between GF 84 Capt. T. Broun on new the middle and apex. Femora moderately inflated, tibie rather slender. The remarkably broad and short thorax, peculiar colora- tion, and inconspicuous antennal tubercles will enable this species to be identified. We have no similar species. Hi. viridescens is twice the bulk of this little beetle and has well-developed thoracic tubercles and longer antenne. Length 14, breadth 7 line. Pipiriki, Wanganui River. Mr. Hudson sent me a specimen under the number 405. Flybolasius gracilipes, sp. n. Elongate, subopaque, pitchy red, legs and antennz castaneo- rufous; sparingly clothed with depressed, but not short, yellowish pubescence, the legs and antennz with long upright white hairs. Antenne slender, longer than the body ; basal joint mode- rately stout but not clavate and rather elongate; third and fourth long, so that the latter reaches backwards to the hind thighs. Thorax subquadrate, rather narrower in front than it is behind, with a small obtuse nodosity at each side not far from the base; its surface is a little uneven and appa- rently densely punctate-granulate. Hlytra oblong, rather closely and moderately coarsely punctured, they are wider than the thorax at the base, with obtusely rectangular shoul- ders, there is a pair of small nodosities near the base, the central portion appears somewhat depressed, but there are no distinct elevations besides the basal ones ; the pubescence though irregularly distributed does not form spots, the apices are infuscate red and closely punctured. In some respects this species resembles HH. gnarus, but its clothing is more conspicuous, its legs are more elongate and slender, the thorax is slightly shorter, the humeral angles and elytral elevations are more prominent, and the coloration is brighter. Length 23, breadth 2 line. Pipiriki. From the same source as the preceding species and bearing the same number. Hybolasius genalis, sp. n. Elongate, subopaque, piceo-rufous, antenne uniformly infuscate red, legs rutescent, the tibie blackish towards the extremity ; pubescence variegated. Genera and Species of New Zealand Coleoptera. 85 Head as wide as the front of thorax, closely sculptured, with a distinct inter-antennal channel, its pubescence yellow; within the emargination of the eye, and on the gena behind it, there is some adpressed brassy pubescence. Thorax rather broader than long, with an obtuse but distinct tubercle at each side behind the middle, the basal region therefore seems constricted ; the disk is not flat, it is closely punctured, and its clothing is like that of the head. Scutellum small. Hlytra parallel-sided to within a short distance of the apices, wider than the thorax at the base, with two small obtuse promi- nences there, their punctuation appears to be irregular and is not easily detected; their surface is rather thickly covered with yellowish-grey. decumbent hairs, but on the apical portion there are about a dozen bare small reddish spots, and between the posterior femora there is a broad fuscous fascia which almost forms two sides of a triangle. The legs bear upright grey hairs and the thighs are clavate; the tarsi are dark brown. Antenne elongate, basal joint stout but not clavate, with yellow pubescence; joints 3 and 4 about equally long and slender. H. fasciatus, No. 1321, though somewhat similar as re- gards markings, is a broader and flatter insect, with a more transverse thorax, much less prominent lateral tubercles, and more acutely rounded elytral apices, and, moreover, it lacks the distinctive ocular and genal pubescence of the present species. Length 12, breadth 3 line. Pipiriki. One individual kindly forwarded by Mr. G. V. Hudson, also labelled No. 405. Group Cryptocephalida. | EUALEMA, gen. nov. Antenne elongate, filiform, inserted close to the front part of the eyes ; basal joint stout, curvate, second half the length of the third. yes large, transverse, thicker below than above, but not quite reniform. emora simple. Tibic without spines, grooved at the extremity only. Tarsz with triangular basal articulations, second rather shorter and more slender at the base than the first, third transverse, not at all lobate but slightly excavate above, fourth slender and elon- gate, the hind tarsi nearly similar. Claws appendiculate or thickened at their basal half. 86 On New Zealand Coleoptera. Head immersed up to the eyes. Thorax strongly trans- verse, being twice as broad as long, posterior angles rect- angular, the anterior obtuse but prominent, apex widely incurved. Scutellum distinct, triangular. Hlytra ample, broader and five times longer than thorax. Notwithstanding evident discrepancies, this genus should, I think, be located near Alema in the New Zealand list. The structure of the underside in the only mounted specimen extant cannot, at present, be ascertained. Eualema Walkeri. sp. n. Suboblong, convex, nude, variegate, shining; head and thorax irregularly fusco-testaceous; elytra testaceous, but with a small detached spot on each shoulder, a broad oblique space extending from each of these to the suture, an irre- gularly formed mark at each side reaching from the shoulder to just beyond the hind thigh, and a large space on the posterior declivity glossy seneo-fuscous, all these marks of more or less ragged outline, but always conspicuous ; legs testaceous, but with a dark spot at the base of each tibia. Head finely and rather indefinitely punctured. Antenne finely pubescent, basal four joints piceous, but with the base of each quite red, the others are nearly ferruginous. Thorax very slightly uneven above, moderately finely and irregularly punctured, finely margined throughout, its sides not quite straight, being widest at the middle and a little narrowed towards the front and base. Seutellum smooth. Llytra wider than thorax at the base, the humeral angles rounded, their sides very little curved, the posterior portion sinuously narrowed so that the obtuse apices appear prominent: they are not striate, but bear series of fine punctures; these, how- ever, are almost entirely absent from the dark polished lateral and apical marks. Length 4, breadth 2 lines. Westport. This is without doubt the most conspicuous of the New Zealand Phytophaga. I have named it after its discoverer, Mr. J. J. Walker, F.L.S., of H.M.S. ‘ Ringarooma,’ Auckland, N.Z., 16th Sept., 1902. Notes on the Natural History of Hast Finmark., 87 Nic. VN V.—Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark. By Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S. [Continued from vol, xi. p. 598. ] [Plates VIII. & IX.] POLYZOA (continued). Genus Larnacicus*, gen. nov. Type, Larnacicus corniger, Busk. (Pl. VIII. fig. 3.) _ Membranipora cornigera, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Marine Polyzoa, p. 164, pl. xxi. fig. 4, and pl. xxii. fig. 3. Differs from Amphiblestrum: 1st, in the avicularia being situated in distinct and separate cells from the zocecia (in the type species they vary greatly in size: the larger are long, ovate, contracted near the middle in the position of the complete but easily broken bar; in the smaller the anterior portion is loop-shaped and the posterior a mere slit); 2nd, in the absence of pore-chambers (at any rate, I have not succeeded in seeing any) ; 3rd, in the remarkable character of the distal end of the zoccium, which is divided into chambers by a transverse and usually one or two vertical connecting-bars. These chambers most probably are in con- nexion with the ocecium, which is well raised, globose, and situated over the chamber just described. There are two or three pair of spines, the lower pair forked at their extremity. T illustrate the ocecium, which has not hitherto been figured. Specimens of this species from 100 fathoms off Shetland, and from the Hardanger Fiord, Norway, are in my collection. Genus ANTROPORA J}, gen. NOV. Type, Antropora (Membranipora) granulifera (Hincks). (Pl. VIII. fig. 4.) Membranipora granulifera, Hincks, “General History Marine Polyzoa,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. (1880) p. 72, pl. ix. fig. 4. Zocecia triangular or subtriangular, but very irregular in form. Calcareous portion of the area similar to that of Am- * \dpva€, a chest or coffer, in allusion to the structure of the anterior part of the zocecium. } : + dvrpov, a cave or hollow, with reference to the hollow in which the oral opening lies. , 88 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the phiblestrum behind, but here also extending up the sides and round the front, so that the membranous portion is completely surrounded by it, and the calcareous portion sloping inwards and downwards; the membranous portion with the oral opening is situated in a deep hollow. On the distal margin, in the place usually occupied by the oral spines, a pair of avicularia, with their pomted mandibles directed inwards in such a way so that their tips nearly meet in the middle. There are three pair of lateral pore-chambers and several (four usually) lucid spots in the hind wall. Antropora is remarkable on account of the most unusual position of the avicularia transversely situated above the oral opening. Avicularia occur on the sides of the oral opening and sometimes appear above it (as in Amphiblestrum Flem- ingii), but in this latter case they belong to the bottom of the zocecium above; here they are in the extreme upper part of the zceecium. The back of the zocecium is characterized by three pair of conspicuous pore-chambers, and on the anterior part of the back wall, which is more thickened than the portion posterior to it, are at the front two transparent bays, and behind these a pair cf round lucid spots, behind which again are sometimes seen two others of much smaller size (fig. 4). The types were described by Hincks from specimens sent to him from Madeira by Mr. J. Y. Johnson. In 1896 I dredged it not rarely off that island in 70-100 fathoms, encrusting small shells such as young Pectens, Venus medi- terranea, Dentalium, &c., and it especially affected fragments of the coral Madracis asperula. The polyzoon most commonly associated withit was Onychocella antiqua, Busk. Thesespecies often grew over each other, and were so curiously alike in general form and appearance that the avicularia of Antropora were the available character for separating them with a hand- lens. Genus AmmatorHorA™, gen. noy. (PI. VIII. figs. 5, 6, 7.) Type, Ammatophcra (Membranipora) nodulosa (Hincks). Membranipora nodulosa, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Marine Polyzoa, p. 170, pl. xx. fig. 9. Zocecia and ocecia depressed and flattened. Zocecia sub- ovate ; a calcareous crest occupying about two-thirds of the area, Oral opening at distal end of the membranous portion. Walls thin, terminating at the oecium ina knob. Ocecium entirely separable from the zocecium, resting on the knobs just mentioned ; of unusual and varied form (see figures). * dupa, a knot, and depo. Natural History of Hast Finmark. 89 Surface of zoarium with raised nodulous processes. No avicularia. No pore-chambers. Ammatophora nodulosa is a rare species which I have only seen from two localities—in deep water off the Antrim coast, and in about 15 fathoms at Guernsey; in the former case on a stone, in the latter on small valves of Pecten opercularis. The living. zoarium is covered with a glistening yellowish epitheca, which conceals much of the real structure. The operculum in the Guernsey specimens is simple and the margin but slightly thickened ; in the Antrim specimen it is more highly chitinized, in form of half a circle, with the lower corners slightly turned out. The nodulous processes consist generally of one at the bottom of the zocecium or of two at the angles of the bottom. The ocecium rests upon, but is not firmly united with, the knob which terminates the side wall of the zocecium. It is very difficult to understand the dif- ferent forms which the occium assumes, and which will be better understood from the figures (figs. 5,6, 7) than from any description. The figures and generic characters are drawn from specimens which have been boiled in liquor potassz, and thus the epitheca have been removed. MHincks’s drawing represents the zoarium in its natural condition. This is a very curious species; in the process of boiling some of the occia entirely separated themselves from the zoccia, and that without any fracture. The granulated knob at the summit of the side walls, and the knobs of the ocecium which rests upon it, forcibly reminded me of the limb-joints in the human body ! Genus Rossex1Ana, Jullien, Rosseliana, Jullien, ‘Mission Scientifique du Cap Horn, 1882-1883,’ 1888, p. 79. Type, Rosseliana (Flustra) Rosselit (Audouin). Membranipora Rosselii, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Marine Polyzoa, p. 166, pl. xxii. fig. 4, There are two, more rarely three, pair of lateral pore-cham- bers and one large distal one—this last sometimes divided into two or three ; but the chambers do not project beyond the breadth of the walls. Ina specimen coating the inside of a shell of Pecten opercularis, in that part which was attached to the wavy portion near the edge of the Pecten, the back wall of the zoarium was much thickened and every zocecium was separately marked out (i. e. higher in the middle and sloping at the sides); and each bore about three pustules 90 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the (? rosette-plates), the appearance of which was exactly that of those figured as characteristic of the genus Steganopora (see d’Orbigny, Paléont. Franc., Terr. Crét. pl. decxxi. figs. 3, 7,11; and Jullien, ‘‘ Les Costulides,” Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, 1886, pl. xvii. fig. 2 and pl. xix. fig. 2). The Zoecium-building in Cribrilinide. In describing the structure of Lepralia (Membraniporella) nitida, Hincks wrote that “in its earlier condition it closely resembles one of the spiniferous Membranipore. ‘The ribs of the adult state are represented by suberect spines set round the margin. As growth proceeds the spines bend inwards and increase in size, and gradually take on the flattened rib- like appearance. After a time the opposite rows meet in the centre of the cell-area, and the extremities, which are often enlarged, are soldered together, so as to form a well-marked median line. In some instances the ribs unite laterally to a great extent, and the front becomes a solid wall. In others they continue quite separate.” In his account of Cribrilina annulata he writes:—“In its earliest stage the zocecium exhibits the simple Membraniporidan form—the area occu- pying the entire front and being closed by a membranous covering. The ribs which compose the frontal wall in the adult are given off on each side as tubular processes from the edge of the nascent.cell, and, gradually lengthening, meet in the centre and unite, the line of junction giving the subcarinate appearance of the zoccium. These tubular girders, which are probably the equivalent of the marginal spines on many of the Membranipore, are connected at intervals by lateral outgrowths of calcareous matter; and in this way the porous structure of the furrows is produced. The mode of formation may be well studied in the thickened anterior margin of the orifice, which is composed of two tubular pieces, the pointed extremities of which in meeting often bend outwards and give rise to the central mucro. Sometimes they are not closely welded together, but overlap one another or remain partially separate, so as to give a bifid appearance to the mucro. Occasionally they do not unite at all, but continue permanently free and detached.” All this is im every particular correct as regards the two species referred to; and the description of Cribrilina annulata, of course, was intended to be applicable in a general sense to the whole of the species which he placed in Gray’s genus Cribrilina. My object in the following notes is to go intothe question more minutely, for the purpose of showing Natural History of East Finmark. 91 how the process of modification takes place and the various forms are developed. As all the species cannot, in my opinion, remain in the two genera to which Hincks assigned them, I prefer to refer to them simply by their specific names. The majority of the Cribrilinidz are furnished with pore- chambers, but the following are without them :—melolontha, no pore-chamber and only two rosette-plates on the whole side; nitido-punctata and figulina. Nitida has two pair of large lateral pore-chambers and one distal, the last some- times being divided into two. In annulata Levinsen has figured (Zool. Dan. pl. v. fig. 24) the pore-chambers as very irregular, one lateral pair and one or two distal, or two pair lateral, the former of which meet in the middle of the distal margin, and I have seen the same variations in British speci- mens ; but in the var. spitsbergensis I have not seen any pore- chambers in the example treated with liquor potasse, the side walls are narrow and possibly the underlying pore-chambers have been destroyed in the preparation: radiata and the form innominata have four pair of lateral pore-chambers and one (or two) distal; punctata has three pair lateral (and two distal ?); eryptoccium has three or four pair lateral and two distal ; Balzact has four pair lateral and Gattye three pair lateral. The eribriline portion of the front wall in Cribrilinide is built up by bars, which would seem to represent the spines of the so-called “Membraniporide.” The diagrams annexed indicate the process of development. The dar A always has its proximal end rounded, and this rounded end I shall call the Joop, C: in most cases the loop has its origin in the side wall, B, in the same manner as a spine; but in certain species, as Gaitye, Balzaci, and figulina, in which the areolated or cribriliform portion only occupies the central part of the front wall, and is separated from the side wall by a considerable unsculptured interval, the “loops” have their origin in the front wall and not in the side. The bar is hollow, and in 92 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the such a species as nitida this hollow or Jumen is very manifest ; but in most cases the lumen is only indicated by a line seen along the centre of the bar, which, whether actually visible or not, may be called the Jumen-line. On this lumen-line there are often openings into the lumen, which may be called lumen-pores (see woodcut, line of C), at other times calcareous matter is heaped up along the lumen-line, so that a strong 726 is formed. The side of the bar may be called the lateral line, and the poral openings usually developed upon it may be styled lateral lacunes*, and those at its extremity median lacunes. The great peculiarity in the structure of this group consists in the curious fact that, while the openings along the centre of the bars are simple pores or openings into the lumen, no lacune, whether lateral or distal, is ever formed without the combined assistance of two adjacent bars; and indeed in the posterior portion of such a species as Gattye, where several bars meet at one point, at that point three, or even four, bars seem sometimes to contribute to the building up of the circle of a single very small lacune. In the woodcut the semicir- cular hollows which break the lateral lines indicate the portion of as many lacunes which that line contributes to form, and similarly the two distal hollows indicate the share which this bar takes towards the structure of two of the median lacunes, the remaining portion of which will be supplied by a bar or bars which have their origin in the opposite wall of the zoecium. A lateral lacune therefore consists of two parts divided horizontally (see E), owing its origin to the lateral walls of two adjacent bars; while a median lacune consists of two vertical portions contributed by the distal extremities of two opposite bars F. ‘The Cribrilinidan zocecia which are figured and described here were thus treated :—After being boiled in liquor potassz they were again boiled in water, the water poured off, and the shell or stone dropped into cold water, when the zoarium often at once detaches itself; and if it should not a slight pressure with a scalpel at its edge will often suffice to dislodge it. If this does not succeed the shell is held against the side of the flame of a spirit-lamp in such a way that the surface opposite to that to which the zoarium is attached is in contact with the flame, and the shell, when it is extremely heated, is suddenly dropped into cold water, when the zoarium is usually liberated ; in obstinate cases the heating has to be repeated. I undertook the following investigations from the desire * Lacuna, a space not filled up. Natural INstory of East Finmark. 93 to thoroughly understand the way in which C. nitido-punctata assumed its unusual form, and this led on to the examination of the entire family. _ Nitida (Pl. VIII. fig. 8).—Three bars are here represented. It will be observed that they are of irregular form, the exact character of which is decided by the necessity of forming distal junction with their collateral and opposite neighbours : the line of junction in this particular species has a waved zigzag character. The bar at its commencement in the side wall is a rounded loop. This is the first point of great importance to note because the existence of such a loop in the side or front wall of auu Cribriline leads us to understand the building up of the zocecium in some obscure cases. The second point of primary importance is the presence of a very large lumen, which here occupies the whole of the interior of the bar. In some forms we find that this lumen is only indicated by a fine central line, or by the presence in that line of a minute pore; or all trace of it may be obliterated by the overgrowth of a rib, which is raised over the lumen- line. Melolontha (Pl. VIII. fig. 9).—The character of the bars is similar to that of nitida. In the first bar which is drawn there will be noticed a tendency of the lumen to divide and form a fork. In other species it will be found that this is carried further. Annulata (P1. VIII. fig. 10).—The figure given is drawn from an unusually simple form of the species * living on a frond of Luminaria, but has some special characteristics. The bars are only loosely attached and not cemented together; and on boiling in liquor potassz the zocecium in many cases broke up, the bars separating. The lacunes between the bars in the zocecium illustrated are the result of the simple contact of two bars here and there, and each bar retains its own strongly marked margin; and thus we have the earliest and simplest mode of formation of these lacunes,in the producing of which two bars always take part. The bars themselves, which in this specimen are more flattened than usual, have the appearance, at first sight, from their opacity and brownish colour, of being solid; but closer inspection reveals a pellucid circle in the Joop of the bar within the marginal line of the zocecium which indicates the end of the lumen, while at the distal end of many of the bars there is a small pore, and the conviction becomes almost a certainty that a lumen fills the whole bar except the narrow marginal line. The ordinary * Kindly given me by Dr. Harmer; he procured it at Goddsand, off Tysnasd in Bjorne Fiord, Norway. 94 Canon A. M. Norman—Notes on the British forms of this species, as will be seen by reference to the figures of Hincks (pl. xxv. figs. 11, 12), come much nearer to the following Arctic variety, except as regards certain points which will be referred to when I come to describe that variety. - Annulata, var. spitsbergensis (Pl. VIII. fig. 11).— Here the bars are closely consolidated together, the elevated ribs indicate the bars, and along their middle a faint line may be noticed with occasionally a very minute pore which makes known the existence of the lumen below; lines of lateral lacunes occupy the junction of the two adjacent bars, and are formed, as always, by their joint participation in the manner which has been already described. Nitido-punctata (Smitt) (P). VILI. figs. 12, 13).—This beau- tiful species possesses some very distinctive characters and variations from the more normal forms, which are of much interest. The bars (see fig. 18, which represents some bars in the middle of the zocecium) are at first narrow and widely separated, so that, instead of ordimary lacunes, there are entirely open spaces between them; at about three-fifths of the distance to the middle line the bar widens and forms half an arch on each side to be met by half an arch from the neighbouring bar to complete its formation at 6 and c, from the points indicated by these letters the bar is projected straight forward until it meets the median line of the zocecium d, forming on its way, with the assistance of the adjoining bar, a lacune ; the figure given represents a pair of completed lacunes, which are divided by the median line, and belong the one to two bars proceeding from the left, and the other from two bars proceeding from the right side of the zocecium, and below these is seen a pair not fully formed. It might have been supposed, at first sight of their position in the middle of the zocecium, that these were median lacunes, but that is not so—they are lateral lacunes, horizontally divided. A line is over the lumen at a, and has usually two small pores, one of which is in the loop and the other beyond the division into the half-arches. Fig. 12 represents the building up of the bridge and the oral lip. The bar a bifur- cates and the lumen shares the bifurcation and has three pores, one at the base in the loop and the other at the end of the lumen in each branch of the fork ; the lower branch of the fork is on the same level as the rest of the zocecium, the upper branch of the opposite bars is projected upwards and outwards, and joining leave below them a large open foramen, which they overhang, and on them the solid outspread bars 6 are attached, forming in front the lower lip of the oral Natural History of East Finmark. 95 opening and leaving at the sides behind large lateral fora- mina,d. The foramen c is ordinarily so much overhung by the arch formed by the upper portions of the forked bars a that it is hidden when the zocecium is viewed from the front (see the figure of Smitt), but, so far as my observations go, it is never closed ; and doubtless serves some special function. Punctata.—The lacunes are ordinarily unusually large, and they are all lateral lacunes: for median lacunes are rarely present, the median line being occupied by a ridge running down the centre of the zocecium and developed on the distal meeting-line of the bars. The lumen seems always to have a pore of somewhat larger size than usual just beyond the expansion in breadth in the loop; and sometimes a second minute pore much further in. Sometimes the lumen-line is occupied by an elevated ridge (see Hincks, pl. xxvi. fig. 4), and these bar-ridges unite with the central longitudinal ridge as in Hincks’s figure, but in other cases they die out before they reach that ridge. One pair of bars takes part in the formation of the lower lip, and while its hinder margin con- tributes its share to the formation of the foremost row of lacunes, its front margin constitutes the lower lip, and the lumen-line is usually raised in the form of a rib; the inner front corners of the bars are either cemented together and produce a simple rostrum, or they remain ununited at the tips and constitute a bifid rostrum; both these forms of the rostrum are shown in Hincks’s pl. xxvi. fig. 1. In this species the ocecium is globose and somewhat elongated ; it remains permanently exposed, but is subject to nodulous outgrowths, and frequently bears an avicularium on its summit (see Hincks, pl. xxvi. fig. 4). Ihave in my collection an interesting specimen in which many of the zocecia, as well as the tuber- culated ocecium with its avicularium, closely agree with the figure just referred to with the following important additions : there is a pair of lateral oral avicularia the direction of which is perfectly horizontal and the raised ]umen-rib has at its base a large pore (as in Cribrilina hippocrepis, Hincks, ‘© Polyzoa Queen Charlotte Islands,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. 1882, pl. xx. fig. 6) and often a second more distal smaller pore ; in some zoccia there is only one lateral lacune (as in the figure of Hincks, Brit. Pol. pl. xxvi. fig. 4), but in other zocecia there are two. Cryptoecium, sp. n. (Pl. IX. figs. 1, 2).—The building up of the zocecium is of the same character asin punctata. There are usually not more than four large lacunes on the whole breadth of the zocecium, nor more than five bars on a side; 96 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the and as the posterior rows never have so many lacunes, four- teen may be considered the usual full number. Radiata and the species or variety innominata (Pl. IX. fig. 3, innominata).—In these forms the bars in the youngest state have a pore in the loop, but soon afterwards the lumen-line is raised into a more or less prominent ridge, and the pore is commonly obliterated. The lateral lacunes are generally three or four in number: there are usually no median lacunes, their place being occupied by a longitudinal central rib, which is evident at an early stage of development, and to the sides of which the lumen-ribs commonly afterwards unite themselves. The oral opening is formed much in the same way as in nitido-punctata, but in a more simple manner: the lower bar does not fork as in that species, but its front margin is outspread at the sides until it unites with the oral bar, but leaves in the middle a single large lacune. The form radiata differs from the innominata which I have just described in having more numerous bars, more numerous lacunes, with a few median lacunes occasionally to be seen; the lumen-ribs are only slight, the longitudinal rib seldom developed. The junc- tion of the oral and suboral ribs, instead of leaving only one large central lacune, is indicated by from one to seven lacunes ; though it is seldom that the number 1s confined to the single lacune characteristic of innominata, and I have only seen such instances of single lacunes in this position in the case of a zocecium here and there in a zoarium. The radiata forms which I have examined are from Birturbuy Bay, Ireland, Guernsey, Naples, and Madeira. A very beautiful form of the variety innominata occurs at Guernsey, all the ribs are very much raised, the central longitudinal rib rises in front to a much elevated process ; but the chief peculiarity consists in spine-formed hollow processes which rise above the base of the lumen-ribs just over the place where in the young is seen the lumen-pore, and from which they doubtless take their origin. I have now described the ordinary cribriline structure in these two forms. But an entirely new feature appears here. Hincks described a “very delicate setiform appendage”’ as developed on each side of the lower margin of the orifice, and in his description of the plate called these organs “ vibraculoid sete.” Dr. Harmer has recently (“ On the Morphology of the Cheilostoma,” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xlvi. n. s. 1902, p. 326, pl. xv. fig. 7) traced the matter further, and found these appendages in reduced size present also at regular intervals along the side of the zocecium. Dr. Harmer is of opinion that they not only represent the spines of the ancestrula, which he figures, and that “ the Natural Mistory of East Finmark. 97 base of each papilla is a pore in the calcareous front wall ” ; but he adds: “ It has usually been assumed that the radiating series of pores correspond with slits between the bars; but in C. radiata there can be no doubt that the pores are in the same radii as the membranous marginal spines.” ‘ The lateral junctions of the frontal bars are indicated by prominent radial ridges, each of which rises to a small tubercle just inside the line of the membranous papille above described. The pores consequently lie, as described by other observers, in radiating furrows. That the union between the bars has not been complete is indicated by the fact that a thin line of air im some cases underlies the ridge.’ Thus Dr. Harmer considers that this particular form totally differs from ordinary Cribrilinide in that the line of lacunes is here the centre of the bar, and that the ribs are its sides. My own conclusion is different. I regard these papille as really in the line of junc- tion of the bars. It is my endeavour to show in these notes that all the different Cribrilinidan forms depend upon the different structural building up of the bars which we first meet with in their simplest form in Lepralia nitida, and that the dars may be invariably recognized by their basal loop, which usually has its origin in the side wall; but in cases where the Cribrili- nidan structure occupies only the central part of the front wall the loop of the bar will be found buried in that front wall. If the illustration (PI. IX. fig. 3) which I have given of a portion of the front wall of innominata be now referred to, it will be seen that three bars are represented with their basal loops situated in the side wall, that at the inner end of the loop there is a minute pore, and a line passes down the centre of the bar indicating the lumen beneath*. Between the bars (that is, at their junction) is the usual line of lacunes; between the loops of the bars, and excluded from the normal Cribrilinidan structure by the fact that the arch which connects the bars passes inside them, are the papille (a, 0, &c.), which are thus in the line of, but really outside of the junction of the bars which form, the lacunes. If an opening (ec), from which the papilla has been removed, be examined it will be found to be inside of the side wall, and that it is directed inwards and downwards so as to pass into the body-cavity. Now if the bars and their lumen represent the spines of what have been called Membraniporide, and if the lacunes with the line which passes through them be the junction- line of two adjacent bars, then these papille cannot represent the spines. What are they then? Their resistance in boiling liquor potassze * The “thin line of air” which Dr. Harmer observed was, in my opinion, in this lumen. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 7 98 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the seems to prove that they are of chitinous structure, which does not militate against the view entertained of them by Smitt, who, writing of what he termed the “ pair of movable bristles,” says: “as to their use, they seem to represent sensorial vibracula. Very often they are laid down along the side of the zocecium” (‘ Floridan Bryozoa,’ pt. 11. 1873, p. 22). . They, at any rate, appear to be entirely independent struc- tures ; and I trust that Dr. Harmer may have an opportunity before long of throwing further light upon them. These organs are not confined to radiata and its variety innominata ; they are present also in M. Gattye, and also in figulina, where they are represented in a similar position between the loops of the bars by small slits; but though I have seen these openings, I have only seen the papille themselves in radiata and its variety and the frontal pair only in Gattye. Gattye—The figure given (Pl. IX. fig. 4) will by itself, after what has been already written, explain the structure in the form which is usually found on red seaweed. PI. IX. fig. 9 is taken from a form encrusting a shell taken in Guernsey. In this the papille-holes can be made out down the sides, while in the red weed specimen it was only the first which I could distinguish plainly. The former has a remarkable peculiarity, the minute lacunes on the marginal line are in pairs, which is a unique feature; the margin of each bar appears to make a loop and then the interval between them is filled in. The number of lacunes from the margin to the centre is, moreover, double that of the other and more usual form of Gattye. It may prove to be a distinct species. Balzaci (Audouin), Waters,= cribrosa, Waters olim, from Madeira (Pl. IX. fig. 6), has usually only one large lacune on the marginal line and some minute lacunes round the middle. Figulina (Pl. IX. fig. 7) has a very simple structure. A row of comparatively small lacunes occupies the lateral line aud runs right up to the median line, and there is a total absence of median lacunes. The lumen-line has a remarkably large pore in the loop, and between these large pores and a little exterior to them there is a small, elongated, narrow pore. I have figured this last pore as exterior to the Cribri- linidan system, and in the place of the papille-pores of radiata, and I think that I have done right in domg so; but I do not feel quite certain upon the point, the thickness of the shell in this species makes it difficult to trace the exact out- line of the loops of the bars ; but, as well as I have been able Natural History of Hast Finmark. 99 to determine, that margin passes inside and not outside of these little elongate pores. This species is, I think, entitled to generic rank; the character of the front wall, with the Cribrilinidan portion not extending to its margin, and the peculiar facies of that portion, the vicarious avicularia, the well-developed operculum, and perhaps, above all, the processes on the side of the oral opening for the hingement of the operculum, seem to point to the reasonableness of adopting Jullien’s genus Figularia to receive it; and the same author’s genus Puellina (type P. Gattye) might be adopted for these species which are furnished with lateral papille. «¢ LEPRALIA.” When Johnston (Brit. Zooph. edit. 1. 1838, p. 277) insti- tuted the genus Lepralia, after stating that Berenicea, Fleming, had been previously employed, he added : “ Milne- Edwards names the genus ‘ Eschareides, but neither this nor Escharina, another of his names, can be adopted, since some naturalists use the terminations -oddes and -ina as family appellations. Moreover, what saith Linnzus? ‘ Generic names including other generic names are unworthy of a scientific nomenclature.’ And, again, ‘Generic names in -oides are prohibited’ (see Young’s Med. Literature, p. 28).” Here is his reason for giving a new name to his genus. It was a valid reason at the time, though not according to more recent usage. Lepralia is a name so old and so familiar that it can hardly be dropped as a synonym; and it would scarcely be justice to Johnston to omit its use. In what sense, then, must it be employed? Here comes in no small difficulty. It is a primary law of nomenclature that some species which Johnston placed in it when he instituted the genus must be the type. The species thus included were as follows :—L. hyalina (Linn.), nitida (Flem- ing), coccinea (Lamk.), Johnston, variolosa, Johnston, ciliata (Pallas), trispinosa, Johnston, and ammersa (Fleming). The name used as Smitt and Hincks employed it is not Lepralia, Johnston ; and the definition of Hincks excludes from it all Johuston’s species. As Jullien has written*: “Genre Lepralia, Th. Hincks (not Johnston, 1838), 1880.—Cet ancien genre de Johnston a été entiérement bouleversé par Th. Hincks, et ne devrait plus exister aujourd’hui.” Of the species which Johnston placed in his Lepralia, hyalina * Miss. Scient. Cap Horn, Bryozoaires, 1888, vol i. p. 57, 1S 100 Canon A. M. Norman—Notes on the belongs to the earlier genus Hippothoa, Lamarck, and coccinea is the type of the earlier genus LHscharoides, Lamarck, as settled by Gray. Gray instituted a genus Escharella, to which he removed variolosa and immersa; and Hincks established three new genera, in which he placed the three remaining species Membraniporella nitida, Micro- porella ciliata, and Smittia trispinosa. We have seen that Johnston’s L. hyalina has its place in the earlier described genus Hippothoa; the second species in his work was Lepralia nitida, and I would suggest that that species be regarded as the type of his genus. Genus Lerraia, Johnston. = Membraniporella, Hincks (nee Lepralia, Smitt, nec Lepralia, Hincks)- Type, Lepralia nitida, Johnston. 39. Lepralia nitida, Johnston. (Pl. VIII. fig. 8.) Nordkyn (Nordgaard). Ihave not myself seen any speci- men of this species from Norwegian or Arctic seas ; nor would it appear that Smitt had met with it, since the only localities he gives are Britain and Bahusia. The record of this species, therefore, in East Finmark extends our know- ledge of its range very considerably. Genus GEPHYROTES *. Type, Gephyrotes (Cribrilina) nitido-punctata, Smitt. Bars narrow, and widely separated more than halfway to the central line, leaving broad open intervals between them, then bending to either side they unite with the adjoinmg bars forming thus a regular arch, beyond this are large lateral lacunes, few in number, no median lacunes usually developed. The foremost bar but oneis forked, the lower limbs of the opposite forks uniting transversely across the zocecium, the upper limbs directed upwards and forwards and then uniting, thus leaving a large opening below. Oral bars large and solid, resting, as regards tbeir central portion, on the upper limbs of the fork behind, and in front forming the lower lip of the oral opening, and at their sides below two large openings, but these are not equal in size to the central opening already mentioned; the bridge thus formed by the foremost bar and the front members of the second bar is projected outwards and overhangs the rest of the zocecium in such a way that the large central opening is often con- cealed from sight when the zocecium is viewed from the front. * yepipwrns, a bridge-builder, Natural History of East Finmark. 101 A pair of avicularia with mandible pointing upwards are often developed on the side walls of the oral opening. Oocecia subglobose and imperforated. No pore-chambers. Gephyrotes nitido-punctata (Smitt). (Pl. VIII. figs. 12, 13.) 1868. Escharipora figularis, forma nitido-punctata, Smitt, “ Kritisk Forteckning, &c.” p. 4, pl. xxiv. figs. 2, 3. 1873. Cribrilina nitido-punctata, Smitt, Floridan Bryozoa, pt. 2, p. 22. 1895. Cribrilina nitido-punctata, Nordgaard, Bergen Mus. Aarbog, 1894-95, p. 19, pl. iv. fig. 3. The type specimens of this fine species described by Simitt were taken by Lovén in 40-60 fathoms at Hammerfest. Examples in my own collection are from the Bergen Fiord, where I found it to be not uncommon in 1878, and West Greenland, ‘ Valorous,’ 1875*. Nordgaard has also re- cordcd it from the Trondhjem Fiord. Genus CrisriLina, Gray. Type, Cribrilina punctata (Hassall). Gray in instituting this genus placed only one species in it, namely Lepralia punctata, Hassall, which, therefore, must be the type of the genus. Yet, notwithstanding this, Hincks, in his paper ‘On the Classification of the British Polyzoa” (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Feb. 1879), substituted “ Cribrilina, Gray. Type, C. radiata.’ The next step to confusion was taken by Jullien, who, in his paper on “ Costu- lides”’ (=Cribrilinidee), instituted a large number of genera, and, describing Cribrilina, followed Hincks in making C. radiata the type, and then gave to that genus characters which would exclude the true type, C. punctata, from it! Such is the unfortunate result here, as in so many other instances among the Polyzoa, of the disregard of the simplest laws of nomeuclature ! : Cribrilina punctata, Hassall.—I have already noticed some of the variations in the structure of the zocecium of this species. The zoaria are of small size, rarely reaching as much as half an inch in diameter. ‘The avicularia, when developed, are usually only on one side of the oral opening, rarely on both sides. Oral opening with lower hip not greatly thickened but generally centrally produced, often acutely so. Oral spines four. In cells bearing ocecia two lateral spines often remain and attain a great size, arching forwards and upwards. Ocecium large, globose (see Hincks, #* On the same stone with a specimen of this species was also Rhab- dopleura Normani, Allman, a genus which is an interesting addition to the fauna of Greenland, 102 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the pl. xxvi. fig. 1), and frequently carrying an avicularium at its summit. , Specimens of C. punctata as here restricted are in my collection from Naples; Salcombe, Devon ; Birturbuy Bay, Ireland; Wick, 40 fathoms; Shetland, including the largest zocecia I have seen of the species, from 120 fathoms ; and Nantucket, N.E. America. AO. Cribrilina cryptoecium; sp.n. (PI. IX. figs. 1, 2.) 1867. Escharipora punctata, Smitt, “Kritisk Forteckning, &c.” p. 4, pl. xxiv. figs. 4-7. 1880. Cribrilina punctata, Hincks, Hist. Brit. Marine Polyzoa, p. 190 (partim), pl. xxiv. fig. 3, and pl. xxvi. fig. 3. 1894. Cribrilina punctata, Levinsen, Zool. Dan., Mosdyr, p. 61, pl. v. firs, 13-18, &e. 1900. Cribrilina punctata, Waters, “ Bryozoa Franz-Josef Land,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxviii. p. 62, pl. viii. fig. 22. Front wall with lacunes of considerable size, arranged in transverse rows, not usually more than four in a row, between the marginal lacunes riblets may or may not be developed in young zocecia on the lumen-line of the bars ; lower lip of oral aperture considerably pouting outwards and unusually thick; in the centre at the junction of the bars the mucro may be single or double. No central longi- tudinal keel. Ocecia in quite young cells with a strong frontal arched rib, behind which the ocecium itself lies at a lower level. Lateral avicularia with mandible pointing upwards and slightly outwards, almost invariably present on both sides of the oral opening. Such is the character of zocecia just built up at the edge of the zoarium. Only a few cells further in it will be found that the whole ocecium, except the front arched rib, has been hidden and buried under the nodulous growth of what Levinsen would call a ‘‘ kenozocwcium,” and which scems to be representative here of the avicularium often developed in the same situation in C. punctata. In old zooaria overgrowth has taken place in a very remarkable manner, which, when fully developed, is only faintly realized in such a drawing as my fig. 2. The appear- ance assumed is extraordinary. The most prominent feature is the great massive under lip, above this is the strongly developed front rib of the ocecium, above this again another transverse rib (sometimes divided across the middle imto two), which is the outgrowth of the kenozocecium over the ocecium concealed below. Then all the lumen-lines of the bars have been raised into ribs of such a size that the lacunes are almost entirely hidden between them. Natural FTistory of East Finmark. 103 The very different characters of the occium and the remarkable overgrowth are the most prominent of the dis- tinguishing characters of this species, when compared with C. punctata, with which it has hitherto been confused. It is of much more vigorous growth than C. punctata; zoaria usually exceeding half an inch in diameter and in some cases one inch. It would seem to be essentially a littoral form. In East Finmark I found it between tide-marks, at Vads6 on stones and on the shell of Buccinum grenlandicum, var. nuda, Norman; and it is no doubt this form which Nordgaard has recorded as C. punctata from Nordkyn. I have the species also from Guernsey (tide-marks) ; Birtur- buy Bay, Ireland (tide-marks), Hebrides and Shetland (both tide-marks) ; Bergen Fiord, Norway, 1878, and neler Lofoten Islands, 1890. 41. Cribrilina annulata (Fabricius). (Pl. VIII. fig. 10.) Mehavn, East Finmark (Nordgaard). Figures 8 and 9 of Smitt represent a simple form of this species ; although not so primitive a variety as that of which I have represented some bars. The labial mucro is some- times present, sometimes absent; when it is present it appears, usually at any rate, to be the termination of a central longitudinal keel of the zocecium, which keel may be entirely absent or more or less prominent. Smitt figures only a pair of lateral oral spimes, but besides these there are ordinarily one or two distal spines (see Hincks, pl. xxxv. fig. 11) ; the lateral lumen-ribs are either well pronounced, as in the figure just referred to, or very conspicuous, as in Hincks’s fig. 12. I have not seen any specimen in which they are so few in number, so strongly developed, and all converging forwards as in Smitt’s fig. 10. The ordinary ocecium is represented in Hincks’s fig. 12, having the lateral spines uniting and forming an arch in front of the ocecium, but these spmes are often taken up by and built more completely into the frontal wall of the ocecium. Var. spitsbergensis, nom. nov. (PI, VIII. fig. 11.) 1900. Cribriina annulata, Waters, “ Bryozoa Franz-Josef Land,” Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvii. p. 64, pl. viii. fig. 21, The form which Waters has figured in the paper quoted above as occurring in Franz-Josef Land is a very marked one, and worthy of a distinctive name. The zoccia are about double the usual size, rather flat, without central keel ; the series of riblets and pores cight or nine; the oral ‘104 Canon A. M. Norman—Wotes on the spines are replaced by short flattened plates; the ocecium is much larger than in the type, semiglobose, sparingly punc- tate, with a longitudinal keel ; in fertile zocecia the flattened plates just referred to do not nearly meet in the centre of the ocecium, but form two outspread wings overhanging the oral opening. Iam not sure that this should not be regarded as a species rather than a variety ; Mr. Waters gives the locality of the Jackson-Harmsworth specimen as off a glacier between Cape Flora and Cape Gertrude, Franz-Josef Land, in about 30 fathoms. The specimens in my own collection are from Gray Hook, Spitsbergen, 90 fathoms (Smit), and off Hol- steinborg, Greenland, 57 fathoms (‘ Valorous, 1875). It would thus seem not only to be a high Arctic but also a deep-water form, since I also possess the ordinary typical form on shore-weed from both Greenland and Spitsbergen. J. E. Gray (Cat. Brit. Anim. B. M. pl. i., Centronine, p. 148) appears to suggest a generic name, Microstoma, for this species. This name can never, however, be employed, since it had previously three times been used for other genera. Genus RerrapEoneLta, Busk, 1884. In his ‘Challenger’ Report, Polyzoa, pl. i. 1884, Busk instituted a genus Reptadeonella, for the reception of the Adeonean form Lepralia violacea, Johnston (= Microporella violacea, Hincks). Three years later Macgillivray (Cat. Marine Polyzoa of Victoria, 1887, p. 110) instituted a genus Adeonellopsis with Adeonella distoma (=? Eschara cosci- nopora, Reuss) as its type; and this last genus J. W. Gregory (“British Palzogene Bryozoa,” Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xiii. 1893) united with Reptadeonella, Busk. But Adeonellopsis has a distinct frontal area containing many fimbriated pores, and is a group for which Levinsen, doubt- less not remembering Macgillivray’s genus, has recently suggested another name, Lobopora (“ Studies on Bryozoa,” Vid. Medd. fra den Nat. Foren. 1 Kjobenhavyn, 1902, p. 24, separate copy). The dorsal view of the zocecium of Reptadeonella violacea is very pretty and of unusual interest, for there are not less than twenty-eight radii of alternating colour, darker or lighter, arranged all round the cell, which indicate many passages of communication between the zocecia. Of the other British species which Hincks placed in Micro- porella, Microporella Malusti, Audouin, has been made by Jullien the type of a genus Fenestrulina (Miss. Scient. Cap Natural History of East Finmark. 105 Horn, vol. vi. Bryozoaires, i. p. 37), and Levinsen has in his “Studies on Bryozoa” mentioned a new genus Haplopoma, to which he proposes to transfer Microporella impressa, Audouin, Genus Microporetta, Hincks, 1877. Type, Microporella ciliata (Pallas). 42. Microporella ciliata (Pallas). Sverholt (Nordgaard). 43. Microporella arctica, sp. n. 1869. Microporella ciliata, Smitt (partim), “Kritisk Forteckning, &c.,” Gifvers. Kong], Vet.-Akad. Forhand. p. 6, pl. xxiv. figs. 13-16. Zocecia of considerably larger size than is usual in M. ciliata. In a young condition the whole front wall is brightly glistening and covered with large pores (Smitt, fig. 13) ; the crescentic suboral pore is scarcely, if at all, larger than the other pores, and often cannot be seen at all. The form of the oral opening is as in WV. ciliata, and closest examination generally fails to give the slightest evidence of oral spines; yet in the case of a few zocecia which were situated in a very sheltered position, I have found four or five very delicate spines. The ocecium is globose, and in this early stage of growth is ornamented with radiating riblets; lateral avicularia are very sparingly developed, a large portion of the polyzoary often not exhibiting any at all. The description just given is that of the young zocecia of a thoroughly healthy colony, but in zocecia at a little distance from the margin overgrowth rapidly takes place, choking up all the pores and even the crescentic pore, and smoothing over the ocecium in such a way that the polyzoary assumes the aspect of Smitt’s fig. 14. Another form is that represented in Smitt’s fig. 16. The adult zocecia have the surface granulated more or less roughly, the crescentic pore remains open, and the lateral avicularium is very rarely developed. The first form I have seen only on stones between tide- marks at Vadsé, where it is accompanied by Cribrilina cryptowcium, Harmeria scutulata, Porella minuta, &c. The second form was taken by the ‘ Valorous, 1875, off Holsteinborg, Greenland, in 57 fathoms, and was also sent to me by Smitt very soon after the publication of his works as “ Porina ciliana forma dura, Spitsbergen ”’*. * It must be understood that these specimens were received thus named before the publication of the last part (pt. v.) of his “Kritisk 106 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the Genus DoryporE.ta, gen. nov.¥ — Zocecia with front wall punctated, furnished with a median pore, in front of which is a spine with spatulate or pear- shaped head. Orifice somewhat horseshoe-shaped, being slightly contracted at the sides and the proximal margin quite straight, distal margin spined. Ovecia globose, punc- tate. Avicularia at the sides of the oral opening. Type, Doryporella spatulifera (Smitt). 44, Doryporella spatulifera (Smitt). 1867. Lepraha spatulifera, Smitt, “Kritisk Forteckning, &c.,” Cifvers, Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. p. 20, pl. xxvi. figs, 94-98. 1900. Microporella spatulifera, Waters, “ Bryozoa from Franz-Josef Land,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxviii. p. 87, pl. xii. fig. 6. This is a very remarkable little species. The mother-cell is short, ovate, with spined margins. In young zoccia the pore is much larger in proportion than it is at subsequent periods of growth; it is wide open, and the spine rises from its anterior margin; in one instance I have seen this spatu- late spine forked at the extremity and of excessive length, At a later period of growth the pore is often covered over, sometimes with a yellow membrane, sometimes with a calca- reous lid. The oral opening has four spines, often of great length ; in one case the lower spines were forked at the extremity. In older zocecia an avicularium with oval mandible is placed high up on each side of the oral opening ; and in mature specimens the surface of the zocecium is granulated. On Hypothyris psittacea in Lang Fiord. Other specimens in my collection are from Gray Hook, Spitsbergen, 90 fathoms, on stone (F. A. Smitt); “ Finmark” (fF. A. Smitt) ; Greenland, off Holsteinborg, 57 fathoms, on Hypothyris and Pecten islandicus (‘ Valorous,’ 1875) ; Greenland, on Hypo- thyris (from Copenhagen Museum) ; Gulf of St. Lawrence, on shell (Whiteaves). The species would seem to be especially fond of the shell of Hypothyris psittiacea as its dwelling-place. Forteckning, &c.” in 1874. In that paper he restricted the term “forma dura” to his figure 17, and called it Discopora cruenta (Norman). It was not, however, my Lepralia cruenta, and Hincks subsequently de- scribed it under the name Monoporella spinulifera (Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iii. 1889, p. 481, pl. xxi. fig. 3, and vol. ix. p. 152, but not var. preclara). * Sdpu, a spear. _ Natural History of Hast Finmark. . 107 Genus Harmurta, gen. nov.* Zocecia ovate, thin, glassy, hyaline, with a scutiform or ovate space on the front, distinctly cireumscribed by a raised line, within which the surface is punctate. Oral aperture semielliptic; lip straight in the younger stage, but after- wards overhung by a suboral collar-like process with more or less developed rostrum. No visible occia. No avicularia. Type, Harmeria scutulata = Lepralia scutulata, Busk. The mode of development im this genus is very remark- able. The zocecia radiate from a centre, and the polyzoary is in the form of around patch. It is only at the centre that the zocecia attain their complete development and are fully exposed, so that their unpunctured bases are entirely visible ; with succeeding growth additional zocecia are continually interposed laterally, and each zocecium is smaller in size than the one which precedes it, and at the same time over- laps its successor, so that at the circumference of the zoarium they are seen to be heaped up one upon another. The suboral rostrum differs much in size and sometimes assumes great development. 45. Harmeria scutulata (Busk). 1855. Lepralia scutulata, Busk, “ Zoophytology,” Quart. Journ, Mic. Sci. vol. iil. p. 255, pl. ii. figs. 1, 2. 1867. Discopora scutulata, Smitt, CGifvers, Kongl, Vet.-Akad. For- hand. p. 25, pl. xxvii. figs. 160, 161. 1895. Cribrilina scutulata, Nordgaard, Bergens Museums Aarbog, 1894-95, p. 20. 1900. Cribrilina scutulata, Bidenkap, Fauna Arctica, vol. i. p. 512. On stones and shells of Buccinum between tide-marks at Vadso, and Nordgaard records it from the Laminarian zone at Nordkyn. I also have it in my collection from 0-1 fathom, Smeerenberg Bay, Spitsbergen (Ff. A. Smitt), These last specimens are on Laminaria, and it would seem to be essentially a tide-mark or very shallow-water species. Busk’s West Greenland types were “on fucus”; Smitt speaks of the specimens he has seen as being “ in regione algarum haud frequentem,’ and as “ Laminariz affixam,” but Bidenkap gives 16-20 metres. *,* From this pot I do not propose to attempt any re- arrangement of the rest of the Cheilostomata, and shall only refer to existing genera. I had already written the greater * Dedicated to my friend, Dr. S. F. Harmer, who is doing such admirable work in the study of the Polyzoa. 108 Canon A. M. Norman—Notes on the part of that which precedes as relates to new genera, and also contemplated the formation of some others relating to groups further on, when I received from Herr G. M. R. Levinsen his “ Studies on Bryozoa.”” From that short paper I learnt that he was engaged on the rearrangement of the Polyzoa, and that he had made very extensive observations, and was thus in an excellent position to undertake the task. To him, therefore, I leave it as regards the rest of the Cheilostomata. But as I feel that I cannot use, as though they were my own, many associations of generic and specific names which have been employed, I shall signify my doubts as to the allocation of the species by printing the generic name within commas ; at the same time I would have it to be understood that this only implies doubt, as in many cases I have not subjected the species to special critical examination. Genus Hirrotnoa, Lamouroux, 1821. = Celleporella, Gray, 1848,= Diazeuzxia, Jullien, 1888. Type, H. dwaricata, Lamouroux. The genera of Gray and Jullien were founded on the same type, Cellepora hyalina, Linné. In my paper, “ A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord” (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xii. 1894, p. 130), I wrote :— “Since Jullien declines even to place them [1. e. Celleporella (Diazeuxia) and Hippothoa] in the same family, it is better to wait for his further views rather than at once merge Celle- porella in the earlier genus Hippothoa.’ Death has deprived us of Jullien’s further opinion, and, for the reasons stated in my paper referred to, I now employ the genus Hippothoa. Levinsen has expressed the same opinion, though he “ puts the cart before the horse ” when le writes “the species of the genus Hippothoa, I think, must be merged in Diazeuzia” (‘* Studies on Bryozoa,” Videns. Medd. Naturh. Foren. 1902, p. 23, separate copy) ; and Waters has (Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxviii. p. 70) placed C. hyalina in Hippothoa., 46. Hippothoa hyalina (Linne). On shells of Buccinum, Neptunea, &c. throughout the district *. * In my Shetland Report of 1868 I recorded two Polyzoa of very small size and little character under the name Celleporella lepralioides and Celleporella pygmea, The former is the same species which Hincks subsequently described under the name Lagenipora socials, the latter may, I think, perhaps be placed in the genus Phylactella. Natural History of East Finmark. 109 Escnartna, H. Milne-Edwards, 1836. = Herentia, Gray, 1848 (first species H. Hyndmanni),= Mastigophora, Hincks, 1877 (type M. Hyndmannt). Type, EH. vulgaris, Moll. Levinsen (“Studies of Bryozoa,” p. 26) removes Alderi into Mastigophora, and I have now heard from him that he would also place in it vulgaris, which, with its keyhole- shaped oral opening and vibraculoid avicularia, which are situated unusually low down on the zocecium, comes very near Hyndmanni. When Hincks made his genera he ought to have employed Herentia and Escharina, instead of estab- lishing Mastigophora and Schizoporella ; but the taking vel- garis into the same genus with Hyndmanni will throw them all into the old genus Escharina (cf. Lamarck, Hist. ed. 2, p. 231, and Gray, List Brit. Radiata Brit. Mus. 1848, p. 123). 47, Escharina Alderi, Busk (=Schizoporella Alderi, Hincks). Sverholt (Nordgaard). Genus ScuizoporEenua, Hincks, 1877. Type, Schizoporella unicornis, Johnston. Schizoporella embraces an extraordinary assemblage of species, as Levinsen has said the same form of oral opening occurs “ within a number of different families, and it is im- possible to put up sharply separated types of orifice. So, for instance, the forms of orifice regarded as characteristic for the genera Leprala and Schizoporella are connected by a number of transitional forms not only with each other, but also with the orbicular and suborbicular orifice.” The only species I have to record here will doubtless he removed by Levinsen from association with Schizoporella unicornis. 48. ‘ Schizoporella”’ sinuosa (Busk). Sverholt (Nordgaard). The following British Schizoporelle have already been removed into other genera :— hyalina into Hippothoa. Alderi and spinifera by Levinsen into Mastigophora; and as I have now heard from him that he would also remove vulgaris with the above, the genus will become, as I have already pointed out, Escharina. venusta into Trypostega, Levinsen, MS. 110 Canon A. M. Norman— Notes on the Genus Lerescuara, M. Sars. [‘“‘ Beskr. over nogle norske Polyzoer,” Videns.-Selskab. Forhand. 1862, p. 17 (separate copy). | Type, Leteschara coarctata, M. Sars. I do not think that this genus, with its entirely different oral opening and its avicularia, can be united with the pre- viously described Myriozoon (Donati), of which the type is the common Mediterranean species M. truncatum, Pallas. 49. Leieschara plana (Dawson). 1860. Lepralia plana, J. W. Dawson, in Durban (W.S8. M.) and Bell (R.), ‘Contributions to Canadian Natural History ” (from Report Geological Survey for 1858), Montreal, p. 33. 1867. Myriozoon crustaceum, Smitt, ‘ Kritisk Forteckning, &e.” p. 18, pl. xxv. figs. 88-91. 1878. Leteschara crustacea, Smitt, “ Recensio Bryozoarium ad insulas Novaja Semlya, &c.,” CHfvers. K. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. p. 20. 1886. Schizoporella crustacea, Lorenz, Bryozoén von Jan Mayen, p. 5, pl. vii. fig. 2. 1887. Leteschara crustacea, Levinsen, Dijmphna-Togtets zool.-bot. Ud- bytte, p. 317. 1892. Myriozoon planum, Hincks, ‘ Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ix. p. 157. 1900. Schizoporella crustacea, Waters, ‘‘ Bryozoa of Franz-Josef Land,” Linn. Soe. Journ., Zool. vol. xxviii. p. 64, pl. vii. figs. 11-13. 1901. Myriozoon planum, Whiteaves, “ Cat. Marine Invert. of Eastern Canada” (Geol. Surv. Canada), Ottawa, p. 99. It will be seen that Smitt, who had first placed this species and its allies in the genus Myriozoon, subsequently trans- ferred them to Leieschara. Dawson’s description of Lepralia plana was very inadequate; but I have seen specimens named by him, and there can be no doubt as to the species which he intended. Varanger Fiord, 120-150 fathoms. I also have specimens from Parry’s Island, Spitsbergen, and Beeren EHiland Banks, 15-40 fathoms (F. A. Smitt); and Greenland, ‘ Valorous,’ 1875. The Genus Eschara. In 1724 John Ray described, in his ‘Synopsis methodica stirpium Brittanicarum,’ p. 31, Eschara retiformis from the south-east coast. He thought that it was vegetable, yet the few words of description make it clear that he meant the species described by Pallas. Ray, as pre-Linnean, cannot be the authority for the specific name. Ellis (‘ Nat. Hist. Corallines,” 1745, p. 71, pl. xxx. figs. a, A, B, C) describes and figures our “ Hschara foliacea,” those Natural History of Hast Finmark. 111 two words being merely the pre-Linnean commencement of his diagnosis ; he gives also a figure 6, “ a piece of an Italian coral.” Ellis refers to Ray as ‘above. Linné, in the tenth edition of the ‘ Systema Nature,’ 1758, has an “ Eschara foliacea,”’ but this is what we now know as Flustra foliacea, and at p. 790 Ray and Ellis’s species appears under the name Millepora cellulosa. In his ‘ Fauna Suecica,’ edit. altera, 1761, he drops the genus Hschara altogether, and substitutes Flustra for certain species. Pallas, in his admirable ‘ Elenchus Zoophytorum,’ 1766, restores Eschara, blaming Linné for having substituted Flustra: ‘‘ Eschare nomen uuper ab IIl. Linnzo, sine nulla necessitate, cum Flustre nova appellatione commutatum est (Faun. Suec. ed. 1i.). Ego vero idem servare malui, cum antiquitate et communi “autorum consensu ita innotuisse videatur, ut nulla confusio inde oriri possit, saltem non tanta, ut ad molestam et damnosam nominum arbitrariam commu- tationem ideo confugiendum esse credam.” In Pallas’s work we have Ellis’s species under the name EHschara fuscialis, with two varieties, (a) the Mediterranean fascialis, (b) the broad-lobed British form lamellosa. Linné, in Syst. Nat. ed. xii. 1768, gives us the name Millepora fascialis. In Solander and Ellis, 1786, we find Millepora foliacea, and Millepora fascials, Linn., as a synonym. Lamarck (‘Systéme des Animaux sans vertébres,’ 1801, p- 375) re-established Eschara, giving as his first species Eischara foliacea, with references to Ellis and Solander and Ells. Moll, in ‘ Eschara’ (or ‘ Die Seerinde ”), 1803, gives us on pl.i. excellent figures of what he names Eschara fascialis and its variety lamellosa. From the time of publication of Lamarck’s work of 1801 our largest British Cheilostomous Polyzoon has been known as the type of the genus Hschara (a genus dating back to 1724, when it was supposed to be of vegetable origin). But as used by Pallas in company with Cellularia these two genera included almost all the Cheilostomous Polyzoa known to him, and EHschara embraced such creeping forms as Eischara (Electra) pilosa and Eschara (Microporella) ciliata, The genus was restricted by Lamarck, and if, in his characters, he inserted one which was not in accordance with our present existing ideas, the characters should have been emended, not the genus destroyed ; if genera were so treated none would exist after some years. ‘Two forms described by Pallas of his Hschara fascialis I believe to be really varieties, and not 112 Canon A. M. Norman—WNvtes on the species. The Mediterranean form generally assumes a different mode of growth, that of narrow thongs instead of broad fronds, and the sides of the oral opening incline inwards in the middle (see Milne-Edwards, ‘ Recherches sur les Eschares, pl. i. fig. 1a; Waters, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ui. pl. xv. fig. 8; Hincks, pl. Ixvi. fig. 4= Eschara bidentata, M.-Edwards, /. c. pl. i. fig. 2a). I felt some doubt whether the Mediterranean and British forms should be regarded as one species, but that doubt was re- moved when an examination of their respective opercula proved them to be absolutely identical, showing that the difference in the oral opening was entirely superficial. It would appear therefore that our British form must be called Eschara fascialis, Pallas. Var. foliacea, Ell. & Sol. (=var. lamellosa of Pallas and Moll), and such of the species of Hincks’s Lepralia as may be regarded as congeneric with this species must be styled Eschara. But had there been no genus Eschara to claim precedence, could the name Lepralia have been employed in the sense in which Hincks used it, for reasons which I have already given under Lepralia, Johnston, = Membraniporella, Hincks? Genus Discopora, Lamarck. = Umbonula, Hincks. Type, Discopora verrucosa, Lamarck. Harmer has investigated the organization of this species (Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. vol. xlvi. p. 293, pl. xv. figs. 11, 12), and has placed Mucronella pavonella, Alder, im the same genus. He does not refer to the rosette-plates, so I may mention that there are only two in pavonella, but four which are multipored in verrucosa. Genus Poretua, Gray, 1848. Type, Porella compressa (Sowerby). 50. Porella concinna (Busk). Varanger Fiord, 120-150 fathoms. 51. Porella aperta (Boeck). 1861. Lepralia aperta, Boeck, Forh, Vid.-Selsk. Christiania, p. 50 (fide Smitt). ¥ Natural History of Hast Finmark. 113 1868. Porella levis, Smitt, partim, “ Kritisk Forteckning, &e.” pt. iv. p. 21, and in description of plate “ Lepralia aperta, Bueck,” figs. 112-113. 1900. Porella inflata, Waters, “Bryozoa Franz-Josef Land,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxviii. p. 83, pl. x. figs. 6, 7. Waters appears to have overlooked the fact that this species had been described by Boeck, whose type Smitt had figured. Lang Fiord. I have also in my collection specimens from Spitsbergen given me by Smitt under the name “ Porella levis,” and others collected by Principal Dawson in Gaspé Bay, Gulf of St. Lawrence. ; 52. Porella struma (Norman). Sveerholt (Nordgaard). I did not myself meet with this species in Hast Finmark. Specimens in my collection are from Shetland, Greenland, Gulf of St. Lawrence; “ Cashes Ledge,” N.E. America, as “Eschara verrucosa (cervicornis) ?,” from U.S. Nat. Mus.; and Bergen and Hardanger Fiords, Norway, where I found it to be not uncommon. 53. Porella minuta (Norman). On stones between tide-marks at Vads6 in company with Cribrilina cryptoecium, Norman, and Harmeria scutulata, Busk ; also in Bog and Lang Fiords, 0-3 fathoms. Porella minuta has very small zocecia, which are arranged in unusually regular lines radiating from the centre of the colony. Zocecia imperforate, more or less minutely granular, moderately raised; oral opening rounded above, straight at the sides, and straight lower lip (unless, as sometimes is the case, interrupted by the avicularium) ; the avicularium with rounded mandibles either within the oral opening, when a tooth-like process appears in front of it, or situated on the lip itself, and in the latter case more markedly there is a swelling on the zocecia below the lip indicative of the avicu- larian cell. Ocecium semiglobose, imperforate. In old specimens there is some filling up of the spaces between the parallel lines of zocecia, which are often bridged over by bars of calcareous growth (see Hincks, pl. xxix. fig. 1). The Vads6 specimens, which agree in every other respect, differ from those previously in my collection in having the surface of the zocecia ornamented with slightly raised lines converging from the sides; similar to the common condition of the zocecia in Escharella immersa. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 8 114 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the 54. Porella proboscidea, Hincks. 1888. Porella proboscidea, Hincks, “The Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. 1. p. 223, pl. xiv. fig. 4. 1895. Porella proboscidea, Nordgaard, “Systemat. forteg. Norge Marine Polyzoa,” Bergens Mus. Aarbog, 1894-95, no. 2, p. 25, pl. 1. fig. 4. Nordgaard records this species from Mehavn and Nordkyn. 55. Porella levis (Fleming). Mehavn (Nordgaard). I take the opportunity of describing a Greenland Porella. Porella princeps, sp. un. (Pl. IX. figs. 8-11.) 1892. Monoporella spinulifera, var. preclara, Hincks, ‘ The Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ix. p. 152, pl. viii. fig. 3. -Zocecia of immense size, the largest known to me, measur- ing 1 millim. long and 0°6 to 0°7 broad, ovate or oblong, moderately convex, with deep separating sutures; shell- substance very massive and surrounding the oral opening like a collar; no oral spines; frontal surface punctate all over; origelles of slightly larger size are round the base. Oral opening well arched above, truncate below, but in old zocecia sometimes subrotund. A large round avicularium within the lip and not rising quite to its level, so that it might be overlooked. The operculum (Pl. IX. fig. 10) has the form of three fifths of an oval, being rather longer than broad, abruptly truncate below, the angles shghtly rounded off; from the angles proceeds a bar, for the attachment of the muscles, which bends a little inwards and then passes two thirds of the length of the operculum upwards, at some little distance from the margin. Colour rich rosy red. A peculiarity of this species is the frequent presence of many aborted cells; in one case two zocecia unite with one oral opening ; but the usual abnormality consists in zocecia having no room to grow among their large surrounding brethren, and consequently reduced in size, squeezed into all sorts of irregular shapes; many of these have an oral opening, many are quite “ blind” ; there may be as many as seven to ten blind zocecia around and including the primary zocecium (Pl. 1X. fig. 9), as well as many others scattered throughout the zoarium. Ocecium buried below the surface (Pl Xe ie a) Natural [istory of East Finmark. 115 I have given Hincks’s Monoporella spinulifera, var. pre- clara, as a synonym, under the assumption that he over- looked a deep-seated avicularium, the presence of which, however, appears to be indicated by the umbo-like swelling below the oral opening which he described and figured. Taken by the ‘ Valorous,’ 1875, off Holsteinborg, W. Green- land, in 57 fathoms. Genus Monoporetia, Hincks, 1881. Type, Monoporella nodulifera, Hincks. Monoporella spinulifera, Hincks. 1889. Mucronella spinulifera, Hincks, ‘The Polyzoa of the St. Law- rence,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iil. p. 451, pl. xxi. fig. 3, and Monoporella spinulifera, vol. ix. p. 152 (but not var. preclara). Hincks was quite right in making Discopora cruenta, Smitt (but not Schzzoporella cruenta (Norman)), a synonym of this species, which I have in my collection from the Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves) ; Greenland, off Holsteinborg, 57 fathoms (‘ Valorons,’ 1875) ; and Spitsbergen, lat. 76° 41’ N., long. 10° E., im 100-120 fathoms, as ‘“ Discopora cru- enta,”’ from Smitt; and other specimens from Spitsbergen named “ Porina ciliata, forma dura,” from Smitt. I cannot understand how Mr. Waters (“ Bryozoa Franz-Josef Land,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvii. 1900, p. 73) can have reverted again to Smitt’s mistaken name, and included Monoporella spinulifera under Lepralia cruenta ; apart from all other differences, the front wall of the former is always entire and imperforated, the latter at all ages of growth has the front wall punctate, its oral opening is quite different, and it never has the little spine-point on the lower lip, which, though so insignificant in size, is a very marked characteristic of spinulifera. Cryptic Owcia. I have in this paper described an ocecium in Cribrilina cryptocecium which becomes completely covered with over- growth except the frontal arch, and Levinsen (“ Studies of Bryozoa,” p. 12) refers to other species which have what he terms “‘ ocecia covered by kenozocecia”’ ; but in all these cases the ocecia are in the early stage on the surface of the zoarium and clearly seen. ‘The character of the ocecia I am about to call attention to is entirely different. They belong to species of which no occia were previously known, and can only be found by partial decalcification of the frontal wall, when they 116 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the are discovered to be buried beneath it. The avicularium of Porella princeps cannot be seen from the front, and in order to have it revealed more clearly I decalcified the upper layers of this very strongly walled massive species. The result was that I not only laid bare the avicularium, but also an ocecium of normal form over a zoccium (Pl. IX. fig. 11). This led me to treat in a similar manner two other species remark- able for the massiveness of their front wall, and of which no ocecia were known; the result was the revelation of a very similar buried ocecium in Schizoporella ceruenta (Norman) (Pl. IX. fig. 13) and in Monoporella spinulifera, Hincks (Pl. IX. fig. 12). These occia cannot be rare in these species, inasmuch as in each case the treatment of a single small fragment of the species sufficed to make known their existence. « HsCHAROIDES,” “ EScHARELLA,” “ MucRONELLA.” Escharoides, H. M.-Edwards (Lamarck, ed. 1836, pp. 218 & 259), embraced many species. Of these species Gray, 1848, made Cellepora coccinea, Abildgaard, the type (Cat. Brit. Radiata, p. 124). Authors are not agreed as to the species which Abildgaard described, somesupposing it to be ventricosa, Hassall, or immersa, Fleming (=Peachii, Johnston), while others regard it, as English authors have done, as the appensa of Hassall. But there can be no doubt as to the species intended by both Milne-Edwards and Gray, since both give references to the coccinea of Fleming and of Johnston. Therefore in any division of the genus Mucronella, Hincks, which removes coccinea (=appensa) from it, that species should be placed in the genus Escharoides. Escharella, Gray, 1848 (not Escharella, dOrbigny, 1850, nor Escharella, Smitt), contained ‘three species—immersa, Fleming (= Peachii, Johnston), violacea, Johnston, and vario- losa, Johnston; the first and third of these point to this genus as another which had claim to have been used by Hincks when he instituted the genus Mucronella, which thus at the time of its creation was a synonym of two other genera which he insluded within it. Mucronella is a pecu- liarly appropriate name for the tmmersa section, but unfor- tunately it must yield to the earlier Yscharella. As long ago as 1879 Verrill saw the necessity of breaking up the genus Mucronella (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1879, p. 195), and proposed to use /scharoides for the ventricosa section and Mucronella for appensa (coccinea) and allies; but such a use of Hincks’s genus Mucronella cannot be made, since he ve a eee Natural History of East Finmark. 117 specially placed all the species of the ventricosa section first, both in his original creation of the genus in 1879 and in his work ; and we have seen that Hscharoides can be used for the appensa section, but could not be used for the other. Genus Escuare.ya, Gray, 1848. = Mucronella, Hincks, 1879. Type, LEscharella immersa (Fleming) (=L. Peachi Johnston). Zocecia convex or somewhat flattened ; front wall strongly calcareous and granulated, generally imperforated on all the central portion; round the base a row of pores. Oral Opening semicircular or nearly so, a mucro on the lower lip, and within it a simple or bifid denticle and a “ well-developed oral bow” (Levinsen). Operculum membranous. Ocecium semiglobose, imperforated. No avicularia. Rosette-plates very numerous (about 18-24) and carried round the distal margin, of the same character as those of the lateral margins. The passages of communication between the walls of the zocecium in this genus makea pretty appearance on the back. Levinsen’s figure of the back of J. immersa (Zool. Dan. pl. vi. fig. 3) is illustrative of all the species, though each has a character of its own. As regards the number, I shall count the number of the upper half of a side of the zocecium to the centre of the distal margin, and the rosette-plates for a whole side will therefore be double that of the number given : ventricosa, 8-10; immersa, 5-7; variolosa, 10-12, the wall very thin; adbyssicola, about 10. Of species which should be excluded from Escharella— appensa, Hassall (=coccinea auct., but * Abildgaard).— The back as well as the front of the zocecium is utterly different from that of the true Hscharelle. It is like that of a Callopora or Lepralia (= Membraniporella), for there are one distal and two lateral pore-chambers exactly as in those genera. This species should, I think, be regarded as the type of Milne-Edwards’s genus Fscharoides. Levinsen (“Studies of Bryozoa,’ p. 26) has created a genus Peristo- mella for it. pavonella, Alder, is equally removed as the last from ventricosa; for the whole side of the zocecium there are only two rosette-plates. Harmer would place it with verrucosa in the genus Umbonula, or, as I should say, Discopora. microstoma, Norman.—I have not satisfied myself as to the position which this species should take; the semierect mouth, which is very small and round, and the ocecium tilted back off the zoccium, seem to point to alliance with such a species as sincera. 118 Canon A. M. Norman—wNotes on the 56. Escharella immersa (Fleming). 1828. Berenicea immersa, Fleming, Hist. Brit. Animals, p. 533. 1847. Lepralia Peachii, Johuston, Hist. Brit. Zoophytes, edit. 11. p. 319, pl. ly. figs. 5, 6. To remove any doubt as to this synonymy, I may state that I have examined Johnston’s specimens of Lepralia im- mersa in the British Museum, and they are undoubtedly the same as his L. Peachit. Taken at Nordkyn (Nordgaard). 57. Escharella abyssicula (Norman). Sveerholt (Nordgaard). 58. “ Mucronella”’ sincera (Smitt). 1867. Discopora sincera, Smitt, “ Kritisk Forteckning, &e.” p. 28, pl. xxvii. figs. 178-180. 1876. Discopora sincera, Norman, ‘ Valorous’ Report, Proc. Roy. Soe. vol. xxv. p. 208. 1877. Lepralia sincera, Hincks, “ Polyzoa Iceland and Labrador,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. p. 102, pl. xi. fig. 2. 1880. Hemeschara sincera, Busk, “ Polyzoa North Polar Exped.,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xv. p. 237. 1880. Mucronella simplex, Hincks, “ Hydrozoa and Polyzoa of Barents Sea,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 280, pl. xv. fig. 7. 1900. Mucronella sincera, Nordgaard, Norwegian N. Atlan. Exped. xxvili. Polyzoa, p. 14, pl. i. figs. 13-15, Bég Fiord, East Finmark, in 120 fathoms (4. M. N.); Sveerholt (Nordgaard). Other specimens in my collection are from Spitsbergen (Smitt); off Hare Island, Waigat Strait, Greenland, 175 fathoms (‘ Valorous, 1875); also Greenland (Copenhagen Museum), and Proven, Greenland (Smitt) ; and the form Mucronella prelucida, Hincks, Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves). The oral opening is subject to considerable variation; the lower lip is often more or less produced, commonly evenly (see Nordgaard’s figure 15), more rarely acutely (as Nord- gaard, figs. 13, 14), and the last condition seems to be the Mucronella simplex, Hincks, and hence it has been placed by himself and Nordgaard in the genus Mucronella; but with this genus it has no connexion, for the oral point is a mere projection of the margin, and, as Hincks himself wrote, “ the oral denticle is wanting.” The form of the oral opening is also subject to considerable variation. In zocecia without ocecia the outline is circular or subcircular, but in other cases (Spitsbergen examples) it is nearly of the form assigned by Hincks to his genus Lepralia. Oral spines are unknown, Natural History of East Finmark. 119 Avicularia I have seen sparingly developed, but only on Spitsbergen specimens and on one side of the zocecium, as figured by Smitt. Nordgaard, however, illustrates a zocecium with two avicularia, which were developed on a specimen from a “ place unknown.” Nordgaard has referred the Mucronella prelucida of Hincks * with a ? to this species. With respect to the Queen Charlotte Islands type specimens I think that there may be some doubt, but I am very much inclined to refer the St. Lawrence form to M. sincera. I have a specimen from that locality the zocecia of which exactly correspond with the left-hand zocecium of Hincks’s illustration ; but the oral lip processes are none of them truncate as drawn on the other three occia. I consider my specimen to be M. prelucida (of St. Lawrence), a variety of M. sincera in which the zocecia are shorter than usual. 59. “ Mucronella”’ labiata (Boeck ). 1867. Discopora coccinea, forma labiata, Boeck MS., Smitt, “ Kritisk Forteckning, Xe.” p. 27, pl. xxvii. fig. 176. Lely a labiata, Smitt, Gifvers. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. 1880. Phylactella (?) grandis, Hincks, “ Hydrozoa and Polyzoa Barents Sea,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 280, pl. xv. figs. 4, 5. 1887. Mucronella labiata, Levinsen, Dijmphna-Togtets zool.-botan. Udbytte, p. 323. 1900. Phylactella(?) labiata, Waters, “Bryozoa from Franz-Josef Land,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxviii. p. 90, pl. xii. tigs. 3, 4 (illustrations of the larva). Varanger Fiord, in 120-150 fathoms, on shell of Astarte, and Nordgaard has kindly sent mea specimen from Sver- holt. This last specimen is developed on Hornera lichenoides, a habitat which the species seems especially to affect, as fine examples were dredged upon it in 175 fathoms off Hare Island, Disco, Greenland, by the ‘ Valorous’ in 1875. It would seem that Smitt a: first included more than one form under the term “forma Jladiata,’ since a specimen received from him just after he had finished his work is undoubtedly a variety of Escharella ventricosa with produced lip; but I think that there can be no doubt that his figure 176 represents the species which was subsequently named by Hincks Phylactella (?) grandis. It would be quite possible that Hscharella abyssicola might be mistaken for this species. There is a very general resem- * “ Polyzoa Queen Charlotte Islands,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiii. p. 26, pl. iv. fig. 1; and “ Polyzoa St. Lawrence,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i. p. 225, pl. xv. tig. 3. 120 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the blance, especially when the oral lip is more than usually produced, as in the specimen figured by Hincks (pl. xxxvii. fiz. 1); but that species may be at once distinguished by the presence of a bitid denticle within the mouth ; this den- ticle is deeply seated and is not shown in the figures given by Hincks, though his description is entirely accurate. Genus Patmicenzaria, Alder. 60. Palmicellaria Skenei (Ellis & Solander). The variety bicornis (Busk, Crag Polyz. pl. vil. figs. 6, 7) has been recorded by Nordgaard from Sverholt. Genus SMITTINA, noy. nom. = Snuttia, Wincks, 1879 (partim), nec Smzttia, Holmgren, 1874 (Diptera), = Escharella, Smith (partim, nec Zscharella, Gray). Type, Smittina Landsborovii, Johnston. Some of the following species, as well as others which have been described, will not be allowed to remain, in my opinion, in this genus, which no doubt Levinsen will revise ; such species are those in which there is an absence of the “lyrula” or tooth-like process behind the avicularium (which is a product of the primary orifice), and there is an absence of the “origelles’? at the base of the zocecium, and other material differences. 61. Smittina Jeffreysi, Norman. 1876, Lepralia Jeffreysi, Norman, “ Biology of ‘ Valorous’ Cruise,” Proc. Roy. Soe. vol. xxv. p. 208. 1877. Lepralia trispinosa, var., Hincks, “ Polyzoa of Iceland and Labrador,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. p. 160, pl. xi. fie. 1, 1887. Escharella trispinosa, var. arborea, Levinsen, Dijmphna-Toetets zool.-bot. Udbytte, p. 820, pl. xxvii. figs. 7, 8. 1897. Smittia trispinosa, var. arborea, Bidenkap, “ Bryozoen von Ost- Spitsbergen,” Zool. Jahrbiicher, vol. x. p. 619. 1900. Smittia trispinosa, var. arborea, Nordgaard, Norweg. N. Atl. Fixped., Polyzoa, p. 13, pl. 1. fig. 9. 1900. Smittia trispinosa, var. lamellosa, Smitt, Waters, “ Bryozoa Franz-Josef Land,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxviii. p. 88, pl. xii. figs. 19-21. This form or species has has been recorded from the Por- sanger Fiord by Nordgaard. It is a common form in the Arctic seas, and very generally rises in free hollow cups or tubes, often branching. Among other characters, this northern form is remarkable for the abundant distribution of oval avicularia on the zocecia, as Natural History of Hast Finmark. 121 well as one of larger size and acute mandible ; but the most important difference is the form of the oral opening, which in this northern form, whether it be tubular or encrusting, is wider below than above and has a straight underlip. In my cabinet are specimens from off Disco, Greenland, 100 fathoms (‘ Valorous,’ 1875); Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves) ; Cashes Ledge, N.E. America(Verrill, as “Escha- rella Jacotini”’). I am indebted to Smitt for a specimen of his var. lamel- losa from Spitsbergen, which certainly has not the characters of the foregoing form, nor does d’Orbigny’s figure (Pal. Frang. Crét. pl. decxxii. fig. 1) of his Semieschara lamellosa, to which Smitt refers, bear any resemblance to it ; it is wholly without avicularia. 62. Smittina arctica, Norman. 1869. Escharella porifera, forma majuscula, Smitt, “ Krit. Forteck. &c.” pt. iv. p. 9, pl. xxiv. figs. 86-38, and forma minuseula, fies, 33-35. 1888. Smittra Landsborovit, form porifera, Hincks, “ Polyzoa St. Baw rence,’ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i. p. ‘295, pl. xiv. fig. 1894. Smittia arctica, Norman, ‘“ A Month on the Trondhjem i ion,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist, ser. 6, vol. xiii. p. 128. 1895. Smittia arctica, Nordgaard, “System. fortegn. Norge Marine Polyzoa,” Bergens Mus. _Aarbog, NOs) 2, Pa 20 Pla te Hoe 1900. “Smittia Landsbor ovit, var. , Waters, cg Bryozoa Franz-Josef Land,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxviii. p. 90, pl. xii. fig. 7. This is a very pretty form, the front wall regularly punc- tate all over; the avicularium on or just below the lower lip of the oral’ opening with round mandible and a very slender lyrula behind it, which, however, can seldom be seen except on young specimens; sides and upper lip of oral opening raised ; the ocecium, which is imperforated, generally but not always falls back from the raised upper margin of the oral opening. I do not understand the transverse and circular lines which Nordgaard represents on the occium; Waters’s figure is characteristic, but the upper lip and the attachment of ocecium are rather more marked in their special character than usual. On an annelid tube in Bog Fiord in 100-120 fathoms. 63. “ Smittia”’ porifera (Smitt). 1867. Escharella porifera (typica), Smitt, “ Kritisk Forteckning, &e.” p- 9, pl. xxiv. figs. 80-32. 1877. Lepralia porifera, Hincks, “Polyzoa of Iceland and Labrador,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. A, vol. xix. p. 102, pl. x. figs. 1, 2. 122 Canon A. M. Norman-—WNo¢tes on the 1895. Smittia porifera, Nordgaard, “ System. fortegn. i Norge Marine Polyzoa,” Bergens Mus. Aarbog, 1894-95, p. 26, pl. ii. fig. 1. 1900. Lepralia porifera, Waters, “ Bryozoa Franz-Josef Land,” Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. vol. xxviii. p. 75, pl. vill. figs. 14, 15. Waters has figured the operculum, which I have not myself examined. Mehavn, East Finmark (Nordgaard). Specimens in my collection are from Spitsbergen (Smtt), Gulf of St. Lawrence (Principal Dawson), and West Green- land (‘ Valorous,’ 1875). Smitt, in his work on the Floridan Bryozoa, separated his forme majuscula and minuscula from porifera, and regarded his typical porifera as more nearly related to palmata and the other forms to Landsdorovit. 64. “ Smittia” lineata, Nordgaard. (PI. IX. figs. 14, 15.) 1895. Smittia lineata, Nordgaard, ‘‘System. fortegn. i Norge Marine Polyzoa,” Bergens Mus. Aarbog, 1894-95, no. 2, p. 27, pl. 11. fig. 2. This recently described species has been known to me for years, and has been regarded as an undescribed form. The types of Nordgaard were taken by him off Nordkyn, and I am indebted to him for a specimen which enables me to be certain of its identification; and I also found the species in another East Finmark locality—namely, encrusting Escharopsis rosacea dredged off Vadso. Other specimens in my collection are one received from Smitt taken at Spitsbergen, and named Escharella auricu- lata; others from the Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves), and off Holstemborg, Greenland, in 57 fathoms (‘ Valorous,’ 1875). This, in my opinion, cannot remain in the present genus, and is more nearly related to auriculata, as Smitt considered it. I have figured the operculum of auriculata (Pl. IX. fig. 16) for comparison with that of lineata (fig. 15). 65. “ Lepralia” reticulato-punctata, Hincks. 1867. Escharella porifera, forma edentata, Smitt, “ Krit. Forteck., &c.” pt. iv. p. 9, pl. xxiv. fig. 39. 1877. Lepralia reticulato-punctata, Hincks, “ Polyzoa Iceland and Labrador,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. p. 103, pl. x. figs. 3, 4. 1887, Escharella reticulato-punctata, Levinsen, Dijmphna-Togtets zool.- bot. Udbytte, p. 318, pl. xxvii. fig. 4 (the operculum). I dredged this species in 100-120 fathoms in Bog Fiord, and Nordgaard records it from Sverholt. I have it also from Spitsbergen (Smitt), Jan Mayen (Austro-Hungarian Natural History of Hast Finmark. 123 Exped.), Gaspé, Gulf of St. Lawrence (Principal Dawson), and West Greenland (‘ Valorous,’ 1875). It is probable that Smitt’s figure of “forma cancellata”’ (figs. 40, 41) may also belong to this species, but I have not seen any specimens identical, that is, having the projecting point on the under lip. Kirchenpauer, in 1874, named this last form Hemeschara(?) contorta (‘Die zweite deutsche Nordpolarfahrt, vol. 11. p. 422). Levinsen, who figures the operculum, says rightly of the avicularia : “ avicularia in plurimis desunt; ubi adsunt, paulo sub peristomia varie deposita.” I may mention here another species which has been often described and would appear to be allied to some of the pre- ceding forms. “ Lepralia”’? Smitti, Kirchenpauer. 1867. Escharella Legentilii, forma prototypa, Smitt, “ Kritisk Forteck., &e.” p. 10, pl. xxiv. figs. 47-49. 1874. Lepralia Smitti, Kirchenpauer, Die zweite deutsche Nordpolar- fahrt, vol. ii. p. 420, 1887. Escharella reticulata, Levinsen, Dijmphna-Togtets zool.-bot. Udbytte, p. 519, pl. xxvii. figs. 5 & 6. 1892. Schizoporella cincta, var., Hincks, “ Polyzoa St. Lawrence,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ix. p. 154, pl. vii. fig. 2. 1897. Smittia reticulata, Bidenkap, “ Bryozoen von Ost-Spitsbergen,” Zool. Jahrbiicher, vol. x. p. 622, pl. xxv. fig. 3. 1900. Schizoporella Harmsworth, Waters, “ Bryozoa Franz-Josef Land,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxviii. p. 65, pl. ix. figs. 10-12. The known localities of this species are Spitsbergen (Smtt), East Greenland (Kirchenpauer), Gulf of St. Lawrence (Hincks), Kara Sea (Levinsen), and Franz-Josef Land (Waters) *. Genus Escuaropsis, Verrill f. = Escharoides, Smitt, Hincks, &c. (uec H. Milne-Edwards). Type, Escharopsis lobata, Lamouroux,= LE. Sarsii, Smitt. 66. Escharopsis rosacea (Busk). Not uncommon near Vads6 and in the middle of the Varanger Fiord down to 100-120 fathoms; also recorded by Nordgaard from Sveerholt in 80-40 fathoms. Other localities from which examples are in my cabinet * Since this paper was sent to the printer, Zepralia Smitti has received yet another name, viz. Smittia Levinsent, Nordgaard, ‘ Die Bryozoen des westlichen Norwegens,’ 1903, p. 92. + Verrill, Proc. U.S, Nat. Mus. 1879, p. 196. 124 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the are Greenland, off Holsteinborg, 57 fathoms (‘ Valorous,’ 1875); Brandewyne Bay, Spitsbergen (Smtt); Orphan Bank, Gulf of St. Lawrence (Smitt); Loch Fyne, Scotland (A. M. N.). . Genus Pssvporiustra, Bidenkap *. Type, Pseudoflustra solida, Stimpson. 67. Pseudoflustra solida (Stimpson). 1853. Flustra solida, Stimpson, Invert. of Grand Manan, p. 19, pl. i. figs. 12a, b. 1862. Eschara palmata, M. Sars, “ Beskr. over nogle norske Poly- zoer,” Vidensk. Selsk. Forhand. 1862, p. 8 (separate copy). 1867. Escharella palmata, Smitt, ‘‘ Krit. Forteck., &c.” CEfvers, K. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. p. 10 (separate copy), pl. xxiv. figs. 42-46. 1879. Flustrimorpha solida, Vervill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. p. 191. 1880. Flustra solida, Hincks, “ Hydroida and Polyzoa from Barents Sea,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 282, pl. xv. figs. 2, 3. 1882. Eschara solida, Vigelius, “ Cat. Polyzoa of ‘ Willem Barents’ in 1878 and 1879,” Niederl. Archiv f. Zoologie, p. 15, figs. 2 & 3a, 6. 1887. Escharella palmata, Levinsen, Dijmphna-Togtets zool.-bot. Ud- bytte, p. 318, pl. xxvii. fig. 3. 1892. Flustra solida, Hincks, “ Polyzoa of the St. Lawrence,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ix. p. 149, pl. vil. figs. 1 & 1 a-e. 1897. Pseudoflustira solida, Bidenkap, “ Bryozoen yon Ost-Spitshergen,” Zool. Jahrbicher, vol. x. p. 618. 1900. Snuttia palmata, Nordgaard, Norweg. N. Atl. Exped., Polyzoa, 12 1900. Pseudoflustra palmata, Waters, “‘ Bryozoa from Franz-Josef Land,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxviii. p. 71, pl. viii. figs. 7-8 (operculum and avicularium). I have given this list of references, only omitting those which relate solely to the record of a locality, to show how this unfortunate species has been thrown from genus to genus. Let us hope that it will now find a resting-place in a genus of which it is made, and, I think, rightly made, the type. In the latest paper in the list above given Mr. Waters discards Stimpson’s specific name solzda, and uses the later palmata. He does this upon the ground that it is not clear that Stimpson’s description refers to this species, and then he proceeds not only to give a reference to Stimpson without any mark of interrogation, but also inserts Stimpson’s locality as one of the habitats of the species. ‘That the European Arctic species belongs to the same genus, and is apparently only a slight variation of the species described by Stimpson, is, I think, quite clear from the fact that the description and figure in the ‘ Invertebrata of Grand Manan,’ * Bidenkap, “ Bryozoen yon Ost-Spitsbergen,’ Zoolog. Jahrbiicher, vol. x. 1897, p. 618. Natural History of Hast Finmark. 125 though not minutely accurate, can apply to no other genus ; and, secondly, because Stimpson’s form is well known in the district where he found it and also in the Gulf of St. Law- rence. Pseudoflusira is perhaps hardly a happy name to have given to the genus, but becomes expressive when the specific name solida is added to it. The following differences are seen in the specimens in my collection :— a. Cashes Ledge, N.E. America, 70 fathoms (Prof. Verrill). —The form described by Hincks in his St. Lawrence paper, p. 150. The growth is in narrow strips, which at the same time are somewhat thicker and more solid-looking than the other varieties. The avicularium is nearly round (see Hincks, fig. 1) ; a slight sinus is more or less evident on the lower margin of the oral opening, but this sinus is not evident on ocecium-bearing zocecia. Length of a frond 25 millim., greatest breadth 4 millim. 6. “ Escharella palmata, Sars, Spitsbergen,’ from F. A. Smitt.—Zocecia narrow and greatly elongated; avicularium linguiform (as Smitt, fig. 43). c. Varanger Fiord, 100-150 fathoms.—Frond very thin and broad, 18 millim. long, 13 millim. broad. Zocecia of much larger size than from the other localities, not much produced ; avicularia linguiform (as Smitt, fig. 44). It was also taken by the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expe- dition off Vard6 (Stat. 262). Genus RuHAMPHOSTOMELLA, Lorenz. Type, Rhamphostomella scabra (Fabricius), Smitt. 68. Rhamphostomella costata, Lorenz. 1867. Cellepora scabra, Smitt (partim), “ Krit. Forteckning, &e.” p. 30, pl. xxviil. figs. 186-188. 1886. Rhamphostomella costata, Lorenz, Bryozoen yon Jan Mayen, p. 12, pl. vii. fig. 11. 1892. Rhamphostomella costata, Hincks, “ Polyzoa St. Lawrence,’ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. 111. p. 426, pl. xxi, figs. 6-8. Varanger Fiord, in 120-150 fathoms, and Nordgaard records it from Mehavn, and it was dredged by the Nor- wegian North Atlantic Expedition off Porsanger Fiord (Stat. 260). 69. Rhamphostomella plicata, Smitt. 1867. Cellepora scabra, forma plicata, Smitt, 1. c, p. 30, pl, xxviii. figs, 189-191, 195. 126 Canon A. M. Norman— Notes on the 1877. Cellepora plicata, Hincks, “ Polyzoa Iceland and Labrador,” Ann. & Mage. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. p. 106, pl. xi. figs. 3, 4. 1886. Rhamphostomella plicata, Lorenz, J. e. p. 12. I dredged this form in 120-150 fathoms in the Varanger Fiord ; also found at Nordkyn (Nordgaard). Genus Crextuepora, Fabricius. Type, Cellepora pumicosa (Pallas), Linné. 70. Cellepora pumicosa, Pallas. Varanger and Lang Fiords and Vard6. Nordgaard records it from Sveerholt. 71. Cellepora ramulosa, Linné. Mehavn (Nordgaard). Genus Rerrrora, Lamarck. Type, Retepora reticulata (Imperato), Lamarck. Retepora Beaniana, King. Bog Fiord, in 120 fathoms ; also Sveerholt (Nordgaard) and Vads6 (Danielssen). 72. Retepora cellulosa, Linné. 1867. Retepora cellulosa, Smitt, “ Krit. Forteck., &c.” p. 35, pl. xxvii. figs, 229-295, 1895. Retepora cellulosa, Waters, “Mediterranean and New Zealand Retepore,” Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxv. p. 259, pl. vi. figs. 17 & 19, pl. vii. fig. 12. In Bog Fiord, 120 fathoms, and also in Lang Fiord, in 20-30 fathoms (4. AZ. N.); Mehavn and Nordkyn (Nord- gaard). 73. Retepora Wallichiana, Busk. 1867. Retepora cellulosa, forma notopachys, var. elongata, Smitt, “ Kritisk. Forteckning, &c.” p. 36, pl. xxvill. figs. 226-252, 1877. Retepora Wallichiana, Busk MS., Hincks, “ Polyzoa from Ice- land and Labrador,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. p. 107, pl. xi. figs. 9-15. 1878. Discopora elongata, Smitt, “ Recensio Bryoz. Nov. Semlya,” (Efvers. K. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. p. 25 (separate copy). 1887. Retepora elongata, Levinsen, Dijmplina-Togtets zool.-bot. Ud- bytte, p. 323, pl. xxvii. fig. 12. Lang Fiord. In examining this species the descriptions of Hincks and of Levinsen should be consulted in addition to Smitt’s work. Natural History of Eust Finmark. 127 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. N.B.—The description of figures 1 and 2 in this Plate, Callopora nigrans, will be found in the preceding part of these papers, vol. xi. p. 593. PuaTeE VIII. Fig. 1. Callopora nigrans, Hincks. a, young zocecium ; 6, with avicularia; ce, an unusual form of ocecium in a part where growth is very rapid and there are no avicularia. These zocecia, and also those of fig. 2, not developed side by side, but brought here together for illustration. Fig. 6 resembles state illustrated by Waters from Franz-Josef Land. Fig. 2. Callopora nigrans, Hincks. a, early stage of development of ocecium; 6, the usual form of owcium; c, a form of which I have only seen two or three examples (it is this form which is figured by Hincks). Fig. 3. Larnacicus corniger, Busk, with ocecium, and the chambers in the situation usually occupied by an ocecium. Fig. 4. Antropora granulifera, Hincks. View of the back of a zocecium: a, openings resulting from the avicularia; below these are seen the pair of lucid bays, and below again the lucid spots. Fig. 5. Ammatophora nodulosa, Hincks. This and the following two figures have been taken from specimens in which the epitheca has been removed in order to show the structure. The form of the ocecium represented in fig. 5 is seldom seen. Figs. 6 & 7. Ammatophora nodulosa, Hincks. The more usual forms of the ocecium: fig. 6 the younger, fig. 7 the mature condition. Fig. 8. Lepralia nitida, Fabricius. Three bars of the zocecium, to show their structure. Fig. 9. Lepralia melolontha, Landsborough. Three front bars, to show the structure. Fig. 10. Cribrilina annulata, Fabricius. Three bars of the zocecium of a very simple form of this species. Fig. 11. Cribrilina annulata, var. spitsbergensis, Norman. Anterior por- tion of a zocecium. ‘ig. 12. Gephyrotes nitido-punctata, Smitt. The anterior portion of a zocecium, to show the structure of the bridge and oral opening. Fig. 13. Gephyrotes nitido-punctata, Smitt. Middle bars of the zocecium. PLATE IX, hig. |. Cribrilina eryptoecium, Norman. Zocecium with ocecium in earliest stage of development as seen at the edge of a zoarium. . The same. An older zocecium, with the ocecium except the front arch concealed beneath overgrowth, and a transverse rib developed over it. . Cribrilina innominata, Couch. Three bars of zocecinm: Gp lop lateral papillae ; ¢, the opening outside the arch of the bars and into the body of the Polyzoon, which a papilla has occupied. Fig. 4. Cribritna Gattye, Busk. Anterior portion of a zocecium of the ordinary form. Fig. 5. Cribritima Gattye. Variety on shell from Guernsey, with inter- esting duplicated lateral lacunes. Fig. 6. Cribritina Balzact (Audouin), Waters, from Madeira. Fig. 7. Cribrilina figularis, Johnston, showing the very large lumen-pore on the base of the bars, the small lateral lacunes, and narrow chinks (? openings for papillae) between the loops of the bays, a S bo 3 = co 128 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the Fig. 8. Porella princeps, Norman. Fig. 9. The same, to show the number of blind zocecia (“ kenozocecia,” Levinsen) and irregularly shaped zocecia around the ancestrula. Fig. 10. The same, operculum. Fig. 11. The same, in which the thick outer calcareous wall has been removed by acid, and a previously entirely concealed ocecium and the oral avicularium have been exposed to view. Fig. 12. Monoporella spinulifera, Hincks. A zocecium which has, like the last, been partially decalcified, and an ocecium has been brought to view. Fig. 18. Schizoporella cruenta, Norman. A zocecium which has been similarly treated, as the two previous species, with nitric acid, and an ocecium of which the existence was previously unknown has been brought to light. Fig. 14. Smittia lineata, Nordgaard. Fig. 15. The same. Operculum and outline of margin more magnified. Fig. 16. Schizoporella auriculata, Hassall. Operculum, for comparison with the preceding. VI.—Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. No. XXV. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D., F.BRS., &c. [Plates X.-XIII.j 1. On the Eunicide dredged by H.M.S. ‘Porcupine’ in 1869 and 1870. 2. On Canadian Eunicide dredged by Dr. Whiteaves, of the Canadian Geological Survey, in 1871-1873. 3. On Norwegian Eunicide collected by Canon Norman, D.C.L., Ieee 1. On the Eunicide dredged by H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine’ in 1869 and 1870. A species of Diopatra was procured in the Expedition of 1870, at Station 50, off the Algerine coast, near Cape Tenez, in 7-51 fathoms, which most closely approaches Diopatra neapolitana, Delle Chiaje. It consisted only of a fragment of a small example, about half an inch long, and comprising the head and about thirty of the anterior segments. The head is characterized by the great size of the tentacles, their enlarged ringed cerato- phores, and the presence of two short, spindle-shaped, frontal tentacles. The palpi have a tuberculated anterior border. The eyes have disappeared, whereas in the Neapolitan ex- amples they are present. The body is rounded in front, the first segment—which is no wider than the sueceeding— being devoid of feet. From its anterior border project the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 129 two slender subulate tentacular cirri, which are nearer each other than the corresponding organs in Eunice. In contrast with the Neapolitan examples, the specimen procured by the ‘ Porcupine’ is much smaller, its tentacles rather longer, the branchial spirals have shorter pinne, and its coloration less deep. The dental apparatus in examples of Diopatra neapolitana from Naples and that from the ‘ Porcupine’ is very closely allied. In both the colour is pale chocolate, with a dark brown bar separating the maxillz from the posterior appen- dages, a dark brown spot at the posterior end of each great dental plate, and a narrow, slightly fusiform, brown belt bounding the curved anterior plates and appearing on the ventral surface. The curvature of the maxille is the same in both, and the tips, which leave the horizontal plane, are more deeply tinted than the rest. The posterior appendages form together a spatula-shaped structure with a notch between them posteriorly, and a constriction where they join the maxillary suture. In proportion to its size the spathulate enlargements of these processes are shorter and broader in the Neapolitan form, and a distinct flange a short distance from the inner edge just in front of the articulation with the posterior appendages is present on each maxilla. The small size of the example from the ‘ Porcupine” may, however, account for the indistinctness of such a structure. The left great dental plate in the Neapolitan has eight teeth ; in the ‘ Porcupine’ form there are ten. The azygos plate in the former has six teeth—a portion posteriorly having a smooth edge; in the latter seven or eight. The right great dental plate in the former has seven teeth, and, like the plate of the opposite side, an additional slight elevation ; in the latter this plate has seven teetn, an adjoining elevation, and a longer bare margin posteriorly. The left anterior curved plate has five teeth in the Neapolitan; in the other apparently the same number. The former has a horny plate externally, with a single tooth and a small plate behind; the latter also shows a horny point on a small plate, but the specimen is incomplete. In the former the right anterior curved plate has eight teeth, and the outer plate a single tooth; in the latter the right anterior curved plate has at least seven teeth, and an outer plate with a horny tooth. The dentary edge of the mandibles in the Neapolitan form shows a larger foliate outer tooth, a middle stout conical tooth, and an inner rounded ridge. A dark brown touch Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 9 130 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the marks the end of the shafts externally, and a small black speck is near the inner margin. The shafts are brown and of moderate length. Unfortunately the mandibles in the ‘Porcupine’ form were broken, but sufficient remained to show that the dentary edge, though slightly sinuous inter- nally, was more or less entire. The small size of the example probably accounts for this variation. Other examples from Naples show variations in the num- ber of teeth on the several plates, so that the divergencies indicated are not of essential importance. The first four or five feet are larger than the succeeding, from the elongation of the proximal region, and this is especially the case with the first three, which are directed forward and outward, and to a less extent with the fourth. All these appear to be developed for special functions, and they are very vascular, a network of anastomosing vessels occurring from base to tip. The first is the longest and largest, bearing dorsally a cirrus of considerable propor- tional size, and which arises towards the tip from a basal enlargement. A group of slender spines, as in Eunice, passes through the basal segment to the cirrus itself. Beneath is a bluntly conical setigerous region with a long subulate papilla at its extremity. The ventral cirrus is somewhat fusiform in outline—constricted at the base, then enlarged, and finally tapering to the tip. The setigerous region is supported by two pale spines, and has superiorly rather stout dorsal bristles, none of which project beyond the tissues, but they appear to be simple with a short tapering region at the tip and winged. ‘The ventral bristles (passing below the spines) have a feebly marked articulation and a long tapering terminal piece, which has a bifid claw guarded by wings. The 2nd, 8rd, and 4th feet are similar to the Ist, but the bristles, especially the ventral, are stronger (Pl. X. fig. 1). The 5th foot has a branchial process of full-size, arising from the site of the dorsal cirrus, but so large is it that the cirrus appears to be a mere process of its outer wall. Every succeeding segment in the preparation has a stem, the slender spines of the region traversing their origin and going beyond into the cirrus for three-fourths of its length, in the posterior feet of the fragment. The feet of the Neapolitan and ‘ Porcupine’ forms agree in general contour, and in being double—that is, having a dorsal and a ventral division, as indicated by a group of spines which penetrate the base of the dorsal cirrus, and in having bifid bristles, In the Neapolitan form the Ist foot Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. LS IL has about six strong spines with tapered tips supporting the setigerous lobe, which bears a series of translucent yellowish bristles which have a slight curvature at the tip and diminish a little towards the pseudo-articulation. The tip varies in length, and ends in a bifid hook with a pair of pointed wings, which spring from the sides where the tip begins to be differentiated. These bristles are also found on the 2nd and 8rd feet; but on the 4th, where the first branchial process is, they are replaced by simple bristles with winged tips. The secondary spur below the terminal hook is often very slender and appears to be readily abraded, since many show no trace of it. In the example from the ‘ Porcupine’ the bristles of the first four feet (that is, one more than in the Neapolitan) have a similar outline, but the bifid tip has its secondary process more distinct. In this, as in the Neapolitan form, the developing bristles show the respective differentiations as clearly as those fully formed, the tip being the first part to appear. The spines supporting the setigerous region are fewer, viz. about four. The simple winged bristles which supplant the foregoing special bristles appear in the 5th foot, which bears the first branchial stem. At the 10th foot of the Neapolitan form the bristles are stout, have tapering tips with narrow wings finely serrated at the edges, the central region being striated. The brush- shaped forms have slender shafts and about seven rather broad teeth distally. The spines pass to the front of the foot; the bristles are superior and in two groups, which diverge slightly from each other—with the cirriform lamella beneath—in the centre. In the example from the ‘ Porcu- pine’ the spines are fewer, the bristles proportionally more slender, but also with narrow serrated wings, and the tips of the brush-shaped forms are longer and narrower, and the six or seven teeth appear to be more slender. In this form, moreover, the great inferior hooks begin about the 12th foot, whereas in the Neapolitan they do not appear till the 14th or 15th. In contrasting the hooks of the 20th foot, both have an upper more elongated and an in- ferior broader and stouter kind; but those of the ‘ Porcu- pine’ form are considerably broader and shorter than in the Neapolitan. In the latter, both bristles and hooks extend to the posterior end of the body, three of the latter often occurring in a foot. The gill in full development (Pl. X. fig. 2) forms a slender tapering pyramid with whorls of short pinnules from base to apex, and with two large blood-vessels, which also are Q? 132 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the spiral in the preparation. A deep notch separates the basal segment of the cirrus from the distal. The setigerous region forms a short cone with the pointed lamella projecting obliquely backward behind it. It is stiffened by three fairly stout spines and bears superiorly a group of strong tapering winged bristles, the longest being dorsal. Bristles of the same kind with shorter and broader tips occur below the others. The ventral cirrus does not now project in profile, but has merged into the opaque glandular elevation running inwards from each foot, a short papilla in two of the suc- ceeding feet, however, being present as a rudiment. The change from the bifid ventral bristles with their indistinct articulation is coincident with the appearance of the branchia on the 5th foot, in which the branchial stem is remarkably large. At the posterior part of the fragment from the ‘ Porcu- pine’ the branchial stems are smaller, the dorsal cirri longer and more tapered, a straight powerful hook has appeared below the inferior bristles, and just above the slight pro- jection marking the ventral cirrus is a still more powerful curved hook, also bifid and winged, which slopes obliquely downward and outward from the spines (Pl. X. fig. 3) and the separate hook (Pl. X. fig. 4). It is not possible to contrast the entire series of branchiz of the two forms, for that procured by the ‘ Porcupine’ had only about thirty bristled segments, on the last of which the branchie still presented a spiral formation. In the Nea- politan specimens Grube gives fifty to fifty-six pairs as the number of the branchiz, those examined in the present instance having respectively fifty-one, thirty-eight, and fifty, several of the last being simple filaments. Grube*, more- over, states that the branchize arise on the 5th foot, whereas in all examined they began on the 4th foot. Claparéde f, again, observes that the occurrence of the branchie on the 4th foot (fifth segment) is exceptional, just as their absence on the 5th foot is. As Claparéde states, the first three feet bear long ventral cirri, the appearance of the branchia on the 4th being coincident with the presence of * Sitz. d. nat. Sect. Schles. Gesellsch., 20th June, 1877, Sep. Abd. walle - + Annél. Chét. Nap. p. 123. By the kindness of Mr. Cyril Crossland, an opportunity of examining six examples from Naples and others which he procured at Zanzibar was afforded. Considerable variation in the number of the branchiz, their origin anteriorly, and in the occurrence of additional ventral cirri was evident. Mr, Crossland will probably allude mote Pe to these features in his account of the “ Annelids of Zanzibar. Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 133 the ventral pad (the first being a small one). The ventral cirrus, however, is represented by a minute conical process in front of the pad in the two following feet. In the same way the example from the ‘ Porcupine’ has four long ventral cirri in front instead of three. It is clear therefore that the small example procured by the ‘Porcupine’ is only a variety of Delle Chiaje’s fine species, so abundant at Naples and elsewhere in the Mediterranean. Onuphis (Diopatra) brevibrachiata*, Ehlers ? Dredged in 358 fathoms ; also east of Cape de Gatte, six miles off shore, in 60 to 160 fathoms. In the ‘Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870 the Station is not given, but it probably was between Stations 46 and 47. A form having the appearance of Hyalinecia, but readily distinguished by the presence of tentacular cirri and the condition of the branchiew, which, however, rather lean to the type seen in Eunice. The two frontal tentacles arise close together in the median line and form two rounded and somewhat flattened lamella in spirit. The five tentacles have the normal position, but they are much shorter than in D. neapolitana, though they also have an enlarged base, which is ringed. The tentacular cirri arise from the anterior border of the segment, are wide apart, and have a slightly fusiform outline —from a contraction at the base. The palpi form two flattened bosses on the ventral surface. The first segment of the body is about the breadth of the succeeding. The dental apparatus is pale, a dark brown touch occurring at the tip of the posterior appendages of the maxillz, whilst at the junction of these parts a triradiate band is present. The tips of the maxilla and the teeth of the great dental plates are slightly brownish. The maxille are strongly curved, sharp-pointed, and rather abruptly swollen a little behind the middle. The posterior appen- dages are half-spoon-shaped, with a constriction at the base. The great dental plates have each about ten teeth. The azygos plate has ten. The right anterior curved plate has five; the left appears to have a larger number, but is broken. The mandibles have an oblique smooth edge ante- riorly, and at the junction of this with the shaft, externally, is a projection. The branchiz commence on the 12th foot as a simple - * Zeitsch. f. w? Zool. xxv. p. 49, Taf. iii. figs, 11-21. 134 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the filament attached to the dorsal cirrus a little above its base. As far as the 16th foot it remains a simple, long filament. The 17th foot has a branched branchial process, and at the 20th it has a single filament above the cirrus, and the ter- minal part is dichotomously divided—a feature of the species. At the 30th foot three divisions occur above the cirrus, which they considerably exceed in length, and then the tip is dichotomously divided into two still longer processes. The specimen terminated at the thirty-fifth seg- ment, and on this, so far as could be seen in the injured preparation, the number of gill-filaments was not less. The first three feet are much larger than the succeeding, and directed forward and outward as well as flattened laterally. Dorsally the 1st foot has a large and rather thick dorsal cirrus, which is bent downwards ; into its base pass three spines. A bluntly conical setigerous region follows, having a short tapering papilla at the tip. No bristles are present. The ventral cirrus is of considerable size, some- what fusiform in outline, and shifted so that it adjoins the side of the mouth. The next two feet (2nd and 3rd) are similar in general structure, the size slightly increasing, and the ventral cirrus of the 3rd foot is both larger and more flattened. In none do bristles project beyond the skin, though they occur internally below the spines. The 4th foot, like the foregoing, is more or less ventral in position. Its dorsal cirrus is large and subulate, the setigerous region has short bristles projecting from its edge, and the ventral cirrus is a lanceolate or conical lobe imme- diately beneath it. A marked change occurs in the 5th foot, for conspicuous glistening bristles project from the setigerous region. The dorsal cirrus is somewhat less though still prominent, the setigerous region has a posterior flap, and the ventral cirrus is visible inferiorly as a short process. The dorsal bristles are translucent and finely tapered, with narrow wings and serrated edges, as in the feet behind. he ventral are equally translucent, have their shafts slightly curved and dilated at the bevelled end, from which a long tapering blade extends distally. The ventral cirrus is included in the low glandular pad behind the foregoing region, and the dorsal cirri diminish in size. The 10th foot (PI. X. fig. 5) has a subulate dorsal cirrus with a ventral “ bite,’ followed by a swelling, from which it tapers to the point. It is supported by a group of slender spines. The setigerous region has two strong spines, the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 135 blunt points of which pierce the tissues. A short flap also projects posteriorly. Superiorly is a group of long, trans- lucent, very slightly curved, finely tapered bristles with narrow wings, which are serrated at the edge (Pl. X. fig.6). The ventral bristles are equally translucent, have slightly curved shafts which are enlarged and bevelled at the ends for articu- lation with the long tapering terminal piece, which at the base is fully the breadth of the enlarged end of the shaft Gere XN fie. 9). At the 20th foot these jointed bristles have disappeared, and their places are taken by two powerful yellowish hooks with bifid winged tips (Pl. X. fig. 10), which in outline resemble miniature pliers. The dorsal bristles have shorter tips with a more distinct bend at the end of the shaft. The two brown spines have increased in strength. The 30th foot (Pl. X. fig. 7) presents little change on the foregoing, except in the branchie and the slightly increased slenderness of the dorsal bristles. The brush- shaped bristles (Pl. X. fig. 8) offer little peculiarity. From the posterior end of the fragment projected a series of fibres, apparently formed by the glands of the annelid, and enveloped in a translucent matrix. The secretion is probably allied to that of Panthalis. The example procured off Cape de Gatte had the same tough fibres projecting from its posterior (broken) end as in that form. Moreover, Loxosome occurred on many of the branchial processes. This species approaches the Diopatra brevibrachiata of Ehlers, though no spiral line appeared on the branchiz. Ehlers states that the first segment is broader than the succeeding, but in this form little difference between them was observed. The number of teeth on the dental plates is greater. It differs from Onuphis Panceri, Claparéde, in the form of the anterior feet and other particulars. A species apparently identical with Onuphis Grubei, Marenzeller, was dredged at Station 10 off Cape Finisterre in 81 fathoms during the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870. The examples retained their madder-brown coloration in spirit. Thus the first five segments have each two bold touches of purplish brown on the dorsum, those on the first segment being double, viz., a large patch towards the anterior border of the segment with a smaller behind it. The spots in the others le on each side of the middle line of the dorsum and towards the posterior border of the segment. A considerable number of segments following these have 136 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the four spots, also situated towards the posterior border of the segment, the outer on each side, generally the most con- spicuous, being thus between the feet. Posteriorly the two median show a tendercy to fuse, a pattern being by-and-by formed in the centre, whilst the lateral dark spots are as before. In some, three distinct bands are thus formed, as De St. Joseph * observes. A species which closely approaches the foregoing (Onuphis Grubei) comes from 92 fathoms on ‘* Adventure Bank 7” — the shallow between the eastern and western basins of the Mediterranean, and extends between the African coast and Sicily—in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870. In external appearance it presents certain differences. Thus there are eight of the anterior segments with nine prominent feet instead of five or six. The tentacles and their long ringed ceratophores, however, have similar outlines and proportions to those of O. Grubei. The frontal tentacles appear to be somewhat larger, but the palpi agree. The direction and proportions of the 1st foot agree with those of O. Gruber, and it carries a slender branchia on the dorsal cirrus. Dorsally are one or two simple tapering bristles, the wing of which is indistinct. A characteristic feature is present in the large inferior bristle, viz., the occurrence of two teeth below the bifid terminal region (Pl. XI. fig. 11). The pseudo-articulation of the tip and other features are similar to those in the more widely distributed form. At the 10th foot the dorsal cirrus carries a branchia con- siderably longer than itself. The setigerous region forms a small cone, whilst the ventral cirrus is represented by a large projecting granular pad. The bristles are simple tapering forms without distinct traces of wings, though in some further back (Pl. XI. fig. 12) these are indicated. The great hooks (PI. XI. fig. 14), which by-and-by appear, have a powerful chief fang and a smaller superior fang, pro- tected by wings. The middle of the hook is dilated. One of the feet from the middle of the body is shown in Pl. XI. fig. 14. In the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1869 an example of Eunice fasciata, Risso, was dredged in 80-110 fathoms on muddy sand with pebbles, probably off Valencia, though no Station is given. The same form-was obtained at Station 10 in 81 fathoms off Cape Finisterre in the Expedi- * Ann, Sc. Nat. 7° sér, v. p. 198, pl. viii. figs. 57-58 (1888). Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. Yaa tion of 1870, and again off Cape Guardia. Eunice vittata, Delle Chiaje, was dredged in 92 fathoms on Adventure Bank, and in 45 fathoms off Cape Sagres in the Expedition of 1870. A form allied to Hunice pennata, O. F. M. (= E. norve- gica, L.), was dredged in 539 fathoms on the Channel slope (Station 9) in grey mud in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870. The chief points of divergence from the Norwegian examples are the more distinct eyes, the commencement of the brauchiz as a minute process on the 4th foot, and their cessation about the 34th foot. The small branchial process becomes bifid on the 6th foot, and continues more or less bifid to the 28rd foot, and ceases about the 34th foot. The shape of the foot also differs, and the separate small spines for the dorsal cirrus are more distinct. The two large brown spines of the setigerous region are longer and project more, and the ventral cirrus is longer. The dental apparatus agrees in appearance, colour, and structure with that of E. pennata. Eunice Jeffreysii, sp. n. Habitat. Dredged in 30 fathoms in Tangiers Bay on 2nd July, 1870. In the bottle beside it was a portioi of the membranous tube, like that of a Terebellid, covered with minute sand-grains, fragments of shells, spines, and similar calcareous structures. The head is distorted in the preparation by the extrusion of the proboscis, but it has a marked fissure between the A, view of the right, and B, view of the-left side of the anterior region of Eunice Jeffreys. Enlarged. palpi in front. The tentacles are normal in position, but they are remarkable for their slenderness. Two small but 138 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the distinct black eyes occur externally to the base of the longer posterior lateral tentacle. Body probably three or four inches in length, but only about an inch and a quarter of the anterior end and a fragment half an inch long of the posterior region are present. It is flattened, like that of a Marphysa, and the segments are narrow. Little diminution seems to occur anteriorly. The first segment (peristomial) is broad, and is followed by a narrow one bearing the tentacular cirri, which are rather short and subulate. Proboscis.—In extrusion (woodcut, fig. 1) the maxillz are chocolate-brown, curved in a semicircle, and when viewed in profile they are sinuous and bend upwards at the tip. The great dental plates have four teeth, the first being longest, a large part of the edge behind being smooth. The antero- lateral plates have a blackish-brown patch externally in protrusion. The right has a long median fang with a bifid denticle ventrally, and a long tooth dorsally next it, besides a separate denticle or two dorsally. A single large blackish- brown patch occurs at the base. On the left are two small semicircular blackish-brown touches, the ventral being smaller than the dorsal. Dorsally are two long curved teeth attached to a separate base; then a curved lamina with a long curved fang and a smaller denticle beneath it, representing the azygos plate. The mandibles have somewhat thick calcareous anterior plates with oblque cutting-edges sloping forward and outward from the middle line to the pomt, the outer slope being downwards and outwards. The branchiz commence on the 28th foot as a single short filament on each dorsal cirrus. Jn the anterior frag- ment of the body, comprising about 63 feet, they never attain more than two divisions, which are slender. In the posterior fragment three filaments exist in each. Looked at generally, the feet are closely arranged—a feature due to the narrowness of the segments. The anterior dorsal cirri are thicker and more conspicuous than those to which branchiz are attached, or apparently than those on the posterior region. The 1st foot has a somewhat thick, subulate, dorsal cirrus of considerable length, a small bluntly conical setigerous process bearing a few short dorsal bristles above the spines, and below the latter are short compound bristles with moderately long tips. The conical ventral cirrus is pro- portionally long. Two dark brown spines support the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 139 setigerous region, which appears to have a small papilla above it. Whilst the dorsal cirrus, as mentioned, continues for some distance of considerable length and thickness, the ventral in the 2nd foot has diminished to a short conical process with a thickened base, and it is still further reduced posteriorly. At the 10th foot (Pl. XI. fig. 15) the dorsal cirrus forms a long subulate organ, supported by several (three) pale slender spines which enter its base. At this region also ventrally is a slight prominence, which indicates the papilla developed in the subsequent feet. Two powerful brown spines, the tips of which project through the tissues, occur in the setigerous region, which in lateral view presents an oblique edge, sloping from above downward and inward—a feature largely due to the development of the posterior lobe or flap. Superiorly is a small clavate papilla which is directed forward and outward. It carries dorsally a series of rather stout, long, winged bristles of a pale brownish or dull yellow hue (Pl. XI. fig. 16). A slight bend occurs below the tip, which is comparatively short and abruptly tapered. They extend rather beyond the tip of the dorsal cirrus in the preparation. At their bases are a few brush- shaped forms (Pl. XI. fig. 17). The ventral bristles are paler (translucent and faintly yeilowish), have a short thick shaft with a very slight bend, a faint articulation, and a long slightly tapered distal piece (Pl. XI. fig. 18). So far as observed this condition is characteristic of Morphysa, but is rare in Lunice. The ventral cirrus forms a short conical process at the tip of the large glandular ventral enlargement. The 20th foot agrees with the foregoing, except that the papilla at the ventral base of the dorsal cirrus is larger, Two spines support the organ. ‘The setigerous region has three black spines. The tips of both dorsal and ventral bristles are somewhat shorter. The edges of the terminal pieces of the ventral bristles are finely spinulose. The outline of the 30th foot (Pl. XI. fig. 19) consider- ably differs. Branchiz have now appeared. ‘The dorsal cirrus is more slender, and opposite the papilla at its base ventrally a short branchial process projects dorsally, with a conspicuous afferent and efferent vessel. The setigerous region is now acutely conical, with a smaller rounded flap posteriorly. The tips of three strong dark brown spines project at the upper part. The dorsal bristles are more slender and longer, and with a slight bend below the 140 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the abbreviated tip. The brush-shaped bristles are distinguished by the great length of the teeth or processes at the tip, and one side is longer than the other. The ventral are similar to those in the 20th foot, the tips being minutely spinulose. The 40th foot has a single pranehial process, the dorsal bristles are more elongate, and the tips of the ventral bristles are knife-shaped, being short and acutely pointed. The serrations are less distinct. Twoblack spines support the foot. The 50th foot has two divisions in the branchial process ; the dorsal bristles are even more elongate, and the tips of the ventral shorter (Pl. XI. fig. 20). A strong bifid winged hook now projects above the ventral cirrus. A single black spine supports the foot. The glandular pad internal to the ventral cirrus is of large size. The tips of the dorsal bristles appear to be as minutely spinulose as those of the ventral, and the wings are marked by the usual striz. In the fragment of the posterior region of the body the male elements distend the parts. The feet have a rounded outline and three branchial filaments, the ventral papilla opposite their origin still being present. The foot has a single large spine, the tip of which pierces the surface between the dorsal and ventral bristles, a little above the short ventral cirrus. The dorsal bristles have longer and more slender tips, whilst the ventral have increased in strength, but no perfect example can be found. The foot thus possesses the strong simple spine and the strong bifid hook as levers, in addition to the bristles. The brush- like forms still have the same character as in front. The Lysidice multicirrata, Claparéde*, from the coast of Normandy, has compound bristles with taperimg tips, but it seems rather to lean to Morphysa. In the ‘Porcupine’ Expedition of 1869 a form was dredged in 173 fathoms between Galway and the Porcupine Bank, which approaches the Eunice amphihelia of Roule +, but as there are certain divergencies it is necessary to go. into detail. The head has the palpi deeply severed in front, and with a marked fold at their middle and the demarcation of an inner portion. ‘The tentacles are unusually long, but retain their several proportions to each other. The median extends backwards to the tenth segment in the preparation. The tentacular cirri are about twice the antero-posterior diameter of the first or peristomial segment. They appear * Beobach. p. 60, Taf. xiv. figs. 23-26. + “Campagne. du ‘Caudan,’” Ann. de l’Uniy. de Lyon, 1896, p. 146, pls. xix., ¥X., xxiii, and xxv. Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 141 to have been smooth during life. They are thus all con- siderably longer than in Roule’s form. The body is probably about 10 or 12 inches in length, rounded anteriorly and somewhat flattened posteriorly where it tapers to the tail, which has two long and strong caudal cirri. The dorsal cirri are conspicuous anteriorly for their size and length. The branchize commence on the 7th foot as a tuft of three processes. At the 10th there are by dichotomous division five or six filaments proceeding from a common stalk, and thus differing from the semi-pinnate type. At the 20th foot nine divisions occur, the 25th eight, but three are formed by a bifurcation of the tip of one of the longer processes. The 30th has six, and they are now arranged in a semipinnate manner ; the 40th has five; 50th, three; 60th, three; 70th, two; that before and that behind three ; 80th, three. In the posterior region, again (of a separated fragment), an increase seems to occur, since four is the average number till within about half an inch of the tail. These branches spring from a common stem, and in the preparation spread over the dorsum, though sometimes three arise together and one separately. They continue almost to the posterior end, the 3rd foot in front of the tail having a single short branchial process. In Roule’s form the branchi# commence on the fourth segment, and in the 40 to 50 anterior segments have about seven branches. In the segments behind these they diminish to four, three, and two to the posterior end. ‘There are thus considerable differences in the number and arrangement of the branchiz in the two forms, both anteriorly and posteriorly. The maxille (woodcut, fig. 2) have a flat curve, only well- marked at the tips. They are deep chocolate-brown, and are boldly separated from the flattened spathulate appendages posteriorly. A double interlocking apparatus exists pos- teriorly, and the inner edge of each blade is sharp. Each fits into a hollow in the great maxillary plate, and thus the rigidity of the parts after seizing prey is maintained. The great plates have five strong teeth anteriorly, followed by one or two minor points, the edge behind (about half the length of the organ) being smooth. The left azygos plate has nine teeth, the curved plate in front of it five teeth, and the two continuation-plates a denticle each. The anterior curved plate on the right has ten teeth, and the continuation- plates—larger and smaller—a denticle each. The mandibles have two strong shafts which are slightly movable on each other, and are coloured blackish brown externally, paler 142 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the and marked by longitudinal veins internally. A marked shoulder occurs anteriorly, over which (ventrally) the cutting- plate extends backwards. On the inner (dorsal) surface the shoulder is boldly marked, the cutting-plate rising from each as a broadly lanceolate process with crenations on the anterior edge. The cutting-plates in certain examples seem to be easily detached, as if they were shed at intervals and renewed. Dental apparatus of Eunice phylocorallia, F, Buchanan, Enlarged. In Roule’s description of the dental apparatus of Z. am- phiheliea, Marion, the great dental plates agree in the number of the teeth (five). Unfortunately the nomenclature of the other parts is not conducive to perspicuity, for he adds that there are three denticles on each side, the anterior small and the posterior small, and that the anterior is devoid of teeth ; the middle carries five and the posterior eight. As no mention is made of the azygos plate, considerable dubiety remains. The anterior feet are characterized by the length of the dorsal cirri and the comparative length of the ventral in the first seven or eight. Thereafter the ventral become short processes of the great glandular mass at their base. Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 143 At the 10th foot (Pl. XII. fig. 21) the dorsal cirrus is still long, with a filamentous tip. It bears a branchial pro- cess of five divisions. The setigerous lobe forms a short cone, stiffened by two strong brown spines, the tips of which are free. ‘The ventral cirrus is a short lobate process pro- jecting from the thickened glandular mass internally. The dorsal bristles (Pl. XI. fig. 22) are simple winged forms rather abruptly pointed and with fine strie and serrations on the edges. The brush-shaped bristles are characterized by their comparatively small terminal spikes (Pl. XI. fig. 23). The ventral bristles (Pl. XI. fig. 24) have shafts enlarged at the distal ends, bevelled and marked by oblique striations. The terminal piece is somewhat short with a bifid tip and wings. At the 30th foot the setigerous region has two dark brown spines and six branchial filaments. About the 33rd foot the great bifid ventral hook is ob- served piercing the surface, and at the 40th three powerful spines project from the setigerous region. The hook, which continues to the posterior end, is dark blackish brown, with a main fang and a small process or point on the crown ~ (Pl. XI. fig. 24a). The great blackish-brown spines continue to the caudal region, where two only occur. In this region the large black ventral hook is present and has the same structure as in front. The dorsal bristles are very slender and elongate, and the brush-shaped forms are likewise long, though their structure does not differ. The jointed ventral bristles are similar to those in front, the tips being somewhat shorter. The ventral cirrus, like the dorsal, is comparatively long. This caudal region seemed to be in process of reproduction. It is difficult to institute a comparison with the bristles figured by Roule, since the style of plate adopted, viz. black and white, does not lend itself to minute detail. A general agreement is all that can be said. Accompanying the annelid were several fragments of a tough, pale, parchment-like tube minutely dotted under a lens. In structure it was minutely fibrillar, the result of fibrillation of the secretion. Eunicea labidognatha nuda of Ehlers, Ninoe Kinbergi, Ehlers. Habitat. Dredged in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expcdition of 1870, at Station 10, off Cape Finisterre, in 81 fathoms. Head forming a blunt cone, comparatively broad posteriorly and occasionally slightly grooved inferiorly. 144 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the Body slightly tapered anteriorly, and more distinctly so posteriorly. Segments numerous and somewhat narrow in front, the first two devoid of feet, the second being narrower than the first. The form is readily discriminated from its allies by the remarkable condition of the feet to the 34th, and especially from the 6th to the 24th, since they project much further outward than usual and, moreover, show a digitate arrangement of the tip in the majority. The proboscis has a pair of powerful curved maxille, which have a step externally and a contraction before the some- what tapered posterior region. The great dental plates have seven sharp recurved teeth on one side and six on the other. A prominent curved fang is on the end of each of the antero-lateral plates. From the second (posterior) lateral. plate a long horny band passes backward to the side of the great dental plate. The mandibles are similar to those in the Canadian form. The Ist foot has a short conical and vascular lobe and three brown spines. It bears a group of brownish winged tapering bristles. The second has similar spines and groups of brownish winged tapering bristles, which, like those of the lst foot, are strong. The 8rd has three black spines and two groups of the same bristles. The lobe of the foot is lanceolate. The 4th foot presents four black spines and two groups of similar bristles, the dorsal, as usual, being some- what longer. The lanceolate lobe of the foot (PI. X. fig. 25) is now bifid at the tip, so that it resembles a partially split pear. In Verrill’s N. nigripes a bifid process also occurs on this foot (8rd). The 5th has the separation between the two lobes better marked, and the upper lobe is longer, both, like the previous lobes, being vascular, a network of smaller branches connecting the larger and forming a reticulated central region in each lobe. The lower lobe, though shorter, is considerably broader than the upper. At the 7th foot the bristles and spmes remain the same. The upper lobe is larger, and the broad lower lobe has split into two at the tip, the upper being somewhat longer. The 8th foot also has three lobes, the 9th and 10th four, but they vary in the several specimens, some at the 9th having only an elongated dorsal, and a short, broad, ventral lobe with signs of division at the tip; whilst the 10th foot had but three lobes. Four lobes are found at the 15th foot, with similar groups of tapering bristles, and four black spines. Moreover, about this foot two long winged hooks make their appearance between the dorsal and the ventral groups of bristles, Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 145 ‘The 20th foot (Pl. XII. fig. 26) has five lobes, four black spines and two winged hooks between the groups of brownish bristles. The lobes appear to be modifications of the pos- terior lobe seen in other forms. The dorsal division or lobe is considerably larger and more massive than the others, and the rest form a slightly diminishing series, the two lowest springing from the same basal stem. ‘The anterior lobe of the foot forms a truncated cone, the outline of which crosses the bases of the posterior lobes in lateral view. ‘The elon- gated hooks (Pl. XII. fig. 27) have a moderately developed winged region, a short neck, a small main fang, and several minute points on the crown. In Ehlers’s specimens only two black spines occur in this region. In Verrill’s N. nigripes the lobate processes extended only to the 28th foot. The 30th foot has six lobes, a dorsal considerably larger and longer than the others, a slightly diminishing series below, and a common trunk inferiorly which soon splits into two. ‘Their vascular supply follows the arrangement seen in front, viz., a large marginal vessel with transverse branches and meshes. The dorsal bristles form two groups—an upper with moderately tapered tips, and a lower with very attenuate tips. One of the second series of the dorsal bristles is shown in Pl. XII. fig. 28. These are followed by the two winged hooks, and, lastly, two bristles with somewhat short tips occur inferiorly, and there are three black spines. The 38rd foot has six lobes and two black spines; the 34th four lobes, two spines, and a hook; the 35th five lobes (the lower being small), one hook, and two spines. The lobes diminish to three in the 36th foot, viz., an upper and two small inferior lobes. The upper dorsal group con- sists of about two winged bristles with moderately elongated tips, a lower series (two or three) with elongated and very finely tapered tips, one or two hooks, and a lower bristle ; three spines are present. The 38th foot has only a single lobe and three black spines; two hooks are generally seen. The 39th foot has also a small lobe which becomes minute in the 40th foot, and both have only two black spines ; the tips of the hooks are now shorter. At the 50th foot only a blunt papilla indicates the upper (posterior) lobe. Dorsally the two kinds of tapered bristles are represented, and the winged hooks (three) are stouter aud have shorter and broader winged regions. A minute chief fang occurs, then above it a series of still more minute points—trom five to seven in number, Coincident with the change in the posterior lobes, the feet Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xi. 10 146 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the become less prominent and assume the condition seen in other forms. Every specimen represented only the anterior third or less of the body, so that it would appear to be a dweller in mud or in a tube. The presence of largely developed glands at the bases of the feet would also seem to show that a special secretion is furnished either for a tube or for lining a tunnel. The genus was established by Kinberg * from specimens procured off the coast of South America. All the species he and subsequent observers (Ehlers and Verrill) have described have been American. ‘This is the first appearance of the genus in European waters. Further remarks will be made under the Canadian examples. Lumbriconereis acutifrons, sp. n. Dredged in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870, though the locality is not stated. A small and imperfect specimen, distinguished by the attenuated conical snout (Pl. XII. fig. 29), which from a base of the normal breadth tapers to a delicate extremity. In lateral (profile) view it is even thicker at the tip than when seen from above, for the dorso-ventral flattening is less marked than in ordinary types. The body is very little diminished anteriorly, and remains of the same diameter to the fractured region, the whole measuring about three-quarters of an inch. The dental apparatus is of a translucent madder-brown hue by trans- mitted light. The maxille are somewhat broad posteriorly with a concave border, but taper in front to strongly curved and sharp points. Their posterior appendages are narrowed after the articulation, then expand into somewhat long processes, having a straight inner edge and a convex outer edge; the whole appendage is thus unusually long. The great dental plates appear to have six strong, recurved teeth, each of which is connected by a canal with a brown band externally. These correspond respectively with the central canal of the tooth and the layer of odontoblasts of the dental matrix of Pruvot and Racovitza +, as shown in their account of Lumbriconereis coccinea. In front the preparation showed only a single plate with a tooth. The translucent mandibles were ankylosed in front, then split into the oblique dental edge which was tipped externally # Annul. nova, Frege. Eugen. Resa, p. 566, Taf. xviii. figs. 32 & 33 + Arch. Zool. Expér. 5° sér, vol. ii, p. 880, woodcut, fig. 3, en ee a Te Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 147 with brown. Nearly parallel lines passed from these blades into the shafts, where they converged. The apparatus had been injured. In glancing along the sides the feet project evenly, forthe basal part forms (when looked at from above) a cylindrical process, the setigerous lobe forming the anterior or median region of the tip, whilst posteriorly is a short subulate papilla or lobe, sometimes probe-pointed, which is longest in the anterior feet. The bristles are translucent and brittle, so that compara- tively few remain on the specimen. The spines, of which there are four or more in the anterior feet, are also pale and translucent, the tips only being russet-brown. The dorsal bristles (Pl. XII. fig. 30) are slightly curved at the end of the shaft, the tip then dilating in the usual manner with its wings and tapering distally to a fine point, which in some is considerably prolonged. A few bristles, again, are of a more slender structure, dilating little at the end of the shaft, and being continued as a very attenuate hair-like tip (Pl. XII. fig. 31). The hooks are likewise translucent and appear to be absent from the most anterior feet, though, as mentioned, they might have been removed. ‘The shaft is curved backwards towards the tip and gradually dilates to the beginning of the neck of the hook, which (neck) is short (Pl. XII. fig. 32). The main fang in this region of the body is small, and the crown above it has several small teeth. The form is peculiar, and probably came from a con- siderable depth. Lumbriconeress brevipes, sp. n. Habitat. Dredged at Station 10, in 81 fathoms, off Cape Finisterre, in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870. A frag- ment of about 40 bristled segments. Head, as in other forms, conical, and with a median and two lateral grooves inferiorly. Body gently tapered in front, the first two segments broader than the succeeding, and the first only very little broader than the second. The trim condition of the feet is a feature of moment, for the small posterior lobe is scarcely noticeable. The bristles stand stiffly outwards beyond the line of the feet. Proboscis.—The maxille (woodcut, fig. 3) are curved in the usual manner and dark brownish. Posteriorly they are articulated to two processes which together form a broad spear-head, a constriction marking off the region near the aD 148 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the articulation. The great dental plates are well defined externally and posteriorly, the outer border in front having a projection so that, as the first tooth is opposite it, the apparatus is hammer-like. Each plate has three large and widely separated teeth which apparently interlock. The antero-lateral plates have each a single tooth, and the anterior plate is large, and by transmitted light is dotted with minute granules. The same dotted or file-like arrange- ment is seen in the band passing backwards from these to the lateral region of the maxille and great plates. Fig. 3. Dental apparatus of Lumbriconereis brevipes. The anterior lateral plates are displaced. Enlarged. The mandibles form broad, flattened cutting-plates, the anterior edge of which is symmetrically notched, so that it resembles the tail of a fish. Dark pigment occurs on each outer section ; longitudinal lines internally and looped lines externally mark its surface. The posterior processes are slender. The anterior feet have a bluntly conical anterior lobe, whilst the posterior forms a small conical process which projects superiorly beyond the rest. ‘Two or occasionally Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 149 three black spines support the foot. In the specimen only slightly brownish, long, tapering, winged bristles were present ; but as all the inferior were broken, their condition is uncertain (Pl. XII. fig. 33). About the 40th foot the posterior lobe or papilla becomes somewhat less, though of a similar outline, and the pale tips of the two black spines pierce a conical papilla anteriorly. Above the spines are two brownish winged tapering bristles as before, whilst beneath are three long hooks, the terminal winged region being rather short (Pl. XII. fig. 34). The crown of the hook is little developed and the main fang in this region is small; it probably increases in size posteriorly. The Lumbriconereis parva-pedata of A. lL. Treadwell * from Culebra comes near this form ; but as no description of the dental apparatus is given, the relationship is uncertain. 2. On Canadian Eunicide dredged by Dr. Whiteaves, of the Canadian Geological Survey, in 1871-1873. Three species of Onuphididz were procured: one, Onuphis conchilega, Sars (the O. hyperborea of Hansen), occurred in considerable abundance in 125 fathoms off Cape Rosier Lighthouse in the Gulf of St. Lawrence in 1871, and also on Orphan Bank in 1873. As a rule, the branchize com- menced on the llth foot. The tubes are composed of coarse gravel and flat fragments of Echinoids firmly fixed to the tough lining of secretion. Those from Orphan Bank are smaller and the fragments composing the tubes less coarse. Onuphis quadricuspis, Sars +. Dredged in 150 fathoms off Cape Rosier Lighthouse, Gulf of St. Lawrence, 1871, and between Cape Rosier and Cape Gaspé in 75 to 80 fathoms on a stony bottom, in 1872. The head generally resembles that of other forms, but is eyeless in the preparations. The frontal tentacles are small and ovoid in outline. A patch of pigment occurs in the middle line posteriorly. The palpi form two prominent bosses inferiorly. The ceratophores of the tentacles are ringed, and the median is considerably shorter than the adjoining lateral. * “ Polychetous Ann. of Porto Rico,” U.S. Fish Com. Bullet. for 1900, p. 198 (1901). + Sersk. aftrykl af Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhandl. 1871, p. 407; and Bidrag til Kundskaben om Christianiafjordens Fauna, iii. p. 16, tab. xv. figs. 7-19 (1873). 150 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the The body is conspicuously banded with pigment, which was probably reddish brown during life, a bar occurring dorsally in the middle of each segment, generally with a darker spot m the centre. The first segment is somewhat narrower than the succeeding, and bears two subulate ten- tacular cirri at the anterior border. Proboscis—The whole apparatus is comparatively short, pale greyish in hue, niarked with characteristic blackish- brown lines. The maxille (woodcut, fig. 4) are remarkably broad poste- riorly, curving almost from the latter border to the hook-like tip. A dark curved line indicates a separate edge or element at their posterior end, bounded posteriorly by another line running outward from the bold dark bar separating the maxille from their spathulate appendages, which have a median notch posteriorly. The great dental plates have Fig. 4, Dental apparatus of Onuphis quadricuspis, Sars. Enlarged. each about six well-marked teeth directed backward. ‘The right anterior curved plate has nine or ten teeth; the left has fewer, apparently about six. Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 151 The mandibles have an uneven sloped edge anteriorly and tapering shafts. A black pin-shaped bar occurs at the mner edge of each anteriorly. In one example, a new maxilla was developing after the manner of a new bristle or hook. The point is short and strongly curved. The functional maxilla of that side was perfect. The next segment carries the first pair of feet, which are considerably shorter than in such types as Hyalinecia tubi- cola and O. conchylega, and pass transversely outward instead of sloping forward to the anterior border of the head as in the forms mentioned. The dorsal cirrus is well developed and subulate; the button-shaped tip is minute, whilst a long subulate papilla extends from the posterior edge. The ventral cirrus projects as a subulate process ventrally. The setigerous region forms a short cone, supported by a group of spines with slender tips. The bristles (Pl. XII. fig. 35) are pale and appear to be hollow (or with fluid internally), have a distinct bend, and an incurvation on the concave side at the tip, which is bifid with long tapering guards or wings. Such a condition indicates a tendency to form a jointed tip. A few simple tapering bristles are also present. The 2nd foot differs little from the Ist, though it and the ord have a more slender dorsal cirrus. The 4th foot has its ventral cirrus in the form of a pad. The four segments bearing the feet described form a region of the body characterized by broader and shorter segraents. The suc- ceeding segments are narrower and longer from side to side. The branchiz commence as a simple filament on the 6th foot*. At the 10th foot there are two branchial filaments, and the setigerous region has now become a short cone. Dorsally is a tuft of simple tapering bristles with a slight wing, and inferiorly are two strong bifid hooks. The 20th foot (Pl. XIII. fig. 36) has four branchial divisions, a tuft of slightly brownish dorsal bristles with a narrow wing at the tapering tip, and three strong bifid hooks beneath. In shape these differ from those found in Onuphis conchylega and H. tubicola. The shafts are powerful and both processes at the tip are strong, the secondary, however, being the more conspicuous. They are also winged (Pl. XIII. fig. 37). The highest number of branchial filaments seems to be four. The 30th foot is less prominent and has two branchial processes. The dorsal bristles are considerably longer and * Sars does not mention the foot on which these begin, 152 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the there are two strong bifid hooks. The branchiz cease about the 31st foot. The posterior feet project little, forming smoothly rounded processes with simple attenuate dorsal bristles and two strong bifid hooks beneath. Only a single tail in process of repro- duction was present, and it bore a single cirrus; but on this no reliance can be placed. Sars describes four anal cirri— two long superior and two shorter inferior cirri. This species approaches so closely the Diopatra socialis * of Ehlers from the ‘ Porcupine, that, though Ehlers shows a strong bifid hook with the shorter prong broken (thus comparison is difficult), I am inclined to agree with Grube in uniting them. It shows also certain relationships to the Onuphis eremita, Aud. & Edwards, though in the latter the branchiz arise on the 2nd foot. In the bottle was a firm tube of reddish mud, lined by a tough mucous secretion, but it was empty. It probably was that inhabited by the species. The bifid, or, as he calls them, bicuspid capillary bristles of the three anterior segments mentioned by Sars + have not been observed, but what he refers to is in all probability the tips of the tapering guards or wings of the special bristles _ shown in fig. 35, Pl. XIII. This species is probably the Nothria opalina of Prof. Verrill ft. None of the American species described by Ehlers seem to approach this form, for if the bristles are similar the branchiz are absent, and vice versa. The third species, which may be the Onuphis holobranchia of Marenzeller, appears to approach Onuphis Grubei, Maren- zeller, a form which comes near Nothria tenuisetis of the ‘Challenger,’ especially in the structure of the bristles, though there are certain differences, such as the origin of the branchiz. It was dredged between Cape Rosier and Cape de Gatté, in 70 to 80 fathoms, amongst stones, in 1872, and in 100 to 212 fathoms off Anticosti, in the Gulf of St. Law- rence, in 1871 and 1873. The head is characterized by the great length of the ten- tacles, the median, however, being shorter than the adjoining long posterior lateral. The anterior or short external lateral are, on the other hand, thick, with a marked distal filament, which is abruptly narrowed. This tentacle, moreover, is * Zeit. f. w. Zool. Bd. xxv. p. 46, Taf. ii. figs. 5-10. t+ Op. cit. pl. xv. figs. 16, b, ¢. { Amer. Journ, Sci. & Arts, y., Feb. 1878, p. 102. Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 153 divided by the long ceratophore into two nearly equal halves. All the others have long ringed ceratophores. The frontal tentacles are somewhat ovate and the pedicle is narrow. The palpi are separated by a distinct interval from the ante- rior border of the snout, and form two prominent, almost cylindrical bodies which have freer motion than usual. Body probably 3-4 inches in length, somewhat like that of H. tubicola in contour, though differing in detail. The first segment is slightly narrower than the second and bears a slender tentacular cirrus at the anterior margin in each lateral region, the distance between them being proportionally great. Like the succeeding five segments it is narrower and more rounded than those of the flattened region following. The five feet and their processes are also larger and more conspicuous than the succeeding. The proboscis is generally pale, with dark touches on maxille, accessory posterior plates, and other parts. The maxille (woodcut, fig. 5) have sharp, curved, dark points, Fig. 5. Dental apparatus of Onuphis near holobranchia, Marenzeller. x 35. and their accessory posterior plates are constricted, then dilated and pointed, so as to give them a regularly spathulate appearance. A bar of pigment separates them from the maxillz in front, another is between them, and a shade also occurs at the constricted region. The great dental plates are boldly toothed ; the right has eight teeth and the left seven. The accessory or azygos left plate has six teeth. 154 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the The anterior curved plate has nine teeth on the right, five or six on the left. A small isolated process with a tooth occurs externally. The oblique anterior edges of the mandibles have in some specimens irregular denticulations and a notch on each side internally with a dark band; in others the edges seem to be smooth. The shafts are slender and pointed. The 1st foot has dorsally an elongated tapering dorsal cirrus, springing rather beyond the middle of the short foot, and which has a group of slender spines projecting into its base. Beyond the tips of these spines a long, slender, tapering (branchial) process arises from the dorsal edge, and is shorter than the cirrus, which, like the setigerous region, is permeated by a network of fine blood-vessels. None of the latter were seen in the branchial process. The setige- rous region forms a blunt cone supported by four tapering spines, and with a long lanceolate papilla projecting from its posterior edge. The bristles are similar to those of Onuphis quadricuspis, but not identical, having hollow shafts (Pl. XIII. fig. 38) with a bend and wrinkles at the com- mencement of the terminal region, which has a hook at the end, followed closely by a secondary process, and then a single spike—two tapering wings which project beyond the tip guarding the whole. A subulate ventral cirrus arises near the base of the foot ventrally. In its progress backward the dorsal cirrus has a tendency to diminish, whilst the branchial filament has a tendency to increase. Thus at the 10th foot (Pl. XIII. fig. 39) the branchial process is now the longer, though the cirrus has the larger base, a condition due mainly to the shrinking of the dorsal cirrus, for some of the branchial. processes in front are really longer than that of the 10th foot. The setigerous region is now almost adnate, with a dimple in the centre, apparently the separation between the actual setigerous region aud the adnate ventral cirrus. The papilla from the poste- rior border of the tip is also much reduced. Simple tapering bristles with scarcely a trace of a wing only appear. A group of spines pass to the dorsal cirrus as in front and the setige- rous region has two strong spines. So far as the specimens showed, the branchial filament increased in size, being the most conspicuous process of the foot, and still retained pre-eminence to the posterior end of the longest fragment, the dorsal cirrus being much smaller. Both diminished im size posteriorly, but the proportions held. At the 20th foot the branchia is nearly twice as long as the cirrus, and its vascular trunks are conspicuous. ‘The foot forms a slightly rounded projection, a dimple separating Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 155 the setigerous region from the pad formed by the ventral cirrus. Three strong spines with acute tips support the setigerous region. Dorsally is a group of simple bristles with a few brush-shaped forms, while ventrally are two strong hooks which have a stout shaft, and a large main fang with a process above it similar to that in the previous species. The chief changes in the posterior feet are the diminution of both branchia and cirrus, the elongation and slenderness of the dorsal bristles, the increased strength of one spine, the point of which projects beyond the surface, and the occur- rence of only a single powerful bifid hook. It is noteworthy that the branchiz do not attain great bulk in any part of the body, even the longest being rather slender, but their number probably compensates for their size. This species constructs a tube of its tough secretion and envelops it with soft, greyish, and probably sticky mud. The Northia iridescens, H. P. Johnson *, dredged by Prof. Herdman at Victoria, B.C., so far as the description and figures go, is not distinguishable from this species. The foregoing differs from the French examples of Onuphis Grubei by the absence of six or eight eyes behind the ten- tacles, by the fact that the branchiz commence on the Ist foot, whereas in O. Grudez of the French coast they begin on the 4th segment. ‘The alteration of the ventral cirrus in the Canadian form appears to be similar to that of the French, for the 7th foot has a truncated cirrus which soon becomes a rounded boss. The Canadian further differs in the number of teeth on the azygos plate and in other parts of the appa- ratus. DeSt. Joseph states that the bidentate strong hooks begin on the tenth segment. The relationship of this form with Marenzeller’s Onuphis holobranchia is still undecided, as no opportunity of comparing the specimens has yet been available. It would appear to be closely allied, though having longer tentacles and apparently shorter branchiz. Eunice ? Dredged at Station No. 11, 1872, 30 miles N.E. of Cape Rosier, and at a depth of 200 fathoms. A species of considerable size, but only a fragment of the anterior region, comprising about thirty bristled segments with the head, has been received. * Proceed. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc, vol, xxix, no. 18, p. 408, pl. viii. figs, 86, 87, pl. ix. figs. 88-92. 156 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the The head is typical, with five moderately elongated ten- tacles and an eye of considerable size in the normal position on each side. The palpi are soldered, with the exception of a median notch in front and a deep furrow inferiorly. The first segment is about once and a half the breadth of the average anterior segment. Proboscis—The maxille (woodcut, fig. 6) from above Fig. 6. Dental apparatus of Eunice P Enlarged. present a moderate curvature, whilst in lateral view only a slight sinuosity occurs, the tips, however, rising clearly above the horizontal. The right great dental plate has ten teeth, the left eleven, but three of these were on a depressed region, probably indicating fracture and renewal. The azygos plate (left) has tenteeth. The left anterior curved plate had seven teeth, the right nine or ten teeth. Thesingle accessory plate (anteriorly and externally) had one denticle. A marked shoulder separated the maxillz from the posterior processes, which were spathulate in outline. The mandibles have large foliate dentary processes, with two or three small denticles on the oblique avterior edge. The shafts or roots are pale dorsally, with wavy lines as in sections of wood, whilst ven- trally they are marked by a broad dark brown band. The colour of the apparatus is chocolate-brown with lighter parts here and there: Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 197 The second segment is slightly less than the others and bears the two tentacular cirri, which also are of moderate length. The third and fourth segments have feet devoid of branchie. The third foot has a branchial process of three divisions. The next branchia has more than double the number of pro- cesses, and they steadily increase till, at the tenth, their number is about twenty-six, at the twentieth twenty-nine (Pl. XIII. fig. 40). The last segment of the fragment, viz. the thirty-first, had branchiz with twenty-eight divisions. The upper or last divisions of the branchia are more slender, especially the terminal process, which is only about half the diameter of the average filament. The main stem of the branchia is once and a half the diameter of the base of the dorsal cirrus. The dorsal cirrus is of considerable length, extending beyond the tips of the branchial divisions, but its diameter is less than that of the branchial stem. The seti- gerous region (Pl. XIII. fig. 40) forms a short cone with the edge sloping inward and downward. The dorsal bristles are translucent, tapered, and curved at the tip, which has feebly developed wings. The ventral bristles are also translucent and the end of the shaft is slightly curved, dilated, striated, and bevelled. The terminal piece is of some length and its base is less bevelled than usual in such forms (Pl. XIII. fig. 41), so that with the gentle narrowing at the tip (front edge) the process is somewhat spindle-shaped. ‘The tip is peculiar, for after a notch it seems to taper away to a knife-point, a condition apparently due to injury. In certain views a differentiation into a bifid condition (extremely translucent) is clearly visible, the wings terminating in a delicate tapering point. The dorsal division of the fork is the longer and more robust. The great brittleness of these bristles is a feature of note, comparatively few being perfect, and even these seem to have been recently regenerated. The majority present a fissured imperfect tip, the hooks having been removed. In some the tip, from splitting, is brush-like, in others the fracture of the terminal piece is abrupt (below the bifid region) and from the fractured end extends a simple process of the ventral edge. The ventral cirrus forms a conical process projecting from the enlarged base (ventrally). The head is irregularly four-lobed by a fold in the middle of the palpus in front of each antero-lateral tentacle, so that the form may fall under the Eriphy/e of Kinberg as possessing tentacular cirri and a four-lobed frontal region, and thus its relationship to E. violacea is closer. The branchiz have two 158 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the (the first) to thirty branches. It differs, however, in that the branchize begin on the 3rd foot, whereas in E. violacea they are absent on the first five. ‘They lean to the type seen in Eunice aphroditois and E. Rousseaut. This species also comes near Hunice violaceo-maculata, Ehlers, from Tortugas, but the head does not appear to be simply bilobate, the branchial filaments are longer and more numerous, and the number of teeth on the various plates is greater. The bristles, again, are quite different. Lumbriconereis fragilis, O. ¥. Miller. Great numbers, some of large size, were dredged in 1873 off Port Hood, Cape Breton; also in Gaspé Bay, 1873; some of these were also of large size. In one, the largest, the maxil- lary plates only had three teeth, the posterior apparently having been abraded, and the edges of the anterior were white. The anterior feet had the posterior lobe considerably modified, so that in lateral view it had a deep vertical edge instead of the more pointed condition in the ordinary forms. The black spines are also more numerous. ‘There is, indeed, much variation in this respect and in the length of the bristles, but it seems unnecessary to do more than to draw attention to these differences. Lumbriconereis near assimilis, M‘I., but with pale spines. A small species was dredged in 200 fathoms south of Anticosti in 1871 which had rather prominent feet, with a small posterior lobe, the tip of which in the sole example projects backward rather abruptly. The spines throughout are pale, and the bristles (Pl. XIII. fig. 42) do not offer cause for remark. ‘The winged hooks occur on the first segment and are continued to the posterior end of the example, which is fragmentary. At the 20th foot the tips of the winged hooks are long and tapering (Pl. XIII. fig. 43), the crown of the hook having minute spines which do not much differ from the lowest or chief fang. Posteriorly the winged region is shorter and the chief fang of the hook better differentiated from the smaller upper spines of the crown. — This species comes near the L. robusta of Ehlers *, though the spines in the latter are black. The dental apparatus of this form had been crushed, and all that can be said is that the maxillze had the normal outline, the curve being rather flat, and their posterior * Florida Annel. p. 104, Taf. xxxi. figs, 1-6, Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 159 processes were short and spathulate in outline, thus differing from the allied Lumbriconereis zonata of H. P. Johnson * from Puget Sound. Each great dental plate had five strong recurved teeth, the first being the largest. The anterior plates had each a single tooth, the rest of the plate being minutely granular. The mandibles had broad, wedge-shaped, anterior plates with oblique edges and narrow fangs or poste- rior processes. The broad anterior plates were marked with curved lines. Ninee Kinbergi, Ehlers. Dredged in considerable numbers off Port Hood, in 1873 ; probably m muddy reddish clay. A small Lumbriconereid, probably about 4 inches in length, though none of the fragments measured more than 2 inches, with a diameter at the widest part in front (across the feet) of about 3 millim. The shape of the body is characteristic, since by the great breadth of the anterior feet a fusiform region is formed. The feet gradually increase in prominence from the Ist to the 6th or 7th, remain of considerable breadth to the 23rd or 24th, and again diminish. The head forms a pointed cone, with a few wrinkles posteriorly, two of which are often conspicuous. The two succeedirig segments and the rest of the body conform to the type in Lumbriconereis. The Ist foot has a setigerous process besides a short conical lobewith three brown spines and a dorsal group of simple winged bristles which slightly dilate beyond the shaft and taper to a fine pomt. Below the spines are two attenuated winged hooks, tapering towards the tip. The maxille (woodcut, fig. 7) have a gentle curve and end in sharp poits. The great dental plates have about six powerful recurved teeth. ‘The two antero-lateral plates have each a single curved tooth, and at its base two small crenations, aud a greater belt externally. These anterior plates have a different character from those in Hunice and Lumbriconereis, being folded flatly onthe sides of the gape, the larger in front and the smaller behmd. The posterior proces-es of the maxille have a constriction, then enlarge, aud again taper off to a point externally. The mandibles are shaped like a battle-axe, with a denticle towards the suture, the edge sloping obliquely outward and forward from this. The shafts are long and slender. On the whole they resemble the European form and also. the Ninoe Kinbergi of Ehlers from American waters ; but the * Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. xxix. no. 18, p. 408, pl. ix. fig, 94, 160 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the dental apparatus differs from the latter in respect to the antero-lateral plates, which are described and figured by the author as curved plates having ten minute teeth, and with a granular band externally. Whether this difference is due to Fic. 7.—Dental apparatus of Minoe Kinbergi. The points of the right anterior plates have been pushed to the right. Enlarged. Fig. 8.— Anterior dental plate of Ninoe Kinberg:. Magnified. structure or to a misinterpretation is an open question. Certainly the forms closely resemble each other, and the discrepancy is probably due to the difficulty in getting a good view of the parts. The base of the long pointed tooth in each plate seems to be flanked by a series of small teeth (woodcut, fig. 8). The 2nd foot has a finger-like process extending beyond the posterior lobe, but the bristles conform to the arrange- ment already mentioned. The 38rd foot is similar; the 4th has three digitate processes, the upper being the longer ; the 5th and 6th have each three processes; the 10th foot has six processes, the dorsal being the larger, and the foot 1s supported by three brown spines. The dorsal bristles are somewhat stout, have broad wings, and a short finely tapered tip; those of the inferior group have shorter tips. ‘The hooks with the long tapered tips are as before. The 15th foot presents posteriorly a long and somewhat subulate dorsal process and four shorter processes beneath it. In front is the setigerous lobe, which bears two groups of Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 161 the winged bristles, the tips of which have now become very attenuate. The winged hooks have still somewhat tapered and slightly bent tips. There are five brown spines. There are some minor differences in the number of spines in the feet of the Canadian examples, but it has been thought unnecessary to repeat what has been given under those from the ‘ Porcupine.’ The 30th foot has three spines and six lobes, the upper being the larger. The cuticle on these seems to be specially thick. The dorsal bristles (Pl. XII. fig. 28) have a compa- ratively short winged region at the end of the shaft and a slender attenuate tip—which is almost as long as the shaft— beyond it. The inferior winged and tapering bristles are little altered. At the 50th foot there are three brown spines supporting the setigerous region and a single short papilla representing the dorsal lobe. ‘The tips of the dorsal bristles are still very attenuate and the winged region short. The hooks project far, have a broad and short winged tip, the widest part being just below the neck of the hook (Pl. XII. fig. 27), which is short. The main fang is little larger than the five or six points above it. The species secretes abundant mucus, which mixes with the brownish mud amongst which it dwells. The secretion may readily line the tunnel in the mud. Ehlers observes that all the examples of the genus procured by Kinberg and himself came from American waters. Besides the Canadian specimens the ‘ Porcupine’ obtained others. It is probable that the forms described by Ehlers and that by Verrill may have closer connexion than the former supposes. Verrill observes that the first two setigerous segments have branchiz, whereas in the present the lobe appears on the second foot. His specimens came from Vine- yard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay, on muddy ground. Drilonereis canadensis, sp. n. Dredged off Port Hood, Gulf of St. Lawrence, 1873. A fragment of apparently the same form occurs in a bottle with Nematonereis in the British Museum, having been dredged. in 40 fathoms off the coast of Cornwall by Laughrin (G7 7ls 7429): Head (Pl. XIII. fig. 44) when viewed from the dorsum forms a,blunt cone, but laterally it is flat. Posteriorly the line of the head is convex, for it passes into a shallow crescent Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 1 162 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the cut out of the first segment. Inferiorly a median groove occurs. Body 5 or 6 inches long, very little narrowed ante- riorly, remaining of nearly uniform breadth for a considerable distance, and then diminishing towards the tail, which is absent in the examples. The two segments behind the head agree with the Lumbriconereid type, the first being narrower Fig. 9, Dental apparatus of Drilonerets canadensis. a, maxille and dental plates; 6, mandible. Enlarged. dorsally (from the concavity in the centre anteriorly) and wider ventrally, where it has a series of Jongitudinal wrinkles, In spirit the body is rigid and moniliform, the feet projecting at the widest or median part of each segment. Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 163 The proboscis has superiorly a pair of short and strongly curved maxillz (woodcut, fig. 9, a), which have the inner edge of the base posteriorly serrated, four or five points being present. ‘They are continuous posteriorly with a short broad plate of the same blackish-brown colour, and marked off by a slight indentation, which again articulates behind with two triangular smaller pieces, continuous, after a constriction, posteriorly with two greatly elongated slender bars, slightly tapered posteriorly. ‘The great dental plates are bar-like from above and are shorter than the curve of the maxille, though a process goes forward to the anterior plates. They have six recurved teeth, the anterior being longest. The small antero-lateral plates are three in number, each with a prominent tooth, the larger proximal one having a shoulder below the tip. The mandibles (woodcut, fig. 9, 0) are triangular, blackish, broad horny plates which lie considerably in front of the anterior plates and ventralwards. The wide anterior end is rounded and they do not always touch each other. The armature of the proboscis thus in many respects agrees with that in Drilonerets, which in all the examples seen possessed mandibles. The maxillz are brittle, especially at the wide base. The Ist foot has a small setigerous lobe in front and a conical lobe posteriorly. A pale stout spine pierces the upper part of the former. The bristles are broken. At the 10th foot the setigerous region is better developed and bears a series of stout winged bristles with a marked curvature beyond the shaft and a tapering tip (Pl. XIII. fig. 45). A single powerful spine or hook-like spine projects inferiorly, the tip being simple. The tips of the winged bristles project inferiorly. The posterior lobe is now some- what lanceolate in outline, its inferior border being convex. The shape of the foot is little altered at the 30th, and the tips of the inferior bristles are as in front, viz., just projecting in profile beyond the posterior lobe. The tip of the great simple spine is conspicuous inferiorly. At the 50th foot the posterior lobe is somewhat diminished (Pl. XIII. fig. 46), so that the tip of the great spine and the bristles are more prominent. The wings of the bristles are also narrower and the tips proportionally longer. Posteriorly, whilst the tips of the bristles are more slender, the great spine has rather increased in size. It is a very tough species, the cuticle resisting even con- siderable force, so that the bristles are apt to be injured in removing a foot. ike 164 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the This form comes near the Drilonereis longa of H. E. Webster *, from the Virginian coast, though the concavity at the anterior border of the first segment and certain details of the dental apparatus differ. How much such differences are due to imperfection in figures is an open question. It approaches the Drilonereis Elisabethe of the British seas, though differing in details of the dental apparatus, in the broader wings to the less tapered bristles, in the shape of the head, and in the presence of the crescentic hollow at the anterior border of the first segment. 3. On Norwegian Kunicide collected by Canon Norman, D.C.L., F.RS. The Eunicide in this collection are in considerable numbers and of much interest, were it enly for comparison with the British representatives. Onuphis conchylega, Sars, is not uncommon, yet O. quadricuspis, Sars, does not appear in the series, though it stretches to the shores of Canada and was formerly procured in Norwegian waters. The examples of Hyalinecia tubicola are of medium size and show the occa- sional occurrence of a tentacular cirrus as an abnormality. The most abundant Eunicid is Eunice pennata, O. F. M., and several varieties occur. Amongst these is a small series in which the branchiz commence on the 38rd foot. A single branchial filament is on the 8th foot, whilst the 12th branchia has 4 divisions, the 20th has 6 or 7, and the 30th 5 divisions, whilst the last, on the 39th foot, is a simple process as in front. The highest number of divisions observed was 10. This form seems to abound on shell-gravel, and it constructs tubes. Hunice amphihelia, Roule, is likewise common in its parchment-like tubes. Lastly, Lumbriconereis fragilis, O. F. Miller, is very generally distributed and of average size. Besides the foregoing, six or seven fragments pertaiming to the group were dredged. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE X. Fig. 1, Ventral bristle of the second foot of Diopatra neapolitana. x Zeiss oc. 2, obj. D. Fig, 2, Anterior (10th) foot of the same. The finely spiral branchia is not in good condition. Enlarged. * Trans. Albany Inst. vol. ix. p. 40, pl. vii. figs, 84-88, Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 165 . Foot of the same species behind the foregoing (about 20th). Enlarged. : Fovertul (lower) winged hook of the same foot. X Zeiss oc. 2, obj. D. . 10th foot of Onuphis brevibrachiata, Ehlers. Enlarged. . 30th foot of the same. Enlarged. . Brush-shaped bristle from the anterior region of the same. xX Zeiss oc. 4, obj. D. 3 4 5 . 6. Dorsal bristle of the same. x Zeiss oc. 2, obj. D. 3 9 . Ventral bristle of the same. Zeiss oc. 2, obj. D. 10: Winged hook of the same from the 20th foot. Enlarged. . 25, 4th foot of Minoe Kinbergi, Ehlers, the first of each group of bristles only being shown. x Zeiss oc. 2, obj. D. PuaTEe XI. . 11. Bristle of the 1st foot of Onuphis from Adventure Bank, allied to O. Grubet. X Zeiss oc. 2, obj. D. . 12. Dorsal bristle of the same. Similarly magnified. . 18. Great winged hook of Onuphis from Adventure Bank. X as before. . 14. Posterior foot of Onuphis Grubet, Marenzeller, ‘ Porcupine,’ ° 1870. Enlarged. . 15. 10th foot of Hunice Jeffreys. Enlarged. . 16. Dorsal bristle from the same foot. x 100. . 17. Brush-shaped bristle of the same. xX 100. . 18. Ventral bristle of the 10th foot of the same. xX Zeiss oc. 2, obj. D. . 19. 30th foot of the same species. X 28 diam. . 20. Ventral bristle from the 50th foot of the same. xX Zeiss oc. 2, obj. D. . 22, Dorsal bristle of Eunice amphiheie, Roule. X Zeiss oc. 2, obj. D. . 23, Brush-shaped bristle from the same. Similarly magnified. . 24, Compound bristle of the same from the 10th foot. Similarly magnified. ig. 24a. Jointed bristle from the 30th foot of the same. Similarly magnitied. - Pirate XII. . 21. 10th foot of Eunice amphihehe, Roule. Enlarged. . 246. Great winged hook behind the 50th foot of Eunice amphi- heli. . 26. 20th foot of Ninoe Kinbergi, Ehlers. x 70 diam. . 27. Long winged hook of the same from the 20th foot. x Zeiss oc. 2, obj. D. . 28. Dorsal bristle of the same (50th foot).. Similarly magnified. . 29. Dorsal view of the anterior region of Lumbriconereis acutifrons. Enlarged. . 30. Dorsal bristle of the same from the anterior region. X Zeiss oc, 2, obj. D+3 in. draw-tube. . 31, One of the more slender series from the same region of the body. Similarly magnified. . 32. Shorter winged hooks from the middle of the body. Similarly | magnified. . 83. Foot of Lumbriconereis brevipes. The dorsal edge is to the left. x Zeiss oc. 2, obj. D. g. 34, Long winged hook of the same. Similarly magnified. 166 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the PLATE XIII. Fig. 35. Bristle of the 1st foot of Onuphis quadricuspis, Sars. It is accidentally curved. » Zeiss oc. 2, obj. D. Fig. 36. 20th foot of the same. Enlarged. Fig. 87. Powerful winged and bifid hook from the posterior region of the same. X as before. Fig. 88. Bristle of the 1st foot of Onuphis near holobranchia, Maren- zeller. X as before. Fig. 39. 10th foot of the same. Magnified. Fig. 40. Foot (about 20th) of Eunzce from Cape Rosier. Enlarged. Fig. 41. Ventral bristles of the same. X as before. Fig. 42. Upper bristle of Zumbriconereis assimilis. X as before. Fig. 48. Winged hook of the same. as before. Fig. 48 a. Head and anterior end of the foregoing. Enlarged. Fig. 44. Anterior end of Drilonereis canadensis. Enlarged. Fig. 45. Upper bristle of the same. X as before. Fig. 46. 50th foot of the same. x 70 diam. VII.—On some Points in connexion with the ordinary Deve- lopment of Vaucheria Resting-spores. By H. CHARLTON Bastian, M.A., M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S. [Plate XIV.] COMPARATIVELY few persons have probably followed the development of the resting-spores of Vaucheria, owing to the length of time they remain in a dormant condition. I have long been familiar with these bodies and with various changes that are from time to time apt to occur therein, but until the summer of 1901 I had never seen them germinate and give rise to young Vaucheria plants. The only description of their germination that I have been able to find is that given by Pringsheim*. He says:—“‘ The spore remains for some time longer, without being thrown off from the parent tube on which it was produced; but the colour of its contents, which was at first green, gradually becomes paler and paler; the spore is at last rendered quite colourless and presents in its interior only one or more largish dark brown bodies. When it has lost all its colour it is detached from the parent tube in consequence of the decay of the membrane of the sporangium enclosing it. After some * “On the Impregnation and Germination of Alge.”’ Translation in Quart. Journ. Microsc. Science, 1856, p. 63, pl. iii. figs, 17-20, The figures, a8 reproduced in the Journal, and as copied in Cooke’s ‘ British Freshwater Algze,’ are very crude, aud even erroneous in several respects ; this is especially the case with fig. 17. Development of Vaucheria Resting-spores. 167 time (in my experiments after about three months) the spore, which is readily recognizable by the red-brown nuclei in its interior, suddenly resumes its green colour, and immediately thereupon grows into a young Vaucheria, exactly resembling the parent plant. Close observation shows that the innermost layer, elongating, breaks through the thick outer membrane and becomes the young tube exactly in the same way as I have described the process of development in the germinating spore of Spirogyra.” On May 8th, 1901, I had under examination a quantity of one of the larger Vaucherta which had been gathered a fortnight previously and placed with water in a shallow dish. Much of the weed had died, but on and among the filaments I found a very large number of resting-spores. A quantity of these were on this day placed in a small wide-mouth bottle, loosely covered with a screw cap, merely to exclude dust and diminish the amount of evaporation. The bottle was half- filled with water, and was then left, not far from a window, on the end of a mantelpiece in my study. The bottle was at first opened only on two or three occa- sions for a brief examination of its contents. The spores were soon found to be undergoing the common kind of change —that is, were becoming decolorized into a whitish-grey mass of granules and vesicles, containing in its midst from one to four aggregations of pigment-granules. The pigment- heaps in this case were of a reddish-brown or reddish-orange eolour, though very frequently the tint is found to be of a blackish green. After an interval of several weeks, on July 4th, I examined _ the contents of this bottle again, and in the first portion of the deposit taken up with a pipette I found a number of the resting-spores germinating and giving birth to filaments. They were associated with other spores in their ordinary condition and others still in which different changes had been taking place. Both the resting-spores themselves and the filaments that had grown from them were lined, sometimes pretty thickly and at others very sparsely, with bright green chlorophyll- corpuscles. In regard to the filaments, the most common arrangement was that the single process sent out almost immediately divided into two at a very obtuse angle; at other times the division took place at some distance from the spore, while occasionally two filaments were seen coming off from the spore itself close to one another. Subsequently they branched and changed in diameter in a very iregular manner. 168 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the The most remarkable facts, however, about these germi- nating resting-spores have had reference to the contained heaps of pigment, loosely spoken of in the foregoing transla- tion from Pringsheim as “nuclei.” The facts observed were so remarkable that I was anxious to repeat my observations in the following year, and this was done. On June 8th, 1902, I found a quantity of Vaucheria race- mosa, growing at the edge of a pond, which was absolutely crowded with resting-spores. Some of this plant was kept in water in a shallow dish, and after a day or two numbers of the spores were placed in a small stoppered bottle half-full of water. Another large quantity of spores was placed with water in a tumbler, and merely covered loosely, so as to exclude dust. On July 24th—that is, only six and a half weeks from the date of gathering—many of the resting-spores within the stoppered bottle were found to have germinated, though at that date none of the spores in the tumbler could be found in this condition. Subsequent examinations made it clear that germination took place more rapidly in the closed bottle than in the open tumbler. I have no record of the date when I first found them germinating in the tumbler, but I can say that at the expiration of three and a half months hundreds of these spores were germinating, and that the process was seen occurring in others of them during the next two months. It may not be out of place to say a few words now con- cerning the condition of these resting-spores in the long interval that occurs between decolorization and germination. For a long time they remain, without apparent change, of a greyish-white colour, owing to the presence of an intimate mixture of colourless granules and corpuscles, the latter seeming to be derivatives or remainders from the green corpuscles with which the spores were originally packed. More or less in the centre a large mass of pigment-granules, mostly of a blackish-green colour (Pl. XIV. fig. 1, A, x 250), but sometimes of a red-brown or red-orange tint, as in V. race- mosa, 18 to be seen. Three or four, or even more, smaller pigment-heaps, instead of one large one, are very common in this latter species. The largest number I have ever found is shown in B(x 250). It seems perfectly clear that these heaps of finely granular pigment are merely refuse products left over during the process of molecular transformation that the spore has undergone in becoming decolorized. Micro- scopical examination shows that they are mere heaps of fine granules, unsurrounded by any bounding membrane, Development of Vaucheria Resting-spores. 169 Now comes the question, what changes are undergone by the resting-spore in its ordinary condition, such as is shown in A, previous to its germination? It is very difficult to be certain as to this, but my impression, formed after the exami- nation of very large numbers of these bodies, is that in the normal course of development the corpuscles indicated in A almost completely disappear and that the general substance of the spore becomes resolved into a uniform mass of very minute granules. The spore has then a rather glistening silvery-white appearance, such as was seen in B. In the specimen represented in C there was much the same silvery- white appearance, but there were indications that a new set of rather smaller spheres was forming, leading on to the production of small glistening spheres of protoplasm such as are shown in D. Thereafter these small spheres seem to become green and converted into small chlorophyll-corpuscles. A specimen of this kind is shown in E, but in an early stage, as the corpuscles were still only of a very pale green colour. Pringsheim speaks of ‘‘ the innermost layer elongating,” and says it “breaks through the thick outer membrane, and becomes the young tube.” ‘These two layers are distinguish- able in H, which is, I believe, a spore becoming green and just about to germinate, while in fig. 8, D, the split in the outer membrane is recognizable. Pringsheim further intimates that these latter changes are rapidly brought about. He says, after a time the spore “suddenly resumes its green colour, and immediately there- upon grows into a young Vaucheria exactly resembling the parent plant.” As to the rapidity of these latter processes, my own observations do not enable me to make any definite statements, I now come to the most interesting and important point of all in connexion with the germination of the Vaucheria resting-spore, namely, as to the fate of the pigment-heaps which all along have been such prominent objects in the resting-spores. During my first examination of these germi- nating spores and on all subsequent occasions I have found either in the green spore itself or in one of the filaments issuing therefrom one or more of the blackish-green or red- brown pigment-heaps now appearing (when not pressed together or squeezed within a filament) as perfect spheres with sharply defined outlines, such as are shown in fig. 2 (x 250). The most surprising thing at first was to see these pigment-spheres in the filaments, as in D and in H. -The latter body is ouly enlarged half as much as the others, in 170 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the order to show the three unequal pigment-masses far away from the spore itself, and jammed together in the filament *. Many of the spheres have been seen very much further away in the filaments than this, and many also have been seen just emerging from the spore, as in C, where the middle body is much compressed between the other two. To casual observation these bodies all appear to be motion- less; but after exposure for a little while to the light and heat from the microscope-lamp, very faint and more or less imperceptible movements can be detected in most of them. During my first study of these bodies, while examining a spore containing two of them, as in B, I saw one of the spheres moving forwards and backwards over a space scarcely equalling its own breadth without any visible change in shape, and with a slow gliding movement like that of an Actinophrys. But through the walls of the spore no rays of any kind could be detected then or since, though I have repeatedly watched their very slow movements taking place when these spheres have been within the spores and also within the filaments. Sometimes there has been a distinct interval between the forward and the backward movements ; at other times it is clear that the movements of the pigment- spheres must be more continuous in one direction. In October last I had under observation a spore in which within and just outside there were four unequal pigment- spheres, and also two others some distance away within the filament. Thisspecimenisshown in Pl. XIV. fig.3, A ( x 125), though the two spheres close together in the filament are very indistinct, owing to their being out of focus. After I had taken this photograph, with a short exposure, I noticed that the movements of the spheres within and near the spore were more marked than usual. I left the specimen therefore exposed to the light and heat of the lamp (I was using no screen at the time) for exactly fifteen minutes, and then I took the photograph represented in B (x 250), with an expo- sure of three minutes. ‘The results shown are most interesting. Dnring the fifteen minutes’ interval the lowest sphere had evidently moved considerably, though from the sharpness of its outline it is clear that it can scarcely have moved at all during the taking of the photograph. The small upper sphere had evidently moved less, though very perceptibly, during the interval, and had oscillated during the three minutes in which the photograph was being taken, as its * One of the two smaller bodies is flattened against the upper wall of the filament. Development of Vaucheria Resting-spores. 171 outline is so hazy and indistinct. The other small and the large sphere had moved comparatively little. A rather large sphere of red-orange colour which was a long way out in a filament is shown in C (x 375) after it had been killed by a weak solution of formalin. The sharp- ness of its outline shows that all movements had been stopped. In some of the large spheres a very rudimentary development takes place. They no longer have the appearance shown in C; they seem to have grown somewhat, since around the heap of pigment-granules there is a rim of brownish-yellow protoplasm, such as is to be seen in D (x 250). This body is situated in an empty spore, whose outer membrane shows the rupture produced during germination. On a single occasion only have I seen one of these pigment- spheres encysted. It was situated outside a filament from which it had been liberated *. This specimen was in the first stock of these germinating resting-spores that was examined, and was found after the spores had been in my possession in a small bottle for five months. The cyst showed a rough tuberculated margin as in E (x 500), and the contents were of a blackish-green colour. Although this body was outside the filament, there was no room for doubt as to its nature. I have now examined two or three hundred germinating resting-spores of Vaucheria, and in every one of them the original pigment-heaps have been seen in one or other of the conditions just described—each of them, that is, has been found to be included in a small mass of protoplasm which has been formed around it in some way during the stages immediately preceding the germination of the spore. So long as the spore has not sent forth any filaments we see more or less ill-defined aggregates of pigment-granules, this being the case even up to the stage almost immediately preceding germi- nation, such asis shown in Pl. XIV. fig. 1, Dand HE. Onthe other hand, as soon as germination has taken place we find these pigment-heaps, spherical, sharply defined, enclosed within ascanty amount of protoplasm, and exhibiting slight powers of independent movement, which, as with other low organisms, are destroyed by weak solutions of formalin or osmic acid. There cannot be a doubt, in fact, that we have to do with * The liberation is easily accounted for, as it very commonly happens that after a time the spore itself and one or more of the proximal seg- ments of the filament die. All the chlorophyll-corpuscles of such segments disappear, while the membranes often become soft and disinte- grated. The tormation of dissepiments in both young and old filaments of J aucheria is by no means uncommon, 172 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the the generation within the resting-spores of Vaucherta of inde- pendent forms of life of a very low order, resembling Am@bee or the simplest forms of Actinophrys, but forms of life which. are so heavily freighted with indigestible matter as to give them but a poor chance of undergoing further development. March 20, 1903.—During the last three or four days I have again examined many specimens taken from the second batch of developed Vaucheria resting-spores contained in the open vessel, These examinations have been made after a long interval, and during this time much of the water had evaporated. Though rather more than ten months had elapsed from the date when the resting-spores were gathered, many of them were found to be still undeveloped. They were mixed with much débris from dead - filaments, with empty cases of resting-spores, and with a large quantity of pale green Vaucheria filaments emanating from resting-spores which had germinated. Some of these filaments were still in continuity with, though others were separated from, the spores from which they had issued. Each of the resting-spores in connexion with living fila- ments contained one or more of the pigmented Ameeboid spheres. ‘These were now found to be almost motionless, and none of them had wandered out into the green filaments. They were therefore probably some of the resting-spores that had recently developed, after long confinement under un- favourable conditions, with the result that the pigment Amebe were less active than those which had been produced at an earlier period. On the other hand, many of the spores and filaments were dead, and from them all, or almost all, the chlorophyll-cor- puscles had disappeared, though these filaments contained one, two, or more of the spherical Am@be, and many of them were in a more fully developed condition than any I had previously seen. The specimens had lapsed into a resting- stage and were perfectly motionless; but they were seen to possess a wider and more distinct border of protoplasm, stained of a slightly brownish colour, but free from pigment-granules, Some of these specimens, as in Pl. XIV. fig. 4, A (x 875), showed clear indications of a commencing segmentation of this peripheral protoplasm, while in others, as in B (x 375), — segmentation had actually occurred into a number of minute monads, whose movements had to be arrested with a dilute solution of osmic acid before the photograph could be taken. Two or three of these monads (rather out of focus) may be Development of Vaucheria Resting-spores. 173 seen just escaping after rupture of the limiting membrane of the sphere. In other specimens the change that occurred in these more developed pigment Amebe was different. No peripheral pigment-free protoplasm was developed, but a central nuclear mass of protoplasm, such as may be seen in C and D (x 875), was produced. All these specimens, as I have said, were found in other- wise empty filaments—that is, in filaments denuded of chloro- phyll-corpuscles. It is probable therefore that they were relatively old and were relicts of some of the earlier germi- nations. I have only found a single specimen of the pigment Amcbe in one of these more developed states while still con- tained within an old resting-spore. ‘This specimen is shown in fig. 4, HK (x 375), and it may be seen to represent a rather abortive attempt at the formation of one of the central nuclear masses. Both these changes in resting Amabe are very familiar to me. ‘They occur frequently in some other kinds of large Amebe which are apt to swarm in cells of Nvtelle and in Vaucheria filaments when these plants have been kept for a short time under certain unnatural conditions. These parti- cular Amebe, however, grow most rapidly, while gorging themselves with chlorophyll-corpuscles. They then pass into a resting condition, and in the course of twenty-four hours or less many of them begin to segment peripherally into flagel- late monads, while others, lying side by side with them, and therefore under similar conditions, for some mysterious reason go through the alternative process—that is, each of them gives rise to a single central sphere of protoplasm, which becomes surrounded by a membrane, and then remains in a quiescent condition for three or fourmonths. After this long period the substance of the central mass of protoplasm also undergoes simultaneous segmentation into a number of minute flagellate monads or zoospores *. It seems clear, therefore, that the sluggish Amebe whose origin has been traced from the mere heaps of pigment- granules always present within the resting-spores of certain species of Vaucherza tend, after comparatively long periods, to pass through developmental phases of a kind so definite as to remove all doubt as to the fact of their being independent * These changes in Mitella and Vaucheria will be fully described in Part IV. of my ‘Studies in Heterogenesis, to be published about December next, : 174 On the Development of Vaucheria Resting-spores. animal organisms, even though they have taken origin from the substance of the plant. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV. Fig. 1. A. Anordinary decoloured Vaucheria resting-spore. B. A resting-spore of V. racemosa with many pigment-heaps and the substance generally composed of fine granules. C. A spore very much like the last, but in which vesicles seem beginning to form again from the granular substance. D. Another spore, in which the new vesicles are small and dis- tinct, but colourless. ; E. A spore almost ready to germinate, in which the small vesicles have taken on a pale green colour and the pigment-mass has become more defined in outline. All X 250. Fig. 2. A. A spore which has germinated lined with small chlorophyll- corpuscles and containing a single pigment-organism. B. A spore with two pigment-organisms and scarcely any chloro- phyll-corpuscles. C. A spore with three pigment-organisms making their way out into the filament. D. A spore and filament, showing a large pigment-organism in the latter compressed into an ovoid shape. E, Another germinated spore, showing a large and two small pigment-organisms far out into the filament and com- pressing one another, one being flattened against the upper border of the filament. A, B, C, D, x 250; E, x 125. Fig. 8. A. Aspore thickly lined with chlorophyll-corpuscles and con- taining four unequal pigment-organisms. B. The same spore, more highly magnified, after an interval of fifteen minutes, in order to show indications of the move- ments of the organisms during the interval, during the period when this photograph was being taken, or during both these periods. C. A large pigment-organism, far out in a filament well lined with chlorophyll-corpuscles, after it had been killed by a solution of formalin. D. A more developed pigment-organism within an old spore, which, as well as the filament, was devoid of chlorophyll- corpuscles. E. One of the pigment-organisms which has become encysted outside a filament. A, X 125; B, x 250; ©, x 375; D, * 250; EH, x 500. Fig. 4. A. Two pigment Amebe in an otherwise empty filament, with a distinct margin of brownish protoplasm, showing some indications of approaching segmentation. B. One of the Amcebe in which peripheral segmentation into monads has taken place. C & D. Two pigment Amebde in which a central nuclear mass of protoplasm has been formed. EB. An old resting-spore, containing a pigment Amada in which there is an abortive attempt at the formation of a similar nuclear mass of protoplasm. All x 375, On Diatoms and a Parasitic Alga. 175 VIIL—On the Relations between certain Diatoms and the Fisston-products of a Parasitic Alga (Chlorochytrium). By H. Cuartton Bastian, M.A., M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S8. [Plate XV.] Muc# interest was excited in 1872 owing to the discovery by F’. Cohn * of an alga existing as a parasite in the thallus of the ivy-leaf duckweed (Lemna trisulca). This was followed in 1877 by the discovery of another parasitic alga by Prof. Perceval Wright } infesting various marine alew. Since this time several other forms have been discovered, and rather an extensive literature has grown up concerning Chlorochytrium and allied genera. A key to some of this literature will be found in de Tonis’s ‘ Sylloge Algarum,’ vol. i. (1889) p. 636, in which an attempt was made to classify the various species then known. Among the new forms there is one, Ch. Knyanum, found in Lemna gibba and in L. minor, which was examined and figured by G. Klebs ft in 1881. This is evidently the alga that I have of late met with very abundantly in both these species of duckweed, and to which my present remarks will refer. I find during autumn and winter among duckweed from various localities many dead and decolorized leaves, having a greyish-white and somewhat gelatinous appearance. Such leaves may be easily picked out by spreading some of the duckweed in a thin stratum of water over a white dish. It will be found that the decolorized leaves are all devoid of rootlets, and possibly this loss of the rootlets may have been the main cause leading to the premature death and change in the appearance of the leaves. Examination with a hand-lens, magnifying eight or ten diameters, will show in many of such leaves that the upper greyish-white surface is flecked with minute specks of an emerald-green colour, sometimes abundantly and sometimes sparsely, while examination of these or other leaves under the microscope will often show an abundance of the early stages of such bright green specks, so minute as to have been invisible with the mere hand-lens. It is best to pick out the smaller leaves for microscopical * ¢ Beitrage zur Biologie der Pflanzen,’ Heft xi. p. 87, + Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. vol. xxvi. p. 13. t Botan. Zeitung, 1881, p. 248, t. iii. figs. 11-165, 176 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on Diatoms and the examination, and even then (especially with ZL. gibba) the examination can often only be satisfactorily carried out by placing one of the leaves in water on an excavated glass slip (taking care that its upper surface is uppermost), and gently compressing the leaf, if necessary, with the cover-glass. An examination of a very large number of these infected leaves has enabled me to ascertain the following facts :— The very active spores of the Chlorochytrium penetrate to some of the intercellular spaces of the leaf through the stomata. Single spores or such bodies after a primary fission may be seen just within the stomata (Pl. XV. fig. 1, A). Sometimes the entire spore or the segments of the once or twice divided spore will grow considerably before undergoing any further fission (as in B), though more commonly division goes on so as to produce eight or more cells (C), which, as they grow, soon become tightly packed within the now dilated substomatal space (D). Hxamination of the surface of the leaf over one of these patches will always reveal a stoma greatly dilated and almost circular in shape *. The mode of infection in L. minor and L. gibba is there- fore altogether different from that described by Cohn as occurring in L. trisulea. In that species of duckweed there is, curiously enough, an absence of stomata. The average shape and appearance of the patches of Chlorochytrium in L. trisulca is also rather different from that of the patches in the other two duckweeds, and the latter patches also lack the distinct and often thick bounding membrane which occurs round the patches in L. trisulca. In each of the forms the tendency is to an ultimate pro- duction of minute spherical or ovoidal zoospores, which, after exhibiting a swarming movement, may make their way out of the space in which they have been developed. It often happens, however, in each of these forms of Chlorochytrium that the zoospores may, either in whole or in part, not succeed in escaping, but come to rest within their respective cells or spaces (fig. 2, B, x 375). What I have further to say refers especially to Oh. Knya- num, and to this form as it occurs in L. gibba. In some of the smaller patches composed only of two or of four enlarged cells it may occasionally be seen that segmen- tation of the contents of one of the cells only has occurred, while others have remained unaltered. This same kind of independence in the life of the cells occurs also in larger * All the components of figs. 1,2, and 3 have been magnified 250 diameters except fig. 2, B; this latter, as well as all the components of figs. 4, 5, and 6, have been taken at a magnification of 375 diameters. Fisston-products of a Parasitic Alga. 177 aggregates, some of the individual units of which may often be seen entire and undivided, while the contents of others are in different stages of fission down to the final stage of spore- formation. It seems probable that sometimes the swarm-spores are formed by a simultaneous segmentation of the cell-contents into the brood of spores, but in other cases, as was clearly shown by G. Klebs* for Ch. Lemna, the cells undergo successive processes of fission till the swarm-spores are pro-— duced. This latter kind of process I have found to occur very abundantly in Ch. Knyanum. Multitudes of partially empty spaces may be seen con- taining large or small specimens of these intermediate fission- products, those within the same space being either all of one size (fig. 2, C) or of very different sizes. Other spaces may be seen still full and distended with Chlorochytrium, the constituent cells of which exhibit very different degrees of segmentation (fig. 2, A). Some have become resolved into the minute zoospores (tig. 2, B), while others have remained as fission-products varying much in size. Some writers have spoken of some of the larger forms as being probably * resting-spores.”’ It seems to me, however, that it can only with certainty be said that the Chlorochytrium cells undergo processes of divi- sion to a variable extent, so as to yield fission-products of very different sizes, and that, presumably under the influence of some unfavourable conditions in their environment, some of the products at each of these stages may undergo no further changes of a normal kind, and thus may never give rise to Chlorochytrium spores. This brings me to one of the important points which this communication is destined to make known, which is, that in the later stages of the life of Ch. Knyanum the fission-products within the intercellular spaces of the leaf are often found to be more or less intermixed with diatoms, varying not a little in size and in shape. This association is met with sometimes in spaces none of the contents of which have escaped, and then the contrast is great between the beautiful emerald-green of the algoid cells aud the brownish-yellow colour of the diatoms mixed there- with. At other times partially empty spaces are seen con- taining the fission-products of the alga alone (PI. XV. fig. 2,C), diatoms alone (fig. 2, D), or a mixture of the two kinds of units (fig. 3, A, B, C, D). * Loe. cit. Taf, iii. figs. 10, a, 5, ¢. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 12 178 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on Diaioms and the More rarely spaces are found densely packed with brownish- yellow diatoms only, in different stages of growth and deve- lopment, except perhaps for the association of one or two minute algoid corpuscles (fig. 4, A, B, C, D) *. In regard to the diatoms themselves, these are sometimes very small and rudimentary (as in fig. 3, A, and in the upper part of D), but at others they are much larger (as in fig. 3, B,C, D). These larger sizes are either fairly broad and ovoid, like Navicwle, or else narrow and elongated, like Nitzschie (fig. 4, C, D). In almost all cases, however, the diatoms have the appear- ance of being immature; they have ill-developed siliceous envelopes and are all quite full of brownish-yellow endo- chrome. There are also at times indications that growth and multiplication of these immature forms is or has been taking place, looking to the way in which they are occasionally ranged side by side in short rows in some of the half-empty spaces (as in fig. 8, A, and in the upper part of D). The substomatal spaces which have been tenanted by the Chlorochytrium are characterized, as | have said, by a greatly distended and almost circular stoma, and often by having their walls stained of a more or less distinct rust-colour. Indications of the latter change are to be seen in fig. 2, OC, Df. _ It is a fact of much importance that diatoms are never to be found in any of the substomatal spaces except in those which either actually contain or bear marks of having been previously tenanted by Chlorochytrium. - Unfortunately I have found it very difficult to photograph some of the most remarkable specimens I have met with. This has been due to a combination of causes. It has been partly owing to the light having to pass through the whole thickness of the leaf, partly because of the staining of the walls of the spaces, partly because the photograph yields no discrimination in shade between the emerald-green colour of the alga and the characteristic brownish yellow of the diatom, and at other times owing to the diatoms being so densely packed within their little subepidermal pockets that their individual forms cannot be clearly shown, as in fig. 4, in which two of the spaces (C and D) were closely packed with * The specimens shgwn in this figure looked much more densely packed before the leaves from which they were taken were immersed ii elycerine in order to facilitate the taking of the photographs. All the other photographs have been taken from leayes immersed in water only, except fig. 6, A, which was also taken from a specimen in glycerine. ~ } Of course these two characteristics, belonging to different planes, van neyer be seen together in the same photograph, Fission-products of a Parasitic Alga. 179 small but long and slender diatoms like Nitzschiv, while fig. 3, C, D, contained broader and more ovoid organisms of the Navicula type. It occasionally happens that the spores of the Chloro- chytrium force their way from a closely packed space in which they have been produced, whence exit is not easy, in between various of the contiguous sub-epidermal cells, and occasionally in these situations I have also found diatoms. Spores in these situations between the spherical cells are shown on the right side of fig. 1, D. There is another point of much interest to be mentioned. Sometimes one of the epidermal cells, of zigzag outline, will here and there be found filled by a light green alga having the appearance of being a species of Chlorochytrium (fig. 5, A). Other of these cells may be found in which such bodies seem about to undergo fission into several smaller cells (fig. 5, B), and others still in which the original cell has divided into small green ovoid products (C) or into a number of more minute zoospores. In one case such zoospores were seen to have assumed a yellow colour and some of them seemed to be elongating, as was the case with some of the segments shown in fig. 5, D. Many other of these isolated epidermal cells have been found containing either small ovoid diatoms only (fig. 5, F) or a mixture of such diatoms with green fission-products as in fig. 5, E—just as I have found the two kinds of bodies associated in the much larger sub- stomatal spaces. The diatoms in the epidermal cells are always small, com- monly of about the same size, but not invariably so, and mostly having the appearance of being minute Navicule. How the Chlorochytrium spores obtain an entry into the epidermal cells I am unable to state; but being actively motile, it would clearly be much easier for them to get in than for the diatoms to do so. It seems most probable that it is the spores of Ch. Any- anum which infect these epidermal cells, and it seems possible that they may penetrate them from a substomatal space, as I have often, though by no means invariably, found such infected epidermal cells just over, or by the side of, one of these spaces. What interpretation is to be given concerning the associa- tion of the diatoms with the Chlorochytrium fission- products ? Only two possibilities seem to present themselves :— (a) The diatoms have, like the alge, obtained entry to the subepidermal spaces through the stomata. Ae 180 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on Diatoms and the (5) The diatoms have been produced zn situ by a trans- formation of the fission-products of the alga. The first of these possibilities it will be convenient to speak of as the Infection Hypothesis and the second as the Trans- formation Hypothesis. (a) Infection Hypothesis.—The difficulty in accounting for the facts seems to me to be extreme in accordance with this supposition, especially if we bear in mind what is authorita- tively known concerning diatoms. ‘The important points are these :— 1. No motile spores are known, and previous to 1896 there was no certain knowledge concerning the existence of spores of any kind in diatoms. ‘The important discovery by George Murray of undoubted spores or germs, originating by a pro- cess of rejuvenescence, in species belonging to three marine genera * constitutes all that is certainly known at present on this subject. 2. It is commonly stated by writers that individual diatoms do not increase in size}, increase in bulk of diatoms being only brought about asa result of ‘ conjugation,” which is admitted to be a comparatively rare process. 3. Previous to the above-mentioned discovery by George Murray diatoms were said to be formed only (a) by a process ot ‘ conjugation ” or rejuvenescence, or (0) by fission, which is the common process, and one that involves a very slight diminution in size of the products f. Such facts concerning diatoms in general must be borne in mind in conjunction with these others more specially bearing upon the question now under consideration. 4, The substomatal spaces which either are or have been tenanted by Chlorochytrium probably constitute much less than 10 per cent. of those existing on most leaves of the duckweed, yet no diatoms are ever to be seen in the other 90 per cent. of the substomatal spaces, 5. The purposeless to-and-fro movements of some diatoms when free in a fluid, and their absence of movement when lying on the surface of a leaf, seem quite incompatible with the notion of their selective penetration through certain special stomata only. 6. A point of still greater importance is the fact that * Proc, Roy. Soc. Edinb. 1896-97, p, 207. + Wolle, ‘ Diatomaceze of North America,’ 1890, p. 11; Smith’s ‘ British Diatomacee,” vol. i. 1853, p. xxiv, and 1856, vol. ii. p. vii; and Pritchard, 4th ed. 1861, pp. 58, 61-63. t Wolle, doc. cat. p. 11, Fission-products of a Parasitic Alga. 181 diatoms are never to be seen in the spaces in which the Chlorochytrium is in one of its early stages of development ; they are to be found only in association with its later stages, where some of the final segmentations have been taking place, and often where the patches are so old that the walls of the spaces containing them are stained of a rust-colour. 7. None of the diatoms found either within the spaces or within their ramifications between surrounding cells have ever been seen to move. 8. Moreover, where the diatoms exist they are often inti- mately intermixed with the algoid cells; they are also to be seen in the peripheral regions of spaces, even when these are still full, and small specimens are likewise to be found between the spherical subepidermal cells contiguous to the invaded space. Such facts are incompatible with an entry of diatoms from without, especially if we bear in mind what has been said under the last two heads. 9. Again, where the diatoms exist they not only vary much in size and shape in different spaces, but even within different regions of the same space. Taken as a whole these various facts seem to me abso- lutely to negative the Infection Hypothesis as a means of accounting for the association of the diatoms with the fission- products of Chlorochytrium in the subepidermal spaces. (b) Transformation Hypothesis.—The facts which are so incompatible with the foregoing hypothesis will be found either to offer no difficulties to, or to be capable of receiving a ready explanation in accordance with, the transformation hypothesis. This hypothesis is also strengthened by other facts not previously reterred to. 1. The absence of the diatoms from the 90 per cent. of the substomatal spaces which are not infected by the alge is explained. 2. The absence of movements on the part of the diatoms in question affords no difficulty. 3. The absence of the diatoms from the Chlorochytrium spaces during the early stages of the development of the alga affords no difficulty and is explained. 4, The variation in the size of the diatoms is explained, in the main, by the varying size of the fission-products of the aloa. The two kinds of units very commonly coexist, and where the algoid cells are small the diatoms are small, where they are of medium or larger size the diatoms are similarly of medium or larger size. Such variations in the size of the algoid cells are very common within the same infected space, 182 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on Diatoms and the and then, when diatoms are present, they are also of various SIZes. 5. Old, partially empty, spaces are often to be seen con- taining the Chlorochytrium iission-products, small or large; others may be found containing diatoms, small or large; and others again partially empty, but containing a mixture of the algoid fission-products with diatoms of a corresponding size. 6. Other spaces still densely filled will show, with the algoid cells, diatoms either packed in their midst or occupying the boundaries of the spaces, and often differing greatly in size in the two situations. They are likewise to be found occasionally in the narrow spaces between contiguous spherical cells, where, as I have said, algoid spores from the parent brood not unfrequently penetrate. 7. In the spaces where the algoid cells and the diatoms are mixed some of the cells may be seen to have assumed the brownish-yellow colour of the diatoms, and some of such cells may also be seen more or less elongated and apparently deve- loping into diatoms. 8. The majority of the diatoms have an immature appear- ance. ‘Ihe siliceous envelope in the great majority of them seems to be either absent or very imperfectly developed, and unmistakable evidence that multiplication of these immature diatoms has taken place is frequently to be seen”. There is no probability, and no one, I think, is likely to maintain, that diatoms are normal phases in the life-history of this parasitic alga; and as a careful consideration of the evidence as a whole appears utterly irreconcilable with the infection hypothesis, we seem unavoidably driven to the con- clusion, which is so congruous with all the facts, that the diatoms in question are heterogenetic products actually pro- duced by the transformation of the cells of the alga, alike in the substomatal spaces and in the epidermal cells. I include the epidermal cells in this statement, because * Some of the differences in size, apart from differences in the size of the algoid fission-products from which the diatoms have originated, may be due to increase in bulk of these immature organisms. Although this is at variance with commonly received views, it is in accord with the observations of George Murray, who says (Joe. cit. p. 216) that young diatoms formed within a parent by a process of rejuvenescence when liberated by “the separation of the parent valves at the girdle may grow, divide, and multiply before fully attaining the characteristic external sculpturing and adornment of the parent.” Young diatoms originating in fresh water may find silica in all pond-water. The ammonia con- tained in main-water, like other alkalies, easily dissolves silica or aluminium silicate when in a finely pulverised state, and one or other of these compounds is to be found in all soils (see Prof. Edwards, “ On the Solubility of Silica,” ‘The Chemical News,’ Jan, 1896, p. 13). Fission-products of a Parasitic Alga. 183 almost all that has been said against the infection hypothesis and in favour of the transformation hypothesis as accounting for the presence of the diatoms in the substomatal spaces holds good also in regard to their presence in the epidermal cells. In one respect the argument is even stronger in its application to them, since there is much evidence to show that diatoms are only found in those epidermal cells which are or have been tenanted by the alga, and such infected cells never constitute more than the smallest fraction per cent. of those existing on the whole upper surface of a leaf. A further point of extreme importance is to be found i in the very great differences in the size and shape of the diatoms, according as they originate from the small or the larger algoid fission- products. Yet these variations, for which no ether contributory cause is apparent to us, are 80 great that botanists unaware of the origin of the diatoms, and finding them in the Chlorochytrium spaces, would almost certainly regard some of them as belonging to different species of the same genus, and others even as representatives of distinct genera. This, however, is a subject which must be left for future investigation. It was suggested to me by a distinguished botanist, to whom I showed some of the specimens of duckweed containine in their substomatal spaces and epithelial cells mixtures in various proportions of Chlorochytrium segments and diatoms, that their association might be explained by the Infection Hypothesis, backed by the assumption that Ckemotaxis had been in operation, which in this case would mean that the physico-chemical processes associated with the growth and multiplication of the alge within the spaces were capable of giving rise to products exercising au attractive influence upon the diatoms. It was not pretended that there was any direct evidence in favour of this assumption; it was advanced as a possible explanation and merely to stave off the conclusion, otherwise inevitable, that the diatoms had been produced by. the trans- formation of the cells of the alga. A careful and unbiassed consideration of the following facts will, however, I think make it plain that the evidence is overwhelmingly against Chemotaxis and the Infection Hypothesis :— 1. Chemotaxis can only be supposed to operate at short distances; but such diatoms as are found within the spaces are never to be seen on the surface of the duckweed. 2. The diatoms that are commonly met with on the surface 184 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on Diatoms and the of the thallus (a comparatively large Navieula and a Cocconezs) are never found within the substomatal spaces or the epithelial cells. 3. Chemotaxis implies a direct power of movement in response to an attractive influence; but none of the diatoms on the surface of the duckweed within the spaces or within the epithelial cells have ever been seen to move. 4, The diatoms in the spaces are found intimately inter- mixed with the algoid cells, and generally in situations to which they could not be supposed to have the power of penetrating. 5. The diatoms can often be seen to have replaced algoid cells rather than to have pushed them aside. 6. Finally, in places, the algoid cells can be seen elon- gating into the forms of the diatoms and at the same time changing from a bright green to a yellowish-brown colour. Moreover, since making these observations on L. gibba and L. minor I have ascertained that similar transformations of some of the fission-products of the Chlorochytrium which infests LZ. triésulca are also to be met with in that species of duckweed. ‘The diatoms found in this species have been almost always very small and of the Navicula type—no Niteschie having ever been seen in association with the segmentation-products of this particular variety of Chloro- chytrium, although the duckweed bearing it has been taken from one of the same ponds from which I have obtained my supplies of L. gibba and L. minor. In fig. 6 (x 3875) some of the combinations that have been met with are shown. In A four small spaces are shown: in the upper one algoid segments and diatoms were intermixed; in the one on the left young diatoms were seen forming, the contents of this space being distinctly paler than those of the other two spaces, in which the diatoms were more fully formed and more closely packed. In B two or three fused contiguous spaces are shown in which algoid cells and diatoms, together with various inter- mediate forms, were intimately intermixed; while C is the only space that I have yet found in ZL. trisulca containing diatoms as large as are there represented. ‘They were mixed with Chlorochytrium cells and other minute diatoms, though the latter are not recognizable in the photograph. It is worthy of note that in Lemna trisulca there are no stomata. The active algoid spores penetrate, as F. Cohn showed, by boring between the epithelial cells into subjacent spaces, where they increase and multiply in practically closed cavities and become also surrounded by a kind of capsule. Subsequently their active spores make their way out through ee Fission-products of a Parasitic Alga. 185 very minute apertures which they themselves form; but in this species of duckweed there are no widely dilated stomata through which in earlier or in later stages, should they attempt it, diatoms would be free to enter. Another point is also of much importance, and that is the frequency with which diatoms may be seen around the peri- phery of spaces still densely crowded with Chlorochytrium- products which have not yet begun to emerge. These diatoms therefore make their appearance within closed cavities and often in regions far removed from the original point of entry of the active algoid spore. No infection hypothesis, even backed by a further hypothesis of chemotaxis, is, I submit, capable of explaining the presence of these diatoms. They are evidently formed where they are found by a trans- formation of the algoid cells, and different stages of the process may often be clearly recognized, the spherical cells, as I have said, becoming elongated and changing from a bright green to a brownish-yellow colour as they take on the forms of the diatoms *. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV, All the components of figs. 1-3 have been photographed at a magnifi- cation of 250 diameters except fig. 2, B; this, as well as all the compo- nents of figs. 4, 5, 6, have been taken at a magnification of 375 diameters. Fig.1. A, shows two stomata of Lemna gibba which have been pene- trated by spores of Chlorochytrium Knyanum; in the lower one the spore has divided. B, a group of Chlorochytrium cells within a substomatal space. C, another group (older) in which the cells are more closely pressed together. D, astill older patch of Chlorochytrium that has begun to yield spores, some of which have passed out and are lodged between the spherical cells situated underneath the epidermis. Fig. 2, A, several contiguous patches of Chlorochytrium, showing fission- products varying much in size. B,asingle large Chlorochytrium cell which is full of spores. C, a partially empty sub-stomatal space containing fission-products of medium size. D, a similar partly empty space containing diatoms of medium size. The wall of the space was distinctly more brown in D than in C. Fig. 3. A, a mixture of fission-products and of diatoms of different sizes within a space. 8B, another space containing rather larger fission-products mixed with rather large diatoms. C, like the last, only with a much larger number of diatoms than of fission- products. D, a space containing larger diatoms still, together with some very minute ones in an upper extension of the space. The diatoms shown in this figure are probably different kinds of Navicule. * In my ‘Studies in Heterogenesis,’ Part iii. Sec. xiii. p. 181, I have described and illustrated the origin of diatoms from other algoid cells which are often to be found on the surface and in the substomatal spaces of the different species of duckweed, 186 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Fig. 4. A and B, two spaces containing a mixture of small Chlorochy- trium segments and of developing diatoms. C and D, two other spaces with very few green fission-products, but with many much elongated diatoms of the Mitzschia type. Fig. 5. A, an epidermal cell full of Chlorochytrium. B, two other cells containing Chlorochytriwm which seems about to divide into fission-products. C, another epidermal cell containing Chloro- chytrium which has divided into several nearly equal segments. D, an epidermal cell containing many small segments which had assumed a yellowish colour and were beginning to elon- gate. E, an epidermal cell containing diatoms mixed with some green fission-products. IF, another epidermal cell con- taining a number of diatoms, but only twe green Chlorochytrium fission-products. All these diatoms resembled small Navicule. Fig. 6 shows diatoms developing from the fission-products of Chloro- chytrium Lemne. A, four contiguous spaces, of which the upper one contained a mixture of minute fission-products and of diatoms, that on the left diatoms in an early stage of deve- lopment, while the other two were densely packed with more mature Navieule. B, two large contiguous spaces containing an intimate mixture of fission-products and of developing diatoms. C, another space containing some fission-products and a number of diatoms larger than are usually to be found within the sub-epidermal spaces of the ivy-leaf duckweed. 1X.—Descriptions of Three new Batrachians from Tonkin. By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S. A COLLECTION made by Mr. H. Fruhstorfer, of Berlin, in the Man-Son Mountains, Tonkin, altitude 3000-4000 feet, and purchased from him by the Trustees of the British Museum, contains, in addition to several little-known frogs (Lepto- brachium carinense, Bler., L. pelodytoides, Blgr., Hyla simplex, Bttgr., Rana Guenthert, Blgr., R. graminea, Bler., R. nigrovittata, Blyth, R. Ricketti, Blgr., Oxyglossus Mar- tensti, Peters, Rhacophorus verrucosus, Blgr.), examples of three new species, one of which is even entitled to be regarded as the type of a new genus, OPHRYOPHRYNE, gen. nov. Pupil horizontal. Mouth small, toothless, inferior. Tongue pear-shaped, adherent, entire, swollen and cup-shaped behind. Tympanum distinct. Fingers free, toes nearly free, the tips not dilated. Outer metatarsals united. Omosternum carti- laginous ; sternum with a slender bony style. Sacral vertebra with very strongly dilated diapophyses and one condyle for articulation with the coccyx. Like Cophophryne, Blgr., this genus presents an interesting Batrachians from Tonkin. 187 combination of characters, agreeing with the Bufonide in the absence of teeth, whilst in other respects it shows such remark- able points in common with Pelobatide, e. g. Leptobrachium and Megalophrys, that one must regard it as on the whole nearer to the latter than to the true toads: another instance of the over-estimation of dentition as a character by which to define families in the Batrachia. Ophryophryne microstoma. Head small; snout very short, obliquely truncate, pro- jecting considerably beyond the mouth; canthus rostralis distinct, loreal region vertical; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; a horn-like dermal appendage on the super- ciliary edge; eye rather small, a little larger than the very dis- tinct tympanum. Limbsslender; fingersand toes with slightly swollen tips, without subarticular tubercles; first finger not extending quite as far as second ; palmar and plantar tubercles indistinct. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the shoulder or the tympanum. Skin with small warts; above with delicate symmetrical glandular lines, which form two V’s on the head and anterior part of the back and an H on the poste- rior part. Greyish, with darker symmetrical markings ; black spots on the sides of the body and limbs; a white wart on each side of the breast. Four specimens, the largest (a gravid female) measuring 55 millim. from snout to vent. Rana nasica. Vomerine teeth in two short oblique series between the choane. Head a little longer than broad, strongly depressed, with pointed, very prominent snout; canthus rostralis sharp, loreal region deeply concave; nostril equally distant from the eye and the tip of the snout; interorbital space nearly as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum very distinct, 2 to 2 diameter of eye. Fingers rather slender, first extending beyond second ; toes entirely webbed ; tips of fingers and toes dilated into well-developed disks; subarticular tubercles small but very prominent; a small oval inner and a very small round outer metatarsal tubercle. 'Tibio-tarsal articula- tion reaching the tip of the snout or a little beyond. Skin smooth, granulate on the pelvic region ; a narrow glandular dorso-lateral fold. Greyish olive or brown above, with or without blackish spots; canthus rostralis, temple, and outer edge of glandular lateral fold blackish ; upper lip from below 188 Mr. O. Thomas on the nostril white; tympanum reddish ; limbs with numerous regular dark cross-bars ; lower parts white, uniform or dotted with brown. Male without humeral gland, with a large external vocal sac on each side of the throat. From snout to vent 46 millim. Four male specimens. Closely allied to &. alttcola, Blgr., which differs in the less prominent snout and the less deeply concave loreal region. Rhacophorus corticalis. Vomerine teeth in two small oblique groups between the choane. Head large, very strongly depressed; snout rounded, with prominent canthus, and very oblique slightly concave loreal region ; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum as large as the eye. I ingers free, ending in very large disks; toes entirely webbed, the disks smaller than those of the fingers. ‘Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the anterior border of the eye. Skin above very rough with large irregular warts studded with small granules ; lower parts granular; large conical tubercles on the back of the thighs near the vent. Dark olive above, marbled with blackish ; sides and lower parts yellow, spotted or marbled with black ; limbs with dark bars, extending across the lower surface of the leg. Male without vocal sac. From snout to vent 70 millim. Two specimens, male and female. Very closely allied to R. leprosus, Schleg.; distinguished by a still more depressed head, a larger tympanum, and the presence of conical warts on the back of the thighs. X.—On Two new Muride from Smyrna. By OLpFIELD THOMAS. Tue British Museum is indebted to Mr. W. Griffith Blackler for examples of a mouse and a gerbille from Smyrna which appear to represent new forms of their respective genera. Mus mystacinus smyrnensis, subsp. n. Similar to the typical MZ. mystacinus, Danf. & Alst.*, and to the very closely allied M. epimelas, Nehr.t, but with a pure white belly. ; *-P, Z.S. 1877, p. 279. +t SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1902, p. 2. new Muride from Smyrna. 189 General colour above rather paler and less blackened than in mystacinus and epimelas, which in this respect are precisely similar to one another. Head and fore-back greyer than the buffy or drab hind-back. Sides clearer drab. Under surface from chin to anus pure snowy white, sharply defined laterally, the hairs white throughout except a few on the chest, which have their extreme bases slaty. ars large, thinly haired, greyish. Outer side of forearms and of legs drab, similar to the sides, not markedly greyer as in theallied forms. Hands and feet pure white. ‘Tail well-haired, sharply bicolor, blackish above, pure white below. Skull closely similar to that of mystacenus, but the palatal foramina rather longer, reaching to the level of the front of m’, and the interpterygoid fosse (instead of being parallel- sided) narrowed at their centre by the bowing-in of the pterygoids, as is also the case in epimelas. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh by Mr. Blackler) :— Head and body 116 millim.; tail 136; hind foot (s. u.) 25; ear 20. Skull: greatest length 31°3; basilar length 24:4; length of nasals 12°2; interorbital breadth 4°7; palate length 13°7; diastema 83; palatal foramina 7-1x2°4; length of upper molar series 4°8. Type. Old male. B.M. no.3.6.1. 3. Original number 9. Collected 25th February, 1903. *‘ Caught in a cave, at an altitude of about 300 feet.” Dr. Nehring distinguished the Grecian Mus epimelas from M. mystacinus on certain discrepancies which his type showed as compared with Danford and Alston’s description of the Asia Minor species. But, as a matter of fact, these discre- pancies all disappear on the examination of a number of specimens, and our excellent series of “epimelas” from Montenegro and Albania contains examples agreeing exactly with the cotypes of mystacinus in all the characters mentioned by Dr. Nehring. But the European form seems always to have rather larger molars than the Asiatic one, and as smyrn- ensis occurs between the two, the former might, I think, be best regarded as a subspecies of mystacinus. ‘lhe new sub- species is readily distinguishable from both by its pure white belly. Meriones Blackler?, sp. n. A fairly large species with small bullee and white-tufted tail. General colour pale greyish fawn, paler and more greyish 190 Bibliographical Notice. than in most members of the group; anterior back approxi- mately “‘drab-grey”’ of Ridgway, posterior back more fawn- coloured. Sides lighter grey, edged below with an indistinct buffy line. Whole of under surface pure white to the roots of the hairs. Centre of face fawn-grey; cheeks greyer and a marked clear grey patch present between eye and ear. Lars rather large, the fine hairs of their outer surface fawn ante- riorly, brown posteriorly, but the hinder margin both outside and in is edged with white. A marked white postauricular patch present. Outer side of forearms and lower leg buffy, hands pure white; feet white, mixed proximally with buffy. Tail dull buffy for its basal two thirds, then on its subterminal sixth the crest-hairs above are tipped with black, while the long-haired terminal sixth is abruptly pure white all round. In a younger specimen the white tip, though present, is much shorter. Skull rather delicately built for its size. Teeth small and narrow. Bulle unusually small for this group, Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh by Mr. Blackler) :— Head and body 137 millim.; tail 151; hind foot (s. u.) 33; ear 18. Skull: greatest length 38:7; basilar length 30°5; zygo- matic breadth 21; length of nasals 16; interorbital breadth 59; diastema 11; bulle 12x8; length of upper molar series 0'2. Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 3. 6.1.1. Original num- ber 5. Collected 5th January, 1903, and presented by Mr. W. G. Blackler. ‘‘Tn an open field. Alt. 400 feet.” This fine gerbille is readily distinguishable from any of its allies by its pale greyish colour and white-tipped tail. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Pub- lished under the Authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council. Edited by W. I. Buanrorp.—Hymenoptera. Vol. II. Ants and Cuckoo-Wasps. By Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Binenam. London, 1903. 8vo. Pp. xix, 506. 1 coloured plate; xiii. & 161 figures in the text. Tr is less than a year since the first volume of Mr. Distant’s monograph on the Indian Rhynchota in the present series of works Bibliographical Notice. 191 came under our notice for review, and we have now the pleasure of welcoming the second volume of Col. Bingham’s work on the Hy- menoptera Aculeata of India, comprising the important families of Formicide and Chrysidide, and thus completing the best-known and most interesting, though not the most numerous, section of the order—the Aculeata, or Stinging Hymenoptera: the Bees, Wasps, and Ants. We are very pleased to see that the claims of entomology are so fully recognized by those who are responsible for the issue of this valuable series of publications. A volume by Mr. Gahan on Longi- corn Coleoptera and a second volume by Mr. Distant on Rhynchota are announced as nearly ready for press, and works on the Land- Mollusca and on the Butterflies of India (the latter by Col. Bingham) are likewise in preparation. It is much to be wished that the colonies in general would follow the good example set them by India, and undertake the preparation of a similar series of works dealing with their own natural productions. For instance, we have not even a comprehensive work on the Butterflies and Moths of the British West Indies, though these insects are admired by every one, and the West Indian species are fairly well known to specialists. Nevertheless the amateur or the beginner would find nothing like a comprehensive account of even the Lepidoptera of Jamaica in any. accessible form; and less still on other orders of insects. This should not be. It will be seen that such a reproach no longer exists in regard to India, for we may reasonably hope that all the orders of insects will ultimately be treated as fully as those already in course of publication. But even as regards the British Islands we have no sufficiently comprehensive scientific or popular works at present on the Diptera and a portion of the Hymenoptera, though Mr. Verrall has commenced a series of volumes on the former order and Mr. Claud Morley has promised us a volume on the Ichneumonide. To those who are acquainted with Col. Bingham’s previous work it will only be necessary to say that the volume before us is executed in his usual careful manner and according to the plan which has been uniformly followed in all the volumes of ‘ The Fauna of British India” He has described 577 species in the volume before us, 498 Formicide and 79 Chrysidide. Among these are a few new species. The number of British species known in 187J—2, according to the catalogues of Smith and Marshall, and not greatly increased since, stood at 31 Myrmicide and 22 Chrysidide. This will serve to illustrate the difference between a temperate and a tropical fauna. 192 Geological Society. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. March 25th, 1903.—Prof. Charles Lapworth, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘On a New Species of Solenopsis from the Pendleside Series of Hodder Place, Stonyhurst (Lancashire).’ By Wheelton Hind, MED ECs EGss. This specimen of a perfect left valve was found by the Rev. Charles Hildreth, in shales belonging to the Pendleside Series, which have yielded the following fossils :—Phillipsia Van der Grachtvi, Ph. Pollen, Prolecanites compressus, Glyptoceras spirale, Gil. reticulatum, Gl. platy- lobium, Orthoceras annulosolineatum, Posidonomya Becheri, Solen- opsis major, and a few brachiopods. 2. ‘ Note on some Dictyonema-like Organisms from the Pendleside Series of Pendle Hill and Poolvash.’ By Wheelton Hind, M.D., F.R.C.S., F.G.8. Mr. D. Tate discovered a specimen, in the shales and limestones in the Angram Brook, which had some resemblance to a Dictyonema ; and he afterwards found another similar specimen, on or about the same horizon, at Poolvash. These are referred to distinct species, and doubtfully assigned to the genus Dictyonema. A piece of shale from the Bishopton Beds in Glamorganshire has somewhat similar, but less distinctly reticulate markings. May 13th, 1903.—Edwin Tulley Newton, Esq., F.R.S., ° Vice-President, in the Chair. The following communication was read :— ‘ Description of a Species of Heterastrea from the Lower Rheetic of Gloucestershire.’ By Robert F. Tomes, Esq., F.G.S. The specimen described was obtained by Mr. L. Richardson from Lower Rheetic Beds at Deerhurst (Gloucestershire). It occurred a little way above the bone-bed; it is specifically new and gene- rically new to the Rhetic, and it displays Jurassic relationships. Tt differs from the several Liassic species in the small size of the corallum and of its calices. Remarks on some other Madreporaria from the Rhetic and from the basement of the Lower Lias are appended. It has always been the Author’s opinion that the Sutton Stone containing Rhetic Madreporaria should be classed as Rheetic; indeed he believes that it is really Upper Rhetic; and in view of the very close affinity of its organisms with those of the Lower Jurassic, and bearing in mind the great importance of the ammonite-zones as a means of classification of the Liassic deposits, he asks whether the zone of Ammonites planorbis should not be taken as the bottom of the Lias. THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN ‘PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE AND JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. | A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS, CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES. MONTHLY, PRICE 2s, 6d. Complete sets (unbound) may be obtained at the following prices :-— The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. A few imperfect copies only on hand—prices on application. The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. Price £2 4s. . The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. Pepa oy, The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. speeoe TAYLOR and FRANcts, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY. MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. Complete sets (unbound) may be obtained at the following prices :— The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847, Price £10. The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. 9g: ohO, The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. 1 By The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. a EES: The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. Pde 9 Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. a Upepot 0 on the Copepoda reek by. _E.RS., during the Cruise of the fs Oceana’ ia IV. ee (of new, "Genes an ies By ae T Paps ae F. E.S. - No. ‘XxV. By Prof. Menon, ML D., i 5 i 3 oes : of oben ia By H, Cuan Bere Pas ie pane ore Bounexozs, ERS. “4 ee a eee 4 On Two new Muride from Bo es ; Re ie “ished under the Aung of ae 2 Sessa of State 6 Council. Edited by W.T. Brsxronn.—Hymenoptera, ce and Hepes i Lieut. falons 1 C. T th eological Society MA ere te AiG i ‘ ai oi yi < #,* Iti is pas that all | Communications for this Work th PASAY pes a +@/) 13 SEVENTH SERIES. No. 68, Rc THE ANNALS AND : al OP NATURAL HISTORY, | trekonind |? Z00LOCY, ZOOLOGY, BOTANY) nb (GROLOGY. - No, LXVIIL AUG. 1903. ‘conpuctED BY ALBERT C. TG GUNTHER, M.A: M.D., Pa. D., FBS; WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, OE na E.LS., E.G.S:, AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, TNs F.L.S. BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITIT MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL WISTORY.’ WITH FOUR PLATES. ‘lugtrative of Mr. G. A. Boulenger’s Paper on Batrachians and Reptiles from ‘Cape Colony, and Mr. A. O. Walker's on the ‘Oceana’ Isopoda and at aida ; Ai { LONDON: “ PAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Oo., Ld. ; Bailliére, Paris: } Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin. fey ie ike a As - FLORA OF THE pe SENG oF BOMBAY a. " M.A. MiA.T., Li.D., ¥.L.8, F.Z.8., ‘or FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE bod LE a OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND pmperon va. ra rT BO DN Oh aye he, (Phy /WESTERN INDIA, . Part I. SC aeahuiel to RUTACER. Price Ss. he Part Il._SIMARUBACEH to LESUMINOSi (Papilionacez). Price 9 9s. mS E: . Part IIL. __CHSALPINEE to RUBIACER. Price 10s, Published under the authority of the Secretary of State ee i “he for India in Council. ety Tayror and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C: Royal 8vo,, price 12s. CATALOGUE OF TIE SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE Pe rN ae OSTEOLOGY OF VERTEBRATE ANIMALS _ IN THE MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF e ENGLAND. _ ¥ | Part 3.—Aves. By R. B. SHARPE, LL.D., &e. Price 2s. each. Apprnpicrs 5 to 9 to the Second Edition of the © DESCRIPLIVE CATALOGUE OF THE ee ya PATHOLOGICAL SPECIMENS CONTAINED IN THE us if PP iQ. fl pa 4 Df y ae Pe 4 w ae ie .! I Rt Wiss | Vs 7 ey Mel 1a whe | 0 pel Pah a | MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAN D. Wh By J. H. TARGETT. Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. Second editicn, Vols. 1. & II. Royal 8vo, price 12s, net, each. CATALOGUE OF THE PHYSIOLOGICAL SERIES OF COMPARATIVE ANATOMY IN THE - MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. By Pror. C. STEWART, LL. D., F.RS., &e. Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C, DB Nie Wee SEP 14 1908 THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SEVENTH SERIES.] No. 68. AUGUST 1903. XI.—Descriptions of new Hastern Moths. By Colonel C. Swinuos, M.A., F.L.S., &e. Family Deilemeride. Deilemera sangira, nom. nov. Deilemera distincta, Swinh. Trans, Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 58, pl. iv.. fig. 4. Sangir. I find this name must be changed, because Walker had already used it for a species of this genus in 1854, Cat. vol. 11. p. 392. Family Arctiide. Pericallia accensa, nov. ?. Palpi crimson, last joint black ; frons and top of head white, frons with black hairs on each side; thorax and fore wings crimson-ochreous, a crimson stripe on thorax in front: fore wings with a black basal spot on costa, a larger one before the middle, with a minute dot below it; a long costal spot beyond the middle, with a round one below it; a large spot on hinder margin before the middle, with another obliquely above it ; a macular oblique band from vein 5 to hinder margin beyond the middle, the spots nearly square and increasing in size hindwards; a short subapical black streak : Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 13 194 Col. C. Swinhoe on hind wings crimson, with a large black spot at end of cell: abdomen crimson, with a medial row of small black spots. Underside: both wings paler crimson, with most of the spots as above; body white; legs black, streaked with crimson ; abdomen with a double row of black spots on each side. Eixpanse of wings 2; inches. Dili, Sumatra (fruhstorfer) . Family Lymantriide. Orygia nigriplaga, nov. ' @. Antenne grey, shafts ochreous; palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings olive-ochreous or chestnut-ochreous, varying much in shade of colour, and generally becoming paler towards apex; a blackish-brown patch in the upper disk, varying much in size in different examples, but always con- nected by a thin bartd to a smaller patch on the hinder margin beyond the middle: hind wings uniform blackish brown. Underside blackish brown, with ochreous costal, apical, and outer borders; abdomen brown above and below; thorax below and legs brown. Expanse of wings 1 inch. N. Borneo, five examples (Fruhstorfer). Allied to nigrocrocea, Walker; there is an example in the B. M. unnamed from Perissiu, Borneo, in Lymantrid drawer no. d2. Rajacoa antra, nov. g. Sordid white; wings semihyaline; costal border of fore wings pinkish grey, the grey broadening at the apex and runs down the outer margin, narrowing hindwards: hind wings with outer margin narrowly grey; a very slight pinkish-yellow tinge on the wings: antenne grey, shafts white; body white above, yellowish beneath ; frons white ; legs very pale yellowish, nearly white. Expanse of wings 1,5 inch. Humboldt Bay (Doherty). Allied to Forbest, Druce, but that species is larger, has no border, and the wings are yellow at the base. Huproctis anna, nov. 2 9. Pale yellow, frons partly white; palpi black at the sides: fore wings covered with minute brown irrorations ; indications of two pale transverse lines before and beyond the middle, rather close together, both curving towards each new Eastern Moths. 195 other, and bending apart again on to the hinder margin: hind wings suffused with black; cilia yellow. Underside pale uniform dull yellowish, without markings. Expanse of wings, ¢ 1,8, 2 2 inches. Kina Balu. Euproctis gentia, nov. ?. Palpi, antenne, head, and fore part of the thorax bright orange-ochreous, rest of thorax and abdomen blackish brown, anal tip with some ochreous hairs: fore wings dull yellow, some blackish suffusion on the basal third; a large blackish spot in the middle of the disk and another near the hinder angle: hind wings dull black, outer margin broadly yellow. Underside: legs yellow; body brown; wings dull pale yellowish ; fore wings with the inner portions and hind wings with the basal third suffused with blackish. Eixpanse of wings 1,5 inch. Kina Balu. Huproctis sexmacula, nov. 9. Palpi, head, and fore part of thorax bright orange- ochreous, rest of thorax, abdomen, basal third of fore wings, and basal half of hind wings black, remainder of both wings uniform bright orange-ochreous: fore wings with three unusually large black spots in a sort of triangle—one at the end of the cell, another in a straight line beyond it near the outer margin, and the third near the hinder angle ; two black dots accompany the second spot—one above it and the other on its inner side. Underside: body black; legs sordid yellow ; wings as above, but on the fore wings there is only one very large black spot at the end of the cell. Expanse of wings 13 inch. Kina Balu. Euproctis civitia, nov. 3. Palpi brown; frons, antenne, and collar ochreous ; thorax and fore wings chocolate-brown ; the ground-colour really is a kind of ochreous-white, but the entire wing is so thickly irrorated with chocolate-brown atoms as to give it an appearance of that colour; two transverse pale lines, both elbowed outwardly in the middle, the colour between darker than the rest of the wing, forming a broad median brown band ; some pale spots on the outer margin and yellowish cilia: hind wings blackish, outer margin broadly pale yel- lowish : abdomen black, anal tuft bright ochreous. Under- toe 196 Col. C. Swinhoe on side whitish ; hind wings with the abdominal portion suffused with blackish. Expanse of wings 1,%, inch. Kuching, Borneo. Euproctis récraba, nov. & ?. Palpi ochreous, brown on the upperside; frons ochreous ; antenne, thorax, and fore wings pale chocolate- brown: fore wings with two pale transverse sinuous lines— ante- and postmedial—both single in the male, but in the female the former is single and bent inwards on the hinder margin, the latter double; a brown spot, very indistinct, at end of cell, in the male; a very prominent small black spot in the female ; the male has some white patches on the outer margin; the female has the marginal space rather broadly whitish, with the chocolate-brown colour elbowed into it in two or three places: hind wings white, a little chocolate-grey suffusion towards the abdominal margin: abdomen black, anal tuft ochreous. Underside: body, legs, and wings whitish, without markings. Expanse of wings, ¢ 135, 2 1% inch. Java. The female much resembles £. atripuncta, Hmpsn., from the Khasia Hills, but both lines in that species are double and terminate close together on the hinder margin, and the male is differently shaped and has a prominent black small spot at the end of the cell. Euproctis renifera. Euproctis renifera, Swinh. Trans, Ent, Soc. 1895, p. 12. Khasia Hills. ‘The type from Cherra Punji now in the B. M. is a female. I have lately received five males from the same locality, and as there is much difference between the two sexes, the following description will be useful :— g. Ochreous brown; palpi with some blackish-brown hairs ; antenne blackish, shafts whitish: fore wings with the outer portions pale and suffused with ochreous; an ante- medial, nearly straight, double brown line, with the inner space ochreous ; this line is outwardly oblique from one third hinder margin to middle of costa, crossing a large brown blur, almost effacing a brown spot at the end of the cell; a discal sinuous brown band and some marginal black marks, new Eastern Moths. 197 including two prominent spots above the middle, as in the female: hind wings blackish brown; cilia of both wings ochreous. Expanse of wings 58, inch. Euproctis barbara, nov. $. Antenne, palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings bright dark ochreous, palpi blackish brown on the upperside: fore wings with a black round spot at the end of the cell and a discal macular blackish-brown thin band, divided by the veins into small squarish spots: hind wings blackish brown, outer marginal area and cilia pale ochreous. Underside pale whitish ochreous; fore wings with a brown spot at the end of the cell; hind wings with the abdominal area blackish brown ; abdomen above and below blackish brown, anal tuft ochreous ; legs dark ochreous; tarsi whitish. Eixpanse of wings 1,4 inch. Kuching, Borneo. Allied to #. zeboe, Moore, from Java. Euproctis mayna. Somena magna, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1891, p. 479. The type was a female from the Khasia Hills, one of several received from my collector. I have now received two males, which I think should be described. $. Paler than the female, the black irrorations on the fore wings less dense, the yellow marginal band narrower and whiter ; besides the pale discal line visibie in the female, there is a pale inner line, which is acutely bent outwards above the middle, then downwards with an inward bend, ending on the hinder margin not far from the origin of the discal line; the hind wings, with hardly any brownish suffusion, nearly pure white; abdomen with a golden-brown anal tutt. Expanse of wings 1;'5 inch. Dasychira strigata. Dasychira strigata, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 58 (1879). Dasychira niveosparsa, Butler, Ul, Het. v. p. 59, pl. xci. fig. 7 (1880). The types from Simla and Darjiling, both females, are in the B. M.; the male has hitherto been unknown, but I have lately received both sexes from the Khasia Hills and a male from Masuri, six males in all, and therefore describe it. 6. Palpi black, whitish at tip; frons, head, thorax above 198 Col. C. Swinhoe on and below, and legs grey: fore wings with the ground-colour grey, with several transverse, brown, very sinuous lines— first subbasal, second antemedial and double, the space between dark; an ear-shaped brown mark at the end of the cell, with a dark diffused band through it, to the middle of the hinder margin; a duplicate recurved discal line; a sub- marginal lunular line and a marginal line: hind wings orange- ochreous, greyish on outer areas; a discal grey band. Expanse of wings 2 inches. I have taken the Masuri example as the type; the Khasia Hill examples are, however, identical. Dasychira magnalia, nov. 3 ¢. Olive-brown, shining; palpi and frons chestnut- brown; head, thorax, and fore wings dark olive-brown: fore wings with a brown ear-shaped mark on an ochreous ground at the end of the cell; basal, antemedial, and postmedial transverse, blackish-brown, sinuous, and semidentate lines, the first and second erect, the third recurved ; a discal, highly sinuous, ochreous line, rather close to the margin; small ochreous marginal lunules: hind wings brown, an indistinct mark at the end of the cell and indications of a discal band. Underside dark brownish grey, tinged with pink; a trans- verse brown band across the disk of both wings, angled out- wardly on the hind wings, which also have a brown spot at the end of the cell ; legs black. Expanse of wings, ¢ 1,5, @ 1% inch. Khasia Hills. Is a distinct and good form, allied to nothing I know of. Lymaniria silea. & ¢. Antenne ochreous, shafts whitish; palpi whitish, brown on the upperside ; head, thorax, and fore wings very pale ochreous buff, very slightly tinged with pink; some brown marks on the costa, very indistinct ; a few brownish dots on the outer margin and a few scattered here and there over the surface of the wings; in some examples there is a brown dot at the end of the cell, in one example it is a fairly sized spot: hind wings white, without markings; both wings very thinly clothed, almost semihyaline. Underside white, without markings; legs slightly tinged with ochreous. Expanse of wings, ¢ 14%, 2? 14% inch. Fergusson Island. There are three males and a female from Fergusson Island and New Guinea in the B. M. unnamed Lymantrid drawer no. 00). new Hastern Moths. 199 Family Notodontide. Pydna postrubra, nov. 6. Antenne ochreous red, shafts whitish; palpi, frons, body beneath, and legs white, palpi deep black on the upper- side; head, thorax, and fore wings above greyish ochreous, the fore wings minutely irrorated with grey atoms, leaving some pale elongated streaks in the disk and lower portions of the wing; a submarginal row of short black streaks, two or three of them duplicated, all caused by clusters of black scales ; abdomen and hind wings dull red, ochreous-tinged ; cilia of both wings pale yellow. Underside: wings uniformly pale yellowish white, the space on the fore wings below the median vein of a kind of glazed fawn-colour. Expanse of wings 2,6, inches. Sumatra, Solok (fruhstorfer). Family Geometride. Obeidia lucifera. Obeidia lucifera, Swinh. Ann. & Mae. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. p. 155 (1893). Obeidia tigridata, Thierry-Mieg, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xlii. p. 20 (1899). The types are marked “ India” in the O. M._ I have it in my own collection from Sikkim and the Khasia Hills; Thierry-Mieg describes it from the same localities ; Hampson (‘ Meths India,’ iii. p. 309) has sunk it to the Chinese form tigrata, Guen., but it has nothing to do with that species. Sterrha rufula, nov. @?. Fore wings pale flesh-colour, with the lines deeper tinted; first basal line nearly straight, second median, outcurved at middle; exterior and submarginal lines bent outwards below middle; all the lines diffuse and ill-defined ; costa near base deeper coloured; fringe concolorous: hind wings with three indistinct lines. Underside paler; thorax and abdomen like wings; face and vertex dark brown-red. Eixpanse of wings 75 inch. . Labuan, Borneo. Family Noctuide. Polydesma prasina, nov. 9. Palpi brown, tips of the joints white ; head, thorax, and fore wings bright green, variegated in parts with paler green ; reniform and orbicular large and whitish, the former round, 200 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on the latter oblong ; a large purplish-brown patch on the costa near the base, its outer margin continued in a brown sinuous line to the hinder margin; a smaller spot at the middle, its inner edge connected with a transversal sinuous line which touches the inner side or the reniform; a small spot on costa beyond the middle, continued into a discal sinuous transverse line which skirts the outer edge of a large spot in the disk ; this is followed by a similar line and a submarginal line; the marginal space inside these two last-mentioned lines black, with a green space running through the lower half; marginal lunules green: hind wings purple-brown, paling towards the base, with some green submarginal spots and indications of a central band ; cilia of both wings brown, with green spots on fore wings and whitish spots on hind wings: abdomen brown, with green dorsal scales. Underside brown ; fore wings with some whitish marks on the costa; the space below the median vein whitish and indications of two discal bands on both wings, and a lunular mark at the end of the cell of hind wings; abdomen and legs ochreous grey; tarsi brown, spotted with white; fore legs covered with bright green hairs. Expanse of wings 1,% inch. Jaintia Hills, Assam. Nearest to virens, Butler. XI1.—New American Hymenoptera, mostly of the Genus Nomada. By T. D. A. CocKERELL. Ichneumonide. FPortzon Viereckt, sp. n. ¢ .—Length about 9 millim.; wings about 53 millim. Head black, with the orbital margins broadly, the man- dibles except tips, and a small triangle on each antero-lateral margin of clypeus yellowish white ; eyes purplish; black area above clypeus strongly punctured, with a central rounded eminence; scape swollen, pale, tinged with ferruginous; flagellum long, very dark brown; antenne 41-jointed ; thorax black, closely punctured ; mesothorax shining, with subdorsal longitudinal depressions; tegule white; meta- thorax areolate with raised lines. Wings strongly milky, iridescent, nervures white; stigma triangular, very dark new American Hymenoptera. 201. brown, its extreme base white; coxe and trochanters white marked with black. Femora ferruginous, anterior ones with a white stripe; anterior and middle tibie pale reddish, with a white stripe ; hind tibiz blackish, with more or less of a ‘white stripe; spurs white, middle tibiee with two spurs; tarsi whitish, black or nearly so at tips; first abdominal segment black, grooved laterally, its extreme hind margin slightly ferruginous; second segment dorsally black, with its apical margin broadly red ; beneath, the segment is yellowish white ; remaining segments bright orange-ferruginous. Hab. Arroyo, 10 miles west of La Luz, New Mexico, at light, Aug. 23 (C. H. 7. Townsend). I sent some account of this insect to Mr. H. L. Viereck, who was kind enough to look it up in the Cresson collection. He reports it very like Portzon hyalinipennis, Cresson, from Texas. It will be known from P. hyalinipennis by the paler markings, very milky wings, and clypeus largely black. These insects differ from typical Portzon by not having the femora or tibiz swollen and having the basal joint of hind tarsus slightly longer than the two following ones united. The hind tibia is very much longer than the basal joint of hind tarsi. ‘The eyes are oval, their anterior margins almost parallel. Ceratinide. Ceratina Titus?, sp. n. ? .—Length about 8} millim. (the type specimen has the head thrust forward, and so appears longer). Head, thorax, and legs black, the only metallic colour being a slight greenish tint on prothorax, hind border of meso- thorax, postscutellum, and metathorax ; a longitudinal mark on middle of clypeus, narrow and sharply pointed above, a narrow stripe on anterior orbits up to level of antenne, its inner edge very irregular, and a stripe behind each eye pale reddish (possibly yellow altered by cyanide) ; abdomen black, with a hardly perceptible greenish tint; antenna black, flagellum pruinose. ‘legule shining very dark brown, with lighter margins. Wings strongly infuscated, nervures and stigma very dark brown; second submarginal cell narrowed above, third very broad above. Head and thorax strongly punctured ; mesothorax with the usual smooth space and five impressed lines; basal margin of metathorax shining, with numerous little ridges, but the greater part of the basal area dull and microscopically tessellate; abdomen with the first segment smooth, the second and third strongly punctured, 202 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on the others rugose. Pubescence white (except on tarsi behind, where it is orange), quite abundant on hind legs, pleura, and sides of metathorax. Mouth-parts greatly elongated; galea about 6 millim., second joint of labial palpus fully 4 millim., the third and fourth joints extremely minute ; maxillary palpi six-jointed, the first joint long, stout, and dark-coloured, the last four short and subequal, these palpi not enlarged ; man- dibles black, bidentate at apex, produced into a tubercle outwardly near base and into atooth beneath. Legs ordinary ; spurs of hind tibie black, one longer than the other. Hab. Bartica, British Guiana, May 21, 1901 (R. J. Crew). Sent by Mr. E. 8. G. Titus, and named after him in recognition of his work on bees. Allied to C. pubescens, Smith, but differs in the colour of the wings and thorax. C. Titusi, by reason of the greatly produced mouth-parts and the peculiar mandibles, will form the type of a new sub- genus, which may be called Crewedla. Ceratina Crewt, sp. n. ? .—Length slightly over 7 millim. Shining dark blue-green (Prussian green), the clypeus with a large, upright, wedge-shaped, cream-coloured mark, but no light colour on orbital margins or cheeks; antenna: short, black, flagellum slightly reddish beneath; head and thorax strongly punctured, mesothorax with the punctures small and close; arather small, more or less U-shaped, smooth area ; extreme base of metathorax longitudinally plicatulate ; pleura with short white hair; tegule shining very dark brown ; wings subhyaline, dusky, nervures dark, stigma narrow, second submarginal cell much contracted above ; legs black, the femora more or less bluish, hind femora keeled and sub- angulate beneath ; extreme tips of tarsi ferruginous ; abdomen with the first segment smooth except on the apical middle, where it is roughened; second to fourth segments punctured, the punctures smallest and closest on second, largest on fourth; fifth and apical segments rugose. Hab. Bartica, British Guiana, May 21,1901 (2. J. Crew). Sent by Mr. Titus. Closely related to C. dupla, Say, but the scutellum is much more closely punctured in the middle than in that species, and there are other differences in detail. At Georgetown, British Guiana, March 28, 1901, Mr. Crew took a specimen of Ceratina bicolorata, Smith, a species hitherto recorded only from Brazil. new American Ilymenoptera. 203 Nomadide. Nomada erythrochroa, sp. n. 2? .—Length about 83 millim. Rather light orange-ferruginous, without black or yellow markings; abdomen rather elongated, subfusiform, very minutely yet distinctly punctured. Distinguished from the allied species by the following combination of characters :— Mandibles simple; third joint of antenne shorter than fourth, but more than half its length; flagellum wholly ferru- ginous ; mesothorax dull, the punctures as close as is possible ; scutellum prominent, conspicuously bilobed. Wings smoky, with the usual light spot ; stigma dark ferruginous; nervures piceous ; second submarginal cell very broad above; third submarginal cell greatly narrowed above, less than half width of second on marginal nervure. Tegule large, ferruginous, punctured. Sides of metathorax with conspicuous white hair. Hab. Pasco, Washington State, May 25, 1896 (Trevor Kincaid). Nomada Grayi, sp. n. ? .—Length about 9 millim. Similar in form and colour to N. erythrochroa, but a little duller, with the front, region of ocelli, sides of prothorax, median stripe cn mesothorax, large hourglass-shaped mark on metathorax, very broad band trom wings to middle and hind coxe, all the coxe behind except at apex, spot at extreme base of first four femora beneath, posterior part of cheeks, and extreme base of first abdominal segment all black. The only yellow about the insect is a rather large spot on each side of the second abdominal segment. Mandibles bidentate. Third antennal joint as long as fourth or nearly so; antenna whoily ferruginous. Wings fairly clear, the apex dusky ; stigma dark ferruginous, nervures piceous, second submar- ginal cell little narrowed above. Cheeks and sides of meta- thorax with conspicuous white hair. Tegule light amber- colour. Hab. Corvallis, Oregon, May 7, 1898. Received from Mr. H. L. Viereck. Named after Capt. Robert Gray, the explorer. Nomada Clarkit, sp. n. ? .—Length about 94 millim. Form ordinary, with oval abdomen, which is extremely 204 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on finely punctured; rather dark ferruginous, with a curved stripe beneath each antenna, a large patch above antenna, joiming a patch enclosing ocelli, cheeks behind, sides of pro- thorax, space behind tubercles, area between wings and the four hind cox, coxee behind except at apex, extreme base of first four femora and underside of hind femora, stripe on mesothorax, broad in front, area on each side of scutellum and sutures between scutellum and mesothorax and _post- scutellum, median stripe on metathorax, base of first abdominal segment, suffused spots at sides of first three segments near hind margin, and three bands on ventral surface of abdomen, not reaching sides, all black. There is no yellow about the insect. Antenne wholly terruginous. Mandibles simple. Tegule reddish amber. Wings moderately dark, stigma dark ferruginous, nervures piceous, second submarginal cell very broad above. First joint of anterior tarsi with a rounded excavation on the underside near the base, its proximal side produced into a sort of tooth, which is larger than in some allied species. Hab. Corvallis, Oregon, April 6. Received from Mr. H. L. Viereck. Named after William Clark, the explorer. Nomada Howleri, sp. n. 9 —Length about 83 millim. Form ordinary, abdomen long-oval; head and thorax black, quite densely clothed with pale brownish-grey or dirty white hair; facial quadrangle broader than long; narrow anterior margin of clypeus and mandibles dull ferruginous ; mandibles simple, rather strongly curved; the only yellow about the insect is a small patch at the extreme lower corners of face, next to the eyes; scape black; flagellum black above, bright ferruginous beneath ; third antennal joint long, almost er quite as long as fourth; scutellum neither prominent nor bilobed ; tegulz shining ferruginous, not punctured. Wings dusky, especially on apical margin, the light spot neither conspicuous nor well defined; nervures and stigma piccous ; second submarginal cell very broad above, third narrowed almost toa point. Legs ferruginous, the cox and trochanters, the anterior femora mcre or less behind, the middle and hind femora at base in front, and behind except at apex, anda stripe on the outside of the anterior and middle tibize black ; middle and hind tarsi blackish, the tips of the joints red; hair on inner side of basal joint of hind tarsi very pale golden ; abdomen dark chestnut-red above and below, basal half of ~ new American Hymenoptera. 205 first segment black, the red intruding into the black as a double notch. . Hab. Corvallis, Oregon, April 15, 1897. Received from Mr. Viereck. Named after Mr. C. Fowler, who has revised the Californian species of Nomada. Nomada Lewist, sp. n. 2 .—Length 8 millim. Form ordinary ; ferruginous, the extreme lower corners of face, a very small spot on each side of first abdominal seg- ment (sometimes absent), a large spot on each side of second and third segments (often with a minute spot adjacent on the inner side), two spots and a band or four spots on fourth segment, and two spots on fifth segment bright yellow; patch enclosing ocelli, hindmost part of cheeks, spot on sides of prothorax, stripe on mesothorax, stripe on metathorax, stripe from wings to middle coxze, middle femora beneath at base, and hind femora and tibie behind suffusedly, all black. Mandibles simple; hair of face white in the middle, golden at sides; antennze entirely red, third joint barely shorter than fourth ; mesothorax dull and extremely closely punc- tured; scutellum not noticeably bilobed; tubercles and teoule reddish amber. Wings smoky, the pale patch distinct ; stigma ferruginous; nervures piceous; second submarginal cell much broader above than third. Hair on inner side of basal joint of hind tarsi mouse-colour ; abdomen with minute close inconspicuous punctures, its first joint without any black, its ventral surface without markings. Hab. Corvallis, Oregon, May 7, June 5; three specimens. Received from Mr. Viereck. Named after Meriwether Lewis, the explorer, Nomada oregonica, sp. n. 9 .—Length 7-8 millim. Form ordinary ; dark ferruginous, a very minute mark at each lower corner of face, a spot on each side of second, third, and fourth abdominal segments (sometimes only on the second, or on the third and fourth and nearly obsolete on the second), two faintly indicated discal spots on the fifth, and two or four small spots on the ventral surface near the end yellow ; pattern of black markings as in N. Lewis?, but there are three black stripes on the mesothorax, the outer ones occasionally failing posteriorly, and the base of the first abdominal segment is black ; on the underside of the abdomen there are often three 206 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on - transverse stains, not amounting to distinct black bands; mandibles simple ; flagellum entirely ferruginous ; third an- tennal joint not very much shorter than fourth ; head trans- versely oval; mesothorax very densely punctured ; tegule yellowish ferruginous, well punctured. Wings moderately smoky; stigma very dark ferruginous, nervures piceous. Scutellum not obviously bilobate ; abdomen practically im- punctate. Very similar to N. Sayz, Rob., of the Kastern States. ¢ .—Length about 64 millim. Head and thorax black instead of ferruginous; antennz long, flagellum black above; narrow anterior margin of clypeus, lower corners of face, and mandibles except tips dull reddish yellow ; labrum the same colour, with the middle blackish ; tubercles with a reddish spot, but no other marks on thorax, which is quite hairy ; abdomen with a black mark on each side of second segment near base; yellow spots on sides of second, third, and fourth segments, and subdorsally on fifth and sixth; apex strongly emarginate; on the ventral surface basally is a large obcordate black patch. ‘The ante- rior and middle femora and tibiz have a very distinct black stripe behind, on the hind legs the black is more abundant and more suffused. Hab. Corvallis, Oregon: 5 9, May 21 to June 7; 1 @, April 27. Received from Mr. Viereck. Nomada ultima, sp. n. ? .— Length 8 millim. Like WN. oregonica, but the third antennal joint is very much shorter than the fourth and the first abdominal seement above has black only at the sides of basal half, never in the middle. The anterior and middle femora and tibie are red, entirely without markings, but the hind femora have a black stripe behind. ‘The ventral surface of the abdomen is red, wholly without transverse blackish stains. Mandibles simple. Hab. Corvallis, Oregon: 6 ¢, May to June 7. Received from Mr. Viereck. Nomada Astori, sp. nu. (vel ultima, vay. ?). ? .—Length about 73 millim. Red, with black markings; mandibles simple; abdomen without black bands or yellow spots; yellow at lower corners of face; third antennal joint half length of fourth; sides of abdomen inclined to be black-spotted. Antenna entirely new American Hymenoptera. oAU yi ferruginous. Superficially similar to WV. oregonica, but besides the characters just given differs as follows :—Yellow streak on lower anterior orbits longer ; sides of thorax with much less black ; mesothorax with only one black band; abdomen with only the sides of first segment showing black (this as in ultima) ; dorsal surface of abdomen bright, but not shining coppery red, except in certain lights, when it has a silvery or even purplish lustre (in oregonica it is shining and ordi- nary). ‘The head is transversely oval, as in N. oregonica. The abdomen in N. ultima has the same peculiar appear- ance as that of N. Astor?; it is possible that the latter is a variety of the former, but in my material JV. ultima is easily distinguished by the three black bands on mesothorax and the yellow spots of the abdomen. Hab. Corvallis, Oregon: 1 ¢, June; var. a, May 20, ?. Named after John Jacob Astor. Received from Mr. Viereck. The specimen taken in May is smaller and has three bands on mesothorax and the first segment of the abdomen black right across at base; the third antennal joint is even shorter than in the type, being less than half the length of fourth. The abdomen is quite without yellow spots. This looks like a distinct species, but I leave it with this mention for the present. Nomada corvallisensis, sp. n. ? .—Length about 8 millim. Dark ferruginous, with black markings ; no yellow any- where. Mandibles simple. Resembles N. Astori, but certainly a different species, readily distinguished by having no yellow at lower corners of face; having the third antennal joint at least as long as the fourth; the sides of the dark red abdomen without black marks, and the surface of the abdomen very distinctly punctured, which is not at all the case in Astort. Maxillary palpi with the fourth joint longest, but the third almost as long; the fifth and sixth very slender, the fifth conspicuously shorter than the fourth and the sixth than the fifth. Face with short white hair; occiput with tawny hair ; scape black above apically ; front and region of ocelli suffusedly blackened ; mesothorax with a single broad median black stripe; scutellum and postscutellum dark red, but metathorax black ; tegule shining coppery red, with very sparse punctures. Wings fairly clear, the broadly darkened apical margin strongly contrasting ; stigma very dark reddish, nervures piceous ; second submarginal cell broad above. Legs red, with little black, but the middle femora at base and the 208 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on hind femora behind are conspicuously blackened; hair on inner side of basal joint of hind tarsi pale golden ; a trilobed black mark at base of first abdominal segment. Hab. Corvallis, Oregon, May 24. Received from Mr. Viereck. Mr. Viereck has called my attention to a character of the venation which is useful for separating closely similar species of Nomada. Applied to the species above described it gives these results :— (1) Transverso-medial nervure joining discoidal nervure some distance from its base*...... N. Clarki, N. Grayt, NV. oregonica. (2) Transverso-medial nervure joining discoidal neryure very near to or at its base ......., N. Lewisi, N. Astori, NV. corvallisensis, N. ultima, N. erythro- chroa, N. Fowlert. Nomada aquilarum, sp. n. $ —Length hardly 6 millim. Black, with cream-coloured markings; abdomen broad and quite small. Facial quadrangle square, the orbits parallel ; eyes pale grey; anterior half of clypeus, triangular lateral marks short and blunt above, and broad base of man- dibles cream-colour; mandibles simple; labrum dark, very densely punctured ; antenne dark brown above, ferruginous beneath; third jointa little longer than fourth, paler and less shining than rest of flagellum ; cheeks wholly black; meso- thorax extremely densely punctured; the cream-coloured tubercles offer the only light marking on thorax; scutellum hardly bilobed; tegule testaceous, with a small cream- coloured spot. Wings irregularly stained with brown ; ner- vures dark; transverso-medial nervure joining discoidal at its base. Legs black, anterior femora and tibiz in front and anterior tarsi pale ferruginous; middle and hind tibiz at base, spot near apex of middle tibie, and large wedge-shaped mark on apical portion of hind tibiz cream-colour; hair on inner side of basal joint of hind tarsi very pale golden. Abdo- men with shallow punctures ; first segment black, second to fourth with a large wedge-shaped cream-coloured mark on each side, fifth and sixth with bands; posterior margins of third and following segments reddish ; apical plate not at all # This is true also of the following species in the Cresson collection, as reported by Mr. Viereck :—W. grandis, superba, Edwardsit, affabilis, jocu- laris, Morrisoni, civilis, electa, bella, lepida, vincta, vicinalis, bisignata, maculata, perplexa, pygmea, melhiventris, new American Hymenoptera. 209 emarginate ; apical portion of venter with three light bands, the first two very broadly interrupted in the middle. The markings of the hind tibia and the immaculate meta- a suggest IN. verecunda, which, however, is a different thing. Hab. South Fork of Eagle Creek, White Mountains, New Mexico, about 8000 feet, at flowers of Erigeron macranthus, Aug. 18 (0. H. T. Townsend). Nomada beulahensis, sp. n. 3 .—Length 6-8 millim. Similar to WV. aquilarum, but larger, and differing from the above description as follows :—Light markings bright lemon- yellow ; anterior margin of clypeus only, and that notched in the middle, yellow; lateral marks narrowly pointed above, often produced some distance up orbital margin; a yellow band beneath eyes, not always developed ; labrum yellow; scape yellow beneath; third antennal joint obviously shorter than fourth; tubercles black or with a ferruginous spot; scutellum usually with two ferruginous spots ; tegule shining coppery ; wings more uniformly smoky, but only the apex really dark; not only the anterior, but also the middle femora and tibize, ferruginous in front ; apices of hind femora and tibize reddish; no yellow markings on legs; hair on inner side of basal joint of hind tarsi greyish brown; yellow bands on fourth and fifth abdominal segments with a rounded notch sublaterally behind; yellow on venter extending in spots and interrupted bands as far forwards as the second segment ; apical plate strongly notched. Allied to N. interruptella, Fowler. Hab. Beulah, New Mexico, 8000 feet, August 1902, 4 9 (Cockerell) ; Chicorico Cafion, near Raton, N. M., Aug. 25, 1 2 (Cockerell). Nomada neomexicana, sp. n. (vel texana, subsp. ?). ? .—Length about 8 millim. Black, with yellow markings and bright ferruginous legs. Almost exactly like JV. tevana, Cresson (a Texas specimen sent by Mr. Fox compared), but differs as follows :—Meso- thorax more coarsely sculptured (more like N. modesta) ; tegule orange-ferruginous; light markings pale lemon- yellow (considerably lighter than in N. modesta) ; ventral surface of abdomen wholly dark, except for two very short and minute light linear marks. ‘The metathorax is without the yellow spots of WV. modesta. Mandibles simple; third Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 14 210 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on joint of antenne longer than fourth; transverso-medial nervure meeting basal, but a little on the externo-medial side. g.—Length about 9 millim., but more slender. Differs from the male of N. modesta (a Colorado specimen sent by Mr. Fox compared) as follows:—Ventral surface of abdomen with no pale bands, but only four very inconspicuous short pale lines, on segments 3 and 4; yellow markings paler ; no yellow spots on metathorax ; band on second abdo- minal segment more narrowed in the middle; apical plate only feebly notched ; legs red, the only light markings being cream-coloured spots on hind coxe and hind tibize at apex ; wings with a more distinct apical cloud. Perhaps I ought to regard this as a subspecies of JV. tex- ana, but, though very close, it is readily distinguishable, and no intermediate specimens have been seen. Hab. Deming, New Mexico, at flowers of Verbesina ence- lioides, July 9 (Cockerell); Rincon, N. M., at flowers of Prosopis glandulosa, July 5 (Cockerell). The first-mentioned locality produced the female, the second the male. It is rather remarkable that in the N. modesta series the southern forms differ from the northern by the absence of the spots on the metathorax; thus, on the Pacific coast, the southern LV. formula, Viereck, is essentially N. swavs without the metathoracic spots. I had arrived at this conclusion from a study of N. formula and the description of suavis ; Mr. Viereck has now confirmed it by comparing the actual types. Nomada grindelie, sp. nu. ¢ .—Length about 63 millim. Shining black, entirely without markings, but with short silvery-white hair, dense on face, labrum, pleura, middle and hind tibie, and patches at sides of abdomen. Mandibles largely ferruginous, simple, but broad at end. yes greyish black ; facial quadrangle practically square ; flagellum short and stout; third antennal joint longer than fourth; sides of vertex and of mesothorax smooth and shining; tegule dark brown. Wings nearly clear, with the apical margin broadly dusky ; stigma black; transverso-medial nervure meeting basal ; abdomen smooth and shining ; apical plate broad and rounded, not in the least notched. Allied to N. pilosula, Cresson, but the front is not narrowed above and the size is smaller. Hab, Lincoln, Nebraska, on Grindelia flowers, Sept. 2, 1901 (J. C. Crauford). Received from Mr. Viereck. new American Hymenoptera. 211 Nomada aztecorum, sp. n. ? .—Length 11 millim. or rather more. Black, with bright yellow markings. Head broad, but facial quadrangle not far from square ; anterior half of clypeus, not extending to sides, yellow; yellow lateral face-marks broad below, narrowing upwardly to form a band on orbital margins reaching above level of antenne as far as two thirds length of scape ; no yellow below eyes, on cheeks, on labrum, or mandibles, but the latter have a ferruginous mark; a very small yellowish-red dot at summit of each eye; mandibles simple; labrum densely punctured, with a median smooth band, slightly elevated on the margin; face and front densely punctured ; first three joints of antenne (except the apical half of scape above) and apex of last joint bright red, the rest black, in strong contrast; third antennal joint barely longer than fourth ; thorax extremely densely punctured, especially the dull mesothorax ; margin of prothorax above, tubercles, spot on pleura, two pear-shaped spots on scutellum, post- scutellum, and two very small spots on metathorax yellow ; scutellum not bilobed ; tegulz bright ferruginous, punctured. Wings strongly smoky, especially on apical margin; stigma dark reddish, nervures piceous; third submarginal cell un- usually broad above; transverso-medial nervure meeting basal. Legs black and red, the tibiee and tarsi with light golden pubescence ; a spot on middle coxe and a very broad V on hind coxe yellow; femora largely black, tibie and tarsi red, the hind ones blackened behind; abdomen with a minute hardly noticeable punctuation, appearing rather as a minute roughening; black, with five yellow bands, the first narrowed to a point in the middle, the second narrowed about half; venter black, with two large yellow triangles, touching in the middle line, on second segment. Hab. Amecameca, Mexico, September (Barrett). Sent by Mr. Viereck, who received it trom Mr, Titus. A very fine and distinct species. Nomada Vierecki, sp. n. 9.—Length about 7 millim. Black and ferruginous, marked with cream-colour; man- dibles simple; third antennal joint longer than fourth; trans- verso-medial nervure entering the end of the externo-medial. This has been erroneously recorded as N. modesta, but it differs conspicuously as follows :—Size smaller; light mark- ings cream-colour instead of yellow; no light ae on meta- PAL Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on thorax ; clypeus black or dark reddish ; lower corners of face often reddish ; lower part of prothorax, a variable amount of pleura, and metathorax except enclosure red; abdomen with a variable amount of red, always including the base of first segment dorsally and basal half of venter; punctures of mesothorax well separated on a shining ground; ventral surface of abdomen with two light bands, on segments 3 and 4; cream-coloured marks on hind coxe and hind tibie at apex, and sometimes at base. Also similar to N. Hezlig- brodtiz, Cresson, but smaller and differing in various details. 3 -—Length 7 millim. Similar to the female, but some yellowish white on scape beneath and at apex of hind femora ; face up to level of antenne, and higher at sides, yellowish white; apical plate deeply notched. flab. Juarez, Mexico, May 12, 1 & (Cockerell): Las Cruces, New Mexico, 2 ¢, May 10, 11; 1 g, May 11 (Zownsend): Mesilla, N. M., July 25, 1897, at flowers of Aster spinosus, 1 } (Cockerell): Mesilla Park, N. M., May 7, at flowers of Dithyrea Wislizenti, 1 9, 2 63; May, 1 6 (Townsend) ; May 9, on foliage of poplar, 1 ¢ (Cockerell). Named after Mr. H. L. Viereck, in recognition of his work on New Mexico bees. Nomada crucis, sp. n. (vel tewana, subsp. ?). ¢.—Length 7 millim. Black, with bright yellow markings and red legs; quite like N. Viereck, except in the colour of the markings, the coarsely, densely, and confluently sculptured mesothorax, the longer antenne, and the strongly testaceous hind margins of abdominal segments 2 to 5. The only red about the thorax is on the hind part of the metathorax. Apical plate of abdomen deeply emarginate. Also formerly confused with N. modesta, but is smaller and without the metathoracic spots. Nab: Las Cruces, New Mexico, August 11 &e., 4 ¢ (Townsend); Deming, N. M., at flowers of Verbesina enceli- otdes, July 9 (Cockerell). This may possibly be a variety of N. neomexicana, but it is smaller and more compact, with a shorter abdomen, the ventral surface of which has two pale bands. By the latter character it agrees with NV. tevana, to which it is extremely similar; but although the insect is smaller, the mesothoracic punctures are larger (from middle line to margin near tegula 11 or 12 in crucis, 14 or 15 in texana), and not so close on the disk. In MN. crucis the transverso-medial nervure joins new American Hymenoptera. 213 the end of the externo-medial ; in tevana it exactly meets the basal. It is proper to state that my interpretation of tevana depends upon a specimen from the collection at the Philadelphia Academy, which to all appearances is one of the original fourteen from which Cresson described. However, my specimen has the venter of abdomen black, with a red spot on first segment and conspicuous, narrowly interrupted, yellowish-white bands on segments 3 and 4; whereas Cresson says “venter varied with ferruginous, the third segment generally with a yellow spot on each side.” Nomada sophiarum, sp. un. 6 .—Length 83 millim. Black, with very pale yellow markings and red legs; more hairy than usual, the pubescence silvery white, dense and appressed on face, and giving the abdomen a pruinose appear- ance. Facial quadrangle longer than broad, slightly narrowed below ; eyes light green; mandibles except tips, labrum, and face up to level of antennze (except a little black below an- tenne) light yellow, the lateral marks ending abruptly at level of antenne ; the usual small spots on margin of clypeus ; no yellow behind eyes; mandibles simple, extremely broad at base; scape cylindrical, much swollen, black above, light yellow beneath ; third antennal joint conspicuously shorter than fourth; flagellum orange, black or blackish above on joints 3, 4, 5, and 11, joints somewhat crenulated, the apical one (18) pointed; mesothorax with extremely dense large punctures, much covered by hair in front; margin of pro- thorax above, tubercles, irregularly semilunar mark below, tegulz, two small spots at anterior corners of scutellum, and two small marks on postscutellum light yellow. Wings un- usually clear, the apical margin dusky, and the light spot distinct; stigma ferruginous, nervures fusco-ferruginous ; second submarginal cell broad above; transverso-medial nervure meeting basal. Legs light red, hind coxe and femora black behind except at apex; hair on tarsi pale golden; abdomen rather long, first segment red, with the base black, and a pair of small black marks about the middle subdorsally; remaining segments black, with very broad pale yellow bands, not or hardly narrowed in the middle ; punctures of abdomen close and distinct; apical plate red, very feebly notched ; venter red, with much biack on first, fourth, and fifth segments. Hab. Mesilla Park, New Mexico, April 16, at flowers of Sophia (Cockerell). 214 On new American Hymenoptera. The Sophia was probably S. andrenarum, but perhaps S. halictorum ; the two species had not then been distin- guished. Nomada lippie, sp. n. 3 .—Length about 84 millim. Black, with very pale yellow markings and red legs ; only slightly pubescent, the face shining, with well-separated punctures, and quite bare. Facial quadrangle somewhat broader than long; eyes grey; broad base of mandibles, labrum except blackish stain in middle, clypeus except poste- rior margin, square supraclypeal spot (surrounded by black), lateral face-marks, and minute spot at top of eyes behind light yellow; the lateral face-marks are broad, ending abruptly halfway between level of antenne and tops of eyes, and nearly divided below by a black stripe running from the clypeus towards the eye; antenne slender, ferruginous below and black above; scape unusually long and narrow; third antennal joint very much longer than fourth; mesothorax closely punctured, but shining ; upper margin of prothorax, tubercles, a minute anterior and a large posterior spot on pleura, two large contiguous spots on scutellum, and band on postscutellum very light yellow; tegule light red, with a cream-coloured spot. Wings with lower half almost clear, upper half dusky except at base, very strongly so apically ; stigma ferruginous, nervures fuscous; transverso-medial nervure meeting basal, but a little on the externo-medial side. Legs bright red, shining; a spot on hind tibie at end and a stripe on basal joint of hind tarsi cream-colour ; hair on hind tarsi silvery ; abdomen rather long and tapering, shining, but distinctly punctured, brown-black, with very pale yellow bands on segments 1, 2, 4, and 5, that on 4 much narrowed and slightly interrupted in the middle; third segment with a transversely oval spot on each side and a dot mesad of it; apical plate dark brown, rounded, not in the least emargi- nate ; ventral surface very dark brown, with a transverse yellowish band on segment 3, not produced to the sides. fab, La Cueva, Organ Mts., New Mexico, about 5300 feet, at flowers of Lippia Wrightii, Sept. 5 (C. H. T. Townsend). East Las Vegas, New Mexico, U.S.A., April 15, 1903. P.S.—Myr. Viereck writes that all the specimens of Nomada_ from Corvallis, Oregon, were collected by Prof. Arthur B. Cordley and his students. Prof. Cordley sent them to Mr. Bradley, who handed them to Mr. Viereck. r On Batrachians and Reptiles from Cape Colony. 215 XIII.—On a Oollection of Batrachians and Reptiles from the Interior of Cape Colony. By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S. [Plates XVI. & XVII.] Amone the zoological collections made by Messrs. HE. C. H. Seimund and C. H. B. Grant at Deelfontein, and presented to the British Museum by Colonel Sloggett, the series of batrachians and reptiles is of considerable interest. Deel- fontein, a camp in the Richmond district, 32 miles below De Aar and 25 east of Victoria West, is situated in the middle of a barren region extending for miles in every direction, with nothing but brushwood and thorns, and very little water except immediately after rains. There are, however, a few springs or wells, in which frogs and toads are found. Under such conditions a list of the batrachians and reptiles cannot be expected to be a long one, and it is a surprise to me that two of them should prove to be undescribed. BATRACHIA. ECAUDATA. 1, Xenopus levis, Daud. 2. Bufo Granti, sp.u. (PIL. XVL) Crown without bony ridges; snout short, blunt; inter- orbital space as broad as or a little narrower than the upper eyelid ; tympanum very distinct, one half to three fourths the diameter of the eye. Fingers short, blunt, first not extending or extending but little beyond second ; toes short, webbed at the base; subarticular tubercles of toes simple, sometimes with a tendency to division; two moderate meta- tarsal tubercles; a more or less distinct tarsal fold. The hind limb stretched forwards does not extend or extends but little beyond the end of the snout ; the tarsc-metatarsal articu- lation reaches the axil, the shoulder, or between the shoulder and the tympanum. Upper parts with large, more or less prominent, flat warts ; parotoids moderately prominent, elliptic or reniform, rather variable in length, parallel or diverging posteriorly ; belly granular, at least posteriorly. Greyish or pale olive above, with large brown or dark olive spots or marblings much as in B, viridis. Male with an internal subgular vocal sac, 216 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Batrachians &. From snout to vent 75 millim.; hind limb 80. ey) 1) » 90 5 9» 97 «8D. Numerous specimens were obtained by Mr. Grant in December on the sides at the bottom of a well at Deelfontein, where they could be seen in the daytime squatting in or near the water ; others were taken on the veldt in March, April, and December, and in camp in November. In its shorter hind limbs this species differs from B. regu- laris much as our B. calamita differs from B. viridis; it also has the inner finger shorter as compared with the second. 3. Rana angolensis, Bocage. 4, Rana Delalandit, D. & B. REPTILIA. CHELONIA. 1. Testudo Seimundi, sp.n. (PI. XVII.) Shell very convex, twice as long as deep, the dorsal shields somewhat swollen and separated from one another by deep furrows ; lateral marginals divided by a very deep groove; shields strongly striated concentrically ; six vertebral shields, fifth smallest, all except the first much broader than long; 12 marginals on each side; nuchal small, longer than broad ; supracaudal single, strongly incurved. Plastron large, flat (male), the gular shields forming a narrow rounded projection in front, the hind lobe deeply notched; suture between the gulars longer than that between the anals; suture between the humerals longer than that between the femorals, nearly four times as long as that between the pectorals; axillary small, inguinal large. Head moderate, with very convex, swollen forehead and strongly hooked beak; upper head- shields very small, with the exception of three preefrontal shields in a transverse row; alveolar ridge of upper jaw very feeble. Anterior face of fore limb with very large bony scutes or tubercles as in T.. tentorta; a very large bony tubercle on the back of the thigh. Yellowish horn-colour above, with short or interrupted blackish - brown striz radiating from the centre of each shield; plastron similar, with mere traces of the dark radiating strive; soft parts yellow, head with a few dark brown specks. Length of shell 98 millim. A single male specimen was picked up by Mr. Seimund under a Karroo bush in veldt 8 miles east of Deelfontein, about 300 yards from a small rise or kopje. This new tortoise is to be placed near 7’. tentorva, Bell, from which it differs in the shape of the gular extremity of and Reptiles from Cape Colony. 217 the plastron, in the longer suture between the gular shields, in the less convex carapace with deep furrows between the shields, and in the coloration. 2. Testudo tentoria, Bell. 3. Homopus areolatus, Thunb. 4, Pelomedusa galeata, Schcepff. A remarkably large specimen, the shell measuring 260 millim. LACERTILIA. 5. Pachydactylus capensis, Smith. 6. Agama brachyura, Bier. 7. Agama aculeata, Merr. 8. Agama atra, Daud. 9. Zonurus polyzonus, Smith. 10. Pseudocordylus microlepidotus, Cuv. 11. Varanus albigularis, Daud. 12. Nucras tessellata, Smith. 13. Hremias undata, Smith. 14. Hremias pulchella, Gray. 15. Mabuia trivittata, Cuv. 16. Mabuia varia, Ptrs. 17. Mabuia sulcata, Ptrs. OPHIDIA. 18. Trimerorhinus rhombeatus, L 19. Psammophis notostictus, Ptrs. 20. Aspidelaps lubricus, L. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PuatTe XVI, Bufo Granti, female, natural size, with side view of head. Puate XVII. Testudo Seimundi, natural size, side view and lower view. 218 On new Fishes from the Victoria Nyanza. XIV.—Descriptions of Two new Fishes discovered by Major C. Delmé Radcliffe in the Victoria Nyanza. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. Barbus Radcliffit. Depth of body equal to length of head, 3? times in total length. Snout rounded, not projecting beyond the mouth, 23 in length of head ; diameter of eye 62 times in length of ~ head, interorbital width 22; mouth terminal, its width } length of head; lips much developed, somewhat produced in the middle, the lower continuous across the chin; barbels two on each side, anterior 2 diameter of eye, posterior as long as eye, the distance between them greater than the diameter of the eye. Dorsal III 9, last simple ray strong, bony, not serrated, straight, } length of head; the edge of the fin slightly emarginate ; its distance from the occiput equals its distance from the caudal. Anal III 5, longest ray 2 length of head. Pectoral acutely pointed, ? length of head, not reaching ventral; latter below anterior ray of dorsal. Caudal deeply forked. Caudal peduncle 13 as long as deep. Scales Z finely striated longitudinally, 31-32 i 2 between lateral line and root of ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle. The skin on which I establish this species, most nearly related to B. labiatus, Blgr., measures 560 millim. and is uniform brown, the lower parts and the fins lighter, yellowish. Mastacembelus Victorice. Depth of body 13 to 14 times in total length, length of head (without rostral appendage) 7} to 9 times; vent equally distant from end of snout and base of caudal ; length of head 3 to 34 times in its distance from vent and 4 in its distance from first dorsal spine. Snout 4 times as long as eye, ending in a trifid dermal appendage, which is longer than eye; cleft of mouth extending to below nostril ; no preeorbital or pre- opercular spines. Vertical fins united with rounded caudal. Dorsal XX XITI-XXXYV, circa 100, last spine nearly + length of head. Anal IJ, cirea 100. Scales very small, about 20 between origin of soft dorsal and lateral line. Dark brown above, yellowish beneath, sides with small light spots; head pale brown, spotted or marbled with darker and with a wavy dark lateral band, passing through the eye; a series of large, round, dark brown spots may be present along the lower edge of the caudal region. Total length 330 millim. On a new Frog from Upper Burma and Siam. 219 Two specimens are in Major Delmé Radecliffe’s collection, and | have examined a third (a young), also from the Victoria Nyanza, forming part of a small series of fishes purchased by the British Museum from Mr. Baxter in 1894. This young specimen had been provisionally referred by Dr. Giinther to his M. shiranus, which differs in having fewer dorsal spines and soft fin-rays. XV.— On a new Frog from Upper Burma and Siam. By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S. TEN years ago, when describing the Batrachians collected in Upper Burma by the late Signor L. Fea*, I noticed the characters of some frogs from Yado and Thao, Karin Hills, which I took to be males of Rana Guentheri, Blgr., a species established upon female specimens from Amoy, China. Having recently had the opportunity of examining a good series of specimens of Rana Guenthert from Annam and Tonkin, I have discovered my error in the determination of the male frogs from Yado and Thao, the males of R. Guen- thert being provided with large external vocal vesicles on the sides of the throat as well as with a humeral gland. The allied frog, in which the vocal sacs are internal, is an un- described species, and as I have lately had further specimens. for examination, collected by Dr. Mortensen on Koh Chang Island, in Siam, for the Copenhagen Museum, I cannot do better than propose for it the name of Rana Mortensen. This species is closely related to Rh. Guwenthert, but differs in the more posterior position of the vomerine teeth, which form two oblique series or oval groups beginning in the middle between the choanze and extending posteriorly more or less beyond them, in the shorter snout, in the shorter foot, in the larger terminal expansions of the toes, and in the thicker and more prominent dorso-lateral glandular fold. In coloration the two species are very similar, but 2. Guen- thert has a more or less distinct whitish posterior border to the tympanum, which does not exist in 2. Mortensent. * Ann, Mus. Genoya, (2) xiii. (1893). 220 Mr. H. Druce on some XVI. — Descriptions of some new Species of Lepidoptera from Tropical South America and one from North Australia. By Hersert Druce, F.L.S. &c. Fam. Nymphalida. Subfam. Acrzrmz. Actinote sarsanda, sp. n. Male.—Head, antennez, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdo- men black, the sides of the abdomen slightly yellowish. Primaries and secondaries brownish black, the veins all black, the basal third of the primaries greyish. The underside very similar to the upperside, but considerably paler in colour and the veins more distinct. Expanse 2 inches. Hab. Kicuador, Chimbo (Rosenberg, Mus. Druce). This species is very distinct from any other known to me. Actinote elatus, sp. n. Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, and thorax black ; abdomen reddish yellow, each segment edged with black. Primaries and secondaries deep black; primaries with a large oval-shaped band, partly in the cell and extending nearly to the anal angle; the fringe of both wings black. Underside of the primaries brownish black, the basal half of the wing dull yellow ; two yellowish lines near the apex of the wing: secondaries brownish black, yellowish close to the base, the veins black. Eixpanse 2 inches. Hab. Ecuador, Paramba (Rosenberg, Mus. Druce). Actinote chea, sp. n. Male.—Head, antenne, collar, thorax, and abdomen black. Primaries black, the basal half red, crossed by the black veins: secondaries black, with a rather wide reddish band from the middle of the cell almost to the outer margin. Underside of the primaries very similar to the upperside, but paler and browner in colour at the apex and along the outer margin: secondaries reddish brown, the veins black; an indistinct submarginal greyish band extends from the apex almost to the anal angle; the interior of the cell pinkish. Expanse 2 inches. Hab. Interior of Colombia (Mus. Druce). new Species of Lepidoptera. 221 Subfam. Nywpxariv 2. Callithea lugens, sp. n. Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdo- men black. Primaries very similar to those of C. optema, but much brighter blue, the apical black border much wider : secondaries much brighter blue than in C. optima, the blue colour extending right up to the base, asin C. Whitelyz; the greenish outer margin is also rather wider. The underside is similar to C. optima, but without the black lines and with very much less red at the base of the secondaries, but with much more red than in C. Leprieurit; a large round red spot at the end of the cell; the primaries have a submarginal row of five rather large black spots. Expanse 22 inches. flab. Peru, Cuzco (Mus. Druce). A very distinct species between C. optima and C. Le- prieurtt. Fam. Papilionide. Subfam. Parzrzronr z. Papilio Rosenberg?, sp. n. Male.—Vead, thorax, upper and under sides of the abdomen black, the sides yellow ; tegule black, with a white spot at the base; antenne yellow for two thirds from the tip, the remaining part black; legs black. Primaries black, with a streak and a large roundish spot at the end of the cell pale yellow ; beyond and below the cell are four elongated yellow spots ; three yellow spots near the apex, the first and third elongated, the second oval; a marginal row of small round dots extends from near the apex to the anal angle; the fringe black: secondaries pale yellow, shaded with orange- -red in the cell and near the anal angle; the costal and outer margin broadly black ; the veins black ; a marginal row of small oval yellow spots extends from the apex “to the anal angle ; the fringe white. Underside of the primaries very similar to the “upperside, but much paler; secondaries with the marginal row of yellow spots considerably larger and much paler in colour, and above the row of yellow spots a row of small white dots extending from the apex to the anal angle. Expanse 43 inches. Hab. Ecuador, Paramba, 3500 feet, dry season (fusen- berg) ; eight specimens (Mus, Druce). 222 On some new Species of Lepidoptera. This species is closely allied to Papilio ascolias, Felder, from which it constantly differs in the band of spots being much more elongated and not extending beyond the cell; it is also a smaller insect. I have no doubt it is a distinct southern form or so-called subspecies, the same as Papilio calates is the northern form of P. ascolvas, both being easily distinguished from the Colombian P. ascolvas. Fam. Arctiide. Phragmantobia viridis, sp. n. Male.— ead, collar, tegule, and thorax bright pale green ; antennee yellowish ; palpi bright red; abdomen pale brown. Primaries pea-green, crossed from the costal to the inner margin by two black lines—the first near the base, > -shaped, the second very much curved in the middle; a short black line extends from the costal margin to the end of the cell; the fringe green. Underside pale green, the costal margin edged with red from the base nearly to the anal angle; the black line from the costal margin to the end of the cell the same as above, beyond which is a small black dot; second- aries paler than the primaries, with a faint black spot at the end of the cell and a faint dusky submarginal line; the fringe yellowish green on the underside; close to the costal margin are four black spots. Expanse 14 inch. Hab. 8... Peru, Santo Domingo (Mus. Druce). This species is allied to Phragmantobia rubricosta, Dogn. Fam. Liparide. Euproctis Meeki, sp. n. Male.—Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen chrome- yellow; legs chrome-yellow; anal tuft white. Primaries chrome-yellow, somewhat brownish near the base, the veins yellowish white, in some specimens quite white; the fringe yellow: secondaries paler chrome-yellow, without any markings. ‘The underside of both wings pale yellow. Expanse 1? inch. Hab. N. Australia, Cooktown (Meek, Mus. Druce). This species is also in Mr. Bethune-Baker’s collection from British New Guinea. On ‘Oceana’ Isopoda and Amphipoda. 223 XVIT.—Report on the Isopoda and Amphipoda collected by Mr. George Murray, F.R.S., duriny the Cruise cf the ‘Oceana’ in November 1893*. By Atrrep O. WaLKER. [Plates XVIII. & XIX.] Contents of Tubes. IsopopDa. No. of Net, &e. 4a. Nov. 20. 1170 fath.* 4c. ~ 920 fath. 4f. 35 1275 fath. 4h, - 1470 fath. 5h. Nov. 21. 1410 fath. 51. nF 1710 fath. ) ) | In each of these tubes there was one (in | 5h two) specimen of the Munnopsid a described below. In net 4f there was | also an Epicarid larva. AMPHIPODA. Lat. 52° 4"5 N. Long. 11° 20':1 W. la. Nov. 19. Surface. Parathemisto oblivia (Kroyer). 5 or 6 young. 1d. s 20 fath. Parathemisto oblivia (Kroyer). Q and young. ie. % 50 fath. Parathemisto oblivia (Kroyer). 4 young. Lat. 52° 4"5 N. Long. 12° 27' W. 2a. Nov.19. 270 fath. Brachyscelus sp. 1 young. 2d. a o74 fath. Phronima atlantica, Guérin-Mén. 1 young. Die rf 620 fath. Phronima atlantica? Too young for identification. Scina Rattrayi, Stebbing. 1 young. 29. a 650 fath. Lrachyscelus mediterraneus (Olaus). 2. Lat. 52° 27"6 N. Long. 15° 400 W. 4b. Nov. 20. 790 fath. Vibilia armata, Bovallius. 1. Le. os 1170 fath. Phronima atlantica. 1. Af. 8 1275 fath. Vibiha sp. Too young. 4h, 5 1470 fath. Brachyscelus sp. 1 young. * See Journ. Geograph. Soc. vol. xiii. no. 2, Feb. 1899, where the method of capture, by open tow-nets in series, is described, 224 Mr. A. O. Walker on the Isopoda and Amphipoda No. of Net, &c. 47. 4k... 58. 5, 5d. Be. 5g. 5h. 5k. 51. bs, 69. Noy. 20. ” Noy. 22. a 1570 fath. Orchomenopsis abyssorum (Stebbing). 1. 1670 fath. Epicarid larva. 2. Scina Rattrayi, Steb. 4. Cyphocaris anonyx, Boeck. 1 young. Lat. 52° 181 N. Long. 15° 53"9 W. 500 fath. Sema Rattrayt. 2. Brachyscelus mediterraneus? Too young. 810 fath. Epicarid larva. 950 fath. Hyperia Latreillet, M.-Edwards. 1 young. 1070 fath. Scina Rattrayt. 2. Lanceola sp. 1 young. 1300 fath. Cyphocaris anonyx, Boeck. 1410 fath. Epicarid larva. 1. Scina Rattray. 1. Orchomenopsis abyssorum (Stebbing). 1. 1610 fath. Orchomenopsis abyssorum, 1. 1710 fath. Phronima sedentarna, 1. 1510 fath. Epicarid larva. 1. Scina Rattray. 1. Lat. 52° 20' N. Long. 15° 79 W. 150 fath. Hyperia longipes, A.O. W. 1. Brachyscelus sp.? 1 young. Length 1 millim. 510 fath. Scina marginata (Boyallius). 1. Scina Rattrayt. 3. Vilila armata, Bovallius. 1. Hyperia longipes, A,O. W. 1. Cyphocaris anonyx, 2. 560 fath. Sema Rattrayt. 2. Lanceola sp. 1 young. The following remarks on the distribution of the genera of Amphipoda taken in the tow-nets may not be without interest :— collected during the Cruise of the § Oceana.’ 225 Hyperia, Latreille, 1823, as defined by Bovallius, 1887. Universal ; from the Arctic to the Antarctic seas. Parathemisto, Boeck, 1870. Bovatrius: Arctic and Northern temperate regions (P. OBLIVI4) ; North temperate and subtropical Pacific (P. japonica); Ant- arctic region (P. Batei); Pacific, lat. 18° §., long. 124° W. (P. rubescens). Srespine: Pacific, lat. 35° 20’ N., long. 153° 39’ E. (P. pacifica). Phronima, Latreille. The distribution of this genus according to Stebbing (‘ Challenger’ Report, pp. 1358-61) is from lat. 60° N. in the Atlantic to lat. 50° 1’ S. in the Southern Ocean, and all round the world from east to west. Brachyscelus, Sp. Bate, 1861,=Thamyris, Claus, 1878. Srespine (‘Challenger’ Report): N. Pacific, lat. 24° 49’ N., long. 138° 34' E. (B. cruscutvm); N. Pacific, lat. 35° N., between Japan and Honolulu (B. cruscuztum): Celebes Sea, lat. 6° 20' N., long. 123° 18' E. (B. inequipes): 8. Pacific (B. latipes) ; S. Pacific (B. Bovallii); Pacifie (B. acuticaudatus); off St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands, lat. 16° 49’ N., long. 25° 14’ W. (B. wepirerRANEUS). All the above were taken on or near the surface. Lat. 58° S., long. 172° W. (B. antipodes) ; Cape of Good Hope (B. rapax); Zanzibar (B. globiceps) ; Naples (B. wzpiTERRANEUS); Atlantic (B. elegans). Noruan: Faroe Channel, in “towing-net at a depth of several hundred fathoms ” (B. cRuscULUM). Scina, Prestandrea, 1833,= Tyro, H. Milne-Edwards, 1840. Bovatttus: the Atlantic (S. cornigera), and lat. 1° N., long. 18° W. ; (S. gracilis); North, tropical, and South Atlantic (OS. Sars) ; South Atlantic, Indian Ocean (S. atlantica); Pacific, lat. 18° 10’ S., long. 126° W. (S. longipes); Lofoten Islands, west coast of Norway (S. borealis ; also G.O.Sars) ; North Atlantic, lat. 62° N., long. 15° W. (S. Clausiz) ; Mediterranean (S. mar- ginata); off Cape Horn (S. Z'ullberge); Corinto, Nicaragua (S. pacifica). Sreppine (‘ Challenger’ Report): South Atlantic, lat. 19° 6’ S., long. 35° 40’ W., and New Hebrides (S. cornigera). Sresppine (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xiii. part x. pp. 849-371, pls. 51—- 54): Atlantic, 7° 54’ N., long. 17° 25’ W. (S. acanthodes) ; Atlantic, lat. 7° 1’ N., long. 15° 54’ W. (S. stenopus and S. adicarpus) ; lat. 1° 55’ N., long. 5°55’ H. (S. Rarrrayi) ; Jat. 4° 26' S., long. 10° WE. (S. concors) ; lit. 3° OF N., long. 7° 43' W. (S. similis) ; lat. 7° 54’ N., long. 17° 25’ W. (S. un- cipes); lat. 5° 88' N., long. 14° 20’ W. (S. cornigera) ; lat, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. KS 226 Mr. A. O. Walker on the Isopoda and Amphipoda 7° 11'N., long. 15° 54’ W. (S. atlantica); lat. 4° 26'S., long. 10° 18’ E. (S. " pacifica). The above species are recorded from ‘‘ near the surface” to a depth of 360 fath. (S. RaTTRAYI). Lanceola, Say, 1818, as defined by Bovallius. Boyattius: Gulf-stream (LZ. pelagica); North and South Atlantic (L. Sayana); Davis Strait (Z. serrata and L. Lovéni); South tropical Atlantic (L. felina); Baffin’s Bay, lat. 72° N. (ZL. Claus). Sreppine: Pacific, lat. 85° 41' N., long. 157° 42’ E. (ZL. pacifica) ; lat. 85° 45’ S., long. 18° 31’ W. (Z. sp.); lat. 87° 29’ S., long: 83° 7’ W. (LZ. sp.); off Banda Island (Z. sp.); lat. 1° 47’ N., long. 24° 26’ W. (LZ. estiva); lat. 42° 8’ N., long. 68° 39’ W. (L. Suhmi); lat. 50° 1'S., long. 128° 4’ KE. (L. australis). For Mr. Stebbing’s interesting remarks on distribution and depth see ‘Challenger’ Amphipoda, p. 1317. The specimens taken appear to have come from depths ranging from 360 fath. to 2300 fath. Norman (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1900): North Atlantic, lat. 56° 8’, long. 13° 34’ W. (LZ. Sayana); Faroe Channel, in tow-net sunk 640 fath. (LZ. Murray). Vibilia, H. Milne-Edwards, 1830. Boyattius: Seas of Asia (V. Peroni); Atlantic and Mediterranean ~(V. Jeangerardi); Java (V. affinis); South Atlantic, lat. 43° 30' §., long. 9°50’ W. (V. macropis) ; lat. 17° 30’ S., long. 2° 30' W. (VY. gibbosa); North Atlantic, tropical Atlantic (V. robusta); coast of Scotland (V. borealis); west coast of Greenland (V. Kréyeri) ; South Atlantic, Pacific (V. longipes) ; near the Powell Islands (V. Hdwardsi); North and South At- lantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans (V. viatria); tropical Pacific (V. gracilis); tropical and South Atlantic (V. armaTa); . tropical Atlantic (V. pyrapes). Sreppine: lat. 25° 30’ N., long. 188° KE. (V. propinqua) ; South Atlantic (V. Milne) ; lat. 37° 29’ &., long. 27° 31' W. (V.sp.); Cape York (V. viator); lat. 48° 18’ §., long. 130° 4’ E. (V. australis) ; lat. 52° 4'8., long. 71° 22' EH. (V. anitaretica) ; lat. 52° 20’ S., long. 72° 14’ E. (V. sp.). Cuevrevux: Mediterranean (V. erratica) and North Atlantic (V. Jeangerardi, V. hirondeller, V. dentata, and V. grandi- cornis), (Campagnes de ‘1’Hirondelle ’), Bonnier: Gulf of Gascony (VY. Bovalliz). All the ‘Challenger’ specimens of which the depth is recorded were taken on the surface, as also were V. erratica and V. Jean- gerardi by Chevreux. collected during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ 227 GAMMARIDEA. Lysianasside. Cyphocaris, Boeck and Liitken. This singular genus has been recorded from the west coast of Greenland (C. avonyx, Boeck) by Hansen, and by Stebbing in the ‘Challenger’ Report from Tristan d’Acunha, lat. 32° 24’ S., long. 13° 5' W., off west coast of South America, lat. 38° 7’ S., long. 94° 4’ W. (C. micronyx), and 400 miles north of the Sandwich Islands (C. challenger). As the latter author informs me that he has now merged C. micronyx in C. ANONYX, this species has a truly enormous range. The ‘Challenger’ specimens were taken at a depth of 1425 and 1500 fath. respectively. Also taken by the Prince of Monaco in lat. 47° 38’ N., long. 22°13' W., depth 13800 m. (Chevreux, Camp. de ‘ l’Hirondelle, 1900, p. 165). Orchomenopsis, G. O. Sars, 1895*. This genus was separated by G. O. Sars from Orchomene on account of slight differences in structure. It includes two, and perhaps all three, of the ‘ Challenger’ species, and one (0. robusta, Sars) from the coast of Norway in 100 fath. The localities of the ‘ Challenger’ species are as follows :—South of Japan, lat. 26° 29'N., long. 137° 57’ E., 2425 fath. (O. musculosus); east of Buenos Ayres, lat. 35° 39’ §., long. 50° 47’ W., 1900 fath. (0. aByYsso- kum); Kerguelen Island, Betsy Cove, surface, and off Cumberland Bay, 127 fath. (0. excavatus). O. abyssorum is also recorded by M. Chevreux from lat. 48° 24’ N., long. 20° 38’ W., depth 2200 m, (Camp. de ‘l’Hirondelle,’ p. 23). List oF SPECIES. ISOPODA. Fam. Munnopside. ? Genus Munnopsis, M. Sars, 1860. Munnopsis? Murrayi, sp.n. (male). (Pl. XVIII. figs. 1-6.) Anterior division of the body little wider than and about the same length as the posterior. * Since the above was written, the author has met with two new species in a collection made by Mr. Fougner during the ‘Southern Cross’ expedition to the Antarctic Seas in 1899-1900, and described in a paper read before the Linnean Society on Dec. 18, 1902. These are O. nodi- manus, Cape Adare, lat. 71° 18’ S., lone. 170° 9' W., dredged in 26 fath., and O. Rossi, from lat. 78° 35’ S., long. 164° 32' W., taken near the surface. M. Chevreux also has described (Bull. Soc. Zool. de'France, 1903, tome xxviii. pp. 98-96) two new species from the N. Atlantic, ae 228 Mr. A. O. Walker on the Isopoda and Amphipoda Head having a triangular projection, on which is a tubercle, behind the bases of the upper antennz; these have the last joint of the peduncle more than twice as long as the penulti- mate. Lower antennz wanting in all the specimens. Man- dibles with a prominent molar expansion and divided cutting- edge as in M. longicornis, Hansen; palp very large and prominent, with a jiamellar terminal joint. Maxillipedes with a prominent lobe on the outer margin of the inner plates ; palp with the fourth joint large and rounded. First body (mesosome) segment rather wider than any of . the succeeding three; coxal plates rather large, widening distally, so as to conceal the ends of thesegments. ‘The first of the last three segments (metasome) with a large oval tubercle on each side of a central cleft; the two following segments widening successively and marked by a transverse division ; the last has also a diagonal depression across each hinder angle. All the segments are rugose. All the ambulatory legs are wanting except the first joints ; these in the first pair of legs are twice as long and half as thick as those of the succeeding three pairs. The natatory legs have the fourth joint much expanded posteriorly and more than twice as large as the fifth joint, which is furnished with a small dactylus. Telson cordate, with a blunt carina; margins smooth. Uropods small and slender, 2-jointed, the second joint three times as long as the first. As G. O. Sars has pointed out (‘ Crust. of Norway, Isopoda,’ p. 133), Munnopsis longicornis, Hansen (‘ Isopoden &c. der Plankton Expedition,’ p. 8, pl. ii. fig. 1), differs in the struc- ture of the mandibles from the generic description, as does the present species. This also differs from both in the struc- ture of the maxillipedes and in the swimming-legs being provided with a dactylus; so that doubtless a new genus is required for its reception. As, however, it is impossible to define a genus satisfactorily from imperfect specimens, M. Sars’s genus must stand provisionally. Unfortunately it rarely happens that these Isopods are taken with their long and brittle appendages perfect. Seven specimens, probably all males. Length 7 millim. Net 4a, 1170 fath.; 4c, 920 fath. ; Af, 1275 fath.; 4h, 1470 fath. ; 5 h, 1410 fath. (2 specimens) ; 5/, 1710 fath. The only other Isopods in the collection were a few Kpicarid larvee. collected during the Cruise of the ‘ Oceana.’ 229 AMPHIPODA. Tribe HYPERIIDEA. Genus Hyrverta, Latreille. Hyperia Latreillei, M.-Edw. This species is now referred both by G..O. Sars and A. M. Norman to H. galba (Mont.). One young. Length 3 millim. Net 5d, 950 fath. Genus Hypzeriotpes, Chevreux, 1900. Hyperioides longipes, Chev.* (Pl. XIX. figs. 7-13.) Head very large, as long as the first five body-segments united, the frontal outline rather concave, the sides produced downwards in two lobes, of which the lower margin is trun- cate, with rounded angles. ‘The eyes occupy nearly the whole upper part of the head, and consist of dark red transverse bands. Mesosome shorter and rather narrower than the metasome, all the segments distinct except the first and second, which are dorsally united, the seventh the widest. Metasome deeper than mesosome, the third segment having the hinder angle bluntly rectangular. Antenne short and simple, the tips of the lower reaching just below the produced cephalic lobes. The first and second gnathopods are almost alike, the second being slightly the larger; the first joint is broad and as long as all the remaining joints, the carpus is produced to about the middle of the propodos; dactylus rather long and slender. The pereeopoda are unusually long and slender for this genus ; the first and second are about as long as the fifth, the dactyli long, slender, and slightly curved; the third and * Since the above description was written, Mons. Cheyreux has described the species under the above name in the ‘ Resultats des Cam- pagnes scientifiques de l’Hirondelle,’ fasc. xvi. 1900, p. 143, pl. xvii. fig. 2. The ‘ Oceana’ specimens, however, differ in the form of the telson, which is bluntly triangular. The palp of the first maxillee is also im- perfectly figured, being well developed, with a truncate and spinous terminal margin, The inner plate is armed at the end with strong teeth and sete, much as in Hyperiella, Boyallius, as figured by Stebbing under H, dilatata (Chall. Amph. pl. clxxi.). From this genus it differs only in being more laterally compressed. Chevreux’s two specimens were taken in lat. 47° 38’ N., long. 22° 14' W., in 1300 fath., and lat. 47° 43’ N., long. 19° 30° W., in 781 fath,, both in Sept. 1888. 230 Mr. A. O. Walker on the Isopoda and Amphipoda fourth are about the same length and much longer than the fifth; the first joints of all are long and narrow, with parallel mar gins, those of the third and our th are as long as the next three joimts together and about equal to the fifth joint; all the dactyh rather long. The peduncles of the third uropods are nearly four times as long as the rami, which are about equal to the telson. The nearest allies of this species are H. schizogeneios, Stebbing, and H. crucipes, Bovallius; it differs from both in having only two of the mesosome segments coalesced and in the greater length of the perzopoda, the form of their first joint, &e. It is possible that Lestrigonus rubescens, Dana, may be the male of this species. Two females with ova. Length 4°5 millim. Net 6a, 150 fath.; 6, 510 fath. Parathemisto oblivia (Kroyer). Several young, the largest being 7 millim. long. Nets 1 a, 16, 1c, surface to 50 fath. This is a common species in the young state on the west coast of Ireland. Phronima sedentaria, Forskal. One female. Length 20 millim. Net 5/, 1710 fath. Phronima atlantica, Guérin-Ménéville. One female. Length 12 millim. Net 4 e, 1170 fath. One young. 2 7 oe) oy) 2f; 620 oy) 5) 29 29 2 d, O74 2) The last specimen agrees very nearly with P, tenella, Stebbing. All the above, including P. tenella, are referred by Chun to P. sedentaria. This author (Bibliotheca Zool. vol. vil. 1894-6, Heft xix. p.110) has the following remarks :— “The young Phronimas leave the protecting ‘house’ at the beginning of summer and sink to great depths. They grow to a length of 10 mm., when the females, after obtaining a ‘house’ of Pyrosoma, Salpa, or Siphonophora, rise to the surface in the course of the winter. When sexually mature —in spring in the Mediterranean, but in January at the Canary Islands—the males also rise to the surface and visit the females in their ‘ houses,’ reaching the length of 12 mm. and rapidly acquiring their perfect antennz. They never attain the size of the females, which sometimes measure 40 mm.’ collected during the Cruise of the § Oceana.’ 231 Tt will be observed that the size of the ‘Oceana’ specimens increases with the depth, which would seem to indicate that in November the young were still descending. None of the specimens was provided with a “ house.” Brachyscelus mediterraneus (Claus). Six young, the largest 8 millim. long, from 650 fath. The type specimen measured 2 inch. Net 2 a, 270 fath. ; 2g (2 specimens), 650 fath.; 4h, 1470 fath.; 56, 500 fath.; 6 a, 150 fath. This species is considered by Canon A. M. Norman (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. v., Jan. 1900, p. 184) to be identical with B. crusculum, Sp. Bate. Scina Rattrayi, Stebbing. Scina Raittrayi, Stebbing, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, vol. xiii, p. 358, pl. lili. a. Several specimens, the largest being 4 millim. long, in- cluding the upper antenneze. The specimen described by Mr. Stebbing (who has kindly verified these for me) was taken “ from a depth of 360 fath. mer Oe Mei lat. Wo 55! N.. long. 59 55’ K. Its nearest ally is S. Tullbergi (Bovallius), taken off Cape Horn. It may be distinguished from the northern species as follows :— From 8. Sarst (Bov.) by the comparative shortness of its upper antenne, and from S. Clausii (Bov.) and S. borealis (G. O. Sars) by the second joint of the third pekegyous (fifth legs) being serrate on the Aind margin only. Nets 2f, 44,5 6,5, 5h, 5s, Of, 69, 500-1670 fath. Also taken by the Prince of Monaco in 1888 in lat. 47° 42’ N., long. 19° 30’ W. (Chevreux, Amphipodes de ‘l’Hiron- delle,’ p. 123), depth 781 m. . Scina marginata (Bov.). One young, length including antennz 3°5 millim. Distinguished by the few teeth on the front margin of the stout second joint of the third perzeopods and by the thick, “almost tumid” (Bov.), distal joints and short curved dactyli of the last two pairs. Previously recorded only from Messina (since the above was written recorded by Chevreux, /. ¢., from lat. 47° 38’ N., long. 22° 13’ W., depth 1300 m.). 232 Mr, A. O. Walker on the Isopoda and Amphipoda Lanceola sp. Two specimens too young for identification, viz. :—Net 5 e, 1070 fath., 6 millim.; net 6g, 560 fath., 4 millim. Most of the species of this genus are very large; those described by Bovallius range from 10-13 millim. (L. felina) to 42 millim. (L. Sayana). A species figured in the ‘ Chal- lenger’ Report from a drawing by Willemoes-Suhm is supposed to have been 70 millim. in length. Vibilia armata, Bovallius. Net 46, 790 fath. 1 specimen, 9 millim. PB) 6f, 510 33 1 oP) 9 Oe) ese eee. 1 0 Oona Too young to be identified. V. erratica, Chevreux, from the Mediterranean, is very near to this species, but has the last two segments of the urosome distinct, while in V. armata they are coalesced. Tribe GAMMARIDEA., Cyphocaris anonyx, Boeck. (Pl. XVIII. fig. 14.) (=C. micronyx, Stebbing.) Four specimens, of which one from 1300 fath. appears to be-an adult male. 4k, 1670 fath. J young. 5g, 1800 fath. 1 adult male, 1] millim. 6f, 510 fath. 2 young, 24 and 3 millim. There can, I think, be no doubt that Boeck overlooked the very small dactylos of the second gnathopods, the appa- rent absence of which gave rise to its specific name. ‘The principal apparent difference between this species and C. micronyz is that the distal extremities of the first and second perzeopods are somewhat more dilated in the latter. Orchomenopsis abyssorum (Stebbing). Three specimens, all females. 47, 1570 fath. 1. 5h, 1410 fath. 1. 5k, 1610 fath. 1. I have to thank Mr. Stebbing for verifying this species and Scina Rattrayi. Since the above was written, Fascicule xvi. of the Prince of collected during the Crutse of the ‘ Oceana.’ 233 Monaco’s ‘ Campagnes Scientifiques,’ containing the Amphi- poda taken by the yacht ‘ Hirondelle’ in 1888, and worked out by Mons. E. Chevreux, has appeared. It is interesting to compare the extract given below, relating to neighbouring parts of the N. Atlantic, with the ‘ Oceana’ results. Station 253. Sept. 8. Lat. 47° 38’ N., long. 22° 13’ W. Depth 1300 metres. - Cyphocaris micronyz, Steb. ; Scinamarginata, Bov.; Scina incerta, sp. n.; Phronima atlantica, Guérin ; Hyperia galba (Mont.) ; Hyperioides lonyipes, gen. et sp. n.; Huprimus macropus (Guérin) ; Brachyscelus mediterraneus (Claus). St. 256. Sept. 9. Lat. 48° 24’ N., long. 20° 38’ W. Depth 2200 m. Orchomenopsis abyssorum (Steb.) ; Hyperia galba (Mont.) ; Hyperioides longipes, Chev.; Brachyscelus mediterraneus (Claus). Sim 200: Sept. 10) Lat. 47° 42" N., long. 19°°30’ W. Depth 781 m. Scina Rattrayi, Steb.; P/wonima atlantica (Guérin) ; Hyperia schizogenetos, Steb.; Hyperioides longipes, Chev. ; Euprimno macropus (Guérin). EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE XVIII. Fig. 1. Munnopsis? Murrayi, sp.n. The male seen from above. Fig. 2. Posterior lip. Fig. 3. Maxillipedes seen from both sides. Fig. 4. Pleopod. 4a. The end of the fifth joint and dactylus. Fig. 5. End of the operculum. Fig. 6. Uropod. 4 . Cyphocaris anonyx, Boeck. End of propodos of second gnatho- pod, showing the dactylus. PLATE XIX, Fig. 7. Hyperioides longipes, Chevreux, 9. Fig. 8, First gnathopod. Fig. 9. Second gnathopod. Ing. 10, Telson and third uropods. Fy. 11. First maxille. Fg. 12. Ditto, showing palp from another side, the plate folded back, tg. 13, Second maxillee. 234 Mr. O. Thomas on Neotropical Mammals. XVITI.—Notes on Neotropical Mammals of the Genera Felis, Hapale, Oryzomys, Akodon, and Ctenomys, with Descrip- tions of new Species. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. THE SpoTTeD TIGER-CATS OF BRAZIL. AMONG his recent collections Mr. A. Robert has sent home a certain number of small spotted cats, these being animals very badly represented in most Museums, and with their _literature and determinations in a great state of confusion. Of this group Hensel distinguished three species in Rio Grande do Sul, viz. “‘ Felis macroura, Wied,” “ F. guigna, Mol.,” and a new species he named /’. guttula. Mr. Robert obtained ali these three, and, by the kindness of Dr. Matschie, skulls of his specimens have been directly compared with those of the Hensel collection in Berlin, so that there can be no deubt about their determinations. At the same time it should be noted that specimens ob- tained together, and clearly conspecific, show an extraordinary amount of variation both in marking and skull-characters ; so that the study of the group is beset with quite unusual difficulties. The three types referred to may be briefly distinguished as follows :— I. Size larger. Fur soft and thick. Nape-hairs generally reversed forwards, at least in part. Skull broadly rounded, with a large smooth brain-case and short face. To this type belong the Mexican and Central-American tiger-cats, £, Wiedii, Schinz (f. macroura, Wied), and many others, including F’. glaucula, sp. n., described below. Cuvier’s F. mitis would also probably come here, but being without locality is not certainly determinable and should be ignored. The same may be said of Lesson’s F’. elegans *. II. Size rather smaller. Fur harsher. Nape-hairs not reversed. General colour darker. Skull long and narrow, somewhat resembling that of the Jagua- rondi, with narrow brain-case and elongated face. I’, guttula, Hens. III. Size smallest. Fur medium or harsh. Nape-hairs not reversed. Skull small and delicate, with smooth brain-case and short face. F. nardinotdes, Gray (F. guigna, Mol., of Hensel). * Cent. Zool. p. 69, pl. xxi. (1880). Mr. O. Thomas on Neotropical Mammals. 235 In addition the small-spotted F. Geoffroyd, with its little ally F. salinarum, sp. n., makes yet a fourth Neotropical section of the group; while a fifth appears to be formed by the true /. tigrina*, judging by a small cat from Cayenne which may be assigned to that species, and is distinguished by its small size, bright colouring, and delicate skull; but it is in too imperfect a state for me to describe it more fully. Felis glaucula, sp. n. The Mexican representative of Group I. General charac- ters as above described. Colour grey instead of fulvous or tawny. Size about as in /. Wedd. Fur fine and soft, rather short; hairs of back (April and May specimens) about 17 to 18 millim. Fur of nape reversed forwards, in some cases from behind the withers on to the crown. General ground-colour pale drab-grey, very different to the strong tawny of the South-American members of the group. Linear markings narrow, and on the sides enclosing elongate spaces so as to recall the pattern found in the ocelots. Lower cheek- line less developed than usual. Nape with two strongly defined and two less defined lines outside them, but all are very narrow, and in some cases, as in the type, the central pair are themselves longitudinally split by a pale line. Black markings of posterior back forming a double series of broken lines one to three inches in length on each side of the pale middle line. lLiaterally the markings take the form of rosettes, rounded on the shoulders and hips, obliquely elon- gate on the flanks; the bordering lines of these markings are deep black, sharply defined, and rarely more than about + inch in diameter. Central space of rosettes also grey, slightly darker than the general ground-colour. Under surface white, a prominent black line across below jaw, another less promi- nent across chest (in the type this latter is replaced by two lines of spots), and a number of round black spots on belly. Limbs buffy grey on outer, white on inner aspect, the spots continued down to the proximal part of the hands and feet. Tail marked with 11 or 12 black and buffy-white rings, the dark and the light about equally broad. Skull in general shape like that of F. Wiedii, but more heavily ridged. Brain-case smaller, narrower, more con- stricted behind the postorbital processes, and more parallel- * Schr, Siug. pl. evi. (1775). The publication of this plate antedates that of the text, and as it is a copy of Buffon’s plate, the animal figured by the latter—which is from Cayenne—may be taken as its type. 236 Mr. O. Thomas on Neotropical Mammals. sided, so that its breadth measured across its frontal region more nearly approaches that of its greatest parietal breadth. Upper profile of skull gently and evenly convex, not markedly more rounded at the vertex. Dimensions of the type, measured in skin :— Head and body (overstretched, c.) 600 millim.; tail 410; hind foot 108; ear 48. (Of another specimen, male, measured by P. O. Simons in the flesh: head and body 559; tail 333; hind foot 110; ear 50.) Skull: greatest length 94:5 ; basal length 82; zygomatic breadth 63 ; nasals, length in middle line 16°5 ; interorbital breadth 18; tip to tip of postorbital processes 49; postorbital constriction 30°53; breadth of brain-case on frontals 38; ditto across parietals 43 ; palate length 35; length of bulla 20°5; length of p* 11. Hab. of type. Beltran, Jalisco, Mexico. Other specimens from Tatemales, Sinaloa (S¢mons), and N. Yucatan (Gau- mer). Type. Female. B.M. no. 90.1.4.1. Collected 25th April, 1889, by W. Lloyd, and presented by F. D. Godman and O. Salvin. This grey Mexican representative of the F. Wiedit group contrasts markedly in colour with the tawny forms found to the south of it from Costa Rica to 8. Brazil. I can find no tenable name applicable to this species, that of F. meaxicana, de Sauss., bemg antedated several times over in other groups of the genus. Its earliest use appears to have been by Kerr in 1792, who applied it to an ocelot. In Group ITI. the following is a description of two fresh specimens apparently assignable to the little-known F. pardi- noides, Gray, to which Hensel’s “ F. guigna, Mol.,” should also be referred :— Size comparatively small. Fur rather harsh and close. General colour dark, owing both to the dark tone of the ground-colour and the closeness of the spotting. Ground- colour along dorsal area light fulvous, becoming markedly lighter on the sides and white on the belly. Face with the usual white supraorbital line, interrupted black frontal lines, and the two black lines running back on the cheeks to below the ear. Back of ears black, with the usual whitish patch small but well defined. Top of neck with an indistinct black median line, outside which there are two pairs of strong clearly defined black lines, and a third less defined one on the level of the outer base of the ear. ‘The narrow central Mr. O. Thomas on Neotropical Mammals. 207 black lines are continued interruptedly down the back on to the rump, but laterally and on the shoulders the lines change into rosettes, which are about an inch in diameter, with dene fulvous centres. ‘Then below on the belly and on the limbs the rosettes again pass into black spots. Chin, chest, and groins white, with but little spotting ; belly heavily spotted. Limbs dull yellowish fulvous, the spots getting smaller ter- minally, being only about 3 inch in diameter on the meta- podials and disappearing on the digits. ‘Tail rather short, with 11 to 13 black rings, which are slightly broader than the light spaces between them. Skull small and delicate, very smooth, and without any trace of ridges or crests, with the usual exception of the lambdoid crest, and even this is low and little developed. Face short. Nasal region pinched in, but not markedly convex above, the profile running in an even scarcely convex line to the vertex. Postorbital processes small and weak, the brain-case but little constricted behind them. Bulle high and well inflated. Dimensions of the male, measured in the flesh :— Head and body 500 millim.; tail 255; hind foot 105 ; ear 38. Skull: greatest length 83; basal length 71:5 ; zygomatic breadth 49°5 ; nasals, length in middle line 16°5; greatest breadth 11:6; middle breadth 5:2; interorbital breadth 14-2; tip to tip of postorbital processes 32 ; intertemporal breadth 25; length of brain-case from between postorbital processes 1; breadth of brain-case 39 ; palate length 31 ; length of bulla 17: length of upper incisive row 10; length of p* on outer edge 9°6, of m, 8. Hab. Espiritu Santo. Coll. A. Robert. Compared with this, the Central-American representative of the group may be distinguished as follows :— Felis pardinoides oncilla, subsp. n. Size and general characters as in true Ff. pardinotdes, Fur of about the same length, and similarly directed back- wards on the nape, but much softer and richer throughout. Ground-colour much richer and deeper, and scarcely lightening on the sides or limbs; it is something near Ridgway’s clay- colour, but darker and glossier. Black lines of head and nape very strong, but the indistinct median dark nuchal line not present. Posterior back with a strong central black line, outside which rosettes begin to form at once. Lateral rosettes but little elongated, their centres much darker than 238 Mr. O. Thomas on Neotropical Mammals. the general ground-colour. Under surface brownish clay- colour, dull whitish on the chin; chest and groins scarcely lighter at all, instead of the white of true pardinoides. Hands and feet dull brownish clay-colour, some fine spots present on the metapodials. Tail much blacker above than in the southern form, the black rings very broad, and the light ones (of which about 8 or 9 may be counted) very narrow ; below, on the other hand, it is clay-colour for three fourths its length, with indistinct black annulations, the tip broadly black-ringed. Dimensions of the type, measured in skin :— Head and body 505 millim.; tail 290; hind foot 105 ; ear 39. Hab. Volean de Irazu, Costa Rica. Type. B.M. no. 78. 7.6.3. Collected by Mr. Rogers and presented by F. DuCane Godman, Esq. The skull of this cat is unfortunately lost, but as its relationship to /. pardinoides is quite clear, I nevertheless venture to describe it. It differs from that animal by its much darker and richer general colour, especially its darker underside and darker limbs, its softer fur, and the great breadth of the black bands of the upper surface of its tail. Felis pardinoides andina, subsp. n. Intermediate in general colour between /. p. oncilla and the typical pardinoides, the upper surface and limbs more as in the former, though slightly lighter, the under surface with the white chin, throat, chest, and groins of true pardinoides. Fur quite soft, markedly softer and richer than in pardi- noides. ‘Tail coloured about as in pardinoides, not with the broad black bands of oncilla. Skull decidedly larger than in pardinotdes ; nasals longer ; frontal region broader ; mesopterygoid fossa longer, mainly owing to the palate ending rather further forward, almost level with the back of the molar ; bulle: comparatively small. Teeth, especially carnassials, large and heavy. Dimensions of the type, measured in skin :— Head and body 520 millim. ; tail 290; hind foot 109 ; ear 41. Skull: greatest length 86 ; basal length 73°5 ; zygomatic breadth 53°5 ; length of nasals 18; interorbital breadth 14 ; tip to tip of postorbital processes 36 ; postorbital constriction 28; breadth of brain-case 41; palate length 30; outside length of p* 10°7. Type. (Apparently) male. B.M. no. 77. 4.3.4. Collected by Mr. Clarence Buckley. Mr. O. Thomas on Neotropical Mammals. 239 Hab. Jima, Province of Azuay, Ecuador. Altitude 2400. metres. This Andean form of the group may be distinguished from pardinoides by its softer fur and larger skull, and from oncilla by its lighter underside and light narrowly ringed tail. Felis salinarum, sp. n. Generally similar to F. Geoffroy7, but much smaller. Fur thin and shaggy. MHairs of nape not reversed. General colour sandy buff. Spots very numerous, quite small, not connected into lines, except on the nape. Cheek- lines narrow and inconspicuous. Lars large, the white patch on their backs large, and extending downwards to their outer base. Nape with two narrow continuous black lines on each side of the middle line, and two more interrupted and less well-marked lines outside them. Chin white ; throat buffy ; chest and groins white, belly sandy ; a black line across the interramia, another on the throat, and a number of black spots, larger than those on the upper surface, on the belly. Limbs sandy on their outer, whiter on their inner surfaces, strongly banded proximally, the spots dying away on the metapodials. ‘Tail sandy, irregularly marked above only proximally, ringed terminally. Skull scarcely exceeding in length that of F. oncilla, consequently much smaller than that of F. Geoffroyi. Post- orbital processes well developed. Brain-case broadly rounded, but more contracted anteriorly than in the #. Wredii group. Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :— Head and body 435 millim.; tail 265; hind foot 97; ear 37. Skull: greatest length 84:5 ; basal length 71 ; zygomatic breadth 56°5 ; length of nasals in midlle line 17 ; inter- orbital breadth 15:5 ; tip to tip of postorbital processes 38 ; postorbital constriction 26°5; breadth of brain-case 41°d ; palate length 32 ; length of upper incisive row 10; length of p* on outer edge 10°7. Hab. of type. Cruz del Hje, Central Cordova. Alt. 600 m. Type. Female. B.M. no. 2. 2.5.10. Original number 1713. Collected 28th November, 1901, by the late P. O. Simons. One specimen. This is a small northern representative of F. Geoffroy?, and was rightly distinguished as such by Dr. Matschie *, * SB. Ges. nat. Fr, Berlin (1894), p. 59. 240 Mr. O. Thomas on Neotropical Mammals. who records examples from Jujuy and Tucuman, using for it the name of F. guigna, Mol. But Molina’s animal, fist described from “ Chili,’ was afterwards identified by Philippi * with a cat from Valdivia, in the southern part of that country, which may therefore be taken as its type locality. Now it is inconceivable that, while on the eastern side of the Andes a northern and a southern form are found, separated at about lat. 32°S., the Valdivian one, at nearly 40° 8., should be the same as the northern one of the two eastern forms. On the other hand, it is by no means unlikely that F. gu‘gna and F. Geoffroyt will prove to be the same, as in the south the Andes do not present the same faunistic barrier that they do further north. Fapale fluviceps, sp. n. General characters of HH. penicillata, with which it shares the size, grizzled body-colour, with its tricolor fur, the sup- pressed banding of the back, the distinct ringing of the tail, and the whitish or yellowish hands and feet. But the whole of the head is buffy yellow, rather whiter on the muzzle, and the preauricular tufts are practically absent, being replaced by long tufts of yellowish-white hairs situated on the inner aspect of the ear-conch. Throat yellowish. Middle line of belly and anal region black. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 248 millim.; tail 298; hind foot 65; ear 23. Flab. Engenheiro Reeve, Espiritu Santo. < elles Female, Original number 1220. Collected 11th February, 1903, by Alphonse Robert. ‘Three specimens. Oryzomys sublineatus, sp. 0. A northern representative of O. dorsalis, Hensel, with harsher fur, broader skull, and concave anterior zygoma- root. Size about as in O. dorsalis, or rather larger; tail shorter in proportion. Fur comparatively harsh and short; hairs of back about 8 millim. in length. General colour above dull erizzled greyish or “ bistre,” coarscly lined with buffy. An indistinct blackish line along the posterior half of the spine. Cheeks and sides slightly more buffy than the back. Under surface short-haired, dull buffy whitish, not very sharply defined on the sides; bases of hairs slaty. ars * Arch. f. Nat. xxxix. p. 8 (1873). Mr. O. Thomas on Neotropical Mammals. 241 short, finely haired, brown. Outer sides of arms and legs greyish, inner sides whitish ; hands and feet wholly white. Tail rather short for this group, finely haired and scaled, greyish brown above, rather whiter below. Skull broad and flattened, with widely expanded zygomata. Interorbital region smoothly rounded laterally, flattened above, without any trace of ridges; anterior edge of zygo- matic plate concave, with a projecting point above, an unusual structure in this group; palatal foramina large and widely open, not reaching back to the level of m’; back of palate level with the hinder edge of m’. Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :— Head and body 140 millim. ; tail 111; hind foot, s. u. 27, c.u. 29; ear 19. Skull: tip of nasals to back of frontals 23; zygomatic breadth 18; length of nasals 13; interorbital breadth 5:1 ; palate length 14-2 ; diastema 9°2; palatal foramina 7-2 x 3°1; length of upper molar series (much worn) 4°8. Hab. Kngenheiro Reeve, Inland of Victoria, Prov. Espiritu Santo, Brazil. Alt. 500 m. Type. Old male. Original number 1224. Collected 14th February, 1903, by Mr. Alphonse Robert. One specimen. This coarse-haired Oryzomys is allied to the O. dorsalis of Rio Grande do Sul, to which it shows its affinity by its dark dorsal line and smooth interorbital region, but from which it differs by the details above mentioned. Akodon suffusus, sp. n. Closely allied to A. hirtus, Thos., but the general colour stronger, the belly lighter, and with certain cranial differ- ences detailed below. . Fur close, soft, and thick, about 11 millim. long on the back. General colour of the dorsal area grizzled olivaceous yellow (rather darker than Ridgway’s “tawny olive’’), this colour running forwards on to the crown, but passing on the cheeks and sides into cinereous grey. Under surface whitish, lighter and more sharply defined than in A. hirtus ; the bases of the hairs slaty as usual. Lars short, well-haired, brown, an inconspicuous whitish spot at their bases. Hands and feet white. ‘Tail well-haired, sharply bicolor, dark brown above, white below. Skull in general shape like that of A. hirtus, not elongated as. in A. longipilis. But it is rather lower and flatter throughout, less rounded and convex along the middle line, especially in the interorbital region. Anteorbital plate nar- row (width 1°7 millim. as against 2°1). Palatal foramina Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 16 242 Mr. O. Thomas on Neotropical Mammals. comparatively short. Hinder edge of palate some distance behind last molar. Molars small and light. Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :— Head and body 110 millim.; tail 77; hind foot, s. u. 22, c.u. 24; ear 14. Skull: greatest length 27°5 ; basilar length 21°3; greatest breadth 14; nasals 11; interorbital breadth 4°8; breadth of brain-case 12°2; palate length 11:2; diastema 7; palatal foramina 6°1; length of upper molar series 3°4. Hab. Valle del Lago Blanco, Southern Chubut (Cordillera region). Syne Male. Original number XVI. Collected 6th August, 1900, by Mr. J. Koslowsky. About forty specimens examined. Akodon (Chelemys, subg. 1.) vestetus, sp. ne [CHELEMYS*, subg. n. General characters, skull, and dentition as in Akodon, but the claws, especially the anterior ones, very large, fossorial. Type, Akodon megalonyx, Waterh. Now that the known species have been so considerably multiplied, it seems convenient to have a subgeneric name by which to designate what have been hitherto termed the “ Jong-clawed Akodons.”’] General appearance and proportions very much as in A. (C.) macronyx, Thos., but colour darker, tail more distinctly bicolor, and skull broader and flatter. Fur very long, close, and woolly ; hairs of back about 10-11 millim. in length. General colour above darker than in A. macronyz, approximately resembling Ridgway’s “ sepia”’ or “olive.” Sides paler, approaching ‘ broccoli- brown.” Underparts dull white, well defined on the sides for such a thick-furred animal, the slaty bases to the hairs showing through. lars short, scarcely projecting above the fur, well-haired, brown. Arms and inner sides of legs greyish white; hands and feet wholly white. ‘Tail well- haired, distinctly and sharply bicolor, dark brown above, white below. Skull, as compared with that of A. macronyx, broader, more flattened, and less cylindrical, with more widely ex- panded zygomata; interparietal rather smaller. ‘Teeth as in the allied species. * xnAn, a hoof or claw. Mr. O. Thomas on Neotropical Mammals. 243 Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :— ~ Head and body 127 millim.; tail 57; hind foot, s. u. 23, €.u. 25+ ear 15. Skull: greatest length 30; basilar length 24:4; zygo- matic breadth 17; nasals 11:1; interorbital breadth 4°7; breadth of brain-case 14 ; palate length 12°8; diastema 7°8; palatal foramina 7; length of upper molar series 5:3. Hab. Valle del Lago Blanco, Cordillera region of Southern Chubut Territory, Patagonia. Type. Male. Original number I. Collected 28th Sep- tember, 1900, by Mr. J. Koslowsky. ‘Ten specimens ex- amined. This species is the southern representative of A. macronyz, Thos., to which it is no doubt very nearly allied; but the fresh series now available indicates that it should have a name of its own. In company with the series of A. vestitus there are two examples of the other long-clawed southern group Notiomys, distinguishable by its very small and comparatively brachyo- dont molars from the more or less hypsodont Akodon, but I cannot definitely determine their species. From the descrip- tions given it seems not impossible that both ‘‘ Hesperomys (Acodon) Michaelsent,’ Matschie, and ‘‘ Oxymycterus micro- tis,’ Allen, belong to Noécomys, as their long claws, short tails, and very small molars agree precisely with what is found in that group. Ctenomys Azare, Thos. Ctenomys Azare, Thos. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) xi. p. 228 (1903). The locality of this animal proves unfortunately to have been wrongly given in the above description. The specimens were presented to the British Museum by Sefior Maximo Hopff, of Buenos Ayres, who handed them to the British Consulate there for transmission home. It happened, however, that a collection of Mr. W. Foster’s was coming home by the same intermediary, and Mr. Hopff’s specimens, which were not labelled, got placed with the latter and were considered to be part of it. Now, however, enquiry shows that the specimens were obtained in the Province of Buenos Ayres, on the central pampas, lat. 37° 45’ S., long. 65° W., 780 kilometres south- west of the capital, a region from which no examples of Ctenomys had previously been recorded. 16* 244 Prof. F. J. Bell on Echinoderms from XIX.—Report on a Collection of Echinoderms from the Neigh- bourhood of Zanzibar.—Part I. By F. Jerrrey BELL, M.A. THE zeal for the study of natural history which distinguishes H.M. Agent at Zanzibar, Sir Charles Hliot, K.C.M.G., led that diplomatist to obtain the assistance of Mr. Crossland, B.A., who made, inter alva, a collection of Hchinoderms. As reports on various groups are being or have been made, it seems well that there should be one on the Echinoderms ; but I am bound to be brief, since in 1899 a very complete account of the Echinoderm fauna of this area was given by Prof. Ludwig *, who enumerated 127 species as being known from the district. It will probably be convenient if on this occasion I adopt the systematic order of Prof. Ludwig’s memoir. The Cri- noidea and Holothurioidea will be dealt with in the second half of this report. ASTEROIDEA. Astropectinide. 1. Astropecten Hemprichii, M. Tr. Zanzibar Channel, 8 fath. 2. Astropecten polyacanthus, M. Tr. Zanzibar, 3-5 fath. 3. Luidia Savignit, Audouin. Wasin, 10 fath. Pentagonasteridez. 4. Goniodiscus yg. There are several specimens differing in size and in some important points ; we have really no knowledge of the growth- changes of species of this genus, and our collections must be much larger before we make any new species. 5. Pentaceros Lincki, de Bl. This is the form catalogued by Prof. Ludwig as P. muri- catus of Linck, but that zoologist was not a binominalist. Zanzibar shore. * “Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Reisen in Madagascar u. Ost- Afrika . . . von Dr. A. Voeltzkow. i. 4, Echinodermen des Sansibar- gebietes,’ Abh. Senckenb, Ges. xxi, 4 (1899), the Neighbourhood of Zanzibar. 245 6. Pentaceros hiulcus, M. Tr. Zanzibar. 7. Pentaceros yg., ? hiulcus. Wasin. 8. Culeita pentangularis, Gray. Zanzibar. Asterinidz. 9. Asterina cepheus, Val. Zanzibar, 10-20 fath. Linckiide. 10. Ophidiaster fuscus, Gray. This species is not in Prof. Ludwig’s list, and, so far as I know, the only author who has discovered specimens of it since Gray described it is Prof. Studer, who has given an account of his examples in the report on his ‘ Gazelle’ Asteroids (see Phys. Abhand. Berl. Akad. 1884, p. 29). I am permitted to say that in the statement that there are eight rows of plates on the arms the figure 8 was misprinted for 3. Zanzibar, 3-5 fath. 11. Letaster coriaceus, Peters. Wasin. I am indebted to Dr. Meissner, of the Berlin Museum, for kindly comparing the’ specimens in Mr. Crossland’s collection with Peters’s types. Peters’s description and that given and illustrated by M. de Loriol * were almost sufficient for me ; but I thought it better to ensure accuracy by making a call on Dr. Meissner’s kindness. 12. Linckia Ehrenbergi, M. Tr. Zanzibar. 13. Linckia marmorata, Michelin. Zanzibar, 10 fath. 14, Nardoa variolata, Retzius. Zanzibar, shore. * Mém. Soc. Phys. Genéve, xxix. 4 (1885), p. 87, pl. xiii, 246 Prof. F. J. Bell on Echinoderms from Pterasteridx. 15. Retaster cribrosus, v. Martens. Zanzibar, shore, and Wasin, 7 fath. Echinasteride. 16. Mithrodia clavigera, Lamk. Wasin, 10 fath. “17. Echinaster purpureus, Gray. Wasin. OPHIUROIDEA. It is very curious that there should be only three Ophiu- roids: of these one is of great rarity ; it was described from specimens collected by H.M.S. ‘ Alert.’ 18. Ophioplocus imbricatus, M. Tr. Zanzibar. 19. Fragments of what appeared to be Ophiomyzxa australis, Liitken. 20. Ophioteresis elegans, Bell. Found nestling in the arms of a many-armed Actinometra from Zanzibar. ECHINOIDEA, Cidarida. 21. Cidaris metularia, Lamk. Zanzibar ; Wasin, 7 fath. 22. Leiocidaris verticillata, Lamk. Wasin, 10 fath. 23. Letocidaris baculosa, Lamk. Wasin, 10 fath. Diadematida. 24, Diadema saxatile, L. Wasin, 10 fath. the Neighbourhood of Zanzibar. 247 25. Astropyga radiata, Leske. Wasin, 10 fath. Echinide. 26. Salmacis bicolor, Ag. Zanzibar ; Wasin, 10 fath. 27. Salmacis sulcata, Ag. Zanzibar, 5 fath. 28. Hipponoe variegata *, Leske. Zanzibar, 4 fath. 29. Tripneustes gratilla, L. Zanzibar. 30. Lchinostrephus molare, de Bl. Zanzibar. Echinometride. 31. Echinometra oblonga, de Bl. Zanzibar, shallow water. 32. Parasalenia gratiosa, A. Ag. Wasin, 10 fath. Clypeastride. 33. Clypeaster reteculatus, L. Wasin, 10 fath. 34. Laganum depressum, Lesson. Wasin, 10 fath. 35. Echinodiscus auritus, Leske. ~ Wasin. Cassidulide. 36. Echinoneus cyclostomus, Leske. Zanzibar and Momba. * Misprinted by Prof. Ludwig's printer “ variegosta.” . 248 Mr. W. L. Distant on Heteroptera. Spatangide. 37. Maretia planulata, Lamk. Zanzibar, 10-20 fath. 38. Lovenia elongata, Gray. Wasin, 10 fath. 39. Schizaster gibberulus, Ag. Wasin, 7 fath. This is an addition to Prof. Ludwig’s list. XX.—Rhyxchotal Notes.—X VIII. Heteroptera. By W. L. Distant. THE following descriptions of new genera and species of Heteroptera are based on specimens recently acquired by the British Museum. They are principally from the Malayan Archipelago, and were all collected by the late Mr. Doherty, except two species from Key Island received through another source. Order RHYNCHOTA. Suborder HETEROPTERA. Family Pentatomide. Subfam. Prarasprpiv az. Coptosoma mirabilis, sp. n. Luteous ; two large central spots at base of head, a large subcruciform fascia on anterior area of pronotum, three longi- tudinal fasciz united posteriorly and widened anteriorly on posterior area of pronotum, the lateral pronotal angles, two transverse discal fascize, and the lateral and apical margins of scutellum black, shining ; the scutellar area between the two discal fascize coarsely brownly punctate; sternum slaty grey, margin of prosternum and legs luteous; abdomen black, lateral margins broadly and inwardly dentately luteous ; antenne luteous, apex fuscous. Head short, broad, moderately rounded between the eyes; lateral margins of pronotum emar- ginate in front of the lateral angles; scutellum without a basal callosity; body broad, widened posteriorly. Long. 4 millim. Hab. Walmaheira (Doherty, Brit. Mus.). Mr. W. L. Distant on Heteroptera. 249 Subfam. ScvrerLerin az. Brachyaulax majuscula, sp. n. Head and pronotum black ; anterior and posterior margins of anterior pronotal lobe, a discal anterior spot on each side of posterior lobe, and the hind margins of posterior angles pale bluish, a large marginal spot on anterior half of posterior pronotal lobe, equally continued beneath into base of proster- num, sanguineous; scutellum pale bluish; basal discal eleva- tion connected medially with a broad submedial fascia which does not reach margins except posteriorly by the aid of a small marginal spot, a subapical fascia reaching margins and centrally sinuated anteriorly and posteriorly, and the apex black ; body beneath and legs black, pilose, lateral areas of sternal and abdominal segments streaked with pale bluish, lateral margins enclosing black stigmatal spots and inwardly irregularly dentately sinuate, sanguineous; rostrum and antennze black, the last finely pilose. Long., 2, 204 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 94 millim. Hab. Key Island (Brit. Mus.). Allied to B. rufo-maculata, Stal, which it much resembles above, but differs by its much greater size and by the different colour of the abdomen beneath; in the last character and size it most agrees with B. Kiikenthali, Bredd., from which it is at once separated by the characters of the upperside. Philia Doheriyi, sp. n. Black ; head, anterior area of pronotum, and basal and subapical areas of scutellum shining cupreous; lateral and apical margins to head, anterior lateral margins of pronotum, and lateral margins of scutellum pale olivaceous green ; coxe, trochanters, femora, basal margin of metasternum, first and second joints of rostrum, and very broad lateral margins to abdomen luteous; head and prosternum pale olivaceous green; abdomen tinged with cupreous on posterior segmental margins; -antenne black ; pronotum with a transverse series of coarse punctures posteriorly defining the anterior cupreous area ; scutellum finely punctate, the punctures coarse on anterior lateral margins; rostrum passing the posterior coxe; the broad lateral luteous margins to the abdomen moderately erosed interiorly. Long. 124 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 7 millim. Hab, Islands Jobie and Salawati (Doherty, Brit. Mus.). 250 Mr. W. L. Distant on Heteroptera. Calliphara lanceolata, sp. n. Sanguineous ; head, above and beneath, lateral angles and a broad central longitudinal fascia to pronotum, a central basal longitudinal spot and apex of scutellum, connexivum, and basal lateral margin of corium shining olivaceous green ; base of head, the sternum and femora pale ochraceous; apices of femora, tibie, tarsi, and apex of abdomen olivaceous green ; rostrum and antenne black ; second, third, and fourth joints of antenne subequal in length; membrane projecting a little - beyond abdominal apex; rostrum just passing posterior coxee ; lateral margins of corium exposed for about one-third the length of the scutellum. Long. 17 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 83 millim. Hab. Tenimber Island (Doherty, Brit. Mus.). Calliphara rostrata, sp. n. Sanguineous; head, pronotum, exposed basal marginal area of hemelytra, a very broad central fascia to scutellum, which is produced and biangulate anteriorly and subtruncate posteriorly, two subapical small central contiguous spots, head beneath, rostrum, antenna, legs, and apex of abdomen bluish black; body above sparsely and finely punctate ; abdomen beneath finely centrally sulcate, containing the ros- trum, which reaches the base of the apical abdominal segment ; tibiz suleated above; abdomen beneath without lateral punctures. Length 183 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 9 millim. Hab. Key Island (Brit. Mus.). Allied to the group of species represented by C. Billardierit, Fabr. ; to be distinguished by the very long rostrum, &ce. Subfam. Pewr4aromur.2. BARACELLUS, gen. nov. Head longer than broad at base behind eyes, anteriorly concave, the lateral lobes upwardly reflexed, a little longer than central lobe, antenne five-jointed, first joint passing apex of head, second joint but slightly longer than third ; rostrum just passing the intermediate coxe ; pronotum with the lateral margins serrate, the posterior angles longly pro- duced and also serrate ; scutellum elongate, subtriangular, the apex prominently narrowed; corium nearly reaching the apex of the fifth abdominal segment; abdomen obscurely centrally sulcated, apical angles of the sixth abdominal seg- ment acutely produced ; legs unarmed. I place this genus near Coccoteris. Mr. W. L. Distant on Heteroptera. 251 Baracellus lanceolatus, sp. n. Head, antenne, rostrum, and body beneath luteous; head sparingly darkly punctate, eyes black; pronotum olivaceous, sparingly coarsely darkly punctate, posterior lateral margins and a central levigate spot on anterior disk ochraceous, posterior margin reddish ochraceous, lateral angles longly spinously produced, black, their anterior margins ochraceous, apices reddish ochraceous, coarsely granulate, subacute, their margins longly laterally serrate; scutellum pale reddish ochraceous, coarsely darkly punctate, with an olivaceous spot before apex, which is finely punctate; corium olivaceous, coarsely punctate ; membrane pale ochraceous, semihyaline, tinged with reddish ochraceous at base, just passing abdominal apex ; posterior area of prosternum, posterior margin of meta- sternum, and spots near coxe pale olivaceous ; legs greenish ochraceous ; apex of rostrum piceous. Long. 27 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 123 millim. Hab. Island of Jobie (Doherty). Family Lygeide. Subfam. Lrezrmz. Melanotelus timorensis, sp. n. Dull sanguineous, greyishly pilose ; head, antenna, a sub- quadrate spot at each lateral angle of the pronotum, anterior margin and two small discal spots to scutellum, membrane, head beneath, rostrum, sternum, legs, and apical segment of abdomen black or piceous; membrane with a broad apical spot and narrow basal margins greyish white; lateral margins of sternum dull sanguineous; head, pronotum, and corium pilose, scutellum glabrous; membrane not quite reaching the abdominal apex; legs rather longly pilose. Long. 5 millim. flab. Timor (Doherty). Subfam. Brrsszvz. Macropes Humboldtt, sp, n. Piceous ; basal joint of antenne, apex of head, rostrum, legs, and extreme lateral margins of abdomen reddish ochra- ceous; corium pale yellowish white, membrane creamy white, the veins dark piceous ; head, pronotum, scutellum, abdomen above, and body beneath thickly greyish pilose; a central discal fascia and a narrower subbasal fascia to pronotum 252 Mr. W. L. Distant on Heteroptera. glabrous black; antenne with the basal joint moderately incrassate, short, but passing apex of head, second joint longer than third, remainder mutilated ; anterior femora prominently incrassated, granulate, finely spined beneath. Long. 8 millim. Hab. Humboldt Bay (Doherty). Subfam. CoroBarHRisTINeZ. Artemidorus ornatus, sp. 0. Head, pronotum, scutellum, rostrum, and body beneath indigo-black ; two large discal elongate spots on posterior pronotal lobe, apex of scutellum, and three Jarge spots on each lateral abdominal margin luteous ; corium luteous, coarsely blackly punctate, suffused with piceous about centre and near apex; membrane black, its base obscure luteous; legs ochra- ceous, apices of the posterior femora and tibiee black ; antenne mutilated. Pronotum coarsely and sparingly punctate, lateral margins distinctly hirsute and centrally sinuate, transverse impression profound, lobes of about equal length, posterior margin moderately concavely sinuate, lateral angles subnodu- lose, posterior lobe obscurely centrally carinate ; scutellum long, not quite half the length of corium, with a discal cari- nation, its apex subacute ; membrane just passing abdominal apex. : Long., 2, 11 millim. Hab. Bonthain Peak (Doherty). Artemidorus sobrinus, sp. 0. Above ochraceous, darkly punctate; head, anterior lobe of pronotum (excluding anterior margin), base of scutellum, and body beneath black; femora and tibie ochraceous; apex of scutellum, coxee, trochanters, bases of femora, basal joint of tibie, and three spots on each lateral margin of abdomen, of which the central is the smallest, pale luteous; posterior femora (excluding base), intermediate and posterior tibize, and apices of the tarsi black or piceous ; antennee brownish ochra- ceous. In structure much resembling the preceding species, A. ornatus, but membrame not reaching the abdominal apex, posterior pronotal lobe distinctly centrally carinate, more coarsely punctate than anterior lobe; scutellum and corium sparingly but profoundly punctate, apices of corium piceous ; membrane cupreous, its base piceous, margined with greenish opalescence. Long., 9, 8 millim. Hab. Bali (Doherty). Mr. W. L. Distant on Heteroptera. 253 Family Reduviide. Subfam. Luxzsrvz. Myiophanes pilipes, sp. n. Pale luteous ; head, antenne, posterior lobe of pronotum, meso- and metasterna, basal annulation to abdomen, a central and marginal series of linear spots and apex to abdomen beneath, rostrum, a broad basal and subapical annulation to anterior coxe, three very broad annulations to anterior femora, anterior tibiee (excluding bases), dark fuscous ; intermediate and posterior legs brownish ochraceous, apices of femora and bases of tibies creamy white; anterior legs rather lonely pilose ; intermediate and posterior legs and abdomen very longly and thickly pilose on each side; antennz with the first joint about equal in length to intermediate femora and longly pilose on each side, second joint equal to first and much more shortly pilose; hemelytra and wings pale brownish ochraceous. Long. 173 millim.; exp. hemelytra 32 millim. flab. Australia; Richmond River (Brit. Mus.). EUGUBINUS, gen. nov. - Elongate, apterous ; head globose on disk, anteocular area shorter than postocuiar, base constricted and somewhat pedun- culate at base, eyes large and prominent; rostrum reaching the anterior coxe, first and second joints incrassated and almost subequal in length, basal joint strongly curved, second joint passing eyes; antenniferous tubercles long, slender ; antennee slender, first joint about as long as head and pro- notum together; pronotum with the anterior lobe shorter than the posterior, broadest and truncate anteriorly, attenuated posteriorly but not pedunculate, posterior lobe elongate, margins subparallel ; anterior coxe shorter than anterior tibiz, which are about one-third shorter than anterior femora, the last finely spined for almost their entire length with a promi- nent spine near base; posterior femora passing abdominal apex; posterior tibiz considerably longer than the femora ; anterior tarsi short, rigid, two-jointed, basal joint shortest. This genus belongs to the division Hmesaria, Stal. Hugubinus araneus, sp. n. Pale obscure ochraceous; head (excluding apex) black ; pronotum with brownish marks and suffusions; antenne, legs, and rostrum pale creamy white, somewhat thickly annulated 254 Dr. A. 8. Woodward on a Fossil Eel. with brown; intermediate and posterior coxze, trochanters, and spots to apical segment of abdomen piceous; anterior coxe and femora each with two broad brown annulations, anterior tibie with three annulations, apex of anterior tarsi and the intermediate and posterior tarsi fuscous; rostrum with the second joint annulated with brown ; antenne, intermediate and posterior legs much and closely annulated with brown. Long. 83 millim. Hab. Urun, near Bombay (Aitken, Brit. Mus.). Found living in nest of a spider (Theridium sp.). XXI.—WNote on a Fossil Eel from the Scandinavian Chalk. By A. Smita Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S. THERE is no longer any doubt that well-differentiated eels occur as fossils in the Chalk. Nearly complete skeletons from two formations in the Lebanon * exhibit only one essen- tial difference from a modern generalized eel, namely, the presence of a separate caudal fin, which has subsequently disappeared. Well-preserved remains of the head from the English Chalk + show that the cranial osteology of the Cretaceous fish is identical with that characteristic of the suborder Apodes in the existing fauna. It is curious that so highly specialized a type of fish as the eel should date back to the Cretaceous period. It is still more remarkable that it should prove to have been widely distributed at that remote time. Continual discoveries, however, seem to indicate that it was an essential element of the later Cretaceous fish-fauna. I have recently examined a new specimen which extends its known range to Scandinavia. This interesting fossil was obtained from the Danian Chalk of Limhamn, near Malmé, in Southern Sweden, and is now preserved in the Museum of the University of Lund, where Prof. J. Christian Moberg has kindly permitted me to study it. It was originally mentioned by Dames} as _ possibly belonging to the family Gadide, and was subsequently * Urenchelys avus and U. hakelensis, A. S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M. pt. iv. (1901) pp. 337, 338, pl. xviii. figs. 1-3. + Urenchelys anglucus, A. S. Woodward, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. [7] vol. v. (1900) p. 321, pl. ix. fig. 1. t W. Dames, “Ueber Vogelreste aus dem Saltholmskalk von Lim- hamn bei Malmo,” Bihang k. Svensk, Vet.-Akad. Handl. vol. xvi. sect. iv. no. 1 (1890), p. 3. Mr. E. E. Austen on Hippoboscide. 259 described by Davis *, as one of the Cretaceous Dercetide, under the name of Dercetis limhamnensis. Both these deter- minations are undoubtedly erroneous, and the characters of the fossil, so far as preserved, are those of an Apodal fish. As shown by the description and figure published by Davis (Joc. cit.), this specimen comprises only the head, clavicle, and anterior part of the vertebral column of a long and slender fish. The head-bones are obviously thick and of open tex- ture, quite unlike those of the Dercetide 7; while the occipital and otic regions are sufficiently well preserved to indicate that they are eel-like and totally different from those of any known Gadide. All the remains, however, are in a crushed and broken condition, so that the details of the osteology are only vaguely observable. ‘The teeth are very small and blunt. The vertebre of the abdominal region are exposed from above or below, and chiefly remarkable for the large size of their transverse processes, which are laminar in form and taper to a point at their free end. ‘These processes were correctly recognized by Lundgren and Dames, but were mistaken by Davis for scutes crushed upon the vertebral centra. The ribs are not preserved. A sigmoidally bent clavicle, exactly like that of an eel (described and figured by Davisas scapula), is displaced at some distance behind the head. There are no seales or scutes. It is obvious that so imperfect a fossil cannot be satisfac- torily determined either generically or specifically. The specimen, however, needs a name for reference. As it exhibits no characters separating it from the Urenchelys of the Lebanon Chalk, it may be provisionally referred to that genus. It is therefore to be regarded as representing a species, Urenchelys limhamnensis (Davis), which awaits adequate definition. It indicates a larger fish than the Lebanon species, and approaches U. anglicus in size. XXII.—WNotes on Hippoboscidee (Diptera Pupipara) in the Collection of the British Museum. By Ernest E. Austen. THE following notes, which are chiefly concerned with syno- nymy and include no descriptions of new species, embody the conclusions at which the author has arrived while re-arranging * J. W. Davis, ‘On the Fossil Fish of the Cretaceous Formations of Scandinavia,” Trans. Roy. Dublin Soe, [2] vol. iv. (1890) p. 491, pl. xlv. figs, 1, 2. + A. 5S. Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M. pt. iv. (1901) p. 185, pl. xii. fig. 4. 256 Mr. E. E. Austen on the Hippoboscide: in the British Museum (Natural History). Within the last few weeks the Museum has received from Mr. F. D. Godman the final instalment of the great collection of Central American Diptera worked out in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ including the Hippoboscide described by the late F. M. van der Wulp (cf Biol. Centr.-Amer., Diptera, vol. ii. pp. 429-432, April 1903). An examination of these shows that van der Wulp’s determinations in many cases need revision, as indicated below under the genera concerned. The present paper is printed in the hope that it may prove of some slight service to other workers at this interesting family of Diptera, which, although previously much neglected, has within the last few years been so fortunate as to receive attention at the able hands of Dr. P. Speiser. Hippososca, Linn. Hippobosca equina, L.—In this species the amount of yellow on the scutellum varies very much, and sometimes this portion of the thorax is nearly all yellow, as shown in certain specimens in the British Museum collection from the neighbourhood of Biskra, Algeria (Rev. A. H. Haton). The colour of the scutellum, therefore, cannot be used as a character to distinguish H. equina, L., from H. Prancillont, Leach, for which purpose the colour of the veins of the wings must be relied upon. This species must be added to the list in van der Wulp’s ‘ Catalogue of the Described Diptera from South Asia’ (The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff, 1896), since the Museum collec- tion contains a male from Celebes (purchased from E.Gerrard, jun., 1896) and a female from “ Bengal ” (no further details) 5 while a male from Kalewa, Upper Burma, March 1893, “ found on pony ” (Capt. H. Y. Watson), apparently represents a pale variety. A male from Noumea, New Caledonia, June 1900 (J. J. Walker, R.N.), was recently presented by Mr. G. C. Champion. Hippobosca Francilloni, Leach: Memoirs of the Wernerian Natural History Society, vol. ii. (1818), p. 554, tab. xxvi. figs. 8-10.—According to Speiser (Zeitschr. £. Hymenopt. u. Dipt., ii. Jahrg. Heft 3 (1 May, 1902), p. 174), this species (of which ZH. canina, Rond., is a synonym)=W/. capensis, v. Olfers, the type of which, from the Cape of Good Hope, is in the Museum fiir Naturkunde, Berlin. Von Olfers’s Hippoboscidee cn the British Museum. 257 species was published in 1816 *; the paper in which Leach’s Species was described, though read on April 10, 1810, was not published until 1818. Thus, strictly speaking, von Olfers’s name has two years’ priority over Leach’s; but since Leach was certainly not responsible for the delay of eight years in publishing his paper, the stringency of the law of priority may well be relaxed in his favour in this instance, and the name Francillont may be allowed to stand. HI, Francilloni, which is well known in India and Ceylon as a pest of dogs, must be added to van der Wulp’s catalogue already referred to. The Museum collection includes speci- mens from Kant, near Shahjahanpur, North-West Provinces, India, 29. xi. 1900 (Lieut.-Col. Giles); and others from Trincomali and Kanthalla, Ceylon (Lieut.-Col. Yerbury). We also possess specimens from Japan (8. Bligh), and a male from Seoul, Korea, 17. vii. 1900 (Hon. EH. Scarlett), “caught on a Japanese dog.”” The species also occurs in Africa, and we have recently received a series of specimens from various localities, including Voi, Ndi, Mbuyuni, Ma- kumbu, and Samburu, in British East Africa; in addition to these we possess specimens from “the interior of South Africa,” presented in 1843 by the Earl of Derby. From North Africa we have specimens from Suez, Nov. 1901 (/. Morey). In 1901-1902 the species was obtained in Cyprus (Troodos, about 4500 feet, and near Ktima) by Miss D. M. A. Bate. It may be worth while to add that the Museum collection contains a female bearing the label “ Francilloni”’ in Leach’s handwriting, but it is impossible to say with cer- tainty that this specimen is the actual type. Hippobosca camelina, Leach: op. cit. p. 556, tab. xxvii. figs, 11-14.—The name Hppobosca dromedarina has recently been proposed by Dr. Speiser (loc. ctt. p. 176) for H. camelina, Rond. (nec Leach), but I venture to think that the form referred to is not really distinct. The British Museum col- lection includes a long series of specimens of H. camelina, Leach, as also of H. maculata, Leach, and in both of these species there is a considerable variation (from ferruginous to deep brown) in the ground-colour of the thorax. Moreover, as shown by our specimens, in the case of H. camelina at any rate, the dark and light forms may occur in the same locality. * Not 1815, as stated by Speiser (Joc. cit.): Hippobosca capensis was described in von Olfers’s pamphlet, ‘De Vegetativis et Animatis Cor- poribus in Corporibus Animatis Reperiundis Commentarius,’ pars i. (Berolini: in Taberna Libraria Maureriana), p. 101. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii, yi 258 : Mr. E. E. Austen on Speiser follows Rondani in relying on the coloration of the hair on the clypeus and apex of the abdomen, and he uses these characters to distinguish what he now calls H. drome- darina from what he regards as the true H. camelina, Leach ; but he also considers that the two supposed species may be distinguished by the colour of the thorax, the paler form being H. camelina, the darker H. dromedarina, Speiser. It is curious that Speiser should come to the conclusion, from the examination of Leach’s original description and figure, that camelina was based on the pale form, since a glance at the coloured figure (in the Museum copy of Leach’s paper, at any rate) is sufficient to show that it represents the dark and not the pale form. A still better argument, however, is supplied by the type itself, which is in the Museum collection and bears a label in Leach’s handwriting. This specimen (a female, as indicated by Leach’s figure) belongs to the dark form, but has pale hair on the clypeus and abdomen. Accord- ing to Speiser, the true H. camelina, Leach, is pale brown in eolour, with pale hair on clypeus and apex of abdomen ; while what he calls H. dromedarina is dark blackish brown, with black hair on the clypeus, and on the abdomen black hairs mingled with the pale ones. A series of specimens in the Museum collection, from Algeria (Rev. A. HL. Eaton), with one exception agree with the type in belonging essen- tially to the dark form, although the hair on clypeus and abdomen is pale. The specimen which constitutes the excep- tion also has the ground-colour of the thorax dark, but the clypeus is fringed with black instead of with pale hair, and the apex of the abdomen is clothed with hair which is black at the base instead of entirely pale; it may be added that this specimen was bred and is accompanied by its puparium. In two females from Shaik Othman, near Aden, Arabia, 4. iii. 1895 (Lieut.-Col. Yerbury), which belong to the dark form, the hair fringing the clypeus is certainly dark brown at the base, but that on the abdomen is as light-coloured as in the pale form ; on the other hand, in a. male from Arabia (J. K. Lord) belonging to the dark form the hair on clypeus as well as abdomen is entirely pale. It is to be hoped that enough has now been said to show that we are here dealing with but a single species, which is variable as regards the ground- colour of the thorax, and sometimes as regards the colour of the hair on the clypeus and abdomen, and that Hippobosca dromedarina, Speiser, like H. bactriana, Rond., must be con- sidered a synonym of H. camelina, Leach. The Museum collection includes a series of some thirty- three specimens of EH. camelina, Leach, from various localities Hippoboscides tn the British Museum. 259 ranging from Somaliland to Algeria and from Aden to Trebi- zond. We also have a female from Chaman, S. Afghanistan, 28. vii. 1880, “ collected at mess, at 11.0 P.M.” (Col. Swinhoe), so that the species constitutes a further addition to van der Wulp’s South Asia catalogue. Hippobosca maculata, Leach: loc. cit. p. 553, tab. xxvi. figs. 11-13.—This species must also be added to van der Wulp’s catalogue. The Museum possesses a series of some twenty-seven examples, chiefly from various localities in India and Ceylon, but also including specimens from Arabia and Egypt, and I have recently seen a female from W. Africa (Abutshi, R. Niger). The type of the species—a female, labelled in Leach’s handwriting—is also in the Museum collection. Hippobosca rufipes, von Olfers: De Vegetativis et Ani- matis Corporibus in Corporibus Animatis Reperiundis Com- mentarius, pars i. (1816), p. 101.—In addition to a consider- able number of specimens of this species from various localities in South Africa, the British Museum possesses a female from Bembe Mines, Angola, W. Africa, lat. 7° 22’ S. (J. J. Mon- tetro), and a male and female from the Congo (A. Curror). FHippobosca struthionis, Janson: in Miss EK. A. Ormerod’s ‘Notes and Descriptions of a Few Injurious Farm and Fruit Insects of South Africa’(London: Simpkin, Marshall, & Co., 1889), p. 56, fig. 23.—This species is of peculiar interest, since it was described as parasitic on ostriches in Cape Colony. It is true that the typical specimen of HHippobosca rufipes, von Olfers, was found by Lichtenstein on an ostrich at the Cape of Good Hope, but it was suggested by von Olfers that the true host may have been the quagga, which was fre- quently to be met with among the ostrich-flocks (¢f von Olfers, loc. cit.). In the case of H. struthionis, however, the flies were stated to be in “ thousands” on ostriches at Mount Stewart, Cape Colony, in May 1886, and to have increased in numbers to such an extent in the two preceding years as to render it probable that the ostrich-feather industry might suffer owing to the irritation to the birds caused by the dies (cf. Ormerod, op. cit. p. 58). Whether Hippobosca struthionis is still a pest on South-African ostrich-farms I am not aware, but that the species is not confined to South Africa is shown by the fact that we have recently received a series of speci- mens from British East Africa, viz.: two males and two females from Makumbu and Athi-ya-Mawe, Feb.—-May 1899 (C. S, Betton); and a female from Ukamba, Machakos ae 260 Mr. E. E. Austen on (Capt. R. Crawshay). Janson’s figure of FT. struthionis is of no value for purposes of determination, but since the typical specimen is now in the British Museum I have been able to determine the material from Hast Africa with certainty. fTippobosca struthionis is a well-marked species, which cannot be confused with any other known to me: the yellow mark- ings on thorax and scutellum are sharply defined against a dark-brown ground. The Hast-African specimens show two small lateral yellow dots on the scutellum, one on each side of the median fleck ; these lateral spots are wanting in the type, but it is impossible to consider the Hast-African speci- mens as belonging to a distinct species, especially since the lateral spots vary greatly in size in different individuals. In one or two of our specimens they are extremely small, and thus their absence altogether is doubtless merely due to indi- vidual variation. flippobosca tasmanica, Wesché: Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xi. no. 64 (April 1903), p. 385, figs. 1-4 p. 384.— ‘his species, of which, through the courtesy of Mr. Wesché, the type and two other specimens are now in the Museum collection, belongs to the genus Ortholfersia, Speiser (Zeitschr. f. syst. Hymenopt. u. Dipt., 11. Jahrg. Heft 3 (1 May, 1902), p. 152—typical species, Ortholfersia phaneroneura, Speiser, loc. cit., from New South Wales. Ortholfersia tasmanica 1s said to swarm on diseased wallabies (Macropus rujficollis) near Launceston, Tasmania. In the ‘ Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales’ for Dec. 1900, pp. 1090-1091, W. W. Froggatt describes, under the name of ‘‘ the wallaby fly (Olfersta Macleayi, Leach),” a fly which is said to infest all the wallabies in the district of Port Macquarie, New South Wales. It is stated that “in the Australian Museum there are specimens taken upon Hal- maturus | Macropus | ruficollis and H. Perryi.” ‘The fly is figured in a plate (figs. 3 & 4), and it is evident that it belongs to the genus Ornithomyia. The species was subse- quently described by Speiser (Termés. Fiz. xxv. (1902), p-. 331) under the name Ornithomyia perfuga. The existence ot Hippobosca struthionis, Jans., upon a bird is thus paralleled by the occurrence of an Ornithomyia upon mammals. Liporrena, Nitzsch. Lipoptena cervi, L.—The British Museum has just received a specimen of this species from Modderfontein Factory, 14 miles south of Johannesburg, Transvaal. The insect (a male which has cast its wings) was taken, with others of the same Hippoboscide: tn the British Museum. 261 species, in Fepruary 1901, by Mr. P. 8. Stammwitz on him- self, after carrying with him on his horse a dead * Duikerbok ” (? Cephalophus sp.), which he had shot. The occurrence of the European Lipoptena cervt in South Africa is certainly remarkable, but having carefully compared this specimen with others (presented by the late J. C. Mansel-Pleydell) from Whatcombe, Dorsetshire, from roe-deer, I am satisfied as to its specific identity. Of course, it is possible that the Lipopiena may originally have come from a horse, and not from the Duiker. At the time referred to, Mr. Stammwitz was serving in the South-African Constabulary, and the horse that he was riding when carrying the Duiker was an “ Argentine,” so that it is scarcely likely that the Lipoptena came from this particular horse. But it is conceivable that some time during the late South-African Campaign these flies or their parents may have been introduced with remounts from Europe. Although normally parasitic on roe- and red- deer and on elk *, Lipoptena cervi sometimes strays on to horses. The Museum collection includes a specimen from Whatcombe, Blandford, Dorset (J. C. Mansel-Pleydell), which was ‘‘ taken from a horse after passing through hazel- bushes ”’ in a wood frequented by roe-deer, on Oct. 17, 1895. As we know, various species of Hippobosca are capable of existing on more than one species of host, and it is just possible that specimens of Lipoptena that have strayed on to horses may afterwards be carried with them to other countries. If this explanation is not the true one in the present case, it may be suggested as an alternative hypothesis that Lépoptena cervt has been a parasite of African antelopes as well as of Kuropean deer since the Tertiary period, when, as is well known, direct land-connection existed at various times between Europe and Northern Africa. In addition to Lipoptena cervi, the Museum collection includes two specimens of a distinct and much smaller species which is as yet undetermined, from Orizaba, Mexico (Sallé). ORNITHOMYIA, Latr. Ornithomyia avicularia, L.—Ornithomyia remota, Walk. (List Dipt. iv. (1849), p. 1144), from Tristan d’Acunha, and OV. opposita, Walk. (¢bed. p. 1145), trom New Zealand, are synonyms of O. avicularia, Linn. Feronia Macleay?, Leach (loc. cit. p. 558), is also in all probability a synonym of O. * Of. J. P. BE. F. Stein, “Zur Naturgeschichte der Lausfliege, Zepoptena cervi, Nitzsch,” Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift, Jahrg. xxi. (1877), pp. 297-298, 262 Mr. E. E. Austen on avicularia ; at any rate, the specimen called by Walker (List Dipt. iv. p. 1141) Olfersia Macleayt belongs to this species. Ornithomyia avicularia, van der Wulp (nec Linn.: Biol. Centr.-Amer., Diptera, vol. 11. (April 1903), p. 431), is in reality very distinct from O. avicularia, Linn., and belongs to Ornithomyia varipes, Walk. (List Dipt. iv. (1849), p. 1146), the type of which is from Colombia (Goudot). Other speci- mens of QO. varipes in the British Museum collection are: a female from Huamachuca, Peru, 3000 metres, Nov. 1899 (Stmon) ; a second female from Orizaba, Mexico (Sal/é) ; and a third from the mountains of Molokai I., Sandwich Is., 3000 ft., 12. v. 1893 (Perkins). The latter is the specimen mentioned by Speiser (‘ Fauna Hawaiiensis,’ Diptera, Supple- ment, p. 89). In‘ Természetrajzi Fiizetek,’ vol. xxv. (1902), pp. 327-331, Dr. Speiser divides the genus Ornithomyta into three genera, viz.: Ornithomyia, Latr., sens. strict. (typical species Hzppo- bosca avicularia, Linn.) ; Ornithoctona, gen. nov. (typical species Ornithomyia erythrocephala, Leach); and Ornitheza, gen. nov. (typical species Ornithomyia Gestrot, Rond.). O. varipes, Walk., would appear to belong to Ornitheza ; nevertheless Ornithomyia obscurata, Walk. (Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. v. p. 270), from Tondano, Celebes (A. &. Wallace), which, in spite of the great difference in locality, appears to me to be probably identical with O. varipes, Walk., is assigned by Speiser (doc. cit. p. 829) to Ornithoctona. Ornithomyia robusta, v. d. Wulp (op. cit. p. 431, tab. xiii. figs. 5, 5a, 5b, 5c) =O. (Ornithoctona) erythrocephala, Leach. The shape of the antennary processes is better represented in the coloured figure (5) than in the outline drawing (5a). The five specimens are all females, and not as stated by van der Wulp. Ornithomyia pilosula, v. d. Wulp: op cit. p. 432, tab. xiii. figs. 6, 6 a.—This species closely resembles O. vartpes, Walk., in size and general appearance. The antennary processes, however, although large and lanceolate, are narrower than in that species, more elongate, and more pointed at the tips. Their apical halves are somewhat divergent, and the species should probably be assigned to the genus Ornitheza, Speiser. It is stated by van der Wulp that O. pilosula “ agrees in most respects with the European O. avicularia”; but the shape of the antennary processes is entirely different. ‘The figure of the head (tab. xii. fig. 6) is misleading, since it gives no idea of the true shape of the orbital margins, which, like those of O. varipes, are greatly expanded posteriorly. Hippoboscidee in the British Museum. 263 Ornithomyia batchianica, Walk. (Journ. Proc. Linn. Soe. v. p. 300), from Batchian,=O. (Ornithoctona) nigricans, Leach (op. cit. p. 558, tab. xxvii. figs. 7-10). Ornithomyta (Ornithoctona) erythrocephala, Leach: op. cit. p. 559, tab. xxvii. figs. 4-6.—The type of this species, bearing a label in Leach’s handwriting, is in the Museum collection. Ornituoica, Rond. | Cf. Speiser, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov. ser. 2, vol. xx. (1899), pp. 555.—For synopsis of species, see Speiser, ebed. pp. 558- 559, and Természetrajzi Fiizetek, vol. xxv. (1902), p. 332. Ornithomyta vicina, Walk. (List Dipt. iv. p. 1144), from Jamaica, on Ephialtes grammicus and Psittacus leucocephalus, belongs to this genus, and may be identical with O. ({Orni- thomyta) confluenta, Say. Ornithoica beccartina, Rond. (Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov. xii. (1878), p. 160), the type of the genus Ornithoica, from Amboyna, on Ardea alba, is identical with O. (Ornithomyia) exilis, Walk. (Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. v. (1861), p. 254), from Dorey, New Guinea. In spite of the great difference in locality, O. eatlis is possibly identical with O. vicina, Walk. ; if so, the latter name has priority. It has just been pointed - out, however, that O. weina, Walk., perhaps= O. confluenta, Say, in which case O. beccartina, Rond., and O. exilis, Walk., are also synonyms of O. confluenta, Say. My knowledge of this group is unfortunately insufficient to enable me to decide this question, and all I can say is that after carefully comparing our specimens of O. confluenta, vicina, and exilis, I have been unable to discover any characters which would warrant a positive assertion of their distinctness. ORNITHOPHILA, Rond. Ornithomyia simplex, Walk. (Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. v. p. 263), from Menado, Celebes (A. &. Wallace), belongs to this genus; as also does an undetermined specimen from Natal (Guecnzius), and another, with unusually long palpi, from Port Molle, Queensland (H1.M.S. ‘ Rattlesnake’; collected by Macgillivray), trom Tallegalla Latham, STILBOMETOPA, Coquillett.: This genus was founded (Canad. Ent. xxxi. (1899), p. 336) for Ornithomyia fulvifrons, Walk. (List Dipt. iv. p. 1145), from Jamaica, of which, including the type, we have five 264 Mr. E. E. Austen on specimens, from the following hosts: Ortyx virginiana, Sauro- thera vetula, Geotrygon sylvatica, G. montana, and Tityra Leuconotus. A single female from St. Domingo (Tweedie) belongs to a distinct species, which I have not as yet determined. According to Speiser (Zeitschr. f. syst. Hymenopt. u. Dipt. i. Jahrg. Heft 3 (1 May, 1902), p. 163), Olfersia impressa, Bigot (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1885, p. 237), from California, belongs to this genus. OLFERSIA, Wied. The type of Feronia americana, Leach (op. cit. p. 557, tab. xxvii. figs. 1-3), which has been adopted as the typical species of this genus, is in the Museum collection, and bears a label in Leach’s handwriting. Ornithomyia plana, Walk. (Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. v. p. 254), from Dorey, New Guinea, is an Olfersia. Ornithomyta intertropica, Walk. (List Dipt. iv. (1849), p- 1144), is also an Olfersia. The type of this species was obtained (with three other specimens) by Charles Darwin in the Galapagos Is.; the other examples of O. intertropica contained in the Museum collection include one male and two females from Honolulu, Sandwich Is. (H. Pease), “ from the ear of an owl”; a female from Orizaba, Mexico (Sallé) ; and two females from Bahia, Brazil. Olfersta acarta, Speiser (Zeitschr. f. syst. Hym. u. Dipt., ii. Jahrg. Heft 3, p. 149; see also Fauna Hawaiiensis, Diptera, Supplement, p. 87), appears to me, after comparing three of the specimens obtained by Perkins on short-eared owls in Kona, Hawaii, which were determined by Speiser and are now in our collection, to be identical with O. znter- tropica, Walk. It may be worth while to note that the actual type of O. acarta, Speiser, is in the Bremen Museum (ef. Speiser, Zeitschr. f. syst. Hym. u. Dipt., ii. Jahrg. Heft 3, p- 151). Olfersia vulturis, v. d. Wulp: op. cit. p. 429, tab. xiii. figs. 1, 1 a.—This species has the clypeus greatly elongated, and consequently belongs to the genus Pseudolfersia, Co- quillett (Canad. Ent. xxxi. (1899), p. 336). The figure of the head gives no indication of the shape of the clypeus, and is quite misleading ; the venation, as represented in the figure of the wing, is also incorrect in details ; the posterior basal cell is complete, though the anterior basal transverse vein is, Hippoboscide: in the British Museum. 265 as usual, non-chitinized immediately before joining the fourth vein. The typical specimens are male and female. Olfersia coriacea, v.d. Wulp: op. cit. p. 430, tab. xiil. figs. 2, 2a.—Two specimens are mentioned by the author— one from Presidio, Mexico (Forrer), the other from Mirandilla, Guatemala (Champion). The former specimen (a male) belongs to Olfersia propinqua, Walk. (List Dipt. iv. p. 1141 (1849)), the type of which is from Jamaica. ‘The specimen from Mirandilla, on the other hand, which is also a male, and must be regarded as the actual type of O. coriacea—since it is the specimen figured, while, from internal evidence, the description appears to have been based upon it,—is a Pseud- olfersea, Coquillett, under which genus it has been placed in the Museum collection. Van der Wulp having apparently relied upon this latter specimen in preparing his description, there is no necessity to cancel the species, which may there- fore be allowed to stand as Pseudolfersia coriacea, v. d. Wulp. In tab. xiii. fig. 2, the drawing of the clypeus is misleading, and conveys no idea of its true length; details of the venation (fig. 2 a) are also inaccurate. The British Museum collection contains two other speci- mens, previously undetermined, that I have referred to the present species—a female from Orizaba, Mexico (Sallé), and another from the Rio Tapajos, Brazil (W. Bates). Olfersia angustifrons, v. d. Wulp: op. cit. p. 430, tab. xiii. figs. 3, 3a.—This is a true Olfersza, belonging to the group in which the palpi are proportionately elongate. A third specimen (a gravid female) from Oajaca, Mexico (Sallé), is in the Museum collection, PSEUDOLFERSIA, Coquillett. Pseudolfersia (Feronia) spinifera, Leach: op. cit. p. 557, tab. xxvi. figs, 1-3.—As has been suggested by Speiser (Zeitschr. f. syst. Hym. u. Dipt., i. Jahrg. Heft 3 (1 May, 1902), p. 147), Ornithomyta unicolor, Walk. (List Dipt. iv. p- 1144), from Jamaica, is a synonym of this species. According to Walker (loc. cit.), the type of O. unicolor and a second specimen from Jamaica were found on Lphialtes grammicus and on Fregata aquila. Our other specimens of Pseudolfersia spinifera include a male from Pard, Brazil, 23.iv.1899 (W. A. Churchill), from Catharistes urubu ; a female from Ascension (7. Conry); a female from Little Aden, Arabia, 6. iv. 1895 (Lt.-Col. Yerbury), “ taken on a booby ” 266 Mr. P. Cameron on new (Sula jiber); two males from Abd-el-Kuri, near Socotra, 23.11. 1899 (W. BR. Ogilvie Grant), “ from Sula sula” ; two males from Christmas I. (4.IL.8. ‘ Flying-Fish’) ; one male and two females from Adele I., N.W. Australia, 2. v. 1891 (J. J. Walker, R.N.). For remarks on the association of this species with the frigate-bird (fregata aquila, L.) and its wide distribution, see Speiser, Zeitschr. f. syst. Hym. u. Dipt., u.Jahrg. Heft 3 (1 May, 1902), pp. 146-147. It is stated by Speiser (Joc. cit. p- 147) that the fly met with by Darwin on St. Paul’s L., Atlantic Ocean *, evidently belongs to this species. The two specimens obtained by Darwin on this remote islet are in the British Museum collection, and were doubtfully referred by Walker (List Dipt. iv. p. 1143) to Ornithomyta (Hippobosca) nigra, Perty (Del. Anim. Art. p. 190, pl. 47. fig. 15), which is in reality a Pseudolfersia. It seems to me that Walker’s provisional determination is correct, and that Darwin’s speci- mens really belong to Pseudolfersia nigra, Perty, which is very possibly merely a synonym of Pseudolfersia spinifera, Leach. Nevertheless, I prefer for the present to keep the two supposed species distinct, especially since Darwin’s speci- mens, in addition to being smaller than the average size of Ps. spinifera, are algo in bad condition. XXIII.—On some new Genera and Species of Parasitic Hy- menoptera from the Khasia Hills, Assam. By P. Cammron. J OPPINI. ACHAIUS, gen. nov. Apex of abdomen bluntly pointed; the keel on segments 1-4. Mandibles unequally toothed, the upper much larger than the lower. Clypeus not distinctly separated from the face, its apex transverse. Labrum projecting. Scutellum convex. Median segment completely areolated, its apex with an abrupt oblique slope; the areola distant from the base, large, longer than broad, extending to the top of the apical slope; it is bluntly rounded behind, its apex slightly rounded backwards. The sides of the segment bear stout, longer than broad, teeth; the spiracles linear. Legs longish, * Cf. Darwin’s ‘Journal’ (ed. 1889), pp. 7-10: the geographical position of St. Paul’s I., on which the booby and the noddy were the only birds found, is 0° 58’ N. lat., 29° 15’ W. lone. Hymeneptera from the Khasia Hills. 267 the tarsi spinose; the apex of the hinder femora reaches to the middle of the third segment. The transverse basal nervure is interstitial; the stump of a nervure on the disco- cubital is longer than usual. The base of the median segment is broadly obliquely depressed in the middle; it is smooth, flat, and shining, and is bordered on the top by a distinct keel. There are two lateral arez on the base of the median segment; the spiracular area is bounded by a not very distinct keel. The second abdominal segment is striated. Belongs to the Joppini, and comes near to Trogus. I unfortunately only know the male. Achaius flavo-balteatus, sp. n. Black ; the greater part of the head, the edge of the pro- notum, a mark in the middle of the mesonotum, the scu- tellums, tegule, the areola and posterior median areze on the metanotum, the lower part of the propleuree (broadly behind, narrowly in front), a large mark (irregularly narrowed be- hind) on the lower half of the mesopleurz at the base, an oblique mark under the hind wings, and a large mark on the base of the metapleure (extending beyond the middle) lemon- yellow. Legs yellow, the lower part and sides of the hinder coxee, the hinder trochanters, the base and apex of femora, and apex of tibiz, black. Abdomen black ; the apices of the first and second segments, two large marks on the apex of the third, two smaller ones on the apex of the fourth, the ventral keel, and the apices of the second and third ventral segments, lemon-yellow. Wings violaceous hyaline, the stigma and nervures black. <¢. Length 17 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Antenne black; the scape yellow below; the flagellum yellowish beneath and for the greater part above to near the middle. Front and vertex broadly in the middle, the occiput, and the upper half of the outer orbits, black. Face and clypeus closely and rather strongly punctured all over and covered with short white pubescence ; the ocellar region and the upper part of the front in the middle are stoutly obliquely striated. Mandibles black, the base obscure yellow. Palpi lemon-yellow. Mesonotum closely punctured all over, Pleurz closely punctured, the apex of the propleure striated ; the mesopleure striated in the middle and stoutly crenulated behind ; the apex of the metapleurz stoutly rugose; the lower part smooth and projecting into a keel. Petiole above 268 Mr. P. Cameron on new closely transversely striated, the postpetiole with the sides obscurely punctured. Gastroceeli and base of second seg- ment longitudinally striated. Amblyjoppa rufocincta, sp. 1. Black; the scape of the antennz beneath and the ninth to fifteenth joints white; the face, clypeus, labrum, a trian- gular mark on the base of the mandibles, the inner and outer orbits below to the mandibles, a line on the pronotum, a - transverse one on its base, two short lines on the apex of the mesonotum (sharply narrowed at the base), the scutellums, two marks (narrowed gradually towards the apex and occu- pying the apical two thirds of the are on the metanotum), the tubercles, the greater part of the lower half of the meso- pleurze (the mark widely but not deeply incised at the tip), and two large marks on the apex of the petiole, yellow. Wings fusco-violaceous, paler on the basal half. Legs black, the hinder red ; the four front coxe and trochanters yellow, The second and third segments of the abdomen red. ¢?. Length 25 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Face strongly and closely punctured; the clypeus above is more sparsely and less strongly punctured; the vertex sparsely punctured, On the face is a broad black mark, narrowed above (where it is divided into three parts, a large central reaching to the top and a smaller lateral) ; below it extends to the clypeal foveze. Mesonotum closely, almost rugosely punctured, the scutellum less closely punctured. Median segment rugose ; areola horseshoe-shaped, irregularly closely reticulated (longitudinally in the middle, obliquely laterally) ; the posterior median area coarsely, irregularly, transversely striated, the striz stout and waved ; the apical half of the spiracular area is closely, stoutly, obliquely striated. Pleurs closely punctured, the propleure stoutly striated at the apex and obliquely down the centre. Petiole depressed in the middle above and transversely striated ; the postpetiole closely longitudinally striated in the middle, the sides sparsely, the apex in the middle rugosely punctured ; the second, third, and fourth segments are closely punctured, the middle of the second longitudinally striated; the basal slope of the gastrocceli stoutly striated. Agrees closely with ¢ébialis ; may be separated from it by the areola being clearly defined, by the apex of the petiole not being red, by the hinder tibiz being red (not white), and by the scutellum only being black on the apex. Hymenoptera from the Khasia LHills. 269 Amblyjoppa flavo-ornata, sp. n. Black ; the face and clypeus (except for a triangular black mark on the former and an hourglass-shaped mark on the latter), the inner orbits to the top of the eyes, the outer narrowly below, the malar space, a triangular mark on the base of the mandibles, a broad band on the pronotum, two lines on the apex of the mesonotum, the scutellum, the apex of the prosternum, the tubercles, lower half of the meso- pleurze, and an oblique mark on the apical half of the meta- pleurz, yellow. The basal three segments of the abdomen ferruginous. Legs ferruginous, the four front coxe and trochanters, the upper part of the hinder coxe at the base and obliquely down the middle, yellow. Fore wings uni- formly fuscous violaceous, the hinder paler in tint. The tenth to twentieth joints of the antenne white. 9°. Length 21-22 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Face and centre of clypeus strongly but not closely punc- tured and sparsely covered with short white pubescence. Mesonotum closely but not strongly punctured. Scutellum sparsely punctured. Postscutellum rufous, minutely punc- tured between the foveree. Areola open at the apex, which is irregularly reticulated, its inner side hollowed; the base of the posterior median area is irregularly reticulated, the apex irregularly transversely striated. Pleure for the most part closely punctured. The petiole is sharply and stoutly keeled down the sides ; the postpetiole in the middle finely longitu- dinally striated, its apex closely punctured. The second and third segments are closely punctured, at the base closely, longitudinally striated in the middle. Gastrocceli large, deep, the base with five stout strie. The male is similar ; the yellow marks on the pleure are greatly reduced ; the hind cox have no yellow; the flagel- lum in the middle has a brownish band. Amblyjoppa violaceipennis, sp. 1. Black; the head rufous, tinged at the sides with yellow ; a pale rufous line on the pronotum, two obscure marks on the apex of the mesonotum aud two similar marks on the apex of the mesosternum, the greater part of the abdomen, and the scape of the antenne, rufous. Legs rufous, the fore coxze above in front, the middle entirely above, the hinder trochanters, the apex of the hinder tibize, and the hinder 270 Mr. P. Cameron on new tarsi, black; the posterior tarsi infuscated. Wings uni- formly dark fuscous violaceous. <6. Length 22 mm. . Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Face and clypeus strongly and closely punctured, sparsely pilose. Clypeal fovea large and deep. lLabrum closely punctured. Vertex strongly punctured, the centre across the ocelli to the eyes, the lower part of the front and the upper part of the occiput, and the malar space, black. Meso- ’ notum closely and strongly punctured; its outer edge has a bordering furrow; the scutellum not so closely punctured, especially at the apex. Median segment coarsely transversely striated. Areola flat, smooth and shining; the posterior median area coarsely transversely striated; the striz in the centre curve downwards and are more irregular than below ; the supraexternal arez are sparsely punctured, smooth on the inner side, the lower closely rugosely reticulated, the spiracular closely punctured in the middle, the sides stoutly striated. Pleurze closely punctured, the metapleurze more closely than the mesopleurx ; the lower part of the propleurze closely obliquely striated. Postpetiole closely and strongly punctured; the second, third, and fourth segments are closely punctured. Gastrocceli large, deep, and smooth, the part between them longitudinally striated. The second segment is entirely black above, the second and third narrowly at the base in the middle. Amblyjoppa varipes, sp. n. Black ; the head (the face and clypeus lighter in tint), the mandibles (except at the apex), the mesonotum (except for a black line opposite the tegule), the upper half of the pro- pleuree, and a narrow line on their lower edge, rufous. The front legs entirely fulvous, slightly yellowish in front, the middle black, their coxee obscure testaceous below ; the femora fulvous, lined with black below and behind ; the tibiz dark fulvous in front; the hinder legs entirely black. Wings uniformly dark fuscous, with a violaceous tint; the stigma and nervures black; the tegule rufous, the tubercles of a darker rufous colour. 6. Length 22 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Antennee not much longer than the abdomen, black, the scape rufous beneath; the apical joints serrate. Face and clypeus strongly but not very closely punctured, the clypeus thickly covered with long pale fulvous hair. Mandibles Hymenoptera from the Khasta Hills. 271 thickly covered with pale fuscous hair. Mesonotum closely and uniformly punctured and thickly covered with short pubescence. Scutellum closely punctured, its apex broadly projecting and slightly incised in the middle. Pleurz closely punctured ; the hollowed centre of the propleurz bears six perpendicular distinctly separated keels. Median segment rugosely punctured; the areola is much wider than long, is rounded behind, and almost transverse in front; its base and apex aciculated, the centre irregularly rugose, and with three irregular hollows; the posterior median area coarsely trans- versely striated ; the spiracular rugose, its apical half with some stout oblique keels. The curved keel below the middle of the metapleurz is stout and is furrowed below, the furrow being indistinctly crenulated. The postpetiole is strongly punctured, the second, third, and fourth segments are strongly and closely punctured. Gastrocceli deep, the middle behind with a broad striated band. Amblyjoppa tibialis, sp. n. Black ; the ninth to thirteenth joints of the antennz white ; the inner orbits broadly below, more narrowly above, the outer from shortly above the middle of the eyes, narrow above, becoming gradually wider below, the labrum, the sides of the clypeus, an oblique yellow mark on the upperside of the mandibles at the base, the palpi, a line on the pronotum, roundly and broadly incised on the lower side, two small lines behind the middle of the mesonotum, the scutellar keels broadly, the apex of the scutellum (the mark with a triangular incision at the base), the postscutellum, two marks on the apex of the metanotum covering the spines, the tubercles, an irregular rounded mark on the lower side of the mesopleure (extending on to the propleure), pale yellow. Mesonotum closely and distinctly punctured ; the scutellum not quite so closely punctured, its basal half with short, the apical with longer, pale hair. Areola irregularly reticulated, surrounded by a flat, broad, smooth keel, which is widened at the base; the posterior median area transversely irregu- larly striated, much more coarsely at the base than at the apex; the outer areze have a few stout curved keels. Pro- and mesopleure closely punctured, the former stoutly obliquely striated in the middle; the metapleure closely rugose, the punctures running into reticulations; the part above the spiracles coarsely, obliquely, rugosely reticulated. The abdominal petiole and the second and third segments entirely rufous, the petiole for the greater part strongly punctured, 272 On new Hymenoptera from the Khasia Fills, the middle of the postpetiole longitudinally striated; the second, third, and fourth segments closely punctured, the base of the second stoutly longitudinally striated in the middle. Gastrocceli large, deep, smooth. The apical three segments have a distinct bluish-violaceous tinge. The four front legs black ; the coxe, trochanters, the greater part of the fore, the apical half of the middle femora in front, and the tibiz in front, yellowish white ; the hinder legs black ; the trochanters, and the basal three fourths of the tibiz, yellowish white ; the femora rufous, the base slightly, the apex more broadly black ; all the legs are thickly covered with white hair; the calcaria yellowish white. Wings fuscous viola- ceous, paler at the base. 9. Length 14 mm. Hab, Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Hadrojoppa forticornis, sp. n. Black ; the upper inner orbits to the end of the eyes, the lower half of the outer (narrowly above, broadly below), the face (except for an interrupted black line in the middle), the clypeus (except for a somewhat triangular black mark in the centre), a line on the pronotum, two short lines in the middle of the mesonotum, the scutellums, two irregular marks on the median segment on the sides in the centre, the tubercles, the lower half of the mesopleurz, an irregular mark on the metapleurz, and the apex of the petiole, yellow. Legs pallid yellow, the femora (except for a line in front of the middle), the hinder at the base and more broadly at the apex, the front tibize behind, the middle at the apex behind, the apex of the hinder tibiz, and the apices of the tarsal joints, black. Wings yellowish hyaline, their apex broadly fuscous violaceous. Antenne with the ninth to eighteenth joints white, the scape thickly covered with short fuscous hair, closely punctured, and with a narrow yellowish line in the middle beneath. 9. Length 27 mm. Hab. Darjeeling and Khasia, Coll. Rothney. Face closely, the clypeus more sparsely punctured and thickly covered with white hair ; the lower part of the ocellar region and the upper part of the front strongly and distinctly punctured ; the front raised, furrowed down the centre, the sides of the raised part transversely punctured, but not very closely or distinctly. Mandibles black, yellow at the base ; the palpi yellow. Mesonotum closely, uniformly, and rather strongly punctured; the scutellum is less closely punctured. Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNotes on Blattide. 273 The areola has a stout, flat, smooth bordering keel all round, the posterior part wider than the rest ; it is roundly narrowed behind, being there only one half the width of the base, aud is transverse ; it is distinctly longer than wide, inside it is coarsely irregularly aciculated ; the posterior median area is coarsely transversely rugose; the lateral basal arez are coarsely punctured, the others coarsely rugose. Pleurz punctured, the mesopleurz more strongly than the rest and the meta- more strongly than the propleure. May be known from H. annulitarsis by the first abdominal segment only being marked with yellow, by the stronger more robust antenne, by the larger areola (which is net marked with yellow), by the yellow marks on the metanotum being smaller and by those on the metapleure larger. [To be continued. j XXIV.—WNotes on Blattide dc., with Descriptions of new Genera and Species in the Collection of the British Museum, South Kensington—No. Il. By W. F. Kirsy, F.L.8., F.E.S. Two large genera of Blattide are greatly in need of sub- division—Phyllodromia and Epilampra. I have not touched the former, but have detached several sections from the latter which appear to be sufficiently distinct to rank as genera, and some of these will perhaps admit of further subdivision when we have more species to classify. BLATTIDA. PHYLLODROMIINAL Genus PsEUDOMOpPS, Gerv. Pseudomops Walkeri, n. n. Pseudomops flavipes, Walk. Cat. Blatt. B. M. p. 79. n. 10 (1868), Differs from P. flavipes, Burm., in the presence of two broad parallel black stripes occupying most of the reddish art of the front of the pronotum, and connected behind by a broad blackish crescent, separated from the border of the pronotum by a narrow space. Also allied to P. enclusa, Walk., but the pronotum of the latter has two slender parallel blackish Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 18 274 Mr. W. F. Kirby—Wotes on Blattide. stripes, connected below into a U shape, and throwing out a short branch on each side at the lower extremity. Hab. Tejuca, Brazil (Rev. H. Clark). Genus DURYODANA, nov. Allied to Allacta, Sauss. & Zehntner, but easily distinguished by the very large palpi, with the second and third joints greatly dilated. . Type Blatta palpalis, Walk. (Phyllodromiapalpata, Bruun.), from Borneo. EPrILAMPRINZ. Genus Motyrtrtia, Stal. Molytria imperatriz, sp. n. Long. corp. 55 millim.; exp. tegm. 118 millim.; lat. 19 millim. Female.—Head yellowish grey, vertex with three parallel light brown lines; labrum with a brown band at base, followed by two brown dots; pronotum much broader than long, the lateral extremities obtusely rounded, and the hinder extremity with a slight obtusely rounded projection in the middle ; pronotum and tegmina shining yellowish grey, the pronotum rather darker and edged by a paler yellow line ; in the middle is a large irregularly subquadrate scutcheon, broadest and subangulated in front, and throwing out a broad obtusely rounded projection in front; the sides slope to the hinder extremity, the angles of which are rounded off; the colour is black, obsoletely and narrowly edged outside with reddish yellow; in the middle is a dull red line, and the centre on each side of this is varied with dull red and with black markings. Tegmina obsoletely shaded with brownish, and with broad yellow nervures, bordered with slender blackish lines formed of continuous dots, and with some larger blackish or pale brown spots; anal area of the left tegmen thickly punctured in rows between the numerous parallel nervures ; right tegmen with the covered part brown, varied with irre- gular pale markings, and shading outwards into the pale ground-colour of the tegmen. Wings smoky subhyaline, darkest at the base and along the costa to the apex. Abdo- men brown, darkest towards the extremity, and with a few short longitudinal carine, the base paler, especially at the Mr. W. F. Kirby—Notes on Blattidee. 275 incisions ; terminal lamine and lateral angles of the segments conspicuously pale. Antenne, legs above, and spines reddish brown ; under surface of body and legs (except spines) pale yellowish. Hab. Tonkin (Fruhstorfer). Allied to WZ. amplipennis, Walk., from Silhet, but much larger, and easily distinguished by the markings of the pro- notum. A difficult insect to describe. Molytria Shelfordi, n. n. || Epilampra polyspila, Walk. Cat. Blatt. B. M., Suppl. p. 183 (1869), nec Cat. Blatt. p. 197 (1868), which is synonymous with M. macu- lata, Brunn. In the Oxford Museum from Sarawak, from the Saunders collection (type of polyspila, Walk., 1869), and in the British Museum from the same locality (Shelford). Genus HomMaLopreryx, Brunn. Homalopteryx Templetonii, n. n. || Epilampra ecribricollis, var. (?), Walk. Cat. Blatt. B. M. p. 195 (1868). Hah. Ceylon (Templeton). A very distinct species from Epilampra lucida, Burm. (cribricollis, Serv.), from Java, Borneo, &c., and without the large and conspicuous punctures on the pronotum which gave rise to Serville’s name. Genus CALOLAMPRA, Sauss. Calolampra Tepperi, n. n. || Epilampra propria, Tepp. Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Australia, xvii. p. 64 (1893). Hab. Kangaroo Island, South Australia. The types of Walker’s Polyzosteria propria are ordinary females of Calolampra irrorata, Fabr. (=gracilis, Brunn.,= atomifera, Walk., and probably also=/fornicata, Sauss.), and therefore the species described by Tepper requires another name. Lpilampra, as characterized and understood by Tepper, = Calolampra. Genus PSEUDOPHORASPIS, nov. Pronotum rhomboidal, arched, covering the vertex.. Teg- mina about twice as long as broad, smooth and shining as if L3e 276 . Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNotes on Blattidee. polished, broadly and obtusely rounded at the extremity ; nervures of the tegmina well marked, especially in the costal cell; anal area reticulated. Will include Epilampra nebulosa, Burm., type (=jaspidea, Brunn.), sctta, congrua, and deplanata, Walk., and perhaps also conformis, Walk., the type of which is missing. Genus RHABDOBLATTA, nov. Pronotum elliptical, broader than long, nearly concealing the head ; tegmina densely reticulated, the costal area with numerous slightly oblique transverse nervures, the outer ones bifurcated ; costa strongly arched, apex produced into a strong but short projecting angle, below which the hind margin forms first a shallow concavity, and then a long narrow con- vexity, which passes gradually into the inner margin. Type Epilampra precipua, Walk., from Ceylon. Genus HETEROLAMPRA, nov. Pronotum rhomboidal or elliptical, leaving the head more or less uncovered and often entirely free; tegmina twice or thrice as long as broad, and often more, the costal cell always with more or less distinct transverse nervures, at least towards the extremity. Epilampra dilatata, Brunn. (=laticollis, Walk.), from Australia, being an easily recognizable species, may be indi- cated as the type. This genus will require further subdivision, and has there- fore been provisionally characterized in a somewhat elastic manner. For the present it is proposed to include in it all the Old-World species described under Epilampra, and not yet separated under other names. Burmeister’s name Epilampra may be retained for the American species, with £. brasiliensis, Fabr., as the type. They differ from the Old-World species in the usually rather small costal cell of the tegmina never containing transverse nervures, even towards the extremity, nor are any visible in the large species separated by Stal as Pwciloderrhis (type verticalis, Burm.). Fleterolampra puncticollis, Walk. Epilampra puncticollis, Walk. Cat. Blatt. B, M. p. 74. n, 28 (1868). Hab. Sarawak. Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNotés on Blattide. 277 Fleterolampra Steli, n. un. || Epdlampra puncticollis, Stal, Gifv. Vet.-Akad. Foérh. xxxiv. (10) p. 34 1877). flab. Philippines. Heterolampra Saussure?, n. n. || Epelampra puncticoliis, Sauss. Rev. Suisse Zool. iii. p. 859 (1895). Hab. China. Heterolampra monticola, sp. n. Long. corp. 25-27 millim.; exp. al. 71 millim. Female.—Head prominent, pale yellowish grey below the antenne ; above thickly punctured with black. Pronotum yellowish grey, with traces of a more yellow longitudinal line, very broad behind; lateral borders subhyaline. The whole surface crowded with small brown or black, sometimes confluent, punctures; a row of short black streaks on the hinder border, a row of small black dots near the lateral margins, and a few larger scattered ones nearer the centre. The rest of the upper surface liver-coloured, but darkening into blackish towards the extremity of the abdomen; abdo- men with 4 oblong pale spots at the base of each segment, and a few small raised carine towards the extremity of some of the hinder ones ; terminal laminze and lateral angles of the segments pale, sete reddish, with a black line above. Under surface pale yellowish grey, tips of spines and claws darker ; a row of black dots towards the end of each segment of the abdomen. ‘Tegmina pale yellowish grey, with a number of scattered blackish dots in the costal cell, which is small and rather indistinctly veined, and 8 or 10 brown blotches on various parts of the tegmina, the 5 or 6 largest being beyond the middle. Covered part of the right tegmen separated by a broad, whitish, oblique streak, ceasing at about two thirds of the distance to the costa. Wings sub- hyaline, with pale nervures, more or less yellowish, and dotted with black towards the costa. Hab. Matton Mountains, Tonkin, April and May (Fruh- storfer). Resembles H. luctda, Burm., in shape, but the pronotum is narrower and much more closely punctured. Received under the name of parvicollis ; but Hpilampra parvicollis, Walk., is a species of Hedaia. 278 Mr. W. F. Kirby—Notes on Blattide. Heterolampra pallida, sp. n. Long. corp. 37 millim.; exp. al. 77 millim. Female.—Very similar to the last species, of which I theught at first it might be a variety; but the head, pro- notum, and tegmina of a much paler and more uniform grey. Head and pronotum very thickly marked with black punctures, clearly defined, though showing a tendency to run together into groups ; pronotum with a few larger black dots, chiefly towards the hinder extremity. Tegmina with the principal nervure marked with black on the basal third of the tegmen; costal area pale, somewhat more distinctly veined than in the last species ; tegmina not otherwise spotted, but the covered part of the right tegmen brownish below the rather indistinct oblique whitish streak. Wings brownish hyaline, darkest towards the costa, with a clearer hyaline space towards the tip. Abdomen dark brown, lighter towards the base of the segments, and with numerous short, raised, blackish carinze towards their extremity. Terminal lamine pale. Under surface grey; legs more yellowish ; abdomen beneath with rather indistinct black dots towards the extremity of each segment, and a row of large black spots on each side. Hab. Tonkin (same remarks as last species). Leterolampra Ridleyt, sp. n. Long. corp. 47 millim. ; exp. al. 116 millim. Female.—Wead brownish chestnut above, passing into yellowish tawny below; antennal pits slightly bordered with brown in front; pronotum leaving the head only slightly free, elliptical, much broader than long, the lateral angles only slightly rounded, reddish brown, rather darker in the middle, but not towards the extremity, with numerous shallow black punctures, and a few rather larger black dots, chiefly towards the hinder extremity ; front with slight transverse ridges in the middle ; meso- and metanotum yellowish brown (perhaps discoloured) ; abdomen very broad, orange tawny, with a slight central carina, and slight raised concolorous carinze at the extremities of the segments; terminal lamine very long, brown, except at the base. Tegmina light grey, with numerous pale spots and spaces, largest and most numerous towards the tips; costa arched, covered part of right tegmen yellowish brown beyond the pale yellowish oblique line. Wings smoky brown along the costa, this colour extending towards the tip as far as the fold; between this and the base Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNotes on Blattide. 279 | is a long, narrow, triangular, yellowish space; apex and the whole of the wings below the foldsubhyaline. Under surface of body reddish brown, shading into black towards the extre- mity of the abdomen ; pleura and front coxe slightly pruinose- grey ; legs blackish above, reddish brown below. flab. Singapore. One of the largest species of the Epilamprine, and not closely allied to any other. I am glad to have the oppor- tunity of naming this conspicuous insect after Mr. H. N. Ridley, to whom the Museum is indebted for so many valuable specimens. Genus HEDAIA, Sauss. Hedaia abdominalis, sp. n. Long. corp. 15 millim.; exp. al. 65 millim. Female.—Head free, liver-coloured above the antennz, with very large pale yellow ocelliform spots; mostly pale yellow below the antenne. Pronotum rather small, moderately produced behind; pale yellow, darker in the middle, very thickly speckled with brown, and with a few larger and more distinct black dots, especially along the front border. Abdo- men yellowish tawny. Under surface with a rather broad black median stripe. 'Tegmina rather long and narrow, with the apex rounded off, brown, speckled with yellow, and with several larger yellow (sometimes whitish) spots. Wings brown along the costal area, brownish hyaline below. _ Hab. Tonkin. Allied to H. olivacea, Sauss., from Cochin China, but differs in the colour of the abdomen &c. Hedaia immaculata, sp. n. Long. corp. 35 millim. ; exp. al. 74 millim. Female.—Head free, black, ocellar spots large, pale yellow, and mouth-parts below the clypeus yellowish at the sides, darker in the middle. Pronotum black, finely transversely striated, the sides towards the borders slightly subhyaline reddish in front; two slight impressions near the middle. Tegmina rather long and narrow, brown, rather paler towards the extremities, where they are obtusely rounded off. Wings as in H. abdominalis. Abdomen and underside yellowish tawny ; legs blackish above. Hab. Tonkin, Matton Mountains, April or May (H. Fruh- storfer). Allied to 1. olivacea and H. abdominalis. 280 Canon A. M. Norman— Notes on the Fedatia horologica, sp. n. Long. corp. 85 millim.; exp. al. 81 millim. Female-—Head free, light reddish brown in the middle, yellowish grey behind and below the eyes, on the front of the vertex, and on the sides and lower part of the face, the dark part terminating in a short blackish transverse stripe at the base of the labrum; pronotum light tawny, the sides sub- hyaline grey, mottled, spotted, and punctured with black ; a black hourglass-shaped spot behind the middle, the front of which is occupied by two large punctures surrounded with black about the middle of the pronotum ; abdomen tawny, blackish towards the extremity of the hinder segments above, paler and granulated with black below ; a row of blackish sublateral spots both above and below. ‘Tegmina yellowish grey, mottled with light ferruginous brown; covered part of the right tegmen broadly ferruginous. Wings brownish sub- hyaline, with whitish cross-nervures; costal area purplish brown. Hab. Khasia Hills. Allied to H. procera, Brunn. (Borrez, Sauss.), but has more superficial resemblance to Molytria maculata and Shel- fordi, from which its free head, narrow wings, &c. amply distinguish it. [To be continued. | XXV.—WNotes on the Natural History of East Finmark. By Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S. {Continued from p. 128.] ANNELIDA POLYCH ATA. Proressor M‘Intosu kindly determined for me many of the Polychzeta which I collected ; these included several species not previously recorded from this district. The list of Poly- cheta has been made as far as possible complete by adding the Annelida collected by M. Sars, Esmark, Danielssen, and others in this district. I have gone through a large number of papers with care. All that was known of Norwegian Polycheta up to 1894 as regards species, though not fully with respect to habitats, will be found in Olaf Bidenkap’s Natural History of East Finmark. 281 “Systematisk oversigt over Norges Annulata Polycheta,” Christ. Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhandl. 1894. Dr. Armauer Hansen’s Report on the Annelids in the Norwegian North- Atlantic Expedition also gives many Aunelids of Hast Fin- mark from Stats. 160, 161, and 162. The following particulars with regard to the distribution of Annelids on the Norwegian coast are derived from Bideukap’s lists :— 1. Total number of species of Polycheta known in Norway .. 207 2. Species found on the south coast ........6... 0000 ee Bp alle) 3. Species found on the west coast up to Trondhjem ........ 1650 4, Species found in the Trondhjem Fiord.............00005 94 5. Species found in the Lofoten Islands sea..............-. 97 6. Species in the whole of Norway north of the Lofoten Islands. 108 (recorded here trom: Hast Bimmarks 9) 05.0.8 ses sree 80 The areas represented by these figures are very variable in size, 4, 5, and 7 beimg much smaller than the others; 7 1s, of course, a part, and only a very small part, of 6. Twenty years ago G. W. R. Levinsen published his “‘ Systematisk-geografisk Oversigt over de nordiske Annulata, Gephyrea, Chetognathi og Balanoglossi” (Vidensk. Meddel. fra den naturh. Foren. i Kjébenhavn, 1882 and 1883). Since that time additions have been made to the several faunas ; but it remains the most recent summary of the annelidan fauna of the northern countries. 1D Yekah Aeehre cca eae aR ag ela Renee tine a eon aL a 138 DWC CLETINsicasts Roney Meanclnral wrren Mea Rana 6 SARA Sere Mc RR 147 INOW AV s sro-Sooaets ater ae hale ae ceed wees 191 Novaja Zembla and Kara Sea.............005 97 prbeniasand -Beries Stvalti a. se oleae sty nell 66 PUTS Wer gens Wes ware sett foo whist ete RANTS A els 82 Ar OCwlS aM Ss, 5 warut serena ex oielars whee aa nous 64 Iceland ...... Bie Sepa cet alinsawardin aes Ob eee EDL eR TOTO 71 Greenland see cae ei Mote a od ALS g aoe 109 North-east AMeriCauys sian ese seus aan 106 Unfortunately we have no recent complete work on British Polychzta or even anything like a catalogue of the species. At the present time many British species have merely been indicated by perhaps a few lines in the midst of a paragraph. The fullest local catalogues we have are those of Dr. J. F.Gemmill of the Clyde District *, which contains 121 * ‘Fauna, Flora, and Geology of the Clyde Area,’ Glasgow, 1901. (Published by Local Committee of the British Association.) 282 Canon A. M. Norman—WNvotes on the species, and of Dr. M‘Intosh of the fauna of St. Andrews *, which embraces 109 species. I made a MS. list of British species a few years ago, and, adding more recently described and recorded forms, I do not think I shall be far wrong if I estimate the British Polycheta at over 260, Harmothoe rarispina, M. Sars. Sarsi, Malmgren. nodosa, M. Sars. imbricata, Linné. In all the fiords. Lepidonotus squamatus, Linné. ctrrosus, Pallas. Lang Fiord. Aphrodite aculeata, Linné. Leetmonice filiformis, Kinberg. Leanira tetragona, Orsted. N. N. A. Exped., St. 261. Eulaha viridis, Miller. Vadso; Lang Fiord, 2-5 fathoms. Phyllodoce maculata, Miller. Nephthys Malmgren, Théel,=M. longisctosa, Malmgren. Bog Fiord, 100-125 fathoms. ciliata, Miller. Klosterely Fiord. Hombergi, Aud. & Edw. N.N. A. Exped., Stat. 262. Glycera capitata (Orsted), M. Sars. Bég Fiord, 100-125 fathoms. alba, Rathke. Goniada norvegica, Orsted. N.N. A. Exped., Stat. 261. maculata, Orsted. See G. O. Sars, ‘ Bidrag til Kundskaben om Christianiafjordens Fauna,’ iii. 1873, p. 30. “ Vadsd.” Lumbriconereis fragilis, Miller. Varanger Fiord. Onuphis conchylega, M. Sars. Varanger Fiord. hyperborea, A. Hansen. Varanger Fiord, 100-125 fathoms. Ceratocephale Lovéni, Malmgren. Nereis pelagica, Linné. Klosterely Fiord. Laodice norvegica (Linn.), Savigny. Vadso Harbour. Syllis Blomstrandi, Malmgren. armillaris, Orsted. Varanger Fiord. Ephesia gracilis, H. Rathke. Varanger Fiord. * M‘Intosh (W. C.), ‘The Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St, An- drews,’ 1875, pp. 115-182, Natural History of Hast Finmark. 283 Spio cirratus, M. Sars. Klosterely Fiord, 3-5 fathoms. Spiocheetopterus typicus, M. Sars. Cheetopterus norvegicus, M. Sars. *Chetogone setosa, Malmgren. Svolver, Lofoten Islands. Cirratulus cirratus, Miller. Klosterelv and Lang Fiords. Scolophos arnuger, Miller. Klosterelv Fiord, 3-5 fathoms. Ammotrypane aulogaster, Rathke. Varanger Fiord. Travisia Forbest, Johnston. Varanger Fiord. Ophelia limacina, Rathke. Flabelligera affinis, M. Sars, Trophonia plumosa, Miller. hirsuta, A. Hansen. glauca, Malmgren. Brada villosa, Rathke. Lang and Klosterelv Fiords. granulata, Malmgren. Lang Fiord, 15—25 fathoms. Euphrosyne borealis, Orsted. Spinther arcticus, M. Sars. Scalibregma inflatum, Rathke. Klosterelvy Fiord. Notomastus latericeus, M. Sars. Svolveer, Lofoten Islands(A. M. V.); Vads6 (Danielssen), Aremcola marina, Linné. Sydvaranger Fiord. Clymene Miilleri, M. Sars. pretermissa, Malmgren. N.N. A. Exped., Stat. 260. gracilis, M. Sars. Nicomache lumbricals, Fabricius. Varanger Fiord. Maldane biceps, M. Sars. Owenia assimilis, M. Sars. Pectinaria hyperborea, Malmgren. Lang Fiord, 10-30 fathoms. ~— belgica, Pallas. Melinna cristata, M. Sars. Sabellides octocirrata, M. Sars. N.N. A. Exped., Stat. 261. — borealis, M. Sars. Klosterely Fiord, 3-5 fathoms. Amphicteis Gunneri, M. Sars. Lang Fiord, 5-30 fathoms. Leucariste albicans, Malmgren. Terebellides Stroma, M. Sars. Klosterely Fiord. Thelepus circinnatus, Fabricius. Varanger Fiord. Amphitrite cirrata, Miller. Varanger Fiord. grenlandica, Malmgren, Terebella debilis, Malmgren, Leena abranchiata, Malmgren. 284 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the Amphicora Fabricit, Miller. Varanger Fiord. Euchone papillosa, M. Sars. Lang and Klosterely Fiords. Chone infundibuliformis, Kroyer. Dasychone infarcta, Kroyer. Sabella Fabric, Kroyer. Potamilla neglecta, M. Sars. rentformis, Miiller. Leptochone Steenstrupw, Kroyer, Filograna implexa, Berkeley. Apomatus globifer, Lovén. Potamocerus triqueter, Morch. Placostequs tridentatus, Fabricius. Spirorbis borealis, Linné. spirillum, Linné. —— granulatus, Linné. GEPHYREA. Fam. Sipunculide. Genus PHascotosoma, Leuckart. Phascolosoma eremita, M. Sars. 1850. Sipunculus eremita, M. Sars, Mag. for Naturvid. p. 77, and Nyt Mag. f. Naturvid. 1857, p. 197. 1857. Phascolosoma eremita, Diesing, “ Revision der Rhyngoden,” Sitz. d. mathem.-naturw. Cl. der k. Akad, der Wiss. vol. xxxvii. p. 760. 1865. Phascolosoma boreale, Keferstein, Nachricht. d. k. Ges. d. Wiss. Gottingen, p. 206, and Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. vol. xv. 1865, p. 4387, pl. xxx. fig. 7, & pl. xxxiil. fig. 33. 1875. Phascolosoma boreale, Théel, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. vol. iii. no. 6, p. 10. 1877. Phascolosoma eremita, Koren & Danielssen, Fauna litt. Norvegie, pt. iii. p. 134, pl. xv. fig. 45. Found at Vads6 and in Sydvaranger. Phascolosoma margaritaceum, M. Sars. 1851. Sipunculus margaritaceus, M. Sars, Nyt Mag. for Naturvid. vol. vi. p. 196. 1865. Phascolosoma margaritaceum, Keferstein, Nachricht. d. k. Ges. d. Wiss. Gottingen, vol. iv. p. 201, and Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. p. 480, pl. xxxi. fig. 9, & pl. xxxii. figs. 28, 29. 1865. Phascolosoma Cirstedii, Keferstein, Nachricht. d. k. Ges, d. Wiss. Gottingen, p. 205, and Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. p. 436, pl. xxxi. fig. 8, & pl. xxxiil. fig. 39. 1871. Phascolosoma Girstedi, Ehlers, Sitzungsber. d. phys.-med. Soc. zu Erlangen, vol. iy. p. 83. Natural Mstory of East Finmark. 285 1875. Phascolosoma Crstedii, Théel, Bihang till K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. vol. 11. no. 6, p. 9. 1877. Phascolosoma margaritaceum, Koren & Danielssen, Fauna litto- ralis Norvegie, pt. ili. p. 135, pl. xv. figs. 43, 44. In 100-120 fathoms, Bog Fiord. Phascolosoma albidum and Phascolosoma fulgens of 'Théel are also referable to this species. Genus Puascotion, Théel. Phascolion Strombi (Montagu). I lump under this name a number of forms varying in size, amount of development of tubercles of the surface, &e. The genus requires more careful working out than it has hitherto received, notwithstanding the papers of Théel and others. Some of the East-Finmark specimens are referable to var. verrucosa, Kor. & Dan. Phascolion was found imhabiting tubes of Serpula and shells of Trophon truncatus, Admete viridula, Pyrene rosacea, Bela (species), Macheroplax verrucosa, Margarita grenlandica, young Fusi, Dentalium, Trichotropis, Cylichna alba, and Lacuna quadrifasciata. Fam. Priapulide. Genus Priarutus, Lamarck. *Priapulus caudatus, Lamarck, I dredged this species at Svolver, Lofoten Islands, but not at Hast Finmark. : : Genus Priarutopsis, Koren & Danielssen, 1875. Priapulopsis typicus, Koren & Danielssen. 1868. Priapulus bicaudatus, Danielssen, Forhand. Skand. Naturfors fiend Made, p. 542 (fide Kor. & Dan’), Mee ee 1875. Priapulopsis typicus, Koren & Danielssen, “Bidrag til de norske Gephyreers Naturhistorie,” Nyt Mag. Naturf. vol. xxi. p. 28 (sepa- rate copy). 1877. Priapulotdes typicus, Koren & Danielssen, Fauna litt. Norvegi pt. iii. p. 147, pl. xvi. tigs. 10-14. me 1881. Priapuloides typicus, Danielssen & Koren, Norwegian North- dees Exped, 1876-1878, Gephyrea, p. 18, pl. iii. fio, 1-12, & Pp: Ee of rd The two type specimens described in the ‘ Fauna littoralis Norvegiz’ were found in the Varanger Fiord in 120 fathoms on a clay bottom. It was taken in the same district by the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition at Stat. 262, lat. wn, Ce 286 Bibliographical Notice. 70° 36’ N., long. 32° 35! E., in 148 fathoms. Koren and Danielssen, when they instituted Priapuloides, appear to have forgotten that they had previously named the genus Priapulopsis. Genus Haticryprtus, Siebold, 1849. Halcryptus spinulosus, Siebold. 1849. Halicryptus spinulosus, Siebold, Neue preuss. Provincialblitter, Konigsberg, vol. vii. p. 184. 1859. Halicryptus spinulosus, Diesing, “ Revision der Rhyngoden,” Sitzb, d. mathem.-naturw. Cl. xxxvyil. Bd. no. 21, p. 779. 1862. Halicryptus spinulosus, Siebold, Zeitschy. f. wiss. Zool. vol. xi. . 413. 1862. Halicryptus spinulosus, Ehlers, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. vol. xi. p. 401, pl. xxiv. 1870. Halcryptus spinulosus, Sanger, ‘The Baltic Representatives of Gephyrea; Halicryptus and Priapulus,” Trans. Second Congress of Russian Naturalists in Moscow, p. 207 (in Russian). 1871. Halicryptus spinulosus, Willemoés-Suhm, Zeitschr. f. wiss, Zool. vol. xxi. p. 385. 1871. Haleryptus spinulosus, Willemoés-Suhm, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. viii. p. 148, 1871. Haleryptus spinulosus, Ehlers, Sitzungsbericht d. phys.-med. Soc. zu Erlangen, vol. iii. p. 84. 1885. Halicryptus spinulosus, Apel, Beitrag zur Anat, und Histol. des Priapulus caudatus und des Halicryptus spinulosus. 1885. Halicryptus spinulosus, Scharff, “Skin and Nervous System of Priapulus and Haleryptus,” Quart. Journ. Micros. Sci. n.s. vol. xxv, p- 198, pl. xiv. figs. 3, 4, 5, 11. Not uncommon; dug between tide-marks in Klosterelv Fiord. So far as I am aware it has not previously been found in Norway. Its localities are best given by Théel as Spitsbergen and the Baltic, where it occurs not further north than Braviken or further south than Ystad (Théel, “ Etudes sur les Géphyriens inermes des Mers de la Skandinavie, du Spitsberg et du Groénland,” Bihang till K. Svensk. Vet.- Akad. Handl. vol. 11. 1876, p. 24). [To be continued. | BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. The Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Part Il. Simarubacee to Leguninose (Papilionacee). London: Taylor & Francis, 1902. 8vo. Pp. 193-408. 9s.—PartIII. [Leguminose| Cesal- pinee to Rubiacew. 1903. Pp. 409-626. Indexes, pp. 627— 645. Title & Preface, pp.ix. 10s. By Tuxroporz Cooxy, C.L.E. &e. Published under the Authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council. T'ueRE is no occasion to repeat what has already been published in these columns (Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. ix. (1902) p. 75), Geological Society. 287 inasmuch as the author has continued his work on the same lines and with the same success as in his first part. It is very pleasant to record our satisfaction that, roughly speaking, about one third of this flora is now in the hands of the public, and there is every reason to suppose that it will be finished in a reasonable time from now. It is easy to see how much the author’s labours have been eased by the preliminary results achieved by Sir Joseph Hooker and his co-workers in the pioneer work, the ‘Flora of British India,’ but it is none the less gratifying that such good use has been made of these preliminary studies by Dr. T. Cooke. We notice a few names make their appearance here for the first time ; in Part II. these are Vitis Woodrowi, Stapf, and Flemingia nilgiriensis, Wight, with Indigofera Dalzellii, Eleiotis trifoliolata, and Phaseolus Dalzellii, for which the author is responsible. In Part ILI. we have noticed only two, they being Kalanchoe Bhider and Plectronia Wightir. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. May 27th, 1903.—Edwin Tulley Newton, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President; in the Chair. The following communication was read :— ‘Two Toarcian Ammonites.’ By 8. 8. Buckman, Esgq., F.G.S. Two ammonites, belonging to the family Hildoceratide, found by members of the Cotteswold Naturalists’ Field-Club, are described and named. The allies of both species have been figured in the ‘Monograph of Inferior-Oolite Ammonites.’ One is near to Denck- mannia torquata, but the degenerative change begins at an earlier age, and it soon shows marked decline of ornament of which that species gives little information. Its date of existence is probably hemera Variabilis. The other is a platygyral costate degenerative of Chartonia binodata; the inner whorls should be the morphic representations of that species, the outer whorls show a costate stage which is the general rule of decline from a tuberculate stage. Notes are given explaining the technical terms employed, 288 Miscellaneous. MISCELLANEOUS. A Matter of Nomenclature. By Enear R, Waite. In a recent paper * I proposed the generic name Prosoplismus for Histioptcrus recurvirostris, Richardson. Since the publication of this paper I have purchased some parts of Stemdachner and Doder- lein’s ‘“‘ Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Fische Japan’s ” f. In this work I find the name Pentaceropsis applied to H. recurvi- rostris and H. labiosus, Giinther ; it therefore has precedence of my name. I cannot admit an alliance of these two species ; the latter should either re-enter Histiopterus or be made the type of a new genus, with H. Farnelli, Waite, as an associate, such being a name to replace Richardsonia, Castelnau (preoccupied). In the absence of the actual work on the fishes of Japan, my action was unavoidable, for the genus Pentuceropsis was omitted from tbe ‘ Zoological Record,’ though Histiopterus, under which it occurs, was duly noted (Zool. Rec. 1883, p. 19). It is naturally also omitted from the new ‘ Index Zoologicus.’ This omission is responsible not only for my name Prosoplismus, but also for the re-application (in 13889) of Pentaceropsis by Sladen to a genus of Echinodermata, which cannot, of course, be maintained. In drawing attention to the omission from the ‘ Zoological Record’ I do not desire to attach blame to the Recorders: such is really merited by the authors—first, for naming a genus in what is practi- cally a footnote, without distinctive heading.; and, second, for intro- ducing into a work on Japanese fishes the deseription of an Austra- lian species. ‘These two points are covered by the later recommen- dations proposed in the second report of the British Association Committee on Zoological Bibliography and Publication (1897). Art. 6 reads :—‘‘ That new names should not be proposed in irrele- vant footnotes or anonymous paragraphs” (p. 361). Pentaceropsis occurs as a footnote, and is irrelevant to the title and scope of the work, Pentaceropsis naturally suggests Pentaceros, which also occurs (p. 8) in the work cited. This name has been considered as applicable to fishes, because its earliest use, by Linck in Echinodermata (1733), is pre-Linnean. It did not appear in ichthyological literature until 1829 (Cuvier and Valenciennes), whereas Schulze used it in 1760, and thus established the name for the Asteroidea. A statement of - the case will be found in Sladen’s Report on the Asteroideat. I am not aware that any name has yet been proposed to’ replace Pentaceros in ichthyology. Australian Museum, Sydney, May 26, 1908. * Rec. Austr. Mus. v. 1903, p. 58, pl. vi. + Denk. Akad. Wien, xlviii. 1883, p. 13 (footnote), pl. yi. { ‘Challenger’ Report, xxx, 1889, p. 343, _ WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. The ‘London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. ~ Monthly. "Os, 6d. ‘The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d. The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. 1s, Aelfric Society’s Publications. 15 parts. 37s. 6d. Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s. Aitchison’s Catalogue of Plants of the Punjab and Sindh. 10s. net, Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol, I. 50s., Vol. IL. 15s, Baird’s Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d. Belville’s Manual for Thermometer. 1s. Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. 1s. Chimmo’s Natural History of Euplectella aspergillum. 4s. Cooke’s Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Part I. 8s., Part II. 9s., Part TI. 10s: Cunningham’s Binary Canon. lds. ‘Daubeny on Volcanos. 21s. Davis's Crania Britannica, £6 10s. Thesaurus Craniorum, 20s. Denning’s Great Meteoric Shower of November. is. Denning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s. Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 10s. 6d. English Poetry in use at Charterhouse School. 3s. 6d. Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and Surgeons. 6d. Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d. Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. lis. Fauna of British India. Edited by W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S,; “Mammalia. 20s.—Fishes. 2 vols. 2Us. each.— Birds. Vol. I. 20s. Vols. Il., IIL, and IV. 15s. each Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.— Moths. 4 Holes 20s. each.k— Hymenoptera. Vol. I.: Wasps anp Bess. 20s. Vol. I1.: Anrs anp Cuckoo-Wasps. 20s.— Arachnida. 10s.— Rhynchota. Vol. I.: HErRRopTERA. 20s. _ Geological Record. 1874-1884. 8vols. 20s. net. _ Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, ls. 6d, - Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d. Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions, 20s. each. - Hopkins’s Geology and Terrestrial Magnetism. 8vo. Cloth. 16s. Ditto. Dlustrated Introduction to. 8yo. Cloth. 4s, -Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. 1. 20s. Vol. II. 12s. Kelvin’s (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea. yi 10s.6d. Forms for ditto. Sun, 1s. Srans, ls. “a Kennedy, C. A few Chapters in Astronomy. 2nd ed. 3s. 6d. Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s. 6d. Lewis's Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera. 2s.6d.; on one side, 3s, 6d. London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s. 6d. ‘net. -M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s. Phillips’s Geology of Yorkshire. 2 vols. 30s. Physical Abstracts. Vols. lto5. 17s. 6d. each. Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. I. Part I. 4s., Part II. 7s. 6d., Part III. 6s. Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s. “Royal College of Surgeons : Calendar. ls, net. Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate Animaisin Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s. net. Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s, net. Dermatological Collection. 3rded. 4s. net, Physiological Series. Vols. I. andII. 2nded. 12s. net each. Appendices 5, 6,7, 8,and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s. each. ' Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental Surgery. 6d. Sharp’s Staphylinide of Japan. 3s. 6d. Taylor’s Scientific Memoirs. Ser. 1, £6 6s.; Ser. 2, £1 4s. Univ. Coll, London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1 to 3,2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s. Gd. ‘Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. 6d. Wheatstone’s Scientific Papers. 1ds. Wollaston’ s Notes on Lepidoptera of St. Helena. 3s. 6d. RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, EC, aus BO ie ever eee eee teense seen Danie, FIUS, Seen ee ea, os % a Species. ‘By Ovprierp Tuomas ........... ‘ e ourhood of Zanzibar. —Paxt ibe ee F. o BFFEEY B XL Deseriptions of new « Bastorn Moth y Col Dy RIVES SDenninione of To 3 new Fiches disc Delmé Radcliffe in the Victoria N yanza. By G. ; ‘XY. Ona new Frog. from te Burma anc Bovrencxr, ERS. Paar ata v6 Tropical South America and one from XVII. ‘Report on . the canes oi x George Murray, F.R By: during the Cruise 0: the ‘O 1898. By Atrrep O. Wacker. (Plates XVIII XVIII. Notes on Neotropical - Mammals E sanale Oryzomys, Akodon, aud. Ctenomys, \ i ATK Report on a Collection. of ‘Bohinod rms vom th . XXII. ee on es Dink: tion of the British Museum, ‘ ee Boos De 5! NE HSA 4 3 es from the Rhea Ts Assam, Bee wae ON and. ae in the Gotieouen a ee British sington.— No. Aa By W. F. Kumsy, F LS., XXY. Notes on the N atural History of East ae A. a es, pa D.C.L., LL. muivics pont ee Be ce I. lena inonaid: pant TIL ee inosce pinee to Htubiacee. By Tazopore Cooxn, C.LE. &. PROCEEDINGS oF ‘imarwnp SOOTEITES. Geological Society vee eee see c ee ee sree eee e@eee oe Fite ee Ae" ¥ *,* It is hanapieed that all Aare for this W. fic may | he post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. ‘Taylor and reid Pri Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. ee ohn { ¥ , ri ‘4 f ae hat as ‘One ‘ MAS SEVENTH SERIES. No. 69, a THE ANNALS((( * “siasie ass on ius eR 200 | (0 MAGAZINE OF NATURAL ‘HISTORY, INCLUDING “ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. No. LXIX. SEPT. 1908. Wi SS Den Sx IGS hy Mea Ws Se P Ak St USO er Snes S CONDUCTED BY ALBERT ©. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S., WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F-.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, TUN. ue BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’ 8 “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ WITIL FIVE PLATES. - IMustrative of Messrs, Melvill and Standen’s Paper on new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &c., and Mr. R.T. Giinther’s on the Distribution of Mid-water Cheetognatha i in the North Atlantic. j} oe : FT LONDON | | TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Oo., Ld.; Bailliére, Paris: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin. (ESL Ss SI ESS ah 2 MOVER VE BR DIS BE en a wn NFS POSER SR EO SEO YER Y POLARS SDE PAD OE SRE A SSE UET AE EE SDP ESEE SETS FETS LIES SOR EET ET OSES od re aie Wott No.I. A Summary of THE AMERICAN — DIGEST A JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, 165 Fe { 1&72, 54 pages, 8vo, 1901, 6s. net. MALAGOLOGICA No. II. A Summary of THE ANNALS “AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL ~ BY if _ HISTORY AND ITSFORBRUNNERS, E. R. SYK ES ~~. Parr l. (1829-1863), 84 PREP: 5 Ba a 1903, 9s. net. Bea sh An index to all the papers on recent and fossil molineey in. ie : periodicals, the general arrangement being that of the “ ZOOLOGIC AT RECORD.” WILLIAM WESLEY AND SON, 98 Hssox Strect, Strand, London. Medium Syo. Se eA | ; THE FLORA OF THE PRESIDENGY OF BOMBAY. By THEODORE COOKE, C.LE., | : M.A., M.A.I., LLD., E.L.8., F.Z.8., &¢. 5 FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND DIRECTOR OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA. hs pater Part I—RANUNCULACEE to RUTACEH. Price Be, tae Part IL—SIMARUBACEZ to LEGUMINOSAE (Papilionacez). Price 29s! , ae Part 11—_CHSALPINE to RUBIACER. ee 108. soe Ne Published ey the authority y of the Secretary of State for India in Council. Tayior and Francts, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. ‘ Demy 4to, pp. 186, with 9 Plates, price 21s. erase as’ THE MARINE daa eis ota AND FISHES i SL. ANDREWS. One ay W. O. MINTOSH, MD., RSE, BLS, 6. 9 0m Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, B.C. — ae Second editicn, Vols. 1. & Il. Royal 8vo, price 12s. net, each, eA AN OuG UT OF THE PHYSIOLOGICAL SERIES OF COMPARATIVE ANATOMY IN THE “Ss MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. a Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SEVENTH SERIES.] No. 69. SEPTEMBER 1903. XX VI.—Descriptions of Sixty-eight new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman,and North Arabian Sea, dredged by Mr. F. W. Townsend, of the Indo-European Telegraph Service, 1901-1903. By James Cosmo Mutyvitn, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8., and RopertT STANDEN, Assistant Keeper, Manchester Museum. [Plates XX.-XXIII.] Two years ago we published a Catalogue * of the Mollusca of the Persian Gulf, &c. (Cephalopoda, Gastropoda, and Scaphopoda only), mainly collected by Mr. ‘Townsend in 1893-1900, and enumerating 935 species. In the interim further large consignments have been frequently forwarded by the same energetic collector from many different stations and depths, including especially the results of one particu- larly profitable dredging on 7th April, 1903, in the Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ H., at 156 fathoms, which, it is no exaggeration to say, positively teems with novelties. All this has naturally delayed publication of the second portion—to contain the Pelecypoda—of the above-mentioned Catalogue. At the present opportunity we offer descriptions of many Gastropoda, mostly of small size, though a tew—e. g., Murex * Proc. Zool. Soc. 1901, vol. ii. pp. 827-460. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 19 290 Messrs. J. C, Melvill and R. Standen on Marjorie, Trichotropis pulcherrima, and the highly sculptured and unique Plewrotoma navarchus—are more conspicuous. The Scale * are enumerated elsewhere. Amongst the “ minutiora ” we would eall especial attention to the two new species referred to Homalawxis, the H. cornu- Ammonis, especially, being entirely evolute from the apical whorl and exactly like a microscopic ‘‘ ram’s-horn.” Cyclo- strema euchilopteron, prominulum, and Emarginula undulata are very wonderful in their sculpture. A Flucina, the first recorded from the Old World, and the curious Rissoina regi- stomoides are both noteworthy. So is a new species of Metula (M. daphnelloides) and many Pleurotomide, this family ever having the pre-eminence in abyssal waters. The Kleznella symptesta, also near akin to K. cancellaris and sulcata of Adams, belongs to a genus which has not before been known to exist in the Arabian Sea or Persian Gulf. To Mr. Edgar Smith, I.8.0., and Mr. E. R. Sykes we must express our best thanks for assistance, likewise to Mr. G. B. Sowerby, and Mr. W. Neville Sturt, of the India Office. Emarginula undulata, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 1.) E. testa parva, delicata, albida, oblonga, apice multum recurvo, marginem posticum fere superimpendente; radiis costalibus ad 40, majoribus cum minoribus seepius alternantibus, posticis crassis, firmis, ceteris delicatis, undulato-crenatis, undique transyersim elegantissime et arcte concentrice liratis, liris undulatis, con- tinuis ; fissura angusta (in longitudine 24 mm.); cicatrice fissurali vel septo conspicuo, circa 30-loculato, loculis crasse foraminatis ; apertura oblonga, intus alba, margine crenulato. Long. 5°50, alt. 2°50, lat. 3°75 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. A particularly delicate species, with wavy crenulate rays, crossed by very characteristic, concentric, close-meshed lire, continuously covering the rays and whole surface. Emarginula Camilla, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 2.) E. testa ovato-oblonga, depresso-conica, delicata, alba, apice supra medium recuryo, superficie omnino pulchre radiata vel costulata ; costulis ad 45, leevibus, nitidis, gemmato-nodulosis, majoribus cum minoribus seepe alternantibus, liris undique spiraliter conjunctis ; interstitiis quadratulis, profunde foraminatis ; fissura antica an- gusta (in longitudine ad 2 mm.), septo inconspicuo; apertura ovato-oblonga, intus alba, margine multicrenato. Long. 6°50, lat. 4°50, alt. 3 mm. * Journ. of Conch. x. pp. 340 sqq. new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &e. 20 Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. Of thesame character superficially as H. candida, Ad., from Japan, elongata, Costa, &c., but differing from all in greater delicacy and fineness of sculpture. Cyclostrema henjamense, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 3.) C. testa parva, depresso-discoidali, delicata, albida, profunde sed anguste umbilicata; anfractibus 5, quorum duo apicales leves, mamillati, vitrei, ceteris apud suturas paullum excavatis, ultimo spiraliter septem-carinali, carinis duabus ad peripheriam quam maxime conspicuis, undique longitudinaliter arctissime et oblique costulatis, costulis supra coronulatis et gemmatis, regione umbili- carl circa marginem carinata, deinde costulis longitudinalibus perspective delabentibus ; apertura subrotunda, intus alba; peri- stomate crassiusculo, continuo. Alt. 3, diam. 6 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Henjam Island, 10 fathoms, amongst coarse sand and broken shells. A little species, which appears on the borderland between Cyclostrema and Liotia, the mouth-characters being Cyclo- stremoid. It is a particularly attractive species, the seven keels on the last whorl being closely longitudinally inter- sected by oblique riblets, these being gemmulate at the points of junction. Cyclostrema supremum, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 4.) C. testa minuta, planato-discoidali, alba, nitidula, profunde umbili- cata; anfractibus 5, apud suturas excavatis, quorum duo apicales multum canaliculati, levissimi, vitrei, ceteris depressiusculis, penultimo uni-, ultimo tricarinato, undique arctissime oblique costulato; costulis levibus, interstitiis spiraliter tenuistriatis, costularum numero ultimum apud anfractum circa 28, infra peri- pheriam et circa regionem umbilicarem leeviore, costulis ad basim fere evanidis ; apertura oblique ovali, intus alba, labro paullum incrassato. Alt, 1:50, diam. 4 mm, Hab. Persian Gulf, near Fao. Likewise off Bunder Abbas, 5 fathoms, mud bottom. A most exquisite species, beautifully cancellate and sculp- tured, though more or less smooth below the periphery and around the narrow but deep umbilicus. he whorls are all channelled at the sutures, this with a lens being very distinct at the apex. | Ughe: 292 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on The nearest ally is, perhaps, C. eburneum, Nevill (Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, xliv. part 2, p. 101, pl. vill. figs. 21, 22), which is, however, a larger shell, with coarser sculpture proportionately. Cyclostrema annellarium*,sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 5.) C. testa parva, discoidali, profunde umbilicata, supra plana, alba, solidula; anfractibus tribus, quorum ultimus magnopere aliis ex- superans, rotundatus, undique costis longitudinalibus circularibus, numero ad quinque et viginti, preeditus, interstitiis pulchre striatis ; apertura rotundata, labro continuo, crassiusculo. Alt. 1, diam. 2 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. Exceedingly small, but well marked, being deeply um- bilicate, flattened above, three-whorled, the last whorl large, provided with about twenty-four rounded longitudinal ribs. We know no species exactly comparable, C. conicum, Boog Watson, being, perhaps, the nearest, from Pernambuco (‘ Challenger’ Expedition) ; but this, as its name implies, is conical in form. The interstices between the ribs are, as in C. conicum, beautifully spirally striate. Cyclostrema prominulum, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fic. 6.) C. testa depresso-discoidali, delicata, alba, minutissima, profunde umbilicata; anfractibus quatuor, quorum duo apicales perleves, subvitrei, ceeteris duobus spiraliter undique multiliratis; liris levibus, simul ac interstitiis, ultimo permagno, ad peripheriam acuticarinato; carina prominente, deinde ad basim lateribus obliquis, basi tumidula; apertura rotunda, labro tenui. Alt, 1, diam. 2 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. A very minute species, deeply umbilicate, white, with the surface uniformly multilirate, the lira at the periphery being metamorphosed into a strong, very prominent, and acute keel. Cyclostrema euchilopteront, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 7.) C. testa parva, profunde umbilicata, albo-lactea, subpellucida, tenui, nitidiuscula, discoidali; anfractibus quatuor, apicali vitreo, levi, * Annellus, a small ring. + ev, xethos, wrépov, from the winged process in connexion with the lip. new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &e. 293 omnibus, preter ultimum, depressis, undique concentrice tenui- liratis, ultimo recto, tribus carinis acutissimis preedito, prominulis, quorum superiore carina extra labrum projecta porrectionem trialatam prebente; apertura rotunda, labro extus tricarinato, intus simplici. Alt. 2, diam. 3°50 mm. Hab. Gulf of Qman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. A wonderful little form, which seems from the description to come nearest to C. Verreauxii, Fisch., from California. It is a discoidally depressed, deeply umbilicate species, the last whorl furnished with three very prominently ridged keels, acutely projecting, and terminating in a triangularly winged extension of the upper part of the outer lip. Several examples, but by no means so abundant as C. quadrt- carinatum, M. & S., which was in thousands at the above locality. Liotia romalea*, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 8.) Z. testa ovato-rotunda, parva, solida, anguste umbilicata; anfracti- bus 5, ad suturas excavatis, quorum duo apicales leves, margari- tacei, ceteris, antepenultimo uni-, penultimo bi-, ultimo tricarinato, undique longitudinaliter arcte costatis, costis crassis, interstitiis striis longitudinalibus arcte preeditis, basim versus, circa umbili- cum, costis magnopere tumescentibus, spatio interstitiali spiraliter profunde fenestrato; umbilico profundo, perspectivo; apertura rotunda, intus albescente; peristomate albo, multum incrassato, obscure quinquangulari, continuo. Alt. 5, diam. 5 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Sheikh Shuaib Island, 10 fathoms ; Maskat, 10-15 fathoms ; also Gulf of Oman, lat. 23° 30’ N., long. 57° 10' H., at 10 fathoms. Several examples of a typical Lzotea, coarser and smaller than L. echinacantha, but beautifully sculptured and with conspicuously thickened peristome, which is seen with the aid of a lens to be very obscurely five-angled. Inotia echinacantha, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 9.) L. testa globosa, anguste sed profunde umbilicata, pallide straminea, robusta ; anfractibus quatuor, quorum apicalis depressus, plana- tus, ceteris pulcherrime et arctissime sculpturatis, antepenultimo duobus, penultimo tribus, ultimo sex squamarum ordinibus pree- dito, squamis echinatis, spinarum instar, cavis, anfractu ultimo * pwpaheos, robust. 294. Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on (et penultimo) ordine superiore, squamis incurvis, magis con- spicuis, arctissime accincto, infra peripheriam, circa umbilicum, tribus ordinibus multe minoribus; apertura rotunda, intus mar- garitacea ; peristomate crassiusculo, umbilico corneo, multispirali. Alt. 6, diam. 7°50 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 10-15 fathoms. A very beautiful little shell, not very near any of the genus with which we are acquainted. ‘The scaly spines are characteristic, being fluted, hollow, and profusely covering the surface, thrice-ranked on the penultimate, six-ranked on the last whorl; but three, however, of them are conspicuous, more particularly the one in both whorls just below the sutures. Around the umbilicus the three rows are not so highly deve- loped. ‘The operculum is horny and multispiral. Enida persica, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 10.) E. testa parva, depresso-conica, solidula, profunde sed anguste um- bilicata, albo-straminea, hic illic, preecipue apud peripheriam, spiraliter pallide rubro vel brunneo maculata ; anfractibus 6, apud suturas gradatulis, quorum duo apicales vitrei, canaliculati, leeves, cateris, preecipue ultimo, spiraliter liratis, simul ac infra, juxta suturas, forti carina preeditis (ultimo anfractu apud peripheriam bicarinato), longitudinaliter obliquissime sed obscure costulatis, costulis apud ultimum szepius fere evanidis, ad juncturas lirarum, preecipue supra, gemmulatis, infra peripheriam usque ad umbili- cum spiraliter pulcherrime tenuiliratis ; lira majore interdum cum minore alternante, undique minute gemmulatis; apertura sub- quadrata, labro paullum incrassato, regione umbilicari excavata. Alt. 3, diam. 5 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. Allied to the type of the genus LE. japonica, Ad., but differing in both size and form. It is not so large or hand- some as the recently described H. Townsend, Sowb., from a neighbouring locality. ‘The sculpture is elaborate for so small a shell; the liree and carine on the last whorl number together six above the periphery, while below it there are ten, all being more or less granulate; the base is flattened, umbilical region somewhat excavate, mouth squarrose; the painting is pale red blotching, of a trigonal shape round the last two whorls, and most conspicuous at the periphery. Many examples occurred at the very prolific dredging- station mentioned above” new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &e. 295 Euchelus Townsendianus, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 11.) £. testa oblongo-conica, straminea, solidula; anfractibus 7, quorum tres pallide straminei, apicales minute crenulati, subhyalini, ceteris spiraliter fortiter costatis; anfractu penultimo, simul ac antepenultimo, costis quatuor, ultimo novem (quorum quinque supra, usque ad peripheriam) undique gemmulatis, interstitiis favulosis, quadratis; apertura ovato-rotunda, labro regulariter brunneo-zonulato, intus multiplicato, margine columellari sinuoso- crenulato. Alt. 11, diam. 6°50 mm. flab. Persian Gulf; Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 15 fathoms ; also at lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ H., 156 fathoms. An Euchelus of somewhat familiar aspect, but not precisely comparable with any species either in our National Collection or mentioned in existing monographs. Solariella zacalles*, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 12.) S. testa depresso-conica, profunde et late umbilicata, pernitida, levi, solida, lete rufo-brunnea, flammis fulgetrinis maculisque spiralibus hic illic depicta; anfractibus 6, quorum apicales 13 crystallini, leeves, ceteris ventricosulis, supra, juxta suturas, regulariter spira- liter gemmatis, dein concentrice tenuiliratis, interstitiis perlevibus, ultimo infra peripheriam nitido levissimo, intus umbilicum pulchre multilirato, liris arcte gemmato-crenulatis, circa umbili- cum ipsum radiatim breviter multisulculoso ; apertura obliqua, subrotunda, intus margaritacea, labro tenui, columella simplici, nequaquam reflexa. Alt. 4, diam. 9 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf; Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 10-15 fathoms; also in lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59’ E., 37 fathoms, sand and mud, and lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. We at first considered this species (and so inserted it in our Catalogue +) as identical with JLinolia gilvosplendens, Melv., from the Philippines{; but, though extremely similar, there exist some very salient points of distinction. The latter is far more conical and the body-whorl obscurely bicarinate at the periphery, the umbilical sculpture in both being identical, this sculpture being, in fact, the chief point of difference between the species under discussion and * Caxa\Ans, extremely beautiful. + Proc. Zool. Soe. 1901, vol. ii. p. 349. ¢ Journ. of Conch. vi. p. 407, pl. ii. fig. 8 (1891). 296 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on Solariella radiata, Phil., from the Agulhas Bank, which is perfectly smooth and simple as regards its umbilical region. The species of Solartella and Minolia are in great con- fusion, and monographs of these two genera are much wanted. The Rev. Dr. Gwatkin is devoting much time to the anatomy of the various forms, and finds many vital differences in the radula of some whose shells are nearly allied. We trust he may be induced some day to publish the results of his researches. Calliostoma thrincoma*,sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 13.) C. testa conico-pyramidali, imperforata, solida, sculpturata, pallide straminea, spiraliter fusco-maculata, vel unicolore ; anfractibus octo, apicali vitreo, globulari, cacteris stramineis, ad suturas im- pressis, tegulatis, spiraliter undique pulcherrime granoso-liratis, supra, juxta suturas, carina prominula decoratis, ultimo anfractu ad peripheriam bicarinato; apertura quadrata, margine colu- mellari triangulatim incrassato. Alt. 11, diam. 9 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf; Gulf of Oman, near Maskat, lat. 23° 30/ N., long. 57° 50’ E., 88 fathoms. Near C. stmdlare, Reeve. A highly chased and sculptured species, though of small dimensions, and conspicuously keeled around every whorl just above the sutnre, the last whorl at the periphery being bicarinate. Leptothyra rubens, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 14.) L. testa globosa, parva, imperforata, solida, nitidula, infra levissima, pallide straminea, flammis castaneis decorata; anfractibus 4-5, quorum 13 apicales apice ipso vitreo-albo, mamillato, ceteris gradatulis (ultimo rotundiore), undique infra medium leyibus, nitidis, supra arcte spiraliter sulculosis, ultimo ad peripheriam pallide spiraliter zonato, infra ad basim pulchre rubente; aper- tura rotunda, labro vix incrassato, nisi marginem apud columel- larem albo-callosum, nitidum. Alt. 4, diam. 4°50 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. * A highly coloured little shell, which occurred somewhat plentifully at the above locality. The many specimens we have seen agree in sculpture and coloration almost uniformly. Near L. leta, Montr. Trichotropts pulcherrima, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 15.) T. testa tenui, supra pergracili, attenuato-fusiformi, alba vel stra- minea, ochracea epidermide contecta; anfractibus octo, quorum * Opiyxopa, a battlement. new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &e. 297 duo apicales hyalini, leves, ceteris multum apud suturas im- pressis, spiraliter acute bicarinatis, ultimo quadricarinato, epider- mide quasi-costulas longitudinales setulosas arcte preebente; aper- tura late ovata, in typico specimine aurantia, in minore alba, labro effuso, tenui, columella fere recta. Alt. 24, diam. 12 mm. (sp. maj.). Hab. Gulf of Oman, on telegraph-cable, lat. 27° 12’ N., long. 51° 50’ E., 25 fathoms. We have already * described another species of this usually Arctic genus from the Gulf of Oman, viz. 7. Townsendi—a much smaller form. The present is far handsomer, being conspicuous for its graceful, rapidly attenuate whorls, much impressed suturally, the upper whorls twice, the lowest four times carinate. ‘I'wo examples so far only obtained, the perfect larger example orange-mouthed, the smaller white. A third species, as yet undescribed, has lately been found to occur in small quantity in the dredging at 156 fathoms in the Gulf of Oman. Solarium (Torinia) cerdaleum {, sp. n. (Pl. XX. fig. 16.) S. testa anguste umbilicata, solida, pulchre sculpturata, depresso- conica, fusco-straminea; anfractibus 5, quorum 1% apicales pallide rufi, nitidissimi, hyalini, ceteris quatuor ordinibus gem- marum spiralium, interstitiis minute unistriatis, preeditis, quorum inferi regulariter hic illic brunneo-maculati, in penultimo et ultimo anfractu ordine summo, juxta suturas, magno, gemmulato, ultimo ad peripheriam tribus carinis conspicuis brunneo-maculatis, simul ac infra, apud basim, septem ordinibus spiralibus deco- rato, duo circa umbilicum gemmulas maximas crenelliferas pre- bentes, interstitiis spiraliter unistriatis; apertura obscure quadrata, intus subochracea, nigro-brunneo zonata, labro angulato, tenui, marginem ad columellarem nitido, albo, incrassato, spiraliter tornato. Alt. 5, diam. 8°50 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Fao, on telegraph-cable, November 1902. Of the same alliance as S. dorswosum, Uinds, cylindraceum, Mighels, &c., but differing in the several characters as above given. Solarium abyssorum, sp.n. (Pl. XXI. fig. 1.) S. testa parva, perdepressa, acutissime carinata, profunde umbili- cata, tenui, albescente ; anfractibus quatuor, quorum apicales 14 * Proc. Zool. Soc. 1901, vol. ii. p. 360. T xepdddeos, advantageous. 298 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on tumidi, perleves, hyalini, ceteris apud suturas anguste canalicu- latis, supra, juxta suturas simul ac infra, spiraliter liratis, inter- stitiis utrinque arcte gemmulatis, deinde superficie media nitida, irregulariter longitudinaliter oblique striata, ultimo anfractu circa peripheriam acuticarinato, carina utrinque plano-marginata, infra, basim versus, spiraliter unilirato, dein superficie intermedia longi- tudinaliter rudicrenata, circa umbilicum ipsum duobus gemmu- larum ordinibus instructa, umbilico pulchre scalari; apertura trigonali, labro tenui, umbilicum nequaquam obtegente. Alt. 3, diam. 6 mm. (spec. maj.). Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. A great many examples, but no live specimens occurred, and but few in perfect condition. Allied to S. owytropis, A. Ad., in form, but not in sculpture. Fluzina Dalliana, sp. n. (Pl. XXI. fig. 2.) F. testa perminuta, albo-hyalina, immaculata, depresso-discoidali, umbilicata; anfractibus 4, quorum apicalis globosus, mamillatus, subimmersus, ceteris ad suturas canaliculatis, ventricosulis, levissimis, ultimo ad peripheriam acuticarinato, carina marginata, sub lente elegantissime et minutissime crenellifera, basi convexi- uscula, circa regionem umbilicarem paullum excavata, umbilico angusto, sed profundo, scalari, margine acuto, simplici; apertura subquadrata, columella recta, supra umbilicum triangulatim reflexa. Alt. °75, diam. 1°50 mm. (sp. min.). ”? 1, 9 2 2 (sp. maj.). Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ H., at 156 fathoms. One of the most minute of recent shells; it agrees, how- ever, in many particulars with Mlueina discula, Dall*, dredged in the ‘ Blake’ Expedition off Dominica, W.I., at 982 fathoms. This, however, is nearly five times as large as our species, which was very rare in the above station. We venture to dedicate this very interesting addition to the Oriental fauna to Dr. W. H. Dall, of Washington, who has done perhaps more than any other author to eluci- date the benthal Molluscan fauna, and is the founder of the genus Fluaxina. Homalaxis cornu-Ammonis, sp.n. (PI XXI. fig. 4.) H. testa minuta, alba, omnino eyoluta, delicata, depressulo-discoi- dali; anfractibus quatuor, quorum duo apicales connexi, vitrei, * Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, Harvard College, vol. xviii. p. 273 (1889), new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &e. 299 globosi, duobus ultimis hexagonis, utrinque tri-carinatis, squamo- sis, carinis sex minute et formosissime echinulatis, undique longitudinaliter tenuiliratis, liris arctis, inconspicuis; apertura sex-angulata, intus alba, labro tenui. Alt. 2, diam. 5 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. A very extraordinary, though minute, species, the chief peculiarities consisting in the completely evolute hexagonal whorls, the keels being most beautifully echinulate, the spaces also between the carine are longitudinally lirate. In form it is discoidally depressed, with two glassy globular apical whorls. We cannot exactly follow the reasons which prompt Dr. Fischer (Man. de Conch. p. 714) to propose a subgenus Pseudomalaxis for H. zanclea, Phil., and consider all the true Homalaxis, Desh., tertiary fossils. In our opinion both the species now described belong to the typical genus, and it would be impossible to disassociate H. pernam- bucensis (Wats.), described as a Bifrontia, from them. In the latter the last whorl is partly evolute. The Rev. R. Boog Watson (Report ‘Challenger’ Exped. xv. p. 137) would allow the barbarous term Omalazxis, Desh., 1832 * (atterwards altered to Homalawis), to lapse, it being derived from two languages, and institute Bifrontia, also of Deshayes, 1833. But we fear that very many terms used in Zoology, and accepted, are likewise of hybrid origin, and Homalazis must therefore stand, in spite of its disadvan- tageous origin. Hlomalaxis rotula-catharinea, sp.n. (PI. XXI. fig. 3.) H. testa minuta, depresso-discoidali, alba, delicata, semievoluta ; anfractibus quatuor, rectis, utrinque bicarinatis, apicali immerso, simplici, antepenultimo levi, parum nitente, penultimo, simul ac ultimo, pulcherrime sculpturatis, evolutis, utrinque bicarinatis, carinis—preecipue externis—apud margines minute echinato- erenulatis; apertura quadrata, labro tenui, margine columellari paullulum reflexo, Alt. 1, diam. 3 mm, Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. A most exquisite shell, in many points resembling /Z. zan- clea, Phil., but more delicate in every detail. JH. disjuncta, Lam., a tertiary fossil from Grignon, is very much larger * Deshayes, Encyclop. Méthod. vol. iii. p. 659, 300 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on indeed, but comes in the same category as our species, which occurred frequently at the above locality. It bears, in miniature, an almost exact resemblance to a catherine-wheel, hence the specific name. Cerithium verecundum*,sp.n. (Pl. XXI. fig. 5.) C. testa parva, solidiuscula, eleganter fusiformi, attenuata, pallide straminea; anfractibus decem, quorum apicales duo fusci, non hyalini, ceteris apud suturas multum impressis, tumidulis, tribus liris spiralibus, ultimo quatuor, omnino accinctis, longitudinaliter costulis obliquis decoratis, ad juncturas costularum lirarumque gemmuliferis, gemmulis levibus, nitidis, anfractibus hic illic variciferis; apertura oblonga, labro paullum incrassato, apud basim prolongato, columella fere recta. Long. 4:20, lat. 1 mm. (sp. maj.). Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. A fairly abundant little species, which may be distinguished by its pale straw-colour, irregular varices, channelled sutures, and gemmuled lire. The most frequent form, however, is smaller than that selected for the type, the apex and general shape being the same, while the whorls are less ventricose, and there is rarely to be seen any trace of varices. ‘This small form may possibly be a separate, very nearly allied species ; if so, the line of demarcation is almost too slight to permit of verbal differentiation. Scissurella etheria, sp.n. (PI. XXI. fig. 6.) S. testa parva, heliciformi, angulatim ovata, obtecte umbilicata, supra depresso-conica, undique alba, delicatissima, eleganter sculpturata ; anfractibus 4, quorum apicalis parvus, mamillatus, ceteris infra, juxta suturas, bicarinatis, undique longitudinaliter oblique tenuiliratis, et spiraliter obscure striatis, sub lente ad juncturas pulchre et minutissime gemmulatis, ultimo ad peri- pheriam bicarinato, inter carinas ad labrum sinu perlongo, angusto; apertura subrotunda, intus alba, labro ad sinum paul- lum effuso, margine columellari supra umbilicum angustum extenso. Alt. 1:28, diam. 2 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. One of two species of Scissurella extracted sparingly from shell-sand gathered at the above rich locality, in com- pany with what we are inclined to consider S. aédonia, * Verecundus, modest. new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &e. 301 Watson (cf. ‘Challenger’ Report, xv. p. 114, pl. vil. fig. 3, a, 6). The species before us is exceedingly beautiful and delicate, the surface finely sculptured, with the anal slit narrow and a millimetre in length. There is some affinity to S. aédonia, Watson, from Pernambuco, but our species is far more ly conical and the outer lip more prolonged at the ase. Fossarus (Couthouyta) unicarinalis, sp. n. (Pl. XXL. fig. 7.) F, testa minuta, anguste umbilicata, oblonga, nivea, pulcherrime sculpturata; anfractibus quinque, quorum duo leves, vitrei, globosi, apicales, ceteris turritis, undique longitudinaliter tenuiliratis, simul ac spiraliter delicatissime striatis, anfractu penultimo cum ultimo infra, juxta suturas, conspicue unicarinato; carina etiam conspicua circa umbilicum, usque ad basim peristomatis, in quo immergitur, succingenda; apertura ovata, peristomate nitido, candido, incrassato, planato, margine columellari quoque incrassato. Long. 3, lat. 2 mm. Hab. Arabian Sea, off Bombay, lat. 18° 48’ N., long. 71° 45! K., 40 fathoms. An excessively small pure white Couthouyia, but of most distinctive character, the sculpture being remarkably ornate and fine. The last two whorls are sharply keeled, and on the body-whorl another keeled projection surrounding the narrow umbilicus merges at the base with the white, thickened, and flattened peristome. Aperture ovate, columel- lar margin thickened. Adeorbis axiotimus*,sp.n. (Pl. XXI. fig. 8.) A, testa paullum depressa, profunde umbilicata, alba, delicata, subpellucida; anfractibus 4, quorum apicalis fere immersus, minutus, huic proximus anfractus magnopere inflatus, nitidulus, ultimo ceteros multum exsuperante, undique, cum penultimo, tenuissime longitudinaliter striato; apertura magna, ovato- rotunda, labro tenui, simplici, continuo. Alt. 75, diam. 2 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. Very delicate and subtransparent ; the apical whorl is almost immersed and depressed owing to the tumidity of the next, which is shining and almost smooth, the last whorls being beautifully and finely striate. * a&idrios, worthy of honour. 302 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on Erato recondita*, sp.n. (PI. XXI. fig. 9.) E. testa parva, nitida, alba, levissima, tenui; anfractibus 53, apicali obtuso, mamillato, ceteris levibus, immaculatis, ultimo magnopere exsuperante ; apertura angusta, labro supra paullum effuso, nitido, albo, incrassato, intus minute denticulato. Long. 5, lat. 3 mm. (sp. maj.). Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. Var. (vel sp.?) haplochila, nov. (PI. XXI. fig. 10.) E. testa ut supra, sed labro intus simplici, plano, nequaquam denticulato. Hab. Gulf of Oman, cum precedente. Although this var. is not denticulate in the inner side of the lip, we cannot disassociate the two forms of this in- teresting Hrato. It is evidently benthal in its habit, and the discovery of more specimens may furnish links to bind these two forms yet closer together. Eulima decagyra, sp.n. (PI. XXI. fig. 11.) E. testa minutissima, candida, polita, fusiformi, superne multum attenuata; anfractibus 10, apicali obtuso, diaphano, pernitido, ceeteris applanatis, politis, ultimo basim versus oyato, solidius- culo; apertura parva, ovata, labro paullum incrassato; columella declivi, apud basim angulatim incrassata, nitida. Long. 2°75, lat. 1 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54! E., 156 fathoms. A shining, white, polished species, noteworthy for its gradually attenuate spire, ovate thickened base, and aperture proportionately small. We do not know any Hulima exactly comparable nor, we may add,so minute. We are indebted to Mr. Sykes for having extricated two examples from a mass of shell-sand. Rissoina isosceles +, sp.n. (Pl. X XI. fig. 12.) R. testa eleganter attenuato-fusiformi, cinereo-alba, solidula; an- fractibus 9, quorum 3 apicales hyalini, bulboso-globulares, ceteris longitudinaliter arcte costulatis, apud supernos magis fortibus, paucioribus, undique sub lente spiraliter tenuissime striatis, infra peripheriam ultimi anfractus angulatam eyanidis ; * Reconditus, hidden. Tt icockedjs, from the basal shouldered angles. new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, de. 303 apertura ovata, labro effuso, basim versus paullum producto, incrassato ; columella obliqua. Long. 5:25, lat. 2 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58! N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. An attenuate graceful species of the typical section of the genus, angled below the periphery, nine-whorled, the three globularly bulbous apical whorls being distinctive, the longi- tudinal ribs on the fourth and fifth whorls being fewer and more pronounced than on the lower—indeed they become obsolete below the periphery of the body-whorl. With a lens the delicate spiral striation is discernible. Mouth triangularly ovate, outer lip produced at the base. ftissoina (Zebina) registomoides, sp.n. (Pl. XXI. fig. 13.) A. testa perminima, globulari, solidula, levissima, nitida; anfracti- bus 5, quorum apicalis obtusus, vitreus, ceteris apud suturas subimpressis, ventricosulis, ultimo paullum effuso, obliquato ; apertura ovato-rotunda, labro incrassato, albo, nitente. Long. 2°25, lat. 1:50 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54! E., 156 fathoms. Very minute, but extremely interesting. We are indebted to Mr. EK. R. Sykes for its discovery, while sorting shell- sand received from the above most rich dredging. It is much smaller and more globose than any Zebina yet de- scribed; the peristome is wonderfully incrassate for so small a shell and quite simple, never dentate, thus being unlike any of the numerous varieties of R. tridentata, Mich., = Hulima curta, Sowb. The facies is eulimoid, but it possesses the apex of a Azssoina, and we are satisfied as to its location here. ‘The trivial name is suggested by its form, when magnified, though more globular, somewhat resembling the terrestrial Registoma fuscum, Gray. Eulimella carmanica, sp.n. (Pl. XXI. fig. 14.) E. testa minuta, fusiformi, albo-lactea, levissima, polita, tenui; anfractibus 8-10, quorum apicales heterostrophi, hyalini, lactei, ceteris fere rectis, apud suturas leniter canaliculatis, supernis paullum gradatis, ultimo recto, prolongato; apertura quadrato- rotunda, labro recto; columella obliqua, simplici. Long. 4, lat. 1°20 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ H., 156 fathoms. 304 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on A pure white, polished, fusiform species, very slightly attenuate; upper whorls gradate, all slightly channelled suturally, more or less straight. Mouth somewhat square, outer lip porrect, squarely produced at the base. Columella oblique, simple. Several specimens occurred. Not so elegant as HH. katsensis, Melv., the only other of the genus yet recorded from this region. “ Carmania,’’ from whence the specific name is taken, is the ancient name of that portion of Persia impinging on the northern shores of the Gulf of Oman. Syrnola mussandamica, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 1.) S. testa parva, candida, nitida, polita, semipellucida: anfractibus duodecim, quorum duo apicales heterostrophi, bulbosi, cateris apud suturas haud profunde canaliculatis, nitidis, politis, ultimo longitudine penultimum et antepenultimum anfractum exequante; apertura ovata, labro haud effuso, tenui; columella obscure uniplicata. Long. 5°50, lat. 1°50 mm. (sp. min.); long. 7, lat. 2 mm. (sp. maj.). Hab. Gulf of Oman, Mussandam, 47 fathoms. A shining, white, polished shell, somewhat excavate at the sutures, twelve-whorled, of which the five lowest are much the same girth. The apical whorls are heterostrophe, in common with all of the Pyramidellide. There is no Syrnola very near this in the North-Indian fauna; indeed, it seems to impinge closely on Hulimella. Mormula persarum, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 2.) M., testa pergracili, attenuato-fusiformi, ochraceo-brunnea, tenui ; anfractibus 12, quorum apicalis heterostrophus, levis, albo- vitreus, ceteris ventricosulis, apud suturas impressis, arcte longi- tudinaliter costatis ; costis obtusis, crassis, 1nterstitiis spiraliter liratis, liris supra seepe evanidis, obscure undique infra suturas ad medium uni- vel bi-albizonatis, ultimo anfractu infra peri- pheriam ad basim planato, simpliciter spiralilirato, anfractibus interdum varicosis ; apertura rotundo-ovata, labro tenui, dorsali- ter varicoso, albo-stramineo vel brunneo ; columella alba, recta. Long. 12°50, lat. (ad aperturam) 3°50 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 15 fathoms. Allied to M1. Macandrew, A. Ad., but with more regular whorls and ribs, the varices being fewer and less pronounced. The colour also is more uniform, being of a warm fuscous chestnut, and the outer lip not denticled within. A remarkably elegant shell. new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, ke. 305 Acteopyramis letitia*, sp.n. (Pl. XAT. fig. 3.) A. testa parva, oblongo-fusiformi, alba, nitidiuscula, solida; anfracti- bus 5—6, quorum apicalis heterostrophus, levis, vitreus, ceteris apud suturas gradatulis, pulcherrime cancellatis et decussatis, costis ad juncturas sulcorum spiralium nitidis, gemmulatis ; apertura ovata, labro paullulum incrassato; columella fortiter uniplicata. Long. 3, lat. 1 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Mussandam, 47 fathoms. Of the same character as A. granulata, A. Ad., from the Philippines, but only half the size (3 as against 6 mm.). There appears to be a close connexion between certain of this genus and some included at present in Miralda, A. Ad. It is often hard to draw any precise lines of demarcation between these genera. Acteopyramis brevicula, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 4.) A. testa minutissima, abbreviata, alba, compressiuscula, solida; an- fractibus quatuor, quorum apicalis heterostrophus, vitreus, levis, ceteris suturis gradatulis, longitudinaliter crassicostulatis, spira- liter undique rudiliratis; apertura ovata, apud basim paullum incrassata ; columella uniplicata. Long. 1°75, lat. 1 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Sheikh Shuaib I., 15 fathoms. Very minute, but characterized by its compressed abbre- viate form and rude sculpture, the whorls all gradately angled at the upper part. ‘Vhe figure hardly shows the ribs sufficiently prominently, and there is no decussation or granu- lation to speak of. Pyrgulina manore (Melv.). (Pl. XXII. fig. 5.) Turbonilla (Pyrgostelis) manore, Mely. Mem. Manch. Soc. vol. xliii. (1898), no. 4, p. 23, pl. 1. fig. 22, Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. We have caused this species to be again figured on a highly magnified scale, the result being to decide us that it should be considered a Pyrgulina, allied to Hdgari7, Melv., and interstriata, Souv., in spite of the apparent absence of the columellar plait. ‘he original specimens came from off Manora Point, Karachi, where they were plentitully dredged at a slight depth by Mr. Townsend. Scala (Constantia) intertevia, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 6.) M, testa gracili, fusiformi, albida, delicata; anfractibus 10, quorum apicales tres parvi, vitrei, leves, cylindrici, ceteris ad suturas * Letitia, delight, gladness, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 20 306 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on multum impressis, pulcherrime regulariter decussatis, ad junc- turas lirarum spiralium cum costulis fimbriolatis, ultimo anfractu paullum prolongato ; apertura obliquiovata, labro effuso ; colu- mella paullum incrassata, simplici. Long. 7, lat. 1°75 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54! E., 156 fathoms. Rarely has a small mollusk caused such perplexity as in the present instance. Two examples alone have occurred, but both have the apex perfect, this being non-heterostrophe, though in most other particulars the form and texture recall such pyramidelloid genera as Mormula, Pyrqulina, or Mu- miola, especially one species of the latter genus—W/. sprrata, A. Ad.—which also occurs in the same seas. Mr. Edgar Smith considers Onoba egregia, A. Ad. (which should be removed from that genus), the nearest approach to our shell, and suggests that it might, at all events provi- sionally, be located in Aclis. In lip-characters it assimilates this genns, while resembling in the decussating sculpture a Cirsotrema, e. g. dentiscalpium, Wats. But perhaps the subgenus Constantia of Scala is best fitted for its reception, for it seems comparable with C. Standenz, Melv.*, also from the Gulf of Oman, in more than one point. Nassa (Alectryon) himeroessat, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 7.) N. testa minuta, ovata, albo-vitrea, delicata, apud basim et szepe ad suturas pallide stramineo-suffusa, vel zonata; anfractibus 6-7, quorum 32 apicales leves, vitrei, spiraliter unicarinati, ceteris apud suturas gradatulis, longitudinaliter arcte levicostatis, inter- stitiis undique tenuiliratis; apertura fere rotunda, intus alba, labro incrassato, intus spiraliter striato; columella paullum ex- cavata, canali brevissimo. Long. 5, lat, 2 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, at several dredging-stations in lat. 23° to 25° N., long. 57° to 59° KE. Depth ranging from 7-156 fathoms. We at first confounded this species with N. babylonica, Watson, and most probably the latter does not occur in the Persian Gulf region. The present species is locally very abundant, and the fine smooth ribs, small size, subpellucid substance, and less graduate whorls will serve to distin- guish it. Tritonidea Sowerbyana, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 8.) T. testa ovato-fusiformi, solidula, epidermide setulosa tenuiter con- * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. pp. 92, 98, pl. i, fig. 11. + ipepdes, pleasing, new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &c. 307 tecta, albida, infra, juxta suturas et infra medium anfractus ultimi castaneo-zonata; anfractibus 8-9, quorum apicales 34 pellucidi, levissimi, czteris ventricosis, multum apud suturas impressis, longitudinaliter costatis, costis crassis, numerosis (ultimo anfractu apud 10), omnino spiraliter arctissime liratis ; apertura rotundo-ovata, alba, labro arcuato, crassiusculo, intus albo, multicrenulato; columella recta, operculo corneo, tenui, nucleo apicali, canali brevi, paullum recurvo. Long. 31, lat. 18 mm. flab. Gulf of Oman and Mekran Coast, especially between Gwadfr and Jask, from 25-30 fathoms, “usually occurring with Murex malabaricus”’ (F, W. 'T.). Also lat. 25° 20' N., long. 58° 50! E., at 90 fathoms, in company with Lattrus pagodeformis, Melv., June 1903. This beautiful species was first pointed out to us as distinct by Mr.G. B. Sowerby. It is near the old Buccinum hgneum, Reeve, =Tritonidea Cecillei, Phil. It differs in being of stouter build, with the whorls not so scalate. There is like- wise an affinity with 7. erythrostoma, Reeve, but the lip is never coloured in the slightest degree. Metula daphnelloides, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 9.) M. testa eleganter fusiformi, albida, delicata, mitrali; anfractibus 9, quorum 43 apicales albo-vitrei, leves, spiraliter circumcarinati, supernis una, inferis duabus carinis preeditis, ceteris apud suturas gradatulis, undique longitudinaliter pulcherrime et arcte costatis (ultimi anfractus ad 46), costis rectis, levissimis, nitentibus, interstitiis spiraliter liratis, infra, juxta suturas, plica spirali conspicua sepe preedita, superficie hic illic obscure stramineo maculata et depicta, ultimo anfractu (11 mm. in longitudine) gracili, paullum producto; apertura anguste oblonga, intus alba, nitida, labro paullulum effuso, crassiusculo, intus multidenticu- lato ; columella incrassata, pernitida, simplici, basi lata. Long. 17, lat. 5°50 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54! E., 156 fathoms. Two species of the genus occurred together, the above being mitriform, elegantly spindle-shaped, and white; the other is the Buccinum metula, Hinds, = Metula Hindsii, Adams and Reeve, which should properly, we consider, be known by the duplicated name of Metula metula (Hinds). ‘This last is larger, with coarser ribs and spiral liration, and does not possess the obscure straw maculations of the M. daphnelloides. The apical whorls are well worth examination. Four or five in number, out of a total of nine in all, they are glassy vitreous white, the extreme apex mamillate, small, the next 20* 308 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on whorl with one keel, the others twice spirally carinate, the remainder of the whorls being closely longitudinally ribbed ; ribs smooth and shining, white, the interstices closely spirally lirate. The mouth and lip of the new form resemble those of Metula Hindsii, but are finer, and the inner labral denticulations more numerous. f Murex (Ocinebra) Marjorie, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 10.) M. testa solida, ovato-oblonga, albo-cinerea ; anfractibus sex, undique costatis, costis percrassis, varicosis, sex-fimbriato-squamatis, numero anfractum apud ultimum quinque, ad medium anguli- feris, spiraliter squamato-liratis, liris rudibus, crassis; apertura rotundo-ovata, labro extus pulcherrime multifimbriato, albo vel stramineo, crasso, intus nitido, 9-10-crenulato, canali brevi- rostrato, fere clauso. Long. 25, lat. 13°50 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Sheikh Shuaib Island, 15 fathoms. An exceedingly elaborately frilled species, the fimbrize being thick and squamate, with fluted processes. In form this shell recalls I. coceineus, A. Ad.; the outer lip is either white or straw-coloured, the canal is shortly rostrate, almost closed. 4. cyclostoma, Sowb., is a near ally; we have Erythrean specimens of this, but the form is much more rotund and the fimbriations in no way so elaborate. Peristernia corallina, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 11.) P. testa solida, parva, ovato-fusiformi, cinereo-albescente ; anfracti- bus 6, apicali levi, simplici, ceteris longitudinaliter crassicostatis, costis paucis, in ultimo apud 7, undique spiraliter rudiliratis ; apertura anguste ovata, pallide punicea vel carnea, labro intus denticulato, margine columellari paullum reflexo; columella quadriplicata, canali brevi, recuryo. Alt. 13, lat. 9 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, near Maskat, 10 fathoms. A somewhat solid, small, but well-grown Peristernia, unlike any species known to us, being superficially similar to a Coralliophila; indeed, as suggested by the specific name, we should imagine it would be found ultimately inhabiting corals. The surface is chalky-ash, longitudinally rudely ribbed, crossed by equally coarse spirals; mouth pale pink, ovate, outer lip thickened, seven-denticled within, columella four-plaited. Mitra (Costellaria) diaconalis *, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 12.) M. testa fusiformi, solidula, albo-straminea, apicem versus at- tenuata; anfractibus 12, quorum apicales tres fusco-hyalini, * Diaconus, a deacon, new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &e. 309 perleyes, ceteris apud suturas paullum gradatis, arcte longi- tudinaliter costatis, costis levissimis, albis, nitidis, interstitiis spiraliter sulculosis, nitentibus, undique hic illic stramineo vel ochraceo, preecipue juxta suturas et apud peripheriam maculatis et infra, depictis; apertura anguste oblonga, intus striata, ochracea, labro tenui, paullum effuso; columella quadriplicata. Long. 13, lat. 4°25 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Sheikh Shuaib Island, at 15 fathoms, among coral-sand. A Costellaria allied to M. scitula, Ad., which, however, possesses the whorls more scalate and with darker macula- tions and shading; it is, moreover, a smaller species. To M. impressa, Reeve, known to us only by a figure, there is a resemblance: this shell, however, is of a uniform dark hue, and the ribs seem more incrassate. The number of longi- tudinal coste in our species on the body-whorl is from 26 to 28. Marginella (Glabella) alchymista*, sp. n. (PISO, fies l3:) M. testa parva, fusiformi, nitidissima, subdiaphana, delicata; an- fractibus quinque, lvissimis, apud suturas paullum impressis; apertura oblonga, labro nitido, incrassato, intus supra conspicue unidentato, superficie omni dorsaliter levi; columella quadri- plicata. Var. a. chrysalchyma, nov. Testa aureo-straminea, dorsaliter, cum labro, omnino rufo-suffusa, vel spiraliter bizonata. Long. 5, lat. 2°50 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 10-15 fathoms. Var. b. leucalchyma, nov. Testa major, omnino candida, immaculata; labrum candidum, nitens. Long. 6, lat. 3 (sp. maj.). Hab. Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 10-15 fathoms ; also at 156 fathoms, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., and at 205 fathoms, lat. 24° 5’ N., long. 57° 55’ E. A very pretty, shining Gabedla, its spire more elongate than fustformis, Hinds, with which it has been hitherto confounded, and as which it is inserted in our Catalogue f, It is comparable with J/. alta, Wats. (Challenger? Expe- dition), from Cape York, N.E. Australia. * Alchymista, an alchemist. + Proc. Zool. Soc. 1901, vol. ii. p. 425, 310 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on If slightly local, it is very abundant where it occurs. The colour in the var. @ is a subdiaphanous golden brown or straw, and there is a very conspicuous suffusion just behind the outer lip of deep rufous brown, bifureating over the labrum itself. The commoner form is var. 8, larger as a rule, and pure milky-white throughout, very smooth and somewhat shining. In one or two examples an intermediate form seems to occur, the last whorl being here white, obscurely bizoned with two clear chestnut lines, or, indeed, occasionally trizoned. In fact it is a variable species. Terebra helichrysum *, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 14.) T. testa gracillima, multum attenuata, aciculata, nitente ; anfracti- bus 22, quorum 34 apicales leves, vitrei, ceteris paullum apud suturas gradatis, lete stramineis, supra, juxta suturas, zona callosa spiraliter preeditis, hic illic regulariter albo et rufo maculatis, deinde, inter costas breves, longitudinales, obtusas, nitidas, profunde interstitialiter foraminatis et sulcatis, costis anfractus ultimi ad basim evanidis; apertura ovata, parva, labro tenui, canali brevi. Long. 24, lat. 5 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Mussandam, 47 fathoms. A most elegant species, the tumid callous zone just below the sutures delicately variegated spirally with white and pale rufous, then obtusely ribbed, the interstices, especially the upper row, being deeply pitted. Pleurotoma (Gemmula) navarchus fF, sp. n. (Pl XOXxa teal») P. testa eleganter fusiformi, solida, paullum nitente, pallide cinereo- brunnea; anfractibus tredecim, quorum duo apicales nitidi, hyalini, perleeves, caeteris apud suturas impressis, ventricosulis, infra suturas spiraliter pulcherrime et arcte nodoso-cingulatis, nodulis hie illic rufo-maculatis, deinde fortiter uniliratis, simul ac infra, juxta suturas, bisulcatis, superficie intermedia lata, nitida, longitudinaliter obliquissime costulata, ultimo anfractu ceeteros exeequante, infra cingulum liramque spiralem usque ad peripheriam levi, deinde anguste sulculoso, infra usque ad basim suleulis tornatis, latioribus, liris intermediis regulariter rufo maculatis; apertura oblonga, intus planata, labro tenui, sinu lato, haud profundo ; columella fere recta, canali subprolongato, Long. 64, lat. 18, apertura cum canali 28 mm. longa. Hab. Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, lat. 25° 19’ N., long. 58° 10’ E., 140 fathoms. * éixpvooy, an everlasting, from the bright rufous spotting. }~ vavapxos, an admiral. new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &e. 311 One specimen only dredged, at the locality just given, of a superbly tornate and sculptured Pleurotoma, near P. carinata, Gray, Kiener?, Doumet, or congener, Smith, being remark- able for its regular beaded spiral zone just below the sutures of each whoil, above which are two spiral clearly-cut grooves, the middle of the upper whorls being most beautifully obliquely costulate, the coste terminated above by a double sulcus surrounding a narrow spiral lira. The last whorl, equalling the others in size, is almost entirely grooved and spirally lirate, the liree below being rufous-spotted. Outer lip thin, perhaps not quite fully developed, sinus well marked but not deep; columella somewhat straight; canal broad and rather prolonged. The discovery of this mollusk, the finest Gastropod yet discovered by Mr. ‘Townsend, if we except Conus clyptospira, M. &S., adds another magnificent Pleurotomid to the many fine species of this family obtained in contiguous waters, during the ‘ Investigator’ Expedition chiefly (such forms as P. symbiotes, Wood-Mason & Alcock, P. congener, Smith, and P. subcorpulenta, Smith *, occurring to one’s recollection at once), and gives another proof of its wonderful development in Indian seas. Drillia dives, Spo ta. (Bl XOX. fies 15s) D,. testa gracili, fusiformi, delicata, albo-cinerea; anfractibus decem, quorum tres apicales brunnei, omnino hyalini, levissimi, ceteris apud suturas impressis, ventricosulis, longitudinaliter obliqui- costatis, costis anfractum apud ultimum circa undecim, undique spiraliter striatis, supra, juxta suturas, zona spirali rufa decorata, ultimo anfractu simili modo bizonato, ad basim producto albo, nitido; apertura oblonga, labro paullum incrassato, sinu lato, haud profundo, canali brevi. Long. 17, lat. 5 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 15 fathoms. Allied to D. clydonia, M. & 8. (Proc. Zool. Soe. 1901, vol. ii. p. 437, pl. xxii. fig. 24), but the whorls are not angled, the coloration is quite different, and the spiral ribbing is coarser in J). dives. Drillia philotima{, sp.n. (PI. XXII. fig. 16.) D. testa attenuata, fusiformi, solidula, albo-cinerea, aspera; anfracti- bus 11, quorum duo apicales vitrei, fusci, ceteris ventricosulis, regulariter obliquicostatis, costis anfractus ad superos paucis, * Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xiv. pp. 160, 161, pl. iii. fies, 4-8, + uddripos, honoured. 312 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on crassioribus, in ultimo et penultimo numerosis, ad quindecim, et angustioribus, brunneo tinctis, suffusis, et maculatis, trans- versim nodiliratis, ultimo anfractu dorsaliter juxta labrum varicoso, brunneo suffuso et zonato; apertura oblonga, angusta, intus alba, labro paullum effuso, sinu distincto, profundo, canali lato, brevi; columella recta. Long. 30, lat. 8 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, off Bahrein Islands, 30-50 fathoms. Only one example secured of a distinct and handsome Drillia, the nearest approximation to which is to be found in D. latifasciata, Sowb., from Japan, considered by some authors as synonymous with D. japonica, Lischke. ‘There is no beading at the sutures, however, and the form is more graceful. Drillia continua, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 17.) D. testa attenuata, fusiformi, levissima, alba, nitida; anfractibus 104, quorum 14 apicales subvitrei, nitidi, complanati, ceteris longitudinaliter paucicostatis, costis exacte inter se continuis, levibus, albis, infra medium delicate uniangulatis, anfractu ultimo apud basim paullum pyriformi, numero costarum ad octo ; apertura subobliqua, oblonga, intus alba, labro haud multum incrassato, sinu lato, sed non profundo. Long. 10, lat. 3°75 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Mussandam, 47 fathoms. Akin to D. opalus, Reeve, and conspicuous for its exactly continuous longitudinal ribs, those of whorl succeeding whorl descending im a perfectly straight line to the base. ‘These whorls are slightly once-angled beyond the centre. The whole surface is white, with a slight ochreous tinge, and smooth. Drillia granatella, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 18.) D. testa parva, lete punicea, solida, nitida, fusiformi; anfractibus 6, duobus apicalibus perlevibus, puniceis, hic illic albo suffusis, ceteris crassicostatis, costis paucis, levibus, nitidis, numero ultimum apud anfractum circa 7, superficie omnino leeyissima, dorsaliter juxta labrum gibberula ; apertura breviter ovata, labro tenui, albo-suffuso, sinu lato, canali brevissimo. Lorg. 5, lat. 1°50 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 15 fathoms. This little species, though so small, is in our opinion a Drillia rather than Mangilia, being nearly allied to the beautiful series of Drillie—viz.: disyecta, Smith, persica, Smith, and resplendens, Mely.—peculiar to the saime region, new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &c. 313 It is a remarkably smooth and shining shell, and the pome- eranate-pink colour (like the fruit of Punica granatum, L.) seems characteristic and quite peculiar. Drillia ithoria *, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 20.) D. testa parva, fusiformi, pallide rufa, solidula; anfractibus 8, quorum 2 apicales leves, vitrei, cxteris magnopere supra medium anfractum tumescentibus et spiraliter noduliferis, nodulis paucis, gemmatis, dein, anfractus apud supernos, torna- tis, ultimo anfractu basim versus spiraliter paucilirato, liris pulchre et minute gemmatis; apertura quadrato-ovata, labro tenui, sinu lato, haud profundo, canali brevi. Long. 8, lat. 2°50 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Bahrein Islands, 6 fathoms, coral- sand. A small highly-coloured species, with conspicuous, spiral, swollen, nodulous angle just above the centre of the whorls. We cannot connect it nearly with any other species, Drillia audax, sp.n. (PI. XXIII. fig. 1.) D.testa oblongo-fusiformi, solida, parva, albo-straminea; anfractibus septem, quorum tribus nitidissimis, hyalinis, leevibus, apicalibus, ceteris trivis, antepenultimo quaternis, ultimo circa viginti spiralium lirarum ordinibus accinctis, ad anfractus supernos gemmulatis, supra suturas, etiam, lira spirali fortiori decorato, omnibus his liris stramineo-ochraceis ; apertura ovato-oblonga, sinu distincto, lato, canali brevissimo, lato, margine columellari excavato. Long. 9°25, lat. 2°50 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58! N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. A little species of bold contour, and very distinct in both sculpture and painting of the spiral straw-coloured lire sur- rounding the whorls, which are not costulate. One spiral lira, acute and prominent, is especially noticeable at the base of each whorl, just above the sutures. . A good many examples occurred in the dredging, as above, in shell-sand. Mangilia comideleuca t, sp.n. (Pl. XXIII. fig. 5.) M., testa parva, angulari, fusiformi, omnino albida, solida; anfracti- bus 9, quorum duo apicales leves, globulares, vitrei, ceteris ad * ios, in sense of a precious stone, + kopudy, altogether ; Aevkds, white. 314 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on medium angulatis, longitudinaliter paucicostatis, spiraliter undique rudiliratis, interstitiis albis, labro dorsaliter multum incrassato, angulari; apertura sinuoso-oblonga, sinu perlato, margine columel- lari tristriato, canali lato, brevi. Long. 8, lat. 8 mm. flab. Persian Gulf, Mussandam, 47 fathoms. Most resembling JZ. spurca, Hinds, found abundantly in the same region, but differing in colour (the new form being entirely white), in size (8 as against 14 or 15 mm.), and in greater angularity of whorl. The somewhat sinuous or trigonous aperture and very thickened peristome are the same in both species. Only one or two examples have yet occurred. Clathurella opstmathes *, sp.n. (Pl. XXII. fig. 19.) C. testa oblongo-fusiformi, solidula, nitida, cinerea, albo et fusco zonata; anfractibus 10, quorum 3 apicales, ceteris circa suturas levibus, planatis, aliter undique longitudinaliter crassicostatis, costis paucis (numero ultimum apud anfractum 10), spiraliter pulchre superne 3-, ultimo J.0-liratis (ad peripheriam albizonato), liris albo-cinereis, conspicuis, supra costas angulosis; apertura oblonga, labro incrassato, echinulato, fusco et albo depicto, sinu lato, haud profundo; columella recta, canali lato, breyi. Long. 16°50, lat. 6 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Sheikh Shuaib Island, 15 fathoms. Hitherto confounded with C. (Glyphostoma) rugosa, Migh., a quite different species. It is a prettily sculptured and painted shell, with conspicuous beading and spiral well-cut lire. Clathurella Sykesit, sp.n. (PI. XXIII. fig. 4.) C. testa parva, perangusta, attenuato-fusiformi, albo-cinerea; an- fractibus 8-9, quorum apicales duo leves, ceteris ad suturas permultum impressis, angulosis, ventricosis, longitudinaliter acuticostulatis, costis paucis, numero ultimum apud anfractum circa 9, undique spiraliter liratis, liris rudibus (in penultimo et ultimo cirea 6), prominulis; apertura ovata, labro tenui, sinu couspicuo, profundo, canali longo. Long. 7, lat. 2 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54/ E., 156 fathoms. We are indebted to Mr. Ernest R. Sykes for calling our attention to this curious little species, so like a Fusus in * dWiuabns, late in being discerned. new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &e. 315 miniature, It is one of the narrowest Clathurelle in pro- portion to its length yet discovered, and is wonderfully symmetrical throughout. All the examples, of which there are several, are dead, and perhaps in life there may be coloration of some kind. It is common at the above station, in company with another nearly allied Clathurella that we hope to describe shortly. Clathurella quisquita*, sp.n. (Pl. XXIII. fig. 7.) C. testa attenuata, fusiformi, angusta, solidula, omnino albida; anfractibus 9-10, quorum duo apicales bulbosi, leves, vitrei, ceteris paucicostatis, costis crassis, numero ultimum apud an- fractum 5, spiraliter undique liris rudibus succinctis ; apertura ovato-trigona, labro incrassato, sinu lato sed non profundo ; colu- mella fere recta, canali brevi. Long. 7, lat. 2 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Mussandam, 47 fathoms; also Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. Attenuate and narrow, thickly longitudinally ribbed, and encircled throughout with markedly coarse lirations. It did not occur at all “plentifully at the above station, only three or four examples liaving as yet been seen. Daphnella (Pleurotomella) nereidum T, sp. n. (Hele POS BMIE res 23) D, testa ovato-oblonga, subpellucida, delicata, albo-lactea ; anfracti- bus 8-9, quorum 23 vel 3 apicales pallide rufi, tenuissime decussati, ceteris ad medium angulatis, ad suturas paullum impressis, arcte cancellatis, interstitiis quadratulis, costis lirisque transversis crystallinis, ultimo anfractu supra medium angulari, costis dorsaliter Juxta labrum sepe evanidis; apertura anguste ovata, intus Wie labro tenui. Long. 7, lat. 3 Hab. Gulf of ane lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. A crystalline form of unusual beauty. In form this as- similates P. filifera, Dall, but the apical whorls are not smooth, but decussate. * Quisquilia, trifles. tT Nereidum, of the sea-nymphs. 316 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on Daphnella (Pleurotomella) Amphitrites *, sp. n. (Pl. XXIII. fig. 3.) D. testa ovato-cylindrica, delicata, subhyalina, albo-lactea ; anfracti- bus 7-8, quorum 24 apicales albi, sub lente pulchre decussati, ceteris longitudinaliter lirato-costulatis, spiraliter liris crassiori- bus succinctis, ad juncturas costularum cum liris gemmulatis, nitidis, infra medium anfractus antepenultimi et penultimi duabus spiralibus liris magis conspicuis, cariniferis, simul ac in ultimo, ad peripheriam ; apertura ovato-oblonga, intus hyalina, alba, labro tenui, canali brevi, paullum recurvo. Long. 8, lat. 3 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. The two species D. Amphitrites and D. neretlum occur together, but we think it correct to separate them, though undoubtedly they are nearly allied. ‘The present species is the less angular, rather larger, and of a more roundly cylin- drical form. Daphnella thygatricat, sp.n. (Pl. XXIII. fig. 6.) D. testa parva, fusiformi, tornata, albo-straminea, longitudinaliter pallide rvfo-tincta; anfractibus 7, quorum tres apicales apice ipso levi mamillato, duobus pulchre sub lente decussatis, ceteris spiraliter ad medium, ultimo ad peripheriam duplo-carinatis, lirisque levibus, fortiter succinctis, ultimo anfractu ad medium, inter carinas, recto ; apertura oblonga, labro tenui, sinu obscuro, margine columellari incrassato, albo, nitido, canali lato, paullum producto. Long. 7, lat. 2°50 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. A small Drillia in miniature, looked at superficially, but the decussate apical whorls are Daphnelloid. It occurred somewhat commonly at the above station. Daphnella thia}, sp.n. (Pl. XXIII. fig. 8.) D. testa delicatissima, subpellucida, attenuato-fusiformi, albida, nitida; anfractibus octo, quorum 33 apicales ochro-tincti, pulchre decussati, cacteris tumidulis, liris arctis longitudinalibus spirali- busque decussatis, liris interdum pallidule stramineo-tinctis, * Amphitrite, a sea-goddess, wife of Neptune. + Ovyarnp, a daughter. } Ocios, divinely beautiful. te ea new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, ke. d17 nitidulis ; apertura oblonga, labro tenui, sinu lato, haud pro- fundo, canali breyi, lato, paullum producto. Long. 9°50, lat. 3 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Sheikh Shuaib Island, 15 fathoms ; Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. Most delicate and beautifully closely encircled with decus- sating lire, a faint straw-coloured or golden tinge being some- times observable on them. ‘The specimens from the first locality mentioned are not so tumid on the body-whorl; we cannot, however, separate them, even varietally, from the typical form from the Gulf of Oman. This differs from D. boholensis, Reeve, not only in the fine decussations, but in the canal being more prolonged and greater tumidity of whorls. Daphnel'a buccinulum Eas we © dell SOIL TS rise 2) D. testa ovato-rotunda, bucciniformi, delicata, alba, interdum pallide ochraceo-suffusa ; anfractibus 7, quorum 3 apicales rufi vel straminei, tenuissime decussati, czteris arcte et delicate obliqui- cancellatis, ad suturas impressis, tumidis, inflatis, ultimo anfractu pyriformi ; apertura oblonga, labro tenui, sinu indistincto, mar- gine columellari excayatulo. Long. 7, lat. 3°75 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 54° 56’ E., 156 fathoms. An inflated Buccinoid species, very delicate and beautifully eancellate throughout, which occurred not uncommonly at the above station in company with so many other, mostly minute, but hitherto unknown mollusks. Daphnella epichartat, sp.n. (PI. XXIII. fig. 10.) D. testa minuta, subpellucida, tenui, oblongo-fusiformi, nitida, alba vel obscure stramineo-diffusa ; anfractibus 6, quorum apicales 3 delicatissime sub lente decussati, ceteris paullum ventricosis, fere levibus, sed irregulariter spiraliter tenuissime liratis, ultimo an- fractu interdum apud medium levi; apertura angusta, oblonga, labro fere recto, incrassato, albo, nitido, intus simplici; columella recta, canali brevi, sinu perobscuro, Long. 5, lat. 1°75 mm, Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 tathoms. A minute but puzzling form. The sinus and other Pleuro- tomid characters are so slightly expressed that it might at * Buccinulum, dim. of Buecinum, from the resemblance. } émixapros, pleasing. 318 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on first sight be considered an 4sopus, or even an Olivella. The delicate decussation of the apical whorls shows the true relationship. It is somewhat frequent at the above station. Some examples are almost smooth, the apical lire being more or less obsolete. Daphnella hedyu*, sp.n. (Pl. XXIII. fig. 11.) D. testa fusiformi, pallide castaneo-brunnea, apicem versus, simul ac ad basim delicate puniceo-tincta; anfractibus novem, quorum 34 subhyalini, castaneo-punicei, minutissime decussati, tribus his proximis variciferis, tribus ultimis rotundatis, tumidulis, undique arctissime et pulchre decussatis, ad juncturas gemmuliferis, gemmulis microscopicis, nitidis, supra, infra suturas, spiraliter castaneo-maculatis, ultimo antractu dorsaliter obscure bizonato ; apertura oblonga, labro crassiusculo, intus levi, sinu haud pro- fundo, canali paullulum ad basim reflexo, puniceo tincto. Long. 14, lat. 5 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Sheikh Shuaib Island, 15 fathoms. Though at first sight this little species seems to present a familiar appearance, it is really distinct from any species hitherto recognized. Compare it with D. patula, Rve., tor instance: the chestnut markings are more or less similar, but the whole texture of the shell is distinct, the minute gemmu- liferous decussation, the elegant rounded whorls, the smallish oblong aperture presenting notable points of difference. Daphnella Euphrosyne, sp. un. (Pl. OTE fig. 12.) D. testa attenuata, gracili, albida, tenui; anfractibus decem, quorum quatuor apicales castaneo-suffusi, minutissime decussati, ceteris ventricosulis, undique spiraliter arcte liratis, liris gemmuliferis, nitidis, inequalibus, numero ultimum apud anfractum tres et viginti; apertura anguste oblonga, labro tenui, sinu haud pro- fundo, canali apud basim producto, lato. Long. 15, lat. 4 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. Doubtless allied to D. boholensis, Reeve, but possessing two more whorls, while it is more graceful and attenuate throughout ; peristome not so effuse, canal more prolonged, and spiral liration more distinct and regular. Again, it differs in its beaded liration from any form of D. avis, Reeve, which it resembles in form, and which also occurs in the same seas. Were it not for the absence of columellar plication, it would more than resemble a Mitra of the subgenus Caneilla. * 7Ovs, sweet. new Crastropoda from the Persian Gulf, de. 319 The peculiar beauty well merits for it the specific name proposed, of one of the three Graces. Cythara elegantissima, sp.n. (PI. XXIII. fig. 13.) O. testa pergracili, fusiformi, albida; anfractibus 6, quorum 24 apicales obtusi, plani, minute sculpti, ceteris supra medium tenuiter angulosis, dein rectis, undique longitudinaliter rudiliratis, liris inconspicuis, spiraliter liris crassioribus succinctis (in ultimo circa 14); apertura anguste oblonga, intus alba, labro sinu lato, haud profundo, incrassato ; columella fere recta, basi prolongata. Long. 8, lat. 2°50 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. Also lat. 25° 30’ N., long. 57° 30’ K., 88 fathoms, mud. A very elegant form, as implied by the specific name, with markedly obtuse apex, probably not quite full-grown. ‘The coarse longitudinal lie, crossed by more distinct but equally rough spirals, are characteristic. Very rare. Since descrip- tion, another example has been procured, with perfect thickened lip, sinus broad and shallow. Cancellaria (Trigonostoma) luscinia *, sp. n. (Pl. XXII. figs. 14, 15.) C. testa parva, attenuato-fusiformi, tenui, albida, vel pallide olivaceo- straminea ; anfractibus septem, quorum tres apicales tumidi, yitrei, perleves, ceteris longitudinaliter irregulariter sed arcte costatis, ad suturas excavatis, costis crassiusculis, undique trans- versim tenuiliratis, liris tenuibus superficiem totam circumambi- entibus ; apertura oblongo-ovata, margine columellari triplicato. Long. 11, lat. 4 mm. (sp. maj.). Hab. Avabian Sea, lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45’ E 40 fathoms. This is the little species alluded to by us in our former paper as having been dredged near Bombay, as above, in April 1901. It is allied to C. macrospira, Ad. & Rve., but much smaller in every detail. The shell is attenuately spindle-shaped, thin, either translucent white or pale straw- olive, seven-whorled, the three uppermost whorls being glassy, globular, and swollen, the remaining three or four closely but uregularly ribbed, somewhat excavate, as are nearly all the section T’rigonostoma of Cancellaria, suturally. The trans- verse luz surmount the ribs and are not interrupted. The columella is thrice-plaited. 9 * Luscina, a nightingale. 320 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on Kleinella sympiesta*, sp.n. (Pl. XXIII. fig. 16.) K. testa perforata, rotundato-ovata, alba, obesa, compressa; anfrac- tibus 5, quorum 14 apicales vitrei, perleves, ceteris apud suturas gradatulis, ventricosis, undique delicate decussatis, interstitiis quadratulis; apertura ovato-lunari, labro paullum incrassato, margine minute crenulato, supra late excavato. Long. 5, lat. 3°50 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. Only two species, of which the best known is K. cancellaris, A. Ad., from Corea and Japan, have hitherto been described of this genus, and to these we venture now to add a third. Undoubtedly they have a close family affinity to each other : the K. sympiesta may be known by its particularly obese and compressed form and tumid body-whorl ; the umbilicus is deep and the outer lip minutely crenulate on the margin. Judging alone from conchological grounds, the animal being absolutely unknown, we should assign to this genus a place near Acteon, Montft., and not, as suggested by some authors, consider it one of an outlying group of the Pyrami- dellidze. Indeed, were it not for the total absence of the colu- mellar plice, we should regard it as a member of the genus just mentioned (Acteon). Cylichna (Mnestia) bizona, A. Adams. (PL. XXL tie 17-) Bulla (Cylichna) bizona, A. Ad. in Sowerby, Thes. Conch. pt. 11, vol. ii. p. 595, pl. exxy, fig. 148. Hab. Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 15 fathoms. A large local form (alt. 7, diam. 3 mm.), which we figure, as contrasting with the Chinese examples in the Cumingian collection and with others. It is a species of wide distri- bution, being reported from China, Singapore, Fiji, and Torres Straits. Cylichna jecoralis, sp.n. (PI. XXIII. fig. 18.) C. testa oblongo-cylindrica, delicata, apud basim paullum effusa, apice imperforato, plicato, subhyalina, superficie levi, nitida, antice posticeque spiraliter striata, pallide livido-olivacea; apertura pyriformi, supra angusta, intus cinerea, labro paullum eftuso, tenui; columella obscurissime plicata. Alt. 11, diam, 5 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 15 fathoms. * gupmleatcs, comy ressed, new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, &e. d21 Without a knowledge of the anatomy of these small species of Tectibranchs it is often mere guesswork assigning them to generic positions. ‘This species, however, seems best located in Cylichna, in our opinion. It is a delicate, mode- rate-sized species, of a peculiar hepatic tint, this suggesting the proposed specific name. Retusa omanensis, sp.n. (Pl. XXIII. fig. 19.) R. testa parva, cylindrica, albo-lactea, subhyalina, tenui, supra truncatulo, apice fere immerso ; anfractibus 3, supra excavatulis, marginibus apud suturas acutis, prominulis, superficie omni spira- liter sub lente delicatissime striata; apertura postice latiore, oblonga, antice angusta, labro recto, ad basim rotundata; colu- mella obscure uniplicata, margine paullum incrassato. Alt. 4, diam. 1°75 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. A most delicate and minute species, of the same character as Uiriculus complanatus, Watson, from Papua (‘ Challenger’ Rep. xv. p. 650, pl. xlviii. fig. 9), but that species is longi- tudinally striate. We follow Pilsbry (Man. Conch. xv. p. 203) in the nomenclature, and would refer to his reasons for the substitution of Retusa, Brown, 1827, for the more familiar Utriculus, Brown (in parte), 1844, non Schumacher, 1817. Atys flavovirens, sp.n. (Pl. XXIII. fig. 20.) A. testa ovata, in medio tumida, utrinque producta, tenuissima, subdiaphana, pallide flavo-virente, apud medium levi, nitida, antice, simul ac postice, spiraliter paucistriata, apice plicato, labro tenui, paullum effuso; apertura anguste lunari; columella uniplicata. Alt. 7, diam. 3 mm. (sp. maj.). Hab. Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 15 fathoms. Allied to A. tortuosa, A. Ad., from the Philippines and Torres Straits ; the shell is smaller, and more green than yellow-tinged. Mouth narrower, the anterior as well as the posterior strie being fewer and less pronounced. Many examples. Mathilda carystia*, sp. n. M. testa gracili, fusiformi, eleganter attenuata, brunnea, brunneo- nigra, vel, imprimis, castanea ; anfractibus 12-13, quorum apicalis heterostrophus, pervitreus, globularis, caeteris apud suturas im- pressis, binis preecipuis levibus carinis preeditis, sex vel septem * «dapvoy kapvarcov, from the chestnut colour. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 21 322 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and R. Standen on | ultimis ter minoribus asperis, omnibus acutis, prominulis, inter- stitiis quadratulis, ultimo anfractu 9-carinato, quorum tres cirea peripheriam maxime conspicui; apertura fere rotunda, labro tenui, crenulato; columella alba, crassiuscula, recta, nitida. Long. 12, lat. 8 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Koweit, 10 fathoms, mud and sand. A very select species, having the vitreous heterostrophe apex so characteristic of the genus; turritelloid in shape, elegantly attenuate, the upper whorls with two principal earinze and three lesser keels, the lowest whorl nine-keeled, of which three, at the periphery, are the most important. The quadrated spaces at the interstices, and lire extending longitudinally over the lower carine, have a beautiful effect as regards. the sculpture. The colour is either pale chestnut, dark chestnut, brown, or blackish. The two other species from the same region, Af. gracillima and zmitampis* (of which the latter has since occurred in the Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ H., 156 fathoms), differ in size, colour (both being white), and, in the case of AZ. gracillima, in squareness of aperture. A general family likeness, however, pervades all the members of this exquisite genus. This new species, and also the next, will be figured subsequently. Solarium (Torinia) admirandum, sp. n. S. testa parva, depresso-discoidali, late perspective umbilicata, alba, delicata; anfractibus quatuor, quorum apicalis profunde sub- mersus, huic proximus vitreus, tumescens, levis, exteris depressis, pulcherrime sculpturatis, juxta suturas spiraliter carinatis, dein tribus liris minoribus, cum carina fortissima spirali exterius suc- cincta, inter quam et peripheriam lira minore interposita, peri- pheria quam maxime acuta, pulchre et minute echinulata, ultimo subtus ad basim imprimis sulco forti, dein duabus vel tribus carinis spiralibus conspicuis preedito, carina supra umbilicum, sicut peripheriali, pulchre sculpturata et echinulata, umbilico ipso simili modo echinulis minoribus decorato; apertura rotunda, peristomate tenui, carina peripheriali ad medium conspicua. Alt. 1°20, diam. 3 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 56° 54’ E., 156 fathoms. Among very numerous examples of S. homalazis, Melv., which appears frequent from Bombay northwards, three specimens occurred of a far more select form, which is now described. Its sculpture is most elaborate, the very acutely * Proc, Zool. Soe. 1901, vol. ii. pp. 379, 380, pl. xxii. figs, 18, 19. new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, cc. 323 keeled periphery, bordered (as is the inner basal keel sur- rounding the umbilicus) with short mucronate crenulations, is most distinctive. The two species of Homalaxis found in the same dredging, and described earlier in this paper, are of a similar texture and bizarre sculpture, especially as regards the aforesaid carinal ornamentation. With regard to the Mollusca treated of in this paper, it will be well to state that four types are in the collection of Mr. HE. R. Sykes, viz. Rissoina registomoides, Eulima 10-gyra, Fluxina Dalliana, and Clathurella Sykesii. All the rest, with co-types of the last two just mentioned, will be placed in the British Museum (Natural History). EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE XX. Fig. 1. Emarginula undulata. fig. 2. Camilla. Fig. 3. Cyclostrema henjamense: Fig. 4. supremum. Fug. 5, —- annellarium. Fig. 6. prominulum. Fig. 7. euchilopteron. Fig. 8. Liotia romalea. Fig. 9. echinacantha. Fig. 10. Enida persica. Fg. 11. Euchelus Townsendianus. 5 Fig. 12. Solariella zacalles. Fig. 13. Calliostoma thrineoma. Fig. 14. Leptothyra rubens. Fig. 15. Trichotropis pulcherrima. Fig. 16. Solariwm (Torinia) cerdaleum. PuatEe XXI. . Solariun abyssorum. . Fluxina Dalliana. Homalaxis rotula-catharinea. cornu-Ammonis. Cerithium verecundum. . Scaissurella etheria. . Fossarus (Couthouyia) unicarinalis. . Adeorbis axiotimus. . Erato recondita. , var. haplochila, . Lulima decagyra. . Rissoina isosceles. (Zebina) registomoides. . LHulimella carmanica. . Pleurotoma (Gemmula) navarchus. PLATE XXII. Fig. 1. Syrnola mussandamica, Tig. 2, Mormula persarum. WY) moe D Or ys Fig. Fig. Fig. Fug. Fug. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fug. Fig. Tq. — ScoOWONIAD OP poe bt _ an pel sl eel Or H co bo 21% 324. Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on new Fig. 3. Acteopyramis letitia. Fig. 4 brevicula. Fig. 5. Pyrgulina manore, Melv., var. Fig. 6. Scala (Constantia) intertexta. Fig. 7. Nassa (Alectryon) himeroessa. Fig. 8. Tritonidea Sowerbyana. 9 . 9. Metula daphnelloides. Fug. 10. Murex (Ocinebra) Marjorie. Fig. 11. Peristernia corallina. Fig. 12. Mitra (Costellaria) diaconals. Fig. 13. Marginella (Glabella) alchymista. Fig. 14. Terebra helichrysum. Fig. 15. Drillia dives. Fg. 16. —— philotima. LUG, fe continua. Fig. 18 granatella. Fig. 19. Clathuretla opsimathes. Fig. 20. Drilia lithoria. PLatTE XXIII. Drillia audax. . Daphnella nereidum. : Amphitrites. . Clathurella Sykesit. . . Mangilia conudeleuca. es] S CUS oo BO EE Fig. 6. Daphnella thygatrica. Fig. 7. Clathurella quisquila. Fig. 8. Daphnella thia. Fig. 9. buceinulum. Fig. 10. epicharta. Fig. 11. hedya. Fig. 12. Euphrosyne. Fig. 18. Cythara elegantissima, Figs. 14, 15. Cancellaria (Trigonostoma) luscinia. Fig. 16. Kleinella sympiesta. Fig. 17. Cylichna (Mnestia) bizona, A. Ad., var. Fig. 18. Jecoralis. Fig. 19. Retusa omanensis. Fig. 20. Atys flavovirens. XXVII.— On new Species of Lycenide from West Africa. By Grorce T. Beroune-Baker, F.L.S., F.Z.S. I HAVE been working out a collection of Lyczenide made in the neighbourhood of Sierra Leone by my friend Mr. D. Cator in the years 1901 and 1902, and among them are several new species, which I describe here; the types are all in Mr. Cator’s collection, which for the time being is in my possession. There is also an Acrewa which I cannot trace has been described as yet, and which isin the National Collection unnamed. —s © Species of Lycenide from West Africa. 825 Acrea tgola leonina, subsp. n. 3. Upperside: primaries hyaline, very slightly tawny (yet hyaline) over the cell and inner marginal area, beyond the middle of the cell a very slight trace of a darkish spot; apex and posterior margin broadly dusky. Secondaries reddish, with decidedly broad blackish margin ; all the veins dusted with black nearly up to the cell, and between each of the veins a dark longitudinal dash of blackish nearly equal in length to the dusting just mentioned; a row of four black basal spots below each other, followed by a similar row of five spots, the one in the cell being shifted slightly base- wards, beyond which is a row of three spots slightly curved and rather larger, beginning with one in the cell and reaching to the internal vein; beyond this is a straight row of three spots, the first on the costa, the second at the upper extre- mity of the cell, and the third below the cell in the angle formed by the first median vein; these spots are plainer on the underside than on the upperside. Beneath, the primaries are very shining; the apex and the posterior margin are yellowish, the short dusky dash between the veins being much plainer than on the upperside: secondaries much paler and shining, the dusky veins and dashes showing through more distinctly. ?. Upperside: primaries hyaline, but altogether duskier than in the male: secondaries as in the male, but duskier ; spots as in the male, but with the addition of one very small spot immediately below the second one of the last row. Underside: the difference in both wings is just the same as in the male. Exp. alar., ¢ 2, 56 millim. This subspecies was taken in November, January, and again in June. It differs from zgo/a in that the whole of the primaries are hyaline, with barely a trace of the tawny red. On the secondaries the arrangement of the spots differs, and igola lacks the broad dusting of the veins. Pentila septistrigata, sp. n. 3. Upperside: both wings white. Primaries with a broad dark costa and a very broad, dark, irregular apical area ex- tending from just in front of the cell on the costa to rather lower than the third median vein on the posterior margin, with no spots or other marks. Secondaries with a distinct fine dark margin from the anal angle to the third median vein on the posterior margin ; otherwise without any marks, except 326 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on new that the transverse stripes of the under surface show through. Underside: primaries with a narrow stripe of brown along the upper margin of the cell, beyond which is a short, curved, pale brown stripe from the costa to near the base of the fifth median nerve; rising just beyond this on the costa is another transverse, curved, brown stripe, ending above the third median nerve near the posterior margin; both these curved stripes are a little indefinite interiorly; beyond the latter stripe is a sharply defined, darkish brown, scalloped, narrow, submarginal stripe, following nearly the same course, but ending below it on the second median nerve; beyond this is a marginal stripe parallel with it, but interrupted by the veins. Secondaries with six transverse brown lines, four of which extend from the submedian vein to the costa, the first three parallel with each other and the second three with each other, followed by a curved, scalloped, submarginal stripe from the apex to the anal angle, parallel with the fine dark line on the posterior margin ; the third of the basal transverse lines does not extend to the costa, but ends near the upper margin of the cell, whilst the third of the second series ends on the fourth median vein; fringes white, intersected by a brown line; palpi yellow. Antenne black, ringed with white and tipped with yellow; legs yellow, ringed with black; thorax and abdomen white. Exp. alar. 34 millim, This species may possibly prove to be a local race of Ferrymant, Grose-Smith, but it could be separated at a glance. Both wings are very much narrower; the primaries of my species also have scarcely any black on the costa, whilst ferrymant has it extending well over more than half the cell and beyond it; whilst the black posterior margin of Grose- Smith’s species extends more than three-quarters its length, but in my species not more than halfway down. ‘The under- side differs likewise. In the primaries the black patch in the cell by the costa and the marked black curved fascia is replaced in my insect by a slight brown streak and an indefi- nite pale brown slight fascia. In the secondaries the trans- verse brown lines are not half the width of those in “Ferry- mant,” and none of them are joined together, whilst in Mr. Grose-Smith’s insect all the stripes are connected by the costa, and they are also very dark and quite different in colour to the pale brown of sepitstrigata. This species is not common, but cannot be called rare, in Sierra Leone in February and in June and July. Specimens are in both Mr. Cator’s collection and my own, the type being in Mr. Cator’s, . ee Species of Lycenide from West Africa. 327 Micropentila Dorothea, sp. n. &. Upperside: both wings black, with tessellated black and white fringes. Primaries with a whitish spot in the cell near its upper extremity, below which near the submedian vein is a second; two thirds the length of costa and just below it are two whitish spots close together, between the second and third median veins beyond their middle is another whitish spot. Secondaries with a distinct whitish spot be- tween the second and third median veins near their source, below which is another spot bisected by the first median vein ; this is followed by a third larger spot between the submedian and inner marginal veins; on the costa is also a trace of another spot near the apex; these spots have the appearance as though they should form part of a curved row or fascia in spite of their isolation. Underside: both wings blackish brown. Primaries with inner margin lighter; three cream- coloured spots in the cell and one just beyond it; a spot above and below the cell at the base of the wings ; on the costa a spot over the third cell-spot and another over the one beyond it, followed by larger twin spots, which with two small spots and a third larger one forma slight, curved, transverse fascia ; on the costa are two more small spots horizontally placed, directly beyond which is a straight row of six spots below each other, forming asubmarginal row ; close to the posterior margin is a largish spot just below the uppermost median vein, between which and the discoidal vein is a smaller spot on the margin; there are traces of two other spots on the posterior margin near the anal angle; all the spots are cream- coloured. Secondaries covered with numerous cream-coloured spots ; a series of three basal spots below each other, followed by a curved row of four from the costa to the inner margin across the middle of the cell; this is followed by a third curved row of four or five spots across the end of the cell from the costa to near the inner margin, the second of which les in the extremity of the cell and is followed by another spot beyond the cell; yet a fourth curved row of large irre- gular spots lies beyond, followed by a distinct row of eight small spots from the apex to the anal angle, one between each vein, those at the anal angle being larger than the others ; beyond these are two larger marginal spots just below the apex and three or four spots or dashes near the anal angle on the posterior margin. Head, thorax, and. abdomen black ; palpi cream-coloured, end joint black; legs black, ringed with cream-colour. Kixp. alar. 32 millim. 328 Mr. G. T. Bethune- Baker on new This species, which is not uncommon, flying from January to March in Sierra Leone, is near M. adelgunda, Staud., but differs in that it has three spots in the cell in both wings and one beyond it; this is quite constant in all the specimens before me. Both primaries and secondaries are also broader and fuller than in Staudinger’s species. I dedicate this species to Mrs. Cator, who captured the first few specimens, thus discovering its locality, around which it appears to keep very closely. Phytala elais Catori, subsp. n. 3. Upperside: both wings pale somewhat shining blue. Primaries with a broad, velvety black, apical area and poste- rior margin, extending as a wedge-shaped patch along the costa to a third its length ; the posterior margin decreases in width rapidly from the third median vein, where it is widest, to the inner angle; a large wedge-shaped patch, terminating in a quadrangular one, invades the blue of the wings along the upper margin of the cell, extending well beyond it; at the base of the inner margin is a large sex-mark, the sub- median vein in the sex-patch being considerably swollen ; the costal base of the wings is black. Secondaries with a very broad brown costa, the posterior margin being much narrower and tapering to little more than a broad line; the inner margin is broadly brown. Underside as in P. elais, Doubl. ?. Entirely dull brown, with a very pale mauve oblique patch beyond the cell extending from the costal to the third median vein. Underside similar to the male, but duller, paler, much more ochreous, and it is without any lustre. Exp. alar. 70 millim. This species is, I believe, a local race of elazs, Doubl., but may be recognized at a glance by the large black patch in- vading the blue area beyond the cell, which is quite absent in Doubleday and Hewitson’s species. In this form it is quite constant. 1 have five specimens before me, whilst Mr. Cator has caught many more since his return; he tells me the black patch is markedly present in all. It flies from December to March. Phytala leonina, sp.n. 3. Primaries velvety black, with two or three small ill- defined blue transverse spots beyond the cell; the area between the cell and submedian vein bright palish blue, and half of the area between the first and second median veins the Species of Lycenide from West Africa. 329 same colour. Secondaries velvety black, the whole of the area between the fifth median and the internal vein being bright blue, the posterior margin being narrowly black. Underside: both wings a peculiar shiny slaty grey. Pri- maries with the lower half to the inner margin sooty black, in which near the anal angle are two good-sized grey inde- finite marks, the lower one being the larger. Secondaries with a very indistinct trace of a submarginal row of greyish crescentic marks, and a yet slighter trace of a pale narrow band nearer the cell. ?. Both wings uniform dark brown; the primaries with a darker patch in the central area caused by the black patch of the underside showing through. Underside: both wings ochreous. Primaries with the central area from the base to nearly the posterior margin sooty black, the inner margin being pale grey ; just beyond the cell at the upper edge of the black area are two small whitish spots. Secondaries with a faint trace of a submarginal row of paler spots, followed by a second equally faint nearer the cell. Exp. alar., ¢ 34, 2 41 millim. Occurring in February and June in Sierra Leone. Epitola albomaculata, sp. n. 6- Upperside: both wings pale sublustrous azure-blue. Primaries with blackish-brown costa to the cell and all the area above the fourth median vein; posterior margin very broadly blackish brown at the afore-mentioned vein, very rapidly decreasing to a fine margin at the anal angle. Second- aries with the costa dark brown, extending just into the cell and so straight to the posterior margin; posterior margin finely black, inner margin dark grey to the submedian vein. Underside: both wings greyish brown, more or less irrorated with grey and with various greyish spots. Primaries: cell * grey, invaded by three large spots of the brown ground-colour ; basal area of the first three median veins grey; a perpendi- cular fascia of five greyish spots to the first median vein, that near the costa small and indefinite, the other spots increasing cousiderably in size, beyond this a submarginal fascia of grey crescentic spots between each of the veins to the first median, followed by another similar marginal fascia only somewhat straighter. Secondaries with three transverse interrupted pale fascias across the wing at the base, across the middle of the cell, and across the end of the cell, beyond which is a trans- verse row of largish indefinite whitish spots from the costa to the submedian vein; between this row and the fascia across 330 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on new the end of the cell are two large white costal spots below each other; the posterior margin has a double row of crescentic whitish marks as in the fore wings. Exp. alar. 42 millim. This species flies in March. It is nearest ZH. cercene, Hew., but differs in the very broad blackish costa and apical area. Cercene is blue nearly to the costa itself, whilst beneath my species is covered all over with whitish fascize and spots in quite a different form to the fairly regular and small pattern of Hewitson’s insect. Epitola moyambina, sp. n. 6. Upperside: primaries black, suffused with lustrous azure-blue from the inner margin to subcostal vein, extending well beyond the cell and almost up to the posterior margin at the anal angle; at the end of the cell the blue is invaded by a small wedge of the black ground-colour. Secondaries greyish black, paler along the costa, suffused with azure-blue from the discoidal vein to the second internal vein and extending nearly to the posterior margin, leaving a broadish black border thereto; fringes tipped with white at the apex. Underside: both wings greyish brown, tinged with a very slight purplish tint, with various greyish-white markings. Primaries with a short line of grey scales across the cell close to its end, below which is a double V-shaped mark, beyond which is another V-mark placed horizontally, below which is a larger patch of grey scaling; beyond this is a submarginal curved fascia of crescentic marks from the costa to the inner margin, one between each vein. Secondaries with three grey lines across the cell at the base, the centre, and near the end; above and below the latter are other similar short marks, forming a very interrupted transverse line across the wing; below the cell are a few scattered grey scales; there is a submarginal fascia of crescentic marks as in the primaries from the costa to the inner margin, and between this and the end of the cell is a very slight trace of a row of five or six indistinct spots, the two near the costa being the largest and best defined. Hxp. alar. 44 millim. I have before me specimens taken in November and February ; it will follow E. cercene, Hew., but differs from it in having less blue on both wings, the borders being much broader ; cercene is blue in the secondaries up to the posterior margin, but my species has a broadish black border. Below my species has much less pattern and fewer marks, whilst the fascie that are present are much more distinct. Species of Lyceenide from West Africa. a3l Eipitola nigra, sp. n. &- Upperside: both wings uniform dark blackish brown ; primaries with a slight blue scaling at the lower extremity of the cell in the submedian area, and also between the first and second median veins; secondaries spotless. Under- side: both wings uniform dull greyish brown without any pattern at all; primaries with a suffusion of black over the central area of the wing from the base to the posterior margin. ?. Upperside: both wings uniform brown, not very dark, quite spotless. Underside: both wings pale ochreous ; primaries with the biack suffusion as in the male, at the upper extremity of which is a trace of a pale spot; secondaries spotless. Exp. alar., g 41, 9 43 millim. This species, which flies in February, will come next to HE. pinodes, H. H. Druce, from which it differs in having no blue whatever on the upper surface of the secondaries, Linodes has blue suffused all over the wing. Deudoriz Catort, sp. n. o. Upperside: both wings black, suffused all over with rich sublustrous cobalt-blue. Primaries with the costa black to the subcostal vein ; apex black and posterior margin black, broader near the apex, decreasing rapidly to a line at the inner angle. Secondaries, tail and lobe black; sex-patch at the base of costa small and black. Sexual tuft of the primaries black. Underside: both wings pale grey, with the usual Dewdoriz quadrangular mark at the end of the cells, beyond which is a waved transverse yellow line finely edged outwardly with white, extending right through both wings, followed by a similar interrupted submarginal line, ending in the secondaries in the upper of the two anal ocel- lated spots. In the secondaries the first line is W-shaped over the anal spots, both of which are velvety black, the upper one ringed broadly with yellow except on the posterior edge, which is whitish ; the lower one, 2. e. the lobe-spot, is edged internally with blue scales, above which is a yellow stripe edged with black on each side. Exp. alar. 32 millim. This species, which flies in January, is unlike any Deudorixz that I know; its linear markings remind oue rather of Hypolycena than of Deudori#; the neuration, however, is that of the latter genus. oe Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on new Lycenesthes subnitens, sp. n. g. Upperside: both wings blackish. Primaries with the inner margin covered for the basal three quarters of its length with shining deep violaceous-blue scales extending slightly into the cell. Secondaries with the discoidal area and half of the median area covered with the same coloured shining scales; this lustrous area is of a peculiarly deep tone of colour, and at a certain angle is hardly visible. Underside: both wings blackish brown, with various spots and marks defined by white lines. Primaries with a triangular dark mark near the base, edged laterally with white, followed by a broadish irregular dark band inclined in the opposite direction, as the two sides of an, edged with white; beyond this a transverse fascia from the costa, angled above the third median vein, whence it rapidly tapers to a point touching a largish spot in the inner angle, both the fascia and the spot being edged with white; from near the apex there is a sub- marginal band confluent with the afore-mentioned spot, edged with white, a fine dark marginal line; extreme posterior margin itself white, intersected at the veins. Secondaries with a broad basal laterally white-edged mark, which appears confluent with the triangular mark of the primaries; beyond this and adjoining it is another irregular curved fascia, edged with white all across the wing; touching this on the costa is a large spot, below which is a large double spot projected outwards, below which is another double spot projected inwards, adjoining an angled spot on the inner margin; outside this row of spots is a submarginal band, followed by a marginal row of white spots pupilled with blackish, two black anal spots more or less irrorated with metallic scales, the upper one with a deep orange-coloured iris. Female precisely like the male above and below, the only difference being that the lustrous blue area of the primaries is a much greyer blue though not less shining. Exp. alar., ¢ 2, 22 millim. This species, which flies in January, is nearest L. Staudin- geri, 5. & K., but the blue of the primaries is much less in extent, deeper in colour, and more lustrous, whilst Staudingert has no blue at all on the secondaries. Lycenesthes Marshall, sp. n. 3. Upperside: both wings entirely brown. Secondaries with three very fine, shortish, white tails; posterior margin black, finely edged internally with white; on the margin between the lower median veins are four black spots edged with white, one between each two veins, the size of each increasing 2 Species of Lycenide from West Africa. 333 towards the anal angle. Underside: both wings pale brown, almost entirely covered with white, with numerous dark brown marks and stripes. Primaries with a short, basal, dark, costal stripe and a dark triangular patch, beyond which is a broken dark stripe across the end of the cell, arising in a small costal spot; beyond this are two transverse costal fascie, the first one being angled and longer and_ broader than the second; between the angled fascia and the stripe crossing the cell is a broadish stripe extending from the fourth median vein to the submedian, and tapering rapidly to the latter; a broad submarginal stripe followed by a very fine one; posterior margin finely dark. Secondaries with two transverse, dark, broadish, basal bands, followed by three large dark spots across the wing, one on the costa, another across the cell, and the third on the inner margin, the latter being a double spot; outside these are two other large spots on the median area, beyond which is a broad curved dark stripe from apex right to the inner margin; at the anal angle is a small black spot followed by a short dash, another black spot with a yellow iris, above which is another small black spot; all of these have a slight scattering of metallic-blue scales; posterior margin itself finely dark. Female like the male, but on the primaries there is a trace of two greyish spots, one on the posterior and one on the inner margin near the anal angle; whilst on the secondaries are two distinct rows of submarginal bluish-white spots roughly parallel with the posterior margin of the wing. On the underside there is decidedly more white, caused by the dark spots being smaller than in the male. Exp. alar., g 19-22, 9 23 millim. This species, which I dedicate to Mr. G. A. K. Marshall who has done so much for entomology on the other side of Africa, flies in January, February, and June, and will come near L. grammicus, 8. & K.; but it has not a marginal border of spots on either wings, as that species has on both wings, and the pattern beneath is very different, the underside pattern being between grammicus and the previous species here described, viz. subnitens. Lycenesthes leonina, sp. n. 3. Upperside: both wings brown. Primaries with a largish indefinite whitish patch at the end of the cell and in the median area, and a small blackish spot at the end of the cell; posterior margin darker than the rest of the wing. Secondaries with a small double black spot in the anal angle, followed by a larger one above it, above which is another, rather smaller ; posterior margin finely dark brown, 334 Mr. R. T. Giinther on the Distribution of internally edged with whitish. Underside: both wings pale ochreous grey. Primaries with a darker spot at the end of the cell, edged with whitish; beyond this is a transverse sharply angled row of large darker spots, preceded by indefi- nite white dashes and edged laterally with white; this row extends from the costa just beyond the middle to near the middle of the inner margin, and is angled outwardly ; beyond this is arow of darker lunules indefinitely and indistinctly edged with whitish; posterior margin finely dark. Second- aries with a small dark spot on the costa near the base, followed by a larger one about the centre of the costa; at the end of the cell is a rather large darkish spot laterally edged with whitish and paler in the centre, below which is another similar spot touching the inner margin ; from this spot arises a curved row of similar spots extending up to the lower outer edge of the second dark costal spot; beyond this is a sub- marginal row of lunules laterally edged with whitish, outside which is a marginal row of smaller but more definite similar lunules ; posterior margin finely dark; anal angle with two small black spots, above which, between the first and second median veins, is a larger black spot margined internally with yellow; slight blue metallic scaling is scattered over these spots. ; 9. Upperside like the male, except that there is no white patch on the primaries, though there is a slight indication of a paler brown patch, and in the secondaries the marginal spots at the anal angle are continued nearly up to the apex. The underside pattern is the same, but in both wings the transverse row of large spots is very broadly margined externally with white, and the lunular marginal row is larger and more distinct, whilst in the primaries the row of large spots instead of being sharply angled is only curved. Exp. alar., ¢ 31, 2? 32 millim. This species, which was taken in January, is somewhere near L. lycenotdes ; but it is not white underneath as that species is, and the pattern is different. XXVIII.—On the Distribution of Mid-water Chetognatha in the North Atlantic during the Month of November. By R. T. Ginwrner, M.A., F.R.G.S. [Plate XXIV.] A report on the Celenterata obtained by Mr. George Murray during the cruise of the ‘Oceana’? in November 1898 appeared in the ‘ Annals’ for April last. The organisms Mid-water Cheetognatha in the North Atlantic. 335 submitted to the author for examination had been captured by open plankton-nets towed in series at definite depths between the surface and a little over two miles. The final results of the examination of the material showed that, at any rate so far as the Coelenterate fauna was concerned, Mr. Murray’s method was very useful, and one which may be made to yield valuable results. Tt was found that in the nets which had been towed in the deeper waters of the Atlantic were several species of Medusz and Siphonophora which were absent from all the nets towed nearer the surface. Aglantha rosea was abundant in hauls from below 1000 fathoms, but only occurred in small numbers in the more superficial hauls. The object of the present communication is to show that the distribution of Chztognatha in the various nets leads us to similar conclusions and affords valuable confirmatory evidence that the dark intermediate waters of the ocean, into which the solar rays do not penetrate, are inhabited by a population of Chetognatha which, during the month of November at all events, is much denser than the population of the upper strata, into which sunlight penetrates. In the preparation of the accompanying Table (Pl. XXIV.), in which the results of the investigation are summarized, the method adopted was to measure the lengths of the individuals found in the various hauls separately, and to enter the results of a census of individuals grouped according to their length in the appropriate places in the Table. It is thought that in this way a clearer and more trust- worthy representation of one of the elements composing the Atlantic meso-plankton will be obtained, and that thus the main object of the expedition wili be better served than by a more or less imperfect attempt at classifying damaged material by taxonomic characters of disputed value. Among the species recognized were Dr. G. H. Fowler’s new species of Sagitta Whartoni, to which the longest indi- vidual (47 millim.) is referable, and which seems therefore to be a species characteristic of the Atlantic meso-planktonic fauna. Many of the smaller individuals seemed to resemble 8S. bipunctata. As might have been expected, Spadella hamata, Mobius, was taken in great numbers in most of the nets, but we are not aware of any previous record of this species from so great a depth as 1700 fathoms. The chief facts of the distribution of the oceanic Cheeto- gnatha, which are clearly indicated in the accompanying Table (Pl. XXIV.), are, firstly, that the upper hundred fathoms contain but few individuals as compared with the 336 On the Distribution of Mid-water Chetognatha. deeper waters of the Atlantic, and these few are small in size, being on the average less than 6 millim. in length. Below 200 fathoms and down to 700 fathoms these small Chetognatha become very abundant (no less than fifty-five appearing in the 500-fathom net), and numerous individuals averaging about 12 millim. make their appearance, also a few large specimens of 20-28 millim. were taken in the deeper nets. Then appears a break in the uniformity of the distribution. The four nets which were towed at depths between 80) and 1000 fathoms caught far fewer Chetognatha than the nets above or below this zone, and although one large individual of 35 millim. was taken, those exceeding 10 millim. were not common. All nets from below 1000 fathoms brought up abundant individuals averaging from 8 to 10 millim., as well as a fair number between 10 and 15 millim. Specimens of 20 to 32 millim. were more frequent than in the more superficial 1000 fathoms, and in the nets from 1400 and 1500 were taken two gigantic Chetognatha of 40 and 47 millim. respectively. It appears, then, that whereas the distribution of the smaller Chetognatha (7. e. under 14 millim. in length) is fairly uniform throughout the intermediate waters of the North Atlantic in November, with the possible exception of a zone between 800 and 1000 fathoms, the larger forms are both more numerous and attain to a larger size in the deeper waters; for whereas but a single specimen (29 millim.) exceeding 26 millim. was captured in the nets towed above 800 fathoms, eighteen specimens were found in the nets towed at depths between 900 and 1700 fathoms. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV. The figures in the first column give the depths in fathoms at which the nets were towed. The value of each of the spaces between the hori- zontal lines is 20 fathoms. The numbers of the nets in the second column refer to the five stations at which the nets were lowered; they are :— Nos. 14,¢. Lat. 52° 475 .N., long. 11° 20"1 W. 2a-g. Lat. 52° 4°5N., long. 12° 270 W. 4a-l. Lat. 52° 27"6 N., ; Jong. 15° 40"0 W. 5a. Lat. 52° 18"1N., lone. 15° 399 W. * 66-A, Lat. 52° 20"0 N., long. YS? 7 49 We The numerals in the body of the table show the number of individual Chetognatha of particular sizes captured by the nets indicated upon the same horizontal line. The /enyth (in millimetres) of the individuals is indicated by the figures Dr. G. 8. Brady on the ‘ Oceana’ Ostracoda. 337 on the top line which stand vertically over the numerals in the body of the table. An example will make this clear. At a depth of about 220 fathoms, in net numbered 66 were captured 16 individuals averaging 7°5 millim. in length. The extent of the dark line on either side of the figure 16 indicates that the 16 individuals varied from 6 to 9 millim. in length, but the average length is shown by the position of the figure 16 itself. In another case, at a depth of 1500 fathoms, in net 47 were taken 50 Cheetognatha varying in length from 7°5 to 11 millim., 2 of from 11°5 to 12°25 millim., and 7 individuals of the lengths indicated, of which the longest measured 47 millim. The shaded areas serve to indicate the distribution of catches richest in individuals of particular lengths at a glance. They are graphic represen- tations of the numbers, which have been drawn to an approximate scale. XXIX.—List of the Ostracoda collected by Mr. George Murray, F.R.S., during the Cruise of the ‘Oceana’ in 1898 *. By Dr. Gzorce Strewarpson Brapy, F.R.S. Lat. 52° 4"5 N. Long. 12° 27’ W. No. of Net, &c. 26. Nov. 19. 270 fath. Microconchecia Clausi? Immature. 2c. sp 270 fath. Conchecia magna, Claus. Few. Paraconchecia spinifera, Claus. 1. 2d. Ai 374 fath. Conchecia maxima, B. & N.? Few. 2e. - 464 fath. Paraconchecia oblonga, Claus. Few. 2 f. 3 620 fath. Conchecia hyalophyllum, Claus. 1. Concheecia imbricata, Brady. 1. Conchecilla armata, Claus. Paraconchecia oblonga, Claus. Several. 2 g. 5 650 fath. Paraconchecia oblonga, Claus. Several. Lat. 52° 27'6 N. Long. 15° 40"0 W. 4a. Noy. 20. Surface. Conchecia sp.? 1. 4b. % 790 fath. Paraconchecia spinifera?, Claus. 1. Ac. 920 fath. Conchecia imbricata. 1. Conchacia maxima? Conchecia ? sp. 2 or 3. * The method of capture, by a number of open tow-nets in series, is described in Journ. Geogr. Soe. vol. xiii. no. 2, Feb. 1809, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 22 338 Dr. G. 8. Brady on the ‘ Oceana’ Ostracoda. No. of Net, &e. Ad. Noy. 20. 1065 fath. Conchecia striata, Claus. Many. 4e. a; 1170 fath. Conchecia maxima, B. & N. Several. Concheecissa cucullata, Brady. 1. 4f. 5 1275 fath. Conchecia imbricata, Brady. 2. Conchecia porrecta, Claus. Many. Microconchecia Clausti? Several. 4g. x 1370 fath. Conchecia magna?, Claus. 4h. ‘; 1470 fath. Conchecia imbricata, Brady. 2. Conchecia spinirostris, Claus. Several. Aj. 5 1570 fath. Conchecia imbricata, Brady. 1. Conchecia magna, Claus. Several. Conchecissa cucullata, Brady. 1. c. 1670 fath. Conchecia striata, Claus. Several. Conchecilla lacerta, B. & N. 1. Microconchecia Clausti? Few. Ak. Lat. 52° 18"1 N. Long. 15° 53"9 W. 5a. Nov. 21. Surface. Conchecia? maxima, B. & N. 1. 5b. 4 500 fath. Conchecia hyalophyllum, Claus. Many. Conchecia imbricata, Brady. de. a 810 fath. Conchecia hyalophyllum, Claus. Many. Conchecia imbricata, Brady. 5d. > 950 fath. Concheecia hyalophyllum, Claus. Many. Conehecia imbricata, Brady. 1. 5e. % 1070 fath. Conchacia imbricata, Brady. 1. Conchecia magna, Claus. Many. Conchecia spinirostris, Claus. 2 or 3. Conchecilla lacerta, B. & N. 1. Concheeissa cucullata, Brady. 3 or 4. Paraconchecia gracilis, Claus. 3 or 4. Bf. “5 1190 fath. ‘ | Conchecia imbricata, Brady. Several. ny : Conchecia striata?, Claus. Several. 5g. 0 1300 fath. Conchecia striata, Claus. Several. Cypridina? sp. 5A. - 1410 fath. Conchecia imbricata, Brady. 1. Conchecia cucullata, Brady. 2. Microconchecia Claus. 1. Paraconchecia gracilis, Claus. Few. Paraconchecia inermis, Claus, Several. eS Mr. O. Thomas on new African Mammalia, 339 No. of Net, &e. oj. Noy. 21. 1510 fath. Conchecia hyalophyllum, Claus. Many. Conchecia imbricata, Brady. Several. Conchecia spinirostris, Claus. Several. ok, oe 1610 fath. Concheecia hyalophyllum, Claus. Many. Conchecissa cucullata, Brady. 1. Mucroconchecia Clausit, var. similis? Several. 51, # 1710 fath. Conchecia imbricata, Brady. 8. Conchecia porrecta, Claus. Several. Lat, 52° 20'N. Long. 15° 7"'9 W. 6a. Nov. 22. 150 fathoms. Conchecia magna, Claus. Many. Conchecia spinirostris, Claus. Several. Gd. - 230 fath. Asterope? sp. 1. Conchecia? sp. 1. 6c. AA 310 fath. (Immature forms.) 6d. on 375 fath. (Mostly immature and indeterminable.) Gf. re 510 fath. Conchecia hyalophyllum, Claus. Many. Conchecia imbricata, Brady. Several. Conchecilla lacerta, B.& N. 1. 69. a 560 fath. Conchecia hyalophyllum, Claus. Several. Conchecia imbricata, Brady. Several. Conchecilla lacerta, B. & N. 1. XXX.—WNew African Mammalia of the Genera Petrodromus, Dendromys, Mus, and Lepus. By Ouprirtp THomaAs. I.—PETRODROMUS. Among some further mammals presented to the National Museum by Commissioner Sir Alfred Sharpe, K.C.M.G., are some examples of a Petrodromus which, on comparison with the ordinary 8. Nyasan P, tetradactylus, proves to be distinct. It may be called Petrodromus venustus, sp. n. Kssential characters of size, skull, and structure of caudal hairs as in PL. tetradactylus, but coloration different in several respects. Median dorsal area for a breadth of about 11-14 22* 340 Mr. O. Thomas on inches clear pinkish buff, with a slightly vinaceous tone, the rump not becoming markedly more plumbeous ; sides bright buff ; under surface white, not soiled or buffy white, though the bases of the hairs are slaty. Face-markings as in P. tetradactylus, but the cheeks more buffy. Limbs coloured as in tetradactylus, though the light parts are rather whiter. Tail rather more abundantly haired ; black above, all round for its terminal half and along a narrow median line below from its basal fourth; sides of its basal half dull buffy. Skull apparently quite as in P. tetradactylus. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 210 millim.; tail 132; hind foot (s. u.) 52; ear 29. Skull: greatest length 53:5; greatest breadth 27. Hab. North Nyasa. Type from Namwiwe. Type. Female. B.M. no. 8. 4. 2. 4. Collected Sep- tember, 1902, by Mr. McClounie, and presented by Sir Alfred Sharpe, K.C.M.G. This pretty species differs from P. tetradactylus by its paler clearer colour, not darkening on the rump, its clear buffy sides, its dead white belly, and the fine black line which runs up the underside of the tail. IJ.—DeEnpDROMYS. Dendromys messorius, sp. n. A small species, without a dorsal stripe. Size comparatively small. Fur close and velvety, not so long and soft as in certain other species ; hairs of back about 4—5 millim. in length. Upper surface dull uniform fulvous (Ridgway’s “cinnamon” with a leaning towards “ clay- colour’); the back quite without any trace of a dark dorsal streak; sides lighter and more rufous. Under surface white, not very sharply defined laterally ; the hairs white to their roots; a slight yellowish or fulvous suffusion in the white of the chest and inner side of hind limbs. Ears of medium size, well haired, dull fulvous brown, not markedly darker than the general body-colour. Limbs like back externally, like belly internally ; upperside of hands and feet dull whitish. Tail more thinly haired than usual, brown above, rather lighter below. Skull stoutly built in comparison with that of some of the larger species ; supraorbital edges square; palatal foramina not conspicuously long; molars small and narrow. Dimensions of type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 70 millim.; tail 82; hind foot (s. u.) 18 ; ear 12, new African Mammalia. 341 Skull: greatest length 21; basilar length 14:8; greatest breadth 11; nasals, length 7°6; interorbital breadth 3; palate length 8°7; diastema 5; palatal foramina 3°8 ; length of upper molar series 3:1, of m’ 1°6. Hab. Efulen, Bulu Country, Cameroons. Alt. 500 m. Type. Female. B.M. no. 3. 2. 4. 24; original number 93. Collected 29th July, 1901, by Mr. G. L. Bates. Hight specimens. The only other West-African Dendromys, D. Pecilet, M.-Edw., has a dark dorsal stripe, grey-based_belly-hairs, and molars which, if their dimensions are correctly given *, are proportionally larger than in any other species of the. genus. Dendromys insignis, sp. n. A large species, with a broad dorsal stripe. Size large. General colour above slightly more buffy than Ridgway’s ‘‘ raw umber” ; sides clearer buffy, passing with- out line of demarcation into the dull creamy buff of the under surface, where the hairs are slaty grey for three fourths their length. No stripe on head, though the centre of the crown is very faintly darker. Dorsal stripe commencing at withers, very broad (over 4 millim.), black, and conspicuous. Ears large, brown. Limbs dull buffy on outer surface, whitish buffy on inner; hands and feet white. Tail long, well haired, brown above, white below. Skull large, light, and papery; muzzle long ; interorbital space narrow, smooth, and rounded; palatal foramina long. Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— Head and body 88 millim.; tail 104; hind foot(s. u.) 21°5; ealgn Le Skull: greatest length 24; basilar length 17°8; greatest breadth 12; length of nasals 9°15; interorbital breadth 3:2; diastema 6:4; palatal foramina 5-2 ; length of m* 2:2; length of lower molar series (the upper imperfect) 3°5. Hab. Nandi, British East Africa. Alt. 2000 m. Type. Male. B.M. no. 99. 8. 4.65. Original number 8. Collected 2nd May, 1898, and presented by F. J. Jackson, Esq. One specimen. ‘¢ Lives in old birds’ nests” (J. J. J.). This fine tree-mouse, which adds one more to the many East-African mammals discovered by Mr. I. J. Jackson, is one of the D. mesomelas group, and is readily distinguishable * Skull 21 millim.; upper molar series 4; m’ 2:5 (Pousargues, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool, iu. p. 386, 1896), 342 Mr. O. Thomas on by its broad and conspicuous dorsal stripe. Its nearest geographical ally (D. nigrifrons, True, from Kilimanjaro) is characterized by having a well-marked coronal stripe in addition, besides being much smaller. IIl.—Tue Susspecies or Mus nyroxawruvs, PUCH. The British Museum now possesses a good series from the Gaboon and Cameroons of the handsome rat described by Pucheran as Mus hypoxanthus. Compared with these, examples from Unyoro (Ansorge) and Nandi (Jackson) indi- cate the existence of two well-defined subspecies of that animal. The three may be briefly distinguished as follows :— General colour dark (“sepia”), the rump dark rufous. Belly more or less washed Wit hebuUbby, mite wyed Sete Mery seer Mus hypoxanthus, General colour above as in hypoxanthus, but the belly pure sharply defined white... Mus h. bacchante, subsp. 0. General colour above pale (between “ tawny clive” and “ clay-colour”), the rump bright rufous. Belly edged laterally Witla DW Lhyaysh ce taess Hlaelek else te lol inla) wee Mus h. unyort, subsp. 0. Mus hypoxanthus bacchante. Size and general characters of true hypoxanthus. Colour above dark, nearly approaching Ridgway’s “sepia” or ‘olive.’ Rump more rufous, but less conspicuously so than in the other forms, and only for a comparatively small area. Sides greyish olive. Whole of under surface from chin to anus and inner sides of limbs pure sharply defined white, not edged laterally with buffy. Rufous nose-spot small, confined to the roots of the whiskers and not extending back to the eye. Fine hairs of ears rufous; no postauricular patch. Upper surface of hands brown, of feet rufous brown, but not so rufous as in true hypoxanthus. ‘Tail almost naked, finely sealed, blackish above, rather paler below. Skull very like that of true hypoxanthus, but rather smaller, with narrower and more parallel-sided interorbital region, more projecting anteorbital plate, palate ending level with hinder edge of m’, with larger bullze, and rather smaller molars. Dimensions of the type (measured on the skin) :— Head and body 159 millim.; tail 170; hind foot (s. u.) 30; ear 21. Skull: greatest length 38; basilar length 31°5; greatest breadth 18:7; nasal length 15; interorbital breadth 5:2 ; ° new African Mammalia. 343 palate length 17°53; diastema 10°5; palatal foramina 7°8; length of upper molar series 6°7. Hab. Nandi, British East Africa. Altitude 2000 m. Type. Male. B.M. no. 99. 8. 4.66. Collected 22nd April, 1898, and presented by F. J. Jackson, Esq. Mus hypoxanthus unyort. Size and proportions as in the other two forms. General colour above pale (between “ tawny olive” and “clay-colour”), coarsely lined with dark brown. Posterior back for nearly one third of the body bright tawny rufous. Under surface dull white on throat and chest; belly mesially white, edged with buffy laterally, or washed with buffy all over. Red nose-spot prolonged backward to surround eyes. Hars brown or rufous brown, a distinct fulvous postauricular patch. Fore- arms and wrists bright rufous ; upperside of hands greyish or sandy. Outer side of hind limbs rich rufous like rump, the upperside of the feet also fulvous or reddish. Tail nearly naked; scales about 11 to the centimetre; blackish above, rather paler below. Skull agreeing closely with that of VW. h. bacchante, but rather narrower and more delicately built. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 155 millim.; tail 185; hind foot (s. u.) 31; ear 20. Skull: greatest length 37; basilar length 30; nasals, length 14:3; interorbital breadth 4:9; palate length 16:5; palatal foramina 7:1; length of upper molar series 69. flab, Fadjas, on Victoria Nile, Unyoro. Type. Male. B.M. no. 2. 11. 1. 28. Collected 18th July, 1897, by Dr. W. J. Ansorge. Six specimens. “ 'Tree-rat” (W. J. A.). 1V.—TuE Common HARE OF CENTRAL CAPE COLONY. Among the fine collection of mammals from Deelfontein collected during the war by C. H. B. Grant, and presented to the National Museum by Col. A. T. Sloggett, there occurred a good series of the local representative of Lepus capensis. As no typical Cape material was available for comparison, opportunity was taken for Mr. Grant to obtain a Cape hare from near Capetown itself during a collecting-trip arranged by Mr. C. D. Rudd. This Cape specimen, in conjunction with the others in the Museum, shows, as might well be expected from the difference b44 Mr. C. T. Regan on in altitude, that the Deelfontein hare is sufficiently distinct from the Cape one to need subspecific distinction. It may be called Lepus capensis centralis, subsp. n. Size and proportions of true Lepus capensis. General colour strongly suffused with pinkish buff, instead of being nearly pure grey. Sides more strongly rufous and lateral parts of under surface very strongly washed with reddish vinaceous, as are also the throat and chest. Nape “¢ vinaceous buff,” instead of dull grey; ear-fringes more buffy ; chin, throat, and limbs all more strongly rufous. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 440 millim. ; tail 94; hind foot (s. u.) 110; ear 122. Skull: greatest length 84:5 ; basilar length 67. Hab. Deelfontein, Cape Colony. Alt. 1400 m. Type. Female. B.M. no. 2. 9.1. 100. Original number 165. Collected 12th March, 1902, by C. H. B. Grant, and presented by Col. A. T. Sloggett. The true Cape hare is a much greyer animal than JL. c. centralis, with the rufous tones less developed throughout, the difference being especially marked on the nape and throat. On the nape, indeed, the colour is simply grey without any rufous or buffy suffusion at all. Of other names that have been given to members of this group none seem to apply to the Deelfontein hare. ZL. aren- arius, Geoff., has clearly no relationship to it and was said to have come from Natal. JL. ochropus, Wagn., is the Transvaal species, which was obtained by Capt. Barrett-Hamilton at Bloemhoff, Vredefort Road, and elsewhere, and is readily distinguishable by its much yellower general colour and clear yellow nape. XXXI.— On a Collection of Fishes from the Azores. By C. Tate Reean, B.A. THE collection of fishes brought back from the Azores by Mr. W. R. Ogilvie Grant, who obtained them through the kind co-operation of Major F. A. Chaves, of the Ponta Delgada Museum, is of interest as showing the great similarity which exists between the fish-fauna of the shores of these islands and that of Madeira and of the Mediterranean, and also as Fishes from the Azores. 345 containing examples of two species new to science, one of these being the type of a new genus. A complete list is given below. Raiide. Raia maderensis, Lowe. Clupeidz. Clupea maderensis, Lowe. Murenide. Murena helena, Linn. Murena august’, Kaup. Murena unicolor, Delaroche. Conger vulgaris, Cuv. Sternoptychiide. Argyropelecus Olfersit, Cuv. Sternoptyx diaphana, Hermann. Scopelide. MAcRISTIUM, gen. nov. Allied to Bathysaurus, Giinth., which it resembles in the position of the fins and the number of rays, but with the mouth only moderately wide, the dentition weaker, the maxil- lary dilated posteriorly, the fin-rays much prolonged, and the ventrals still more anterior in position. Macristium Chavest, sp. n. Depth of body 74 times in the total length, length of head 5 times. Diameter of eye nearly 8 times in the length of head, interorbital width 34 times. Maxillary broad, rounded posteriorly, extending to below the anterior quarter of eye. Dorsal with 18 rays, commencing above the axil of pectoral, the length of its base 24 times in the total length (without caudal), the middle and posterior rays, when laid back, ex- tending beyond the base of caudal. No adipose fin. Anal with 12 rays, commencing directly behind the vent, which is slightly posterior to the last dorsal ray. Pectorals with 16 rays, elongate. Ventrals just behind the pectorals, with 8 rays, extending to the caudal. The naked body of a uniform greyish colour. One specimen. Total length 110 mm. (to base of caudal). 346 Mr. C. T. Regan on Syngnathide. flippocampus guttulatus, Cuv. Scombresocide. Belone Cornidit, Giinth. Stromateide. Centrolophus niger, Gmel. Macruride. Macrurus celorhynchus, Risso. Gadide. Uraleptus Maraldi, Risso. Phycis mediterraneus, Delaroche. Onus Grantt?, sp. n. Depth of body about 74 times in the total length, length of head 43 times. Snout 12-2 times as long as eye, the diameter of which is 6-7 times in the length of head and greater than the osseous interorbital width. Maxillary ex- tending beyond the posterior margin of eye, and equal to 4 the length of head. A mental and two nasal barbels. Scales very small. First dorsal ray scarcely longer than the diameter of eyé. The second dorsal with 60 rays, the anal with 48. Pectorals rounded, with 21 rays. Ventrals with 7 rays, the second elongate and equal to the length of head. Caudal rounded. Whitish, the upper part of the body with an irregular broad blackish band on each side, posteriorly broken up into spots, separated from a median dorsal band by a white stripe, which is narrow anteriorly, broader pos- teriorly; upper part of head blackish, except for some narrow white stripes, which are transverse on the snout, longitudinal behind; dorsal with a broad blackish band occupying the basal half of the fin, separated by a longitudinal light stripe from a blackish marginal band; anal with some large dark spots, which are better defined posteriorly ; pectorals with dark markings; caudal with 6 or 7 large rounded dark spots. Two specimens. Total length 390 mm. Regalecide. Trachypterus tenia, Bl. Schn. Fishes from the Azores. Berycide. Beryx decadactylus, Cuv. & Val. Hoplostethus mediterraneus, Cuv. & Va. Cyttide. Zeus faber, Linn. Serranide. Serranus atricauda, Giinth. Sparide. Box vulgaris, Cuv. & Val. Sargus Rondeletiz, Cuv. & Val. Pagellus Owent, Ginth. Pagellus centrodontus, Delaroche. Menide. Smaris insidiator, Cuv. & Val. Caproidz. Capros aper, Lacep. Triglide. Sebastes dactylopterus, Delaroche. Sebastes Kuhivi, Bowd. Trigla pint, Bl. Labride. Labrus mixtus, Linn. Centrolabrus trutta, Lowe. Julis pavo, Hasselqu. Novacula cultrata, Cuv. & Val. Corts julis, Linn. Coris Giofredi, Risso. Scarus cretensis, Linn. Aq 348 Mr. C. T. Regan on Carangide. Caranx dentex, B). Schn. Caranez trachurus, Linn. Trachynotus glaucus, Linn. Scombride. Scomber colias, Linn. Trichiuride. Lepidopus caudatus, Euphrasen. Bramide. Brama Rait, Bl. Gobiide. Gobius maderensis, Cuv. & Val. Echeneidz. Echeneis lineata, Menzies. Echeneis brachyptera, Lowe. Blenniidz. Blennius sanguinolentus, Pall. Blennius gattorugine, Bl. Blennius ocellaris, Linn. Tetrodontide. Tetrodon Spenglert, Bl. XXXII.—On the Genus Lichia of Cuvier. By C. Tate Reaan, B.A. THE genus Lichia was established by Cuvier in 1817, when, although it was stated that there were several species, only one of these was mentioned by name, viz. LZ. ama, Linn., which must therefore be regarded as the typical species of the genus. In Cuvier and Valenciennes’s ‘ Histoire Naturelle de Poissons’ three more species were added, viz. L. glauca, Linn., L. vadigo, Risso, and L. calear, Bl., whilst a young stage of L. amia was described under the name of Porthmeus the Genus Lichia of Cuvier. 349 argenteus. Guichenot subsequently described a fifth species as belonging to the genus Lichia, naming it L. albacora. The relations of this last species are not very evident, but L. calcar, Bl., is, without much doubt, based on a young example of Scombroides saliens, Bl. Liitken, recognizing that L. glauca should be regarded as generically distinct from LZ. amia and L. vadigo, on account of the smaller mouth and the absence of pseudobranchie, proposed to retain the name Lichza for the former species and to designate the two latter by the generic name Porthmeus. This is obviously inadmissible; the name Lichia must be given to L. amia, whilst Porthmeus is a synonym of it. After examining examples of the three species in the British Museum Collection I have arrived at the conclusion that L. glauca must be included in the genus Trachynotus, Lacep., and that the other species are certainly not congeneric, so that I propose to distinguish LZ. vadiyo by the new generic name Campogramma. It has been stated that LZ. glauca may be distinguished from Trachynotus by the stronger dentition, more pointed snout, and less produced dorsal and anal fins. ‘The first supposed difference is, so far as I can see, non-existent ; as regards the second and third, which are in any case not of generic importance, the form of the snout is exactly the same in LZ. glauca as in Trachynotus Baillonii, Lacep., whilst the extent to which the dorsal and anal rays are produced is subject to great variation in the different species, and in T. Baillonii, which is in most respects nearest L. glauca, they are more produced than in any other. L. glauca should therefore be named Trachynotus glaucus, Linn., whilst for Zrachynotus glaucus, Bl., I propose the name 1’. palometa. The differences between the genera Lichia and Campo- gramma can be seen in the following diagnoses :— Licuia, Cuv. Body oblong, compressed, covered with small pointed scales. Mouth wide; premaxillaries protractile ; maxillary exposed distally, with supplemental bone ; jaws with rather broad bands of numerous small pointed teeth ; vomerine and palatine teeth present. Pseudobranchie present. Dorsal with an anterior portion composed of a few spines which are free in the adult, and a long posterior soft-rayed portion. Anal preceded by two free spines, equal in length to the soft dorsal. Pectorals rather short, not faleate. Caudal ’ 350 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Snakes. widely forked. Lateral line ascending above the pectoral, thence descending in a long reversed curve on the lower half of the side, becoming straight posteriorly. A single species, Z. amza, Linn. CAMPOGRAMMA, gen. nov. Differs from the preceding genus in the rounded scales, the jaws with a single series of rather strong conical teeth, the anal shorter than the soft dorsal, the pectoral of moderate. length and falcate, and the lateral line forming a long even curve auteriorly, straight posteriorly. A single species, C. vadigo, Risso. XXXIII.—Descriptions of new Snakes in the Collection of the British Museum. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. Tretanorhinus tentatus. Head small, narrow; eye small. Nasals in contact with each other behind the rostral; a pair of small internasals, followed by three preefrontals, the median of which is penta- gonal and twice as long as broad ; frontal once and a half as long as broad, as long as its distance from the rostral, shorter than the parietals; loreal a little longer than deep; two pre- and two postoculars; temporals 1+2 or 2+3; 8 upper labials, fourth entering the eye; 4 or 5 lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields; posterior chin- shields longer than the anterior and separated from each other by scales. Scales in 21 rows, striated and keeled. Ventrals 168; anal divided ; subcaudals 81. Greyish olive, with a broad, white lateral band occupying the three outer series of scales; this band bordered above by a blackish streak extending to the tip of the snout and passing through the eye; sides of snout and lower surface of head blackish, dotted with white ; a dark median streak on the occiput and nape, reappearing on the tail; three ill-defined dark streaks along the belly. Total length 570 millim. ; tail 130. A single female specimen from the Rio Sapayo, N.W. Ecuador, altitude 450 feet. Opisthotropis lateralis. Snout short, rounded, much depressed, feebly projecting beyond the mouth.’ Rostral a little broader than deep, well Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Snakes. 351 visible from above; nostril in the upper part of an undivided nasal; internasals as long as broad; prefrontal semidivided ; frontal a little longer than broad, twice as broad as the supra- ocular, as long as its distance from the end of the snout, shorter than the parietals ; loreal longer than deep ; two pree- and two postoculars; temporals 1+2; ten upper labials, fifth and sixth entering the eye; four or five lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields; posterior chin-shields nearly as long as the anterior and separated from each other by scales. Scales in 17 rows, striated and feebly keeled, with minute granular asperities; the keels stronger on the tail. Ventrals 172; anal divided ; subcaudals 45. Olive- grey above, yellowish white beneath, the two colours sharply defined by a black line running along the third series of scales and extending to the eye. Total length 360 millim. ; tail 55. A single male specimen from the Man-Son Mountains, Tonkin, altitude 3000 to 4000 feet, collected by Hr. Fruh- storfer. Liophis bipreocularis. Hye rather small. Rostral much broader than deep, just visible from above; internasals broader than long, much shorter than the preefrontals ; frontal once and two thirds as long as broad, slightly longer than its distance from the end of the snout, a little shorter than the parietals; no loreal, posterior nasal in contact with the preeoculars ; two pre- and two postoculars; temporals 1+2; seven upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye; four lower labials in con- tact with the anterior chin-shields, which are a little shorter than the posterior. Scales in 17 rows. Ventrals 173; anal divided; subcaudals 62. Olive-brown above, with ill- defined blackish spots anteriorly ; posterior half of body with two black dorsal lines, separated by three series of scales, and a black lateral band; the two dorsal lines unite on the tail, which bears three black bands of equal width ; a subtriangular black blotch on each side of the nape, as usual in Tropidonotus natriz; upper lip white; lower parts pinkish, the ventrals with small blackish spots. Total length 530 millim. ; tail 110. A single female specimen from Facatative, Andes of Colombia, 8000 feet, collected by Mr. Kay Thomson. Simotes longicauda. Nasal divided ; portion of rostral visible from above as lone as its distance from the frontal; suture’ between the 5S ‘ I 352. Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Snakes. internasals slightly shorter than that between the przefrontals; frontal jonger than its distance from the end of the snout, as long as the parietals ; loreal slightly longer than deep; one pre- and two postoculars ; no suboculars; temporals 142 ; 7 or 8 upper labials, fourth and fifth, or third (divided) and fourth entering the eye; anterior chin-shields longer than the posterior and in contact with four lower labials. Scales in 17 rows. Ventrals 173; anal entire; subcaudals 60. Pale purplish brown above, with interrupted or ill-defined black cross-bars and 15 regular cross-bars enclosing a dark brown spot on the back; an angular dark brown black-edged cross-band passing through the eyes, forming a triangle on the snout, extending from the posterior angle of the rostral shield to the anterior fourth of the frontal; a large, A-shaped, dark brown, black-edged marking from the frontal shield to the nape; belly yellowish, with square black spots. Total length 530 millim.; tail 105. A single male specimen from the Man-Son Mountains, Tonkin, 3000 to 4000 feet, collected by Hr. Fruhstorfer, Very closely allied to S. cyclurus, Cantor, but apparently outside the possible limits of variation of that species. PCCILOPHOLIS, gen. nov. Colubride aglyphodonte. Teeth small, subequal, about ten in each maxillary. Head small, not distinct from neck ; eye small, with round pupil; nostril pierced in a single nasal; no supranasals; prefrontal single, in contact with the rostral; no loreal; preocular in contact with the nasal. Body cylindrical; scales smooth, without apical pits, in 15 rows; ventrals rounded. ‘Tail short; subcaudals in two rows. Pecilopholis cameronensis. Snout rounded. Rostral bent over the snout between the rather large nasals, forming a suture with the prefrontal, which is twice as broad as long; frontal a little longer than broad, a little longer than the prefrontal, two thirds the length of the parietals; one pree- and two postoculars ; an elongate anterior temporal; five upper labials, third bordering the eye; chin-shields small, the anterior a little shorter than the posterior and in contact with three lower labials. Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 178; anal divided ; subcaudals 23. Blackish olive above, the lateral scales whitish in the centre; upper lip and a triangular patch from Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Snakes. 353 behind the labials to the outer border of the parietal white ; lower parts white, the shields edged with dark olive. Total length 520 millim. ; tail 43. A single specimen from Efulen, 8. Cameroon, collected by Mr. G. L. Bates. Homalocranium alticola. Hye about two fifths the length of the snout. Rostral a little broader than deep, visible from above ; internasals a little shorter than the prefrontals; frontal hexagonal, obtuse-angled in front, right-angled or acute-angled behind, twice as broad as the supraocular, a little longer than broad, longer than its distance from the end of the snout, shorter than the parietals ; nostril between two nasals, the second of which is in contact with the preocular; two postoculars ; temporals 1+1; seven upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye; symphysial in contact with the anterior chin-shields; four lower labials in contact with the an- terior chin-shields, which are longer than the posterior. Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 147-149; anal divided; sub-_ eaudals 55-64. Dark brown above, vertebral and lateral seales lighter in the centre; a yellow, black-edged cross- bar on the occiput; upper lip and end of snout yellow; a black spot below the eye and a triangular black blotch on the temple ; lower parts yellowish white. Total length 330 millim.; tail 75. Three specimens (males and young) from Santa Rita, north of Medellin, Colombia, altitude 9000 feet, collected by Mr. A. EH. Pratt. Apostolepis Pymi. Snout very short, broadly rounded; eye minute. Rostral nearly as deep as broad, just visible trom above; frontal once and two thirds as long as broad, as long as its distance from the end of the snout, half as long as the parietals, which are nearly twice as long as broad; nasal in contact with the preocular; a single postocular; six upper labials, second and third entering the eye, fourth and fifth in contact with the arietal ; four lower labials in contact with the anterior chin- shields, which are a little longer than the posterior ; first lower labial in contact with its fellow behind the symphysial. Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 209; anal divided; subcau- dals 35. Reddish above, with three dark brown lines; upper surface of head and nape brown; a yellow spot below Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 23 d04 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Snakes. and behind the eye and another on each side of the nape ; lower parts yellowish white; end of tail black. Total length 385 millim.; tail 48. A single male specimen from Brazil, from the collection of the late Mr. J. Pym. Miodon Christy?. Diameter of eye three fifths its distance from the oral margin. Rostral broader than deep, just visible from above ; internasals a little shorter than the prefrontals; frontal considerably broader than the supraocular, a little longer than broad, as long as its distance from the rostral, much shorter than the parietals; nasal entire, in contact with the preeocular; two postoculars; temporals 1+1,; seven upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye; first lower labial forming a suture with its fellow behind the symphysial; four lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are larger than the posterior. Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 209; anal divided; subcaudals 20. Black above and on the lower surface of the head ; ventrals and subcaudals white, _broadly margined with black. Total length 430 millim.; tail 28. A single female specimen from Uganda. Presented by Dr. C. Christy. . Lachesis peruvianus. Snout obtusely acuminate, with sharp, somewhat raised canthus. Rostral a little deeper than broad; nasal divided ; upper head-scales keeled; a large supraocular; 7 longi- tudinal series of scales between the supracculars ; a narrow subocular shield between the eye and the fourth labial; tem- poral scales strongly keeled; 7 or 8 upper labials, second forming the anterior border of the loreal pit. Scales strongly keeled, in 23 rows. Ventrals 188; anal entire; subcaudals 66, all except a few of the anterior in pairs. ‘Tail prehensile. Green, anteriorly with black and yellowish spots, further back with angular yellowish-white cross-bands which are edged with black alternately in front or behind; a series of large yellowish spots on each side, above the ventrals; a f#* -shaped blackish marking on the head, and two others, ¢2-shaped, on the occiput; a broad black band on each side from the eye to the angle of the mouth; belly yellowish, spotted with pale green; a yellowish, black-edged streak along each side of the tail. Total length 555 millim. ; tail 80. A single female specimen from La Oroya, Carabaya, S.E. Peru, collected by Mr. Ockenden. On the African Species of the Genus Labeo. 300 XXXIV.—List of the African Species of the Cyprinid Genus Labeo, with a Key to their Identification. By G. A. Bou- LENGER, F'.R.S. OnLy 8 species of Labeo from Africa, including 2 referred to Abrostomus, were regarded as valid in the seventh volume of the British Museum Catalogue of Fishes, published in 1868. 30 species, 15 of which have been described within the last five years, appear in the following list. As always happens when a large number of specimens are available for examination, the range of variation of species is found to extend considerably beyond the limits assigned by the original describers, and, in consequence, the distinction of allied forms becomes a more and more difficult task. On the other hand, the employment of characters previously neglected or altogether overlooked affords a basis for a com- plete rearrangement, and may necessitate the breaking up of some of the old species. ‘The result of such a rearrangement is offered in the following synopsis, which is greatly needed owing to the state of confusion into which the distinction of species in this genus had gradually lapsed. Some of the characters used in the following key are not applicable to very young specimens—one to tivo inches in length ; such are, the position and size of the eyes and the shape of the dorsal fin, as all very young specimens agree in having the eyes comparatively large and perfectly lateral and the dorsal fin straight-edged or very feebly concave. The condition of the lips is also difficult of appreciation in very young specimens, owing to the small size. The num- bers of fin-rays and of scales are always reliable, whatever the age of the specimen. All African Labeo have five branched rays in the anal fin. The scale-formule as given in the key refer first to the number of scales in the lateral line, secondly to the numbers in a transverse series above and below the lateral line, in front of the origin of the dorsal fin, thirdly to the number of series between the lateral line and the base of the ventral, and lastly tothe number round the caudal peduncle. I. Barbels absent, or one on each side, often very small and hidden under the folds of the mouth. A. Inner surface of lips not bearing transverse plice ; eyes perfectly lateral, visible from above and from below; snout hardly as long as, or shorter than, postocular part of head; a small barbel; dorsal fin nearer occiput than root of caudal. 1. Upper lip bordered with rounded or subconical papilla. Dorsal with 14-17 branched rays; Sq. 41-45 oo, 5-6, 18-22; upper edge of dorsal fin 23% 3956 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the usually concave, rarely straight or slightly CONVERS p5 0its;.2 eps oR CE OER Meee eee bee 1. L. niloticus, Forsk. 2. Upper lip bordered with conical papille forming a very distinct fringe. a. Upper edge of dorsal fin straight or more or less convex. Dor a with 12-14 branched rays; Sq. 40-44 a ae aoe ke Ue aco ot ne soos ohoe 2. L. horte, Heck. Dorsal with 12-14 branched rays; Sq. 37-40 a As AG Sane teks Rieti Cette hicks Goat ae 3. L. senegalensis, C.& V. Dorsal with 12-13 branched rays; Sq. 36 & gu JE h SUM MA Sa ahs Bp MAE eo ch aura NG Shy 4, L. Steindachneri, Pfeff. Dorsal with 11 branched rays; Sq. 36-88 See Nes Cee 5. E. altivelis, Ptrs. 6. Upper edge of dorsal fin more or a concave. Doss with 12 branched rays; Sq. 36 5 (5a fc Ie eae criras trary oi RES RR RSS Maa Pee ale 6. LZ. Rose, Stdr. Deal with 10-12 branched rays; Sq. 38-40 a His NEI eae Le LSE Ma See 7. I. mesops, Gthr. Dorsal with 10-12 branched rays ; Sq. 836-37 sy Sie eas Sn aba dio la doa Soc pao Soto 8. L. lineatus, Bley. B. Inner surface of lips bearing transverse plicee formed by series of papillee. 1. Eyes perfectly lateral, visible from above and from below, or nearly perfectly lateral. a. Dorsal fin high, with straight or convex (rarely slightly concave) upper edge, not nearer aye. than root of caudal, with 12-14 branched rays; Sq. 36-40 & 6 = 4-5, 16-18. No barbel; caudal peduncle nearly twice as deepias lomey ey eet oa. serene 9. L. velifer, Ble. A small barbel; caudal peduncle much deeper than long ; pectoral reaching ven- Littetlligs x evs ca ecabeavhe cote eae po tanice ems eciele Cee TC 10. L. longipinnis, Blgr. A small barbel ; caudal peduncle not, or but slightly, deeper than long; pectoral not WER MONE GIN! A adonongoco so 700400 g05 11. ZL. coubie, Rupp. b. Dorsal fin nearer eye than root of caudal; Sq. 35-39 7 =f 4-5, 16. Dorsal high, convex, with 11 branched rays ; diameter ‘of eye at least 3 times in inter- VioiMl wel Sanne paeooqecs4sodoacbss 12. L. congoro, Peters. Dorsal with concave upper edge, with 10 or 11 branched rays ; diameter of eye not twice in interorbital width ............ 13. LZ. Gregorit, Gthr. Dorsal with concave upper edge, with 10 branched rays; diameter of eye 2; in hanrsword sul MCI Gado CA kaos dou ob ods 14, L. Darling, Bler. Dorsal with concave upper edge, with 9 or 10 branched rays; diameter of eye at least 3 times in interorbital width............ 15. ZL. victorianus, Bler. African Species of the Genus Labeo. 357 2. Eyes supero-lateral, entirely or nearly entirely visible from above. a. Dorsal with 11-12 branched rays, equally distant from eye and from caudal; depth of body about 3 times in total length; caudal peduncle as long as deep; Sq. 35-38 a CIE Ornts eee ee 16. LZ. cyclorhynchus, Bley. b. Dorsal with 8-11 branched rays, nearer eye than caudal; depth of body usually more than 3 times in total length. a, 20-22 scales round caudal peduncle. Caudal peduncle deeper than long; Sq. 39 PE OR BE oe cencawea: 17. L. faleapinnis, Blgr. Caudal bedunele a little longer than deep; Sq. 89 2 Fay 4p 22 eee cee e eee ence eee 18. L. Kirk, Bley. B. 16-18 scales round caudal peduncle. * Caudal peduncle longer than deep; dorsal with concave upper edge. Dorsal with 10 (rarely 9 or 11) branched rays; eye small, its diameter 53 to 8 times a in length of head; Sq. 38-42 = 4-5, Ge res siohats vid hore ae eNO n ...+. 19. L. Forskahi, Rupp. Dorsal with 8 to 10 branched rays; diameter of eye 4 to 7 times in length of head; Sq. 85-39 Ee BS AMO site gt casas 2 20. L. eylindricus, Peters, * Caudal peduncle as long as deep or a little deeper than long ; dorsal with 10 branched rays. Dorsal with straight or slightly notched upper edge in the adult ; diameter of eye 4 ve times in length of head ; Sq. 88-39 7 a eM ery. estes State ctefe Des cht de ote "24: LL. macrostoma, Blgr. Dorsal with concave upper edge ; diameter of eye 7 times in length of head in adult ; snout pvinted, ending in a turned up ap- pendage; Sq. 38-39 a AP AMG Ewha are esas 22. L. nasus, Bley. Dorsal with concave upper edge; diameter of eye 4 to 53 times in length of head; St Oe Cea nee cere eee 23. L. Greenii, Bler. y. 12 scales round caudal peduncle; dorsal with 9 or 10 branched rays. * Dorsal with straight or convex upper edge ; caudal peduncle not longer than deep; Sq. 32-34 33, 3,12 ........ 24. L. brachypoma, Gthr. ** Dorsal with concave upper edge. Caudal peduncle longer than deep ; Sq. 36-89 a SS ee teetstatee: etree raeernct Oude a .o++ 20, L, annectens, Bley. 358 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Caudal peduncle longer than deep; Sq. 35 PEA, 1D oud Te PTT h et Ga cok eee Ob, ee eee Caudal peduncle not or but slightly longer than deep; Sq. 83-35 =e Oy AD Bete 27. L. parvus, Blgr. TI. Two barbels on each side. Dorsal with 10 or 11 soft rays; eyes supero- lateral; barbels longer than the eye; Sq. 40-41 gpg, 6, 20-22 2. ss wo... 28. L. barbatus, Blev. Dorsal with 10 or 11 soft rays; eyes per- fectly lateral; barbels hardly as long as, or shorter than, the eye ; Sq. 46-50 oon 6-7, 22-24 ....... CERT ESE CNG ES. ee. 29, L. capensis, Smith. Dorsal with 8 to 10 soft rays; eyes perfectly lateral; barbels hardly as long as, or shorter than, the eye; Sq. 60-65 pete a (UE ea ce ree AA Sa OS aN 4 30, L. umbratus, Smith. 1. Labeo niloticus. Cyprinus niloticus, Forskal, Descr. Anim. p. 71 (1775) ; Geoffr. Deser. Keypte, Poiss. pl. ix. fig. 2 (1809). Labeo niloticus, 1. Geoffr. op. cit. p. 282 (1827). Labeo niloticus, part., Cuv. & Val. Hist. Poiss. xvi. p. 3388 (1842) ; Giinth, Cat. Fish. vii. p. 47 (1868), and Petherick’s Tray. Afr. ii. p- 259 (1869). Labeo vulgaris, Heckel, Russegger’s Reise, ii. p. 303, pl. xx. fig. 3 (1846). Nile. 2. Labeo horte. Heckel, Russegger’s Reise, iii. p. 804, pl. xxi. fig. 1 (1846). Chondrostoma dembeensis (non Riipp.), Cuv. & Val. Hist. Poiss. xvii. p- 398 (1844). Labeo niloticus, part., Giinth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 47 (1868), and Petherick’s Tray. il. p. 259 (1869). Nile and Albert Nyanza. 3. Labeo senegalensis. Cuy. & Val. Hist. Poiss. xvi. p. 346, pl. cecclxxxvi. (1842); Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxi. 1870, p. 560, pl. vi. & pl. viii. fig. 1. Senegal, Gambia, Niger. 4, Labeo Steindachnert. Pfeffer, Fische O.-Afr. p. 51 (1896). Kingani R., Hast Africa. 8 African Species of the Genus Labeo. 359 Dd. Labeo altivelis. Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1852, p. 683, and Reise Mossamh. iv. p. 43, pl. viii. (1868). Labeo coubie, part., Giinth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 48 (1868). Zambesi, Nyassa. 6. Labeo Rose. Steind, Sitz. Ak. Wien, ciii, 1894, p. 457, pl. v. fig. 1. Limpopo R., 8. Africa. @. Labeo mesops. Giinth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 51 (1868). Labeo coubie, part., Giinth. t.c. p. 48. Nyassa. 8. Labeo lineatus. Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zoel. i. p. 34, pl. xviii. (1898), and Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 218 (1901). Congo. 9. Labeo velifer. Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool, i. p. 32, pl. xvi. (1898), and Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 211 (1901). Congo. 10. Labeo longipinnis. Bouleng. Ann, Mus. Congo, Zool. i. p. 33, pl. xvii. fig. 1 (1898), and Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 212 (1901). Congo. 11. Labeo coubie. Riipp. Fortsetz. Beschr. n. Fische Nil, p. 11, pl. iii. fig. 1 (1832); Cuy. & Val. Hist. Poiss, xvi. p. 344 (1842). Labeo niloticus, part., Cuv. & Val. ¢. ¢. p. 338. Lubeo selti, Cuy. & Val. t. c. p. 3845; Steind, Sitzb. Ak. Wien, Ixi. 1870, p- 562, pl. vii. fig. 1. Labeo niloticus, Heckel, Russegever’s Reise, ii. p. 300, pl. xx. fig. 1 (1846) ; Peters, Reise Mossamb. iv. p. 46 (1868). Labeo coubie, part., Giinth, Cat. Fish. vil. p. 48 (1868), and Petherick’s Trav. i. p. 260 (1869). Nile, Senegal, Gambia, Niger. ) gal, » NIE 360 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the 12. Labeo congoro. Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1852, p. 683, and Reise Mossamb. iv. p. 49, pl. ix. (1868). Labeo coubie, part., Giinth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 48 (1868). Zam besi. 13. Labeo Gregori. Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 90, pl. x. fig. B. Labeo Bottegi, Vincig. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xvii. 1897, p. 358. East Africa (Ganana R., Tana R., Rovuma R.). 14. Labeo Darlingt. Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soe. 1902, ii. p. 13, pl. ii. fig. 1. Rhodesia. 15. Labeo victorianus. Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1901, p. 159. Labeo Forskalit (non Riipp.), Hilgend. Sitzb. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 1888, p. 78. Victoria Nyanza. 16. Labeo cyclorhynchus. Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. p. 98, pl. xi. fig. 1 (1899), and Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 214 (1901). Var. variegata, Pellegrin, Bull. Mus. Paris, 1901, p. 382. Congo. 17. Labeo falcipinnis, n. n. Labeo falcifer (non C. & V.), Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. 1. p. 39, pl. xvii. fig. 2 (1898), and Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 215 (1901). Congo. The name fale/fer, which I proposed for this species, was already in use for a species referred to Z'ylognathus. 18. Labeo Kirki, sp. n. Labeo Forskali, part., Ginth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 50 (1868). This new species is founded on a single specimen from the Rovuma River, East Africa, collected by Sir J. Kirk, and referred by Giinther to L. Lorskalit, from which it differs in the greater number of scales round the caudal peduncle. 19. Labeo Forskalit. Riipp. Mus. Senck. ii. p. 18, pl. iii. fig. 1 (1835) ; Cuv. & Val. Hist. Poiss. xvi. p. 343 (1842); Heckel, Russegger’s Reise, iii. p. 301, pl. xx. fig. 2 (1846); Giinth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 50 (part.), and Petherick’s Tray. ii. p. 260 (1869). Nile. African Species of the Genus Labeo. 361 20. Labeo cylindricus. Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1852, p. 684, and Reise n. Mossamb. iv. p. 47, pl. x. fig. 1 (1868). Tylognathus Cantini, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) vi. 1882, p. 175; Vincig. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xv. 1895, p. 50, and xix. 1898, p. 259. Tylognathus moutanus, Giinth. Proc. Zooi. Soc. 1889, p. 71, pl. vill. tic. B Labeo Forskalit, part., Pfeffer, Fische O.-Afr. p. 49, fig. (1896). Labeo montanus, Pfeffer, ¢. c. p. 52. ? Labeo mesops (non Gunther), Vincig. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xvii. 1897, p. 361. Abyssinia and East Africa to Mozambique. 21. Labeo macrostoma. Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. 1. p. 36, pl. xix. fig. 1 (1898), and Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 216 (1901). Congo. 22. Labeo nasus. Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. p. 99, pl. lx. fig. 2 (1899°, and Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 218 (1901). Congo. 23. Labeo Greenti. Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. ii. p. 29, pl. viii. fig. 4 (1902). Congo. 24. Labeo brachypoma. _ Gunth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 50 (1868). Labeo Walkert, Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1902, ii. p. 338, pl. xxxili. Lagos and Gold Coast. 25. Labeo annectens. Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1903, i. p. 28, pl. ii. fig. 1. S. Cameroon. 26. Labeo Lukule. Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1902, i. p. 285 30, pl. xxili. Lukula R., Congo. 27. Labeo parvus. Bouleng. Ann, Mus. Congo, Zool. ii. p. 80, pl. viii. fig. 5 (1902), Congo. 362 On a new Fish from British Central Africa. 28. Labeo barbatus. Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. p. 36, pl. xix. fig. 2 (1898), and Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 218 (1901). Congo. 29. Labeo capensis. Abrostomus capensis, A. Smith, Il. Zool. S. Afr., Fish. pl. xii. fig. 2 (1841). ? Labeo cafer, Castelnau, Mém. Poiss. Afr. Austr. p. 60 (1861). Labeo tenuirostris, Steind. Sitzh. Ak. Wien, cili. 1894, p. 459, pl. v. fio, 2. Orange R., Limpopo R. 30. Labeo umbratus. Abrostomus umbratus, A. Smith, Ill. Zool. 8, Afr., Fish. pl. xu. fig. 1 (1841). Labeo Sicheli, Castelnau, Mém. Poiss. Afr. Austr. p. 60 (1861). Orange R. System. Of these 30 species, according to our present knowledge of their distribution, 11 are peculiar to the Congo System, 7 to East Africa east of the Nile System, southwards to the Zambesi (including Lake Nyassa), 4 to the Nile System, 4 to South Africa (Limpopo and Orange Rivers), 2 to West Africa from the Niger northwards, 1 to the Cameroon District ; and one species is common to the Nile System and to the Senegal-Niger. XX XV.—Description of anew Silurid Fish of the Genus Clarias from British Central Africa. By G. A. Bou- LENGER, F.R.S. Clarias Carsonit. Depth of body 7 times in total length, length of head 4}. Head 14 as long as broad, smooth ; occipital process angular ; frontal fontanelle sole-shaped, 24 as long as broad, 4 times in length of head; occipital fontanelle small, encroaching a little on occipital process; eye very small, 4 times in length of snout, 7 times in interorbital width ; width of mouth a little less than interorbital width, 2 length of head; vomerine teeth conical, forming a crescentic band which is about as broad as the premaxillary band; nasal barbel $ length of head; maxillary barbel 3 length of head, not reaching gill- On new Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills. 363 opening ; outer mandibular barbel 13 length of inner, which measures 4 length of head. Gill-rakers short and wide apart, 10 on first arch. Clavicles concealed under the skin. Dorsal about 65, its distance from the occipital process ? length of head, its distance froin caudal fin equal to diameter of the eye. Anal 60, nearly touching caudal. Pectoral not quite = length of head, the spine not serrated, about 2 the length of the fin. Ventrals much nearer end of snout than caudal. Caudal 4 length of head. Uniform dark brown. Total length 1500 millim. Fwambo, British Central Africa. A single specimen, presented to the British Museum by Mr. A. Carson in 1894, XXXVI.—On some new Genera and Species of Parasitic Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills, Assam. By P. CAMERON. [Continued from p. 273. ] Aglaojoppa rufofemorata, sp. n. This species has the general coloration, including the red femora, of A. Rothneyi, but may readily be separated from it as follows :— Scutellum not distinctly dilated at the base; the top of the posterior median area not separated from the areola by a distinct curved keel, areola almost smooth ; the marks on the abdomen widely sepa- BEE COA ECP SAN soa ac aA Hahei ay ds 00l Hele asa Dwar agS rufofemorata. Scutellum distinctly dilated at the base, the top of the posterior median area distinctly separated from the areola by a rounded keel, the areola irregularly rugose; the marks on the second and third abdo- minal segments not widely separated............ Rothneyt, Cam. Black; the face, clypeus, inner orbits, the lower two thirds of the outer entirely, the base of the mandibles, palpi, the top of the prothorax broadly, a line on the lower edge, two long lines on the mesonotum, the scutellar keels, scutellums, the sides and apex of the postpetiole, and large, irregular, widely separated marks on the second to the fifth abdominal segments, a large irregular mark on the lower side of the mesopleurze, narrowed at the apex and with a triangular incision on the lower side at the base, and with its 364 Mr. P. Cameron on new lower basal part extending on to the mesosternum, a line under the hind wings, a large oblique mark on the meta- pleurz, aud the outer aree of the metanotum, pale yellow. Antenne black, the scape beneath and a broad band on the middle of the flagellum white; the apex of the flagellum brownish. The four front legs are pallid yellow, their femora and tibiz lined behind with black; the hinder coxe black, yellow above, their trochauters yellow; the femora red to near the apex; the tibize pale yellow to shortly beyond the middle, the rest black; the tibiz pale yellow. Wings hyaline, the nervures and stigma black. 9. Length 19 mm. Hao. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Head sparsely punctured, the part below the outer ocelli rugose. ‘Thorax closely punctured, the median segment more closely and strongly than the rest; the areola irregularly wrinkled in the centre, the sides furrowed, the upper half of the posterior median area strongly irregularly reticulated and with a fovea in the centre on the top; the lower part is more closely and not so strongly reticulated. Centre of postpetiole closely longitudinally striated; the second, third, and fourth segments are closely punctured, the base closely, longitudinally, and finely striated. The gastrocceli shallow. Aglagjoppa violaceipennis, sp. n. Black ; the inner orbits narrowly in the middle, broadly above and below, the lower half of the outer entirely, the face, clypeus, labrum, a triangular mark on the base of the mandibles, palpi, the edge of the pronotum, two short broad marks on the middle of the mesonotum, the scutellums, two large marks on the apex of the median segment on the sides, a mark on the lower side of the propleure, the tubercles, the lower half of the mesopleurz, a mark under the hind wings, a large mark in the middle of the metapleurz, and an irre- gular mark on the sides of the basal two segments of the abdomen, orange-yellow. Legs lemon-yellow; the hinder coxee (except at the base above and at the apex below), the fore femora behind (except at the apex below), the middle behind (except in the centre above), the hinder trochanters, the base and apex of the hinder femora, and the apices of their tibiz, black. Wings uniformly fuscous violaceous, the hinder paler than the anterior. ?. Length 18 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Face and clypeus rough, sparsely pilose; a mark aboye Hymeneptera from the Khasia Hills. 365 the clypeus, the fovez, and the edge below, black. Upper inner orbits acutely margined. Mesonotum distinctly but not closely punctured. Scutellum almost impunctate, its apex black, more broadly in the centre than laterally. Areola distinctly wider than long, short, broadly rounded at the base, the apex raised, almost transverse, the inner part depressed, irregularly rugose; the posterior median area closely transversely rugose, more coarsely and irregularly at the sides ; the spiracular stoutly obliquely striated. Petiole broadly depressed, the sides acutely raised; the depression transversely striated ; postpetiole stoutly, sharply, longitu- dinally striated in the middle; the second to the fifth segments closely punctured, the second stoutly longitudinally striated. Gastrocceli deep, smooth, except for a few striz at the base. Aglaojoppa quadrimaculata, sp. n. Black ; the face, clypeus, the inner orbits (forming two triangular united marks), a large mark (triangularly narrowed above, round below) on the lower half of the outer orbits, a triangular yellow mark on the base of the mandibles, thie palpi, a broad line on the pronotum, two short broad lines in the middle of the mesonotum, the scutellums, the apex of the posterior lateral areze of the median segment, a mark (uar- rowed behind) on the hinder part of the propleure, the lower half of the mesopleurz, a mark below the hind wings, a small irregular one behind the spiracles, an oval irregular one in the middle of the metapleurz, and two marks on the apex of the basal two abdominal segments, orange-yellow. @¢. Length 17 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Face closely and strongly punctured, the clypeus more sparsely punctured; the ocellar region rugose. Scape of antenne bright yellow below ; the flagellum fuscous, with a broad white band near the middle. Mesonotum sparsely puuctured, the punctures smaller on the sides. Areola broader than long, narrowed and rounded behind, the apex with a slight rounded incision; it is smooth ; the posterior median area is closely transversely striated; on the sides of the lower half is a stout longitudinai keel, united to the sides above and forming an enclosed area, inside of which are a few stout curved keels; the other arez are obliquely irregularly striated. Propleurze sparsely punctured, striated behind, the mesopleuree more closely and strongly punctured, except in the centre behind; the metapleure are still more closely and strongly punctured. Legs lemon-yellow; the hinder 366 Mr. P. Cameron on new coxée (except for an oblique mark on the outer side above), the hinder trochanters, the base narrowly, the apex more broadly of the hinder femora, and the apex of the hinder tibie, black. Wings fuscous violaceous, the stigma and nervures fuscous. Petiole hollowed in the centre and keeled laterally ; the postpetiole raised in the middle and stoutly, irregularly, longitudinally striated, its sides punctured; the second to fifth segments closely punctured. Gastrocceli large, deep, the basal half stoutly striated. Agrees closely in coloration with A. violaceipennis ; may be known from it by the areola not being hollowed, by the paler more fuscous wings, and by the fuscous stigma and nervures. Aglagjoppa 5-maculata, sp. n. Black; a triangular yellow mark at the base of the man- dibles, the edge of the pronotum broadly, two lines on the mesonotum with a curved projection on the outer side near the base, the scutellums, two large marks on the median segment (half on the metanotum, half on the pleurz), two lines on the lower part of the propleure, the lower half of the mesopleure, a mark under the hind wings, the post- petiole, and two large marks on the apex of the second and third segments, lemon-yellow. Legs lemon-yellow, the four anterior femora behind, the posterior entirely, the hinder cox (except at the base above), and the apex of the hinder tibixe, black. Wings almost hyaline, the apex with a fuscous- violaceous tinge ; the stigma and nervures black. Flagellum white in the middle, the scape yellow below. ¢. Length 18 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Head lemon-yellow, the middle of the front broadly, the ocellar region, and the occiput, black. Face and clypeus sparsely punctured and covered with short white hair; there is a small black mark in the centre of the clypeus at the apex. Mesonotum closely punctured in the centre. Scutellum with scattered punctures. Base of the median segment aciculated, the outer side with scattered punctures; the apex, and more particularly the posterior median area, strongly punctured. Pleurze closely punctured, the metapleurze more strongly than the rest. ‘The middle of the postpetiole longitudinally striated ; the middle of the second segment entirely and the basal half of the third longitudinally striated. Aglaojoppa latemaculata, sp. n. Black, the mandibles broadly at the base, the upper edge Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills = 867 of the pronotum broadly, the mark dilated at the apex, the lower half of the prosternum behind, two longish lines on the centre of the mesonotum, the scutellums, two large oblique marks on the apex of the median segment, extending on to the pleurz, the lower half of the mesopleurz, the mesosternum, except for a triangular black mark in the middle at the base, the apices of the basal two abdominal segments broadly, two large lateral marks occupying the apical two thirds of the second and two similar, but smaller, ones on the apex of the third segment, yellow. Legs yellow, a line on the four front femora behind, the hinder coxe, the femora, the apex of their tibie, the base narrowly and the apices of the four front tibie, black. Wings hyaline, the apical half fuscous violaceous, the stigma and nervures black. ©. Length 13 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Head lemon-yellow, the front and vertex in the middle, the greater part of the occiput and the outer orbits broadly above, black. Face and clypeus almost bare, sparsely punctured. Mesosternum sparsely punctured. The keels bounding the areola are thin and indistinct; the latter is smooth and shining and has an oblique slope at the base. Posterior median area rounded above, closely punctured, the punctures round and shallow; the spiracular and other arez closely punctured. Xanthojoppa geniculata, sp. n. Yellow, the ocellar region, a line in front of it, a broader line behind, the greater part of the occiput, the apex of the mandibles, the base of the mesonotum in the centre, its apex and sides broadly, the middle of the median segment, the apex of the petiole broadly in the middle, and the other segments in the middle, the mark on the base of the second more dilated, black. Legs rufo-fulvous, the anterior with a more yellowish, paler tint; the apices of the tarsi darker, the hinder cox yellowish at the base, on the outer side at the apex marked with black and the apex of the femora black. Wings hyaline, with a fulvous tinge, the stigma fulvous, the nervures blacker. 9. Length 15-16 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Antennee rufous, darker towards the apex. Face and clypeus shining, impunctate, and bearing a few white hairs ; the labrum fringed with long golden hairs. Palpi rufous, 368 Mr. P. Cameron on new pilose. Mesonotum impunctate, the base covered with short pubescence. The furrow at the base of the meta- notum deep, black. The sides of the metanotum at the base oblique, the middle much more strongly transversely striated; the posterior median area in the middle irre- gularly longitudinally reticulated ; the teeth are large, somewhat triangular. The top of the prothorax is more deeply and roundly depressed than usual. Propleurz obscurely punctured at the base and apex ; the base of the depression obliquely striated, the striz being stronger above, where it is black all round. Mesopleurz yellowish, the base and apex on the lower side black ; below the tubercles is a striated belt. Abdomen smooth; the apex of the petiole on the lower side raised and finely transversely striated. Resembles X. nigrolineata in form and coloration, but differs in the flatter scutellum, in the more depressed middle of the pronotum, and in the second abdominal segment not being striated. Erythrojoppa nigromaculata, sp. 0. one. 1S mm eee Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. This species agrees very closely in coloration with E. ferruginea, Cam., but differs in having the scutellum not pyramidal. | The fifteen or sixteen basal joints of the antenne are ferruginous, more yellowish in tint towards the middle; the dilated apical joints are black. Head ferruginous, the clypeus and orbits with a yellowish tint ; the face and the top of the clypeus punctured but not closely ; the central raised part of the face is more strongly punctured than the sides. The front above is broadly but not deeply furrowed in the centre, and is there transversely striated. The apex of the clypeus slightly projects in the centre; the projecting iabrum is smooth and has the apex fringed with long rufous hair. Mandibular teeth black. On the ferruginous thorax the following parts are black: the middle of the pronotum and of the propleurz, the sides of the mesonotum in front, its apex, the scutellar depressions, the base of the median seg- ment, the greater part of the posterior median area in the ceutre (the black part narrowed above}, the apex of the segment all round, the base of the mesopleurs, except at the top, a line under the tubercles, the apex at the middle coxze, the base of the metapleure, its apex and more nar- rowly its lower edge. The scutcllum is roundly convex and 9 Hymenoptera from the Khasta Hills. 369 is slightly raised above the level of the mesonotum; the lateral keels extend near to the apex, which has an oblique slope and is closely Jongitudinally striated. The raised areola and the base of the median segment in the middle are smooth and shining; the rest of the segment closely rugosely punctured and striated; the metapleurse and the spiracular area are closely, strongly, obliquely striated. Legs coloured like the body ; the apical two joints of the hinder tarsi black; the pubescence is short, and on the base (the coxee particularly) is pale fulvous. Wings yel- lowish hyaline, the apex fusco-violaceous ; the nervures and stigma black. Abdomen ferruginous; the apical half of the third more or less and the other segments entirely black ; the postpetiole is depressed in the middle at the base; the centre is strongly longitudinally striated; the gastrocceli, except at the base, are smooth and shining; the second segment to near the apex is closely longitudinally striated. Xanthyjoppa femorata, sp. n. Yellow; the ocellar region, the vertex behind it, the occiput, an oblique mark on the upper part of the orbits behind, not touching the eyes, the central furrow on the front, the mandibular teeth, the sides of the mesonotum broadly, a line mm the centre, reaching from the base to shortly beyoud the apex, the scutellar depression, the space at its sides broadly, the depressed space at the base of the median segment, the central area, its apex broadly, the middle of the propleurz, the sides, upper part and apex more broadly of the mesopieure, the base and apical part of the metapleure, a short mark on the apex of the petiole, longer than broad, broad at the apex, gradually narrowed and rounded at the base, a larger mark, triangular at the base, the other segments broadly in the middle, black. Wings fuscous violaceous, paler at the apex, the stigma and nervures black. The middle tarsi have the apical four joints black ; the outer half of the hinder coxz, except at the base, the hinder femora, tibiz, and tarsi deep black. @¢. Length 12-13 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. The basal fourteen or fifteen joints of the antenne fulvous, the apical black, almost bare; the scape shining, bare. Mesonotum closely, but not strongly, punctured. Scutellum shining. Areola coarsely, irregularly, longitudinally reticu- lated; the posterior median area is more coarsely reticulated, the sides at the top are transversely, obliquely striated, the Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 24 370 On new Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills, apex is more coarsely transversely striated and with a stouter, transverse keel which projects at the edges imto a stout triangular tooth. The upper part of the propleure smooth, the lower with curved striations on the basal half. Mesopleure punctured, except m the middle behind; im front of this it is striated. Metapleurze stoutly, obliquely striated. Gastrocceli shallow, smooth, transverse, black. The abdominal segments are covered with sbort black hair, except the first. Acanthojoppa zanthopsis, sp. 1. Length 13mm. ?. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. This species has a small, broader than long, areola as in A. nigromaculata, but it differs in the median segment not being marked with black and in the top of the scutellum being broader and more distinctly roundly incised. Luteous, the face, clypeus, labrum, and mandibles, except their teeth, pale yellow; the antenne from the 15th or 16th joints black. Face and clypeus covered with short white hair. The mesonotum is darker coloured and thickly covered with short black hair. Apex of clypeus roundly, but not deeply, imcised ; the hair on the basal slope is long, black, and thick. The basal slope of the median segment is smooth and with the keels short, not reaching to the base; the areola small, the base rounded, the apex transverse ; the apical slope has the centre irregularly shagreened ; the sides stoutly, transversely striated. Pro- and mesopleure smooth, the base of the metapleuree irregularly and sparsely, the apical half obliquely, punctured. Wings hyaline, the apex slightly infuscated, the stigma testaceous. The abdomen appears darker coloured on the back from being thickly covered with short black hair. Gastrocceli shallow, deeper at the apex, which is wider than long and 1s aciculated. Acanthojoppa tinctipennis, sp. n. Luteous; the face, clypeus, inner orbits narrowly, the outer broadly below, yellow, the apex of the antenne broadly black ; the wings fuscous hyaline, the apical half darker, more violaceous in tint, smooth and shining, the mesonotum granular and closely covered with short black hair; the scutellum coarsely and closely punctured and thickly covered with fuscous hair; the sides strongly keeled, the apex above slightly depressed. Basal arez of median segment closely and strongly punctured ; the areola slightly longer than broad, its sides at the base rounded, the centre a little depressed; the apex slightly bent inwardly; the Bibliographical Notices. av apical slope thickly covered with long fuscous hair; the posterior median area closely, the lateral areze more coarsely transversely striated. Pro- and mesopleure closely punc- tured, the former striated behind, the metapleurz more closely and strongly punctured. Four front coxe paler than the rest of the legs. Petiole smooth and shining; the sides at the apex punctured. Gastrocceli shallow, wide at the apex, the base with two or three keels. <. Length 12 mm. fab. Khasia, Coll. Rothney. A species closely related to A. curtispina, Cam., from which it differs in the wings being darker coloured through- out, in the areola being distinctly bounded by a keel behind and not coarsely transversely striated, and the recurrent nervure is received shortly behind the middle of the areolet. Acanthojoppa varicornis, sp. 0. Luteous ; the face, clypeus, and mandibles pale yellow ; the apex of the antenne black, brownish below ; the wings hyaline, the base with a fulvous tinge, the stigma pale testaceous, the nervures darker coloured. 9°. Length 10 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Head smooth and shiming, the face and clypeus sparsely covered with a short pile. The upper part of the thorax is darker coloured than the sides and is closely and uniformly punctured and covered with a microscopic down. Scutellum thickly covered with long black hair; the lateral keels stout, the apex roundly incised above. The basal three areze of the median segment smooth, the rest closely and somewhat coarsely transversely striated ; the areola is about as broad as long, its sides and apex straight, the base rounded ; the teeth are about three times longer than broad. Mesopleurz, except above, closely and indistinctly, the metapleuree much more strongly, striated. The second abdominal segment is closely longitudinally striated between the gastrocceli. [To be continued. | BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. A Manual of Palearctic Birds. By H. HE. Dresser, F.L.S., F.Z.S. Part I. Published by the Author at 3 Hanover Square, W. 12s. 6d, net. Unpovustepiy this manual, when complete, will fill a distinct gap in ornithological literature, for although the subject has been, at least partially, covered by Mr. Dresser’s larger work on the ‘ Birds 372 Bibliographical Notices. of Europe,’ the price of these splendid volumes places them beyond the reach of the majority of working naturalists. The modest price at which this ook. is published makes it probable that a second edition will be called for. On the strength of this probability we venture to make a few critical remarks, which, if they be taken in the spirit in which they are offered, and acted upon accordinely, should add still further to the value of this work. In the first place, then, we would have its pages brought thoroughly up to date. In the second, we feel that diagnoses both of families and genera should be given. Further, we must say that Mr. Dresser’s book, as it at present stands, is too eclectic. He gives no reasons for the faith that is in him when rejecting the claims of certain forms to subspecific rank, and admits others in a somewhat dogmatic fashion difficult to understand. The Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes. Part I. Vol. IL. pls. xxvi—xxxiv. Cambridge: University Press. 15s. net. Tue first part of the second volume of this valuable work in every way sustains the high standard set by the earlier parts already noticed in these pages. We would draw special attention to Prof. Hickson’s report on the Alcyonaria of the Maldives, which will doubtless be read with keen interest by many who have hitherto paid little or no attention to this group. And for this reason, in the course of his report, Prof. Hickson shows, in the most luminous manner, how remarkable is the range of variation which a species may take in adaptation to an environment so variable as that of a reef. “When I went out to Celebes,” he says, “‘ the first thing I did was to collect specimens of Vubipora, . .. . [and] the conclusion I came to was that there is only one species, which varies on the one reef within limits almost as wide as the limits of all the hitherto described species of the genus.” His remarks on the significance of the colours of Spongodes and Solenocaulon, for example, are of considerable interest, and may excite some surprise among those who insist on attaching a label explanatory of the meaning of conspicuous colours wherever they are met with. There is much else in this report that we would fain note, but space forbids. Sir Charles Eliot, in a paper on the Nudibranchiata, remarks that “Tt would seem as ‘if the marine fauna of small islands which have never been connected with a continent is less in number and size than that of the mainland and its adjacent islands.” Mr. Laidlaw has a short paper on a Land-Planarian, which bears an additional interest since no Land-Planarian has hitherto been recorded from any coral island in the Indian Ocean. Mr. Stanley Gardiner and Sir John Murray complete this bent with an elaborate treatise on Lagoon deposits. e THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN : PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE AND JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS, CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES. — sg PRICE 2s, 6d. depicts: sets (unbound) may be obtained at the following prices : Rea The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. A few imperfect copies only on hand—prices on application. . - The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1882. Price £2 4s. _ The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. 55) 2208 The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. yen TAYLOR and FRAncts, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY. MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. SS, > o a > q O taarolets sets (unbound) may be obtained at the following : oe aad bs & The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10, The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857, — nae Lh . The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. . ,, £12. The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. Pree) yh The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. af ssh ee hee Taxtor and FRAncis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. as F, W. ‘Townsend, oF the actaee 1901-1903. By Janes Cosmo Munyin1, M.A. F.L _ RoBeRt Sranven, Assistant High ae bat m. XX-XXIL) . See oe err nny XXVIL Oa’ new iene; of en fom West Gzonee ae 7 PemnuNe Dien, F, L fap. = Z. my Hs qian a North Atlantic aohas ed Month of November. M a E.R, Ge. 8. ae as XXIV. ie A Aros Aus nd Tet ‘ By 0 O:orren ‘Drowas We pace On. a Golletion of Fishes from. 1 the Anon ‘et rid ‘Museum. “ly G. AL " Boorexen, ERS ae Nae Ke an XXRLY. List of XXXVI. On some new Gene and ; plera from the Khasia Hills, Assam. — Wy A Wana of Paieeene bias By ce E. Danson ; ie 1 eee nc t Part 1. Vol Meee eeeeeeeee pelagoes. NY 8S: 1908 ; 1 n SEVENTH SERIES. No. 70. est ‘THE ANNALS ip ie INCLUDING " 200L0GY, Pe AND GEOLOGY, Seioss ig. < rah Enaear ees LOL: CONDUCTED BY ALBERT A nS GUNTHER, M ess NE, Dr, aigit Ds BRS. WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, E.R. Sa 8. i Dey ees AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, a E.L.S. H BRING A CONTINUATION Or THE fr ANNALS’ ’ COMBINED WITIT || MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLES WORTIL ‘3 “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ WITH THREE PLATES. _ Ilustrative of Dr. H. Charlton Bastian’s Paper on the Origin of Bacteria and _ their Allies by Heterogenesis, and Canon A, M. Norman’s on the vntaral ee of Hast Finmark. | Pronpon;: : TAYLOR AND. FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. Sold “Aik ita Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Bailliére, Paris: pee Figgis, & Co., Dublin: anal Asher, Berlin. t (SS ee ——EEEIEEEE— | Just published : : oy a ANNALS & MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. fice AN INDEX To all the papers on Mollusca. ae. , No. Il. A Summary of THE ANNALS ~ AND MAGAZINE OF NATURA DIGHSTA _ $ > HISTORY AND ITSFORERUNNERS, Mud cul Part I. (1829-1863), 84 Lae Bro, a MALACOLOGICA 1903, 9s. net. net itt. * hoes $a at Published previously: = No. I. A Summary of THE AMERICAN — . HE. R. SYKES JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, 1865- 1872, 54 pages, 8vo, 1901, 6s. mb a WILLIAM WESLEY AND SON, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London. THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA, INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA. Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India é m Council. Edited by W. T. Branrorp, ick ae Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med, 8vo, with numerous illustrations : ue dette MAMMALIA. Price £1. By W. T. BLANFORD, F.BS. FISHES.—2 Vols. Price £1 each. — By FRANCIS DAY, C.1.E., LL.D. | BIRDSVol. 1, £1: Vol To is, By E. W. OATES, E.Z.S8. | VOLS. III. and IV., 15s. each. | By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S. MB REPTILIA and BATRACHIA. Price £1. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. Be ye eA MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete. Price £1 each. 9) By Sr G. F. HAMPSON, Barr. HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I. Wasps and Bees. Price rere With 4 coloured plates. ni Sanne 2 Vol. II. Ants and Cuckoo-Wasps. Price £1.) RE. With 1 coloured plate. ea By Lieut.-Col. ©. T. BINGHAM, F.Z8. i sets HOR SR ce We Ya ARACHNIDA. Price 10s. By BR. 1 POCOCK. RHYNCHOTA.—Vol. I. Heteroptera. Price £1. By W. L. DISTANT. : Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SEVENTH SERIES. ] No. 70. OCTOBER 1903. XXXVII.—WNotes on Blattidee &e., with Descriptions of new Genera and Species in the Collection of the British Museum, South Kensington —No. Ill. By W. F. Kirby, F.L.S., BLATTIDA. BLATTINa. Genus MELANOZOSTERIA, Stal. Melanozosteria bicolor, sp. n. Long. corp. 18-20 millim. . Black, sometimes shading into dark reddish chestnut at the sides and towards the extremity; antennz, palpi, and a large subquadrate spot on each side of the seventh abdominal segment above luteous. Tegmina lateral, just passing the extremity of the mesonotum, rather longer than broad, with the hinder angle rounded off ; strongly punctured. Abdomen with the lateral extremities acutely angulated ; the segments with numerous short, strongly marked, longitudinal carinze at the extremities above. ‘Tarsal joints more or less rufous ; coxe lined with pale yellow. Hab. Torres Straits and Cornwallis Island. Allied to WZ. nitida, Walk., but easily distinguished by its colour. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 25 374 Mr. W. F. Kirby—Wotes on Blattide. Genus SYNTOMAPTERA, Tepp. Syntomaptera Tepperi, n. n. || Periplaneta glabra, Tepp. Trans, Roy. Soc. 8. Australia, xvii. p. 107 (1893). Hab. Northern Territory of South Australia. Judging from the description, this insect appears to be a species of Syntomaptera, Tepp. Lertplaneta glabra, Walk. Jat. Blatt. B. M. p. 139. n. 45 (1868), belongs to Melano- zosterta, Stal. The name of the province known as “ South Australia” is most misleading, and ought to be changed. It is really a perpendicular slice running from north to south of the whole continent. Genus Meruana, Stal. Methana Zehntnert, n. n. ||Methana flavicincta, Sauss. & Zehntn., Grandidier, Hist. Madagascar, Orth. i. p. 71, pl. ii. fig. 27 (1895), Hab. Madagascar. This species appears to be distinct from IM. flavicincta, De Haan, from Java, of which Saussure and Zehntner con- sider ita variety. The true WZ. flavicincta from Java is smaller, and the yellowish markings on the middle of the pronotum are smaller and less conspicuous than in the insect figured from Madagascar. Methana rufescens, n. n. Le pallipalpis, Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 238. n. 18 (1865), nec erve Long. corp. 17-18 millim.; exp. tegm. 38-41 millim. Rufo-castaneous ; head red, varied with blackish in front, but generally with a more or less distinct brighter red mark in the middle of the face below the limits of the antenne, which are red towards the base and browner beyond; ocellar spots, palpi, and lower mouth-parts yellow. Pronotum ellip- tical, broader than long, with indistinct spots and streaks in the middle, obliterated in one specimen, in which the pro- notum, except at the edges, is blackish. Meso- and meta- notum yellowish ; abdomen pale red towards the base and mostly blackish towards the extremity; terminal segment long, slightly incised in the middle in both sexes; cerci long and thick, blackish, tipped with red; sete of the female Mr. W. F. Kirby—Notes on Blattide. 375 nearly as long as the cerci. Underside blackish; legs dark red. Tegmina hardly as long as the abdomen, almost equally broad throughout ; hind margin obtusely rounded, dark rufo- castaneous, covered part of the right tegmen yellowish, more or less conspicuously bordered with rich purple. Wings with the costal area brown; nervures yellow in the basal half of the costal area and also the longitudinal nervures towards the base ; the rest of the wing hyaline. Hab. New South Wales. Allied to M. convera, Walk. (Cat. Blatt. B. M., Suppl. p- 152, 1869), from Moreton Bay, but in I. convexa the head is black. Paraphoraspis (?) castanea, Tepp. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Australia, xviii. p. 173 (1894), appears to be another allied species. Genus Buatta, Linn. Blatta Brunneri, n. un. || Pertplaneta concinna, Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 229. n. 7 (1865). Hab. Australia. De Haan’s description of his Blatta ( Periplaneta) concinna (Orth. p. 50), from Java, appears to apply to P. Borret, Sauss., which is in the British Museum, from Java and Hong Kong. Itisa species of Methana allied to M. pallipalpis, Serv. Brunner’s species thus falls under a different genus, and when a second species is described as the same as another, and they prove to be distinct, it seems to me that we have no alternative but to change the name of the later one, even though it may fall under another genus in which the name has not previously been used. Genus PELMATOSILPHA, Dohrn. This is a small genus, but its contents do not seem to be very homogeneous; still I cannot venture to subdivide it, as I am unacquainted with the types, P. alaris, Sauss., and P. prestans, Dohrn. P. marginalis, Brunn., and the two other West-Indian species described below form a very natural group with short tegmina, while the Australian species will probably form another genus. Pelmatosilpha purpurascens, sp. n. Long. corp. 25-30 millim. Head pale yellow above, brown below, with the sides and lower part sometimes varied with tawny. Antenne ferru- 25* 376 Mr. W. F. Kirby—Notes on Blattide. ginous. Pronotum and tegmina dark brown, with the borders broadly yellowish tawny, edged outside with a narrow black line. ‘Tegmina overlapping, punctured, dark ferruginous brown, nearly half as long as the abdomen, truncated at the extremity, and broadly bordered with yellowish tawny ; narrowly edged outside with a black line ; the right tegmen, which is shorter than the left, is broadly bordered with yellow on both sides, and the dark centre passes on each side into reddish, which on the inner side is strongly flushed with purple in some lights. Legs pale yellow; hind femora double-lined with black beneath ; hind tibiz and tarsi more ferruginous. Abdomen black; lateral angles, cerci, and terminal plates ferruginous. Hab. Dominica. Allied to P. marginalis, Brunn., from Grenada. Pelmatosilpha decipiens, sp. n. Long. corp. 25 millim. Male.—Head, pronotum, and tegmina orange-tawny ; head with a broad blackish transverse band between the eyes, and a large blackish space varied with red on the middle of the front of the head, from above the antenne to the extremity of the clypeus, except a pale space below each eye ; pronotum with a narrow black rim all round and two black central spots, con- nected by aline between. ‘Tegmina overlapping, closely punc- tured ; costa bordered by a ferruginous line, closely punctured, squarely truncated and slightly waved at the extremities ; right tegmen shorter than the left, about two fifths as long as the abdomen, which is tawny, with the segments bordered with black behind, increasingly, so that the hinder segments are almost entirely black. Legs tawny, with black spines, and the lower carinz lined with brown or black. Antenne ferruginous. Hab. ‘Trinidad. Allied to the last species, but curiously resembling Peri- planeta australasie, Fabr., in its markings. Pelmatosilpha (?) antipoda, sp. n. Long. corp. 25-27 millim. Inky black, rather shining; antenne (except at base), ocellar spots, a line on the coxee, terminal joints of tarsi, and the pulville pale yellow or ferruginous; pronotum nearly concealing the head, rather broad, semicircular, cut off square behind, Tegmina overlapping, of equal length, squarely truncated, but slightly concave at the ends, thickly punctured Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNoites on Blattide. 377 and slightly inclining to ferruginous at the borders, about 2 as long astheabdomen. Front legs with a row of short spines beneath on the outer half; middle and hind legs with not numerous, but longer spines on their whole length. flab. Queensland. I place this species provisionally in the American genus Pelmatosilpha, to which it has most resemblance. Genus DEROPELTIS, Burm. Deropeltis Saussuret, n. n. | Deropeléis longipennis, Sauss. Mém. Soc. Genéve, xxiii. p. 117 (1873). This species is allied to D. albilatera, Stal (= Wahlbergi, Sauss., nec Stal). Ischnoptera longipennis, Walk. Cat. Blatt. B. M. p. 167. n. 29 (1868), appears to be synonymous with D., brevicollis, Serv. PancHLORINA. Genus RuyparosiA, Karsch. Rhyparobia rufipes, sp. 0. Exp. al. 63 millim.; long. corp. 38 millim. Female.—Head black above, with two pale lines running downwards to a transverse pale band, below which a large blackish patch fills up the centre of the face as far as the lower border of the clypeus; pronotum black, with a narrow pale yellow border running all round. Abdomen yellowish at the base and blackish towards the extremity, except at the sutures. Under surface black, with pale yellow sutures; abdomen with a broad, central, interrupted, reddish band, and with curved, pale yellow, comma-like lateral markings. Legs red, spines tipped with black. Tegmina subparallel, about twice as long as broad, shorter than the abdomen, and obtusely rounded at the ends; greenish grey, with small, scattered, pale yellow dots. Wings broad, rather shorter than the tegmina; costal area purplish brown, with a few yellow spots towards the extremity ; the rest of the wing brownish hyaline. Hab. Sierra Leone. Allied to &. thoracica, Kirb. Rhyparobia pallescens, sp. n. Long. corp. cum tegm. 40 millim. ue Female. — Head, pronotum, and tegmina light shining yellowish grey; ocellar spots pale yellow, mouth-parts in- 378 Mr. W. F. Kirby—Wotes on Blattidee. clining to orange; antenne blackish, shining. Pronotum elliptical, narrowed in front, with the sides obtusely angulated behind the middle. Tegmina with a conspicuous black basal line, as in R. madere, but not mottled. Body beneath choco- late-colour ; abdomen with an orange-coloured comma, bordered within with black, near the sides of each segment ; femora chocolate-colour or blackish, striped with yellowish white below ; legs otherwise red. Hab. Sierra Leone. Genus LeucopHma, Brunn. Leucophea striata, sp. n. Exp. al. 35-43 millim. ; long. corp. 20-25 millim. Head free, light red above, black below, except a space under each eye and the parts below the labrum, which are pale yellow. Antennze ferruginous, pale yellow at the base. Pronotum smooth, shining, sparingly punctured, more or less blackish in the middle; the front and depressed sides red ; front transversely striated. Abdomen orange-tawny, paler below, with a row of four linear spots on each side. ‘Teg- mina reddish tawny towards the base, and yellowish towards the costa beyond the costal cell and towards the apex of the left tegmen ; outer half of right tegmen obliquely, and wings clear hyaline; outer half of costa of wings yellowish tawny. Hab. Selangor, near caves (H. N. Fidley). Allied to Z. tenebrigera, Walk., from India. Genus Pancutora, Burm. Panchlora translucida, n. n. || Panchlora hyalina, Sauss. Rev. Zool. (2) xiv. p. 231 (1862); Sauss. & Zehntn. Biol. Centr.-Am., Orth. i. p. 96. n, 12 (1893); Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 275. n. 6 (1865). P. hyalina, Stoll, Spectres, Blatt. p. 5, pl. iid. fig. 12 (1813), appears to be identical with viridis, Burm., Sauss. & Zehntn., Brunn. (nec Fabr., which=mnivea, L.); nivea, Herbst, Thunb., Sauss. (nec Linn.) ; and Poey?, Sauss. Genus Naupue@ra, Burm. Naupheta basalis, sp. n. Exp. al. 52-56 millim.; long. corp. 28-30 millim. Female.—Head black, a tawny band in front, curving round behind the eyes to the vertex; a space between each Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNotes on Blattide. 379 eye and the mouth-parts tawny. Pronotum with the sides rounded, hinder border quite straight, black, with the sides bordered with pale yellow. Abdomen above brown, shading into black, the sutures and margins pale yellow; cerci black, tipped with red. Underside banded with black and tawny ; legs ferruginous, coxe and femora pale yellow beneath. Tegmina of a shining and slightly reddish brown; a pale yellow line on the costal margin, below which the costal cell is black ; anal area with a large, oval, pale yellow spot at the base. Wings brownish hyaline, with the costal area brown. Hab. Matton Mountains, Tonkin, April and May (4. Fruh- storfer). . This species has a superficial resemblance’ to Hedaia olivacea &c., but the unarmed femora, and pronotum truncated behind, will at once distinguish it. POLYPHAGINZE Genus Potypuaaa, Brullé. Polyphaga limbata, n. n. || Homeogamia sinensis, Sauss. Mém. Soc. Genéve, xxi. p. 282 (1869) ; Rey. Suisse Zool. i. p. 811 (1898). This species is quite distinct from P. sinensis, Walker & Dohrn, to which the specific name rightly belongs, but which Saussure has renamed H. Dohrniana. Polyphaga camelorum, Kirb. Polyphaga camelorum, Kirb. Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. (7) xi. p. 407 (1903). Jacobsen and Bianchi have described and figured this species from ‘Turkestan, but have identified it with the much smaller P. egyptiaca, L. (Premokr. i Lozhn. Ross. Imp. p- 1383, pl. ii., 1892). PLECTOPTERINE. Genus PROSOPLECTA, Sauss. Prosoplecta rufa, sp. n. Long. corp. cum tegm. 9 millim. ; lat. 5 millim. Female.—Light red, the tegmina somewhat darker. Pro- notum smooth and shining, with the front border narrower than the hind border, transversely oval, with broad borders of subhyaline yellow covering the rounded off lateral angles, and 380 Mr. W. F. Kirby—WNotes on Blattide. the hind border yellow. Tegmina with the costal margin subhyaline yellow, a small yellow spot near the base, and another at one third of the length, both near the costa; be- tween the second and the inner margin is a much larger, transverse, oval, yellow spot. Base of tegmina blackish. Wings, and a great portion of the middle of the abdomen beneath, as far as the base of the terminal segment, black. Hab, Mindanao, Philippines. PERISPHARIINZE. Genus THYSANOBLATTA, nov. Male.—General characters of Derocalymma, Burm. Pro- notum regularly curved, longer than broad, semioval, with a broad depressed channel before the raised marginal line; hood below with the sides moderately broad, narrowing on each side to a point in front, the central part over the head almost linear. Pronotum clothed with long hair above, which forms a fringe all round, except on the hinder edge. Eyes approximating ; front femora with three short spines below, and a terminal spine above; hind tibie with three rows of” spines above. Differs from Trichocoma, Stal, in the shape of the pro- notum, which in Stal’s genus is described as being wider before than behind. Thysanoblatta latipennis, sp. n. Long. corp. 18 millim.; exp. al. 45 millim. Male.—Pronotum black, rugose-punctate, with a very slight median carina, most distinct behind; the channel within the recurved marginal line broad, smooth, reddish ; the recurved edge brown at the sides; hind border of pro- notum narrowly brown, pronotum clothed and fringed with long ferruginous hair. Hood moderately broad, punctured, contracted to a line in front; ocelliform spots very large, pale yellow ; eyes closely approximating, the line between, and the front orbits and lower mouth-parts, testaceous; the rest of the face black, distinctly punctured. Antenne black, testa- ceous towards the base. Abdomen and under surface lighter or darker testaceous, the abdomen blackish towards the extre- mity above, and towards the sides and extremity beneath ; cerci pale yellow, base of coxe and a more or less distinct line on the femora black. ‘Tegmina narrow, yellowish hyaline, the costal area and base of the inner margin whitish ; basal fourth opaque, reddish brown, shading into black at the base; On the Origin of Bacteria and their Allies. 381 longitudinal nervures and cross-nervures just beyond the opaque part of the tezmina and to beyond the middle below the costal area rufo-testaceous, the rest of the cross-nervures white. Wings broad, as long as the tegmina, hyaline, and with white nervures, except that the longitudinal nervures and the branches of the subcostal nervure are pale brown. flab. Mbuyuni, Brit. East Africa (Betton). This insect agrees fairly well with [schnoptera macra, Stal, but is twice the size; from Derocalymma versicolor, Burm., it differs in the colour of the legs &c. Both these species may, perhaps, belong to the present genus. The female probably resembles Perispheria equa, Walk., or Dero-— calymma Brunneriana, Costa; but there is no reason to identify the male here described with either of these species. P4NESTHIINA, Genus PANESTHIA, Serv. Panesthia nigricans, n. n. || Panesthia nigrita, Sauss. Rey. Suisse Zool. iii. p. 317. n. 17 (1895). Hab. Macassar. Not Blatta nigrita, Stoll, Spect. Blatt. pl. iid. fig. 6. XXXVIII.—On the Origin of Bacteria and their Allies by Heterogenesis*, By H. Cuaruton Bastian, M.A., M.D., F.R.S. [Plates XXV. & XXVI.] Ir we turn to the question of the origin of Bacteria and their allies by heterogenesis we shall find, I think, that the evidence is overwhelming in regard to its reality, though it lacks that kind of certitude which obtains in regard to the heterogenetic origin of some much larger organisms whose birth trom strange ancestors we have been following in some of the preceding sections. We may, for instance, as I have shown, see the whole substance of a large Rotifer’s egg segment into a number of smaller parts, and we may see such segments presently become active as Amcebee, Monads, Pera- nemata, or even as Ciliated Infusoria f. * This paper forms one of the concluding sections of the author’s ‘ Studies in Heterogenesis.’ + See ‘Studies in Heterogenesis,’ pp. 31 & 46, 382 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the Origin But this kind of proof is impossible in the case of Bacteria. Where the proof is most direct (even where the birth of Bacteria seems to take place under our eyes) it must always be a question of particles of living matter emerging from the region of the invisible—appearing, that is, where previously visible particles were absent. While in other cases, without being so directly present as it were at their birth, we may find them existing in parts of animals or plants, after these have been subjected to certain experimental conditions, where previously, in accordance with all existing knowledge and belief, neither they nor their germs are to be found. They may appear, that is, when such animals or plants, or, rather, portions of them, have been exposed to certain experimental conditions unfavourable to their pre-existing vital processes, but which yet, as we assume, allow the constituent proto- plasm to die more or less slowly, and portions of it to indi- vidualize themselves and grow into this or that form of microorganism. The assumption here is that we have, as starting-points, to do with pre-existing units of living matter. Still, in the cases where our observations are made upon protoplasm which appears to be actually structureless, or upon one or other of the fluids pertaining to an animal or plant, the actual mode of origin, so far as appearances go, may be precisely similar to that which would occur in archebiosis ; in each case there would be the appearance of particles where none previously existed. The difference between the two cases would be this: in archebiosis we should have to do with the actual birth of units of living matter, with a synthesis, that is, from its elements; but in the case of heterogenesis we have confessedly to do with living matter already existing, so that we postulate only an individualization of living particles or of larger units, together with a change in their mode of life. Where the particles of living matter so individualizing themselves are so small as to be beyond the range of our most powerful microscopes, it would be impossible to say, as they grow and become recognizable im organic fluids, whether newly appearing particles had arisen by heterogenesis or by archebiosis. On the other hand, it must be recognized that there are particles of various kinds in the tissue elements and fluids of an animal or plant which it is often impossible by mere microscopical examination to discriminate from germs of microorganisms. And until such germs begin to grow and assume specific shapes, or particular collocations, their discrimination from particles which are normal constituents of such tissues or fluids cannot safely be made. of Bacteria and their Allies by Heterogenesis. 383. Whenever, therefore, Bacteria or their allies appear in the midst of the tissues or fluids of animals or plants, two possi- bilities have to be considered in order to account for their presence. The two questions that have to be asked are these :— (a) Are the bodies of plants and animals interpenetrated in all parts by invisible germs of microorganisms, or are they germless ? (0) Have the microorganisms which may be found in the tissues or fluids of plants and animals under various conditions been produced therein by heterogenesis (possibly in the fluids by archebiosis), or is their presence invariably to be ascribed to infection from without ? (a) During the last thirty years it has been commonly held, in accordance with the teachings of Pasteur, Lister, and others, that the tissues and fluids of healthy animals and plants are germless and altogether free from microorganisms, In regard to animals, however, it is clear that this position is one which cannot be accepted without very important limi- tations. It is obvious that microorganisms may, like other particles, get taken up from the mucous membranes of the alimentary canal and the respiratory system, and pass by means of lymphatics into the nearest glands. If they should get through these and ultimately pass into the blood, the generally accepted view is that they are speedily destroyed in this fluid. ‘This view is based upon the fact that bacteriolo- gists are never able to get evidence of the existence of micro- organisms or their germs by the inoculation of different suitable and sterilized media, with blood drawn from a healthy man or from one of the lower animals similarly free from disease. Yet, although the blood and internal tissues of healthy animals and of man are declared to be free from micro- organisms and their germs, such organisms will habitually show themselves after death, in the course of a tew days, throughout all the organs, even when life has been abruptly terminated in a state of health. It cannot reasonably be said in explanation of this that the organisms naturally present in the intestinal canal have been enabled to spread through the body so as to reach the most remote parts after death, since many of the organisms are motionless and others’ exhibit. mere to-and-fro movements of a non-progressive character. The blood, again, has ceased to circulate, so that this fluid, germless during life, cannot after death be con- sidered to act as a carrier. But if the organisms themselves cannot make their way through the tissues and travel far 384 Dr. H. Charlton-Bastian on the Origin within brief periods, and if no carrier exists, they must naturally have been born in or near many of the sites in which after death they are speedily to be found. If bacteriologists are right in their view that the blood is eermless in healthy animals because any germs or organisms obtaining access thereto are straightway killed, there seems no escape from the foregoing conclusion. It has, however, been held by Tiegel, Burdon Sanderson, and others that though the blood is germless, “ those parts of the animal body which are in closest proximity to absorbing mucous membranes are most liable to be found pregnant with microphytic life when tested by suitable methods” *. ‘Their experiments showed, indeed, that such organs as kidney, spleen, and liver, when removed from the body of a healthy animal immediately after its death and suitably treated, could always be made to reveal the presence of microorganisms, But cutting out portions of internal organs of recently killed animals, enveloping them with superheated paraffine, and then placing them in an incubator at a suitable tempera- ture, followed by the finding of swarms of Bacteria in the central red and uncooked portions is not a method that can possibly give us certain information as to the mode of origin of the organisms found. It may be, as Burdon Sanderson and others concluded, that the organisms found came from “ oerms which existed and retained their latent vitality in the living tissues”; but it is equally possible, as I maintain, that they may have had a heterogenetic origin within these tissues themselves. It seems perfectly clear that experiments of this kind, if carried no further, could teach us nothing decisively, that their results, in fact, are of no more value than those that may be obtained by the examination of the brain and its membranes three or four days after a healthy animal has been killed. There also swarms of microorganisms would be found, as I can testify; and if bacteriologists are right that organisms and their germs are, as they say, “ destroyed ” in the blood, we could only conclude that the organisms so found must have been produced by archebiosis or by hetero- genesis. In regard to plants—that is, fruits and vegetables of different kinds—the case is not so complicated, and Pasteur may have been perfectly right in declaring that, when healthy, their tissues are germless. ‘Thus, in considering the inter- pretation of cases in which microorganisms are found in the * Brit. Med. Journal, 1875, vol. i. p. 199; see also 1878, vol. i, p. 119, of Bacteria and their Allies by FHeterogenesis. 385 interior of certain vegetables or fruits after they have been submitted to various unnatural conditions, the question will not be whether we have had to do with the wakening up of latent pre-existing germs, but rather whether the organisms found are results of an infection that has recently been brought about—that is, during the exposure of the vegetables or fruits to the experimental conditions. And this brings us to the consideration of the second of the two possibilities above referred to. (6) The second possible mode of accounting for the presence of microorganisms in the tissues of healthy animals and plants is that they have resulted from some process of infection brought about antecedently or during the continuance of the experimental conditions to which they have been subjected *. It is of great importance for the proper consideration of this possibility that we should have some definite knowledge as to the power possessed by such microorganisms as Bacteria and their allies of penetrating the healthy tissues of plants and animals, as to the means by which they are enabled to do so, as well as concernirg the time needed for such an operation. Fortunately one such investigation, very much to the point, can be referred to. M. C. Potter} has carefully investigated a bacterial disease of the turnip which he calls “white rot,” due to infection by an organism named Pseudomonas destructans. We shows that this Bacterium “secretes an enzyme which dissolves the middle lamella and causes the softening and swelling of the cell-wall,” and also a toxin. Later, he enters into details as to the mode in which the Bacterium attacks and penetrates the cells of the turnip, the latter process being actually seen f. These later obser- vations were made upon a small fragment of turnip inoculated with a pure culture of P. destructans and introduced into a hanging drop. The influence of the Bacteria was very rapidly brought about. One particular cell attacked by the Bacteria was watched ; a wall common to it and the next was measured, and after half an hour it was found to be nearly twice as thick as before; in another twenty minutes it was nearly three times * I say “antecedently,” because the explanation favoured by Burdon Sanderson of the finding of swarms of Bacteria in kidney, spleen, and liver in his experiments previously referred to is some process of infec- tion from the alimentary canal. How the infection is brought about he does not think it necessary to explain (see Brit. Med. Journal, 1878, i. p. 120)—that is, how the Bacteria (not to speak of their germs) could penetrate all the coats of the intestine and the capsules of the abdominal organs; nor why, if Bacteria or their germs could be active enough and have the power of effecting such a migration, they should, on arrival in this or that organ, lose all their activity and pass into a “latent condition,” + Proceed. of Roy. Soe. vol. lxvii, p. 442. { Loe. cit. vol. Ixx. p. 392. 386 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the Origin as thick; in an hour and a quarter from the commencement the two parts of the cell-wall began to separate, and_in another quarter of an hour there was a distinct gap between them. By this time also all the protoplasm had separated from the cell-wall and formed an irregular bag in the centre of the cell, owing to its death under the action of the toxin, ‘“‘ After this the changes were less rapid, and beyond a slight further separation of the cells, a more rotten and watery appearance of the cell- wall was all that could be observed.” Contiguous cells were being attacked in the same manner. “The Bacteria continued swarming around the cell-walls,” the author says, “and next morning (by which time the cells had been destroyed several layers deep) many Bacteria had come to rest in contact with the wall, their long axis being perpendicular to its surface, and one or two had the appearance of being imbedded in the wall as if in the act of boring their way through.” The actual penetration of the wall was subsequently watched on several occasions. ‘The time required varied with the thickness of the wall, but on an average occupied about three hours.” But Potter found that this Bacterium had “no power to pene- trate the cuticle of the mature epidermis of the turnip”; it was also incapable of penetrating the epidermis of mature leaves, the fully deve- loped cuticle being proof against the action of the enzymes excreted by P. destructans, though young leaves from the growing points “‘ possessing little or no cuticle ” were found to be vulnerable. The important facts made known by this research are therefore these :-— the vegetable cell is only capable of being penetrated when its walls are not thick and hard originally, and when they have been extremely softened by long contact with the cytase excreted by a number of Bacteria. The need of a conjoint attack is distinctly indicated by the author, who says * :—“ Very soon the number of individual Bacteria becomes largely increased, each one contributes its share of toxin and cytase, and in a very short time these products have sufficiently accumulated to kill the first cell. ... It is not, however, until the protoplasm has been killed and the cell-wall very much softened that the Bacteria have the power of perforating the walls and passing into the cell-cavity. It would hardly be supposed that a single Bacterium, through its own excretions, could soften the wall and pierce it at one definite point after the manner of a fungus germ-tube. The extreme minuteness of the Bacteria and the rapidity of their multiplication lead them to act, as it were, in concert, and the wall becomes softened by the cumulative action of many Bac- teria before the penetration of a single individual.” The mode in which a Mould infects and penetrates a vegetable cell is very similar, allowance being made for its greater size, which permits a single individual to do what can only be brought about by numbers of organisms in the case of Bacteria. This subject has been recently inves- tigated by Nordhausen + while studying the parasitism of Botrytis cinerea. I quote from Potter, who says :— ‘“‘ He has shown that the spore of this fungus excretes a powerful toxin in its initial stages of germination before any trace of the germ-tube can be detected. Its manner of effecting an entrance into a host-plant is first to kill the cell by the emission of the toxin; the germ-tube then pene- traies the dead cell, and is nourished saprophytically upon it; with the vigour thus gained it destroys the neighbouring cells and passes from one * Toc. cit. p. 395. + Jahrbiicher fir Wissensch. Botanik, vol. xxxiii. (1899). of Bacteria and their Allies by Heterogenesis. 387 to another without further difficulty. The fungus hypha has the power of penetrating the cuticle, but only in young and tender structures; old and hardened membranes could only be entered when the cuticle had ee injured or when it had gained strength by special saprophytic nutrition.” These results will prove important as standards for compa- rison with others to which I am now about to refer*. We have seen that in the case of actual infection by Bacteria there is need for the co-operation of many organisms in order to bring about, by their secretions, the softening of the wall of every single cell that is penetrated, that some time is required for the operation, and that the softening produced must be considerable before any such penetration is possible. It will be seen how very different is the state of things in eases which I shall cite as instances of the origin of Bacteria and their allies in the tissues of plants and animals by a process of heterogenesis. The presence of two characteristics, wherever they coexist, may be regarded as strongly in favour of the interpretation of heterogenesis as against infection, as the following remarks will show. (1) The means adopted by Bacteria for bringing about the penetration of cells are such as are associated with the vital processes of adult organisms. So that there is no reason to think that invisible or scarcely visible germs of such minute organisms would have the power of secreting a cytase sufii- cient in amount to bring about that degree of softening of a cell-wall which has been found to be a necessary preliminary to their penetration. Yet in multitudes of cases it 1s minute germs of Bacteria and their allies which may be seen developing within cells or tissues. (2) Again, the process of infection, as described by Potter, is one brought about by active organisms which affix them- selves to a cell-wall until it becomes softened, and then succeed, by reason of this same activity, in boring their way into the cavity of the cell. On the other hand, in very many of the cases in which, as I maintain, Bacteria and their allies may be presumed to be originating by heterogenesis, what can often be seen is this—particles becoming visible in the midst of homogeneous protoplasm, such particles being invariably motionless, but followed soon by the appearance of definite Bacteria or their allies, recognizable as such by their shapes and modes of collocation. But these Bacteria or their allies, * As well as with the case of assumed migration and infection referred to on p. 385, note *, 388 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the Origin like their germs, are invariably, at first, found to be motionless. This primary motionless condition is, in fact, the rule in the case of organisms taking their origin by heterogenesis. Thus, when Monads are formed in the pellicle on a hay infu- sion, they are at first motionless ; when Amebe or Actino- phrys are developed from the substance of large Confervoid cells or from resting-spores of Spzrogyra, and again when Amcebe, Monads, Peranemata, or Ciliated Infusoria arise from the transformations of the substance of the ege of this or that Rotifer—in all these cases also the resulting organisms are at first motionless *. These two points are therefore of great importance. For the purpose of interpretation it should be borne in mind that in cases of Infection by Bacteria and their allies we have to do with adult organisms in a state of activity, while in cases where Heterogenesis may be presumed to be occurring we have invariably, in the first place, to do with germs and motionless organisms Tt. I shall now proceed to mention some instances in which it seems clear that Bacteria and their allies have arisen by heterogenesis. I make a selection for this purpose of a few typical cases out of many others which I might have cited. Bacteria may constantly be seen developing in the way I have mentioned within the living cells and filaments of various Algew. In Vaucheria and in Spirogyra this is commonly to be seen where the plants have been kept in unnatural conditions for a time—shut up, for instance, either in a cupboard or within a stone pot. In the case of Vau- cherta they may often best be recognized in and near the growing points of the filaments, where they show themselves first as mere motionless specks, which gradually develop into Bacilli, and, after a time, take on an active existence. In the filaments presenting these appearances the wall may appear quite healthy, showing no signs of softening, nor is there any indication whatever of the penetration of Bacteria from without. The development of Bacteria within the cells of Spirogyra may be best seen in cases where the endochrome is not very abundant and the cells are small. Motionless, colourless particles seem to bud from the edges and surface of the bands of endochrome, and some of these gradually take * See my ‘Studies in Heterogensis,’ pp. 5, 8, 10, 31, 46, 69. + Of course by “ germs” I mean here merely minute and undifferen- tiated stages of the organisms in question, produced by heterogenesis, and not the ordinary acceptation of the word, viz. a reproductive unit formed in an organism of like kind. —— ee ee ee of Bacteria and their Allies by Heterogenesis. 389 on the forms of Bacteria and begin to exhibit swarming movements. This may be commonly seen in cases where the cell-wall presents a perfectly healthy appearance and where there is absolutely no indication of infection taking place from without. The same kind of thing is often to be observed within the thick-walled resting-spores both of Vaucheria and Spirogyra. There is the appearance of motionless particles in some part of the spore, the appearance of Bacteria in the midst of these particles, and the gradual assumption by the Bacteria of swarming movements. Observations of this kind were not unfrequently made in cases where these resting-spores had been undergoing one or other of the changes that I have previously described. Again, I have occasionally seen a development of motion- less Micrococci and Bacilli taking place inside the thick wall of a Mitella cell, between it and the chlorophyll layer, such as is shown in Pl. XXV. fig. 1 (x 700). Yet the normal cyclosis was still going on within this cell, showing that there could be no apertures or solutions of continuity of any kind; and all the microorganisms to be seen in different stages of development in this layer were quite motionless, so far as could be observed. Their imperfect definition in the photograph, however, makes it possible that absence of spon- taneous movement was not absolute, unless the slight blurring may have been due to vibrations during the prolonged expo- sure needful to enable the light to pass through the whole thickness of the filament. Their appearance along a parti- cular band of the filament only is, of course, due to the parts on either side being out of focus. I have also endeavoured to throw light upon this question in another way, that is, by repeating, with variations, some of the experiments of Lechartier and Bellamy, by which they studied the fermentation that occurs in various vegetables and fruits when shut up within hermetically sealed vessels. They showed that the oxygen of the air was soon consumed by the vegetables or fruits, which then began to break up sugar, to give off carbonic acid, and to produce alcohol and acetic acid. They came to the conclusion in 1872 * that this fermen- tation might certainly occur without the production of the alcoholic ferment. ‘They, in fact, adopted Pasteur’s view that the formation of alcohol in these cases was due to the altered activity of the cells of the fruit, which, in the absence of free oxygen, act after the fashion of ferments. In a later * Compt. Rend. 1872, ii. p. 1203. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol, xii. 96 390 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the Origin communication, however, these investigators stated * that in their experiments with potatoes and beetroot, while alcohol and carbonic acid were produced in the same way as with the fruits, and the alcoholic ferment was absent as before, Bacteria of different sizes were invariably found in the acid fluid which impregnated the softened tissues of the vegetables in question. No details on this point were given, and the authors do not appear to have made any further observations on the subject ; nor did Pasteur offer any reply to such statements, though he had, about this time, been working at the subject himself f. Having determined to endeavour to obtain some more definite information as to the appearance of Bacteria in this way, I have, during the last two or three years, made various experiments in which, after small Potatoes had been carefully washed they were allowed to soak for a time in different germicidal fluids. First of all I employed a solution of mercury bichloride (1: 2000); while later, after the pre- liminary washing, the potato was allowed to soak in a 5 per cent. formalin solution. The screw-top bottle in which the potato was placed was also thoroughly washed out with one or other of these fluids. In these cases organisms were found within, but also after a time on the surface of, the potatoes thus treated; so that these particular experiments and methods were rejected as not yielding trustworthy results. © This was necessary because at a rather earlier date Pasteur had stated { that in experiments which he had made with many fruits no ferment-organisms ever appeared. He declared again that the tissues of healthy fruits and vegetables were germless, but intimated that unless care was taken they might make their way in from without. Subsequently I used a stronger solution of formalin, and have never since found organisms on or near the surface, though they have often been found within cells in the central portions of the potato. I will now, therefore, give brief details of some of these experiments. In July, 1901, after well washing a small new potato it was allowed to soak in a 10 per cent. solution of formalin for ten minutes, in a small screw-top bottle, and during this time the fluid was frequently shaken so as to cover the whole inner surface of the bottle. At the expiration of the time named the top was unscrewed, the fluid poured out, and the top then tightly refixed, leaving the potato itself and the inner surface * Compt. Rend. 1874, ii. p. 1006. + Loe. cit. 1872, ii. p. 788. + Tom, eit. pp. 788 & 981-2. _— of Bacteria and their Allies by Heterogenesis. 391 of the bottle wet with the formalin solution. The bottle was subsequently left in a cupboard for seventeen weeks, the temperature of which for a long time remained about 70° F., although it afterwards fell to 55° F. When removed from the bottle at the expiration of this time the potato was found to be quite firm and noé at all shrunk. On section it was seen to be discoloured to a pale earthy tint, with mottlings here and there of a rather darker colour. The cut surface was moist and had a distinctly acid reaction, and there was not the least sign of softening or dis- integration anywhere. Thin sections having been made, they were shaken up in a small tube with distilled water, so as to get rid of the starch-grains from many of the cells, and the sections were subsequently allowed to soak in some of Westphal’s mastzellen stain, diluted with 2 per cent. formalin, for two hours. On microscopical examination of these sections groups of Bacteria were found in large numbers of the cells, and every- where except in those near the surface. ‘The contents of one of these cells is shown in Pl]. X XV. fig. 2, B (x 500) ; some of the Bacteria were free and others were in or lying on the primordial utricle, but, as I have usually found with micro- organisms in such situations, they were not appreciably stained. Some cells, which did not contain obvious Bacteria, showed plenty of minute cocci-like bodies on the surtace of the primordial utricle, also not taking the stain, which pro- bably represent early stages of the Bacteria (fig. 2, A, x 700). Another larger potato, about two inches in diameter, was treated in exactly the same way as the last, in September 1901, and after the bottle was finally closed it was left on the surface of an incubator at a temperature of about 80° F. for seven weeks. When examined the potato was not found to have shrunk or to be appreciably altered on the surface. On section it was moist, of acid reaction, and showed as before a pale earthy colour with rather darker mottlings. Sections were made and treated in the manner previously indicated, and on examination multitudes of Bacilli were seen here and there in cells in all parts of the section except for about one fifth of an inch from the surface. In places also there were fine mycelial filaments containing spore-like bodies. Some of these Bacilli took the stain fairly, as may be seen in Pl. XXV. fig. 3, A (x 500), in which the two kinds of organisms are shown. In or on the primordial utricle also there were multitudes of very delicate interlacing filaments (? Bacilli), containing an abundance of spores which had 26% 392 ‘Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the Origin tox the stain freely, as may be seen by Pl. XXV. fig. 3, B> x 500). In November, 1900, a small new potato had been treated in the same manner that I have already described, but after pouring away the 10 per cent. formalin solution the bottle was filled with carbonic acid gas before screwing on the top *. This bottle was then placed within an incubator and allowed to remain there at a temperature of 84° F. for six weeks. On examination the appearance of the potato externally and internally was almost exactly such as I have described in the others. There was the same mottled colour of the cut surface, with a rather deeper tint in the centre as well as in some other parts. Sections of the central portions of the potato were made and placed for a short time in a carbo-fuchsine solution. On microscopical examination in many of the cells very small mycelial filaments (something like Crenothria filaments), with spore-like bodies at intervals, were found, such as are shown in Pl. XXV. fig.4,B (x 500). The filaments were lying on the primordial utricle, and, as in many other cases, the organisms had scarcely taken the stain at all. In other cells what seemed like the beginnings of such organisms, or of others very similar, were found on the surface of the primordial utricle, as shown in Pl. XXV. fig. 4, A (x 500). At the end of March 1903 I made another slight variation in the conditions, and again obtained a rather different result. A small new potato, after careful washing, was placed in a small tin with avery tightly fitting cover and allowed to soak in 10 per cent. formalin for twenty minutes, the fluid having been shaken about several times so as thoroughly to wet the whole internal surface of the tin. . The fluid was then poured off, leaving the surfaces wet with the solution as before; the tin cover was very tightly jammed down and the vessel was again placed within a copper incubator at a temperature of 75° F., and allowed to remain there for eight weeks. When taken out and examined the cut surface of this potato presented just the same characters as in the others: the whole substance was firm throughout, there was no shrinking, and the central portion was rather darker than the other parts, which showed the usual mottling. Sections were made, shaken up in distilled water in a small tube as before, and then placed for a short time in a dilute gentian-violet solution. On microscopical examination a * The filling the vessel with CO, was a method adopted by Pasteur in his experiments on the fermentation occurring in fruits contained in closed vessels, of Bacteria and their Allies by Heterogenesis. 393 large number of the cells scattered throughout the sections were found to show the most delicate branching tufts of a new kind of microphyte, probably a species of Cladothriz, which had taken the stain slightly, and such as are shown in Pl. XXV. fig. 5 (x 500). These tufts were mostly seen to be sprouting from the external surface of the primordial utricle where it had shrunk away from the cell-wall. No Bacteria and no ordinary Mycelia were found in either of the sections, though they were most carefully examined. A few experiments have also been made with small Turnips about two inches in diameter, to two of which I will now refer. A perfectly sound turnip of the size mentioned was, in November 1901, first well washed in water and then allowed to soak in a screw-top bottle in a 10 per cent. formalin solu- tion for ten minutes. It was subsequently treated in exactly the same manner as the potatoes had been. After the top of the bottle had been tightly screwed on, it was left on the top of the incubator at a temperature of about 80° F. for seven weeks. On examination at the expiration of this time, the turnip was found to be somewhat shrivelled in its upper two thirds. The odour of the bottle was disagreeable and pungent, though slightly aromatic and spirituous. ‘he odour was so strong that it did not seem likely that the shrivelling was due to evaporation, owing to the screw-top not having been quite air-tight. On section the rather shrivelled upper two thirds was found to be much discoloured and honeycombed, the lower third being much less so. Sections were made and soaked in dilute ‘ mastzellen”’ stain ; and on examination cells here and there, not continuously, but in the upper and lower portions alike, were found to be crowded with very minute Bacteria, most of which took the stain only slightly. In Pl. XXYV. fig. 6, A (x 500), a large aggregate of these organisms is to be seen, with others scattered about over contiguous portions of the section. Another small turnip of the same size as the last was, at the same date, after being well washed, placed in a screw-top bottle and stood on a small earthenware pot, in order to protect it from actual contact with 6 drachms of pure formalin which had previously been poured into the bottle. ‘The top was then tightly screwed on, and the bottle was placed on the incubator by the side of the other at about 80° I’., where it 394 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the Origin remained for eight weeks, the turnip being in an atmosphere: saturated with formalin vapour. On examination this turnip was likewise found to be slightly shrivelled, and it was rather soft and doughy to the touch. On section the colour was almost natural, except for a depth of about one third of an inch round the periphery, where it was slightly discoloured, and in the centre, where there was a small area about one quarter of an inch in diameter which had a rather gelatinous appearance. Two sections through this central region and its neigh- bourhood were made, and then soaked in dilute ‘ mastzellen ” stain. On microscopical examination they were found to contain moderately large Bacteria, mostly in small groups, in a large number of the cells; though here and there larger masses of Bacteria were found, such as are shown in Pl. XXV. fig.6, B (x 500). In many of the cells the Bacteria seemed to be developing in and on the surface of the primordial utricle, and also in and on the surface of the nuclei of the cells. I have made only one experiment of this kind with an Apple, and in this case a rather small, but thoroughly sound, specimen was placed in a screw-top bottle, and stood on a small earthenware pot as before, so as to remove it from contact with some pure formalin which had been placed in the bottle. ‘The top was tightly screwed on, and the bottle was then placed in a cupboard, where it remained for eight weeks—the temperature of the cupboard varying during this time between 70° and 56°F. The apple was thus left, as the turnip had been, in an atmosphere saturated with formalin vapour *. On examination the surface of the apple was found to be hardened, and on section irregular patches of brownish discoloration were seen; otherwise nothing abnormal was observed. Microscopical examination of an unstained section showed, in a few of the cells, a small Fungus mycelium, such as may be seen in P]. XX VI. fig. 7, A (xX 250). Specimens like this were found in cells in different parts of the section, though in the great majority of them nothing of the kind was met with. * I have not had many successes with this method, and do not recom- mend it, especially as the soaking for a time in 10 per cent. formalin has proved to be pertectly sufficient to guard against external contami- nation. It is difficult to tell how far the formalin vapour penetrates into the substance of fruits or vegetables left in an sanoehae saturated with it for many weeks, a of Bacteria and their Allies by Heterogenesis. 395 When present the growth seemed to start from the cell-wall close to the nuclei, if not from the nucleus itself. No Bacillt were seen; but in some cells what appeared, judging from their uniform size and mode of arrangement, to be a number of Micrococci were found on the primordial utricle, such as are shown in Pl. XXVI. fig. 7, B (x 375). Theyscarcely stained at all with carbo-fuchsine*. I have now to record an interesting case of spontaneous change in some apples, which occurred under the following circumstances :—Last autumn I received from a friend in America a case of very choice Canadian apples. ‘The case had a separate cardboard partition for every apple, and they were all in excellent condition. Some of them were kept as late as the second week in January of this year. From about the middle of December I noticed that many of these apples, when cut through the centre, showed a brown discolo- ration which seemed to begin at a number of separate points around the periphery of the core, as may be seen in Pl. XX VI. fig. 8, A & B (4 nat. size). An early stage of the change is shown in A, and a more advanced stagein B. In all other respects the apples were perfectly sound and of a delicious _ flavour, and none of those eaten anterior to the date mentioned showed any unusual appearance. Towards the end of December the above photographs were taken; and, on con- sulting Lindley’s ‘ Vegetable Kingdom,’ it became plain, from a figure there shown (p. 559), that these points of change occurred at the junction of the ovarian and the calycine portions of the fruit. I examined portions of the altered tissue under the micro- scope, fully expecting to find some Mould as the cause of the change. But, much to my surprise, after a tolerably careful examination, | was unable to feel sure that organisms of any kind were to be found in the tissue which had become thus altered. Subsequently I tried to stain some sections, and made a still more careful examination, with the result that L found on or in the primordial utricle of many cells cocci-like bodies looking like the germs of microorganisms. But as their nature seemed doubtful I took two of the apples to Dr. Allan Macfadyen and asked him kindly to see whether any microorganisms could be developed from this altered tissue of the apple. On January dth he wrote to me as follows: “‘ I was unable to detect the presence of Bacteria in the Canadian apples you left here, by microscopical exami- * As the magnification is low, the use of a pocket-lens will make these organisms more distinct, especially those near the centre of the figure. 396 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the Origin nation. I accordingly made a number of subcultures, but in no instance have I succeeded in obtaining a growth ” *. I had by this time only two or three of the apples left, so I placed them in the incubator at a temperature of 76° F. and there left them for eight days. On section two of them were found to present the brown discoloration in the usual situa- tions to a well-marked extent. Some portions of the brown tissue were broken up with needles, placed in a dilute solution of the “‘ mastzellen”’ stain, and were afterwards submitted to careful examination with the microscope. There was certainly a very distinct increase of the cocci-like bodies in the primor- dial utricle, remaining unstained, as in Pl. XXVI. fig. 8, C (x 700), though all the other granules in the cells had become strongly stained. In some places the cocci were seen in distinct rows, branching and crossing one another, as in fig. 8, J (x 375) in the neighbourhood of the letter, so that they looked like spores within minute filaments fT. A further careful and prolonged examination revealed the fact that very many of the cells showed, in whole or in part, on or in the lining membrane, the cocci-like bodies as in C, though in other cells there were none of them. There was often a tendency for these bodies to arrange themselves in rows (as in EK and J), and in places to grow into delicate filaments (asin D and F). Such filaments were also seen occasionally crossing the cavity of the cell, and having spore- like bodies at intervals. A few larger filaments or hyphe, such as G, were likewise seen, together with toruloid corpuscles, asin H. ‘The spore-like body in G, from which the hypha has developed, is only a little larger than one of the cocci- like bodies to be seen near the lower left corner of C. Any doubts as to the reality of these latter bodies being embryo Bacteria may be set at rest by comparing them with what is shown in P]. XXV. figs. 2 and 4. All the organisms found here, as with these shown in the figures above mentioned from other vegetable cells, were similar in refusing to stain with all ordinary dyes. Although the first examinations of these apples showed, therefore, only very doubtful organisms or none at all, a * Some time previously Dr. Nabarro, of University College, had been similarly unsuccessful in obtaining growths from a potato which had been treated in the manner I have detailed on p. 390, and in which organisms seemed to be present in an early stage. Such lack of success after trials with a few culture media is, of course, far from disproving the presence of microorganisms. T Unfortunately this particular photograph was taken at a low magni- fication, but C and each of the others were taken at 700 diameters. of Bacteria and their Allies by Heterogenesis. 397 prolonged search has made their presence abundantly clear, and has shown that the “ spontaneous ”’ changes occurring in so many distinct foci in the very midst of their tissue has been correlated with the origin and development of micro- organisms. I have also made a very few observations on Tangerine Oranges, to two of which I will refer. In February, 1901, two of these oranges were placed in a screw-top bottle and soaked in a 10 per cent. solution of formalin for fifteen minutes, the fluid being also shaken about several times so as to wet the whole inner surface of the bottle. After the fluid was poured off and the cover tightly screwed on, the bottle was placed in a cupboard for fifteen days, the average tem- perature of which was about 50° F. When the first of these oranges was cut through in a longitudinal direction, a slight mouldy odour was at once perceived, and in the central white tissue and around the pips there was a greenish-black mass of mould. This was strictly confined to the central parts of the orange, and nowhere came within three fourths of an inch of the surface. The skin generally was perfectly sound, though it had become hard and was of a slightly brownish colour from the action of the formalin. Microscopical examination of the more peripheral parts of the orange also showed no mycelial filaments or organisms of any kind. The other orange in the same bottle showed no organisms either to the naked eye or on microscopical examination. Soon afterwards two other Tangerine oranges were treated in the same way, and subjected to similar conditions, except that they were left in the bottle for a much longer period— that is, for five and a half weeks instead of only fifteen days. About five days before the bottle was opened, one of the oranges was seen to show a patch of dark colour on one side, and when it was subsequently cut open longitudinally all the central white tissue was found to present an altered appearance, being of a rather dirty white colour; and on microscopical examination it was found to be densely infil- trated with a delicate Fungus mycelium. The seeds were discoloured, and the mycelium was also found to extend into the yellow substance of the orange. In one place there was a patch of a blackish colour, and this was found to have grown into the rind of the orange at the point where tle discolora- tion on the surface was seen, It had not, however, actually reached the external surface ; it had evidently grown from 398 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the Origin within outwards, and the surface of the orange here and elsewhere showed no trace of Mould of any kind. The companion orange again showed no organisms, either internally or externally. There is no means of accounting for Mould springing up in the interior of an orange by infection from without. Ina memoir entitled “‘ Recherches sur la Pourriture des Fruits” *, Davaine points out that in fruits, such as the apple, the pear, and the medlar, in which there is an open calyx, “le tube calicinal peut conduire les spores ou leurs filaments jusqu’au centre du fruit. C’est ainsi que se produit le blettisement f, qui n’est autre chose qu’une pourriture ”’; but the process of rotting, he says, is always external “ chez les fruits qui sont partout recouverts d’un épiderme, tels que le citron, orange, et les fruits 4 noyau.” In the case of the apples to which I have referred, there was clearly no such process of infection from within as that to which Davaine refers. In the Canadian apples the change occurred simultaneously in many points almost as much removed from the seed-cavities as from the surface of the apples, and a comparison of what was found in the primor- dial utricles of the cells with what has been found in similar situations in the potatoes that have been referred to, leaves little room for doubt that what are shown in Pl. XXVI. fig. 8, C, D, are really germs of microorganisms; while in the other apple delicate Fungus mycelia (fig. 7, A) were found springing up within various isolated cells in the midst of the substance of the fruit. Again, the presence of the Bacteria and other organisms within the cells of the two small turnips and the different potatoes that have been referred to are equally incapable of being accounted for by any process of infection from without. ‘There is absolutely no relation between what I have found in these cases and an actual process of infection such as M. C. Potter has described (see p. 885). We have to do, in fact, in the cases that I have cited, with motionless germs of microorganisms arising de novo in or on the substance of the primordial utricles of isolated cells, having intact walls, and scattered throughout the substance of the potatoes and the turnips in question—in all parts, that is, except in the superficial * Compt. Rend. 1866, pp. 277-344. + That is, the mellowing process that occurs in pears and medlars more especially. Further on in his paper Davaine says he has “ recently recognized that this latter process (blettisement) may take place where spores are excluded, and in the absence of any mycelium.” of Bacteria and their Allies by Heterogenesis. 399 fortions that have been saturated with the germicidal fluid in which they had been for a time soaked *. As J have previously pointed out, the existence of ‘ latent germs ”’ in the substance of healthy fruits and vegetables is not assumed—it is, in fact, expressly denied (pp. 383, 390). Hence the great weight to be attached to the preceding observations as evidence that the various microorganisms found within the cells have actually originated there by heterogenesis. It remains to be seen what evidence of similar cogency can be obtained in regard to the origin of microorganisms within the tissues of animal organisms. It would be useless to multiply instances. I will there- fore first cite a single case in which the origin of Bacteria may be actually watched within the body of a low animal organism, and then turn to their mode of appearance within some of the tissue elements of different vertebrates. Evidence of a particularly convincing nature is to be obtained from the examination of a little creature low in the scale of animal life, namely, Cyclops quadricornis, one of the Entomostraca so commonly to be tound in ponds. It may be seen from pl. xxiv. of Baird’s ‘ Natural History of the British Hntomostraca’t that the four pairs of abdominal feet and also the tail are furnished with a number of “ plumose spines or sete.” Examination of one of these organisms will show that within the chitinous envelope of these slender spines, which taper away to sharp points, there is nothing but structureless proto- plasm to be seen (Pl. XX VI. fig. 9, A, x 700). If we take one of these little creatures, put it in a drop of distilled water ona glass slip, with a tiny fragment of a No. 2 cover-glass on each side of it, and place over all a cover-glass, it will be found that the animal is soon killed by the weight of the latter, though the fragments of glass prevent rupture of the body. We may then place the microscope-slip in a Petri dish containing a thin stratum of water (so as to prevent evaporation from beneath the cover-glass), and fixing upon one of the tail-sete, which are larger than those on the abdominal feet, we may examine it from time to time. What may be observed is this :— After an interval of two or three days (the duration depending upon the temperature of the air at the time), we * In these cases the organisms often have to be long and carefully searched for, A perfunctory examination would almost certainly lead to the statement that no organisms were present. + Ray Society, 1850. 400 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the Origin may see, under the highest power of our microscope, scarcely visible motionless specks gradually appear in increasing numbers in the midst of the structureless protoplasm ; and still later we may see some of these specks growing into Bacteria, as in Pl. XXVI. fig. 9, B, x 700, which is a repre- sentation of A after four days. At last the whole interior of the spine becomes filled with distinct Bacteria, as may be seen in C (x 700), which is from a photograph of the same spine on the sixth day—the temperature during these days varying from 70°-75° F. Later still, all the Bacteria, previously motionless, began to show active swarming move- ments. In such a case it is clear that we have to do with no pro- cess of infection from without, but with a de novo origin of Bacteria from the protoplasmic contents of the spines or sete. The fact that they appear in these situations as mere separate motionless specks, and gradually take on the forms of Bacteria (also motionless at first), is, as I have previously indicated, just what we might expect if they had actually taken origin in the places where they appear. On the other hand, such a mode of appearance is totally opposed to what might be expected if the microorganisms had obtained an entry from without, through the chitinous envelope of the spines. I pass now to what may be regarded as another absolute _ proof of the heterogenetic origin of Bacteria, as convincing as that which I have shown to occur within the closed cells of certain vegetables. I have already pointed out that in many parts of the bodies of man and of higher animals microorganisms are known to exist in abundance. This is the case, for instance, throughout the whole length of the alimentary tract, and throughout almost the whole extent of the mucous membranes of the respiratory tract. It is clear also that some of the micro- organisms may be taken up from these mucous membranes by lymphatics, and if they pass the nearest lymphatic glands some of them would ultimately find their way into the blood. When there, the view generally accepted is that the Bacteria and their allies are at once “destroyed.” The blood of healthy animals is declared to be germless, and much im- portance is attached to the germicidal qualities of this fluid. On the other hand, it has been found, as I have previously intimated (p. 884), that in organs contiguous to the alimen- tary canal—such as the kidney, the pancreas, the spleen, and the liver—taken from a healthy animal immediately after of Bacteria and their Allies by Heterogenesis. 401 death, with every precaution needful to prevent contamina- tion from without, swarms of microorganisms can be made to appear therein at will. Speaking of such experiments made by himself, Burdon Sanderson wrote as follows*:— Under the conditions I have described to you, it seems to me quite impossible to suppose either that germs could penetrate to the organ from the outside or that any germ encountered by the organ in its transference from the body of the animal to the basin could escape destruction. If, therefore, Bacteria be found, they or their germs must have been there before the organ was plunged into the hot liquid.... The results of all the experiments, whether with liver or kidneys, was the same. The soft red kernel of uncooked tissue at the middle of the organ always contained Bacteria, the vigorous development of which was indicated by their large size, countless num- bers, and active movements. ‘To my mind the experiment is conclusive.” In reference to this it is right to say that similar results have been obtained by other investigators using either similar methods or methods equally trustworthy. Such experiments have been made by Tiegel, Billroth, Nencki and Giacosa, Horsley and Mott, as well as by myself. As I have previously intimated, the finding of organisms under these conditions is a fact so important in view of the theories of Pasteur and Lister, and the general belief as to the germicidal qualities of the blood, that the results require to be most carefully scrutinized. To postulate the presence of “latent germs”’ in these abdominal organs and to assign as a reason the close “ proximity to absorbing mucous membranes,” and nothing else, surely cannot be regarded as a full and satisfactory explanation. It assumes, without proof of any kind, that microorganisms, even in healthy animals, are constantly making their way out through the walls of the intestine, and wandering promiscuously into this or that organ, only in the end to lapse into a condition of “ latent vitality.” Could anything in the way of explanation be more gratuitous and unsatistactory ? With a view to throwing light upon this important question by the production of actual evidence I obtained a sheep’s kidney from a recently killed animal, and saw a coating of fat nearly an inch thick stripped from it. The whole organ was then left to soak for four hours in a two per cent. * Brit. Med, Journ, 1878, vol. i. p. 119. 402 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the Origin solution of chromic acid, when it was removed and placed in a bottle still wet with a 10 per cent. solution of formalin. The screw-top having been fixed so as to prevent evapora- tion, the bottle was transferred to an incubator and left at a temperature of 76° F. for thirty-six hours *. When the organ was cut the chromic acid was found to have discoloured it to a depth of about a quarter of an inch, but within that margin the kidney-substance was red and only slightly softer than natural. There was no distinct odour of putre- faction. A small portion of the organ was cut out and teazed in a drop of a weak solution of gentian-violet, and fragments, after a short. interval, were carefully examined under the microscope. A comparatively small number of Bacteria were found free, between the separated and broken up cells, and the ceils were densely filled with granular matter, as may be seen in Pl. XXVI. fig. 10, A (x 700), but it was impossible to identify with certainty any of the granules as germs of Bacteria. Sections that were made and carefully stained gave no more definite results. Another sheep’s kidney from a freshly killed animal was therefore obtained and treated in the same manner, except that it was left in the incubator at 76° F. for three and a half days. When the organ was cut through it was deeply stained at the circumference as before with the chromic acid ; but the red tissue within was much softer, and the odour was most offensive and putrid. Portions of the organ were at once put into a 10 per cent. formalin solution with a view to obtaining sections therefrom, but a minute portion was cut off as before and teazed in a drop of gentian-violet. On examination with the microscope after a brief interval I found the fragments of the tubules and kidney-cells full of Micro- cocci which had taken the stain well, together with numbers of figure-of-eight organisms and short chains (Streptococci) such as are shown in Pl. XXVI. fig. 10, B (x 700). In a few days Dr. J. S. Collier kindly sent me a number of sections, stained and unstained, which he had been good enough to cut from the portion of the kidney in the formalin solution which I had handed over to him. Some of the specimens sent to me had been stained with methylene-blue or with logwood, and then mounted in balsam; while I stained some of the plain sections with gentian-violet, and subsequently mounted them in glycerine. On the whole, rather more details could be made out with these latter sections than with the specimens mounted in balsam. * I was using the incubator for other purposes at this temperature, and therefore did not alter it. ee ee of Bacteria and their Allies by Heterogenesis. 4.03 Every section, however, showed, inside the area which had been affected by the chromic acid, that almost every cell within the renal tubules was full of developing or actually developed Bacteria. The former appeared as mere cocci- like particles which had taken the stain like the developed Bacteria, both being situated in the midst of cell-granules comparatively unstained. ‘The organisms were distributed through the substance of the cells, but often seemed to be most abundant in the half of the cell next the wall of the tubule, as may be seen in the transverse and longitudinal sections of tubules shown in P]. XXVI. fig. 11, A, B ( x 700). In a few of the tubules in the pyramidal portions of the kidney the organisms had developed more abundantly, so that the cells were filled with a dense mass of Micrococci such as may be seen in fig. 12, A (x 700). In sections through blood- vessels also a moderate number of Bacteria were seen mixed with the blood-corpuscles. Here, then, it is clear that we have again the kind of appearances which we have a right to expect if the micro- organisms had developed in the epithelial cells of the kidney by heterogenesis. We have the cells full of particles developing into fully formed Bacteria, and, what is more important still, we have them within almost every epithelial cell to be seen in the sections. From the point of view of the really absurd suggestion as to organisms being found in such an abdominal organ as the kidney, by reason of its “proximity to absorbing mucous membranes,” it may be well to recall the fact that the sheep’s kidney is encased in a mass of fat from half an inch to an inch in thickness, and that, as an additional barrier separating wandering microorganisms from the epithelial cells of the organ, there is still the thick and tough capsule which I have thought it not useless to show in fig. 12, B (x 700). Let anyone compare M. C. Potter’s description (p. 385) of the mode in which Bacteria are enabled to effect an entry into a single vegetable cell, and then let him imagine what an arm of Bacteria would be needful, with all the cytase that they could excrete, to get through such a tough and thick layer as that presented by the fibrous capsule of the kidney. But surely the whole notion as to such a mode of infection of the kidney and other abdominal organs is too absurd for serious consideration. We are then driven back to enquire whether it is true that the blood is germless, and whether it has in reality the bactericidal qualities with which it is credited. I have no evidence whatever to oppose to these beliefs, nor is it easy 404 Dr. H. Charlton Bastian on the Origin to see, even if bacteriologists generally should be wrong in their views as to these points, how it would suffice to explain the development of Bacteria within all the cells of a kidney treated in the way I have mentioned. It is perfectly certain that the blood of healthy persons does not contain any appreciable number of active Bacteria. But are bacteriologists right in supposing that such Bacteria as get into the blood-stream are “destroyed”? May they not rather be reduced to a condition of latent vitality ? Their answer to this is that, if it were true, the organisms would be capable of revealing their presence when suitable media were inoculated with them and subsequently exposed to proper incubating temperatures. And it is the negative results of all such experiments with the blood of healthy animals that confirm them in their belief as to the germicidal qualities of the blood. Nor, in fact, if the blood were assumed to be full of latent germs of Bacteria, would it be easy, as I have intimated, to see how that would enable us to explain the development of Bacteria within almost every epithelial cell in the kidney referred to. Could organisms reduced to a condition of “latent vitality ’’ penetrate the walls of the capillaries, and thence migrate into all the cells of a kidney-tubule? The notion is again too preposterous to be entertained; so that we are compelled by evidence of a most convincing character to admit that the Bacteria have in reality been born in the individual cells of the kidney—we are compelled to believe that heterogenesis has, in fact, been taking place here as in the other instances previously cited. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE XXYV. Fig. 1. Development of Bacteria between the cell-wall and the chloro- phyll layer in a living Nitella cell. x 700. Fig. 2. A. Early stages of Bacteria developing in primordial utricle of Potato cell. x 700. B. Early stages and developed Bacteria within a neighbouring cell, x 500. Fig. 3. A. Bacilli and Mycelia filaments within a cell of another Potato. X 500. B. Interlacing spore-bearing Bacilli in or on the primordial utricle of another cell from the same Potato, x 500. Fig. 4, A. Microorganisms developing in or on the primordial utricle of a small new Potato. x 500. B. More developed form of similar Crenothriz-like filaments in another cell of the same Potato. x 500. a of Bacteria and their Allies by Heterogenesis. 405 Fig. 5. Tufts of a form of Cladothriz growing from the primordial utricle in the cell of another new Potato. x 500. Fig. 6. A. A large aggregation of Bacteria together with other scattered specimens within a cell of a small Turnip. x 500. B. Numbers of Bacteria developing in and on the surface of the primordial utricle in a cell from another Turnip. x 500. PLATE XXVI. Fig. 7. A. Minute Fungus mycelium within the cell of an Apple. 250. B. Micrococci or Bacteria developing in or on the primordial utricle in another cell of the same Apple. x 375. Fig. 8, A and B. Early and later stages of change in a Canadian Apple. 4 nat. size. C and E. Micrococci-like bodies developing in or on the pri- mordial utricle in cells of one of these Apples. D and F. Similar bodies in other cells giving rise to thread-like growths, after the fashion shown more plainly in fig. 4, A, G. Larger body of the same kind from which a small hypha is developing. H. A group of small Torula cells. J. Minute branching and interlacing filaments containing rows of spores or cocci-like bodies in or on the primordial utricle of another cell. C, D, EH, F, G, H, each x 700; J, x 875. Fig. 9. A. Caudal plumose spines of a recently dead Cyclops quadricornis showing homogeneous protoplasm within. B. One of the same spines after four days showing motionless Bacteria developing within the protoplasm. C. The same spine after two more days showing motionless Bacteria much increased both in size and in number, Each x 700. Fig. 10, A. Granules and nuclei from disintegrated cells of a sheep’s kidney after exposure to conditions described in text for thirty-six hours. B. Disintegrated: portions of cells from another sheep’s kidney which had been exposed to similar conditions for three and a half days—now swarming with Micrococci and Strepto- cocci. Both specimens had been teazed in a weak solution of gentian-violet, and both were x 700. Fig. 11. Aand B. Transverse and longitudinal stained sections of tubules from the same kidney, showing the cells crowded with Micrococci and Streptococci. Each x 700. Fig. 12. A. Dense masses of Micrococci in pyramidal portion of same kidney. B. Stained portion of the same kidney, showing the thickness of its capsule as seen under the same magnification. Each x 700, Ann. & Mag. N. [Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 27 406 > Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the © XXXIX.—WNotes on the Naural History of East Finmark. By Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., FES: [Continued from p. 286. Pp [Plate XX VIL] ECHINODERMATA. Tn East Finmark the Echinodermata are very fully repre- sented; but the percentage of species found by myself in this class is much less than in those classes with which I -have already dealt. The reason is obvious. I did not employ the instruments most suitable for their capture, namely, either a trawl or wide-meshed dredge. As usual, I was more intent on the smaller and generally less studied animals, and my fine dredge-bag, quickly filling with mud, passed over comparatively little ground; and therefore the capture of many of the larger animals, such as Echinodermata, was not to be expected. I propose in dealing with the Echinodermata to depart from the rule which I have observed in previous parts of these notes of only giving the names of Hast Finmark species which had not been found by myself, and to briefly indicate their locality and its authority. The authorities on whom I have relied are as follows :— 1. DANIELSSEN (D. C.).—“ Beretning om en zoologisk Reise foretagen en Sommeren 1857,” Nyt Mag. for Naturvidenskaberne, vol. xi. 1861, p. 1. 2. SARS ‘Moura = Oversigt af Norges Echinodermer,’ 1861. 3. DANIELSSEN (D. C.) and Kormn (A.).—(a) Holothuroidea, (6) As- teroidea, (e) Echinoidea, in ‘The Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition, 1876-1878.’ 1882, 1884, and 1892. 4. Griee (J. A.).—Ophiuroidea in ‘The Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition, 1876-1878. 1893. The word ‘ Véringen’ in the following notes, which was the name of the vessel employed, indicates that the authority is in the Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition Reports. «. Grine (J. A.).—“ Oversigt over det nordlige Norges Echinodermer,” Bergens Museum Aarbog, 1902. 6. OsTERGREN (HyaLMar).—‘ The Holothuroidea of Northern Nor- way,” Bergens Museum Aarbog (1902), 1903, p. 3. A full account of the distribution of the species and full synonymy will be found in the treatises on the different orders in Romer and Schaudin’s ‘ Fauna Arctica.’ Natural History of Hast Finmark. 407 OPHIUROIDEA. Ophiura Sarsi, Liitken. In all the Sydvaranger fiords. —— allbida, Forbes. Vads6 (Danielssen). robusta, Ayres. Varanger, Bog, and Lakse Fiords. Also Svolver, Lofoten Islands, shallow water to 125 fathoms. —— carnea, M. Sars. Vads0, in 50-100 fathoms (J. Sars). —-— affins, Litken. Unusually large in the Varanger Fiord ; also at Svolver, Lofoten Islands. Ophiocten sericeum, Forbes. Off Vards, in 148 fathoms (‘ Vorin- gen, Stat. 262). *Amphiura elegans, Leach. I found this species at Svolveer, Lofoten Islands. It is not yet known in East Finmark, though it has been recorded from as far east as the Murman coast by Jarzyusky. Ophiopholis aculeata, Linné. In all the fiords. Ophiacantha bidentata, Retzius. Varanger and Lang Fiords, down to 125 fathoms (A. M. WV.); Porsanger Fiord (Griey). Ophioscolex glacialis, Miiller & Troschel. Off Vardé, in 148 fathoms, four small specimens (‘ Voringen,’ Stat. 262). purpureus, Diiben & Koren. Dr. Hjort, in the ‘ Michael Sars,’ dredged this species in 1900 in the Porsanger Fiord (Grieg). [Asteronyx Lovént, Miller & Troschel. Herr Grieg informs me (in litt.) that this species was inserted by mistake in the Kast Finmark column of his paper. It was taken by M. Sars in Oxfjord, West Finmark, and not in Oxfjord in East Finmark. | Gorgonocephalus Lamarcki, Muller & Troschel. Herr Grieg writes to me that a specimen of this species from Varanger Fiord (Vads6) is in the Bergen Museum. eucnemis, Miller & Troschel. Taken by M. Sars at Vadsé in 1857 on Primnoa lepadifera; but some doubt attaches to the identification of the young specimen (Swars, 2). Agassizii, Stimpson. This species is in the Bergen Museum from the Varanger Fiord (Grieg). This is the only instance of its occurring on the European coast. It is known from N.E. America, Greenland, and Jan Mayen. ASTEROIDEA., Archaster tenuispinus, Diiben & Koren. Porsanger Fiord and off Vardé, in 127-148 fathoms (‘ Voringen’). Plutonaster Parelii, Diiben & Koren, var. longibrachialis, Dan, & Kor. Inthesame two dredgings as the preceding (‘ Voringen ’), Ctenodiscus crispatus, Retzius. Inner reach of Lang Fiord, in 5- 30 fathoms ; Bég Fiord, in 100-120 fathoms; and Varanger Fiord, 100-125 fathoms. Pa (Mee 408 Canon A. M. Norman—Notes on the Leptophycaster arcticus, M. Sars. Tana Fiord and off Vardé, in 127-148 fathoms (‘ Voringen’). Psilaster andromeda, Miller & Troschel. Danielssenand Koren write of this species, “* along the entire Norwegian coast,” and Grieg has inserted it in the East Finmark column on this authority ; but though I have searched carefully I have been unable to find any actual statement of its occurrence there. It may certainly be expected, as Jarzynsky has found it on the Murman coast. Pentagonaster granularis, Retzius. Sverholt, by the ‘ Michael Sars, 1901; Tana Fiord and off Vard6 (‘ Véringen’). Goniaster phrygianus, Parelius. Porsanger Fiord and off Vardé (‘ Voringen ’); Sveerholt ( Grieq). Poraniomorpha rosea, Danielssen & Koren. Dredged by Herr Hjort in the ‘ Michael Sars’ in 1901, 8.S.W. of Kibergnesset in the Varanger Fiord, in 188-216 metres (Griey). Hewaster obscurus, Perrier. Dredged by the ‘Michael Sars’ in 1901 east of Ekero in the Varanger Fiord, in 180-216 metres (Grieg). Pteraster militaris, O. F. Miller. Vadsd (Danielssen) ; Sveerholt (Grveq). pulvillus, M. Sars. Lang Fiord, in 25 fathoms (A. M. N.); Sverholt (Grieg). Crossaster papposus, Fabricius. In Lang and Klosterely Fiords. affinis, Brandt. One small specimen of this ten-armed Orossaster was dredged by the ‘ Voringen’ off Vardé (Stat. 262). It is a question whether it is really distinct from C. papposus, with which Ludvig unites it; but, on the other hand, Danielssen and Koren write that after careful examination of exterior features and internal skeleton they have “arrived at the conclusion that the difference between Solaster affinis and Solaster papposus is so great and also so constant that we must still affirm the former to be a distinct species.” Solaster endeca, Gmelin. WHerr Grieg writes to me that Dr. Johan Hjort has collected this species in Kongs Fiord. This small fiord will not be found marked on ordinary maps; it is situated in long. 47° 20’ E. syrtensis, Verrill. Dredged by the ‘ Michael Sars’ in 1901 to the east of Ekero in the Varanger Fiord, in 188 metres (Grieg). I do not know this eight- or nine-armed form. Ludvig, in ‘ Fauna Arctica Seesterne,’ 1900, unites it with S. endeca. Cribrella sanguinolenta, O. F. Miiller. In Lang and Klosterely Fiords, [ Pedicellaster typicus, M. Sars. Herr Grieg informs me that he inserted this species in his Hast Finmark column because it Natural History of East Finmark. 409 was dredged by the ‘ Voringen’ in Barents Sea (i. e. Stat. 267, lat. 71° 42' N., long. 37° 1’ W., in 148 fathoms *). ] Asterias rubens, Linné. Varanger Fiord. Mulleri, M. Sars. Vads0 (Danielssen) ; Sverholt (Grieg). glaccalis, Linné. Grieg marks this in his Kast Finmark column, but gives no locality, and, indeed, states that it is found up the whole coast to Komag Fiord; but that fiord is in West Finmark. } [? Asterias Linckii, Miller & Troschel. 1733. Pentadactylosaster reticulatus diyitis prelongatis, Linck, De Stellis Marinis, p. 34, pls. ix. & x. no. 16. pee pasienias Linckti, Miller & Troschel, System der Asteriden, 1869. Asteracanthion stellionura, Perrier, Recherches sur les Pédicel- laires et les Ambulacres des Astérias et des Oursins, p. 48, pl. i. figs. 10 a-d. 1882. Asterias Gunneré, Danielssen & Koren, “ Fra den norske Nord- havsexpedition,” Nyt Mag. for Naturvid. vol. xxvii. p. 268. 1884. Asterias Gunner, Dan. & Kor. Norw. North Atlant. Exped., Asteroidea, p. 7, pls. ii., 111. fiys. 8, 9. 1884. Asterias stellionura, iid. ibid. p. 14, pl. iv. figs. 1-9. 1887. Asterias stellionw'a, Levinsen, Dijmphna-Togtets zool.-botan. Udbytte, p. 395, pl. xxxiv. tigs. 7, 8, a, 6. Levinsen’s figures and description should be consulted when determining this species. His fig. 7 illustrates the adambulacral papille &c., and shows the absence of those adambulacral spines to which I shall call attention in my notice of the next species. The type of “ A. Gunneri” was taken by the ‘ Voringen’ in Advent Bay, Spitsbergen, while “A. stellionura” was taken by the same expedition not only a little to the south of Spitsbergen, but also off Vardé in 148 fathoms (Stat. 262). Lovén has also recorded it from the Varanger Fiord, and more recently it has been again dredged by the ‘ Michael Sars’ in 180 metres off Ekero, at the mouth of the same fiord. Asterias panopla, Stuxberg. 1878. Asterias panopla, Stuxberg, “ Kchinod. Nordenskidldska Exped. 1875-76,” CHfvers. K. Vet-Akad. Forhand. xxxv. p, 32. 1881. Asterias panopla, F. Jeffrey Bell, “Species of the Genus Aste- rias,”’ Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 505. 1884. Asterias panopla, Dan. & Kor. Norweg. North Atlant. Exped., Asteroidea, p. 17, pl. v. 1887. Asterias panopla, Levinsen, Dijmphna-Togtets zool.-bot. Ud- bytte, p. 394. * I have not in these papers taken into account the ‘ Véringen’ stations 267, 270, 273, and 275, which were to the north of Kast Finmark, If this were done, other species would be added to the fauna, 410° Canon A. M. Norman—wNotes on the I dredged this species on two occasions in quite shallow water, in 5-30 fathoms, in the inner part of Lang Fiord. It is new to the Norwegian fauna. ‘The size of one of these specimens is nearly double that represented in Danielssen and Koren’s plate, and the single row of spines passing down the centre of the back of each | arm is very conspicuous, as in the figure referred to, On the other hand, in much smaller specimens collected in the Kara Sea by the ‘ Dijmphna ’ expedition, for which I am indebted to the Copenhagen Museum, this central row of spines is scarcely noticeable. The character which at once distinguishes A. panopla from A. Linckii consists in the spines on the under surface of the arms, where bordering the ambulacra is seen a row of slender spines which are in pairs, and exterior to these another row of well-developed and conspicuous spines (see Dan. & Kor. pl. v. fig. 2, at the base of the left-hand side of the arm). The following quotation from Levinsen well describes the adambulacral papille and spines, outside of which is the other row of spines to which I have just referred :—“ Papillze adambulacrales biseriales apposite, inter papillas singulas serici interioris jam pedicellariz, jam spine, vestigia trans- formationis in pedicellarias seepe exhibentes, site. Spinze extra papillas adambutacrales per paria clisposite, spinis singulorum parium ad basin concurrentibus, supra diver- gentibus.” EcHINOIDEA. Lichinus norvegicus, Diiben & Koren. Rather small specimens were taken by the ‘ Voringen’ off Vard6 (Stat. 262). ‘ —— esculentus, Linné. Herr Grieg writes to me that this species has recently been taken by Dr. Johan Hjort in the Varanger Fiord to the south of Kiberg. Strongylocentrotus drébachiensis, O. F. Miiller. , Varanger, Lang, aud Klosterely Fiords. pictus, Norman. Varanger Fiord, 100-125 fathoms; Klos- terelv and Lang Fiords, in 3-30 fathoms. This form—whether species or variety—is characterized among points already described by the very large size of the ‘‘sphérides” (Lovén). Professor Lovén showed me the same form under another name in the Stockholm Museum. Unfortunately I did not make a note at the time, and have forgotten what that name was. Schizaster fragilis, Diiben & Koren. Taken in mid-channel in the Varanger Fiord in 100-125 fathoms. A specimen measured 75 millim. long, 65 millim. broad, and 40 millim. deep. Spatangus purpureus, O. F. Miller. Sveerholt (Gricy). Natural History of East Finmark. 411 - Echinocardium flavescens, O. F. Miiller. Vadsé (M. Sars); Sver- holt (Grieg). cordatum, Pennant. Sveerholt (Grieg)*. Echinocyamus pusillus, O. F. Miller. Vadsé and Big Fiord. HoLotuHuUuROIDEA.,. Genus SticHopus, Brandt. Stichopus tremulus (Gunnerus). “In the Christiania Museum there is a specimen which G. O. Sars caught in the Varanger Fiord” (Nordgaard, 1903). Genus Cucumaria, Jeger. Cucumaria frondosa (Gunnerus). I procured young specimens (=C. fucicola, Forbes) be- “tween tide-marks at Vadso. Genus Puy.tiorHorus, Grube. Phyllophorus pellucidus (Fleming). Michael Sars recorded that he had taken two specimens of this species in the Varanger Fiord near Vads6, in 60-80 fathoms, in 1857. Genus Psotus, Oken. Psolus phantapus (Strussenfeldt). Bog and Lang Fiords, in 5-30 fathoms (A. M. N.). Mi- chael took it in the Varanger Fiord in 1857. Genus TrocHostoma, Danielssen & Koren. Trochostoma boreale (M. Sars). 1861. Molpadia borealis, M. Sars, Oversict af Norges Echinodermer, p- 116, pls. xi1., xiii. 1877. Haplodactyla arctica, y. Marenzeller, “ Ccelenteraten, Echino- dermen und Wiirmer der k. k. dster.-ungar. Nordpol-Eixped.,” Denkschr. math,-nat. Klasse kais. Akad. d. Wiss. Zool. vol. xxxv. p.29, pl. iv. fig. 1. * T have inserted this species and Spatangus purpwreus in this list because Grieg (5) gives the locality Svwrholt; yet he does not mark them in his East Finmark column at p. 37. Was that an accidental omission, or are there two places named Sveerholt ? * 412 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the 1882. Trochostoma Thomsonii, Danielssen & Koren, Norwegian North- Atlantic Exped., Holothuroidea, p. 42, pls. vii., vill., ix. figs. 38-41, pl. xiii. fig. 4, and var. maculutum, p. 94, pl. xiii, figs. 5, 6. 1882. Trochostoma boreale, iid. ibid. p. 64, pl. x. tigs., 7-1]. 1882. Trochostoma arcticum, iid. ibid. p. 65, pl. ix. figs. 1-5, pl. x. fie. 6, pl. xii. fig. 3, Ludvig, in ‘ Fauna Arctica,’ vol. i. Holothuroidea, p. 161, unites all the forms described by Danielssen and Koren under the Molpadia borealis, M. Sars. The form called Trochostoma arcticum by Danielssen and Koren was dredged by the ‘ Voringen’ in the Porsanger Fiord in 127 fathoms (Stat. 260), and in the same depths in the Tana Fiord (Stat. 261). Genus AnxyropeRMA, Danielssen & Koren. Ankyroderma Jeffreysti, Danielssen & Koren. 1879. Ankyroderma Jeffreysit, Danielssen & Koren, “ Fra den Norske Nordhaysexpedition Echinodermer, III.,” Nyt Mag. for Naturvid. vol, xxv. p. 128, pls. v. & vi. figs. 11-19, 21. 1879. Ankyroderma affine, iid. ibid. p. 133, pls. v. & vi. figs. 22-28. 1882. Ankyroderma Jeffreysit, Dan. & Kor. Norw. N.-Atlant. Exped., Holothuroidea, p. 67, pls. x., x1., xii. figs. 12-28. 1882. Ankyroderma affine, iid. ibid. p. 71, pl. xii. figs, 29-36. Ludvig (/. ¢.) has united the two forms to which the describers had assigned specific rank. This most interesting new form discovered by the ‘ V6- ringen’ was dredged at Stations 260, 261, 262, at the Porsanger and Tana Fiords, and also off Vard6 in 127-148 fathoms. It possesses anchors like those of a Synapta, but instead of resting for support upon a single calcareous plate, as in that genus, they are attached at the central junction of the “ heads ” of five or six “ battledore ”’-shaped spicules, the long “handles” of which spicules radiate trom the ceutre. Other spicules not unlike those of a Thyonidium are pro- fusely scattered throughout the epidermis. The Ankyroderma musculus (Risso) from the Mediter- ranean comes very near to this species (vide Ludvig, Zeits. f. wiss. Zool. vol. li. p. 571, pl. xxix.). Genus Evupyreus, Liitken. Eupyrgus scaber, Liitken. (Pl. XXVII. figs. 1-3.) 1857. Eupyrgus scaber, Liitken, Oversigt over Grénlands Nechino- dermata, p. 22. ? 1857. Hupyrgus scaber, Barrett, “ Description of Four new Species of Natural History of Kast Finmark. 413 Echinodermata,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, ser. 2, vol. xx. p. 46, pl. iv. figs. 2 a, b. 1868. Echinosoma hisyrdum, Semper, Reisen in Archipel der Philip- pinen, vol. ii. Holothurien, p. 44, pl. x. figs. 7, 10, 11, 13, 15, 16. 1868. Eupyrgus scaber, iid. ibid. p. 268. 1886. Eupyrgus scaber, Theel, Report ‘Challenger’ Exped., Holo- thuroidea, pt. 2, p. 49. I dredged this species, which is new to the Norwegian coast, in the Varanger Fiord, in 125-150 fathoms, and also in Bog Fiord in 100-120 fathoms. It had been obtained by the ‘ Voringen’ in the sea to the north of Hast Finmark (Stat. 267), and has a distribution ranging from Labrador and Greenland to Spitsbergen and Barents and Kara Seas. The calcareous deposits in the test of Eupyrgus scaber have not been well figured, and I therefore now illustrate them. It is true that Barrett * figured two deposits which he re- ferred to this species ; but if they belonged to it at all, they were certainly abnormal. I have been unable to find any such irregular forms either in a type specimen from Green- land received from Dr. Liitken soon after he described the species or in these Hast Finmark specimens which I have now taken. These calcareous deposits (fig. 2) consist of tables which are round or nearly so, with irregular margin, perforated with about twenty to twenty-five openings with simple margins, the openings around the base of the spine being larger than those outside them, and generally oval in form, while the smaller outer holes are round ; the spire is very long (fig. 3), longer than the diameter of the table from the centre of which it rises ; it gradually tapers toa point which is rough or slightly spinous at the poiut; it is built up of three rods, which are united to each other by about four cross-bars. The surface of the test is densely clothed with these tables which are situated in it, while the spires are projected freely from the test (fig.1). The genus Eupyrgus being entirely devoid of feet, it is not improbable that these spires of the calcareous plates may in some degree supply a help to locomotion through the mud, aided by the muscular movements of the animal’s body; but no doubt they are primarily a means of defence, as well as serve the purpose of strengthening the cutis. * The Holothurian which Barrett described as Eupyrgus hispidus is, of course, u0 Lupyrgus, but must be called Echinocucumus hispidus (Barrett), = Echinocucumis typicus, M. Sars; but Lchinosoma hispidum of Semper is the present species. 414 Canon A. M. Norman—Wotes on the Genus Synaprta, Eschscholtz. Synapta Buski, M‘Tntosh. 1864. Synapta tenera, Norman, Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1863, p. 106. 1866. Synapta Buski, M‘Intosh, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. p. 611, wood- cut 6. 1871. Synapta tenera, Brady & Robertson, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 690, pl. Lxxi. figs. 1-3. 1892. Synapta Buski, ¥. Jeffrey Bell, Cat. Brit. Echin. Brit. Mus. p. 34, pl. i. fig. 3 (wrongly numbered in letterpress and on plate, eel ‘ 1898. Labidoplax Buski, Ostergren, “Das System den Synaptiden,” Citvers. K. Vet.-Akad. Foérhand. p. 115. Ostergren, in his paper on “The MHolothuroidea of Northern Norway” (Bergens Museum Aarbog (1892) 1893, p- 12), tells us that “The specimens of Synapta inherens which Danielssen and Koren (1882) mention from the Por- sanger Fiord, long. 70° 54’ N., have proved on my examina- tion to be Labidoplax Buski,’ and also the specimens which Danielssen (1861) recorded under the same name from Vadso. Genus Curropotas, Eschscholtz. Chirodota levis, Fabricius. (Pl. XX VII. fig. 4.) 1780. Holothuria levis, Fabricius, Fauna Groenlandica, p. 353. 1806. Holothuria pellucida, Vahl, in Miller, Zool. Dan. iv. p. 17, pl. cxxxy. fig. 1. 1857. Chirodota leve, Liitken, Oversigt over Groénlands Echinodermata, p. 16, figs. 2-4, 1861. Chirodota pellucida, M. Sars, Oversigt af Norges Echinodermer, . 124, pls. xiv.-xvi. 1867. Chirodota typica, Selenka, ‘ Beit. z. Anat. und System. der Holo- thurien,” Zeits. f. wiss. Zool. vol. xvii. p. 866, pl. xx. figs. 126, 127. 1867. Chirodota tigellam, id. ibid. p. 366. 1881. Chirodota levis, Duncan & Sladen, Memoir on the Echinoder- mata of the Arctic Sea to the West of Greenland, p. 12, pl. i. fies, 14-19. Dredged in the Varanger Fiord in 125-150 fathoms ; and also in Lang Fiord, within the narrows, in 5-30 fathoms. Its range extends from N.E. America and Labrador coast, Greenland, and Spitsbergen, to the Murman coast and Kara Sea. The illustrations in M. Sars’s work of this species are extremely good ; nevertheless, if the wheel-deposits as figured by him be compared with the figure given by Duncan and Sladen, I think it will be conceded that, if corresponding wheels were found in a fossil state, or had such apparently Natural [History of East Finmark. 415 different spicules been procured from different parts of the world, it would be believed that they belonged to different species. The fact is that the figures of Sars do not represent the fully adult wheel, while that figured by Duncan and Sladen is quite mature. In the latter condition the calca- reous deposit is much more developed, the central and narrow portions of the spokes have the greatest thickness, and the rest of the spokes the next greatest thickness; while the spokes themselves have been widened and a considerable part of the intermediate spaces have been filled up with later and thinner deposit; the crenation of the rim is not very easily seen. Genus Myriorrocuvs, Steenstrup. Myriotrochus Rinkii, Steenstrup. (Pl. XX VII. figs. 5-9.) 1851. Myriotrochus Rinkd, Steenstrup, Videnskab. Middel. fra den naturhist. Forening i Kj6benhavn, p. 55, pl. 111. figs. 5-7. 1852. Chirodota brevis, Huxley, Sutherland’s Voyage Baffin’s Bay, vol. i1., Appendix, p. ccxi. Ea Myr rotrochus Rinki, Theel, “ Quelques Holothuries des Mers de la Nouvelle Zemble,” Noy. Acta Reg. Soc. Sc. Upsala, ser. iii. p. 3, 1 Rai 1881. Myriotrochus Rinkw, Duncan & Sladen, Memoir Echinodermata of the Arctic Sea to the West of Greenland, p. 15, pl. 1. figs. 20-24. 1882. Myriotrochus Rink, Danielssen & Koren, Norwegian North- Atlantic Exped., Holothuroidea, p. 28, pl. v. figs. 1-4, pl. xiii. fig. 1. 1892. Myriotr ochus Rinku, Ludvig, “ Die Ridchen der Synaptiden, ZA Zeits. f. wiss. Zool. vol. liv. p. 358, pl. xvi. figs. 12-14. . 1900. Myriotrochus Rinkii, Ludvig , Fauna Arctica, p- 160. 1902. Myriotrochus Rink, Satengtet “ Holothuroidea of Northern Norway,” Bergens Mus. Aarbog, no. 9, p. 14. Ludvig and other recent authors have united Oligotrochus vitreus, M. Sars (Fauna littor. Norveg. part 3, 1877, p. 49, pl. vu. fig. 1), with Myriotrochus; but Ostergren, in his recently published paper, again separates them. He has examined a large number of specimens, and his opinion I here follow, though not without much doubt. I have fre- quently taken the form Oligotrochus vitreus in West Norway, but on now examining them I can find no spicules; they have evidently from some cause been destroyed. Not having it in my power therefore to carry out such an investigation as that made by Herr Ostergren, I am in no position to call in question the justice of his view. While Myriotrochus (= Oli- gotrochus) vitreus lives in deep water on the west and south coasts of Norway, Myriotrochus Rinkii (typical) has only now, in Ostergren’s paper, been added to the fauna of the colder fiords of West and East Finmark. 416 Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark. I dredged Myriotrochus Rinkit in 1890 in 2-5 fathoms in Klosterelv Fiord, and in 5-30 fathoms in the inner part of Lang Fiord. The two forms above referred to are the only known recent representatives of the genus; but M. Schlumberger — has described under the name Séuzria elegans (‘‘ Note sur les Holothuridées du Calcaire Grossier,” Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, sér. 3, vol. xvi. p. 440, figs. 12-14) spicules which it seems difficult to distinguish from those of the recent form. In a subsequent paper (“‘ Seconde Note sur les Holothuridées fossiles du Calcaire Grossier,” J. c. vol. xvii. p. 191) M. Schlumberger refers the species which he had previously described to the genus Myriotrochus, and adds a second fossil species, Myriotrochus operculum. The wheel-spicules of Myriotrochus Rinkit are very beautiful objects. Most of the illustrations which have been already given are not fully satisfactory, as not giving aside view; but the oblique figures of Lud.ig (figs. 12 & 13) are excellent. His fig. 14 seems to have been drawn from a specimen in which calcification has been carried further than in any specimen previously figured or in any that I have myself seen. The spokes have widened at the middle of their length and become united with each other, but small inter- vening spaces remain open near their junction with the central boss. In the early stage of a wheel from the central boss there are developed all round radiating bars or spokes (fig. 5). These spokes at their distal extremity then widen out late- rally, and, uniting with each other, form the tyre which completes the wheel; then from the upper and inuer edge of the tyre a series of triangular processes are projected hori- zontally inwards, and overhang the spokes which are attached to the other edge of the tyre; these triangular lobes are always somewhat more numerous than the spokes. The structure will be best understood by comparison of the figures here given—fig. 6 representing the upper, fig. 7 the under surface, and fig. 8 the wheel as seen obliquely. The spokes at their attachment to the central boss are bent slightly upwards, and then with a gentle arching curve downwards and ultimately upwards again they form junction with the tyre*. The double bend of the spokes, which is very elegant in itself, keeps the entire thickness of the wheel as seen from the side (fig. 9). Ido not find any material difference in the wheels of this species as found in East Finmark when compared * Ludvig’s fig. 18 admirably illustrates the double curve of the spokes. On new Species of Histeride. 417 with others in my collection from Greenland ; the number of spokes in the Finmark specimens ranges from sixteen to twenty-one. Genus TrocHopERMA, Theel. Trochoderma elegans, Theel. 1877. Trochoderma elegans, Theel, ‘ Quelques Holothuries des Mers de la Nouvelle Zemble,” Nov. Acta Reg. Soc. Sc. Upsala, ser. iii. p. 11 (separate copy), pl. il. This genus, like the last, is furnished with wheel-like spicules, but the tyre is rounded and armed with spines instead of furnished with triangular inward-directed processes, as in Myriotrochus. Ostergren writes :—‘ I have now before me a specimen of this species which is new to the Norwegian fauna; it was obtamed by G. O. Sars at Mortensnes, in the Varanger Fiord”’ (“ Holothuroidea of Northern Norway,” Bergens Mus. Aarbog, 1902, p. 21). EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII. Fig. 1. Eupyrgus scaber, Liitken, magnified ; the actual length indicated by the line below. Fig. 2. The same. Spicules as seen from above. Fig. 3. The same. Spicules as seen from the side. Fig. 4. Chirodota levis, Fabricius. ) and anal rays (19 or 20 branched), the position of the dorsal fin entirely behind the ventrals, and the smaller size. Nannocharaz intermedius. Body strongly compressed, its depth 5 to 54 times in total length. Head deeper than broad, more than twice as long as broad, 43 to 44 times in total length ; snout pointed, a little shorter than the eye, the diameter of which is 3 times in length of head and equals or slightly exceeds interorbital width ; mouth small, inferior, with 8 teeth in each jaw ; sub- orbitals and opercle very feebly striated. Dorsal II 11, originating above base of ventrals, its first ray at equal distance from the end of the snout and the adipose fin; longest ray equals length of head. Anal III 7-8. Pectoral sharply pointed, as long as head or slightly shorter, reaching a little beyond origin of ventrals; latter reaching vent. Caudal forked, with sharply pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep. Scales 47-50 ae 5 between the lateral line and the root of the ventral. Yellowish, with 11 to 13 brown cross-bars, which are darker on the sides; a dark blotch at the base of the caudal fin, which is traversed by a greyish bar; dorsal fin with small dark spots forming trans- verse series. Total length 63 millim. Four specimens from the Kribi River. This species is intermediate between N. neloticus, Joannis, and N. fasccatus, Gthr. Barbus je. Depth of body equal to length of head, 34 to 34 times in total length. Snout rounded, shorter than the eye, the diameter of which is barely 3 times in length of head; mouth small, nearly terminal, with feebly developed lips; no barbels. Dorsal ILI 7; last simple ray not ossified, a little shorter than head; the border of the fin not emarginate, its origin nearer end of snout than root of caudal. Anal III 5. Pectoral shorter than head, not reaching ventral; latter a little behind vertical of origin of dorsal. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle nearly twice as long as deep. Scales 23 =, 2 between lateral line and ventral, 8 round caudal peduncle. Yellowish, the scales edged with dark brown; a large round black spot on each side behind the gill-cleft, Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 29 438 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new another at the root of the caudal, and five or six dark vertical bars between them ; a small blackish spot at the origin of the dorsal fin. Total length 28 millim. Three specimens from the Ja River. Owing to the absence of barbels, this species needs compa- rison with one African species only, B. Brazzew, Pellegrin, from the Congo, which has 8 branched rays in the dorsal fin and 28 scales in the lateral line. Clarias pachynema. Depth of body 63 to 7 times in total length, length of head 42 to 5 times. Head 12 to 14 as long as broad, smooth ; occipital process acutely pointed; frontal fontanelle sole- shaped, about twice as long as broad; occipital fontanelle smaller, in advance of occipital process; eye very small, its diameter 3 to 4 times in length of snout, 6 times in inter- orbital width, which equals about 2 length of head and ex- ceeds width of mouth; band of premaxillary teeth 23 to 3 times as long as broad; vomerine teeth conical, forming a short curved band, which in the middle is as broad as the premaxillary band; barbels thick and papillose at the base ; nasal barbel ? to # length of head, maxillary 13 to 14, outer mandibular 14 to 14, inner mandibular 2 to #._ Gill-rakers few, about 15 on first arch. Clavicles concealed under the skin. Dorsal 92-95, its distance from the occipital process 2 to 4 length of head. Anal 78-80. Dorsal and anal ex- tending to the very root of the caudal. Pectoral } length of head, the spine feebly serrated on both sides and 3 to } the length of the fin. Ventrals about 12 as far from the base of the caudal as from the end of the snout. Caudal $ length of head. Dark olive-brown above, yellowish beneath ; no light edge to the fins. Total length 175 to 255 millim. Three specimens from the Ja River. Compared with C. leviceps, Gill (Paris Museum specimen from the Gold Coast, described by Sauvage in 1882), C. pachy- nema differs in the longer barbels, the narrower mouth, the shorter space between the occiput and the dorsal fin, and the shorter body. C. Sale, Hubrecht, which I formerly regarded as identical with C. leviceps, has a longer head, finely granu- late above, a larger eye, the occipital process rounded or very obtusely pointed, and distinctly striated clavicles. These three species are very closely allied. Freshwater Fishes from Southern Cameroon. 439 Allabenchelys brevior. Depth of body 8 to 83 times in total length, length of head og to 54 times. Head about 14 as long as broad, smooth above, the bony casque, in the middle, nearly half the width of the head; supraoccipital process acutely pointed ; a mode- rately large sole-shaped frontal fontanelle ; occipital fontanelle a little smaller, partly on the occipital process ; eye small, its diameter twice and a half in length of snout, 5 times in inter- orbital width; band of premaxillary teeth 4 times as long as broad ; vomerine teeth conical, in a crescentic band, which in the middle is as broad as the preemaxillary band. Nasal barbel about 2 the length of the head, maxillary ? to 3, outer mandibular 3, inner mandibular 3. Gill-rakers moderately long, 12 on anterior arch. Clavicles hidden under the skin. Dorsal fin with 65 or 66 rays, anal with 60 to 62, both narrowly separated from the caudal; the distance between the origin of the dorsal and the occipital process 2 the length of the head. Pectoral half the length of the head ; spine feebly serrated on both sides, 2 the length of the fin. Ventrals small, twice as distant from the root of the caudal as from the isthmus. Caudal nearly half the length of the head. Olive- brown above, yellowish beneath. Total length 150 millim. ‘Two specimens from the Ja River. The shorter caudal region and the correspondingly shorter dorsal fin are the principal characters by which this species can be distinguished from A. longicauda, Blegr., also discovered by Mr. Bates in the Ja River. Phractura longicauda. Depth of body 14 times in total length, length of head 64 times. Head 14 as long as broad, the slightly rugose skull covered with very thin skin; snout half length of head, pointed, projecting a little beyond the mouth; space between the two nostrils at nearly equal distance from the end of the snout and from the eye; eye supero-lateral, its diameter 6 times in length of head, once and a half in interocular width ; barbels papillose, maxillary and outer mandibular subequal, 2 length of head, inner mandibular 4; occipital process acumi- nate, about twice as long as broad, widely separated from the small interneural shield. Dorsal I 6, first ray longest, spinulose, as long as head; second dorsal very small, origi- nating above last rays of anal. AnalI16. Pectoral slightly longer than head, not reaching root of ventral. Caudal peduncle depressed, very slender, ? total length. 25 dorsal 29* 440 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new and 19 ventral shields, of which 11 are on the caudal peduncle, the last 4 united round the latter. Brownish above, speckled with dark brown, white beneath ; fins spotted with blackish. Total length 77 millim. A single specimen from the Kribi River. The discovery of this species, which differs from its con- geners in the longer caudal peduncle, raises the number of species of the genus Phractura to five. I may here note that P. lindica, Blgr., recently described from the Upper Congo, has been found by Mr. Bates in the Kribi and Ja Rivers, and that Doumea typica, Sauv., has also been re- discovered in the Kribi River. Haplochilus cameronensis. Depth of body 43 to 54 times in total length, length of head 4 times. Snout a little shorter than the eye, the dia- meter of which is 34 to 34 times in length of head; lower jaw projecting a little beyond upper; interorbital width about 3% length of head. Dorsal 11 or 12, originating above middle of anal and nearer root of caudal than head ; posterior rays pro- duced in the male and a little shorter than head; first ray corresponding to eighteenth or nineteenth scale of lateral line. Anal 14 or 15, posterior rays produced as in the dorsal. Pectoral about 2 length of head. Caudal rounded-acuminate, middle rays as long as head in the female, longer in the male. Caudal peduncle nearly twice as long as deep. Scales 30-33 in a longitudinal series, 10 or 11 in a transverse series. Yellowish or olive, with magenta-red spots, which are more profusely distributed in the male than in the female and may form longitudinal bands ; fins dark, more or less spotted with magenta-red in the male. Total length 55 millim. Several specimens from the Kribi River and one from the Ja River. Specimens from the Kribi River had previously been referred by me to H. elegans, Blgr., and have appeared under that erroneous name in the list published in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society.’ Fundulus Loennbergit. Depth of body 44 times in total length, length of head 33 to 4 times. Snout as long as the eye, the diameter of which is 84 times in length of head; lower jaw projecting a little beyond upper; interorbital width about 4 length of head. Dorsal and anal exactly opposed to each other, the former Freshwater Fishes from Southern Cameroon. 441 with 11 or 12, the latter with 12 or 13 rays; dorsal origi- nating a little nearer head than root of caudal, its first ray corresponding to the tenth scale of the lateral Hne ; some of the posterior dorsal rays produced into long filaments. Pec- toral about 2 length of head. Caudal acuminate, median rays produced into filaments. Caudal peduncle nearly twice as long as deep. 27 scales in a longitudinal series, 10 in a transverse series. Yellowish olive, most of the scales with a crimson spot or vertical bar; head with crimson wavy lines; fins dark, all except the pectorals with small crimson spots. Total length 50 millim. ‘T'wo specimens from the Kribi River. This species is named in honour of Dr. E. Lénnberg, of Upsala, the author of several contributions to the fish-fauna of Cameroon. Pelmatochromis longirostris. Teeth in 3 series in each jaw, outer largest. Depth of body equal to length of head, 3 times in total length. Snout narrow, obtusely pointed, with slightly convex upper profile, more than one third length of head; diameter of eye 34 to 4 times in length of head and equal to or a little greater than interorbital width; maxillary not reaching to below anterior border of eye; 2 or 3 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, tubercular, notched, 9 or 10 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIV-XVI 8-9; spines increasing in length to the last, which measures # to $ the length of the head; middle soft rays produced, a little shorter than the head. Pectoral 2 to 2 length of head. Ventral produced into a filament, reaching origin of anal or beyond. Anal III 6-7, third spine nearly as long as last dorsal. Caudal rounded-subacuminate. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales smooth, with fine concentric striation, 28-30 = ; lat. 1. 2. Yellowish or pale brown, the scales edged with darker, or with rather ill- defined dark longitudinal streaks; a more or less distinct dark horizontal streak behind the eye; vertical fins with dark spots forming more or less regular bars; these numerous and usually very regular on the caudal fin; outer rays of ventrals white. Total length 115 millim. Seven specimens from the Kribi River. Most nearly related to P. Batesiz, Blgr., which has a shorter and broader snout, 4 series of scales on the check, a deeper body, more dorsal (10-11) and anal (8) soft rays, and a different coloration. 442 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on XLITI.—Worth-American Bees, and a new Homopteron. By T. D. A. COCKERELL, APOIDEA. Augochlora confusa coloradensis (Titus). Augochlora coloradensis, Titus, Canad. Entom., May 1901, p. 133. The difference in the colour of the legs between this and A. confusa, mentioned by Titus, does not hold good; but coloradensis is uniformly smaller, and seems to be a valid subspecies. a Hab. Mesilla Park, N. M., at flowers of Aster tenaceti- folius, May 20,1 9 (Martin D. Cockerell) ; Roswell, N. M., Aug. 21, at flowers of Euphorbia marginata, both sexes (T. D. A. Cockerell). New to New Mexico. I have confused the Mesilla Valley females with A. neglectula, which is a very much bluer species. The male of neglectula is very easily known from that of coloradensis by the fourth ventral segment of abdo- men not being in the least emarginate, the darker and the very long antenne, and the legs black with metallic tints, not in the lest marked with pale yellow. The region between the antenne and the ocelli in male neglectula is a particularly fine deep blue, while the clypeus and supraclypeal area are green. The third and fourth antennal joints (3) are dull black and extremely short, being broader than long, but they have also this shape in coloradensis. Andrena mimetica, sp. 0. 9 .—124 millim. long. Head, metathorax, and legs black; abdomen and dorsum of thorax bluish green, exactly the colour commonly seen in Usmia ; pleura dark blue ; pubescence long and erect, black and rather dull white; on face (except at sides above), cheeks, and occiput it is white; on vertex black; facial quadrangle much broader than long; disk of clypeus shining, with strong close punctures, and an impunctate median line ; facial foveee short and black; process of labrum rather narrow, truncate, and strongly emarginate ; tongue short ; second and third joints of labial palpus triangular, fourth narrow-cylindrical; antennes entirely black, fourth joint shorter than fifth, third at least as long as fourth and fifth together; mesothorax more or less granular, with strong North-American Bees. 443 rather shallow punctures ; metathorax roughened, the trian- gular enclosure very ill-defined ; hair of thorax white, black on scutellum (except sides) and hind part of mesothorax, also black on pleura (except in front) and middle portion of metathorax ; hair on legs black, but anterior femora behind, hind femora beneath, and hind tibie beneath, each with a large amount of shining silvery-white hair ; a little of the same hair springs from the keeled lower edge of the middle femur; spurs dark brown; tegule shining black. Wings faintly dusky; nervures and stigma very dark brown, the latter unusually narrow; second submarginal cell nearly square, receiving the first recurrent nervure a little beyond the middle. Abdomen strongly and distinctly punctured, not in the least banded (except to some extent on ventral surface) ; white hair long and conspicuous on first segment ; apical margin of each dorsal segment covered with erect black hair, only noticed on viewing the abdomen laterally ; caudal fimbria black ; sides of abdomen with shining white hairs. $ —Length about 103 millim. Very much more slender ; face black, the clypeus tinged with bluish green ; hair of face black, long, a little paler below antenne ; antenne wholly black, crenulated ; second submarginal cell higher than long; hind femora decidedly bluish ; sides of metathorax with black hair. Hab. Placita, N. M. (near Las Vegas Hot Springs), May 2, 1903, two of each sex (W. P. Cockerell). The females were at flowers of Salix, the males at flowers of Ribes longiflorum, variety. This splendid species is exactly like an Osmia in superficial appearance, and when the specimens were caught I had no idea that the females did not belong to that genus. Similar species of Osmia are common in the same region. ‘The only similar species in New Mexico is A. cerasifoliz, but A. mimetica is quite distinct from that and from all described species. Andrena pluvialis, Ckll. g .—Like that of A. carlini, but more robust; first joint of flagellum somewhat longer; abdomen with a good deal of black hair, especially beneath; hair on inner side of tibiz and tarsi sooty with a sort of purplish tint; second submarginal cell much larger. Hab. Placita, N. M., April 25, 1903, both sexes at flowers of wild plum (W. P. & T. D. A. Cockerell). New to New Mexico. Also found at Placita on the same day were Andrena erythrogaster (Ashmead), common at 444 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on flowers of Salix, new to New Mexico > A. Cressonit, Rob. (the form kansensis, Ckll.) ; and Halictus perdigicis, Okll. Perdita chamesarache, Cxkll. Perdita sexmaeulata, Ckll. Both these species were taken at Roswell, N. M., Aug. 20, 1902, at flowers of Chameesaracha sordida. Epeolus occidentalis, Cr., 9 . Exomalopsis solani, Ckll., 9. These were taken at Mescalero, N. M., Oct. 1 and 2, at flowers of Bigelovia graveolens glabrata. ‘The occurrence of the Exomalopsis in this locality is rather surprising. Diadasia diminuta, Cr., was taken at Mescalero, Oct. 3, at flowers of Spheralcea Fendleri. Megachile cleomis lippie, Ckll., 3. Roswell, N. M., Aug. 20, 1902 (Cockerell). Nomada modocorum, sp. n. d .—Length about 94 millim. Black and yellow, with red on legs and abdomen. Head transversely oval, vertex broad; face, cheeks, and pleura covered with white hair; hair on top of head and dorsum of thorax ochraceous ; clypeus except narrow hind margin, lateral face-marks (broad below, above rapidly narrowing to a line which ends about level with the antennz), labrum, mandibles except tips, stripe behind lower part of eyes, linear marks on hind border of prothorax, tubercles, and semilunar mark on lower part of pleura, all lemon-yellow ; no yellow on scutellum or metathorax ; mandibles simple; scape swollen, yellow beneath, black above; third antennal joint a little shorter than fourth; flagellum ferruginous, black above on joints 3 to 6, or the first four joints of flagellum proper ; mesothorax extremely densely punctured and quite hairy ; scutellum inconspicuous; tegule testaceous, punctured. Wings nearly clear except the dusky apical margin; stigma ferruginous, nervures fuscous; lower inner angle of second submarginal cell quite acute; transverso-medial nervure joining the discoidal at its base. Legs ferruginous, varied with yellow, eoxe mostly black; hind femora blackened North-American Bees. 445 behind except at apex, middle femora with a black streak behind ; hind tibiz blackened outwardly on basal half; hair on inner side of basal joint of hind tarsi fuscous; abdomen of ordinary shape, minutely roughened, lemon-yellow, with the basal half of the first segment black, and the hind mar- ~ gins of all the segments ferruginous; sixth segment with a black spot at sides, overlapped considerably by fifth ; apical plate hairy, ferruginous, notched, but so slightly as to appear at first sight entire ; venter yellow varied with ferruginous, the last segment with a conspicuous patch of short white hairs. Hab. Corvallis, Oregon, June (Cordley). Received from Mr. Viereck. Nomada Cordley?, sp. n. fg .—Length 7 millim. Black with yellow markings and ferruginous stains; pecu- liar for its slender form, very long antenne, and subclavate abdomen, which, taken with the attitude and appearance of the hind legs, is somewhat suggestive of such flies as Syritta pipiens. ‘The hind coxe are long, and the arched hind femora look as if they proceeded from the abdomen. Face transversely oval, vertex very broad; eyes pale green; clypeus, supraclypeal region, and labrum thickly covered with silver-white hair ; mandibles simple; clypeus except two spots on upper border, lateral face-marks (broad below, continued as a line up orbital margin to level of antenne), labrum, mandibles except tips, line beneath eyes, and broad stripe on scape beneath, lemon-yellow; scape swollen, black except the yellow stripe ; third antennal joint extremely short, much shorter than filth, and less than half the length of fourth, which is much longer than fifth ; flagellum extremely long, black above, ferruginous beneath; thorax extremel densely punctured, hairy (the pubescence white), black without any yellow; tubercles and tegule largely dark brown. Wings iridescent, fairly clear, dusky on apical mar- gin; second submarginal cell unusually narrow, its side towards the third bulging; transverso-medial nervure joining discoidal a short distance from its base. Legs yellowish ferruginous, the femora and tibie (especially the hind ones) more or less black behind; abdomen yellowish ferru- ginous, with lemon-yellow spots on the sides of the segments ; basal half of first segment black, the other segments with broad black bands with suffused edges; hind margins of segments rather dark reddish ; apical plate emarginate ; venter 446 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on yellowish ferruginous, with darker stains. First abdominal segment deeply grooved above. Hab. Corvallis, Oregon, June 3, 1899 (Cordley). Received from Mr. Viereck. Nomada placitensis, sp. n. 2 .—Length about 10 millim. _ Head and thorax ferruginous and black, the only yellow being a spot on tubercles and a very little at lower corners of face; legs bright ferruginous, a yellow spot at apex of first four femora above, much black on coxz, a black spot on first four trochanters behind, a black stripe on anterior femora behind, a black spot at base of middle femora behind, a slight spot on hind femora not so basal, a small black stripe on hind tibie behind; abdomen narrow, bright lemon- yellow, base of first segment with a large black spot broadly margined with rufous; apical margin of first segment mar- gined with black, and in tront of the black with rufous; base of second segment with a very broad inverted triangle of rufous; apex of second segment broadly rufous; the next two sutures black, more or less broadly margined with rufous; venter pale reddish, suffusedly banded with yellow and black. Mandibles simply rufous except ends ; first joint of labial palpi black, a little longer than the other three together ; maxillary palpi long, not very much shorter than galea; clypeus (except hind margin), labrum, supraclypeal spot, lateral face-marks running to tops of eyes, posterior orbital margin, antenne (except stripe on first three joints above), two large confluent spots on scutellum, large ill-defined mark on pleura, obscure band on postscutellum, four obscure narrow bands (the lateral ones marginal) on mesothorax, and tegule, all ferruginous ; pubescence of head and thorax pale fulvous; scutellum with two prominent bosses ; mesothorax as densely punctured as is possible; third, fourth, and fifth antennal joints of the same length. Wings dusky, stigma orange-fulvous, nervures pale brown; second and third sub- marginal cells each receiving the recurrent nervure at its middle; second submarginal cell narrowed above, about as broad as third on marginal nervure;_ transverso-medial nervure joining discoidal at its base. Hab. Placita, N. M., May 2, 1903, at flowers of wild plum (Cockerell). The abdomen is much like that of N. civilis, Cresson. I will take this opportunity to mention that the species recorded by me from Wet Mountain Valley, Colorado, in North-American Bees. 447 Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 1893, p. 339, as N. fragilis, Cresson, is (at least as represented by the single specimen I have kept) N. ctvilis. Nomada accepta, Cresson. I have this species from Colorado Springs, Colorado (L. Bruner, 24). WN. pacata, Cresson, is a synonym; I determined this from the descriptions, and Mr. Viereck has confirmed it by a comparison of Cresson’s types. Melissodes humilior, sp. n. ? .—Length hardly 10 millim. Black with pale pubescence, white on the underparts of head and thorax, stained with pale ochreous on the upper parts, black on scutellum and hind part of mesothorax; a few black hairs on sides of vertex, which is broad and shining ; facial quadrangle broader than long ; clypeus confluently punctured; eyes pale grey; flagellum ferruginous beneath, except the first two joints; tegule piceous. Wings only faintly dusky, not darkened apically ; nervures dark brown ; third submarginal cell abruptly truncate. Legs clothed with white or whitish hair, the scopa on hind legs very large and dense ; hair on outer side of anterior tarsi very dark purplish fuscous, in strong contrast with the white hair on outer side of middle tarsi; hair on inner side of tarsi dark shining ferruginous. Abdomen broad, the base and sides of first segment with white hair; the second to fourth segments with broad bands (especially broad on fourth) of appressed white hair ; base of second segment with some white hair; basal part of third and fourth segments covered with velvety-black pile ; apical segments with black hair. In my table in Bull. Denison Lab. xi., this runs to M. gilensis, but it is con- siderably smaller, the abdominal bands are white instead of yellowish, and there are other differences. Hab. Organ, New Mexico, Sept. 28, alt. 5100 feet (Cuck- erell). ae example, taken by Prof. C. H. T. Townsend at Las Cruces, N. M., Aug. 19, differs by having the second submarginal cell larger, the hair on the anterior part of the mesothorax quite strongly fulvous, the vertex covered with black hair, and the hind tarsi red, as also the small joints of the middle tarsi. The wings have a milky iridescence, This form may be known as var. a. The species recorded from the Mesilla Valley, N. M., as M. intermedia, Cresson (having been identified by Mr. Fox), 448 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on is extremely similar to JZ. humilior, but differs in having the hair on the inner side of the basal joint of the hind tarsi black or almost so. Both this insect and humilior have the two apical segments of the abdomen clothed with sooty hairs, whereas Cresson says that the hair on these segments in intermedia is pale. In both the New Mexico insects, alse, the apical plate is triangular and bluntly pointed, I think not so broadly rounded as it should be in intermedia. These bees have an extremely close resemblance to certain species of Synhalonia, but their mouth-parts are those of Melissodes. The maxillary palpi of MMelissodes are always said to be 4-jointed; but as a matter of fact the fourth joint usually bears a distinct rounded or cylindrical apical papilla, from which grows a single stout bristle; this papilla is evidently the rudimentary fifth joint. In MJ. humilior the papilla is unusually long, so that it really looks like a sort of small fifth joint; but the fourth joint broadens towards its base, and is not differentiated by a distinct suture from the third, which is quite stout. In J. intermedia (v. e. the New Mexico insect so named) the third joint is narrower, and is separated by a very distinct suture from the fourth, which is not at all broadened basally ; the apical papilla is minute and inconspicuous. No doubt Synhalonta is a more primitive type than Melissodes, but between the two stands Nenoglecca with distinctly 5-jointed maxillary palpi. ‘The fourth joint in Xenoglossodes is much larger than the fifth, which would only need to be moderately reduced to reach the exact con- dition found in some Melissodes. Thus we have evidence of the gradual reduction of the fifth joint; it by no means disappeared suddenly by De Vriesian mutation ! I will now describe a species which has the palpi of Xenoglossodes, but altogether the external appearance of Melissodes or Synhalonia ; in fact, it is so like MZ. humilior that at first sight I took it to be the same. It cannot go in Florilegus, which also has 5-jointed maxillary palpi, as the joints are not moniliform, and the general appearance of the bee is not at all the same. Xenoglossodes excurrens, sp. 0. 9 .—Length about 10 millim. Broad, similar to Melissodes humilior, but antenne a trifle longer, the last joint longer than the penultimate (in humelior they areequal); pubescence of thoracic dorsum pale ochraceous, without any black ; hair on inner side of basal joint of hind North-American Bees. 449 tarsi fuscous ; abdominal bands broader and more ochraceous. Flagellum red beneath, except basally ; wings rather short, hyaline; tegule piceous, very hairy; last two abdominal segments fringed with purplish-black hair. Hasily known from other species of Xenoglossodes by the banded abdomen. Maxillary palpi with the:second joint hardly so long as the third ; fourth strictly cylindrical, hardly or not half length of third; fifth minute but very distinct, cylindrical, about or hardly half length of fourth, bearing a bristle at the end. Hab. Roswell, N. M., Aug. 20, 1902 (Cockerell). The following table will give some idea of the modifica- tions in the mouth-parts of the Eucerini :— Maxillary palpi 6-jointed ; last joint long PIG WARONY inponcobouE DODD COORUoouEGE a Maxillary palpi 5-jointed ; last joint dis- (TCE Paap eBa coe Den TOO Oe UOC 2. Maxillary palpi 4-jointed, with a terminal papilla representing the fifth usually TUG poh incurbonoeee eos oobeouee : 1. Joint 6 much narrower than 5........ Synhalonia atriventris, Sm. Joint 6 scarcely narrower and almost as long as 5, but 5 conspicuously nar- ROW.CT: GAT Ae owe ons, 5: 0) nares See Guba S. crenulaticorns, Ckll. 2. Maxillary palpi comparatively long and slender; jomt 5 always well de- veloped, cylindrical. (= a I. ? A. erista-galli, Fax., 1893. Bull. Mus. Harvard, xxiv. G. Subgenus Paraxtvs, Bate, 1888. Definition: “Species of Awius with the flat area of the back and the cervical groove not sharply marked, the eyes pale, the antennal thorns both very small, no pleurobranchs, no gills on the second maxilliped, and a deep-water habitat.” Species : Type. A. altus (Bate), 1888. ‘Challenger’ Macrura. I. Lack of information makes it impossible to place the following species :— . serratus, Stimps., 1852. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. iv. A. . armatus, S. 1. Smith, 1880. P. U.S. Nat. Mus. ii. A. . spinulieauda, Rathb., 1902. P. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxiv. H. . elegans. ps ps ps be Genus Axropsis, n. Definition: “ Axiide with a flat area on the back in the fore part of the carapace well marked and continuous with the rostrum, no keel on the carapace behind the cervical groove, the eyes well pigmented, the antennal thorns long or of middle size, the legs of the second pair chelate, [an arthro- branch and a podobranch on the second maxilliped, no pleuro- branchs +], and a suture on the exopodite of the last limb.” Species : Type. A. affinis (de Man), 1887. Arch. Naturges. liii.i. I. A, princeps (Boas), 1880. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter, (6) i. H. A. spinipes (de Man), 1887. Arch. Naturges. hii. i. I. ? A, biserratus (Martens), 1869. Mon.-Ber. Ak. Berlin, 1868. I. ? A. serratifrons (A. M.-Edw.), 1873. J. Mus. Godef. iv. I. * As it was very difficult to be certain of this point in the small speci- mens of Ficonaxius and Paraxius, from which the jaws of one side had sometimes been removed, it is possible that the above statement may be wrong. In that case the last difference between Liconaxius and Icon- axiopsis will have gone, for the exopodite of the second maxilla of the former is longer than the endopodite, and not as Bate figures it. + These particulars as to the gills refer to the type only. They may or may not be true of the other species, which I have not examined. Classification of the Thalassinidea. 539 PA. nodulosus (Meinert), 1877. Naturh. Tidsskr. (5) xi. A. ? A. Brocki (de Man), 1887. Arch. Naturges. liti.i. I. ? A. Picteti (Zehntner), 1894. Rev. Suisse Zool. ii. I. ? A. defensus (Rathb.), 1900. Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. E. ? A. inequalis (Rathb.), 1900. hy 3 E. The species described by de Man in 1887 (Arch. Naturges. li. 1.) as Axius clypeatus should probably become the type of a new genus, with the following characters :— “Back arched in the fore part of the carapace, no keel behind the cervical groove, eyes well pigmented and with long stalks, and a small oval end-joint on the exopodite of the last limb.’ The gills are unknown. Genus Catocaris, Bell, 1853. Definition: “ Axiide with the body subcylindrical and the back arched, the cervical groove distinct, a toothed ridge extending backwards from each edge of the rostrum towards the cervical groove, which it does not meet, a third ridge running the whole length of the carapace in the middle line, the eyes almost or quite without pigment, an arthrobranch on the second maxiliiped*, no pleurobranchs, and a suture on the exopodite of the first limb.” All the known species live in deep water. Subgenera: Calastacus, Calocaris. Subgenus Carasracus, Fax., 1895. Definition: “Species of Calocaris in which the antennal thorns are of a good size.” Species : Type. C. stilirostris (Fax.), 1893. Bull. Mus, Harvard, xxiv. G. C. investigatoris (And.), 1890. J. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixv. I. C, felix (Ale. & And.), 1899. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) iii. I. C. longispinis (McArdle), 1901. cp . (7) vil. I. C. quinqueseriatus (Rathb.), 1902. P. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxiv. 4H. Subgenus Catocanris, Bell, 1853. Definition: “Species of Calocaris in which the antennal thorns are minute.” Species : Type. C. Macandree, Bell, 1853. Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust. A, B, I. C, Alcocki, McArdle, 1900. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vi. I. Genus Scyroxertus, Gerst., 1856. [= Evaaius, Kingsley, 1882.] Definition: “ Axiidee whose back is arched in the fore part * Absent in C. stilirostris (?), 540 Mr. L. A. Borradaile on the of the carapace, but marked off by a ridge on each side, bears a third ridge in the middle, each of the ridges ending short of the fore edge of the carapace in a strong tooth, and falls steeply to the rostrum; with pigmented eyes, without any vestige of scale or fixed thorn on the antenna (?), and with no suture on the exopodite of the last limb.” The gills are not known. Species : Type. S. serripes, Gerst., 1850. Arch. Naturges. xxii. I. S. tricarinatus (Kingsley), 1882. Bull. Essex Inst. xiv. I. Family Laomediide, n. Definition: “Thalassinidea with the rostrum of a good size; linea thalassinica present; antennular flagella rather short, no vestige of antennal scale (?) or fixed thorn ; the first pair of legs large, chelate, equal, the second pair simple or subchelate, the third and fourth simple, the fifth subchelate ; mastigobranchs on all the thoracic limbs except the last, podobranchs at least on the third to sixth, arthrobranchs on the second to seventh; the gills trichobranch, with somewhat broadened filaments; the pleura of the abdominal segments fairly well developed; the abdominal limbs without appendix interna, and the last pair of limbs with a suture ou both exopodite and endopodite.” Many points with regard to the two genera of this family are still unsettled. The gill-formula of Laomedia is as yet uncertain as regards the maxillipeds. The lack of an ap- pendia interna on the abdominal limbs of Jawea is only to be inferred indirectly from the fact that Heller does not mention it in his careful description, and from its absence in the allied Laomedia. Heller does not say that the endopodite of the last limb in Jawea (his Calliaxis) has a suture, but he figures one clearly. Lastly, it may well be that here (and in Scytoleptus also) careful search would show that a trace of the antennal scale remains. Genera: Laomedia, Jaxea. Genus Laomenta, de Haan, 1849. Definition: ‘ Laomediidz which have on the maxillipeds of the first pair no lash to the exopodite nor podobranch, the chelz in the legs of the first pair stout, and those of the second pair simple.” Species : Tere ee: eee, de Haan, 1849. Von Siebold’s ‘Fauna Japonica,’ /YUSU. Classification of the Thalassinidea. 541 Genus Jaxza, Nardo, 1847. [= Calhazxis, Heller, 1856. } Definition : “ Laomediide which have on the maxillipeds of the first pair a lash to the exopodite and a podobranch, the chelze in the legs of the first pair slender, and those of the second pair subchelate.” Species : Type. J. nocturna, Nardo, 1847. Sinonimia moderna* [=C. adriaticay Heller, 1856]. Family Thalassinide, Dana, 1852. Definition: ‘ Thalassinidea with a rostrum of fair size; a linea thalassinica ; antennular flagella of moderate length, no vestige of antennal scale + or fixed thorn; the first and second pairs of legs subchelate {, the rest simple; mastigobranchs on legs 1-4, podobranchs on legs 1-3, no pleurobranchs, the gills partly trichobranch, partly with broad plates; the pleura of the abdominal segments small; the third to fifth abdominal limbs without appendix interna, the branches of the abdominal limbs narrow, and the last pair without suture on endopodite or exopodite.” Genus: Thalassina, Latr., 1806. Species § : Type. 7. anomala (Hbst.), 1801. Naturges. Krabben u. Krebse, iii. ii. [=T. scorptonordes, Latr., 1806,=7. maxima, Hess, 1865, ?= 7. gracilis, Dana, 1852.| I. T. chilensis, Steenstrup & Liitken, 1861. Nat. Foren. Vidensk. Med- delelser. G. Family Callianasside, Bate, 1888. Definition: “ Thalassinidea whose rostrum may be either of a good size or small; which have the linea thalassinica, the antennular flagella short or of moderate length, the antennal scale quite vestigial, and no antennal thorn; the legs of the first pair usually chelate or subchelate, but sometimes simple, those of the second pair chelate or simple, those of the third and fourth pairs simple, and those of the fifth pair simple, subchelate or chelate; the legs without podobranchs and * See also Ann. Ist. Venet. xiv. + There are some small irregular Imobs between the second and third joints of the antennal stalk, but Boas shows that neither of these repre- sents the scale. { Bate’s figure is quite wrong in regard to the second leg. § According to Ortmann (Bronun’s ‘ Thierreich,’ vy.) there is probably only one species. 542. Mr. L. A. Borradaile on the usually without mastigobranchs, no pleurobranchs; the gills trichobrauch or with filaments broadened in various degrees; the pleura of the abdominal segments almost wanting; the third to fifth abdominal limbs with or without appendix interna, their branches broad, and the last pair of limbs without suture on endopodite or exopodite.” Subfamilies : Upogebiine, Callianassine. Subfamily Uroersrwz, n. Definition: “ Callianasside with the rostrum of a good size; the legs of the first pair chelate, subchelate, or simple, but equal and not with a very broad wrist and palm, those of the second pair equal, simple (except in Bigea), those of the third pair with the propodite of normal width; no mastigobranchs (except sometimes vestiges on the maxillipeds of the first two pairs); and the second pair of abdominal limbs with broad branches like the third to fifth, which have no appendix interna.” Genera: Upogebia, Gebicula, Bigea. Genus Upocersia, Leach, 1814. [ = Gebia, Leach, 1815,=Gebios, Risso, 1826, ? = Calliadne, Strahl, 1862. | Definition: “ Upogebiinz with the legs of the first pair chelate or subchelate, those of the second pair simple, those of the fifth pair usually not chelate, and the two branches of the last limb broad and stout and not longer than the telson.” Subgenera: Gebiopsis, Upogebia. Subgenus Gesiorsis, A. M.-Edw., 1868. Definition: “Species of Upogebia in which the ‘ thumb” is almost or quite as long as the movable finger, and there is no small tooth on the fore edge of the carapace over the antenna.” Species : Type. U. nitida (A. M.-Edw.), 1868. Nouv. Arch. Mus. iy. C. U. deltawra (Leach), 1815. Tr. Linn. Soc. xi. A. U. Darwini (Miers), 1884. ‘Alert’ Report. [=U. ttermedia (de Man), 1887.] I. U. Bowerbanki (Miers), 1884. ‘ Alert’ Report. F. U. isodactyla (Ortm.), 1891. Zool. Jahrb. vi. Syst.i. I. U. hexacerus (Ortm.), 1894. Jena Denkschr. viii. y. I. ? U. Savignyi (Strah }),1862. Mon.-Ber. Ak. Berlin, 1861. _B. Subgenus UpogEsiA, Leach, 1814. Definition : “Species of Upogebia in which the ‘thumb? Classification of the Thalassinidéa. 543 is distinctly shorter than the movable finger, and there is a small sharp tooth on the fore edge of the carapace over the antenna.” Species : Type. U. stellata (Mont.), 1808. Tr. Linn. Soc. ix. A, B. U. littoralis (Risso), 1816. Crust. de Nice. [=U. lacustris, Costa, 1844,= U. venitrarum, Nardo, 1847.] A, B. U. affinis (Say), 1817. Journ. Ac. Philadelphia, i. E. U. capensis * (Krauss), 1843. Stidafrik. Crust. S. U. hirtifrons (White), 1847. P.Z.S. PF. U. major (de Haan), 1849. Fauna Japonica, Crust. I. U. pugettensis (Dana), 1852. U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust ii, [=U. cal- fornica, Stimps., 1854.] HH. U. carinicauda (Stimps.), 1860. Proc. Ac. Philadelphia. I. U. subspinosa (Stimps.), 1860. aa hp I. U. barbata (Strahl), 1862. Mon.-Ber. Ak. Berlin, 1861. I. U. longipollex (Streets), 1871. Proe. Ac. Philadelphia. G. U. spinigera (S. I. Smith), 1871. Rep. Peabody Ac. 1869, G. U. Dana (Miers), 1876. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvii. [= U. hirti- rons, Dana, 1852.| F. U. rugosa (Lockington), 1878. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) ii. F, U. Sumsoni (Thompson), 1893. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1892, F. U. africana (Ortm.), 1894. Jena Denkschr. viii. v. I. U. furcata (Aurivillius), 1898. Bih. Svenska Ak, xxiv. iv.i. C. U. spinifrons (Haswell), 1882. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. vi. F. Genus Gesicuta, Alc., 1901. Definition : “‘ Upogebiinze with the legs of the first pair simple, those of the second pair also simple, those of the fifth pair chelate, and the two branches of the last limb foliaceous, larger than the telson.” The distinctness of this genus from Upogebia is doubtful. According to Haswell’s figure (Cat. Austral. Crust.) the first leg of U. spinifrons would appear to be simple; but in his definition of the genus he makes no exception to the rule that the limb is subchelate, and in his definition of the species he does not allude to the point. The last leg is chelate in Gebiopsis Darwint, and in several other species is subchelate. The telson of U. Simsoni seems to be shorter than the last limb, but the figure given by Thompson is rather hard to understand, the limbs being drawn outwards from the telson. Alcock’s description and his figure, which is from the side, are also not clear on this point, but, so far as they can be followed, the last limb in Gebicula seems to be of a more primitive shape than that of Upogebia. Species : Type. G. exigua, Alc., 1901. Ind, Deep-sea Macrura and Anomala. I. * The remarkable fact, mentioned by Stebbing (South Afric. Crust. i.), that this species has gills on the last pair of legs, will probably make it needful to separate it as a subgenus with such others as may share the character, 544 Mr. L. A. Borradaile on the Genus Bierna, Nardo, 1869. Definition: “ Upogebiinz with the legs of the second pair chelate and all the rest simple.” It is somewhat remarkable that this genus is only known by an old drawing, but there seems to be no reason to doubt its existence. Species : Type. B. tipica (sic), Nardo, 1869. Ann. Ist. Venet. xiv. B. Subfamily Cazzrrawassrva, uo. Definition: ‘ Callianasside with the rostrum small or almost wanting; the legs of the first pair chelate, unequal, the larger one usually with a very broad wrist and palm, those of the second pair equal, chelate, those of the third pair with a broad propodite; mastigobranchs present or not on the hinder thoracic limbs, but always a large one on the first maxilliped; and the second pair of abdominal limbs like or unlike the third to fifth, which have an appendia interna.” Genera: Callianassa, Glypturus, Callianidea. Genus Cauuianassa, Leach, 1814. Definition : “ Callianassinz with the eyes flattened against one another (except in Scallasis), the ischiopodite and mero- podite in the maxillipeds of the third pair broader than the carpopodite and propodite; the third pair of legs usually bearing a lobe on the hinder edge of the propodite, which thus takes on a characteristic shape; those of the fifth pair more or less distinctly subchelate ; no mastigobranchs on the legs or third maxilliped, but a large one (epipodite) on the first and usually a small one on the second, no gill-like filaments on the third to fifth pairs of abdominal limbs, and the plates of the tail-fin not deeply graven.” The species of this genus are so many that it would be well if they could be grouped in subgenera. Unfortunately this is far from easy, partly because so little is known about most of them. In the following arrangement the characters made use of are the shape of the maxillipeds of the third pair and that of the tail-fin, on which great weight was laid by A. Milne-Edwards in his revision (Nouy. Arch. Mus. vi.), and the propodite of the legs of the third pair, which is needed for some species that have become known since he wrote. The most primitive members of the genus are those with a long narrow telson, narrow third pair of maxillipeds, and oyal propodites on the legs of the third pair, such as Classification of the Thalassinidea. 545 C. secura, C. amboinensis, and C. cacigena. From these there stand off, on the one hand, the little group of C. ligni- cola and C. rotundicaudata, with shorter telson and a broader third pair of maxillipeds, and, on the other hand, the species, such as (’. subterranea, which have narrow third maxillipeds and a long telson, but also a lobe on the hinder edge of the propodite in the third pair of legs, whereby this lhmb takes on the shape which is typical of the genus. Hence, again, two lines branch out: one leads to such forms as C. gigas, which have still long telsons, but very broad third maxilli- peds; the other, containing such forms as C. brevicaudata, has a short telson, but often keeps the third maxillipeds fairly narrow. Between the two groups of which these species are typical there is, however, an almost complete series, and they cannot be sharply separated. Subgenera: Calliactites, Cheramus, Trypea, Callichirus, Scallasis. Subgenus CALLIACTITES, n. Definition: “Species of Callianassa with the maxillipeds of the third pair narrow or more or less broadened, no lobe on the hinder edge of the propodite in the legs of the third pair, the endopodite of the last limb of medium width or rather narrow, and the telson usually long, never very short.” Three out of the six species are from deep water. Species : Type. C. secura, Lanchester, 1902. P. Z.S. 1901. I. C. amboinensis, de Man, 1887. Arch. Naturges, lili. i. I. C. cecigena, Alc. & And., 1894. J. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixiii, I. (deep water). C. Dees Ale. & And., 1899. Ann. & Mae. Nat. Hist. (7) iii, 1 (deep water). C. rotundicaudata, Stebbing, 1902. South African Crust. ii. 8. P C. goniophthalma, Rathb., 1900. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxiv. H. (deep water). Subgenus Curramus *, Bate, 1888. Definition: “Species of Callianassa with the maxillipeds of the third pair narrow, a lobe on the hinder edge of the propodite on the legs of the third pair, the endopodite of the last limb of medium width or broad, and the telson long.” Species : Type. C. subterranea (Mont.), 1808 t. Tr. Linn. Soc. ix. A. C. pachydactyla, A. M.-Edw., 1870. Nouv. Arch. Mus. vi. C. * This name cannot be used for any genus which contains C, sub- terranea, a8it must then be replaced by Callianassa on the ground of priority. As a subgeneric name it holds good. + The true C. subterranca is a species which keeps both the primitive 546 Mr. L. A. Borradaile on the C. orientalis (Bate), 1888. ‘Challenger’ Macrura. I. C. minima, Rathb., 1900. Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. E. C. Batei,nom.n. [=C. occidentalis, Bate, 1838, nom. preoc.*] E. (deep water). ? C. subterranea, var. minor, Gourret, 1887. C. R. Ac. Fr. cv. B. Subgenus Trypma}, Dana, 1852. Definition: “Species of Callianassa with the maxillipeds of the third pair very broad, a lobe on the hinder edge of the propodite on the legs of the third pair, the endopodite of the last limb broad and square-ended, and the telson as long as, usually longer than, it is broad, almost or quite as long as the endopodites of the last pair of limbs.” Species : Type. C. australiensis (Dana), 1852. U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. ii. F. C. uncinata, H. M.-Edw., 1837. H. Nat. Crust. ii. C. gigas, Dana, 1852. U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. ii. H. C. californiensis, Dana, 1854. Proc. Ac. Philadelphia, vil. [=C. ocez- dentalis, Stimps., 1856.] H. C. longimana, Stimps., 1856. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vi. H, C. porcellana (Kinahan), 1858. Journ. Roy. Dublin Soc. i. F. C. chilensis, A. M.-Edw., 1860. Ann. Sci. Nat. (4) xiv. G. C. brachyophthalma, A. M.-Edw., 1870. Nouv. Arch. Mus. vi. I. C. mauritiana, Miers, 1882. P.Z. 8. L. C. truncata, Giard & Bonnier, 1890. Bull. Sci. Fr. Bele. xxii. A. C. japonica, Ortm., 1891. Zool. Jahrb. vi. Syst. I. C. Harmandi, Bouvier, 1901. Bull. Mus. Paris. I. C. maldivensis, n. sp. See ‘Fauna of the Maldives,’ ed. Gardiner, 1. vee E rg (OF petalura, Stimps., 1860. Proc. Ac. Philadelphia, 1860. I. Subgenus CaLiicuirvs f, Stimps., 1866. Definition : “‘ Species of Callianussa with the maxillipeds of the third pair usually narrow as compared with those of Trypea, a lobe on the hinder edge of the propodite in the characters of this subgenus, but seems, by the hook on its arm, to be near the ancestor which gave rise to Tryp@a, where this is a common feature. * Doubly preoccupied, first by Stimpson in 1856 as a synonym for C. californica, Dana, and later by Bate himself in 1888. + According to the recognized rules of zoological nomenclature (for instance, by Art. V. 5, of the Code of Rules adopted by the last Zoolo- gical Congress), this name must be given to the subgenus before us, although the most striking feature of Dana’s 77yp@a—the extreme short- ness of the antennular flagella—is not characteristic of it as now consti- tuted. C. australiensis must remain the type species, although C. wnci- nata or C. gigas would have been more suitable. { Callichirus becomes the name and C. major the type of this sub- genus by the same rule that makes Trypea the name and C-. australensis the type of the foregoing one. C. brevicaudata would probably be a better type. Classification of the Thalassinidea. 547 legs of the third pair, the endopodite of the last limb narrow and pointed or rounded at the end, and the telson as broad as or broader than it is long, distinctly shorter than the endopodites of the last pair of limbs.’’ Species : Type. C. major, Say, 1817. Journ. Ac. Philadelphia, i. E. C. laticauda, Otto, 1828. Nov. Act. Leop. Carol. xiv. A, B. C. mucronata, Strahl, 1862. Mon.-Ber. Ak. Berlin, 1861. I. C. Turnerana, White, 1861. P.Z.S. C. C. tridentata, Martens, 1869. Mon.-Ber. Ak. Berlin, 1868. I. C. armata, A. M.-Edw., 1870. Nouy. Arch. Mus. vi. I. C. brevicaudata, A. M.-Edw., 1870. _,, 3 IE C. longiventris, A. M.-Eidw., 1870. __,, of Ie C. Bocourti, A. M.-Edw., 1870, rf r I; C. madagassa, Long & Richters, 1882. Abh. senck. Ges, I. C. Martenst, Miers, 1884. P. Z. 8. I. C. nove-guinee, Thallwitz, 1890. Abh. Mus. Dresden. I. C. diademata, Ortm., 1891. Zool. Jahrb. vi. Syst. C. C. Grandidieri, Coutiére, 1899. Bull. Mus. Paris. I. C. nove-britannia, Borradaile, 1900. Willey’s Zool. Results, iv. I. C. marginata, Rathbun, 1900. Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. E. C. Kraussi, Stebbing, 1900. South African Crust. i. S. C. affints, Holmes, 1900. Pap. Calif. Acad. vii. H. C. Stebbingi*, nom. nov. [=C. subterranea, auct.] A, B. Subgenus ScALxasis, Bate, 1888. Definition: ‘‘ Species of Callianassa with the eyes rounded, bearing the cornea at the end, the maxillipeds of the third pair fairly broad, the endopodites of the last pair of limbs narrow, rounded at the end, and the telson about as broad as long, almost as long as the last pair of limbs.” Species : Type. C. amboine (Bate), 1888. I. The shape of the eyes is not, I think, a primitive feature in this species, but it must, for the present at least, remain in a separate subgenus. ‘The third to fifth abdominal limbs are narrower than is common in Callianassa, and somewhat recall Callianidea. Bate’s statements respecting the gills in this subgenus and in Cheramus are unreliable. The speci- mens are now much damaged, but each had probably nine pairs of gills (arthrobranchs). The third pair of maxillipeds are broader in Scallasis than this author implies. * Named after Mr. Stebbing, who has shown [Hist. Crust. p. 184 (1893)]| that Leach’s species is distinct from the form usually called C. subterranea, Details of the latter and of C. daticauda are given by Giard and Bonnier (Bull. Sci. Fr. Belg. xxii. p. 362), and it is probably the species figured by H. Milne-Edwards in the great illustrated edition of Cuvier’s ‘ Régne Animal.’ 548 Mr. L. A. Borradaile on the Not having seen specimens or descriptions of the following species, | am unable to place them :— C. Krukenbergi, Neumann, 1878. Syst. Uebersicht Gatt. Oxyrhynch., &c., Leipzig, 1878. C. Filholi, A. M.-Edw., 1878. Bull. Soc, Philom. C. Stimpsont, Smith, 1874. C. celebica, de Haan. The following, being known only by the chela, also cannot be placed :— C. occidentalis, Bate, 1888. ‘Challenger’ Macrura. E. (Nom. preoc.) Genus Gryprurus, Stimps., 1866. Definition : ‘ Callianassinz with the eyes flattened against one another, the ischiopodite and meropodite in the maxilli- peds of the third pair not broader than the carpopodite and propodite ; no gill-like filaments on the abdominal limbs, the second pair of which have narrow branches ; the endopodites of the Jast pair of limbs broad and triangular, the telson very small, and the plates of the tail-fin deeply graven.” Species : Type. G. acanthochirus, Stimps., 1866. Proc. Ac. Sci. Chicago, i. HE. G. grandimana (Gibbes), 1850. Proc. Am. Assoc. iii. E. G. Branneri, Rathb., 1900. Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. E. Genus CatiianipEA, H. M.-Edw., 1837. [ =Isea, Guérin, 1832,= Callianisea, H. M.-Edw., 1837,= Callisea, Dana, 1852. ] Definition: “ Callianassinz without linea thalassinica, with the eyes flattened against one another, bearing the cornea on the outside ; the ischiopodite and meropodite in the maxillipeds of the third pair not broader than the carpo- podite and propodite, the propodite in the legs of the third pair without a lobe on the hinder edge; mastigobranchs on all the thoracic limbs except the last; gill-like filaments on the second to fifth abdominal limbs, which are all alike, with moderately broad oval branches, the branches of the last pair of limbs rather narrow and oval, not deeply graven, and the telson long.” Species : Type. C. typa, H. M.-Edw., 1837. H. Nat. Crust. ii. I. ?=C. elongata (Guérin), 1832. Ann. Soc. Entom. France, (1)i. I. C. levicauda, Gill, 1859. Proc. Ac. Philadelphia, xi. E. C. Steenstrupt, Boas, 1880. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter, (6)i. E. C. mucronata, Kossm., 1880. Reise Roth. Meer. ii. I. The number of genera in the four families is 13,—4 in the Axiide, 2 in the Laomediide, 1 in the Thalassinide, and 6 in the Callianasside. If subgenera be counted in, the total Classification of the Thalassinidea. 549 will rise to 23. The number of species is about 125, these, like the genera, being more numerous in the more specialized family Callianasside than in the others. The greater number of the species in all the families are Indo-Pacific. The Species are generally restricted to one region, but the genera are well distributed, showing no tendency to restriction to particular regions in any case except that of the little genus Glypturus from the West-Indian region. Most of the known species live in shallow water, but, with the exception of the widespread Calocaris Macandree, the deep-sea forms (below 200 fath.) can conveniently be arranged by means of the same set of regions; and this has been done above. The deep-water species are chiefly concentrated in Hiconaxius, Iconaxiopsis, Paraxius, and Calocaris, which have no shallow- water forms, but there are a few scattered among the other genera, and these have been noted in the lists. Thalassina anomala makes its burrows on land, but they probably always go down to water. Key to the Families ef the Thalassinidea. I. No linea thalassinica. Both movable and fixed antennal thorns present, though sometimes mi- nute (? absent in Scytoleptus). Abdominal pleura ITER Ree osdaucsenucob od Oed a obomee cee ob an I, ‘Bien thalassinica present (except in Calhanidea). Fixed antennal thorn wanting, scale reduced to a flattened vestige or wanting. Abdominal pleura usually small. 1, Sutures on both exopodite and endopodite of last limb. Abdominal plewra of a good size.. Laomediide. 2. No sutures on the last limb. Abdominal pleura small. a. Second leg chelate or simple. No podo- branche on legs. Abdominal limbs 3-6 broad. a eee Calhactites. 2. Propodite of the third lex with a lobe on the hinder edge, a. Telson long. a, Third maxillipeds narrow ..... isaataneteraes » Cheramus. b. Third maxillipeds very broad.........0.- Trypea. Gehelson short and-broad™ 2242s sesesscee ene Callichirus. If. Eyes rounded, bearing the cornea at the end.... Scallasis. The genealogical relations between the genera of Thalassi- nidea are probably those shown in the following tree :— Callianassa. Glypturus. Gebicula. Callianidea. Upogebia. Lhalassina, Axiopsis. Axius. Scytoleptus. Laomedia. Jaxea. = ye Calocaris, 552 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Batrachians. LIV.— Descriptions of new Batrachians tn the British Museum. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. Bufo fissipes. Crown without bony ridges; snout short, prominent, obliquely truncate; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum quite hidden, eustachian tubes indistinct. Fingers rather slender, first and second equal; toes rather slender, with a mere rudiment of web; subarticular tubercles single; two moderate oval metatarsal tubercles; no tarsal fold. The tarso-metatarsal articulation reaches beyond the tip of the snout. Upper parts with scattered, very prominent, smooth tubercles; parotoid glands moderately prominent, rather narrow, a little shorter than the head, diverging behind. Dark brown above, with yellowish spots; upper surface of snout and anterior half of forehead and upper eyelid yellowish ; limbs with oblique yellowish cross-bars ; sides black ; belly yellowish, marbled with blackish. From snout to vent 40 millim. A single female specimen from Santo Domingo, Carabaya, S.E. Peru, 6000 feet, collected by Mr. G. Ockenden. Eupemphix Gadovit. Snout obliquely truncate, strongly projecting beyond the mouth ; canthus rostralis obtuse; loreal region nearly vertical ; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid ; tympanum hidden. Fingers rather short, obtuse, first shorter than second; toes short, obtuse, free; subarticular tubercles moderate; inner metatarsal tubercle rather large, oval, prominent, outer round and flat; no tarsal tubercle. The tarso-metatarsal articulation reaches the shoulder. Skin smooth. Blackish brown above, with a silvery-white verte- bral line and a broad, wavy, whitish band on each side from the end of the snout to the groin; lower parts white, dotted or marbled with whitish. From snout to vent 11 millim. Three specimens of this minute form were obtained at San Mateo del Mar, near Tehuantepec, by Dr. and Mrs. Gadow during a recent trip to Mexico. fTylodes Beate. Tongue oval, entire. Vomerine teeth in two oblique series behind the level of the choane. Snout pointed, projecting Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Batrachians. 553 beyond the mouth ; canthus rostralis distinct; loreal region slightly concave; nostril near the end of the snout; inter- orbital space a little broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum very distinct, as large as the eye. Fingers and toes slender, with small terminal disks and very strong subarticular tubercles ; first and second fingers equal ; a very indistinct rudiment of web between the toes; two metatarsal tubercles, inner oval, outer smaller and round. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the tip of the snout or a little beyond. Small granular warts on the back, rest of body smooth. Dark brown above; a light bar across the interorbital region; a white, black-edged streak on the upper lip; limbs with dark, light-edged cross-bars; lower parts white, more or less speckled with brown. Male with two vocal sacs, indicated externally by a fold on each side of the throat. From snout to vent 25 millim. T'wo specimens, found by. Dr. and Mrs. Gadow among dense shrub at La Perla, near Orizaba, at an altitude of 6000 feet. Closely allied to ZZ. plicatus, Gthr. Hylodes granulosus. Tongue nearly round, very indistinctly nicked behind. Vomerine teeth in two short transverse series behind the level of the choane. Snout rounded, scarcely projecting beyond the mouth, with obtuse canthus; loreal region concave ; nostril near the end of the snout; interorbital space not quite so broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, half the diameter of the eye. Fingers and toes very slender, the tips dilated into very small disks; first finger extending beyond second; toes quite free, with very prominent sub- articular tubercles; two metatarsal tubercles. ‘Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the tip of the snout. Upper parts granulate with small warts, lower parts smooth. Pinkish brown above, with darker markings; a )-( shaped dark marking on the occiput and the anterior part of the back, the lateral branches extending to the upper eyelid ; sides of head with dark and light bars, radiating from the eyes ; limbs with rather indistinct dark cross-bars; throat brown, dotted with whitish ; belly whitish, speckled with brown. From snout to vent 28 millim. A single specimen from Santo Domingo, Carabaya, S.H. Peru, 6000 feet, collected by Mr. Ockenden. 554 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Batrachians. Hylodes platydactylus. Tongue nearly round, feebly nicked behind. Vomerine teeth in two small oblique groups behind the level of the choane. Snout rounded, scarcely projecting beyond the mouth, with obtuse canthus ; loreal region concave; nostril near the end of the snout; interorbital region as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, half the diameter of the eye. Fingers and toes moderately elongate, with large sub- triangular terminal disks; first finger not extending so far as second; toes quite free, with moderately developed sub- articular tubercles; two metatarsal tubercles, inner oval, outer round and very small. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching between the eye and the tip of thesnout. Upper parts nearly smooth; belly and lower surface of thighs granular. Brownish or greyish olive above, with symmetrical darker markings; a dark bar between the eyes, a W-shaped band behind the eyes and across the nape, oblique bands on the sides of the head and body and across the limbs; sometimes a yellowish vertebral band; lower parts whitish. From snout to vent 32 millim. Several specimens from Santo Domingo, Carabaya, 8.E. Peru, 6000 feet, collected by Mr. Ockenden. Atelopus oxyrhynchus. Habit rather slender. Head longer than broad, its length contained twice to twice and a half in the length of the trunk, quite flat above, with vertical sides; snout pointed and strongly projecting ; nostril midway between the end of the snout and the eye; interorbital space much broader than the upper eyelid. Fore limb long, slender in the female; fingers moderate, depressed, slightly swollen at the tips, first very short and broad, but well developed ; carpal and subarticular tubercles indistinct ; toes rather short, much depressed, about half webbed ; metatarsal and subarticular tubercles indistinct. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the posterior border of the eye, or between the eye and the shoulder. Large smooth warts on the sides and posterior part of the body and on the limbs; belly granular or areolate. Coloration very variable. Some specimens uniform lemon-yellow, with or without a blotch of vermilion-red on the belly ; others yellow above and orange-red below; others olive or olive-brown above, more or less spotted with dark brown and with a dark lateral streak extending to the end of the snout, lemon-yellow beneath, with Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Batrachians. 555 or without brown spots. Male with an internal subgular vocal sac. From snout to vent 50 millim. — Numerous specimens from Venezuela (Rio Albirregas, Culata, Sierra Nevada de Merida), at altitudes of 10,000 to 11,000 feet, collected by Sr. Bricefio. Atelopus erythropus. | Habit rather slender. Head as long as broad, its length ~ contained twice in the length of the trunk; snout as long as the eye, truncate, projecting beyond the mouth, concave above and on the sides; nostril a little nearer the end of the snout than the eye ; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid. Fore limb long and slender; fingers moderate, depressed, slightly swollen at the tips, first very short; carpal and sub- articular tubercles indistinct ; toes rather short, three fourths webbed, inner very indistinct; metatarsal and subarticular tubercles indistinct. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the anterior border of the eye. Upper parts minutely granulate, lower smooth. Brown above, white beneath ; lower surface of thighs and of feet vermilion. From snout to vent 20 millim. A single specimen from Santo Domingo, Carabaya, S8.E. Peru, 6000 feet, collected by Mr. Ockenden. Rana Budgetti. Vomerine teeth in two transverse or slightly oblique series between the anterior borders of the choane. Head moderate, not much depressed; snout obtusely acuminate, as long as the orbit, projecting beyond the lower jaw ; canthus rostralis obtuse; nostril a little nearer the eye than the end of the snout, followed by a rather deep concavity of the loreal region ; interorbital space narrower than the upper eyelid; tympanum very distinct, as large as the eye. Fingers ex- tremely short, blunt, first and second equal. ‘Toes short, blunt, barely half webbed; subarticular tubercles small; a large, compressed, shovel-shaped inner metatarsal tubercle, its length equalling that of the inner toe. Tarso-metatarsal articulation reaching the nostril, Skin smooth on the back, warty on the sides; a dorso-lateral glandular fold, not con- nected with a similar fold above the temple. Pinkish grey above, with dark brown, black-edged spots, which are very crowded on the outer side of the dorso-lateral fold; a. darix band on the side of the head, passing through the nostril, the eye, and the tympanum; limbs with regular cross-bars ; 556 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Batrachians. hinder side of thighs with dark vermiculation; lower parts white, with the exception of the throat and breast, which are grey, marbled with blackish and with two longitudinal white bands. Male with a large external vocal sac-in a fold on each side of the throat. From snout to vent 65 millim. Four specimens (male and female and two young), from McCarthy Island, Gambia, presented by Mr. J. 8. Budgett. This species is very closely allied to R. moeruensis, Blgr., from Lake Mweru. It differs principally in the still shorter fingers, the first of which does not extend beyond the second. Rana Swinhoana. Vomerine teeth in two oblique series between the choane. Head much depressed, slightly broader than long; snout as long as the diameter of the orbit, rounded; canthus rostralis obtuse ; loreal region not very oblique, concave; nostril equally distant from the end of the snout and from the eye ; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, one half to three fifths the diameter of the eye. Fingers moderate, first not extending beyond second ; toes entirely webbed; tips of fingers and toes dilated into well- developed disks, which are much smaller than the tympanum ; subarticular tubercles rather small; a small, oval, inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tip of the snout. Skin smooth, granular on the side; no dorso-lateral fold. Brown above, with small darker spots; a dark canthal streak and a dark temporal blotch ; a whitish streak on the upper lip; limbs with rather indistinct dark cross-bars; lower parts white. From snout to vent 80 millim. Two female specimens from Bangkimtsing, Formosa, presented by Mr. J. D. La Touche. The nearest ally of this species, named in memory of the late Robert Swinhoe, the first explorer of the Reptile-fauna of Formosa, is 2. lévida, Blyth (chloronota, Gthr.). Hylambates cassinovdes. Vomerine teeth in two small groups between the choanz. Head as long as broad; canthus rostralis indistinct ; tym- panum about half the diameter of the eye. J ingers free, toes webbed at the base, dilated into small but very distinct disks ; a moderately large oval metatarsal tubercle. Hind limb very short, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaching barely the axil. Skin smooth above; belly and lower surface of Miss J. Sollas on Haddonella Topsenti. 557 thighs granular. Grey above, with six dark brown longi- tudinal stripes, the median pair narrowly separated; a dark brown canthal streak ; limbs with regular dark brown cross- bars ; lower parts white. From snout to vent 46 millim. A single female specimen from McCarthy Island, Gambia, presented by Mr. J. S. Budgett. In form and markings this frog bears a remarkable simi- larity to Cassina senegalensis, D. & B., from which it is, however, easily distinguished by the terminal disks of the digits and the presence of a short web between the toes. LV.—On Haddonella Topsenti, gen. et sp. n., the Structure and Development of its Pithed Fibres. By IGERNA SOLLAS. [Plates XXVIII. & XXIX.] OwinG to the kindness of Dr. Harmer I have had the oppor- tunity of looking through a collection of corals and sponges brought home by Dr. Haddon from Torres Straits. Amongst these was a single specimen of a ceratose sponge belonging to the Dendroceratina. The sponge has been torn away from its earliest support, but remains attached to a piece of coral to which its distal parts have secondarily adhered. ‘The proximal ends of the fibres project from the flesh, which has been dragged away from them ; they are flattened and disk-like. The surtace of the sponge is raised into conuli, which are widely separated at unequal distances from one another; a little below the summit of each the fibre which supports it can be seen through the flesh as a dark line. ‘The general colour is a dull grey, tinged with pink (in spirit). The oscula are covered by a sieve-like membrane. I prefer this method of stating the facts to saying that “ the oscula occur in groups,” seeing that each group of apertures leads into a single continuous cavity. The dermal ostia occur in patches, separated from one another by anastomosing strands of fibrous tissue, in close contact with the dermal membrane. ‘The whole sponge is very cavernous. A six- rayed Ophiuroid was found in one of the internal passages. ‘The flagellated chambers measure about ‘07 x ‘04 mm. on an average and are elliptical in form, with wide mouths opening directly into the excurrent canals. 558 Miss I. Sollas on Haddonella Topsenti. The general anatomy of the skeleton is shown in Pl. XXVIII. fig. 2; it consists of a number of separate fibres arising either singly or two or three together, from each disk of attachment. ‘The fibres branch at intervals, the ultimate twigs either terminating within conuli or expanding, at the tip, into disks of attachment similar to those found at the proximal ends of the fibres. The minute structure of the fibres recalls that of Janthella-fibres, for cells are present within their outer layers. The diameter of the fibres in their oldest portions, near the base, is 0°72 mm.; commonly in the upper parts they measured 0'4 mm. in diameter. As the genus Janthella is the only sponge hitherto known to contain cells in the cortex of its fibres, I may here recall the more striking of the other characters common to all its known species. ‘These are: the arrangement of the fibres into a regular square-meshed framework, horizontal fibres crossing others which rise vertically from a single basal disk, and secondly the restriction of oscula and ostia respectively to opposite sides of the plate-like sponge. Evidently the sponge now described cannot be included under the generic name Janthella; I therefore propose to call it Haddonella Topsenti. -Naturally up to the present Janthella has afforded the only available material for studying the development of pithed sponge-fibres with cell-containing cortex. The first worker to give an account of the minute structure of the fibres and to discover the cells contained therein was Flemming (6) in 1872. The species he examined were I. basta and I. flabelliformis. He describes the fibres in each of these as consisting of a rose-red finely granular pith, sur- rounded by an amber-coloured cortex in which are embedded beautifully contrasting violet-red cells. The pith showed a lumen of small dimensions which was not a continuous canal, but occurred chiefly at the points where the fibres branch. The “ Dornen”’ (small branches arising from the main fibres where these cross one another) were constantly free from cells at their apices. Flemming does not consider the question of the origin of the fibres or of their parts, but he goes only so far as to ask whether the cortical cells are proper to the sponge, or whether they are parasites, and decides that they are proper. In discussing the problem how, if they were parasitic, they could have got in, he mentions casually that the pith is naked at the apices of the “ Dornen.” He con- siders that the presence of cells in its fibres places the sponge in a very isolated position. “2 Carter (7) gives a general account of the skeletons of horny Miss J. Sollas on Haddonella Topsenti. 559 sponges and discusses Janthella at some length. He speaks of the cells in the fibres as “ pigmented cells,” and at one stage of his argument comes to this conclusion: “ the horny laminze were not only deposited on the grey granuliferous axis, but the horny material itself was formed by the pig- mented cells.”” Carter, however, considers he is bound to reject this conclusion, because such a mode of formation of spongin is not known in other horny sponges, and he thinks that his choice of a spongin-former lies between the axis of the fibre and the surrounding “ sarcode.”” He chooses the latter alternative. He has not seen, nor apparently sought, the fibre-tips. Polejaeff (2) examined the species I. flabelliformis. He states that the cells in the fibres occur between the laminze of spongin, as Carter had described it, the laminz being con- centric cylinders about the axis of the fibre, and he shows this well in his fig. 5, pl. 2. He speaks of the cells as in all probability spongoblasts, and he seems to have been the first to take this view. He failed to find any part of the fibre without cells or without spongin cortex, and consequently there was a difficulty in accounting for the origin of the pith. Polejaeff’s work, ‘On the Structure and Classification of Horny Sponges,’ 1886, being written in Russian, was not accessible tome. In the‘ Challenger’ report Polejaeff speaks of the inclusion of spongoblasts in the horny substance of the fibres as a peculiarity of which the systematic importance is ‘rather ambiguous.”” He then remarks that ‘if we should in time find Janthellide, 7. e., horny sponges whose skeletal fibres are charged with true cells, of thoroughly different organization, we should be obliged to elevate the character in question to the rank of that of a subfamily, or even family ” 2) Q Von Lendenfeld (3) describes three species, J. flabelliformis, I. basta, and I. concenitrica. He criticizes Polejaett’s account and especially his fig. 5, pl. 2, which he says is very incorrect, and adds :—‘“ The cavities ” (2. e., the cell-containing cavities in the cortex of the fibre) ‘‘ are embedded in spongin which is clearly stratified in such a manner that the layers are deter- mined by the cavities and strictly parallel to their surfaces” (the italics are his). The fig. 1, pl. 49, of the Monograph illustrates this statement clearly and shows a structure such as one might perhaps have expected on @ prior? grounds. The structure 1 have observed in the skeletal fibres of Had- donella agrees well with Polejaeff’s figures, and with those published earlier by Flemming and Carter (6 and 7). : Von Lendenfeld describes the stratified spongin as passing 560. Miss I. Sollas on Haddonella Topsenti. without any sharp limit into the granular pith which forms a thin layer. The inner surface of the pith is sharply defined : the pith is a hollow cylinder in which no cells of any kind can be distinguished. ‘The difficulty of pith-formation he overcomes by a theory: he asserts that a cap of spongoblasts over the tip of the fibre secretes spongin, thus adding to the length of the fibre. This is afterwards destroyed by cells, the process being comparable to the formation of bone-marrow by osteoclasts, and the active cells are consequently termed “ spongoclasts.”’ Minchin (4) relegates the whole matter of occurrence of cells in spongin-fibres to a footnote, saying that it is in need of re-investigation. My own observations are as follows :— The adult fibre shows, in cross or longitudinal section, three well-marked zones—(1) outermost, the cell-containing spongin-cortex, followed by (2) a layer of altered spongin- cortex, which surrounds (3) the pith: this may be solid, or having apparently yielded to tension may show a cleft-like cavity. (1) The cortex consists of cylindrical laminz of spongin, which are all concentred about the axis of the fibre, and of cells lying between the lamine. The youngest cells on the periphery of the fibre are of large size, in close contact on all sides with spongin. They are of the same colour as the spongin, but many shades darker ; the contrast which so pleased Flemming is absent here: the whole cortex is of the rich brown of spongin with a distinct tinge of violet superposed. The young cells are densely packed with spherical bodies ; the nucleus is central and lies in a small clear space, which gives the cell the appearance of being perforated (fig. 6). The outer surfaces of the cells are convex. Proceeding from the periphery of a section towards the interior, the cell-bodies become continually smaller and the spherules in them less numerous, consequently the cells in the inner layers are no longer in close contact with the spongin, but come to lie in cavities. In the innermost layers there seems to be little besides nucleus remaining in these cavities, which, however, are never quite empty. (2) The second zone might be called a transition-layer: it is more or less granular, at the same time somewhat fibrillated and contains cells, or at any rate nuclei (figs. 8 & 9). It is easy to convince oneself that it is formed by alteration of the innermost cortical layers, and that the nuclei are the nuclei of cortical cells. (8) The pith is granular, homogeneous, and destitute of cells. In the distal end of a growing fibre there are three regions Miss I. Sollas on Haddonella Topsenti. 561 distinguishable, succeeding one another along its length. At the extreme apex is a region where the pith lies naked in the cap of spongoblasts. That Polejaeff overlooked this may be due either to the fact that the fibres he examined had ceased to grow, or it may be explained by irregularity of form or change of direction of the fibre. In the present material it is easy to obtain sections of an apparent apex (fig. 7), while the true growing point lies bent to one side and would appear many sections further on. I cannot say whether the same would be true of Lanthella. In the second region, which is of varying length, the pith is covered with a single layer of spongin without cells em- bedded in it. This passes, by no means abruptly, into the cell-bearing region, which includes the whole of the older parts of the fibre. At first the cells are very sparsely scattered (figs. 4 & 7) and may be found outside the first- deposited layer of spongin, then included between the first two layers, with a second set of cells on the outside, and so on —always with cells on the outside as long as the fibre is still growing in thickness; when this growth has ceased the outermost layer is of spongin. From the rarity with which one finds cells on the outside of a fibre quite uncovered by spongin, one concludes that the deposition of this substance must take place rapidly. The fibre-tips which are going to form adhesive disks differ from the ordinary tips in the great broadening of the pith at the apex and in the fact that the pith is quite without cell- covering over its flat distal surface. Accordingly, in the fully formed disk, the spongin which closes in the pith-cylinder at the extremity shows manifest signs of having arisen from secondary ingrowths from the spongin-cortex (Pl. XXIX. fig. 10). ‘he spongoblasts are many layers deep (PI. XXVIII. fig. 5). Lower down on the fibre the layers are fewer and the cell-bodies larger, but still very much smaller than those of the cells applied to or included in the fibres and charged with spherules, between which cells and the ordinary spongoblasts outside the fibre I have looked for transition-forms in vain. In material stained in bulk with Ehrlich’s hematoxylin and afterwards well washed out with acid alcohol the spongin did not stain and lost its violet tinge, while both pith and transition-layer were well stained, particularly the latter. In sections stained with iron hematoxylin (Heidenhain) the whole fibre was stained, and the nuclei in the transition- layer show up well after this treatment. 562 Miss I. Sollas on Haddonella Topsenti. Summary. (1) The new genus Haddonella has its nearest allies in the species of [anthella (Gray); these two genera share the pecu- liarity of having cells in the cortex of their pithed fibres. (2) The fibre-tips or growing points consist of naked pith alone, secreted by a many-layered cap of spongoblasts. (3) Spongoblasts apply themselves sparsely to the sides of this pith, pouring out upon it a layer of spongin; upon this layer again spongoblasts settle and repeat the process of spongin deposition, and so on repeatedly till ultimately the pith is included in many successive sheaths of spongin, in the intervals between which the spongoblasts lie. (4) The spongoblasts diminish in size and lose their granular contents in the process of forming the spongin layers. The presence of cells in the spongin of sponge-fibres is a character of subfamily or family value (Polejaeff). Literature consulted. (1) VosmAER.—Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. 1871. (2) PoLtEyanFr.— Challenger’ Reports, vol. xi. 1884. (3) Von LENDENFELD.—Monoeraph of Horny Sponges. 1889. (4) Mtncury.—Text-book of Zoology, edited by E. Ray Lankester. 1902 (s) Giese, Zool. Soc. p. 49 (1869). (6) FLemmine.—Verh. d. phys.-med. Gesell. Wurzburg, vol. ii. p. 1 (1872). (7) CarTer.—Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. viii. p. 111 (1881). (8) Von LenDENFELD.—Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. vol. liv. p. 275 (1892). EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. All the figures refer to Haddonella Topsenti. Pirate XXVIII. Fig. 1. Entire specimen, natural size, attached to a piece of coral. Fig. 2. Some skeletal fibres, partly diagrammatic. Fig. 3. Piece of the dermal membrane with dermal ostia and perforations of the oscular membrane. Fig. 4. Younger parts and apex of a growing fibre zn sztu. Fig. 5. Extreme tip of a growing fibre with spongoblast cap. Fig. 6. Cells from outer layers of the cortex of a fibre. Fig. 7. Longitudinal section of a fibre near the apex. Fig. 8. One side of the longitudinal section of a fibre. ‘“g. 9. Similar part of a section of an older fibre. PLATE XXIX. Fig. 10. Longitudinal section of an adhesive disk. Fig. 11. Longitudinal section of a young stage in the development of an adhesive disk. a., algal cells which formed part of the surface of support; a.d., disk On a new Genus of Heteromerous Coleoptera. 563 of attachment or adhesive disk; ¢., cortex; ¢.c., cortical cell; d.o., dermal ostia ; fi.c., flagellated chamber ; 7., ingrowth of cortex; p., pith; p.o.s., perforation of the oscular sieve; 0.s., oscular sieve; s., layer of spongo- blasts ; s.c., spongoblast cap ; ¢r., transition-layer. Balfour Laboratory, Cambridge, 1902. LVI.—Description of a new Genus of [Heteromerous Coleoptera. By Cuas. O. WATERHOUSE, F.E.S. Tenebrionide. APOCRYPHINA. PLASTICA, gen. nov. Mentum trapezoidal, the angles slightly acute; ligula strongly exserted, narrowed towards the base, truncate in front (with two points of the hypopharynx projecting beyond it in the specimen examined) ; labia] palpi short, the apical joint moderately large, somewhat ovate, a little narrowed towards the apex, which is slightly obliquely truncate. Maxille with the inner lobe furnished at the apex with numerous curved bristles, one of which is much larger than the others. Maxillary palpi large, the apical joint securiform. Mandibles bifid at the apex. Labrum prominent. Antenne moderately long, stout, pubescent, slightly thickened towards the apex. Head somewhat quadrate, swollen behind the eyes ; epistome oblique at the sides, very slightly sinuate in front. Amntennary orbits somewhat swollen. Eyes small, scarcely prominent, very coarsely facetted. Thorax sub- quadrate narrowed at the base, with all the angles much rounded ; the sides confounded with the under flanks. Scu- tellum small, indistinct. Elytra oblong-ovate, convex, dorsally flattened, with the suture impressed. Legs moderate ; the front and middle femora much thickened at the middle; the posterior pair only gradually narrowed to the base, thick at the apex, with a rather deep emargination below at the apex, so that there is a distinct angle produced below. Tarsi hairy below; anterior with the basal joint a little longer than the second, which is (like the third and fourth) short; the posterior tarsi are rather longer, with the basal joint moderately long, longer than the second and third together. The anterior coxe are globose and prominent. The sternal process not very broad, almost vertical posteriorly. The intermediate coxe not very widely separated. Meta- sternum very short. Abdomen with the intercoxal process broad; the first aud second segments subequal, the suture 564 On a new Genus of Heteromerous Coleoptera. dividing them not very well marked, the third segment only a little shorter; the fourth about two thirds the length of the third, more convex in the longitudinal direction, with the sutures dividing it from the others more strongly marked *. This genus is closely allied to Apocrypha, but differs in having the femora less club-shaped, with the posterior pair emarginate at the apex below; the proportions of the joints of the tarsi are also different. The insect somewhat resembles some species of the Cara- bideous genus Bradycellus. Plastica polita, sp. n. Elongato-oblonga, piceo-nigra, nitidissima; capite crebre fortiter punctato; thorace minus crebre sat fortiter punctato; elytris irregulariter punctatis, sutura prope scutellum impressa ; pedibus rufo-piceis. Long. 5 mill. Hab. Sorata Mountain (Sir Wm. Martin Conway). Head rather large, subquadrate, the punctures rather large and close together, leaving a smooth spot on the vertex. Cheeks behind the eyes swollen almost to the level of the eye, parallel, with the angles much rounded. Antenne reaching to about the middle of the thorax, rather stout, slightly thickening towards the apex; the third joint a little longer than the second; the following joints short, gradually becoming transverse, the eleventh joint nearly twice as long as broad, conico-ovate. Thorax only a little broader than the head, one-sixth broader than long, evenly convex, scarcely narrowed in front, but considerably narrowed at the extreme base, the sides gently rounded and with the angles rounded. The surface is very distinctly punctured, but not so strongly as the head, and the punctures are separated from each other by the diameter of a puncture. Hlytra at the shoulders scarcely wider than the thorax, slightly wider posteriorly, arcuately narrowed at the apex, more finely punctured than the thorax, the punctuation not very sharply defined, irre- gular, moderately close, with some very lightly impressed punctured lines, especially near suture and sides. The shoulders are very much rounded; the apex is tinged with pitchy red. Legs not very long; the tarsi about as long as the tibiee. * While examining the mouth-parts of this genus I looked at those of Hymeus, Pasc., which is placed next to Apocrypha; finding them unlike those cf a Heteromerous insect, I examined the tarsi, and found the joints to be 5, 5, 5 in the first specimen ; but the second is a male, and has them 5, 5, 4, showing that the genus should be placed in the Cucujidee, perhaps near Psammechus. THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE AND JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS, CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES. ‘MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. Complete sets (unbound) may be obtained at the following prices : ae The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. A few imperfect copies only on hand—prices on application. The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. Price £2 4s. ‘The Third Series, in 87 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. pre aoe The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. sn b2as _ Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY. MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. Complete sets (unbound) may be obtained at the Se prices :— The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10, The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. SLO, The Lhird Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. ,, £12. ‘The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. ey Ghee The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. . dirs Oy Tayxor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, CONTENTS OF NUMBER 71.—Seventh Series. XLVI. Rhynchotal Notes.—XIX. By W. L. Distanr ........ | 9 i XLVII. A Revision of the Genera of the ArAnem or Spiders, with Reference to their Type Species. By F. Pickarp-CamBrines, | XLVIII. Descriptions of Fourteen new Species of Marine Mollusca \ : from Japan. By G. B. Sownrwy, F.LS. ...........-..00 esos 49 XLIX. Three new Species of Nyctinomus. By Orprrerp Tomas. 501 L. Notes on Irish Species of Zylais. By J. N. Harperr........ LI. Remarks upon the Morphology and Systematics of certain | Chilognathous Diplopods. By R. 1. Pocock .,...............- ». 615 LII. Diagnoses of Four new Species of Barbus from the Nile. oi ie G. A Bovrimnern,. RSs ao Ee Se ee eee Oe ae 5Bo LIL. On the Classification of the Thalasinden, (By aaa Borraparte, M.A., Lecturer in Natural Sciences at Selwyn Colle; Cambridge 220s lite Voi ckoe cele ebeeien ie Eo ake new ea BY 4 LIV. Descriptions of new Batrachians in the British Museum. By GG. AS BounenceEny F Riser a2 esos bishop leer siete ane cs pops ee BAF LY. On Haddonella Topsenti, gen. et sp. n., the Structure and ae Development of its Pithed Fibres. By atten SoLzas. (Plates XX VU RRR) a Retr e 5 LVL. Description of a new Genus of Heteromerous Coleoptera. By Cas. O. Wateruouss, FES. ..........- oso eke a abet *,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, post-paid, to the Care of Messrs, Taylor and Francis, Printing Office, g Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. THE ANNALS AND Srirauean INCLUDING © ii MUG) ", ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anno GEOLOGY. No, LXXII. DEC. 1903. CONDUCTED BY oat “ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Px.D., F.R.S., | WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.B.S., E.LS., F.G.S., oe Ba > AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, sux. TS a 7 ; BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE * ‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH ae MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” WITH “POUR Ae ATES. Hustrative of Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge’s iin on the Occurrence of Godbius capito in Cornwall, Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby’s on Mollusca from South Africa, and Mz, R, Kirkpatrick's on some Meduse from Japan. TF ponpon: TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. "Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Oo., Ld. ; Bailliére, Paris: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and. Asher, Berlin, BRITISH MUSEUM (WATURAL HISTORY). The following Publications on Natural History have been recently issued by the Trustees of the British Museum :— _ Handbook of Instructions for Collectors. Price 2s. 6d. Hand-list of the Genera and Species of Birds. By R. Boworen Suaner, LED Vol. TVs) Price: 10s: pee Catalogue of Birds’ Eggs. Vol. III. Carinate. By E. Was ies and Captain Savite G. Rerp. 10 Coloured Plates, Price £1. 5s. Wionograph of Mosquitoes. By F. V. THropaxp, M.A. Vol. ies ae Plates and 193 Illustrations in Text. Price £1 1s. ' Monograph of Tsetse-Flies. By E. E. Ausren, with a Chapter on : Mouth- parts Pe H, J. Hansen, Ph.D. 9 Plates, 16 Woodcuts and a fog Price 15s. Catalogue of Lepidoptera Phalenz (Moths). By Sir G. Pr HA: Bart. Vol. IV. Noctuide. 125 Woodcuts. Price 15s.—Atlas: ms m8 Coloured Plates, 16s. Catalogue of Madreporarian Corals. Vol. IV. The Family Poritide, vy I. The Genus Gontopora. By H. M. Bzernarp, M.A. 16 Plates. Price £1. Re These works can be purchased through the Agency of Messrs. Lonewans & Co., 39 Paternoster Row, E.C.; Mr. Quariren, 15 Piccadilly, W.; Messrs. Kncan Paut & Co., Dryden House, 43, Gerrard Street, Soho, W.C.; and Messrs. Die & Co., 37 Sees Sq uaie, W.C. E. RAY LANKESTER, Cetober 20th, 1903. Director. Medium 8vo. THE FLORA OF THE PRESIDENCY OF BOMBAY. aa By THEODORE COOKE, C.LE., M.A., M.A.1., LLD., F.LS8., F.Z.8., &. FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND DIRECTOR OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA, Part L—RANUNCULACEE to RUTACEH. Price 8s. Part Il._SIMARUBACE to LEGUMINOS& (Papilionacez). Price 9s. Part IJL.—CHSALPINEE to RUBIACEZ. Price 10s. Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council. Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. AN 3O 1904 THE ANNALS AND | MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SEVENTH SERIES.] No. 72. DECEMBER 1903. _ LVIT.—On some new Genera and Species of Parasitic Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills, Assam. By P. CAMERON. [Concluded from p. 371.| Acanthojoppa apicilineata, sp. u. Luteous; two small marks on the pronotum in front, a band round the base of the mesopleurz, continued under the tubercles, a mark in front of the middle coxe, the base and underside of the metapleure, the scutellar depression, the bas of the median segment, and the posterior median area, black. Wings hyaline, the stigma pale testaceous. ?. Length 11 millim. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Apex of antenne broadly fuscous. Face closely, dis- tinctly, and uniformly punctured; the clypeus obscurely punctured above; the front and vertex closely punctured, the former with a smooth shallow line down the middle. Mesonotum closely and uniformly punctured; the scutel- lum is more strongly and not so closely punctured on the basal slope, which is thickly covered with fuscous hair; its sides, on the basal slope, are keeled; the apex on the top is slightly roundly depressed; viewed from the sides the Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 37 566 Mr. P. Cameron on new scutellum is triangular, the basal and apical slopes being straight and oblique. Basal arez of median segment closely punctured, the middle obliquely, the apical more strongly transversely striated ; the areola is twice longer than broad ; the spines are sharply pointed, long ; the part outside them is coarsely striated ; the rest of the spiracular area is closely punctured. The second and third abdominal segments are minutely and closely punctured. Gastrocceli curved, deep, narrow. The sheaths of the ovipositor are distinctly longer than the last segment, which is longer than the penultimate. Acanthojoppa nigromaculata, sp. n. Luteous; the basal sixteen joints of the antenne more yellowish in tint towards the middle; the others infuscated. The inner and outer orbits broadly, the greater part of the clypeus, the mandibles, and the pleurz, pale yellow; the apex of the mesonotum, a mark longer than broad on the basal half of the scutellum, the base of the median segment all round, the posterior median area, a line below the tubercles and one over the hinder coxe, black; the four front coxee are of a paler yellow tint. Wings hyaline, the basal half has a fulvous tinge; the stigma testaceous, the nervures blackish. ¢. Length 16 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. May be known by the small size of the areola; it is broader than long, rounded behind, and bears some stout central and a few oblique lateral keels. Face punctured, but not very closely ; the upper part of the clypeus sparsely punctured; both are covered with pale hair; the vertex is closely punctured and covered with shorter darker hair. Mesonotum coarsely shagreened ; the scutellum is closely and distinctly punctured above and thickly covered with blackish hair. Postscutellum smooth; the basal fovez deep and clearly defined. The base of the median segment is closely punctured; the posterior areola is rather small, broader than long, rounded behind, transverse at the apex ; the apical are are coarsely transversely striated ; the base of the spiracular closely punctured; the rest obliquely stoutly striated; the spines are longer than broad and gradually narrowed towards the apex. Propleure smooth, except for some striz on the centre of the apex; the meso- pleurze closely punctured at the base and apex, and with a broad belt of oblique strize in the middle; the metapleure closely striated, less distinctly towards the apex. The second Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills. 567 abdominal segment is distinctly punctured ; the gastroceli shallow, with a few stout longitudinal strize. Acanthojoppa nigrolineata, sp. n. Ferruginous ; the scape of the antenne and the four or five basal joints of the flagellum rufous, the rest black ; the face, clypeus, mandibles, except at the base, and postscutel- lum, a line on the upper half of the propleure, the base and upper half of the mesopleurze under the wings, the base of metanotum all round, the lower part of the metapleure, the posterior median area and the apex of the median segment, and the sides of the petiole for the greater part, black. Legs coloured like the body, the four front cox pale yellow, the hinder largely black on the outer side at the apex and the hinder tarsi black. Wings fulvous, the apex from the base of the stigma fuscous violaceous ; the stigma and the apical nervures dark testaceous. <. Length 15 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Face and clypeus strongly punctured, the latter with a shallow depression in the middle at the apex; both are thickly covered with long white hair; the labrum fringed with long white hair. Mesonotum closely punctured and thickly covered with short black hair. The top of the scutellum has a slight but distinct broad depression; the basal slope punctured and thickly covered with long fuscous hair. Postscutellum smooth, pale yellow. The basal slope of the median area in the centre is bordered all round by a stout keel; the areola is about as long as it is wide in the middle ; the apical half is obliquely narrowed, the posterior median, except at the base, is irregularly transversely striated ; the spines are stout and narrowed towards the top, which is bluntly rounded. Pleurz closely punctured, the metapleurze more strongly than the rest, especially on the basal half. Gastrocceli with the basal half deep and irre- gularly transversely striated. Acanthojoppa curtispina, sp. 1. Rufous, the face and clypeus pale yellow; the middle of the mesonotum, a line on the sides, a darker one alongside the tegule, the scutellar depression, the base of the median segment, the base and upper part of the mesopleure below the tubercles, and the base and lower side of the metapleure, black. Wings hyaline, iridescent, the base with a slight fulvous tint, the apex, with a faint but distinct fuscous cloud; Eis 368 Mr. P. Cameron on new the stigma dark testaceous, the nervures black, Antenne rufous, darker at the apex, the scape black in the middle beneath. <¢. Length 13 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Face closely and rather strongly punctured ; the apex of the clypeus depressed ; both are covered with short white hair. Vertex and middle of the front punctured and covered with short dark hair. Mandibles pale yellow, their teeth black. Mesonotum closely punctured. Scutellum strongly but not very closely punctured, and thickly covered with long fuscous hair, its sides sharply keeled, its apex only very slightly depressed. The base of the median segment rugosely punctured ; the areola is about as long as broad, slightly obliquely narrowed behind laterally, and not bordered by a keel there; it is coarsely, irregularly, transversely striated; the posterior median area is closely and finely rugose, the lateral irregularly reticulated. The upper part of the propleure closely punctured, behind, in the middle, obliquely striated. Mesopleure closely punctured and with a striated band in the middle below. Metapleure closely rugose. The sides of the postpetiole punctured ; the second and following segments closely punctured; the gastrocceli narrow and bearing one or two striz on the base. Xestojoppa bilineata, sp. nu. Yellow; the ocellar region, a band on the front (the black on the former roundly narrowed before and behind, on the latter widened below), an oval ring above the antennz with a black mark inside, two broad lines on the sides of the mesonotum (not reaching to the outer edge and reaching to the middle), the area on the median segment, and the base of the second abdominal segment, black. Legs coloured like the body, the base of the hinder femora black. Wings almost hyaline, the stigma dirty yellow. ?. Length 15 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Head smooth and shining ; the clypeus sparsely punctured. Apex of antennz broadly black. Mesonotum closely punc- tured. Scutellum almost impunctate ; the sides of the post- petiole striated at the base. Median segment closely rugosely punctured, its area irregularly longitudinally striated ; the teeth are longish and do not project much. Abdomen smooth and shining; the middle of the petiole is marked with fuscous. Antenne pallid yellow, the apex broadly black. Hymeneptera from the Khasia [1ills. 569 Xenojoppa ? maculiceps, sp. n. Length ll mm. Q@. Hao. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. This species agrees with Xenojoppa, except that there is no spine on the hinder coxe. Black ; the face (except for a black line down the centre), the inner orbits to the lower ocelli, a spot behind the eyes, the clypeus (except at the apex), a line on the hinder part of the pronotum (narrowed in front), a line on the side of the mesonotum, the scutellum (except for a triangular mark on the sides at the base and a square mark in the middle behind), the postscutellum, the tubercles, the lower part of the pronotum, the hinder half of the propleure below, a mark on the lower side of the mesopleure at the base and extending on to the sternum, a small mark on the meta- pleurze below, the postscutellum, the basal half of the first, its apex, and the apices of all the other abdominal segments, yellow. legs fulvous, the four anterior more yellowish in tint, the hinder femora and tibie rufous; the hinder cox black, yellow in front and in the middle behind; the hinder trochanters marked with black; the apex of the hinder femora, the base of the hinder tibiz narrowly, and their apex broadly, black. Wings hyaline, the stigma and nervures black ; the areolet is almost appendiculated. Antenne longer than the body, black, a broad yellow band beyond the middle ; beyond the middle the joints are serrate and thickly covered with black hair. Thorax as long as the abdomen; on the basal edge of the mesonotum is a row of foves; the sides and apex of the middle lobe are bordered by irregular keels and furrows. Scutellum covered with long black hair, strongly keeled laterally, the keels at the base forming a triangular depression; the apex is depressed ; the post- scutellum smooth. The areola is broader than long, its basal two thirds obliquely narrowed ; its base is smooth, the rest irregularly longitudinally striated; the central keel is continued to the base; the posterior median area is clearly defined, its base irregularly reticulated, the rest of it (as are also the lateral arez) stoutly transversely striated. Apex of propleure striated ; the mesopleurze smooth above, the lower part strongly and closely punctured ; the metapleure strongly and closely reticulated. The second and third abdominal segments are closely punctured, striated at the base; the gastroceeli deep, longish, brownish, bordered outwardly by keels. 570 Mr. P. Cameron on new Habrojoppa leucozona, sp. n. Blue, the face, clypeus, the inner orbits narrowly to the lower ocellus, the base of the mandibles broadly, the palpi, the scutellum (except at the base), the basal third and the apex of the first abdominal segment, the base of the second and its apex broadly, yellow. The antenne black, the four- teenth to twentieth joints white below. Legs blue, the ante- rior fulvous, their coxee and trochanters white, marked with black behind, the hinder trochanters and base of femora rufous below ; the calcaria dark testaceous. Wings fuscous hyaline, the stigma black, the nervures fuscous. ?. Length 15 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Head densely covered with short white hair. Face and clypeus closely punctured, the front and vertex smooth. Mesonotum coarsely, rugosely, irregularly reticulated. Scutellum smooth. Postscutellum striated. Median seg- ment strongly irregularly reticulated ; the areola longer than wide, bulging out at the sides, smooth, and with a keel down the centre. Lower part and apical portions of propleurze closely striated; the upper part of the mesopleure with curved longitudinal striz, all clearly separated, the lower closely punctured. Petiole smooth, the base of the second segment striated; the gastrocceli large, not very deep, and striated at the base. Habrojoppa maculiceps, sp. n. Blue; the inner and outer orbits, the face and oral region, the apex of the scape, a broad band on the middle of the flagellum, the clypeus, the edge of the pronotum, the basal half and the apex of the petiole, the apex of the second abdominal segment, of the fourth to the seventh, the sides of the third, aud the apical half of the last segment, yellow. Legs rufo-fulvous, the middle cox and trochanters yellow, the hinder coxe blue except at the apex; the apical third of the hinder femora and tibizw, the base of the hinder tibiz, and the apical two joints of the tarsi are black. Wings clear hyaline, the stigma testaceous; the areolet narrowed above. @¢. Length 12 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Head shining; on the face is a somewhat mitre-shaped black mark, which is prolonged along the top of the clypeus. Mesonotum coarsely and closely reticulated in the middle, bordered on the outer side by stout kecls, and inwardly is Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills. O71 marked by transverse keels. Scutellum smooth, its depres- sion black. Postscutellum deeply depressed in the middle, the depression bordered by stout keels ; outside is a stout oblique keel, followed by a similar one. Median segment closely reticulated; the middle keel extends to the apex; the bordering keels are curved outwardly at the base. There is a striated band on the upper part of the propleure ; the apex is more narrowly striated. Mesopleurz below the tubercles with a few perpendicular striz ; above the middle are four longitudinal ones, the upper being stouter than the lower. Metapleurz closely and strongly punctured ; below the spiracles is a smooth keel. Second abdominal segment strongly longitudinally striated on the blue part ; the third is much less strongly longitudinally striated; the other segments smooth, the ventral largely marked with yellow. Dimetha flavinerva, sp. n. Luteous ; the face yellow, the mandibular teeth, the vertex behind and the ocellar region, the basal third of the third, the fourth with slightly more than the basal half, and the other abdominal segments entirely, black. The four front legs entirely luteous, their coxe paler, more yellowish, the hinder pair black; the hinder legs black, the coxe, tro- chanters, and somewhat more than the basal half of the femora, rufous. Wings yellowish hyaline, the apex from the end of the areolet fuscous violaceous. Antenne black, brownish beneath, the scape yellowish. 9. Length 20 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Face closely punctured, the clypeus more shining and less closely punctured. Labrum fringed with long fulvous hair. Palpi fuscous and covered with short white hair. Front closely, almost rugosely punctured, the vertex strongly punc- tured ; the inner orbits sharply margined. Mesonotum dark rufous, closely rugosely punctured. Scutellum_ thickly covered with long fuscous hair; the basal depression deep, stoutly keeled. Postscutellum finely punctured and thickly covered with fuscous hair. The middle of the median segment is transversely striated, the rest rough, rugose, irregularly reticulated. Propleure striated, more coarsely and running into punctures above. Mesopleurze coarsely punctured, the lower part at the base with some stout striations. Meta- pleure rugosely punctured, the lower part bordered by a wide and deep crenulated furrow and at the apex with some stout oblique keels. The narrowed part of the first ahbdo- 572 Mr, P. Cameron on new minal segment slightly, the apical strongly punctured ; the other segments closely punctured, the punctuation becoming weaker towards the apex, the second striolated at the base. Gastroceeli large, curved, smooth at the base and bottom. Dimetha nigrolineata, sp. n. Ferruginous ; the second, third, and fourth abdominal segments black at the base, the apical entirely black, the face, clypeus, labrum, mandibles, and palpi yellow; the ocellar region and the occiput in the centre black, the orbits yellow; the front rufous and with two sharp stout keels in the middle, running down from the ocelli and converging below ; the four front legs rufous, their cox paler, more yellowish, slightly more than the apical half of the hmder femora, slightly more than the apical half of the hinder tibize, and the hinder tarsi, black. Wings yellowish hyaline, the costa and stigma rufo-fulvous. ¢. Length 20 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Face and clypeus punctured, the latter more strongly than the former, the labrum more finely and closely. Antennze black, the scape yellow. The lower part of the pleure and the sternum are paler, more yellowish than the mesonotum, which is closely and strongly punctured and thickly covered with longish black hair. Seutellum pyramidal, oblique, strongly punctured (except at the top), which ends in asome- what triangular point and is thickly covered with long fuscous hair. Postscutellum very smooth and shining and with an obliquely rounded slope. The raised obsolete areola smooth; from it run two stout acute keels to the apex of the segment, the keels becoming larger and more acute towards the apex; the sides are bordered by a curved, more irregular keel; the base is coarsely rugosely punctured, the punctures running into reticulations; the apex is more stoutly transversely striated; the spiracular region coarsely rugosely reticulated, and bordered on the outer side by a smooth keel; the segment is covered closely with longish black hair. Propleurz punctured above. Mesopleurz with a long sharp keel at the tubercles, above with shallow punc- tures, the middle more strongly punctured, the punctures on the lower part running into strong longitudinal striations. Metapleurz (except at the base above) strongly punctured ; shortly below the middle is a stout eurved keel; the base, apex, and lower part bordered by a narrower keel, the two forming a large enclosed area. Petiole above coarsely punc- Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills. 573 tured, especially at the apex; the latter is raised in the middle, this part being bordered by keels; the spiracles are bordered behind by a stout curved keel. Gastrocceli wide, deep, smooth, striated on the bottom; the latter and the sides are black, the segment between them is stoutly and sharply striated ; the petiole on the lower side is stoutly keeled, the keels bifurcating at the apex. Charitojoppa varicolor, sp. n. Rufous, marked with blue; the mandibles, palpi, the sides of the pronotum (except at the base), tubercles, base of tegule, sides of scutellum broadly, the lower third of the pro- and mesopleurz, two lines on the mesosternum, the narrowed base of the first, its apex and the apices of the other abdominal segments, yellow. Abdomen blue, rufous between the gastroceli. Legs rufo-fulvous, the anterior paler ; the four anterior coxe and trochanters pale yellow, the hinder coxe reddish brown; the apex of the hinder femora and of the hinder tibiz black. Wings hyaline, the stigma black. ?. Length 14 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Head brown, the vertex in the middle and the orbits on the top behind blue; the front and vertex smooth; the centre of face strongly punctured, rufous, mixed with blue. Clypeus sparsely punctured. Middle of mesonotum strongly reticulated ; the centre at the base depressed ; there is a smooth longitudinal space on the sides inside the margined furrow. Scutellum shining, the basal slope smooth; the lower part on the sides widely furrowed; the apical slope widely furrowed in the centre, the furrow triangularly narrowed at the top and bottom. Postscutellum smooth, its centre and sides obscurely keeled. Areola smooth and shining; the keels bounding it curve outwardly, then diverge outwardly to the sides of the apex of the segment confluent with the posterior median area; the basal ares large and roundly dilated on the outer side at the apex ; they are irregularly striated, smooth on the outer side; the rest is strongly transversely striated, the striz runuing into reticulations im places; in the central part of the apex are two longitudinal keels, forming an area divided by keels into three parts. The upper and hinder part of the propleure strongly striated. Mesopleure irregularly and strongly striated except in the centre behind. Metapleuree closely reticulated. The second abdominal segment is 574 Mr. P. Cameron on new rufous between the gastroceeli, which are striated and yellow at the base, smooth and blue at the apex. The third segment is closely punctured, the others smooth. Lamprojoppa fuscinerva, sp. n. Blue; the antenne black, fuscous towards the apex; at the foot of the eyes 1s a broad dirty white band, which is continued more narrowly round the base of the mandibles. Legs thickly covered with black hair, the tarsi black, the tibize darker than the femora. Wings hyaline, the stigma and nervures fuscous; the areolet almost appendiculated, oblique. ?. Length 15 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Head sparsely covered with short white hair, the front broadly in the middle transversely striated, its sides sparsely punctured ; the ocellar region more strongly and closely punctured ; the inner orbits are sharply margined; clypeus and face strongly and closely punctured and thickly covered with white hair. Mesonotum strongly and closely punctured ; the sides of the middle lobe at the base transversely striated. The central part of the scutellum bears large scattered punc- tures. Median segment coarsely transversely striated. Areola transverse at the base, at the apex obliquely nar- rowed; inside is a stout central and two shorter lateral keels; the teeth are large, broad, rounded; the posterior median area is smooth at the base (except for a central longi- tudinal keel) ; the basal lateral areze bear large, deep, round punctures ; the spiracular area strongly irregularly reticu- lated. Pleurz strongly and closely punctured, the sutures striolated. Petiole smooth, the postpetiole in the middle transversely striated; the second segment is strongly, the third and fourth less strongly, punctured. Gastrocceli large, deep, their base stoutly striated. Lleanta trochanterata, sp. u. Black; the edge of the pronotum, the scutellar keels broadly, the sides and apex of the scutellum, the post- scutellum, an irregular mark on the median segment above the areola, its apex and two oblique marks above it, these being prolonged upwards from beneath on the outer side, the lower side of the mesopleure broadly, the yellow being prolonged on to the sternum on the basal half, and a band above the hinder coxe, yellow. Head smooth and shining, black, below the antenne on the inner and outer sides, and Hymenoptera from the Khasia [ills. d75 the orbits narrowly above, whitish yellow; the apex of the mandibles broadly black. Wings hyaline, the costa and nervures black, the stigma fuscous. The four front legs are yellow, the third and fourth joints of the anterior tarsi, the middle pair almost entirely, the hinder cox, femora, tibiz, and tarsi, black; the hinder calearia white. Abdomen black, the lower side, base, and apex of the petiole, the sides of the postpetiole more broadly than the middle, a large mark near the apex of the second segment, triangularly narrowed behind, a large mark (narrowed on the inner side) on the sides of the third and fourth (the mark on the fourth being the smaller), the fifth except at the base laterally, and the sixth entirely, pale yellow. 9°. Length 17 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. This species differs from J. datitarsis, Cam. (Manch. Memoirs, 1899, p. 205), in the transverse cubital nervures being united above. The generic characters may be supple- mented. The labrum projects; the clypeal fovez are distinct, the occiput is margined, the postscutellum depressed at the base laterally, the base of the median segment is obliquely depressed ; the ventral fold extends from the base of the second to the apex of the fourth segment; there are eight dorsal segments on the abdomen, the last being minute ; the ovipositor projects ; the apices of the joints of the hinder tarsi are spinose; the claws are large. The metatarsus is not quite so much dilated as in J. latitarsis; the cheeks are flat, the face only very slightly developed ; the middle abdo- minal segments are slightly angularly produced laterally ; the striz only extend to the apex of the fourth segment ; the gastrocceli large and deep ; and the antennz are distinctly dilated. Tleanta fulvipes, sp. n. Black; the face, clypeus, labrum, the inner orbits, the outer narrowly above, the malar space for the most part above, the base of the pronotum, its edge above from near the base, the base of the tegule, the scutellar keels, the apex of the scutellums, an oblique line on either side of the apex of the metanotum, a mark behind the spiracles, the lower third of the mesopleure, a line down their apex, the sides of the basal four segments of the abdomen broadly at the apex, a smaller mark on the sides of the fifth, a transverse narrow one on the apex of the sixth, and the greater part of the seventh, pale yellow. Wings clear hyaline, the stigma and neryures black. Legs fulvous, the four front coxe and Sie Mr. P. Cameron on new trochanters pale yellow; the hinder coxe black, yellow at the base above; the apical half of the hinder femora, the extreme base of the hinder tibiz and the apex more broadly, black; the hinder tarsi pale yellow. Antenne black; a mark on the base and apex of the scape beneath, and the seventh to eighteenth joints of the flagellum beneath, white. @. Length 16 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Face sparsely punctured; on its centre are two black lines ; the clypeus almost smooth, both are sparsely haired. Meso- notum raised in the middle at the base and thickly covered with short black hair; the middle at the base closely, the sides and apex sparsely, punctured. Metanotum strongly and closely punctured (except on the sides at the base) ; the areola is elongate, about three times louger than broad ; its centre smooth, its sides irregularly striated ; it is open behind. The fiat scutellumis sparsely punctured. Pro- and mesopleure closely punctured except in the middle; the metapleure closely and regularly punctured. The basal three segments of the abdomen are closely longitudinally striated in the middle. Eutanyacra stramineomaculata, sp. n. Black ; the inner orbits, the face, clypeus, labrum, the base of the mandibles broadly, a line on the pronotum, the tubercles, the scutellums, the apex of the first (narrowly in the middle, broadly on the sides), a large mark on the sides of the second and third at the apex, almost the apical half of the sixth, and the apical two thirds of the seventh abdominal segments, lemon-yellow. Legs lemon-yellow, the four front coxe at the base, the hinder entirely, the four anterior femora except at the apex, the hinder entirely, the apical third of the hinder tibiz, the apical joint of the tarsi entirely, and the apices of all the others, black. Wings hyaline, with a slight fulvous tinge. The underside of the scape and the seventh to thirteenth antennal joints yellow. ¢. Length 16 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Face and clypeus closely and strongly, the front and vertex less strongly, punctured and thickly covered with white hair; in the middle of the face is a black line, the upper half of which is dilated. Pro- and mesothorax closely punctured, thickly covered with short pale hair; the scutellum is not quite so closely, the median segment more coarsely rugosely, Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills. 577 punctured, its apex transversely striated ; the strie on the posterior median area are more regular and not so coarse as on the lateral arez. Areola about as broad as long, its apex rounded inwardly. Postpetiole closely and finely rugose, the punctures in the middle running into curved striz ; the second, third, and fourth segments are closely punctured. Differs from EH. pallidicoxis, Cam., in the yellow markings being straw-yellow, in the four front femora being broadly black, in the four front coxe being only yellow at the apex, in the cubitus not being sharply angled at the stump of a nervure which is almost obsolete, in the postpetiole being more distinctly separated from the petiole, which is longer and narrower. HERESIARCHINI. Setanta femoralis, sp. 0. Black ; the face, the inner orbits, the lower half of the outer broadly, clypeus, labrum, palpi, mandibles, the edge of the pronotum, two short lines on the centre of the meso- notum, the scutellums, two (somewhat large) marks on the sides of the metanotum covering the spines, the lower edge of the propleurze, the tubercles, the lower part of the meso- pleurz, the apex of the petiole (broader at the sides than in the centre), a large mark (obliquely truncated on the inner side) on the sides of the second and third abdominal seg- ments at the apex (the mark on the second being much the larger), a narrower line on the fourth, the entire apex of the fifth and sixth, and the seventh almost entirely, pale yellow. Legs dark rufous, the four anterior cox and trochanters pale yellow, the hinder coxe black, with a large yellow mark above on the apex, the basal joint of the trochanters black, the apical two thirds of the hinder femora, the apex of the tibize, and the tarsi (except at the base) black. Wings clear hyaline, the stigma and nervures black. 9. Length 11 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Face aud clypeus closely and strongly punctured, the face covered with short white pubescence, the clypeus with longer fuscous hair. The centre of the vertex and of the front distinctly punctured ; there is a shallow triangular depres- sion below the ocelli. The tenth to the fifteenth joints of the antenne white beneath. Mesonotum shining, thickly covered with short white pubescence. Metanotum closely rugosely punctured, the apex closely transversely rugose ; the areola longer than broad, transverse at the base and 578 Mr. P. Cameron on new apex, the sides bulging outwardly. Pleure closely punc- tured, the metapleurz more closely than the rest, the lower part of the propleure striated. May be known from S. rufipes, Cam., by all the femora being for the greater part black, by the marks on the meta- notum being straight and oblique on the top, instead of the inner three fourths being rounded and raised above the outer edge, the base of the tibiz pale, not bright red, and there is no yellow on the scape of the antennz, the flagellum, too, being darker coloured. Chiaglas longicornis, sp. 0. Black; the scape of the antennze below, jomts 9-16, and the base of the mandibles, white; the scape for the most part testaceous and thickly covered with fulvous pubescence ; the face, clypeus, the inner orbits to the end of the eyes, the lower half of the outer to the mandibles, the palpi, the edge of the pronotum, the scutellums, the sides of the apical slope of the median segment (including the spines), the tubercles, the centre of the lower part of the mesopleurs, their upper edge, the apex of the first segment narrowly, of the second and third more broadly, of the fourth to sixth more narrowly, and the seventh and eighth entirely, pale yellow. Legs rufous, the coxe and trochanters pallid yellow ; the hinder coxee black, with a broad, oblique, yellow band on the top, the hinder trochanters yellow, the apical third of the femora, the apex of the tibiz more narrowly, and the tarsi, black ; the calcaria pale. Wings hyaline, with a slight fulvous tinge; the stigma testaceous, the nervures darker. @. Length 13 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Face and top of clypeus closely punctured and covered with short pale hair; the apex of the clypeus black. Meso- notum closely punctured all over and thickly covered with short fuscous pubescence, as is also the scutellum, which is sparsely punctured. Median segment closely punctured and thickly covered with pale pubescence ; the punctures on the sides run into reticulations ; the areola is longer than broad, not much narrowed towards the apex, its base rounded ; it is rugose, its base, apex, and, to a less extent, the sides are irregularly striated ; the posterior median area transversely closely striated. Pleurz closely but not strongly punctured, the mesopleure with a plumbeous hue, the base finely, the lower half of the apex more strongly, striated; the meta- pleure more closely and strongly punctured, the centre closely striated. Postpetiole closely, minutely, longitudinally striated. Gastroceeli closely striated. Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills. 5) =I co Chiaglas tinctipennis, sp. n. Black ; the scape below, joints 12-19 of the antenne, and the base of the mandibles, white ; the face, clypeus, the inner orbits, and the outer from the middle of the eyes to the base of the mandibles broadly, the edge of the pronotum, scu- tellums, a mark on the sides of the upper part of the meta- notum, extending on to the pleure, the tubercles, a squarish mark on the base of the mesopleurze below the middle, the part below the hind wings, and the apices of all the segments and the base of the second, pale yellow. The four front legs fulvous, the cox and trochanters pallid yellow, the apex of the fore tarsi, and the whole of the middle, black ; the hind legs black ; a large oblique mark on the basal half of the coxze above and the basal joint of the trochanters pale yellow; the base of the hinder tibiz broadly testaceous on the underside, extending to beyond their middle ; the calcaria pale yellow. Wings hyaline, with a shght but distinct fuscous-violaceous tinge; the stigmaand nervures black. <¢. Length 13-]4 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Face strongly and closely punctured ; the clypeus sparsely punctured round the top, the depressed centre smooth; the extreme apex of the clypeus black, its depressed centre smooth; both are covered with pale pubescence. Meso- notum closely punctured and thickly covered with short pale down. Scutellum thickly covered with long pale hair. Median segment closely and strongly punctured, the punc- tures running into strie. The areola large, slightly longer than broad, closely, irregularly, rugosely reticulated, the sides furrowed to shortly beyond the middle; the base is rounded backwards, as is also the apex; the posterior median area is closely, strongly, transversely striated, its base irregularly punctured. Pro- and mesopleure smooth and with a plumbeous hue; the metapleure closely and strongly punc- tured, more strongly on the apex than behind. The yellow bands on the second, third, and fourth abdo- minal segments are dilated at the sides, that on the last extends to near the middle. Comes near to C. nigripes, which is larger, has the face marked with a triangular black mark; the mesopleurz distinctly punctured all over, the areola not clearly longer than broad and not rugosely coarsely punctured, and the four front legs in /inctipennis are distinctly fulvous, not pale yellow. 580 Mr. P. Cameron on new Chiaglas longiventris, sp. n. Length 16 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. A larger species than C. varipes ; the differences between the two may be expressed thus :— The upper half of the posterior median area not hollowed ; the hinder coxe black, yellow at the base above .... varipes. The upper half of the posterior median area hollowed ;. the hinder coxee yellow above, black at the base below, therapexmatous . Wii. Sek. ace ie ee longiventris. Black ; the apex of the scape and joints 8-16 of the flagel- lum of the antenne, the inner orbits to the ocelli narrowly, the lower half of the outer entirely, the base of the man- dibles, two short lines on the mesonotum, the scutellums, two large marks on the apex of the metanotum, the lower edge of the propleure all round, the lower half of the meso- pleurze, the apex of the petiole, a large mark on the sides of the second and third segments at the apex, and the apices of all the segments, pale yellow. The four front legs pale yellow, the femora rufous above, the middle more distinctly so than the anterior; the tarsi blackish, the hinder cox yellow above (except narrowly at the apex), the basal half rufous below, the apical black; the hinder femora rufous, the tibiz pale yellowish testaceous, with the apical third black ; the hind tarsi black. Wings hyaline, the stigma testaceous, the nervures darker. Abdomen twice the length or the thorax Seon Face sparsely punctured and covered with short white hair ; in the centre is a triangular black mark, which (below) is continued along the top of the clypeus; the middle of the vertex strongly transversely striated. Base of median segment closely and distinctly punctured ; the areola about as long as wide, its sides at the base rounded, its apex trans- verse; inside it is distinctly and somewhat irregularly striated; the posterior median area is depressed on the basal half and irregularly rugose; the outer area coarsely obliquely striated. 'The hinder half of the propleurz closely striated ; the mesopleure closely punctured ; the metapleure still more strongly punctured and more thickly covered with pale pubescence. Caspipina violaceipennis, sp. ni. Ferruginous; the abdomen black (except the postpetiole, the apical two thirds of the second segment, and the sides of Hymenoptera from the Khasia [Hills. 581 the third) ; the inner orbits broadly, the outer more nar- rowly, and the base of the mandibles, yellow. Legs coloured like the body, the four front coxe with a yellowish tinge. Wings fuscous violaceous; the stigma and nervures black ; the areolet triangular, the nervures almost touching above. 9. Length 17-18 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Face and clypeus closely punctured, the clypeus thickly covered with white pubescence, the face with a shorter and sparser pile. Tips of mandibles black. Palpi pale rufous. The edges of the mesonotum, the parts at the sides of the scutellums, the base and apex of the metanotum, the apical keels, the middle of the propleure, the upper part, base, and apex of the mesopleure, and the base and lower part of the metapleure, black. Mesonotum closely and minutely punc- tured; the scutellum not quite so closely punctured. Median segment closely and rather strongly punctured ; the areola longer than broad; its sides bulge roundly out- wardly ; the apical slope is irregularly transversely striated. . Propleurz obscurely, the meso- and metapleure closely and distinctly, punctured. Differs from C. ferruginea in the areola being limited behind by a keel, by the middle of the segment having at the base a distinct oblique slope, by the lateral keels on the top of the apical slope of the segment being quite straight and sharply oblique, not curved upwards; the face and pleure are more distinctly tinged with yellow and the abdominal segments are more broadly marked with black. Algathia parvimaculata, sp. 0. Black; the sides of the face (broadest below), the clypeus (except at the apex narrowly), the mandibles (except at the apex), the palpi (except at the base), the inner orbits to the hinder ocelli, the base of the pronotum, the sides more narrowly, the base of the tegulz broadly, the tubercles, the scutellums, the teeth on the median segment, the apex of the petiole, the sides of the second segment more narrowly, and the sides of the third in the middle, yellow. Legs red, the coxze and trochanters black, the four anterior marked with yellow on the outer side, the fore trochanters yellow in front ; the tibize have the red colour suffused with yellow ; the hinder cox, trochanters (except at the apex), the apex of the femora, the apical] half of the tibiz, and the hinder Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 38 582 Mr. P. Cameron on new tarsi, black. Wings hyaline, the nervures and stigma black. 4 gs Length 9 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. ; Antenne as long as the body, the scape in the middle beneath and a band (three to four joints) in the middle, white ; the scape covered with fuscous, the flagellum more thickly with short black hair. Face closely and uniformly punctured, as is also the mesonotum; the front and vertex closely punctured. Scutellum roundly raised and sparsely covered with long white hair. Base of median segment obliquely depressed in the middle, aciculated ; the areola is square, rounded at the base, the basal keel indistinct ; the posterior median area strongly, closely, and somewhat irre- gularly striated ; the lateral closely and uniformly punctured ; the spiracular finely punctured at the base, the rest more rugosely punctured, the apex transversely striated. Pro- pleure strongly punctured, more strongly above than below ; the centre with seven stout keels. Mesopleurz closely punctured, in the centre obscurely striated. Metapleurse punctured like the mesopleuree. The second and third abdo-. minal segments are closely punctured, the others are thickly covered with white hair; the gastroceeli smooth and shining on the flat central part; on the inner side of the base are three oblique keels. IcHNEUMONINI (Oxypygi). ULESsTA, gen. nov. Antenne thickened and compressed beyond the middle. Head largely developed behind the eyes; the occiput mar- gined. Clypeus not separated from the face, its apex trans- verse. Mandibles with a large acute apical tooth and a small blunt one at its base. Scutellum flat, its sides not keeled. Median segment not completely areolated; the areola fully three times longer than broad and slightly dilated in the middle. Areolet 5-angled; the transverse median nervure is received slightly in front of the basal. Legs short and stout; the hinder femora scarcely reaching to the middle of the third abdominal segment; the hinder tarsi spinose. Abdomen with seven segments ; the apex of the petiole and the middle segments closely punctured; the ventral fold extends to the fourth segment. The malar space is large, the eyes not reaching much below the middle of the face and extend to the top of the head; they are margined ; the face flat. Scutellum only fymenoptera from the Khasia Hills, 583 slightly convex, net margined ; the postscutellum bifoveate at the base. Spiracles linear. Petiole as in Ichnewmon. Gastrocceli large, deep. The base of the mediaa segment is not depressed. Wings short, hardly reaching to the apex of the third abdominal segment. Characteristic are the short wings and antenne. Ulesta varicornis, sp. n. Black; the median segment and the basal three segments of the abdomen rufo-ferruginous; the base of the pronotum and the scutellum yellow; the eighth to sixteenth joints of the antenne white; the four front legs rufo-ferruginous ; the apices of the cox, the trochanters, and the knees yellowish ; the hinder coxz, trochanters, and the extreme base of the femora reddish ; the femora black, the hinder tibiz black, with a broad rufous band above and at the middle ; the tarsi blackish. Wings hyaline; the nervares and stigma pale fulvous. Mandibles rufous in the middle. Palpi pale testaceous. @?. Length 11 mm. Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney. Face closely punctured and thickly covered with short white hair; the clypeus punctured at the base and on the apical margin; the front and vertex are more closely and strongly punctured; the punctures on the front running into reticulations below. Pronotum closely and somewhat strongly punctured ; the mesonotum very closely punctured and thickly covered with a pale fulvous down, the scutellum thickly with long fuscous hair and strongly punctured. Median segment at the base closely punctured, its apex closely, transversely, its sides more strongly, obliquely, striated; the spiracular area closely rugose behind the spiracles, in front of them strongly obliquely striated. Pro- pleure above strongly punctured, the lower part with stout distinctly separated striations. Mesopleure above closely longitudinally striated, below closely punctured; they are covered with pale fulvous hair. Metapleure closely punc- tured, the apex obliquely striated. Apex of petiole laterally strongly punctured, the middle finely longitudinally striated, the second, third, and fourth segments closely punctured ; the gastrocceli large, smooth, except for three stout keels on the base ; the space between them is sharply longitudinally striated ; the apical segments are thickly covered with white hair; the sheaths of the ovipositor black, thickly covered with white hair. 38* 584 Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge on the LVIII.—On the Occurrence of Gobius capito, C. & V., in Cornwall, By FREDERICK PicKARD-CAMBRIDGE, B.A., TZS- [Plate XXX.] It is now four years ago since Mr. G. A. Boulenger made the interesting discovery of this fine goby at Concarneau and in the Gulf of St. Malo (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. p.229, 1899), a species hitherto recorded only from the Mediter- -ranean. It occurred to him at the time that it was quite possible that this fish might also be found on our side of the Channel, and his surmise was strengthened by the recollection that Couch, in his ‘ Fishes of the British Islands,’ vol. ii. p- 153, had stated that he had seen gobies of 9 inches in length in the rock-pools on the coast of Cornwall, presumably near Polperro. These fish, however, this author had referred to Gobius niger, Linn., considering that their large size was due to their isolation in the deep pools lying above the ordinary neap-tides and to the abundance of food found in these places. Boulenger communicated his suspicions to Messrs. Holt and Byrne, of the Department of Agriculture and Technical Instruction for Ireland, who were engaged in a Report on the Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland, which was published early this year (1903), and contains an admirable monograph of the ‘* Gobiide,” including some excellent plates. For some reason or other, however, the giant goby, G. capito, which Messrs. Holt and Byrne refer to in their monograph, had not, in spite of a great deal of laborious collecting and observation on the coast of Ireland and in Devonshire and Cornwall, surrendered itself to science until the August of this year, when I was myself fortunate enough to find them in abundance at Port Scatho, on the coast of Cornwall, between Falmouth and Fowey. Mr. Boulenger had often begged me to look out for gobies on my sea-fishing expeditions and rambles along the coast, and especially urged me, just before visiting Cornwall, to see if possible what these large gobies might be. It is curious that no one else should have come across them previously, because those that Couch records were probably found at Polperro ; and if so, they most likely occur all along that coast. Holt and Byrne distinctly point out that G. niger is an estuarine species, never found in rock-pools, and also that the extreme length attained by G@. paganellus, the rock-pool Occurrence of Gobius capito in Cornwall. 585 goby par excellence, is about 5 inches. The chances of finding a paganellus 9 inches long, or, perhaps, an unrecorded species, would have induced those interested, one would have supposed, to have made a definite raid on the rock-pools of Polperro. It is quite possible, of course, that G. capito is very local, for where it occurs it is abundant, and when of large size a very conspicuous fish, Specimens of from 7 to 9 inches in length would dart away to their hiding-places directly one showed oneself over the fringing rocks around any of those deep pools whose position and character Couch has so well described. Certainly to the casual observer specimens of 4 or 5 inches would not at a glance be distinguished from G. niger; but the broader, more inflated head, darker colour (in preserved specimens), and different markings of these rock-pool gobies arrest attention at once. The greater width between the eyes and the free lateral lobes on the anterior membrane of the ventral fin are not, however, so marked as in the larger adult specimens. It is strange also, and perhaps the fact lends colour to the possi- bility of the restricted localization of this species, that in these pools, and, indeed, in all the tidal pools along the coast, not a single specimen of G. paganellus was taken. Perhaps the pools are not large enough for both species to exist together in amity, possibly G. capito will not tolerate neighbours of another colour in his special pools; and if so, one can well understand that poor paganellus would go to the wall, or, more probably, down his cousin’s throat, for capito is very strong, much larger, and with a healthy appetite. In a single large pool on the upper rocks, reached only by the spring-tides, there must have been twenty or thirty of the giant goby. Like all the gobies, they are very voracious, dashing out and seizing anything that appears to them eat- able, retiring to their dens to discuss the morsel at leisure. Otherwise they are exceedingly shy, and even a hand held up above the pool from behind the rocks against the sky-line will scare them to their deep retreats in one or other far corner of the pool. These holes are often a couple of feet deep, and at a time of general alarm become half-filled with gobies of all sizes which rush to them for shelter. As soon as everything has quieted down, one by one the smaller fish sally forth again, but it is only with very great caution that the larger and more experienced will adventure themselves outside. First the snout, then very slowly the broad flat head and watchful eyes appear at the entrance of 586 Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge on the the hole, and gradually the great grey goby slides down into deep water, resting motionless at the bottom and almost lost to sight, so well do the mottled tints assimilate with the rocks and stones at the bottom of the pool. The ventral fin has all the appearance of a sucker, but observations tend to the conclusion that it has no adhesive power, but is merely tactile in its function. The fish are excellent eating by all accounts, and when of large size are worth the trouble of cooking. A detailed, description of this giant goby is given below, with a few notes on the other two more nearly allied species, with a key to their differential characters. Key to the Species referred to in this paper. A. Size of adults larger, reaching from 7-9 inches long. Lateral margin of anterior membrane of ventral fin free, forming either a pointed (immature) or rounded (adult) lobe. Inter- orbital space only slightly less than the trans- verse diameter of the eye ........++.000-- G. capito, C. & V, B. Size of adults smaller, never longer than 4 inches. Lateral margin of anterior membrane of ven- tral fin not free. Interorbital space scarcely wider than one fourth the transverse diameter of the eye. a. First dorsal with a yellow or orange mar- ginal band. Scales smaller, not less than 50 in longitudinal series on the lateral line. Median rays of first dorsal not prolonged. Filiform rays on upper margin of pectorals MMOLE MUMELOUS 1). = peewwaa cies os G. paganellus, Linn, b. First dorsal without marginal band. Scales larger, not more than 42 in longitudinal series. Median rays of first dorsal pro- longed. Filiform rays of pectorals less ; numerous, 40r5....... Rhy tot Segoe G. niger, Linn, Gobius capito, Cuv. & Val. (PI. XXX. figs. a, b, & ce.) (Giant or Big-headed Goby.) 1836. Gobius capito, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poissons, t. xii. p. 21. 1836. Gobius limbatus, Cuy. & Val. loc. cit. p. 345, fig. 345 (see. Steindachner). 1840. Gobius evanthematosus, Nordm. in Demid. Voy. Russ. Mérid. iii. p. 428, Poiss. pl. x. fig. 1. 1863. Gobius niger, Couch, Fishes of the British Islands, vol. ii. p. 155, figure. 1861. Gobius capito, Giinther, Joc. cit, vol. iti. p. 55. 1881. Gobius capito, Moreau, Hist. Nat. Poissons de France, t. ii. p. 203, fig. 102. Occurrence of Gobius capito in Cornwall. 587 Bee Gale capito, Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, iv. . 229. 1809, Gobius capito, Holt, Ann. Mus. Marseille, v. p. 43. 1903. Gobius capito, Holt & Byrne, Rep. Sea and Inland Fisheries of Treland for 1901, pt. ii. p. 46. Of this grand species Cuvier and Valenciennes say :— “La membrane antérieure de sa ventrale, qui est fort épaisse, a de chaque cété un lobe arrondi, ce qui la rend comme trilobée.” And this, indeed, is the character which infallibly distinguishes it from either G. niger or G@. paganellus in examples of the same size, though when adult G. capztto is twice as large as either of these species. In immature examples, however, the lobe is not rounded, but sharp. Description. Dimensions.—The adult male reaches the length of from 9 to 10 inches. ‘I'wenty examples from the same pool varied from 7 to 24 inches. The head very broad, with cheeks dilate, is rather less than one fourth the total length, is slightly longer than broad, and is slightly broader than deep. The dorsal fin at its base is exactly one half the length of body exclusive of the caudal fin. The pectoral fin is as long as the head is broad; the ventral fin is as long as the first dorsal is at its base and exactly the length of the anal fin. The interorbital space in adult examples is rather less than the diameter of the eye, but is much narrower in proportion as the examples diminish in size. The caudal pedunele is in width about one tenth the total length. Scales.—The total number in longitudinal series from the base of the pectoral fin to the caudal fin along the median lateral line is from 65-68, always more than 60; in trans- verse series from the base of the posterior ray of the second dorsal fin to the posterior ray of the anal from 15-16 scales. The squamulation of the head ceases at a line drawn tangential to the posterior margins of the eyes, and the upper part of the operculum is slightly squamose. ‘The first dorsal fin has 6 rays, the medians not noticeably longer than the rest; the second dorsal has 15 rays; the caudal is rounded, nearly circular when fully spread. ‘he anal fin has 12 rays. The first 10 or 12 rays of the upper margin of the pectorals are filiform. ‘The ventral fin is nearly circular, the anterior membrane being detached at its posterior margin, forming on each side a blunt rounded lobe in the adult and a sharply pointed lobe in the immature. fe : Coluration.— Very variable in different individuals, ranging from pale orange-pink or sandy to sooty black, Freshly 588 Mr. F, Pickard-Cambridge on the caught examples are beautifully mottled with various markings of different shades of grey, thus closely assimilating with the rocks and gravel of the pools which they frequent. In preserved examples the beautiful gradations of colour vanish and the markings become more distinctly differentiated. All the fins except the ventral are pale, with more or less irregular rows of transverse, chevron-like, sooty-black blotches. The caudal fin has four or five irregular transverse bars of chevron-like sooty-black blotches ; in the anal fin the blotches are very pale. The ventral fin is pale in some examples, more sooty in others, when it is seen to be minutely speckled with black. Pectoral fins with a dark basal suffusion and transverse bands, more or less regular, of chevron-like dark blotches. The head is dark sooty black above, the cheeks and oper- culum being richly blotched with black. The dorsal area is deeply suffused with black blotches, which extend irregularly down the sides and across the lateral line, terminating along the belly in a row of distinct irregular blotches from the pectoral fin to the tail. ‘The central lateral area of the caudal peduncle is marked with three elongate, wedge-shaped, black blotches. Ventral area sometimes pale, often sooty, when it becomes minutely speckled with black. This species may be distinguished from G. niger, (1) by the free lateral lobe on the anterior membrane of the ventral fin, (2) by the smaller size of the scales, (3) by the greater width between the eyes, and (4) by the median rays of the first dorsal not being prolonged; from G. paganellus, (1) by the absence of the yellow band on the margin of the first dorsal, (2) by the lateral free lobe of the ventral fin, and (3) by the more numerous scales in longitudinal and transverse series. The following represent the measurements of four examples of this species :— _—— ae Be (\9) | Saavee 21 15) |) 251 ee VI 23 15) | Ae aes 251 17 sew a 17 15 | 12} 65 co (ep) “I “I | ‘ ivy) ie.) ho nse 200 1E 1 evil 13 LO Zale Fin-rays. Scales. = | ih Ge Nice =S ag Ist D. Ath Ray.| 2nd D.| An.| Long. | Trans. 15 15 15 16 Occurrence of Gobius capito in Cornwall. 089 Gobius paganellus, Linn. (Rock-Goby.) 1758. Gobius paganellus, Linn, Syst. Nat. ed. x. t. i. p. 263. 1836. Gobius paganellus, Cuyv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. t. xii. p. 22 (sec. Moreau). 1839. Gobius niger, Thompson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. ii. p. 417 (sec. Giinther). 1863. Gobius paganellus, Couch, Fishes of the British Islands, ii. p. 157, fig. 99. 1880. Gobius paganellus, Day, Fishes of Great Brit. and Ivel. i. p. 162, pl. lii. fig. 2. 1881. Gobiws paganellus, Moreau, Hist. Nat. Poissons de France, ii. p. 225. 1897. Gobius paganellus, Beckford, Proc. Dors. Nat. Hist. Field-Club, XViil. p. 27, 1898. Gobius paganellus, Holt & Byrne, Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc. v. 3385 p. 335. 1903. Gobius paganellus, Holt & Byrne, Rep. Sea and Inl. Fisheries of Ireland, p. 45, pl.i. figs. 1 (2), 2(¢). It is fairly evident from Linneus’s diagnosis that the species attributed to this name by Cuvier and Valenciennes is in all probability that which the older author characterized, for he says: “lutea transversa in summo pinne dorsalis prime.’ Cuvier remarks: ‘le bord de la nageoire porte toujours une large bande d’un jaune citron.”’ This, indeed, is the best character by which the species may be distinguished at a glance from G. niger or G. capito. Holt and Byrne give a detailed description, but the following characters may be pointed out. It may be distin- guished from G. niger, (1) by the yellow or orange upper marginal band on the first dorsal, (2) by the smaller size of the scales, not less than fifty in longitudinal series, (3) by the normal length of the median rays in the first dorsal, and (4) by the greater number of the filiform rays on the upper anterlor margins of the pectorals; from G. capito it may be recognized, (1) by the yellow marginal band on the first dorsal, (2) by the slightly larger scales, about 68 in G. capito, longitudinal series, (3) by the anterior membrane of the ventral fin being united throughout, (4) by the less propor- tional width of the interorbital space, and (5) by the adult being limited to 4? inches total length. Holt and Byrne regard this species as entirely confined to rock-pools between the tides; not, like G. niger, an estuarine species. It occurs from the north of Ireland and Scotland to the south coast of England. 590 Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge on the The following measurements represent those of a male of rather less than full size:— Fin-rays. Scales. ee ee ee B. Tot. H. Sn, BE, Io. Dp. Cp. Ist D) aii Ray. 2nd DU ac eee meee? ; 6) 18 Jie Vide aul is 18 Se ae Golius niger, Linn. (Black Goby.) 1758. Gobius niger, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. x. t. i. p. 362. 1836. Gobius niger, Yarrell, British Fishes, vol. i. p. 251 (ad partem). 1836. Gobius britannicus, Thompson, P. Z. 8. p. 61. 1863. Gobius niyer, Couch, Fishes of the British Islands, vol. ii. p. 153 (ad partem). : 1889. Gobius niger, Day, Fishes of Gt. Brit. and Irel. vol. i. p. 163, pl. lit. fig. 3. - b 1881. Gobius niger, Moreau, Hist. Nat. Poiss. de France, ii. p. 230. 1891. Gobius niger, Petersen, Fiskeri-Beretning Kbhyn. p. 244, pl. v. fig. 5. 1893. Gobius niger, Smitt, Scandinavian Fishes, pt. 1, p. 245, pl. xii. figs. 5-5. 1897. Gobius niger, Beckford, Proc. Dors. Nat. Hist. Field-Club, xviii. a2 1903. Gobius niger, Holt & Byrne, Report of Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland for 1901, p. 43, fig. 1. It is not possible to tell from Linnzeus’s diagnosis alone exactly to which species he gave the name n7ger, for he merely says: “pinna dorsi secunda radiis quatuordecim.” The question has, however, been already settled, so far as it can be, by the Scandinavian authors, whose identification we must accept. There is no reasonable doubt that the gobies usually identified as G. niger by modern English authors are identical with those described under that name by Petersen and Smitt, and the species has been so thoroughly described by Holt and Byrne, in their admirable monograph of the gobies of Great Britain and Ireland, that further description seems unnecessary. One might, however, mention a few of the characters in which this species differs and may be recognized from either G. paganellus or G. capito. Total length of full-grown examples 5 inches. Boulenger (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, ser. 7, vol. iv. p. 229) quotes Mr. Allen of Plymouth to this effect. Holt and Byrne (loc. cit.) also give “about 5 inches” as the usual adult length, and I have before me examples of the male from i=) ‘ d Poole Harbour, Dorset, which also reach 5 inches. Occurrence of Gobius capito in Cornwall. 591 The males of the gobies are to be recognized by the urogenital papilla being more attenuate and terminating in a point, whereas in the female it is broader and truncate or excavo-truncate at the apex. In the former sex of the present species also the third, fourth, and fifth rays of the first dorsal fin are usually prolonged, the fourth being, in one male from Poole, an inch and a quarter in length. ‘They vary, however, with individuals, while the rays are only slightly prolonged and filiform in the female sex. In G. paganellus the rays are not prolonged in either sex. The scales are much larger in G. nzger in proportion to its size than in either G. paganellus or (7. capito, there being never more than forty, counting longitudinally from the base of the pectoral fin, along the lateral line, to the caudal fin. In a transverse line, counting obliquely forwards from the posterior ray of the second dorsal to the posterior ray of the anal, there are not more than nine scales, while in a 5-inch example a scale removed from the median line at this spot measured 3°75 millim. across. In the other two species a scale from an example of the same length measures about 2 millim. across; while there are not less than fifty scales in longitudinal series in G. paganellus nor less than sixty in G. capito. The ventral fin resembles that of G. paganellus in having the anterior membrane united along its lateral margins, not free and bluntly pointed as in G. capito. The first dorsal fin has no pale orange or yellow marginal band, as has G. paganellus. ‘Lhe interorbital space is scarcely more in width than one fourth the transverse diameter of the eye. So that G. neger may be distinguished from the latter species in both sexes by (1) the absence of any marginal orange band on the first dorsal fin, (2) by the larger size of the scales, and (3), in the male sex and to some extent the female, by the prolonged middle rays of the first dorsal fin. It may be recognized from G. capito, in all ages of the latter, (1) by the anterior membrane of the ventral fin being united throughout its margin, (2) by the larger size of its scales, (8) by the less proportional width of the interorbital space, (4) by the prolongation of the median rays of the first dorsal, and (5) by the smaller adult size. The following measurements of eight examples from Poole Harbour, Dorset, taken in October, will confirm the above characterization of the species :— 592 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on a B. | Tot.) H. |Sn.| K.| Io. |Dp.| Cp. 8 or 18/11 (abe 95)115)19 |45)7 | 2 |18)11 56) 15/14) 8 7 2 |18);10 82/100/}16 | 3:5) 5:5) 15)16) 85 LO 98 om 3 Oo col G 8 79| 98)15 |3 |5 | 15/16] 85 B. Body. Tot. Total length. H. Head. Sn. Snout. terorbital space. Dp. Depth. Scales. ——- “FF Long. | Trans. Fin-rays. Cae —_— aN Ist D.| 4th Ray.| 2nd D.| An. VI 23 dS Wy peel bf Wi 32 13 | 12) 388 VI 19 18 |, 12) eon VI 165 1407) A es. VI 14 14.) 125 a8 VI 13 14 | 11) 36 MAL 13 14 | IOs ae VI 13 14 | 12] 39 E. Eye. Io. In- Op. Caudal peduncle. Ist D. First An. Anal. Long. Dorsal. 4th Ray. 2nd D. Second Dorsal. Longitudinal series. Trans. Transverse series. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX. Fig. a. Gobius capito, profile view (female). Fig. b. Ditto, from above. %g.c. Ventral fin of ditto. LIX.—On a new Species of Helictis. By J. Lewis Bonnors, M.A. HAvrinG recently had occasion to go over the genus //elictis, J find that the form found in Cochin China differs from those hitherto described, and therefore requires naming. I propose to call it ve Helictis Pierrei, sp. n. General colour above brownish clay (“ mummy-brown” of Ridgw.), each hair having a whitish glistening tip, more conspicuous in some examples than in others. ‘I’hese light tips reach their maximum development in the tail, and so predominate over the terminal two thirds of its length as to Rois Wo) Woy (oo (0-0) ae (oo) (oo) 03 new Species of Helictis. 593 entirely conceal the darker colour. Underparts dirty yel- lowish white. Markings on the face as in the other species, the white longitudinal line reaching to about the middle of the back. The skull is slightly larger than that of true personata and the auditory bulle considerably larger, especially when measured in the direction of the long axis of the skull. In other points, however, the skulls are similar. Dimensions (of type from skin) :— Head and body 400 millim.; tail 175; hind foot 60; ear 24, Skull (see below). Habitat. Saigon, Lower Cochin China. Type. B.M. 78. 6. 17. 7. Adult male collected by M. Pierre in March 1867. Outwardly this species, which is closely allied to H. per- sonata, may be recognized by its slightly larger size and more rufous coloration. The difference in the bulle of the skulls forms a well-marked and easily discernible character. Skull-measurements of H. personata and H. Pierrei compared. Width Greatest Length of basi- breadth of of occipital at Greatest Basal Palatal Zygomatic brain- auditory anterior length. length. length. breadth. case. bulle. end. HI. Pierrei, S,type.. 88 76 40 50 32 19 85 H. personata, §,Siam. 80 70 37 46 30 17 (3) This genus can be subdivided into two well-marked groups, the difference lying in the size of the teeth, especially of the carnassial; the large-toothed group are the western forms, and consist of FT. nersonata (Is. Geoff.), from Pegu. Hi. nepalensis (Hodgs.), from Nepal. H., orientalis * (Horsf.), from Java. H, Pierrei, described above. Of the small-toothed group we have H, moschata, Gray, from China. H, subaurantiacu, Swinhoe, from Formosa. H, Everetti, Thos., from Borneo. H. subaurantiaca is very closely allied to the mainland * Melogale fusca, Guérin, Mag. Zool. 1835, pl. xvi., is a synonym of this species, 594 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a new West-African Fish. form, from which it differs chiefly in the yellowish colour of the underparts. Al. Everettiisasmall form of H. orientalis, but is markedly distinct, owing to the teeth-differences. HI. nepalensis much resembles H. orientalis, differing from it in being slightly larger. It is practically identical in size with H. personata. The white tips to the hairs, although a conspicuous feature, are, owing to their variability, useless as a specific character. They are most noticeable in true personata, and, as a rule, entirely absent in nepalensis, orientalis, and Hveretti; in the Chinese species, although present, they are of such a tint as to be hardly discernible. LX.—Description of a new West-African Fish of the Genus Alestes. By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.5. Alestes brevis. Depth of body 23 to 3 times in total length, length of head 33 to 4i times. Head 12 to 12 as long as broad, 1% to 1} as long as deep ; the distance between end of snout and occiput not or but slightly exceeding width of head ; snout rounded, scarcely projecting beyond the lower jaw, 1 to 13 as long as eye; eye lateral, visible from above and from below, its diameter 8 to 42 times in length of head; adipose eyelid scarcely developed; interorbital width } length of head; maxillary not reaching to below anterior border of eye; 18 or 20 teeth (°) in the upper jaw ; lower border of second suborbital as long as or longer than diameter of eye. Gill-rakers rather short and thin, 18 to 20 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal II 8, above middle of space between ventrals and anal, considerably nearer caudal than occiput; first branched ray longest, ? to ¢ length of head. Adipose fin short, twice or twice and a half as far from rayed dorsal as from caudal. Anal III 18-15, pointed in front, third simple ray longest, 2 to 2 length of head, Pectoral nearly as long as head, reaching or nearly reaching ventral. Latter shorter. Caudal deeply forked. Caudal peduncle not or but slightly longer than deep. Scales with numerous anastomosing On Mollusca from South Africa. 599 canals, 21-23 z, 1 or 14 between lateral line and root of ventral. Uniform brownish above, silvery white below. Total length 105 to 225 millim. One specimen from Lagos (ZH. 7. Ussher) and four from the Gold Coast (R. B. N. Walker). These specimens have been referred to A. macrolepidotus by Dr. Giinther. Stein- dachner’s A. macrolepidotus from Liberia (Notes Leyd. Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 63) probably belongs to the same species. The four closely allied Alestes, characterized by very large scales and the very posterior position of the dorsal fin, may be distinguished as follows :— A. The distance between the end of the snout and the occiput much greater than the width of the head; snout projecting con- siderably beyond the lower jaw in the adult. Anal 15-17; lat. 1. 22-26; depth of body 32 to 44 times in total length ........ A, macrolepidotus, C. & V. B. The distance between the end of the snout and the occiput not or but little greater than the width of the head; snout projecting but slightly beyond the lower jaw. Anal 13-14; lat. 1. 24-27; depth of body 33 to 32 times in total length............ A. grandisquamis, Blev. Anal 16-18; lat. 1. 21-23; depth of body 2¢ fold times in total length ............ A. brevis, Blgr. Anal 15-16; lat. 1. 28-29; depth of body 35 to 4 times in total length ............ A. Batestt, Blev. LXI.— Descriptions of Thirty-one Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca from South Africa. By JamMEs Cosmo MELVILL, M.A., F.L.S., and Joun Henry Ponsonsy, F.Z.5. [Plates XKXI. & XXXIL] AFTER an interval of more than two years * we are enabled to offer another contribution (the seventeenth) towards the elucidation of the non-marine Molluscan fauna of South Africa, in which are included descriptions of several species of Ennea and Trachycystis—T. scolopendra, perhaps, being the most remarkable Helicoid yet reported from this region. An Achatina, Buliminus, Planorbis, a most interesting Fauaulus, a Tropidophora, and a Chondrocyclus are, amongst * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, ser. 7 (Oct, 1901), vol. viii. pp. 315 sqq. 596 = Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on others, likewise differentiated, their discovery being mainly due to the continued indefatigable researches of Messrs. J. Crawford, J. Farquhar, and H. Burnup. We also take the opportunity of refiguring Hypolysia Florentie, M. & P. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 13), the original drawing * not sufficiently exhibiting the salient peculiarities of the peristome. Ennea calopasa t, sp. n. E. testa rimata, recte cylindrica, albida, pulchre subpellucente ; anfractibus novem, apice obtusissimo, fere applanato, czeteris apud suturas impressis, undique longitudinaliter arcte lratis, liris obliquis ; apertura ovato-oblonga, intus alba, peristomate albo, nitido, incrassato, plicis dentibusve quinque munito: plica parie- tali nitida, acinaciformi, intrante, dentibus duobus labialibus acutis, superno majore, eadem basi congeminatis, dente basali parvo acuto, plica columellari conspicua, interne basin versus circumtorquente. Long. 14, lat. 6 mm. Hab. Port Shepstone, Natal (Burnup). This very beautiful form, Mr. H. Burnup writes, has so far only occurred in small quantity, say in the proportion of Ennea Albersi. Ennea calopasa. one to ten, as compared with the larger #. Albersi, Pfr., from the same locality. He has favoured us with the following comparative note, accompanied by two most accurately drawn figures :— * Loe. cet. pl. ii. fig. 8. + xadds ras, altogether beautiful. Mollusca from South Africa. 597 E. Albersi, Pfr. E. calopasa, sp. n. (a) Labial teeth. Two: lowersmaller, upper arising Two: upper smaller, lower nearer the peristome. arising nearer the peristome. (6) Columellar plaits. With straight, club-shaped rib, With curved rib, beginning with nearly horizontal, orsloping slightly | asharp downward turn, and curving downwards. round the base of the columellar plait. In addition to the above-mentioned distinctions, the form should be noticed, the contour being much straighter and the whorls far less ventricose in the smaller species, calopasa. It should also be remarked that the longitudinal lire are far more oblique around the upper than on the last two whorls. Ennea claustraria*, sp.n. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 16.) FE. testa ovato-cylindrica, ad basin subrimata, levissima, polita, pallide corneo-hyalina, delicata; anfractibus 8, apice obtu- sissimo, czteris uniformibus, ultimo brevi; apertura lunari; peristomate albo, nitido, incrassato, serie multiplici dentium plicarumque predito: plica parietali oblonga, obtusa, plica, potius quam dente, labiali triplici, intus V formante, dente basali remoto, suleato, mammeeformi, plica columellari interna, maxima, aperturam fere claudente. Long. 7, lat. 3 mm. Hab. Lower Umfolosi Drift, Zululand (Burnup). An Hnnea with most remarkable peristomatal processes, allied to H. dedalea, described in this paper, and even more intricately multiplex in its arrangement of teeth and plaits. Indeed, the large suleate mammeeform internal columellar plait very nearly closes up the aperture. Ennea craterodon ft, sp.n. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 9.) E. testa cylindrica, oblonga, breviter rimata, solidula; anfractibus 9-10, apice valde obtuso, ceteris fere rectis, apud suturas im- pressis, undique longitudinaliter arcte striatis, striis obliquissimis ; apertura angusta, ovato-triangulari; peristomate apud basin producto, dentibus plicisve quatuor predito: plica parietali magna, recta, haud multum intrante, dente labiali bifido, inferiore preestante; columella undique incrassata, plica colu- mellari interna, mamillata. Long. 9, lat. 3 mm. * Claustrarius, protected by a claustrum or barrier. }~ kparepddor, strong-toothed. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 39 598 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on Fab. Maestrém Forest, Bedford (Farquhar). With the form of &. Leppant, Stur., the arrangement of plaits in £. craterodon is quite different, the labial tooth being also more developed. A basal process is also present. EL. Arnoldi, Stur., is like in form of peristome, but the whorls in that species are far more tumid and it is also smaller in every detail. Finnea dedalea, sp.n. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 12.) E, testa cylindrica, subrimata, polita, albo-lactea, hyalina, tenui ; anfractibus 7-8, apice obtuso, planato-depresso, ceeteris tumidu- lis, nitidissimis, perlevibus; apertura subcirculari; peristomate multum incrassato, nitido, plicis dentibusve magnopere complicato: plica parietali oblonga, labiali trifurcata, incurva, multum intrante, dente basali brevi, intus duplicato, plica columellari apud medium profunde sulcata, intus extensa, margine columel- lari perincrassato. Long. 8, lat. 3°50 mm. Fab. Lower Umfolosi Drift, Zululand (Burnup). A species with remarkably elaborate mouth-processes, almost closing the roundish aperture, and suggesting the specific title proposed. These processes consist of :—(i.) a simple, oblong, internal, parietal plait; (ii.) a multiplex labial, thrice-divided and curving inwards; (ili.) a small, simple, basal tooth; and (iv.) a columellar plait, wholly internal, large, and subdivided centrally by a deepish furrow. The surface is white and polished, with the slightest sign of longitudinal striation at the extreme base only. It is a very distinct form. Ennea genialis,sp.n. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 14.) E. testa cylindrica, subrimata, pellucida, albo-vitrea, apice obtu- sissimo ; anfractibus 9, apud suturas multum impressis, tumidulis, undique longitudinaliter arcte liratis, liris superne obliquis, apud anfractum penultimum fere, apud ultimum omnino, rectis ; apertura orbiculari; peristomate albo, nitido, incrassato, plicis dentibusve quatuor munito: plica parietali bifida, multum in- trante, labiali furcata, incurva, dente basali parvo, simplici, plica columellari omnino interna, magna, mammeeformi, margine colu- mellari incrassato. Long. 5, lat. 2 mm. Hab. Patana, Zululand (Burnup). The chief peculiarities of this very refined little Hnnea appear to consist in the bifid parietal and curious scimitar- like, incurved, and duplicated labial plait; the longitudinal Mollusca from South Africa. 599 lire are also to be noted, keing very oblique on the upper whorls, and gradually merging into straightness over the body-whorl. It is to some extent comparable with EL. differens, Sturany. A few examples. Ennea himerothales *, sp. n. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 13.) E, testa rimata, breviter cylindriformi, nitida, fere levi, delicata, subpellucida; anfractibus 7, apicalibus obtusissimis, ceteris in- flatis, supernis angustis, penultimo latiore, apud suturas sub lente utrinque oblique striatis, striis in medio evanidis, ultimo anfractu levissimo ; apertura anguste trigonali; peristomate albo, nitido, dentibus plicisve sex instructo: plica parietali lata, haud intrante, truncatula, dente labiali bifurcato, parte superiore minore, dente basali inconspicuo, parvo, dente columellari calloso, incrassato, subtus plica interna grandi, mamillata, preedito. Long. 4, lat. 2 mm. Hab. Port Shepstone, Natal (Burnup). A shining nearly transparent little Hnnea, shortly cylin- drical in form, and smooth, excepting just round the sutures of the upper whorls, where, with a lens, slight oblique striation is discernible, the body-whorl being quite smooth. The peristomatal processes are six in number—a truncate parietal plait, two labial bifurcate teeth on a common base, a small basal tooth, acolumellar one much thickened, and below this last a mamillate plait. Ennea montana, sp.n. (Pl. XXXT. fig. 15.) #. testa cylindrica, doluformi, parva, subperforata, vitrea, vel in- erassata ; anfractibus 7, apicalibus obtusissimis, omnibus apud suturas multum impressis, in medio ad suturas utrinque oblique rudistriatis, striis apud medium anfractum evanidis; apertura trigona ; peristomate centrali, albo, incrassato, dentibus plicisve quatuor munito: plica parietali conspicua, dente labiali bifido, parvo, subtus acuto, dente basali minore, plica columellari interna. Long. 3°50, lat. 1°20 mm. Hab. Mountain Drive, Grahamstown (J. Farquhar). A very neat cylindrical species, the trigonous aperture placed more centrally in position than is the case in any other Species we can recall. Ennea sylvia, sp.n. (PI. XXXI. fig. 4.) E, testa minuta, recto-cylindrica, rimata, nitida, delicata, levi, apice * ivepoOddns, delightful. 39* 600 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on obtuso ; anfractibus 5-6, fere rectis ; apertura subrotunda; peri- stomate albo, nitido, incrassato, plicis dentibusve quatuor munito: plica parietali dentiformi, parva, acuta, dente labiali bifido, acuto, basali et columellari minoribus, obtusatis, plica subtus columellam minime interna, mammeeformi. Long. 1°75, lat. -75 mm. Hab. Maestrém Forest, Bedford (J. Farquhar). An excessively minute smooth species of but few whorls, straightly cylindrical, and with the dental arrangement very prominently disposed upon the upper surface of the peristome. EE. Penthert, Sturany, appears much of the same magnitude and form, but the whorls in that species are more ventricose, and the peristomatal processes differ in the simple labial tooth, the basal being altogether absent. Ennea triglochis*,sp.n. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 11.) E. testa cylindrica, rimata, paullum obesa, levi, nitidissima, sub- hyalina, pallide straminea ; anfractibus 8, quorum apicales 13 globulares, perleves, lubrici, ceteris tumidulis, sub lente arcte et tenuissime leviter striatis, striis in speciminibus quibusdam apud basin fere evanidis, ultimo anfractu ceteros longitudine super- ante; apertura fere rotunda; peristomate nitido, crassiusculo ; dentibus plicisve quatuor munito, tribus magis conspicuis: plica parietali acinaciformi, acuta, prominula, intrante, dente labiali parvo sed conspicuo, acuto, basali perparvo, plica colu- mellari omnino interna, obtusa. Long. 9°50, lat. 4 mm. Hab. Botha’s Hill, Maritzburg, Natal (Burnup). A pale, straw-coloured, lubricous species, not unlike a Pupina superficially, and to which, judging from the figure, E. sejuncta, Stur., seems akin. It possesses the same cha- yacter of oral teeth and plaits as do L. cionis, juatidens, M. & P., &c., but is much larger in every part. The labial tooth is acute, the basal often almost obsolete. It is a very distinct addition to the genus. Ennea virgo, sp.n. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 10.) E, testa mediocri, obeso-cylindriformi, hyalina, levissima, polita ; anfractibus 83-9, apice obtuso, ceteris minime ventricosulis ; apertura lunari; peristomate tenui, albo, nitido, paullum incras- sato, plicis dentibusve quatuor instructo: plica parietali acinaci- formi, fere semicirculari, dente labiali simplici, acuto, incrassato, basali minore, inconspicuo, plica columellari interna, haud magna, omnino mammeeformi. Long. 11, lat. 4 mm. * rpvyhoxes, a thrice-pointed lance, Mollusca from South Africa. * 601 Hab. Lower Umfolosi Drift, Zululand (Burnup). Glossy, white, and semitransparent, absolutely smooth throughout, with the peristomatal processes less developed than in the majority of its genus. The allies of this beautiful new form would seem to be &. seyuncta, Stur., from which it differs entirely in contour, while &. Planti, Pfr., and Quekett?, M. & P., are both larger and possess slight longi- tudinal striation, of which there is no trace in £. virgo. Ennea Warrenti, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 7.) £, testa rimata, cylindrica, albo-calearea, apice obtuso-conico ; anfractibus (apicali incluso) 8, tribus ultimis fere rectis, omnibus longitudinaliter obliquissime striatis ; apertura rotunda; peristo- mate albo, nitido, incrassato, quatuor plicis dentibusve munito : plica parietali recta, acinaciformi, intrante, dente labiali bifur- cato, acuto, superno minore, dente basali parvo, acuto, plica columellari omnino interna, mammeformi. Long. 10, lat. 4550 mm. Hab. Lower Umfolosi Drift, Zululand (Warren). A few examples of a conspicuous chalky-white form, with conspicuous lip, possessing four processes, as described above. The apex is obtusely conical, and the three lowest whorls are almost straight and uniform. Smaller in all its parts, but allied to H. Albers?, Pfr. At Mr. Burnup’s request we name this interesting species after its discoverer, the Director of the Maritzburg Museum. Zonitoides Cupido, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 1.) Z. testa depresso-conica, anguste umbilicata, delicata, hyalina, cornea; anfractibus 53, apice parvo, levi, ceteris apud suturas haud profunde excavatis, ventricosulis, levibus, nitidis, sub lente irregulariter longitudinaliter oblique striatulis; apertura effuse lunari, peristomate tenuissimo, columella ad marginem paullum reflexa. Alt. 3°50, diam. 6 mm, Hab. Lower Umfolosi Drift, Zululand (Burnup). Of the same character as the North-American species Z. arboreus, Say, and its immediate allies, from all of which this very delicate, shining, and vitreous-horny species differs in its narrow umbilicus and slightly excavate whorls. It belongs to a group hitherto regarded as foreign to or adven- titious in the South-African fauna, but we imagine will be ultimately shown to be really indigenous. 602° Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on Trachycystis centrifuga, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 9.) T. testa conico-depressa, anguste umbilicata, tenuissima, hyalina, periostraco corneo, olivaceo-fusco omnino contecta; anfractibus 5, quorum duo apicales grandes, elevati, mamillati, ceteris ventri- cosulis, periostraco undique longitudinaliter oblique costellifero indutis, interstitiis spiraliter sub lente tenuistriatis, ultimo an- fractu ad peripheriam acute carinato et regulariter fimbriato ; apertura ovato-lunata, peristomate tenui, margine columellari supra umbilicum triangulatim reflexo, basi convexa. Alt. 5, diam. 8°75 mm. Hab. Maestrém Forest (Farquhar). Akin to T. Planti, Pfr., T. actinotricha, M. & P., &c., while differing from all in detail. Trachycystis glebaria*, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 15.) T. testa ovata, profunde sed anguste umbilicata, spira depressa, tenui, cornea, subpellucida ; anfractibus 5, apice levi, albescente, omnibus ad suturas impressis, ventricosis, longitudinaliter minutis- sime et arcte striatis, nitidiusculis; apertura lunata, peristomate tenui, marginem apud columellarem vix reflexo, Alt. 2, diam. 3°50 mm. Hab. Pinetown, Natal (Burnup). A small but neatly formed species, with much depressed whorls, umbilicus narrow but deep, surface horny, seemingly smooth, but microscopically longitudinally striolate. Allied to T. Glanvilleana, Ancey. Trachycystis laticostata, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 5.) T. testa parva, profunde umbilicata, depresso-conica, tenui, sub- hyalina, sed periostraco rudi, fuscato, omnino contecta; anfrac- tibus 5, quorum 132 apicales vitrei, leves, globulares, ceteris irregulariter et crasse laticostatis, costulis obliquis, rudibus; apertura fere rotunda, peristomate tenui, simplici. Alt. 2, diam. 4 mm. Hab. Maestrém Forest, Bedford, Cape Colony (Farquhar). Covered with a rough fuscous-black epidermis, and pecu- liarly rudely and broadly ribbed for so small a shell. Trachycystis oreina t, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 8.) 7. testa parva, conico-pyramidata, obtecte umbilicata, albo-cinerea, tenui, periostraco fusco-olivaceo, omnino contecta; anfractibus 5, * Gleba, a small clod of earth, from the resemblance. T opeivos, inhabiting heights. Mollusca from South Africa. 603 apicali globulari, parvo, levi, ceteris apud suturas impressis, paullum gradatis, undique longitudinaliter obliquistriatis, striis irregularibus, rudis ; apertura lunata, peristomate tenui, margine columellari umbilicum triangulatim superimpendente. Alt. 2°75, diam. 5 mm. Hab. Mountain Drive, Grahamstown (J. Farquhar). A plain species with dark brown epidermis and coarse irregular ribbing. Trachycystis patera, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 6.) 7. testa minuta, depressa, discoidali, perspective umbilicata, elec- trino-cornea, tenui; anfractibus 6—7, apicali minuto, levi, ceteris arctissime sub lente longitudinaliter striatulis, striis fere rectis, apud suturas rotunde excavatis, ventricosulis; apertura depresso- lunata, peristomate tenui, simplici. Alt. °75, diam. 2°15 mm. Hab. Maestré6m Forest, Bedford, Cape Colony (J. Far- quhar). Minute, but characteristic, and bearing a superficial resem- blance in some points to the British Gonyodiscus rotundatus, Miill., than which it is much smaller, and very minutely and closely longitudinally striolate. Trachycystis permeata, sp.n. (PI. XXXII. fig. 2.) T. testa profunde et sat late umbilicata, depressa, cinerea, tenui, epidermide omnino olivaceo-cornea contecta; anfractibus 5, quorum apicalis parvus, globularis, levis, ceteris apud suturas rotunde excavatis, ventricosulis, undique arcte longitudinaliter obliquiliratis, liris ineequalibus, ultimo ad peripheriam obtuse carinato; apertura rotundo-lunari, peristomate tenui, margine columellari tenui, simplici. Alt. 2°50, diam. 4°50 mm. Hab. Pinetown, Natal (Burnup). Conspicuous for its depressed contour, deep and fairly wide umbilicus, and roundly hollowed out sutures. We do not know any species quite comparable. Trachycystis scolopendra*, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 3.) T. testa depressa, paullulum conica, umbilicata, cinereo-fusca, hyalina, tenuissima, undique periostraco corneo induta; an- fractibus 6, apicali minuto, mamillato, ceeteris periostraco longitu-. dinaliter irregulariter obliquilirato preeditis, anfractu ultimo apud * Scolopendia, a centipede. 604 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on peripheriam liris brevibus, sed latis, pulcherrime expansis et frondosis induto, infra peripheriam ad basin convexo, et simili modo ac superne lirato; apertura rotundo-lunari, peristomate tenui, margine columellari paullum supra umbilicum reflexo. Alt. 6; diam. 13 mm. (sp. min.). 50, eas ssp amaya)s Hab. Port Shepstone, Natal (Burnup). Five examples, a characteristic one being now figured ; the largest of all that has been yet found is unfortunately imperfect, having the wonderful frondose extension of the epidermis worn away. ‘These processes are thin, horny, hyaline, short but broad, and give a very striking and bizarre effect, rendering this one of the most strange and easily distinguishable of South-African Helicoids. Trachycystis simplex, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 7.) T, testa ovato-conica, tenui, anguste sed profunde umbilicata, cinereo-olivacea, undique periostraco corneo, tenui, induta; an- fractibus 5, apicali parvo, depresso, mamillato, ceteris undique arcte longitudinaliter obliquiliratis ; apertura ovato-lunata, peri- stomate rotunde effuso, tenui, margine columellari supra paullum incrassato, umbilicum partim obtegente. Alt. 6°20, diam. 9 mm. Hab. Pondoland (J. Farquhar). A simple species, thin, with horny epidermis or periostra- cum, very finely longitudinally hrate throughout. Akin to the typical series of the genus, e. g., bisculpta, Bens., and Burnupt, M. & P. Opeas McBeani, sp.n. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 8.) O. testa attenuata, fusiformi, delicata, subpellucida, pallide stra- minea; anfractibus 10, quorum duo apicales mammosi, ceteris apud suturas impressis, tumidulis, longitudinaliter undique minute obliquistriatis; apertura parva, labro tenui, margine columellari fere recto, crassiusculo, nitido, albo. Long. 9°50, lat. 2 mm. (sp. max.). Hab. Boksberg, Transvaal (Burnup). Differing from its near ally Subulina strigils, M. & P.*, in its more globular apical whorls, finer striation, and smaller aperture. In that species, too, the last whorl is not so prolonged proportionately and the upper whorls are less ventricose than in this new form. * Ann, & Mag, Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. vill. p. 318. Mollusca from South Africa. 605 Buliminus (Pachnodus) Burnupt, sp. nu. (Pl. XX XT. fig. 5.) B. testa oblongo-ovata, obtecte umbilicata, parum nitida, pallide gilva, fere levi; anfractibus 7, apicali parvo, obtuso, ceteris longitudinaliter indistincte obliquistriatis, ultimo ceteros longitu- dine superante (9 mm.); apertura ovata, peristomate tenui, paullum effuso, columella recta, margine columellari albo, supra umbilicum leviter reflexo. . Long. 16, lat.8 mm. (sp. min.). Pee O50... (Sp. may.). Hab. Lower Umfolosi Drift, Zululand (Burnup). A distinctive form, which with much satisfaction we dedi- cate to its discoverer, whom we congratulate at the same time on the most promising results of his first explorations in a hitherto almost untried country. Fauxulus Crawfordianus, sp.n. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 6.) F. testa anguste rimata, cylindrico-fusiformi, levi, subnitente, tenui, fusca; anfractibus 8—9, apicali mamillato, ceteris apud suturas impressis, fere levibus, sub lente obliquissime longitudi- naliter striatis, ultimo infra peripheriam abbreviato; apertura rotunda; peristomate albo, nitido, circumreflexo, continuo, sex- plicato: plicis duabus parietalibus, acinaciformibus, una inferiore, acuta, intrante, duabus labialibus longe intrantibus, superiore obliqua, inferiore fere recta, dente basali subinterno, mammez- formi, plica columellari acinaciformi, valde intrante. Long. 8, lat. 3°75 mm. Hab. Mossel Bay (J. Crawford). A particularly fine and interesting dextral species of Fauculus allied to Pupa Layard’, Bens. The peristomatal processes, six in number, are unusually complicated, as described in detail above. We have pleasure in connecting with it the name of Mr. J. Crawford, through whose kind instrumentality we have received so many new forms from South Africa. Achatina parthenia*, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 10.) A, testa oblonga, nitida, levi, tenui, Jete et pallide stramineo- olivacea, superne carneo-suffusa; anfractibus 8, quorum apicalis fere immersus, globularis, levis, ceteris apud suturas impressis, gradatulis, ventricosis, quatuor supernis (apicali excluso) sub lente minutissime decussatulis, in antepenultimo fere eyanidis, * qapOevos, a virgin. 606 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. TH. Ponsonby on duobus ultimis levibus, nitidis; apertura ovata, peristomate tenui, paullum effuso, columella basin versus truncatula, tenui. Long. 38, lat. 19 mm. Hab. Lower Umfolosi Drift, Zululand (Burnup). Of the same group as A. penestes, M. & P., transvaalensis, Smith, and Livingstoner, M. & P., but very distinct from all, differing both in form and coloration from any described species. ‘The shining stramineous hue, with a blend of olive, is peculiar; this is periostracal, the dead white of the shell itself showing through in occasional patches. The upper whorls with aid of a lens are seen to be most finely decussate ; this gradually becomes evanescent, till the last two whorls appear quite smooth. Four examples, one immature. Isidora compta, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 14.) TI. testa ovato-oblonga, lete electrina, nitida, delicata ; anfractibus 4, apicali diaphano, levi, minuto, globulari, tribus supernis casta- neis, omnibus tumidis, apud suturas impressis, ultimo rapide accrescente, sub lente arctissime longitudinaliter tenuistriato ; apertura ovata, peristomate paullum effuso, incrassato, marginato. Long. 14, lat. 6 mm. Hab. Boksberg, Transvaal (Burnup). A brightly coloured species, in which the longitudinal lines of growth are characteristic, opaque spaces alternating at intervals irregularly with subhyaline patches. It is more comparable with such Australian Physe as concinna, Ad. & Angas, or Grayi, E. A. Sm., than with any of the well- known South-African forms. Physa zuluensis, sp.n. (PI. XXXII. fig. 4.) P. testa rimata, rotundo-ovata, succineo-vitrea, delicatissima ; an- fractibus 5, supra abbreviatis, apice ipso albo-mamillato, ceteris ad suturas impressis, ultimo permagno, rapidissime accrescente, supra subsquarroso ; apertura ovato-oblonga, peristomate tenuis- simo, paullum apud basin prolongato, margine columellari crassiusculo. Alt. 10, diam. 7 mm. Hab. E. Zululand (Burnup). P. natalensis, Krauss, seems the nearest ally to this species, the very extended and strongly shouldered body-whorl being characteristic. Ancylus (Ferrissia) gordonensis, sp. n. (Pl. XXXL. fig. 2.) A. testa ovata, cornea, tenui, apud marginem pallidiore, pellucida, Mollusca from South Africa. | 607 conica, apice antice prominulo, subacuto, sinistraliter inclinante, superficie, precipue apud apicem, undique radiatim tenuissime striata, intus nitida, cornea, margine lacteo. Alt. 3, long. 6, diam. 5 mm. Hab. Gordon Falls, Natal. This interesting addition to the South-African fauna differs from the two Ancyli hitherto described from this region, viz. caffer, Krauss, and transvaalensis, Craven, not only in torm, but above all in the minute radiating striolations: the apex, inclining to the left, is placed well forward, the texture thin, and substance horny, pellucid. We have, towards the elucidation of this species, studied the elaborate paper of Mr. Bryant Walker on the Eastern North-American Ancyli*, in which the genus is subdivided into two sections, viz. :— (a) Levapex.—Shell usually depressed, apex obtuse or subacute, smooth. (b) Ferrissia.—Shell usually elevated, apex acute, radially striate. It is therefore to the second of these subdivisions that this species, as also the next, belongs. { Ancylus (Ferrissia) stenochorias }, sp. n. (PI. XXXL. fig. 1.) A. testa anguste oblonga, tenui, olivacea, conica, corneo-hyalina, intus omnino pallide cornea, nequaquam pallidi-marginata, apice antico prominulo, sinistraliter inclinante, obtuso, superficie radia- tim obscure striatula. Alt. 3, long. 8, diam. 4°50 mm. (spec. maj.). Hab. Ebb en Vioed, Port Elizabeth. The extreme narrowness of this little shell, we think, is of specific value. The radiating strie are very obscure and only discernible with the aid of a lens. We have seen several examples, all precisely alike. Planorbis leucochilus t, sp.n. (Pl. XXXI. fig. 3.) P. testa parva, depressa, cornea, tenui, subhyalina, levigata; an- fractibus quatuor, tumidulis, suturis utrinque subimpressis, discis ambobus simillimis, paullum rotundatis; apertura depresso-lunata, peristomate tenui, albescente. Alt. °70, diam. 2°50 mm. fab, Killarney Lake, Pietermaritzburg, Natal (Burnup). * ‘Nautilus,’ vol. xvii. no. 2, p. 18, and no. 3, pp. 25 sqq. T orevoxdpia, narrowness of space, £ Aevkds, xeiAos, white-lipped. 608 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. HW. Ponsonby on Most akin to P. Anderssont, Ancey, this little species may be distinguished by the conspicuous whiteness of its lip and aperture. We have seen about a dozen examples, all uniformly similar in every detail. The superficies is perfectly smooth, substance clear hyaline-corneous. Tropidophora comburens, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 12.) P. testa anguste umbilicata, conico-pyramidata, fere levi, parum nitida, solidiuscula, stramineo-brunnea, et castaneo-suffusa ; an- fractibus 5, quorum duo apicales cinereo-lividi, leves, ceteris ventricosis, ad suturas angustissime livido-tinctis, ultimo rapide accrescente, levi, spiraliter trizonato, zonis castanels, quarum centrali maxime distincta, nigro-brunnescente, regione umbilicari spiraliter pulcherrime multilirata; apertura circulari, peristomate albo, nitido, crassiusculo, paullum reflexo, fere continuo; operculo calcareo, spirali, nucleo excentrico. Alt. 11, diam. 10 mm. (sp. min.). 13; ie, oll 45 A(speamay-)- Hab. Makawe, Zululand (Burnup). From the common TZ. ligata, Miill., this exceedingly handsome species differs, (a) in form, being narrower throughout, especially in the body-whorl; (0) in width of umbilicus, the perforation being both small and not particu- larly deep; (c) in clearer definition of the spiral lire sur- rounding the umbilicus at the base of the body-whorl; (d) in colour; the principal spiral band at the periphery is of a livid black, this being well-defined—two others, which might be termed secondary or spurious zones, conspicuous for suffused bright scorched chestnut and burnt-sepia coloration, run equidistantly one on either side of the central band and parallel with it, the effect being very pleasing. ‘The oper- culum is normal. Several examples. 29 Chondrocyclus exsertus, sp.n. (Pl. XXXII. fig. 11.) C. testa parva, gradata, depresso-conica, latissime umbilicata, albo- calcarea, periostraco omnino olivaceo contecta; anfractibus 5, quorum apicalis minutus, globularis, ceteris apud suturas excava- tulis, ventricosis, sub lente minute striatis, ultimo anfractu ex- panso, infra peripheriam planato-declivi, umbilico perspectivi- unculo; apertura rotunda, peristomate tenui, simplici, continuo, denique evoluto. Alt. 2°20, diam, 4 mm, Hab. Umkomaas and Umbogintwini, Natal (Burnup). Mollusca from South Africa. 609 A distinct and select addition to the operculate fauna of Natal, differing from its ally, the well-known C. conveaius- culus, Pfr., not only in colour and sculpture, but in its gradately conical spire and general elevation. We may add that the type examples of the above, together with the types of nearly all our previously described species from South Africa, will be placed’in the British Museum (Natural History). EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE XXXT. Fig. 1. Ancylus stenochorias. Fug. 2. gordonensis. Fg. 3. Planorbis leucochilus. Fig. 4. Ennea sylvia. Fig. 5. Buliminus Burnupit. Fig. 6. Fauxulus Crawfordianus. Fug. 7. Ennea Warrenit. Fig. 8. Opeas McBeani. Fig. 9. Ennea craterodon. Fig. 10. virgo. Fig. 11. —— triglochis. Fig. 12. —— dedatlea. Fig. 13. —— himerothales. Fig. 14. genialis. Fig. 15, montana. Fig. 16. claustraria. PuatTE XXXII. Fig. 1. Zonitoides Cupido. Fig. 2. Trachycystis permeata. Fig. 3 scolopendra. Fig. 4. Physa zuluensis. Fig. 5. Trachycystis laticostata. Fig. 6. patera. Fig. 7 simplex. Fig. 8 orema. Fig. 9 centrifuga. Fig. 10. Achatina parthenia. Fxg. 11. Chondrocyclus exsertus. Fig. 12. Tropidophora comburens. ig. 13. Hypolysia Florentie. Fg. 14. Isidora compta. Fig. 15. Trachycystis ylebaria. 610 Mr. F. D. Morice on new Hymenoptera. LXII.—New Hymenoptera Aculeata taken by the Swedish Zoological Hxpedition to Egypt and the White Nile in the Spring of 1901. By F. D. Morics, M.A., F.E.S. Nomia tegulata, Smith. ¢. Femine similis; sed abdomine ecrassius punctato ; scutello utrinque in spinam magnam compressam acutam (scapo antennee fere equi- longam) producto. Pedes simplices. Long. circ. 7 mill. “ Abba Hiland, 12 i. ’01.” This is not the male doubtfully assigned by M. Vachal (Miscell. Entomol. 1897) to tegulata, Smith, which has a simple scutellum, dilated leg-joints, &c., and is also differently coloured from the present insect. But I feel little doubt as to the determination of the latter. It was taken along with three females which exactly agree with Smith’s types of tegulata in the South Kensington Museum, and the only characters by which it differs from them appear to me to be merely sexual. ‘These typesare all females; the author did not know the male, and it has not, I believe, been described till now. The flagellum, mandibles, tegule (except their membranous apices), knees, extreme apex of hind tibiz, and tarsi are rufescent, as are also more or less (but obscurely) the extreme base and sides of the abdomen and the extreme apices of its segments. The face is wide, with strongly converging eyes, which reach close to the bases of the mandibles. The head, mesonotum, and scutellum, viewed dorsally, are dull, finely rugulose, and with shallow scattered punctures. The face, pronotum above, extreme basal and apical margins of the mesonotum, and the whole postscutellum are clothed with a very dense short whitish pubescence. The scutellum is naked and its lateral margins are produced into a pair of long, compressed, sharply pointed thorns (much as in Myrmica ruginodis), which rise gradually above the level of the rest of the scutellum, commencing at its base, and extend far beyond it in the apical direction. Their whole length is about two thirds that of the tegule, and of this length about one half projects over the postscutellum &c., the other half formimg a lateral border to the scutellum itself. The propodeum has a short costate sulcature along its basal margin; its “ area trigona” is not definitely separated from the lateral areas except by being perfectly smooth and very shining, while Mr. F. D. Morice on new Hymenoptera. 611 they are strongly and closely punctured throughout. The mesopleure are somewhat rugosely punctured and the meta- pleure show a fine longitudinal striation, The first abdo- minal segment is largely and irregularly punctured above, the second also irregularly but not so largely, those following more finely and closely. The impressed apices of all the segments are narrowly fasciated or ciliated with whitish hairs, and there is a similar narrow fascia at the base of the second segment. ‘The head, thorax, and bases of the legs (including the femora) are clothed beneath with moderately long white hairs ; those on the tibie and tarsi are also white, but shorter. The posterior ocelli are about as far from each other as from the compound eyes. The legs and antenne seem perfectly simple: in the latter joints 4 to 12 are about equal and about as broad as long; joints 3 and 13 are a little longer than the others, about half as long as the scape. ‘The wings are hyaline, with fuscous nervures and slightly clouded apices. Crocisa Jagerskiéldi, sp. n., 3 2. Nigra vel obscure cyanescens, pilositate alba (partim strata ac sub- squamosa, et in certis aspectibus plus minusve czrulescente), opulentissime variegata. Forma scutelli (apice sinuose emarginati et in medio profunde angu- latim excisi) Crocise scutellart proxima; sed differt pilositate magis ut in C. ramosa disposita (mesonoti vittis lateralibus in- tegris, abdominis segmenti primi basi vix interrupte fasciata etc.). Magnitudine utramque speciem multo superat (18-20 mill. long.!), et ab omnibus mihi quidem cognitis Crocisis differt scutelli ipsius disco in utroque angulo laterali-basali macula bene definita pilositatis czerulescenti-albze ornato. 3. Abdominis segmentum dorsale septimum apice utrinque dentato, inter hos dentes fere recte truncato. Antennarum articulus 3" in utroque sexu 4° fere sesquilongior. palnartom: G21. OL; 9, 3. 1. Ol.” Hixamples which, I think, belong to this very large and handsome species are placed in the British Museum with others, apparently not belonging to it, under the name seutellaris, F. But what recent authors (e. g. Friese in ‘ Bienen Europa’s’) identify with Fabricius’s species is a much smaller and less striking-looking insect, with snow- white markings, naked scutellum, and nearly naked base to the first abdominal segment. In Jégerskioldi the white pilosity in both sexes is very copious, arranged almost exactly as in ramosa, but with a peculiar bluish reflection in certain lights which distinguishes 612 Mr. F. D. Morice on new Hymenoptera. it at a glance from any European species. The actual hairs seem, however, to be pure white, and it is only where they are prostrate that the blue effect appears. I imagine that the underlying or surrounding subcyaneous chitin is either seen through them or reflected by them in some way (the tint is just that produced by a thin layer of Chinese white over a wash of black or dark blue paint). The almost complete absence of reliable structural characters, even in the males, makes the proposal of new Crocisa species risky and unsatisfactory ; but as I can find no description which at all suits the present insects, and as Herr Friese, to whom I sent the specimens, returns them as unknown to him, I have ventured to describe them as new. The bluish-white hair-patches on the scutellum ttself are a very peculiar character, this part in Croczsa being otherwise, so far as I know, always immaculate. They are very large and subquadrate in the male, smaller and rounder in the female. The other pilose ornaments of the thorax and also those of the abdomen are arranged exactly as in ramosa, differing only in looking bluish, as described above. On the legs they are not blue, and (by contrast, I suppose) look even a little yellowish. Rhynchium Sirdart, sp.n. ¢. Colore omnino ut synagroides, sed structura alia. Clypeus semicirculariter emarginatus, angulis apicalibus spiniformibus, longitudine sua evidenter latior. Mandibule valide, late, minus quam in synagroide elongate; margine apicali dentibus 2 in medio instructo, contiguis quidem sed bene distinctis, quorum exterior interiore duplo longius. Postscutellum, a latere visum, acute conicum: area huius basalis vel horizontalis brevis, crasse punctata, et in medio carina alta longitudinali, vel dente com- presso, armata. Abdominis segmenti secundi pars ventralis, ut in synagroide, basi subbituberculata; sed disco leeviore, punctis sparsis, magnis quidem sed minime profundis. Long. cire. 26 mill. Khartum, 31 1. ’01. The semicircularly emarginate clypeus, with its long spine- like angles, at once distinguishes this species from ardens g as described by Saussure, and also from specimens called abyssinicum g in the South Kensington Museum, which (like abyssinicum 2) have a subtruncate clypeus. From synagroides g it differs in having the clypeus evidently wider than long, the mandibles stouter, and the teeth on their apical margin better developed. Also in synagrotdes the ventral surface of the second abdominal segment is far more Mr. F. D. Morice on new Hymenoptera. 613 strongly and deeply punctured. There is no male called ardens at South Kensington, and only one female, which is exceedingly unlike Strdari in having its clypeus particularly narrow and elongate, with a subtruncate apex. In Sirdari (at least, in the specimen before me) the orange colour extends from the apex of the abdomen to beyond the apex of the third segment, whereas De Saussure describes that segment as ‘“‘black”’ simply, alike in syna- groides, abysssnicum, and ardens; but this is probably a variable character, and might appear in any of the species in question, Odynerus (Ancistrocerus?) abcrraticus,sp.n. . Antennarum apices uncinato-reflexi. Abdominis segmentum 1%™ basin versus fortissime transverse cristatum; valde _petioli- forme—scilicet longissimum, apicem versus lenissime dilatatum, ibique segmento 24 rotundate-campaniformi saltem duplo angustius. Clypei apex triangulariter excisns. Pronotum angulis inermibus. Seutellum longum, fere quadratum. Postscutellum fere in formam criste elevatum. Propodeum in medio late ac profunde excavatum, are eiusdem laterales postice conice eminentes et sub apicibus suis breviter quidem sed acute denticulate. Abdo- minis segmenti 2“ pars ventralis tumidissima, quam dorsum non minus convexa, sulco costato basali peene nullo. Clypeus, mandibule, scapus antice, pronoti anguli interni, macule duo postscutelli pene confluentes, pedes infra cum tibiis tarsisque totis flava. Tegule flave, nigro-notate. Abdominis segmenti primi apex (in dorso) anguste, secundi (et in dorso et in ventre) latius, flavo-fasciati. Reliquorum segmentorum apices plus minusve obsolete flavo picti, vel omnino nigrantes. Caput, thorax cum propodeo, abdominisque 3 segmenta basalia satis crasse denseque punctata, subopaca: segmentorum reliquorum punctatura magis obsoleta. Latera petioli pilis albidis erectis fimbriata, dorsum eiusdem nudum. Facies et pectus strato- argenteo-subpilosus. Abdominis segmentum secundum brevissime strato-sericeo-pubescens. Long. cire. 7 mill, Three males, “‘ Abba Hiland, 12 ii. 01.” I feel some hesitation in treating this curious little species as an Ancistrocerus, but I do not know where else to place it. Herr Kohl, who kindly examined it at my request, suggests that it may be a new species of Nortonia, Sauss. It does not, however, appear to me to agree at all with De Saussure’s diagnosis of his genus, and is utterly unlike the species which he names as his “ type”? of it, viz. O. inter- medius, Sauss. The latter, besides differing completely from Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 40) G14 Mr. F. D. Morice on new Hymenoptera. aberraticus in general facies, size, and coloration, has no trace of the transverse crest near tlie base of the petiol*, which is so conspicuous in aberraticus, and which is generally thought, when occurring together with hook-tipped male antenna, to mark a species as an Odynerus of the Ancistrocerus group. I am unable to follow De Saussure in considering the cha- yacters on which he founds Nortonia as generic, and must own that, personally, I regard éntermedius, in spite of its peculiarities, as a Lionotus. At any rate, I cannot see my way to grouping aberraticus with it on the characters by which the Eumenide are at present classified. In its elongate thorax, quadrate (not transverse) scutellum, and depressed scarious margin to the second abdominal segment aberraticus shows considerable resemblance to a Microdynerus, but none of the latter, I believe, have the base of the petiole carinated as in Ancistrocerus. It has some likeness also in form and puncturation to certain Symmorphi, but from these, ¢nter ala, the hooked male antennz separate it instantly. It is utterly unlike any Hwmenes except in the proportions of its basal abdominal segments. Altogether this is a very singular insect, and it is quite possible that I am wrong in assigning it to any of the recognized groups of Odynerus, though I feel little doubt as to its claim to a place in that genus. Savigny has figured an Egyptian species (‘ Planches des In- sectes, &c.’ pl. vill. fig. 14) (=pharao, Sauss., according to v. Dalla Torre’s Catalogue) which I thought at first might be the insect before me. But this cannot he so, if he has given correctly the contour of the second ventral abdominal segment in his species; for this, in the lateral view which he gives of it, is nearly flat, while in aberraticus it is turgid and convex (almost semicircularly so) to an extent which I have never observed in any other Odynerus. Stizus peecilopterus, Handlirsch. @. “Goz Abba Goma, 14 ii. ’01.” The above name is used by Handlirsch to denote the “ Larra fasciata” of Klug, a species of Stczus differing from that which Fabricius originally described as ‘ (Bembea) fasciata”’ (= Stizus fasciatus, Handl.). The male seems to be still undescribed. It closely resembles the female as described by Handlirsch, but the occiput, disc of mesonotum, and propodeum (segmentum mediale, Handl.) are black. The general ground-colour of the head and thorax (including antenna, legs, &c.) is ferru- ginous red, that of the three apical abdominal seements has On some Meduse from Jupan. 615 a yellower tint (dark orange). The wings are coloured as in the female. The ventral segments are simple. In the antennz the last joint is moderately curved, narrowed to the apex, and obliquely truncated ; it is hardly as long as the penultimate joint. The intermediate joints, especially 7 and 8, are some- what flattened and dilated, widest in the middle of each joint (seen from above joints 7 and 8 are pentagonal). The third joint is about as long as the fourth and fifth together. The sides of the thorax near the insertion of the abdomen run out into conspicuous blunt and flittened (not spine-like) productions. In the tridentate apical ventral segment the middle spine is extremely long as compared with the two lateral ones, so that, without relaxing the insect and drawing this segment right out, one might almost mistake it for a Sphecius. Woking, Noy. 1903. LXIII.—Notes on some Meduse from Japan. By R. Kirkpatrick, F.Z.8. [Plate XXXIII.] A small collection of Meduse made in the Inland Sea, Japan, by Mr. R. Gordon Smith was sent by him to the Natural History Museum. The specimens, eight in number, represent three genera and species; of these, one genus and one species have not hitherto been described. ‘The following is a list of the species :— LEPTOMEDUSE: Gonomeandrus chrysostephanus, gen, et sp. 0. TRACHOMEDUSE: Gonionemus Agassizii, Murbach and Shearer. Discomepus#: Aurelia aurita, Linn., var. japonica, Kishinouye. LEPTOMEDUS4. Family Cannotide, Haeckel. Subfamily Pozrorcurpaz, A. Agassiz. GONOMEANDRUS*, gen. nov. Polyorchide with four radial canals, each with an un- branched transversely meandrine proximal portion, situated on a gastric peduncle, and with a pinnately branched distal portion on the wall of the subumbrella, the branches ending * Maiavdpos, the river Meander; yovos, seed. 4()* 616 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on blindly ; with four main branched interradial centripetal canals, and a few adradial twigs given off from the circular canal and ending blindly. Gonads situated on the proximal portion of the radial canals, and forming transversely folded Jamellee. Gonomeandrus Pe aA %) Sp. ie (PL XXXIII. figs. 1-4. Umbrella cylindrical, about 14 times as high as broad, slightly contracted below, with rounded summit, and with the lower margin divided into eight adradial rounded lobes. Gastric peduncle cuboidal, with a slender stalactitic prolon- gation at some (or all) of its radial angles. Stomach quadrangular, expanding down to a wide square mouth with slightly frilled margin. Circular canal with eight loops, corresponding to thie marginal lobes. Tentacles rather short, in one series, about 80 to each lobe (or 640 in all), hollow, cylindrical, and studded with nemato- cyst warts in the distal half of their length. Ocelli orange-brown, one above the base of each tentacle. Colour in formalin: umbrella colourless and transparent ; gonads pale yellow; ocelli orange-brown. Locality. Inland Sea, Japan. Special description.—The above genus and species are represented by only one specimen. Mr. Gordon Smith has written on the label connected with it, “‘ The only jellyfish of the kind I saw.” A detailed description is subjoined. Umbrella, The dimensions are 6°5 centim. in height by 5 centim. in breadth at the upper end and 4°5 (in the con- tracted specimen) below. ‘The wall has a thickness of 6 millim. in the middle of its length, but only about 3 millim. at the upper end. The eight marginal lobes are 16 millim. broad at the base and 8 millim. in length along the sagittal line; they are slightly curved inwards. ‘The clefts between the lobes pass obliquely upwards and outwards from below, and extend much higher on the outer wall than on the inner, so that only the distal third of the lobe is completely free. The tentacles are about 17 millim. in length. The proximal halves are transparent; the distal halves are opaque and (under a lens) finely granular. ‘The tentacles are attached to the inner aspect of the margin by long slightly narrowed bases, and in such a way that the lower end of the base is flush with the outer surface. The velum is moderately broad; its free edge is, as usual, * ypdocorepavos, with golden garland, referring to the festoons of deep orange-coloured ocelli, some Meduscee from Japan. 617 circular ; its attached edge follows the loops of the circular canal. ‘The breadth of the velum at the angles of the loops is 7 millim., and midway between them, 5 millim. The gastric peduncle is a cuboidal mass about 15 millim. in breadth and height, with rounded radial angles separated by interradial grooves, 7. e. it is quadrifoliate on transverse section. ‘T'wo of the segments are prolonged each into a conical stalactitic prolongation about 20 millim. in length, round which are wound the radial canals and gonads. Probably this asymmetry is abnormal, the normal arrange- ment presenting four prolongations, one in each radial plane. The stomach is 21 millim. in length, the breadth at the base being 5 millim. and at the mouth 15 millim. At each of the four radial angles is a thick muscle-band, which forms a rounded ridge extending from base to orifice. The four sides present many transverse folds. Probably this organ, which is well within the mouth of the umbrella, is capable of being extruded considerably beyond that orifice. The base of the stomach, which projects slightly into the peduncle, shows four radial lines meeting at the centre, these lines being furrows in continuation of the radial canals. The Gastro-vascular Canals. (2) The proximal unbranched portions with gonads. The four radial canals pass from the base of the stomach and proceed across the lower surface of the peduncle. Where the peduncular prolongations occur, the canals form transversely meandrine folds around them from base to apex and down again, and then continue on as similar folds on the radial aspect of the peduncle till they reach the branched gonad-free portion of the radial canals. At the apices of the prolonga- tions, the loops arising from the folding are wound spirally round. Where the peduncular prolongations do not exist the canals form transverse folds on the distal surface of the peduncle. (6) The distal branched portions without gonads. The proximal join the distal portions a little beyond the base of the peduncle. The canals are pinnately and alternately branched. At first the lateral branchlets are very close together, straight, at right angles to the main canal, and either unbranched or branched only at their ends; they are given off at gradually increasing distances, and progressively make angles of trom 90° to 60° with the maincanal. A few of the secondary branches change their lateral course and continue in a longitudinal direction, thus filling the proximal three fourths of the interradial regions. The ends of the vessels are club-shaped and blind, there being no anastomoses. 618 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on The four main canals are very narrow at first, and increase slightly in calibre as they proceed. ‘l'hey open into the apices of the four radial angles of the loops of the circular canal. (c) The circular canal presents eight loops, corresponding with the eight lobes of the umbrella. (d) The centripetal canals. Four main centripetal canals arise from the interradial angles of the circular canal and branch at acute angles; they occupy the lower fourth of the interradial region ; the branches end blindly. A few adradial twigs and diverticula are given off from the circular canal on each side of the main radial and centripetal adradial canals. The central region of the loops is without centripetal canals. A finities. The position of Gonomeandrus is near Polyorchis, Agassiz. I had at first thought that the specimen belonged to the Anthomeduse, because the peduncle was so covered with the folds of the gonads as to conceal its true nature, and I have to thank Mr. E. T. Browne for pointing out to me that this structure was simply a solid gastric peduncle; and when I found that the transverse ridges in the stomach-wall were simply folds, and. that no gonads were present in that situa- tion, it became clear tliat the specimen belonged to the Lepto- meduse. Gonomeandrus is distinguished from Polyorchis by its possessing transversely-folded gonadial lamella in place of pendent filaments, and in having narrow branching secondary canals in place of broad diverticula or simple branches given off from the radial canals. It is worthy of note that one species of Polyorchis possesses arudimentary gastric peduncle. In the figure of the specimen of Polyorchis penicillata, A. Agassiz, given by Fewkes (2. p- 094, pl. xxii. fig. 3), this organ is shown with gonads dependent from it. Fewkes writes :—‘‘'The ovaries hang from the upper portion of the manubrium from a gelatinous elevation or extension of the bell which bears the proboscis.” He here considers the presence of ocelli and absence of otocysts of more importance than the position of the gonads, and places the genus in the Anthomeduse. TRACHOMEDUS&. Gontonemus Agassizit, Murbach and Shearer (8. p. 185, pl. xxi. figs. 1, 2,3). (Pl. XX XIII. figs. 5, 6.) There are six specimens in varying stages of growth, from Naba Bay. The specimens become relatively much flatter as they increase in size, the smallest being 5x5 millim, in breadth and height and the largest 21x9 millim. (The _ some Meduse from Japan. 619 tentacles, which vary in number from fifty-two to eighty, proceed from the margin at different angles, the direction of the older proceeding in a direction more backwards and upwards tl.an the younger; the radial and interradial tentacles pass through well-marked peronial grooves, rooted over by peronia with closely apposed edges; in the younger tentacles the edges of the peronia do not meet, and in the youngest are not formed at all. In the Japanese specimens there are more otocysts than tentacles. In one quadrant of the margin I counted thirty otocysts te twenty tentacles. In their description (/oc. cit.) of G. Agassizii, Murbach and Shearer state that there are not so many otocysts as tentacles, but that there exists no definite regularity. In the twenty intervals between the tentacles of a quadrant I counted the number of otocysts as follows—2122112121212213 10 2 1—~. e. 30 in all, mostly alternating as 2 and 1. Of the four known species of Gonionemus one, viz. G. Muibachii, Mayer, is found in the Atlantic (at Woods Holl, Mass.), the other three in the Pacific, G. vertens, A. Agassiz, occurring off British Columbia, G. Agassizii, Murbach and Shearer, off the Aleutian Islands and in the Inland Sea, and G. suvaensis, Agassiz and Mayer, off the Fiji Islands. DISCOMEDUS4. Aurelia aurita, Linn., var. japonica, Kishinouye. Aurelia japonica, Kishinouye (4. pp. 289-291, pl. vii.). Mr. Gordon Smith’s collection contains one specimen of this form, well-preserved, excepting that the arms have been damaged. I was unable to obtain the volume of the Zool. Mag., Tokyo, containing Kishinouye’s description of Aurelia japonica, and learned that it was out of print; but Prof. Ijima was so extremely kind as to send me written extracts giving the descriptions of this and other species of Meduse described in the first six volumes. Kishinouye’s description runs as follows :— “Species Diagnosis: Umbrella flat, a little vaulted, 4-5 times as broad as high. Hight velar flaps of the umbrella- margin not protruding; divided by slight stallow incisions only, Mouth-arms a little shorter than the radius of the umbrella ; their margins much curled and their proximal halves with broad and strongly folded lobes. Umbrella radius four times the radius of the gonads. At every genital bay 3-5 canal- roots. Sixteen dendritically branching canals form a few meshes only. 620 On some Meduse from Japan. “Colour: Transparent and white, the gonads only are slightly rose-coloured. “ Size: Diameter of the umbrella 150 millim. Height 30- 35 millim.” The present specimen is 105 millim. broad and 30 millim. thick ; the arrangement of its gastrovascular canals is exactly similar to that of the normal typical A. aurita found in the Atlantic ; three canals proceed from each genital sinus, viz. a trichotomously branched interradial and two simple adradial, the three secondary branches of the interradial originating from a common point on the edge of the sinus; possibly a variation in the breadth of the common centre of origin of these branches leads Kishinouye to give 3-5 as the number of canals origi- nating from the edge of the sinus. The orifices of the subgenital pits are oval, and 5 x 4 millim. in diameter ; the cavities to which they lead stand out more clearly than in the typical A. aurita. In having broad and folded lobes on the proximal halves of the mouth-arms, var. japonica differs from the typical A.aurita, but therein resembles A. aurita, var. cruciata, Haeckel, the typical form being “nicht gelappt,” and the var. cruciata “oelappt” (3. pp. 553, 644). The radius of the umbrella is three times that of the gonads. If, as Vanhdéffen (10. p. 43) and Maas (6. p. 26) assume, Aurelia colpota, Brandt, is only a variety of Aurelia aurita, then the distribution of Aurelia aurita extends over the Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific Oceans. Nine species of Aurelia are described in Haeckel’s ‘ System,’ viz. A. aurita, Linn.; cruciata, Haeckel; colpota, Brandt ; flavidula, Péron and Lesueur; marginalis, L. Agassiz ; hyalina, Brandt; labéata, Chamisso and Hysenhardt; clausa, Lesson; and limbata, Brandt. The following five have since been described :-— A. dubia, Vanhoffen (9. p. 20). Persian Gulf. A. habanensis, Mayer (7. p. 69, pl. xxiv. figs. 3, 4; pl. xxvi. fig. 86). Tortugas and Havana. A. japonica, Kishinouye (4. pp. 289-291, pl. vii.). Inland Sea, Japan. A. vitiana, Agassiz and Mayer (1. p. 171, pl. x. fig. 35). Fiji Islands. A, cerulea, Lendenfeld (5. p. 280). Port Jackson, N.S.W. Of these five, A. vitiana is, according to Maas (6. p. 26), synonymous with Aurelia aurita, var. colpota, Brandt. A. dubia, habanensis, and japonica may also be regarded as varieties of Aurelia aurita. A. ewrulea belongs to Haeckel’s subgenus Aureclissa, including A. limbata, labiata, and clausa. On new South-American Fishes. 621 Literature. (1) Acassiz and Mayrr.— Acalephs from the Fiji Islands.” Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool Harvard, vel. xxxii. (1899). (2) Fewxrs. W.—“ On a few Californian Meduse.” American Natu- ralist, vol. xxill. (1889). (3) Harcrer, E.—‘ Das System der Medusen.’? Jena, 1879. (4) KisnHinovyr.—‘ Zoological Magazine, Tokyo, vol. lil. no. 33. (189i). (5) Lenprenrrip, R.—“ The Scyphomeduse of the Southern Ilemi- sphere. Part III.” Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. ix. (1884). (6) Maas, O.—“Die Seypomedusen der Siboga Expedition.” Siboga Exp. livraison x. (1903). (7) Mayrer, A. G.—‘‘ Meduse from the Tortugas, Florida.” Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoo]. Harvard, vol. xxxvii. (1900). (8) Mursacu, I, and C. SHrarrr.—‘ On Meduse from the Coast of British Columbia and Alaska.’ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. vol. ii. (October 1903). (9) VanHorrEen, E.—‘ Untersuchungen tiber semaeostome und rhizo- stome Medusen.” Bibl. Zoolog. Cassel, Bd. i. Heft 3 (1887). . “Die acraspeden Medusen der deutsche ‘Tiefsee Expediticn - 1898-9.” Ergeb. deutsche Tiefsee Exp. Bd. iii. (1902). EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII. Fig. 1. Gonomeandrus chrysostephanus. Nat. size. wg. 2. The same, laid open. a, stomach; 6, peduncle; c, gonads on proximal portion of radial canals; ¢’, roots of four radial canals proceeding from base of stomach; ¢”, a prolongation of peduncle; e", gonadial filament or diverticulum; d, branched portion of radial canal; e, circular caval; f,a main centripetal circular canal; g, velum; A, tips of marginal lobes showing below velum. Fig. 5. Diagrammatic transverse section at base of stomach. a, base of stomach ; 4, four radial canals ; ¢, lobes of peduncle. Fig. 4. Roots of tentacles opening into a, the circular canal. One tentacle showing distal portion with nematocyst warts, x 10 diameters. Fig. 5. Gonionemus Agassizi, Murbach and Shearer, edge of umbrella. a, edges of peronia ; 6, bulbs rich in large nematocysts, at base of each tentacle; c¢, otocyst. Fig. 6. Otocyst of G. Agassizii. x 325. a, otolith in centre of stalked auditory club and surrounded by partly columnar, partly rounded, endoderm cells ; 4, auditory hairs. (10) LXIV.—Deseriptions of new South-American Fishes in the Collection of the British Museum. By C. Vate Ruan, yA Pristigaster ( Opisthopterus) effulgens. Depth of body 37? times in the total length, length of head 5 times. Diameter of eye 34 times in the length of head and twice the interorbital width. Snout shorter than diameter of 622 Mr. C. T. Regan on eye. Maxillary more than half the length of head. Sc. 56/13. D.11. A. 65. Distance from origin of dorsal to base of caudal 12 times in that from tip of snout to origin of dorsal. Pectoral longer than the head. Dark above, silvery on sides and below. Total length 226 mm. A single specimen from the Rio Vaqueria, N.W. Ecuador. This species is distinguished from P. Dovit, Gthr., its nearest ally, by the larger mouth and more numerous anal rays. Ophichthys (Pisodontophis) brevimanus. Depth of body about 21 times in the total length, length of lead about 8} times. Anal opening equidistant from tip of snout and posterior end of body. Diameter of eye 16 times in the length of head and 22 times in the length of snout, which is 12 times the distance from eye to posterior angle of mouth. aie eeth granular. Dorsal commencing above tip of pectoral, which is “short, its length 95 times in that of the head. Dark bluish grey above, lighter below ; numerous dark spots on the head; dorsal dark, with a narrow light margin; anal light. ‘Total length 630 mm. A single specimen from the Rio Vaqueria, near La Tola, N.W. Devedon. Piabucina astrigata. Depth of body 43-5 times in the total length, length of head about 43 times. Snout as long as the eye, the diameter of which is 43-53 times in the length of head, interorbital width 24-23 times. Maxillary extending to below middle of even mandibular rami well separated, the interspace some- what narrowed anteriorly, but not tapering to a point. Sc. 28-29/8. D. IL 8, its origin nearly equidistant from thie posterior edge of the postorbitals and the base of caudal. A.J19. Pectoral 2-2 the length of head. Ventrals ex- tending a little more than half the distance from their base to the origin of anal (in the aduit) or nearly 2 of that distance (in the young). Caudal bilobed. Caudal pedunele 12-1} times as long as deep. Olivaceous above, lighter below. A dark spot on the base of caudal. In the young a series of large dark spots along the middle of the side, most conspicuous posteriorly. Total length 185 millim. Five specimens from St. Javier, Paramba and the Rio Sapayo, N.W. lcuador. new South-American Fishes. 623 Piabucina pleurotenia. Depth of body 42-54 times in the total length, length of head 43-42 times. Snout as long as or longer than the eye, the diameter of which is 42-6 times in the length of head, interorbital width 23-22? times. Maxillary extending to below anterior 4 of eye ; mandibular rami well separated, the interspace somewhat narrowed anteriorly, but not tapering to a point. Sc. 30-32/8. D. II 8, its origin nearly equidistant from middle of eye and base of caudal. A II 9. Pectoral 3-g the length of head. Ventrals extending less than 3 the distance from their base to the origin of anal (in the adult) or 2 of that distance (in the young). Caudal bilobed. Candal peduncle 11-14 times as long as deep. A dark longitudinal stripe along the middle of the side, ending in a dark spot on the base of caudal. Total length 160 mm. Six specimens from Merida, Venezuela, 1600 metres, collected by Sr. Briceiio. This species differs from the preceding in the smaller eye, different position of the dorsal, coloration, &c. Both are distinguished from P. undteniata, Gthr., and P. elongata, Bler., by the broader interspace between the mandibular rami, aud from P. erythrinoides, C. & V., by the fewer scales. Trichomycterus vittatus. Length of head 63 times in the total length. Head as broad as long. Diameter of eye 2} times in the interocular width, which is 3} times in the length of head. Snout slightly shorter than the postorbital part of head. Barbels equal to # the length of head. Dorsal with 6 branched rays, originating in advance of the anal opening, the distance from its point of origin to the caudal 1} times in the distance from the former to the tip of snout. Anal with 4 branched rays, originating slightly behind the vertical from the last dorsal ray, the distance from the base of its last ray to the caudal 44 times in the total length. Longest branched ray of pectoral 2 the length of the simple outer ray, which is as long as the fe Ventrals extending # of the distance from their base to the origin of anal. Caudal truncate. Head and body with dark spots; a dark longitudinal stripe along the middle of the side. Total length 78 mm. One specimen from the Marcapata Valley, E. Peru, collected by Mr. Ockenden. Allied to 1. Knert, Stdr., which has the head longer than broad and the caudal emarginate. 624 Mr. C. T. Regan on ee Trichomycterus retropinnis. Length of head 54 times in the total length. Head as broad as long. Diameter of eye about 4 times in the inter- ocular width, which is 33 times in the length of head. Snout as long as the postorbital part of head. Barbels equal to about # the length of head. Dorsal with 6 branched rays, originating above or slightly behind the anal opening, the distance from its point of origin to the caudal 22 times in the distance from the former to the tip of the snout. Anal with 4 branched rays, originating below the anterior third of the dorsal, the distance from the base of its last ray to the caudal 52 times in the total length. Longest branched ray of the pectoral 2 the length of the simple outer ray, which is equal to % the length of head. Ventrals not quite reaching the anal opening. Caudal truncate-rounded. Brownish, with an indistinct darker stripe along the middle of the side and traces of some dark spots. Total length 80 mm. Two specimens from St. Augustin, Andes of Colombia, 5000 feet, collected by Capt. Dowding. A third specimen, 30 mm. in total length, which I have purposely excluded from the above diagnosis, has a well- marked broad longitudinal stripe on each side. In it the ~ longest branched ray of the pectoral is % the length of the outer simple ray, and the distance from the origin of the dorsal to the caudal is 24 times in the distance from the former to the tip of the snout. Allied to JT. nigromaculatus, Blgr., and T. amazonicus, Stdr.; in the position of the dorsal fin intermediate between the two. Trichomycterus meridc. Length of head 6-7 times in the total length. Head as long as, or longer than, broad. Diameter of eye about 3 times in the interocular width, which is about 3 times in the length of head. Snout considerably shorter than the postorbital part of head, scarcely longer than the interocular width. Barbels as long, or nearly as long as the head. Dorsal with 6 or 7 branched rays, originating a little in advance of the anal opening, the distance from its point of origin to the caudal 12-14 times in the distance from the former to the tip of the snout. Anal with 4 or 5 branched rays, originating below the last 2 or 3 rays of the dorsal, the distance from the base of its last ray to the caudal 42-5 times in the total length. Longest branched ray of the pectoral 3 the length of new South- American Fishes. 625 the simple outer ray, which is 14 times as long as the head. Ventrals extending to the anal opening. Caudal truncate. Head and body with rather large dark spots; dorsal and caudal dusky. Total length 125 mm. Hight specimens from Merida, Venezuela, and from the Rio Albireggas, above Merida, altitude 3500 metres, collected by Sr. S. Bricefio. Allied to 1. brasiliensis, Ltkn., but with a shorter head and more elongate body, Pimelodus (Pimelodella) teeniophorus. Depth of body 54 times in the total leneth, length of head Al times. Head 14 times as long as broad. Diameter of eye 34 times in the length of head, interorbital width 4 times. Snout equal in length to the postorbital part of head. Max- illary barbel extending to base of caudal, postmental barbel to extremity of pectoral. D.16, the spine slender, its length 14 times in that of the head. Length of adipose fin about 24 times in the total length. A. III 8. Pectoral spine extending to below the third or fourth branched ray of the dorsal, stout, with about 12 teeth on its inner edge, the longest equal in length to about # the breadth of the spine. Ventrals originating below the last dorsal ray, extending 2—3 of the distance from their base to the anal. Caudal forked, the inner rays 4 the length of the outer. A well-developed black lateral stripe extending from the snout, through the eye, to the base of caudal. Total length 85 mm. ‘T'wo specimens from Descalvados, Matto Grosso, collected by Dr. Ternetz, referred by Boulenger to P. lateristriga in his account of the Ternetz collection. This species is allied to P. vittatus, Ltkn., but differs in having much longer barbels, longer adipose fin, and longer pectoral spine. Pimelodus (Pimelodella) griseus. Depth of body 5 times in the total length, length of head 4} times. Head 13 times as long as broad. Diameter of eye 4 times in the length of head and equal to the interorbital width. Snout equal in length to the postorbital part of head. Maxillary barbel extending to extremity of ventral, post- mental barbel to middle of pectoral. D. 1 6, the spine mode- rately stout, nearly smooth, its length 13-13 times in that of the head; longest branched ray nearly as long as the head. Length of adipose fin nearly 4 times in the total length, 626 Mr. C. T. Regan on A. III 8-9. Pectoral spine extending to below the first branched ray of the dorsal, stout, with 12-16 strong teeth on its inner edge, the longest nearly equal in length to the breadth of the spine. Ventrals originating behind the vertical from the last dorsal ray, extending # of the distance from their base to the anal. Caudal forked, the upper lobe pointed, a little longer than the lower, which is rounded. Inner caudal rays half as long as the outer. Greyish; a narrow dark stripe along the middle of the side of the body; a dark streak on the membrane in front of each dorsal ray. Total length 140 mm. Three specimens from the Durango, Sapayo and Vaqueria Rivers, N.W. Ecuador. This species is distinguished from P. lateristriga, Mull. & Trosch., by the longer head, shorter and stouter dorsal spine, -and less deeply forked caudal. Haplochilus peruanus. Depth of body about 5 times in the total length, length of head 4 times. Snout a little shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 33-32 times in the length of head, interorbital width twice. Sc. 45/14. D. 9-10. A. 13-15. Distance from origin of dorsal to base of caudal about 22 times in that from origin of dorsal to tip of snout. Pectoral nearly 2? the length of head, extending 4 the distance from its base to the origin of anal. Ventrals not or scarcely reaching anal opening. Brownish, with small dark spots on the vertical fins. Total length 55 mm. ‘Two specimens from Perim, Peru, 800 metres, collected by the late Mr. P. O. Simons. Belone fluviatilis. Length of head about 22 times in the total leneth. Dia- meter of eye 3-34 times in the length of postorbital part of head and equal to the interorbital width. Snout twice as Jong as the rest of head. Lower part of maxillary exposed for its whole length. D. 15-16, the anterior rays elevated, the posterior short, subequal in length. A. 17-18, com- mencing a little in advance of the dorsal, its longest rays a little longer than those of the dorsal and equal to the length of pectoral, which is 43-5 times in the length of head. Origin of ventrals nearly equidistant from posterior part of eye and base of caudal. Caudal slightly emarginate. Caudal new South-Americin Fishes. 627 peduncle subcylindrical, neither distinctly compressed nor depressed, without keel. 180-200 scales in front of the dorsal. A silvery lateral stripe, becoming broader posteriorly; a more or less distinct dark spot above the base of pectoral. Total length 450 mm. Three specimens from the rivers of N.W. Ecuador. This species appears to be nearest to B. scapularis, Jord. & Gilb., from which it is distinguished by tne longer head, smaller eye, and more numerous scales. Centropomus atridorsalis. Depth of body 34 times in the total length, length of head 22 times. Diameter of eye 5 times in the length of head, interorbital width 64 times. Length of snout 11 times the diameter of eye. Maxiilary extending to below middle of eve, the breadth of its distal extremity equal to $ the diameter of eye. Przeorbital with 5-7 serre. Anterior ridge of preoperculum with 2 spines, posterior margin serrated, with 2 or 3 spines at the angle. 13 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch, the longest equal to 3 the diameter ofeye. Sc.525. D. VIII, I 10, the third and fourth spines the longest, equal to 4 the length of head. A. III 7, the length of the third spine 12 times in that of the second, which is equal to $ the length of head and, when laid back, extends beyond the base of caudal. Pectorals and ventrals extending to the level of the anal opening. Inner caudal rays half as long as the outer. Lateral line blackish. Membrane of dorsal and caudal fins and that between the second and third spines of the anal blackish ; fins otherwise pale. Total length 160 mm. One specimen from the Rio Vaqueria, near La Tola, N.W. Ecuador. This species is readily distinguishable from others with a blackish lateral line by the great length of the second anal spine. Corvina Crawfordi. Depth of body equal to the length of head, 32 times in the total length. Snout 17 times as long as the diameter of eye, which is 53 times in the length of head; interorbital width 3} times. Depth of the preeorbital slightly greater than the diameter of eye. Maxillary extending slightly beyond the vertical from the anterior margin of the eye, its length 23 times in thatof the head. Jaws with bands of small, pointed 623 Mr. C. T. Regan on teeth, those of the outer series of the upper jaw enlarged; no canines. Posterior border of preoperculum dentated, the angle with two fairly strong spines, the lower pointing down- wards. Gill-rakers equal in length to 4 the diameter of eye, 16 on the lower part of the anterior arch. D. X, I 28, the third and fourth spines the longest, equal to 3 the length of head. A.II 8, originating below the thirteenth branched ray of the dorsal, the second spine stout, equal to 4 the length of head. Pectoral pointed, equal to # the length of head. Ventral spine equal to $ the length of pectoral, the outer branched ray with a short terminal filament, extending nearly as far back as the pectoral. Caudal doubly truncate. Scales finely ciliated, arranged in vertical series both above and below the lateral line, 55 in a longitudinal series, 6 between the base of the first dorsal spine and the lateral line. Depth of caudal peduncle 22 times in the distance from the base of the last anal ray to the caudal. Olivaceous above, silvery on the sides and below; upper half of the body with brownish stripes, which posteriorly run horizontally along the middle of each series of scales and anteriorly curve downwards and run vertically. Membrane of the fins dusky. Total length 250 mm. : A single specimen, obtained at Montevideo by Mr. M. J. Nicoll during the voyage of the ‘ Valhalla,’ and presented to the British Museum by Lord Crawford. Acara sapayensis. Depth of body 22 times in the total length, length of head 25 times. Diameter of eye 3} times in the length of head, interorbital width 22 times, length of snout 2% times. Max- illary extending to the vertical from the anterior margin of eye; breadth of preeorbital equal to % the diameter of eye; cheek with 3 series of scales; 5 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. Sc. 26 %. LL. lat. 15-17+8-9. D. XV 10, the spines increasing in length to the last, which is equal to # the length of head; the soft tin pointed, the fourth and fifth rays longest, extending to beyond the middle of caudal. A. III 8, the first spine half the length of the second, the second ? the length of the third, which is equal to 2 the length of head. Pectorals and ventrals extending to the level of the origin of anal. Caudal truncate rounded. Length of caudal peduncle 14 times in its depth. Dark brown, with 6 obscure blackish cross-bands on the upper half of the body ; some small blue spots on the head; fins blackish. new South-American Fishes. 629 Total length 115 mm. One specimen from the Rio Sapayo, N.W. Ecuador. This species is allied to A. ceruleopunctata, Stdr., which has a smaller eye and shorter caudal peduncle. Gobius (Awaous) Guenthert. Gobius transandeanus (part.), Giinth. Cat. ii. p. 62 (1861). Depth of body 64 times in the total length, length of head 3 times. Breadth of head 1% times in its length, depth of head 2} times. Diameter of eye 64 times in the length of head, length of snout 2} times, length of maxillary twice. Maxillary extending to the vertical from the anterior margin of the eye. Osseous interorbital width 2-2 of the diameter of eye. Scales ciliated, 60-63 in a longitudinal series, 17-18 in an oblique series from the origin of the second dorsal back- wards to the anal, about 30 in front of the first dorsal. D. VI, 1 10, the spines of the first fin more or less produced, the second and third the longest; distance from origin of first dorsal to posterior margin of eye equal to the distance from that point to the tip of snout ; rays of the second dorsal subequal, half the length of head. A. I 10, the length of the rays 23-22 times in that of the head. Pectoral pointed, its length 12-13 times in that of the head. Ventrals extending 2 of the distance from their base to the origin of anal. Caudal rounded. Head and upper part of body spotted or marbled with dark brown; second dorsal with longitudinal, caudal with vertical dark lines; pectoral with a dark bar on the base of the upper rays; ventrals and anal blackish. Total length 140 mm. Two specimens from Western Ecuador. It is here desired to restrict the name G‘. transandeanus to a species which differs from the above notably in the following features :—Length of head 3} times in the total length. Length of maxillary 2? times in that of the head, length of snout 22-22 times. Maxillary not reaching the vertical from the anterior margin of eye. 35-40 scales in front of the dorsal. Distance from origin of dorsal to posterior margin of eye 1} times the distance from that point to the tip of snout. Ventrals and anal pale. This diagnosis is based on four specimens from W. Ecuador, measuring up to 175 mm. in total length. G. Guenthert is closely allied to G. latus, O'Shaughnessy, which is distinguished by the fewer scales. This latter species is not a synonym of G. banana, C. & V., but is the one which American authors have identified with G. flavus, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xii. 41 630 Mr. R. Gurney on Scapholeberis aurita. UC. & V., without good reason, since G. flavus is described as having “la bouche fendue jusque sous l’arriére de J’ceil,” whereas in G’. latus the cleft of the mouth barely extends to below the middle of the eye. Moreover, it appears to me to be unjustifiable to place G. banana, C. & V., in the synonymy of G. tatasica, Lichtenstein. ‘The description of this latter species is entirely inadequate, but as it is said to come from Brazil it is more probably identical with G. latus than with G. banana, which has been recorded from the Antilles and from Central America. Chasmodes maculipinna. Depth of body 4 times in the total length, length of head 3} times. Snout concave, equal in length to the eye, the diameter of which is 4} times in the length of head. Inter- orbital space narrow, concave. Maxillary extending to below posterior $ of eye. D. XII 14, a notch between spinous and soft-rayed portions, the latter the higher, its longest rays equal to the postorbital part of head. A.18. Pectoral equal to 2 the length of head. Anterior part of dorsal with a large black spot, extending from the first to the fourth spine. Total length 63 mm. A single specimen from the Rio Durango, N.W. Hcuador. LXV.—Notes on Scapholeberis aurita (S. Fischer), a Clado- ceran new to Britain. By Ropert Gurney, B.A., Sutton Broad Laboratory. THE only species of the genus Scapholeberis hitherto recorded as British is S. mucronata (O. F. Miiller), but I have now to add S. aurita, which I have recently found in three localities in Norfolk. Considering the peculiar swimming habits of S. mucronata, as described by Mr. Scourfield *, it may be of interest to compare the two species in this respect, and also with regard to certain points in their structure. In both species the ventral margin of the shell-valves is flattened, but this area is proportionally larger in S. aurita and is bounded externally by a very prominent ridge and internally by the thickened edge of the valve. This thickening of the edge, which is quite conspicuous, is not continued thie * Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxy, pp. 1-19 (1894). Mr. R. Gurney on Scapholeberis aurita. 631 whole length of the valve, but near the anterior end is con- tinuous with an obliquely transverse ridge which joins the external ridge (fig. 1). There is thus marked off in front a Fig. 1. PEPE om ie SS Seaeeeeee more or less triangular area which is somewhat depressed and strongly reticulate. The remaining portion of the valves in S, aurita is not reticulate, but simply punctate. Seen from the side (fig. 2) the shell-margin ig almost straight, but with a prominent projection anteriorly corre- sponding to the point of union of the transverse and external longitudinal ridges. So far the two species are in essential agreement, but they differ strikingly in the armature of the flattened area. In S. mucronata this area is provided with a number of pecu- liarly arranged scales and modified sete (see Scourfield pl. ii. fig. 1), but nothing of the kind occurs in S. aurdta, Here the flattened area shows no sete whatever, and the setae which fringe the inner edge of the valves are quite simple and delicate. On the other hand, careful examination of the inner longitudinal thickening shows a series of small upwardly 41* 632 Mr. R. Gurney on Scapholeberis aurita. projecting teeth, indicated in fig. 1. There may be from five to eight of these teeth, the first (which is the largest) placed just at the junction of the transverse and inner longitudinal ridges, and the remainder along the latter to a point about halfway along the shell. They increase somewhat in size from before backwards. Fig. 2. Now it has been shown by Scourfield that it is by means of the modified sete of its flattened shell-margin that S. mucronata supports itself from the surface-film, and it might be supposed that S. aurita, lacking these sete#, would On new Bats from the Cameroons. 633 not have the same habit. It does indeed differ in some respects from its relative, being much less active in its move- ments, and also it does not always, as Lilljeborg * has already pointed out, swim upon its back. In fact its movements are somewhat aimless, and it seems likely that this is due to the almost total absence of the spinous posterior prolongations of the valve, which, like the spines of Decapod zoéas, may serve in S. mucronata as directive organs. But it has exactly the same habit of swimming on its back suspended by the surface-film. If it is examined in this position in the way recommended by Scourfield—namely, by brightly illuminating the surface of the water, and then focussing a lens upon the animal—it can be seen that where it touches the surtace there are two rows of minute breaks in the surface-film, between which the swimming-legs may be seen moving. ‘These breaks have the appearance of elevations, but it is very diffi- cult to distinguish an elevation from a depression when of such minuteness. I believe that these breaks are made by the small teeth upon the inner longitudinal ridge, and that they are actually depressions caused by these teeth piercing the surface-film. If that is so, we have an interesting case of the same end being attained by widely different structures. It would be very instructive to know whether in S. micro- cephala there is yet a third arrangement for the same purpose. These teeth appear also to be used by S. aurita for tempo- rary attachment to submerged objects, such as the sides of a glass vessel in which it is contained. One other point may be alluded to, namely, the colour. In all the specimens of S. aurita which I have seen the colour is more or less deep orange, though it varies greatly according to Lilljeborg, There is no localized distribution of the pigment about the ventral surface such as obtains in S. mucronata and has been explained as a protective modification. LXVI.— Three new Bats from the Cameroons, discovered by Mr. G. L. Bates. By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS. Nycteris arge, sp. n. Allied to N. thebatca, but with much smaller tragus. Size medium. General colour dark brownish above and below. Nose-leaf of normal structure, but unusually thickly * ‘Cladocera Suecie,’ 1900, p. 164. 634 Mr. O. Thomas on hairy. Ears of average size, the projecting lobule at their outer bases very strongly developed, inverted, deeply con- cave externally, convex internally. Tragus with its free portion, as in WN. thebatca, expanded above and convex on its inner margin, but the free portion itself is barely one third its size in the allied species, the distance from its inner base to its tip considerably less than the distance from the same point to the base of the outer margin. Upper incisors deeply bifid; second lower premolar nearly half the size of the first, in the tooth-row. Dimensions of the type (measured in spirit) :— Forearm 45 mm. Head and body 52; tail 48; lower leg and foot (s. u.) 32°5; head 21°5; ear 28; inner margin of tragus 2°5. Hab. Efulen, Cameroons. Type. Adult male. Collected by Mr. G. L. Bates. Two specimens. This WVycterts is readily distinguishable by the extremely small size of the free portion of the tragus, which is other- wise similar in shape to that of JV. thebaica. Miniopterus inflatus, sp. n. Colour of MW. scotinus. Size larger than in MW. Schreiberst. Fur of back about 4 mm. in length, its texture about as in MV. scotinus, not extending on to the interfemoral or wing- membranes except close to the sides below. Colour uniform dark ‘seal-brown”’ above, rather paler below. ars and membranes black. Skull markedly larger than in IZ. Schreibersi, therefore still more exceeding that of the similarly coloured ©. scotinus. Dimensions of the type :— Forearm 46 mm. “Head and body 65; tail 48; hind foot 7; ear 11” (CER ipen)r Skull: greatest length 16:7; basal length in middle line 12°3; front of incisors to back of m? 7:8. Hab. Efulen, Cameroons. Type. Adult skin (male). B.M. no. 3. 2.4.8. Collected 24th July, 1901, by Mr. G. L. Bates. This Miniopterus is at once distinguishable from JZ. Schrev- bersi by its dark colour and large head, and from J. scotinus and Md. Newtoni by its much larger size. Nyctinomus thersites, sp. n. A medium-sized species, with proportionally short limbs, united ears, separated premaxille, and very small lower check-teeth. new Bats from the Cameroons. 635 Body large as compared with the short forearms and legs. Muzzle short, upper lip distinctly furrowed. ars short, opaque, their tips broadly rounded; inner margins united at base ; anterior margin without minute horny points ; antitragus as high as long, with a deep notch behind it; keel thickened below, but not flattened externally. Tragus minute, almost linear; a separate, very distinct, external basal pro- jection developed halfway between its outer base and the inner side of the antitragus. Fur short, close, and velvety ; hairs of back barely 24 mm. long, tufts * of long hairs (about > inch in length) placed on each side of the rump ; fur con- fined to body throughout, except a narrow rim along each side below. Colour dark brownish chestnut, the glandular hairs behind the junction of the ears black. Penis projecting ~ but little from the surrounding flesh, without special scent- glands. Premaxille separated, but the opening between them small; anteorbital crests scarcely developed; sagittal crest low ; lambdoid crest strong, forming a prominent projection on each side of the middle line. Lower jaw unusually thick and heavy. Upper incisors thick, vertical, parallel, well separated. Anterior premolar small, but standing in the tooth-row, and separating the canine from the large premolar. Lower incisors four, bifid, overlapping. Lower premolars very abnormal in being subequal, the anterior scarcely shorter than the posterior. Molars unusually low-crowned, their vertical height considerably less than that of the thick mandibular ramus. Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-specimen) :— Forearm 41 mm. Head and body 75; tail 32; ear 17; tragus on inner edge 1:2; third finger, metacarpus 40, first phalanx 17, second phalanx 16; fifth finger, metacarpus 26, first pha- lanx 9, second phalanx 4; lower leg 15, lower leg and foot (s. u.) 23. Skull: greatest length 20; zygomatic breadth 12°5 ; front of canine to back of m? 7-3. Ilab. Efulen, Cameroons. Type. Old male. Collected by Mr. G. L. Bates. Three specimens. By Dobson’s synopsis this bat comes near V. pumilus, but may be readily distinguished from that species by its larger size and the many peculiarities, external and cranial, described above. * These tufts appear to occur in many species, though seldom so well developed as in the present animal, 636 On a new African Hesperid. LXVII.— Description of a new Species of African Hesperiine. By Hamitron H. Drucs, F.Z.S., F.H.S. Leucochitonea Hindet, sp. n. 3 —Upperside. Allied to L. levubu, Walleng., from which it differs on the fore wing by broader black apical and outer- marginal borders, containing differently placed white spots. The black apex extends irregularly almost to the wall of the cell. The second and third spots of the subapical series are shorter thanin Z.levubu, consequently this band hasan irregular appearance. The black outer margin extends broadly to the angle and contains one more white spot than is usual in I. levubu, viz. two in the space between the lower median nervule and the submedian nervure. The marginal row of white spots which in L. levubu is composed of spots of almost uniform size, is in L. Hinded much more irregular, the apical four being small, the next two large, whilst the remaining two near the angle are again small. The hind wing has the black margin slightly broader than in L. levubu. The abdomen is white, with a broad black central stripe, the cilia chequered, the coxe orange at the base, and the anal tuft black and white, as in L. levubu. Underside. Fore wing as above. Hind wing as above, but with the costal nervure black from its base to its apex and a black basal suffusion between the anal margin and the submedian nervure. Antenne black, whitish on underside of clubs. Legs black and white. Head black, with white spots. : 9 .—Differs from the male by having a thick anal tuft of yellowish hairs, as in L. levubu 9. Expanse as in L. levubu. Hab. Kitui, British East Africa (about 4000 feet) (CS. Z. Hinde). This species, which I have named after its captor, Mr. 8. L. Hinde, who took it in December 1900 (8 ¢, 1 2), is also allied to DL. amnerts, Rebel and Rogenhofer, described in Dr. Oscar Baumann’s ‘ Through Massailand to the Sources of the Nile,’ p. 838 (Berlin, 1894). LZ. amneris is described as being without the black veins of levubu, but with the black apical marking much broader and the ‘border spots” smaller and more rounded. It was captured in the Kiwaya Desert and at Umbugwe, which is south-west of Kilima-Njaro. Mr. Hinde presented his specimens to the University Museum, Oxford, where the types now remain. Plétz, in the ‘Journal of the Entomological Society of Stettin,’ 1885, p. 36, describes Sapeea lactea, but does not Bibliographical Notices. 637 compare it with any other species, and gives as locality “« Africa.” He states it is figured in his Hesp. t. 857, which has never been published, and is now lost. The description agrees, so far as it goes, with DL. levubu, and in the British Museum it is placed as a synonym of that species, with which I thoroughly agree. Dr. Holland does not mention it in his Revision of the African Hesperiidee (P. Z. S. 1896). Dr. Trimen (P. Z. 8. 1891) writes of specimens of L. levubu from South-west Africa as having the black on the margins and nervules more developed than those from more southern tracts. There is also a specimen in the Oxford Museum from the Loangwa Valley, Mushinga Mountains, British Central Africa, collected in August by Mr. C. H. Pemberton, and presented by Mr. C. V. A. Peel, which agrees exactly with the specimen in the same museum captured by the late F. Oates in Matabele Land in March, and referred to by West- wood in Oates’s ‘ Matabele Land’ (London, 1881, p. 335). Rebel and Rogenhofer give the expanse of ZL. amneris as 35 mm., while Plétz gives that of L. lactea as 19 mm. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. J. H. Fazre. Souvenirs Entomologiques (Huitiime Série): Etudes sur UInstinct et les Meurs des Insectes. 8vo. Paris, 1903. Pp. 379. Every.few years this indefatigable observer of insect-life enriches our entomological libraries with interesting information, at first hand, on the habits and metamorphoses of various insects; but it is only a short time since the first of his eight volumes was trans- lated into English under the auspices of Dr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Merrifield. We do not know if the series is to be continued in English, but the latest volume of the original shows no falling off either in the interest of the author’s observations, orin the vivacious and agreeable French sentimentality of the diction, which reminds us of Alphonse Karr, and which forms so great a contrast to the humorous style of some of our English writers on similar subjects —Mr. E. H. Aitken, for example. So does the difference in national character show itself even in the style of popular books on natural history. In his latest volume M. Fabre introduces us to Rose-Beetles ; the beetles which destroy peas and beans; Pentatomas and Masked Bugs; Aphides and their enemies; wild bees (Halictus); carrion- flies and beetles; wasps and Volucelle; and, finally, to various spiders whose nests are compared with those of the “ Mésange Penduline ” (Penduline Titmouse). There are some text-illustrations, chiefly representing eges, cocoons, and nests, many of very elegant form, among the most curious being the eggs of Pentatomide on p, 69. 638 Miscellaneous. Occasionally M. Fabre sees reason to question the observations of former writers. Thus he has been unable to confirm the statement that Pentatoma grisewm watches over its young like a hen over her chickens, or that the favourite prey of Reduvius personatus is the bed-bug ; nor does he regard the superficial resemblance between Volucella and a wasp as having anything to do with mimicry. The relation of Volucella to the wasp seems to be that of a simple scavenger. We have not space to quote M. Fabre’s observations, but one interesting point which he discusses, not for the first time, is the limitations of instinct. ‘This is illustrated in the case of the common wasp. When its nest is covered with a bell-glass, the enclosed wasps never dig a passage out, but remain cooped up till they die ; and though stragglers left outside will dig their way in, they are equally unable either to show their companions the way out or eyen to make their own escape. Index Animalium, 1758-1800. A Caroto Davis SHERBORN confectus. Cambridge University Press, 1902. “Tun objects of this work,” says the author, “are (a) to provide zoologists with a complete list of all the generic and specific names that have been applied by authors to animals since January the first 1758; (8) to give an exact date for each page quotation ; (c) to give a quotation for each reference sufficiently exact to be intelligible alike to the specialist and to the layman.” Although Mr. Sherborn has received help from many quarters, this has but lightened in some small degree a truly colossal task, which, indeed, the author scarcely hopes to finish in his lifetime. The value of this undertaking to zoologists cannot be easily estimated. A solid foundation has at last been laid on which to base a definite system of nomenclature, though, having regard to the wilfulness displayed in certain quarters, this seems almost too much to hope for! This first volume, in the matter of binding and printing, is in every respect worthy of the Cambridge University Press. It is a bulky book, embracing no less than 1195 pages. MISCELLANEOUS. On the Classification of the Thalassinidea. By L. A. Borrapaize, M.A. &c. ADDENDUM. On p. 540, to the list of genera of the Laomediide, add: MNaushonia. On p. 541, after the definition of the genus Jawea, add: Genus NavsontA, Kingsley, 1897. Definition: ‘ Laomediide which have on the maxillipeds of the first pair a lash to the exopodite and a podobranch, the first pair of legs stout and subchelate, the second pair very short and simple, and a well-developed, flat scale on the antenna.” Species : Type. WV. crangonoides, Kingsley, 1897. Bull. Essex Inst. xxvii. 639 INDEX to VOL. XII. ACANTHOJOPPA, new species of, 370, 565. Acara, new species of, 628. Achaius, characters of the new genus, 267. Achatina, new species of, 605, Aclis, new species of, 498. Acreea igola, new subspecies of, 325, Actzeopyramis, new species of, 305. Actinote, new species of, 22(). Adeorbis, new species of, 301. Aglaojoppa, new species of, 363, Akodon, new species of, 241. Alardus, characters of the new genus, 475. Alestes, new species of, 435, 594. nurse, note on, 37, Alga, on the relations between certain diatoms and the fission-products of a parasitic, 175. Algathia, new species of, 581. Allabenchelys, new species of, 439. Althanus, characters of the new genus, 420. Amblyjoppa, new species of, 268. Ammatophora, characters of the new genus, 88. Amphipoda obtained during the cruise of the ‘Oceana,’ on the, 228. Anadia, new species of, 430. Anagotus, new species of, 76. Ancylus, new species of, 606. Andrena, new species of, 442. Annelida, new, 137. Anthidium, new species of, 59. Anthophora, new species of, 454, Anthorhina, new species of, 457. Antropora, characters of the new genus, 87. Aphanus, new species of, 471. Aphela, new species of, 75. Apostolepis, new species of, 353, Arachnida, new, 505. Aranew, revision of the genera of the, 481. 451, Artemidorus, new species of, 252. Atelopus, new species of, 554. Attus, note on the genus, 489. Atys, new species of, 321. Augaptilus palumboi, description of the male of, 28, Augochlora confusa, note on, 442. Aurelia aurita, note on, 619. Austen, E. E., on Hippoboscidee in the British Museum, 255. Axiopsis, characters of the new genus, 538. Bachia, new species of, 432. Bacteria, on the origin of, by hetero- genesis, 381. Baracellus, characters of the new genus, 250. Barbus, new species of, 218, 487, 533 Bastian, Dr. H. C., on the develop- ment of Vaucheria resting-spores, 166; on the relations between certain diatoms and the fission- products of a parasitic alga, 175; on the origin of bacteria and their allies by heterogenesis, 581. Batrachia, new, 186, 215, 219, 552. Bell, Prof. F. J., on Echinoderms from Zanzibar, 244. Belone, new species of, 626. Bethune-Baker, G. T., on new Lyce- nid from W. Africa, 324. Bingham, Lt.-Col. C. T., on hyme- noptera from the Transvaal, 46. Blatta, new species of, 375. Blattidze, notes on, 273, 373. Bonhote, J. L., on a new species of Helictis, 592. Books, new :—The Fauna of British India, Hymenoptera, vol. ii., 190 ; Cooke’s Flora of the Presidency of Bombay, pts. 1. & ili., 286; Dyres- ser’s Manual of Palearctic Birds, 371; The Fauna and Flora of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipela- goes, pt. i. vol. 11.,372; Geological Survey of Canada, vol. xii., 466; 640 Fabre’s Souvenirs Entomolo- giques, 637; Sherborn’s Index Animalium, 1758-1800, 688. Borradaile, L. A., on the classification of the Thalassinidea, 534, 638. Boulenger, G. A., on new batrachians from Tonkin, 186; on batrachians and reptiles from Cape Colony, 215; on new fishes from the Vic- toria Nyanza, 218; on a new frog from Upper Burma and Siam, 219; on new snakes, 350; on the African species of Labeo, 355; on a new species of Clarias from British Central Africa, 362; on new lizards, 429; on new fishes from Southern Cameroon, 4365 ; on new species of Barbus, 532 ; on new batrachians, 552; on a new species of Alestes, 594. Brachyaulax, new species of, 249. Brachymena, new species of, 479. Brachyolus, new species of, 73. Brady, Dr. G. 8., on Ostracoda col- lected during the cruise of the ‘Oceana,’ 337. Broun, Capt. T., on new genera and species of New Zealand coleoptera, Buckman, 8. §., on two toarcian ammonites, 287. Bufo, new species of, 215, 552. Buliminus, new species of, 605. Calliactites, characters of the new subgenus, 540. Callianassa Stebbingi, definition of new specific name, 547, Callianassine, characters of the new subfamily, 544. Callicebus, definition of the new generic name, 456. Calliostoma, new species of, 296. Calliphara, new species of, 250. Callithea, new species of, 221. Callithrix, note on the generic name, 455. Calolampra Tepperi, definition of the new name, 275 Cambridge, F. Pickard-, revision of the genera of the Araneze, 481 ; on the occurrence of Gobius capito in Cornwall, 584. Cameron, P., on new genera and species of parasitic hymenoptera, 266, 363, 565. Campogramma, characters of the new genus, 350, INDEX. Cancellaria, new species of, 319. Canis thous, new subspecies of, 460. Cardita, new species of, 500. Caspipina, new species of, 580. Cecyropa, new species of, 72. Centropomus, new species of, 627. Ceratina, new species of, 201, 453. Cerithium, new species of, 300, Cheetognatha, on the distribution of mid-water, in the North Atlantic, 304, Charitojoppa, new species of, 573. Chiaglas, new species of, 578. Cale ite note on the genus, 28. Chlorochytrium, on the relations between certain diatoms and the fission-products of, 175. Chondrocyclus, new species of, 608. Clarias, new species of, 362, 488. Clathurella, new species of, 314. Cockerell, T. D. A., on new American hymenoptera, 200; on North- American bees and a new homo- pteron, 442. Ceelioxys penetratrix, description of the male of, 60. rufitarsus, new subspecies of ,452. Coleoptera, new, 69, 417, 563. Conepatus, new species of, 461. Copepoda obtained during the cruise of the ‘Oceana,’ on the, 1, Coptosoma, new species of, 248. Corvina, new species of, 627. Cribrilina, new species of, 102. Cribrilinidee, on the zocecium-build- ing in, 90. Crocisa, new species of, 611. Crustacea, new, 19, 227, 518. Cryptocecium, new species of, 95. Ctenomys Azare, note on, 243. Cyclostrema, new species of, 291. Cylichna, new species of, 320. Cythara, new species of, 519. Daphnella, new species of, 315. Dasiapis, characters of the new genus, 450, Dasychira, new species of, 198. Dasyprocta acouchy, new generic name for, 464. Deilemera sangira, definition of the new name, 195. Dendromys, new species of, 340. Jeudorix, new species of, 531. Diatoms, on the relations between certain, and the fission-products of a parasitic alga, 175. INDEX. Dimeetha, new species of, 571. Diopatra neopolitana, on an Alge- rian variety of, 128. Diplopods, on the morphology and systematics of certain Chilogna- thous, 515, Distant, W. L., on new genera and species of heteroptera, 248; Rhyn- chotal notes, 469. Doryporella, characters of the new genus, 106. Drillia, new species of, 311. Drilonereis, new species of, 161. Drototelus, characters of the new genus, 81, Druce, H., on new American and Australian lepidoptera, 220. Druce, H. H., on a new species of African Hesperiine, 636. Duryodana, characters of the new genus, 274. Eblisia, new species of, 422. Echinodermata of East Finmark, on the, 406; from Zanzibar, on, 244. Ectmetocara, new species of, 470. Eel, on a fossil, from the Scandi- navian chalk, 254. Kmarginula, new species of, 290. Enida, new species of, 294. Ennea, new species of, 596. Epitola, new species of, 329. Erato, new species of, 302. Erythrojoppa, new species of, 368. Eschara, note on the genus, 110. Escharella, note on the genus, 117. Ethalia, new species of, 500. Eualema, characters of the new genus, 89. Eucentrobolus, characters of the new genus, 528. Eucheeta, new species of, 19. Euchelus, new species of, 295. Eugubinus, characters of the new genus, 253. Eulima, new species of, 502. Eulimella, new species of, 303. Eunice, new species of, 137. Eunicide dredged by H.M.S. ‘ Por- cupine,’ on, 128; on Canadian, 149; on Norwegian, 164. Eupemphix, new species of, 552. Euproctis, new species of, 194, 222. Eupyrgus scaber, note on, 412. Euspondylus, new species of, 431, Eutanyacra, new species of, 576, Eutidium, characters of the new genus, 419, 641 Exocalopus, new species of, 71. Hylais, notes on Irish species of, 505 ; new species of, 507. Fauxulus, new species of, 605. Felania, new species of, 501. Felis, new species of, 235. Finmark, on the natural history of East, 87, 280, 406. Fishes, new, 39, 218, 345, 435, 533, 594, 621. Fluxina, new species of, 298. Fossarus, new species of, 301. Fundulus, new species of, 440, Gaétanus miles, note on specimens olnelie Galictis, new species of, 462. Gehyra, new species of, 429. Geological Society, proceedings of the, 192, 287. Gephyrochromis, remarks genus, 43. Gephyrotes, characters of the new genus, 100. Gnaphosa, note on the genus, 485, Gobius capito, on the occurrence of, in Cornwall, 584. Gonionemus Agassizii, 618. Gonomeandrus, characters of the new genus, 615. Gonopsis, new species of, 471. Ginther, R. T., on the distribution of mid-water Cheetognatha in the North Atlantic, 334. Gurney, G., on Scapholeberis aurita, 630. Habrojoppa, new species of, 570, Haddone!la, characters of the new genus, 557. Hadrojoppa, new species of, 272. Heematolecha, new species of, 476. Halbert, J. N., on Ivish species of Hylais, 505. Hapale, new species of, 240; note on the generic name, 435. Haplochilus, new species of, 440, 626. Harmeria, characters of the new genus, 107. Hedaia, new species of, 279. Helictis, new species of, 592. Hendersonula, characters of the new genus, 520. Herpestes, new species of, 465. Hesperiinze, new species of African, 636. Heterogenesis, on, 166, 175, 381. on the note on, 642 Heterolampra, characters of the new genus, 276. Heteroptera, new, 248, 469. Hippoboscidee, on the, in the British Museum, 255. Hister, new species of, 428, Histeride, new, 417. Holotrichius, new species of, 479. Homalaxis, new species of, 298. Homalocranium, new species of, 353, Homalopteryx Templetonii, defini- tion of the new name, 275. Homoptera, new, 453. Huttoniella, characters of the new genus, 518, Hybolasius, new species of, 82. Hylambates, new species of, 556. Hylodes, new species of, 552. Hymenoptera, new, 49, 200, 266, 363, 442, 565, 610. Hyperioides longipes, note on, 229, Tleanta, new species of, 574. Isidora, new species of, 606. Isocheeta, new species of, 26, Isopoda obtained during the cruise of the ‘Oceana,’ on the, 223. Kirby, W. F., notes on Blattide, 278, 373. Kirkpatrick, R., on some Medusze from Japan, 615. Kleinella, new species of, 320. Laheo, on the African species of, 355. Lachesis, new species of, 354. Lamprojoppa, new species of, 574. Laomediide, characters of the new family, 540. Larnacicus, characters of the new genus, 87. Lepidoptera, new, 198, 220, 234, 324, 636. Lepralia, note on the genus, 99. Leptothyra, new species of, 296. Lepus capensis, new subspecies of, 344, Leucochitonea, new species of, 636. Leucophzea, new species of, 378. Lewis, G., on new Histeridee, 417. Lialis, new species of, 430. Lichia, note on the genus, 348. Liophis, new species of, 351. Liotia, new species of, 295. Lipoptena cervi, note on, 260. Lonchophylla, characters of the new genus, 458. Lonuberg, Dr. E., on fishes from the Cameroon, 37. Luubriconereis, new species of, 146, INDEX. Lyczenesthes, new species of, 332. Lycosa, note on the genus, 483. Lygosoma, new species of, 433. Lymantria, new species of, 198. Mabuia, new species of, 433. M‘Intosh, Prof., on Kunicide dredged by H.MLS. ‘Porcupine,’ 128; on Canadian Kunicidee, 149 ; on Nor- wegian Eunicide, 164. Macristium, characters of the new genus, 545. Macropes, new species of, 251. Mammals, new, 188, 339, 457, 465, 501, 592, 633. Mangilia, new species of, 313. Marginella, new species of, 309. Martinella, characters of the new subgenus, 450. Mastacembelus, new species of, 218. Mathilda, new species of, 321. Medusee, on Japanese, 615. Megachile, new species of, 58. Melanotelus, new species of, 251, Melanozosteria, new species of, 373. Melissodes, new species of, 447, Melvill, J. C., on new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf &c., 289; on new South African mollusca, 595. Memes, characters of the genus, 78. Meriones, new species of, 189. Methana, new species of, 374. Metridia venusta and _ princeps, descriptions of the males of, 24. Metrocoris, new species of, 472. Metula, vew species of, 307. Micromata, note on the genus, 486, Micropentila, new species of, 527. Microporella, new species of, 105. Miniopterus, new species of, 654, Minolia, new species of, 499. Miodon, new species of, 554. Mitra, new species of, 508. Mollusca, new, 289, 496, 595. Molytria, new species of, 274. Mongoliulus, characters of the new genus, 022. Morice, F. D., on new hymenoptera from Egypt, 610, Mormula, new species of, 304. Munnopsis, new species of, 227. Murex, new species of, 808, 496, Mus, new species of, 188. hypoxanthus, on the subspecies of, 342. Myiophanes, new species of, 253, new INDEX. Myoprocta, definition of the new generic name, 464, Myriotrochus Rinkii, note on, 415. Nannocharax, new species of, 437, Nassa, new species of, 306. Naupheeta, new species of, 378. Neaxius, characters of the new sub- genus, 537. Neodius, new species of, 469. Nerita, new species of, 498. Ninoe Kinbergi, note on, 143, 159. Nomada, new species of, 208, 444, Nomia, new species of, 51, 610. Norman, Canon A. M., on the natural history of East Finmark, 87, 280, 406, Notodoma, new species of, 425, Nycteris, new species of, 633. Nyctinomus, new species of, 501, 634, Odynerus, new species of, 613, Olfersia, remarks on species of, 264. Omphalius, new species of, 499. Oncometopia undata, new subspecies of, 453. Onuphis, remarks on species of, 133, 149. Onus, new species of, 346. Opeas, new species of, 604. Ophichthys, new species of, 622. Ophryophryne, characters of the new genus, 186. Opisthotropis, new species of, 350. Orectoscelis, characters of the new genus, 426. Ornithoica, notes on species of, 263. Ornithomyia, remarks on the genus, 261. Orphinium, characters of the new genus, 419, Orthoptera, new, 273, 373. Orygia, new species of, 194. Oryzomys, new species of, 240. Ostracoda collected during the cruise of the ‘Oceana,’ list of the, 337. Papilio, new species of, 221. Pectunculus, new species of, 501. Pelmatochromis, new species of, 59, 44], Pelmatosilpha, new species of, 375. Pentadactylus, new species of, 496. Pentila, new species of, 325. Pericallia, new species of, 193. Peristernia, new species of, 308. Petalosoma, characters of the new genus, 418, Petersius, new species of, 436. 643 Petrodromus, new species of, 339. Phatnoma, note on the genus, 474. Philia, new species of, 249. Phractura, new species of, 439. Phragmantobia, new species of, 222. Phyllopus bidentatus, description of the male of, 29. Physa, new species of, 606. Phytala, new species of, 328, Piabucina, new species of, 622. Pimelodus, new species of, 625, Planorbis, new species of, 607. Plastica, characters of the genus, 563. Pleurotoma, new species of, 310. Pocock, R. I., on the morphology and systematics of certain Chilo- gnathous Diplopods, 515. Pcecilopholis, characters of the new genus, 352. ene of East Finmark, on the, 280. Polydesma, new species of, 199. Polyzoa of East Finmark, on the, 87. Ponsonby, J. H., on new 8. African mollusea, 595. Porella, new species of, 114. Porizon, new species of, 200. Pristigaster, new species of, 621. Prosopis, new species of, 49. Prosoplecta, new species of, 379. Prosoplismus, on the generic name, 288. Pseudomops Walkeri, definition of the new name, 273. Pseudophoraspis, characters of the new genus, 275. Pydna, new species of, 199. Rajacoa, new species of, 194. Rana, new species of, 187, 219, 555. Regan, C. T., on fishes from the Azores, 344; on the genus Lichia, Pe on new 8. American fishes, Reptiles, new, 216, 350, 429. Retusa, new species of, 321. Rhabdoblatta, characters of the rew genus, 276. Rhacophorus, new species of, 188. Rhagovelia, new species of, 472. Rhynchium, new species of, 612. Rhyparobia, new species of, 377, Riissoina, new species of, 302. Saprinus, new species of, 428, pangel, characters of the new genus, 77, new 644 Scala, new species of, 305. Scalaria, new species of, 497. Scapholeberis aurita, 630. Scissurella, new species of, 300. Sciurus, new species of, 463. Scolecithrix, new species of, 21. Sepontia, new species of, 474. Setanta, new species of, 577. Simotes, new species, of, 351. Siphonotus, new species of, 531. Smittina, definition of the new generic name, 120. Solariella, new species of, 295. Solarium, new species of, 297, 322. Sollas, Miss I., on Haddonella Topsenti, 557. Sowerby, G. B., on new Japanese mollusca, 496. Sparassus, note on the genus, 492. Sponge, new, 557. Standen, R., on new Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf &c., 289. Stephanorhynchus, new species of, 80 Sterrha, new species of, 199. Stizus, new species of, 614. Swinhoe, Col. C., on new Eastern moths, 193. Syrnola, new species of, 304. Syrphetodes, new species of, 69. Techmessa, new species of, 70. Tellina, new species of, 500. Terebra, new species of, 310. Testudo, new species of, 216. Thalassinidea, on the classification of the, 534, 638. Thelyphassa, new species of, 70. Thomas, O., on new Muride from Smyrna, 188; on new neotropical mammals, 234; on new African mammals, 3839; notes on S. American monkeys, bats, carni- vores, and rodents, 455; on a new mungoose from Namaqualand, 465; on new species of Nycti- nomus, 501; on three new bats, 633. INDEX. Thomisus, note on the genus, 491. Thompson, I. C., on the Copepoda obtained during the cruise of the ‘Oceana,’ 1. Thysanoblatta, characters of the new genus, 380. Tilapia, new species of, 42. Tomes, R. F., on a species of Heter- astreea from Gloucestershire, 192. Trachycystis, new species of, 602. Tretanorhinus, new species of, 350. Tribelocephala, new species of, 473, 475. Trichomycterus, 623. Triforis, new species of, 498. Tritonidea, new species of, 306. Tropidophora, new species of, 608. Typhlosaurus, new species of, 454. Ulesta, characters of the new genus, 582. Upogebiine, characters of the new subfamily, 542. Urenchelys limhamnensis, a fossil eel, note on, 254. Vaucheria resting-spores, on some points in connexion with the development of, 166. Waite, E. R., on a matter of nomen- clature, 288. Walker, A. O., on the Isopoda and Amphipoda obtained during the cruise of the ‘ Oceana,’ 223. Waterhouse, C. O., on a new genus of heteromerous coleoptera, 563. Woodward, Dr. A. S., on a fossil eel from the Scandinavian chalk, 254. Xanthocalanus, new species of, 22. Xanthojoppa, new species of, 367. Xenoglossodes, new species of, 448. Xenojoppa, new species of, 569. Xerostygnus, characters of the new genus, 79. Xestojoppa, new species of, 568. Zonitoides, new species of, 601. new species of, END OF THE TWELFTH VOLUME. PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLHET STREET, - WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. Monthly. 'Qs. 6d. The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s, 6d, a The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. ls, _ Aelfric Society’s Publications. 15 parts. 37s. 6d. _ A€ronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s. _ Ajitchison’s Catalogue of Plants of the Punjab and Sindh. 10s. net. _ Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 30s., Vol, I. lis. ' SBaird’s Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d. _ Belville’s Manual for Thermometer. 1s. _Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. ls, _ Chimmo’s Natural History of Euplectella aspergillum. 4s. _ Cooke’s Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Part I. 8s., Part I. 9s., . Part III. 10s. Cunningham’s Binary Canon, 15s, Daubeny on Volcanos. 21s. Davis's Crania Britannica, £6 10s. Thesaurus Craniorum, 20s, - Denning’s Great Meteoric Shower of November. ls. -Denning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s. Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 10s. 6d. English Poetry in use at Charterhouse School, 3s. 6d. Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and Surgeons. 6d. Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d. Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. lds. Fauna of British India. Edited by W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S, : Mammalia. 20s.— Fishes. 2 vols. 20s. each.— Birds. Vol. I. 20s. Vols. II., IIL, and IV. 15s. each.—Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.— Moths, 4 vols, 20s. each.— Hymenoptera. Vol. I.: Wasps anbD Bers, 20s. Vol. Il.: Anrs anp Cuckoo-Wasps. 20s,— Arachnida. 10s.— Rhynchota. Vol. I.: HprHRoPTHRA. 20s. Geological Record. 1874-1884. 8vols. 20s. net. _ Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, Is. 6d. _ Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d, ' Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each. Hopkins’s Geology and Terrestrial Magnetism. 8yo. Cloth. 16s, Ditto. Illustrated Introduction to. 8vo. Cloth. 4s, Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. I. 20s. Vol. II. 12s. - Kelvin’s (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea, 10s.6d. Forms for ditto. Sun,ls. Stars, ls. Kennedy, C. A few Chaptersin Astronomy. 2nded. 3s. 6d. Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s. 6d. Lewis's Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera. 2s.6d.; on one side, 3s, 6d. London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s. Gd. ‘net. M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 2]s, Phillips’s Geology of Yorkshire. 2 vols. 30s. Physical Abstracts. Vols. 1lto 3. 17s. 6d. each. Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. I. Part I. 4s,, Part II. 7s. 6d., Part LI. 6s. Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s, Royal College of Surgeons : Calendar. ls, net. Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate Animals in Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s. net, Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s. net. Dermatological Collection. 38rded. 4s. net. Physiologica] Series. Vols. I. andII. 2nded. 12s. net each. Appendices 5, 6, 7,8,and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s. each. Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental Surgery. 6d. _ $harp’s Staphylinide of Japan, 33s. 6d, _ Taylor’s Scientific Memoirs. Ser. 1, £6 6s.; Ser. 2, £1 4s. e Univ. Coll, London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1 to 3,28, each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s, 6d, Univ. Coll, Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s, Gd. ie ‘Wheatstone’s Scientific Papers. 1és. Ww ollaston’s Notes on Lepidoptera of St. Helena. 33s. 6d. ee 4 RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, E.c, LVII. On some new Genera and Species of Parasitic © Hymeno ptera from the Khasia Hills, Assam. By P. Cameron . LYIII. On the Occurrence of Gobius capito, C. Ves at Cardgealeh -By FRepERick Se eee B.A., F.Z.8. ‘(Plate XXX Jee iy ment LIX. On a new Species of Helictis. _ ‘By J. Lewis Bonwore, M. Ale 592 at LX. Description of a new West-African Fish of the Genus Aleste By G. A. Bovrenecer, F.R.S. sits idol LX Descriptions of Thi tjane Terrestrial and Pluviatila Mottusea. ae ay from South Africa. By Jamzs Cosmo Metyiitt, M.A., iS. . a ph se Joun Hunry Ponsonsy, F.Z.8. (Plates XXXI. & XXXIL ie ‘LXIL New Pec uanier Aculeata taken by the Swedish oul Ky gical Expedition to Egypt and the White Nile in the Ponte of 190: By F.D. Morten, M.A., FLEAS. .......-.... cctoyecteer nie ores evienaas LXIII. Notes on some Medusze from Japan. By RB: ae Ky F.Z.8. (Plate XXXII. ) eeseeeete ee cee eee ee eee eee eee ee LXIV. Descriptions of new South-American Fishes j in ‘the 2 Cale We tion of the British Museum. By C. Tare Ruean, B.A. LXY. Notes on Scapholeberis aurita (8. Fischer), a Cladoceran new to Britain. By Roserr Gurvey, B.A., Sutton Broad ee Mr, G. q,. Bates. By Geserns THOMAS LXVII. Description ‘of a new Species of African Hesperiina, Hamitton H. Deuce, F.Z. Bs F.E.S. .. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. J. H. Fasre. Souvenirs Entomologiques (Huitiéme Série) + “Bindes sur l’Instinct et les Meeurs des Insectes P| a aes : Index Animalium, 1758-1800. A Carozo Davies Supnnons cons i fecbus 4c. % t/t aie atels MISCELLANEOUS. hee Ce On the Classification os the Thalassinidea. By L. A. Bonnaparna, se M.A. &e. . .. 638 *,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and aah YTS, Oe, Red Lion Court, Fleet hour London, Anw.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.7 VolXIL PLL. 4 / ane | 4, 7 i Mantern Bros ith. Anw, & Mag. Nat. Hist.S.7. Vol. XH. PUA. SS SS SS SSS S dX TESS N | : cont ]) te oe Ana. be Mag. Net. Hist.S.7 Vol.XI.PU IL ieee =: = a ee en (Ss 010 | 7G, Mintern Bros, lith. Ns Ceeleiclelles Ann. & Mag. Nat.Hest. S.7 Vol XI. PLA. iG adel. Anw. & Mag 1 Nat Teste Sf. Vol, NU PU TG A ley Manterrn Bros .dith. Anw. & Mag. Nat. Hist. §.7 Vol. XT. PU.VI. LG t,.del: MinternBros.Jith. 3 3 ies ie prs Nts oS tS nee Any. d= Moy.Nat. Hist, S.7 Vol XL PLVIE IT del. Mintern Bros.lith. Aniw.& Mag. Nat. Hist... 7 Vol. XI. PUVHI. — Ser al bin Mintern Bros ith, E.Popple del. Ann. & Mag. Not. Hist.S.7. Vol XI. PU. IX. E.Popple del. MinternBros-hth. ie ee eee Arov.de Mag. Nat.Hist.S.1 Vol X.PLY, eee Ee WCM&AW. del. - MinternBros.sc. ne me = - 5 S : 3 S = W.C.M.& A.W. del. S a : S i * . : < ~ S 3 WOM. &AW. del. = x = Z Re = . < ~ : W.C.M.&A,W.del. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 7. Vol. XII. Pl. XTV. Fie. 1. Tie. 2. Fie. 3. ee f vol v 2 + nat P i w ‘ On ” iq * y FT . ¥ ‘ 1t 5 Ars) alt ved - ‘ Se ne Le 1 WvarevirethAthangand is, + ana Nea eer ative F} Syeg, y i Leen EEE ear ena Nhe tote peace SARTRE tito cm u pa aie fe ~ cee * Ae seemed & iz i ie Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 7. Vol. XIT. Pl, XV. Fie. 2. jf gre aes oo Na co a Anw. & Mag.Nat.Hist.S.7 Vol XM. PUXVI. Mire tench. EG ican Ri Ceara: BUFO GRANTI. Anw.b Mag. Not. Hest. 8.7. Vol XM. PUXVIL J.Green del.et hth. Mintern Bros .imp TESTUDO SEIMUNDI. Ann .& Mag Nat. Hist.S.7. Vol. XH. PUXVUT. ~ y WkHdel. Highley lith . Mintern Bros .isp- a bad ue 6.5 .7.Vob. XU. PUXIX. (. LIS Nat. He Ann. & Mag. Mantern Bros .imp. W&Hdel. Highley lith . rst. 5.7 Vol. AM. PUXX. Anw.& Mag .Nat. He Mintern Bros.imp. J.Green del.et lth. 4* Anak Mag. Nat. Hist.S.7 Vol. XM. PUXXT. J.Green del.et lth. Mintern Bros imp. ‘J. Green del. et lith, Anv.& Mag. Nat. Mist.S.7 Volt AU LCXXL, Minteon Bros jmp. Aniu.é Mag.Neb.Hest.S.7Vol.XIL Pv. XXII. Mintern Bros.imp- J.Green del, et hth. Anw & Mag. Nat, Hest.S.7.Vol XM. PL, XXIV. TABLE EXHIBITING SIZE & DISTRIBUTION OF MID-WATER CHATOGNATHA. We Length in Milimetres. 012 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10m 12 1 14 J5 16 17 18 19 20 1 22 23 2425 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 4 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 a9 50 Sur ap as ag ft aa EEE BSS Eee eae ea | HHH H | I 100 500 } Anne fe a | [ 600 ae Depth in fathoms g S a KI | I a i I Beacon T im 1000 — — iz : To iL a | IL |_| HA 4 iz i 1100 aa Li ‘am a T 1200 =reere ie: me stesettenratocct 5 1 | ace FH LEH 1400 | ~ y T i W4 i | tt ao ! + al + a ml 1500 —— ct all ISBHe! {Eee HH 1600 [ fo [ 1700 [ jee oI isi Lt - ENE RG. del® it ManternBros. lth oy Ann. & Mag. Nat. Mist. S. 7. Vol. XIF. Pl. XXV. 4. VIG. Fie. 1. 1G. 6, 4 Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 7. Vol. XI. Pl, XXVI. Fre. 8. a S Ln san j e is A a. at as F, b 7 ‘ * 7 Dy ‘ x S wv ur —- ww no oes. oom f y «J * ‘ ~ , a - _f . + = ‘x : = 3 oe! nes ss oF . 4 i Ca y ao Pe - hd “ = s . ie = * - i a me oles ~ en . oe son) Sy) FPN) Si 4- » fe , Ann. de Mag. Nat. Hist.S 7 Vol.XIPU.XXVIL. Se. so, * : : SSS z < ‘ ane See eel < : i SATS Nohstates es = se a cree Wintec en soe PHighley del.et lth. INOUE 3 2044 0 a pager Lo eae cepereat he ne : ee . a there sire shane ran lapels ros ; idl 7 : : ergy! Hi ca Ret er 7 ; 1 Hare Hi be fi eu y : f Wintec iit " wet ytety ' to ' hist abt siebpat Tipp PevTaai tere! “ i ' fv " a Ma sitet unter e tite cay LOTEG yeente! t : * VE tskiogreyy tapeuites tee freshen : * riDite Pevnt ate steterere tbe letety taken ghee : yee y » apeebe cg int hgelateh yet abe vote kt 4 a Popetns ewe yedePae tke TE WS ON Jey . vege Wet epirreatat pergie ve Baten ce ‘ = astegere a ete tr ge dels Qelete : om tied Latetete ‘ . : feteeroGrve deve « . 7 . fawscte-dettsgym y +5} oni aft " i’ re ae t * et vie tee pete barherebt *- 9 ibe dblaps tans . tae ¥ ayrbeat bbe trp ou / tae Thaapeete ee dagaes y ’ a WY 2 rats eri tt AO Le \ air % re . : ieee yh Vyat ' i i be ae ' a ten be. teb os, 7 Paya ae dae tye ; Le ae rs i ee : ys ia {oo ¢.3 are . i Vt ce el eet we BS pte. Ube ugsedcorhLsy vee wd dee yeate toug ier some eae acres! : Prot hoes er « a" : ‘ : ‘ ' F y ‘ ' ‘ Pall * ‘ ” 7 . 7 . . te o& wie b ie “ym ee . ” : a aw a . « rt . oe « git uee ’ : Pe ee A bd Mperne-rhy Mer cn mr ' , i , ‘ } BORO + bay ats ‘ph! ti ra . ’ * ON renee bisepen hte - P a Ret aoe F (ineetegyetar : A beeet CALs i ree ea Sachlensuapentys : : : pratenielite dale ey " ot gerbil ter afer : ta Seana & ’ ast +o ‘ . aa i : Mets ; ‘ : : HitaSe there bconrs ” nary) : we ieeeed ry ipaey 10 ‘ t WP REAE ree eee E ur Bet nee the Ary abe ‘ eee ¥ t Deed Cop lererpeertye Cr ae atten ‘ var vrreey eed ee ta ‘ ' " (ome Test Ah eae uh eebete F Spite. tite . ' J vlepebare, Hae : 8 fivv ' an } 1 “tte ” ereth nent i et uA At iat aan ke tor A bie HOP D Eyer t pe Tebee i ' " beeen Ht tay ire ' " pital He CM SPS tate : eT ; rT nanos co epriate ribo i pee kh Cane eben d whe sat oh eo is Bi ne pe ae aia 1% : ‘ ' ritenhan ie Egan! ia ii Me I , ” ate titan ope Pree " ‘3 6 * : re i rags i ' + . et te a abayee Be ee eee ng fiadoct " J ; suk fdehecrben! lepeat st 6 yn 6 eo hel a ienobi pereere kere fe beet ‘ a 7 Me ete or es Pe powhe re ‘ at hateberredtar ek terre ote te @ . , teat! Phos irhenctat Pa) 1 bara, 2b i Meat Wi wine ® ' eee her i 8 ' iw oh, ot. ba ae ye lte « ‘ p .